Congo Foundings Stanley Part Ii
This document was uploaded by user and they confirmed that they have the permission to share it. If you are author or own the copyright of this book, please report to us by using this DMCA report form. Report DMCA
Overview
Download & View Congo Foundings Stanley Part Ii as PDF for free.
More details
- Words: 145,317
- Pages: 544
Loading documents preview...
V f^ A
y^ y M- Stan LEY
nu^j^cc
H. M. (l-',m,i
a
STANLEY.
rliidij
Wn, UroHVcnor
street,
London, W.)
THE CONGO AND THE
FOUNDING OF
ITS
FREE STATE
A STORY OF
WORK AND EXPLORATION
BY
HENRY
M.
STANLEY
WITH OVER ONE HUNDUED FULL-PAGE AND SMALLER ILLUSTRATIONS, TWO LARGE MAPS, AND SEVERAL SMALLER ONES
IN
TWO VOLUMES Vol.
II.
NEW YORK HARPER
&
BROTHERS, FRANKLIN SQUARE
1885
Copyright, 1885, by
Harper
All rig/Ua ruerved.
&
Brothers.
—
—
CONTENTS. (Vol
II.)
CHAPTEE XXVI. TO Bolobo trade
—Wealth
THE BLACK RIVER.
of the chiefs
—Manguru
PAGE
the Rothschild of
Bolobo— Scenery
of the Upper Congo Ennui on the voyage Comparison with travelling on other great rivers Unvarying food We lose our way " Ho, Wy-yanzi, tribesmen of Luko" lela A poor reception An improvised market— Tricked by the natives Buying a crocodile— Cordial reception at Usindi Irebu the home of the champion traders— Maugombo the chief Excellent knowledge of trade The war in Irebu— I am asked to negotiate for peace Cause of the war Difference between Stanley and Bula Matari Medicine to make wealth grow Cooking the big pot Troublesome exploration -A threatening dance " The river is free, but touch not the land " The Batuki A new station founded !
—
— —
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
1
CHAPTER XXVII. FROM THE BLACK RIVER TO STANLEY POOL AND BACK TO EQUATOR STATION.
An
— Chili pej^per and tears— Success of a —Sounds of war—Peace-making—Burying the war — The Lukanga river—Mantumba Lake— The Watwa dwarfs —Rescue of a shipwrecked crew — The Abbe Guyot — The
embarrassing farewell
hypocritical stratagem
and his prey — Leopoldville flourishing— Troubles at Bwabwa Njali's— A homicidal officer— Lieutenant Janssen and the Troubles at Abbe Guyot drowned — Troubles at Kimpoko Bolobo— The station burnt— We are fired upon War A Krupp Peace restored gun sent for Weak effects of musketry Displaying the power of the Krupp Settling the indemnity "I and my people will depart from Bolobo for ever "—The river of Bunga — Lukolela— A magnificent forest — The superstition of lion
—
—
—
—
—
—
!
luka
— Excellent
achieved
condition
of
Equator
Station
— My
ideal Sii
——A CONTENTS.
CHAPTER
XXVIII.
TO THE ARUWIJII OR BIYERKE.
—
PAGE
—
The Lulungu river Bolombo Equipping for a long voyage Bangala the terrible Stirring memories Boleko the chief "Stop, thief!" Mata Bwyki A modern Hercules "Is this Tandelay ? " Uncomfortable moments The appeal of Yumbila " Bula Matari and Mata Bwyki are one to-day " Luxuriant
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
!
tropical scenes
—Deserted
districts
women — The
—
— Immense forest wealth —Unsheltered in a storni
- Nganza— Old Eubunga — I.anga-Langa
currency changing
of former population
— Bumba
a sign
— The —Itim-
and the chief Myombi with a tiger's skin— Yambinga
dreaded Ibauza— A trick biri river- Yalulima armourers the look-out— The
—Kdobo— Oyster-shells
—Hostile natives —War canoes on
Aruwimi— Mokulu— An
effective
salutation— 75
"Bravo, Yumbila!"
CHAPTER XXIX. UP THE BIYERRE. Yumbila returns with an interesting story— Slave kidnappers, probably from the Soudan— Skilful workmanship Umaneh and Yakui Conical huts The course of the river Metropolitan Yambinnba A sham famine— The rapids Supposed identity of the Biyerre and Welle Reasons for this opinion—-Arabs in the 119 neighbourhood Again on the Congo
— —
—
—
—
—
—
—
CHAPTER XXX. TO Predatory
Bahunga— An odd means
Enormous Arabs
STANLEY
flotilla
— " Cruel
of canoes
man
for
FALLS.
defence— Deserted villages ahead Ravages by the
—
— Danger
has done his worst
"—Remains
of burnt
—
villages— A shocking discovery We overtake the Arab slavetraders Meditations on retribution —Extent of territory ravaged
—
—
by the Arabs— Their miserable captives A harrowing scene Captives all women and children their number The cause of the trade— Yangambi The Cliofu river The Wcnya fishermen Cunning policy of the Arabs— Stanley Falls— Description of the cataracts— The district tribes Their mode of fishing— dangerous ferry Drum signals An industrious people- The
—
;
—
—
—
—
fish
of the
Binnie
is
— —
waters- Palavers— Onr
appointed chief and
left in
station founded— charge— Homeward bound 134
farthest
—— CONTENTS.
V
CHAPTER XXXI. DOWN THE CONGO TO STANLEY
POOL. PAGE
Going with the stream— The Arabs send their confidential men with us— NavigabiUty of the Liimami and Lubilash Wreck of the ii'oya?— Beaching and repairing the wreck— Cold winds on the Iboko in confusion Impudent thieving A prisoner — river " Fast bind, fast find " A horrified father Refusal of a ransom Cordiality at Ukumira Mata Bwyki in a passion More
—
—
—
—
—
prisoners
— Restitution
—
—
—
—
of our stolen
property
— Freeing
—
the
prisoners— A horrible massacre Young Glave of Yorkshire Bolobo station again burnt— News from the missionaries Again Troublesome news from Vivi 168 at Leopold ville
—
—
CHAPTER XXXII. RETDRN TO VIVL Starting of our
words
caravan— A promising farewell— Ngalyema's
—Encouraging
the natives as
we
resolutions of the officers
pass — Nselo ferry
—
—
— Quarrel
last
— Hospitality
of
between Ngombi
Peace-making Forms of our treaties with native chiefs— List of districts and their chiefs The cut-throat Lutete is changed for the better— An extending and dangerous crevasse Lava at Kalulu Falls " Whence has it come ? " Manyanga " higgledy-piggledy " Hospitality at the mission-house of Mr.
and Mbimbi
—
—
—
:
—
— Luima
and Mrs. Ingham— A pretty station valleys Climate and health— Congo la Unhappy reflections upon its neglect
—
CHAPTER
and Lunionzo
Lemba— View
of Vivi
189
XXXIII.
TO OSTEND. Climate and conduct
Removal
—Vivi
in
confusion— A cure
for
sham
illness
— Description of the changes at Vivi probable work — I embark on the Kinsemho —
of the station
General Gordon's Loan<j;o— Sette
Camma— Coast
trade— Gaboon Gulf— Fernando a great "oil"
Po-The Cameroons— Duke Town— Exploring river
—Native chiefs buying iron houses — Bonny—Lagos— Quetta
—Sierra Leone— My arrival in London —Report to H.M. the King 220
of the Belgians
CHAPTER XXXIV. EUROPEANS
IN
AFRICA.
European opinion of African life—Repelled by the absence of comforts " Amour propre " and " susceptibilities "—Few heroes of labour —Extravagant hopes—" Bah 1 did not come for work'' Types
—
!
—
— A CONTENTS.
vi
—
PAGB
—
and prosperous stations Malingering Unintel" Nothing like whisky !" ligent workers "Sojering" happier theme— The earnest workers of the Expedition—New aspirants— Young officers in search of adventures— A sad accident—Our physician— A plucky Scot— The way to gain a good of neglected
—
—
—
reputation
238
CHAPTER XXXV. CLIMATE
— PAET
I.
—A youth's welcome to the and and fever — Intemperance — Careless-
Value of reliable knowledge its results
— Wet
ness in Europe stations
tropics,
flannels
—Inquiry
on the Congo
— The
into the causes of sickness at the cases of
some of our invalids
—
—The
best positions to build upon Captain Burton's advice, " Beef and beer " European opinion of Africa compared to African
—
—
Banza Manteka a missionary station Dangers of low-lying localities A fatal " pare " " Observe the native custom Sickness not all due to miasma Number of deaths in our Expedition Instances of how the deaths occurred Urgent advice to- those who wish to thrive in the tropics 280 opinion of Europe '"
—
:
—
—
—
—
—
. .
CHAPTEE XXXVI. CLIMATE. Dr.
—PART
II.
—
—
Definition of heat Cold von Danckelman's obsei'vations Ex]iosure Advantage of awnings Equable temperature of the body Temperature in Soutli America Inequality of the Congo climate Long marches and gulps of cold water A cool place "He is only joking" " Tlie White Man's Grave" Advice Food and drink Daily life Medicine Diseases to doctors
—
—
—
—
—
—
— — —
—
—
—
—
312
Meteorological Tables
CHAPTER XXXVII. THE KERNEL OF THE ARGUMENT.
—
—
The maritime Navigable stretches mountain region Elevations, vegetation, and productions—Population Interior basin of the Upper Congo; its extent and altitudes Navagability of the tributaries Tal)les of mileage of navigable waters Area drained by the rivers Tables of population of Upper Congo section— Opinions of Dr. Pogge and Lieut. Weissman, Tipj)U Tib, and Dr. Scliwcinfurth— The products of the land— Vegetable and animal richness Minerals Navagability of the E.xtent of the Webb-Lualaba section
Extent of the Congo River region
—
—The
— —
—
—
—
—
—
—
— CONTENTS.
— Characteristics of the Lualaba country— Livingstone's descriptions — The Tanganika territory — markets Table of the actual knowledge of the Congo basin area and population— Possibilities of trade — Table of the value of African produce in Liverpool —Prospects of factories— Advantages of a Equatorial Africa — Comparison with railway— Efforts to future development and greatness other countries—
PACE
Webb-Lualaba
Ujiji :
its
civilise
Its
..
..
339
CHAPTER XXXVIII. THE BKRLIN CONFERENCE.
—Precedents—Treaties with chiefs their —The Anglo Portuguese Treaty—United States action Prince Bismarck's views —Position of Great Britain— German and French interests—Freedom of commerce —Berlin Conference —List of Plenipotentiaries—Deliberations and decisions at the Conference —Acquisitions of France and Portugal — Free Trade —A safe jurisdiction—The Royal Founder
Strengthening the fabric
:
validity
378
APPENDIX. PiGE
The Commercial Basin
of the Congo, as described by the
Author 409
before the Berlin Conference
415
Protocol, No. 9
Declarations exchanged between the United States of America and the International Association of the Congo
419
Convention between the Empire of Germany and the International Association of the Congo
421
Declarations exchanged between the Government of Her Britannic
Majesty and the International Association of the Congo
.
.
. .
422
Convention between the Government of Her Britannic Majesty and the International Association of the Congo
423
Convention between the Netherlands and the International Association of the
Congo
426
Convention between the Government of the French Republic and the International Association of the
Congo
429
Convention between Portugal and the International Association of the Congo
431
Declarations exi^hauged between the Belgian Government and the International Association of the Protocol,
-No.
Congo
434
10
The General Act
433
of the Berlin Conference
410
..
.
LIST OF ILLUSTRATIONS. (
Vol IJ.)
FULL-PAGE ILLUSTRATIONS. KO. 1.
H.M.Stanley.
2.
Au
3.
A
4.
Equator Station
{From a photograph)
Frontispiece.
Interview before the Chief's House at
Terrible Disaster
Wangata
..
5.
The Banks
6
"Finally the 'Ibanza' emerged into view"
7.
Vifew of
8.
Scene from the Covelet near our Station at Stanley Falls.
of the
Upper Congo
Bondeh
12.
Seventh Cataract in the distance Haven, Stanley Falls A Street Scene in Iboko Execution of Slaves by the Bakuti near Equator Station Kinshassa Station (Stanley Pool) ..
13.
View
9.
10. 11.
Still
of Le'opoldville
The
Station and Port, 1884.
Baptist
Mission on the summit of Leopold Hill. {From a photograph) 14.
View down the Congo, a few miles above the confluence of the Lubamba with the Congo View down the river from nearly opposite Isangila .. .. A few of the Women and Children of our Coloured Employe's Sanatorium at Bonny .. .. .. .. . .
15.
16. 17.
18.
. .
.
.
. .
.
.
....
Mr. A. B. Swinburne, Chief of Kinshassa Station Steamer Le Stanley leaving Vivi Beach
19. Tiie Sectional
20.
To face
.
„
186
„
192
„
215
„ ,,
222 234
..
..
,,
257
..
..
,,
264
„
362
Plan of Profile of the Country between the Sea and Ruanda across the Congo Basin .. .. .. .. .. ..
..
.
.
.
LIST OF ILLUSTRATIONS. PAGE
so.
81
27.
Plan of the Bangala Settlements One of the Bungala ..
28.
Native of Langa-Langa
101
29
108 123 218
32.
Old Chief in native-made Hat A Type of the Basoko View of Mpozo Station and Kiver from \ Mons. del Commune
33.
ia
226
34.
Captain Haiissens
26.
30.
31.
r//Ze rfM/irers
steamer
83
225
..
228
Landana 36. From Ambriz to the Cameroons 37. Old Calahar Factories, near Duke Town 38 From tlie Niger to Ostend
229
35.
230
.
39.
Lieutenant Valcke
10. Lieutenant
Vangele
232 235
.
263
..
265
41. Lieutenant Coqiiilhat 42.
Lieutenant Jaussen
.
43.
Lieutenant Pai foury
.
44.
Lieutenant Grang
45. Dr.
Aliard
267 268
269 270 271
.
46.
Lieutenant Liebrechts
47.
The funnel-shaped Gorge of the Lower Congo Plan to illustrate how the Gorge discharges its winds
48.
49. Political Divisions of the
Congo Basin
278 292 at Le'opoldville
.
MAP.
A Map of the
Congo Basin (second
half)
In Pochet
293 365
—
1
—A
THE CONGO, THE FOUNDING OF
ITS
FREE STATE.
CHAPTER XXVI. TO THE BLACK RIVER.
—Manguru the Rothschild of Bolobo —Scenery of the Upper Congo Ennui on the voyage— Comparison with travelling on other great rivers —Unvarying food —We lose our way — " Ho, Wy-yanzi, tribesmen of Lukolela " — A poor reception— An improvised market— Tricked by the natives — Buying a crocodile —Cordial reception at Usindi — Irabu the home of the champion
Bolobo trade— Wetalth of the chiefs
!
—
—
traders— Mangombo tlie chief Excellent knowledge of trade Tl'e war in Irebu —I am asked to negotiate for peace Cause of the war Difference between Stanley and Bula Matari Medicine to make
—
—
wealth
grow— Cooking
threatening dance
The Batuki
— " The
—A new
The By-yanzi
— — Troublesome
exploration
a tradition according to Ibaka
originally from
Ubangi, a
district
situate south of and near the equator on the
From
bank.
the
—
river is free, but touch not the land "
station founded.
liave
tbey came
that
the big pot
number of canoes
tliat
right
I liave
met
hailing from Ubangi, this must be a populous district. Ibaka,
who was
believes
one side
it
to be
is all
black;" or
it
YOL. II.—
once
an
tliere
on a trade expedition,
island, as, according to hira, "
white water, on the other side
may mean
that
Ubangi
is
more
on
it is all
likely to
issa.
Bolobo.'
THE CONGO.
2 18S3.
May
be situated in a fork at a confluence of two rivers
—the
24.
Boiobo.
Congo and a white water he
fused,
by the quantity of water and
said,
there — " there was no end
Two
however, that
more refined Boiobo
powder
is
is
snails,
a
dogs, croco-
quantities.
Little,
of utility to Europeans and people of is
sold at this particular place.
a great centre for the ivory and
trade, principally because
The native
traders
whom
its
camwood
j^eople
are
so
have agents residing
the ivory collected here
is
and the merchandise from the coast lying
in
at Stanley Pool, to
delivered,
is
iguanas, fish and red-
great
in
sold
are
tastes
enterprising.
is
islands
to the water."
Mpumbu, where
hippopotamus meat,
wood pow^der
store
con-
hours' journey inland from Boiobo there
large market-place called diles,
He was much
aflSuent.
consigned to the wealthy traders at Boiobo,
One must not be hasty
in
judging from the poverty
of their garb that the chiefs of this trading district are
They
poor.
are frugally inclined, having
of wealth
standard
a certain
which they must endeavour
to
achieve before they bear on their persons in every day life
the habit
Thus of
Maiigi, residing at
Itimba,
[vintamo,
He
Boiobo.
station
their
befitting"-
visits
is
and prosperity. the junior chief
LeojDoldville
daily,
dressed in a cotton robe of dark blue baft, but he lord
of
three villages,
and may probably be worth
£3000. Lugumbila, vizier is
to
Ibaka and his oldest slave,
probably worth an equal amount.
Boiobo,
is
a nabob
;
is
if his
sold at auction in Boiobo,
But Manguru, of
worldly belongings were
it is
very possible his
effects
TEE ROTHSCHILD OF BOLOBO. would
His canoes and slaves
double this sum.
realise
3 isss.
May
mr
exploit every creek and affluent as
Ubangi Pool,
at
;
and
ful factor
at ;
Malima, on the north bank, he has a
faith-
while at Boiobo he keeps a hundred armed
paddles his district,
and
Kimbangu, on the south bank of Stanley
Yet Manguru, now well advajiced
slaves.
is
as Irebu
own canoe along
the
in years,
river front of the
trading from one place to another daily.
this Rothschild of
Boiobo
who
It
induced Gratula to
A SPECIMEN OF THE BY-YANZI Mr. Glave.)
{Bij
choose hetvv^eon two evils
by
or forfeit of
arguments convinced him that
his
was
—war,
a less evil than the loss of his
On
the 28th of
May
the
for the establishment of
Congo. guides
life
flotilla set
two
money, and
to lose
and property. out from Boiobo
stations on
the
The expedition was accompanied by
— Msenne, from Mswata, and
ing to Ibaka,
and Ubangi.
who knew
money
Upper three
two slaves belong-
well the countries of Uyanzi
24.
Boiobo.
THE CONGO.
4
The upper
1883.
May
28.
Bolobo.
.
j^ortion of
.
^^^^^ ^^^ stations,
.
.
commanding
with
many excellent
Bolobo presents
.
views, but unfortu-
To be
nately they are at present beyond our means. able to build healthy
dwelHng houses on
must be well assured that the natives markets to
men
stationed at Bolobo, then the place would
emporium of
trade.
Uritil that time,
open their
will
of 100
If a garrison
us.
these sites one
could be
become an
however, we are
forced to seek some village or villages, with the chiefs
of which
we can
live in
mutual dependence.
Beyond Bolobo we have a tending for about
five miles in a north-easterly direc-
In a cove at
tion.
highland ex-
bluff-faced
its
upper extremity, where
the river, there lives a tribe of
it
leaves
Wa-nunu, who immedi-
ately on seeing the flotilla advancing, disported them-
selves along their
by
sandy shore most ferociously, judging
their manoeuvres.
till
mucli
we
!
Such love
unfriendliness for them. for
how
Even had they kept up the fierce doomsday we would not have had aught of
were misjudged play
But, poor souls,
we
as
jjossessed
them was simply immeasureable.
The passed
flotilla
sheered off a
on with
silent
little
into deeper water,
and unoffending
crews
and and
passengers.
Beyond either
came
the village
was low
land,
forested
which
in dense black towering masses of impene-
trable vegetation to the waterside, or else ran in great
semicircles half enclosing
grassy
flats,
whereon the
hippopotami fed at night time.
The Congo was now enormously wide
;
from
five to
;
UPPER CONGO SCENERY.
5
many
eight channels separated one from another by as lines of islets
(some of which were miles in length), on
which the Landoljia florida, or rubber plant, of the value of which the natives as yet
flourished,
know
nothing.
Tamarinds, baobab, bombax, redwood, Elais guinecnsis,
Calamus
palm-tree, wild date-palm,
indicus,
hardy stink-wood, made np a dense mass of
with the trees
and
creepers of such formidable thickness that no one was
even inspired to examine what treasures of plants
might be revealed by a table
closer investigation of the vege-
thriving on these
life
humps
of dark alluvium
Mid-Congo.
in
Few
could imagine that a slow ascent up the Congo
in steamers going only
two and a half knots against the
current of the great river could be otherwise than mo-
Taken
notonous.
Congo
uninteresting
is
Upper
as a whole, the scenery of the ;
perhaps the very slow rate of
ascent has left that impression.
But we were
of the highland scenery in the
Lower Congo.
also tired
We
clared ourselves tired of looking at naked rock
and rufous ragged slopes 600
feet in height.
de-
cliffs,
Before
we were through
the circular enlargement of the Congo
at Stanley Pool
we
also confessed ourselves wearied
the base of the massive
when we voyaged up along mountain
lines
above
it
to
;
by
low shores, of grassy
vegetation and forest, ennui. arises
for
and now, when we have a month's journey
a change islets,
Chumbiri we sighed
But
let
from the
and banks of thick we are menaced with the same
us be just.
levels,
Our
fact that our
feeling of weariness
accommodations are so
isss.
uoioio.
THE CONGO.
B 1883. Jlay 28.
Boiobo.
limited that all
we
are oblifred to ^
The
the long way.
upon petty
•
i
eyes, the only organs exercised,
The
are feasting con-
we
nature of which
details, of the
are scarcely conscious.
only created by
is
Our eyes
our compulsory inactivity. tinually
np
or stand
^
The weariness
are easily sated.
down
sit
^
flitting of
a tiny sun-bird,
the chirping weavers at their nests; the despondent
droop of a long calamus whicli cannot find support,
and
wliich, like
has a
tall
the woodbine, flourishes best
stem to cling to
;
when
the bamboo-like reeds
swaying- tufted head of an overgrown papyrus floating
by of a Pistia
stratiotes-,
ing parrots hurrying by overhead
hippopotamus
lazily
;
;
;
it
the the
a flock of screechthat great
yawning
preparing for a plunge into his
watery bed; that log-like form of the crocodile, roused
from
his meditations, loth to go, but
compelled by the
whirr of paddle-wheels to submerge himself; springing monkeys, skurrying in their
away from the increasing
noise
;
little
our approach
;
that darting
;
kingfisher hurrying ahead, heralding
yonder flock of black
screaming their harsh
cries
;
that
alarmingly
ibis
little
blue-throated
which has just hopped away from the yellow-
fantail
blossomed acacia bush
;
those
little
industrious wagtails
pecking away so briskly on the sandy of the forest
woods
homes
that white-collared fish
eagle out-spreading his wings for flight
diver and
leafy
those
;
look
spit of land
;
;
there
is
a jay
by the edge
strip
which has just
fled into the
at those long-legged flamingoes at that
and
—but the
minute of time has
its
details are endless, for
incident.
As
for
every
your own
;
THE MISSISSIPPI AND THE CONGO. fancies,
7
during this day trance, created mainly by what
you see
as
the
banks ghde steadily
dare to fathom them sion on the
They come
?
wlio
past,
in rapid
will
succes-
mind, in various shapes, rank after rank.
Unsteadfast
as
the grey
clouds which
the westward, they pile into
you
see
to
and towns, and
cities,
mountains, growing ever larger, more intense, but still
ever wavering and undergoing quick transitions
The flowing
of form.
on
aspiring clouds
the
blue, as well as the
foliage;
those
the horizon
dark spectral
the sepulchral gloom
the forest
of the stream
;
that expanse of sere-
that grey clay bank, speckled
with the red roots of some shrub
way through
isles
purpling
the
;
beneath the impervious forest
swaying reeds;
coloured grassy plain
dome of sky
the vast
river,
—
that
;
suggest some
all
narrow path-
new
thought,
some fancy which cannot be long pursued, is
constantly
supplanted
by other
by something new, which
ideas
since
it
suggested
but a momentary
itself is
flash.
But supposing that a steamer
similar
to
those
we
have on the Mississippi bore you up the Congo, rushing
up stream
at the rate of twelve knots
an hour against
the current, while you could travel up and down a long,
broad deck
protected
by a sun-proof awning, with
luxurious board and lodging at your command, your
view of the Congo would be very believe river
different.
you would express a preference
known
comparisons.
to you.
You would
The Rhine
?
Why
for
it
1
to
do
any
naturally think of
the
Rhine, even
i883.
Boiobo.
TEE CONGO.
8 1883.
May
including
most picturesque
its
parts,
only a micro-
is
28,
Boiobo.
Lower Congo
scopic miniature of the
have the Rhine steamer, and accommodations Mississippi
to be
its
wine and food and
able to see
half times larger
than the Mississippi, and certainly from
You may
times broader.
The
properly.
it
The Congo is one and a
?
we must
but
;
to ten
eiglit
take your choice of nearly
a dozen channels, and you will see more beautiful vegetation
on the Congo than on the American
latter lacks tbe
river.
palm and the calamus, while the former
has a dozen varieties of the palm.
Besides,
it
herds of hippopotami, crocodiles innumerable are
gleefully
The
romping on the
;
possesses
monkeys
and the main;
islands
elephants are standing sentry-like in the twilight of the
dark forests by the river side; buffaloes red and black are grazing on the lich grass plains of
ibis,
black and white parrots, parroquets, and guinea-
The
fowl.
there are flocks
;
Mississippi
is
decent greyish-coloured
a
stream, confined between two low banks, with here and there a
town of frame houses and
of a tea-colour on is
nearly chalky white.
milk, red or I
its left half,
Rhine wine.
and on
its
room enough, and
comfortably on
its
And
way among
is
right half
it
as for the towns,
come by-and-by
will
bless
why, our
meantime there
;
to spare, to stow the half of Europe
spacious borders.
any of those gallant English their
The Congo
take your choice, tea or
hope the all-gracious Providence
labour, and they will is
You
brick.
soldiers
the Nile cataracts,
The Nile
?
Ask
who have tugged what they think
of the Nile to spend a holiday upon.
The Danube
?
WOOD-CUTTING. All,
not to be mentioned with the
is
it
9 Conj^o for
i883.
May
scenery
The Volga ?
!
You
no means.
Amazon Congo
before
The Amazon
worse.
Still
By
?
will
have to ascend very far up the
you
will
anything approaching
see
scenery.
Well, you must admit then that
if
Congo could
the
be seen from the deck of a commodious steamer, feeling of weariness
now
which we have
while ascending at this
current, because
contend against
to
snail's
we have no room
this
pace against the
move
to
about,
would be replaced by a more grateful and a cheerier mood.
At
we
P.M.
5
generally
camp
from twenty to thirty miles up
after
an advance of
river.
Thirty miles
would be unusually good progress, because there and saws, and
to be cut with axes
it
will take
fuel
is
till
nine
o'clock at night to cut sufficient for next day's steam-
From
ing.
5 to
6.30 p.m.
all
hands excepting the
cooks are engaged in gathering wood, half-dead logs,
which have
or dead trees, for
sizes falls
transport
a great
wood-choppers for
the
fall
boilers.
to
the
to
fire is lit,
When
darkness
and cut the logs into
foot lengths
The sound of smiting axes rings be re-echoed by the op])osite
and borne along the
face of the river to a great
It
is
is
varied
by the woodman's chant
struck up, and under
new impetus rapid.
camp.
to
distance.
chorus
be cut into portable
under the light of which the
through the dark grove, forest,
to
is
What
its
;
a
stirring vocal notes a
given, and the axes are struck stirringly a moral lesson for vapid- minded white
28.
boiobo.
THE CONGO.
10 1883.
May
men
mio-ht be
drawn from
these efforts of untutored
28.
Boiobo.
blacks to get through their tasks
!
Meantime, at dusk, each steamer's crew of white officers
and passengers
dinner-tables on
has
permitted
w'ith a rosier
will
be fouixl around their
deck or on the bank,
it
the
;
the
if
camp
lamplight tinging their faces
hue than the sallow comjolexion which
the sun has bestowed on them.
Of It
food there
may
is
abundance, but not
much
variety.
comprise soup of beans or vegetables, followed
by toasted chikwanga (cassava-bread), fried or stewed fowl, a roast fowl, or a roast leg of goat meat, a dish
of desiccated potatoes, and, if
some sweet
in our purchases,
we have been
fortunate
potatoes, or yams, roast
bananas, boiled beans, rice and curry, or rices with
honey, or rice and milk, finishing with tea or
coffee, or
palm-wine. It is
insipid food for breakfast
A
out a term of three years.
makes the European sigh caviar,
mit compote und salat. live
take
For
if
How
when
fruit,
exhilarated
I think, indeed^ that
our youDg
cheese,
ofTicers
sauce HoUandaise
?
Then,
how
nice,
and dessert be on the
glorious a view of
and the unvarying
Astrachan
a German, however can
without his dear compote
he thinks, would
Congo.
— with
this diet
perhaps a pastete and poularde
—filet de bo?uf, with
he
few months of
for his petit verre,
salmon
mock-turtle,
and dinner through-
Congo
life
one could
by half a pint of champagne. the eternal " fowl " of the Congo,
slices
of chikwanga, with which
are fed, deserves three-fourths of
—
!
;
NATIVE SURPHISE AT THE STEAMERS.
now
the blame
lavished on " murderous Africa."
only a grand moral
IS
11
manhood
It
Livmgstone's
like
that rises above these petty vanities of a continental
Think of
stomach.
his thirty-two years' life in Africa,
and of the unsophisticated mannikins who to-day are digging their eyes out with weeping at the memories a European
of
is
much
not
to converse about
after our stomachs are full of the
and
we
as
all
know
To spend
that
be better
Ungende was our
life is
fears
quieted
it
well in sleeping, that
all
we
next day's weary voyaging
river,
night's
first
made them
until
heavy chikwanga,
short
camp above Boiobo.
Bj^-yanzi were very friendly at
their
on the Congo
basely were too long."
fitted for the
up the great African
The
little
spend
retire early to
may
been
that
" The time of
We
they have
before
months out
scarcely three
There
restaurant
hostile,
first,
but at sunset
and they were not
our people were ordered
to
make
their reedy couches near the steamers.
The next day we
We
travelled
up by very pleasant
passed villages, banana-groves, palmy groups, and
deep green forest in agreeable alternations. the
liills.
Levy
bluffs of
stupid
Hills,
and end
lyumbi.
at the magnificent
These are
and airy red
The people looked out upon us
wonder from under the shade of
seemingly saying, "
What
in
their bananas,
curious phase of existence
have we entered upon now
?
Verily, an epoch has
i883.
Boiobo.
THE CONGO.
12 1883.
May
dawned upon our
29.
Ungende.
auswer wlio cau
And
;
but what
those
let
it sisrnifies
°
!
we, looking out from under our awnings, apsay, "
pear to these
lives ^^ "
three
Ay, gaze, oh men and women, upon
symbols of
Ye
civilisation.
things
see
to-day which the oldest and wisest inhabitant of your
land never heard or dreamed
of,
and yet
but
the}^ are
tiny types of self-moving leviathans that plough the
raging sea by night as well as by day
Two
hours above lyumbi we
above lyumbi,
ran
in,
;
and coming
expecting, although
too easterly, that perhaps
Congo.
we
its
Tlie
had appeared lose
narrow creek
to a
direction
was a
little
should emerge on the
There was a sluggish current in
kept on, but after seventeen miles reeds
our way.
which we clung in order not to
to
sight of the mainland
we
lost
A reedy flat
were numerous.
chaTinels
" !
and we
narrowed, and
it
finally stopped further passage,
it,
and we had
to
return, opposite the village of Ikulu.
We
had not perceived
steamed along
;
many
villages as
but in coming back
we
we had
sighted about
twenty canoes in the creek advancing towards
They had appeared from some reeds.
us.
direction through the
These, on seeing us, hastily turned back, but
wishing to know from them which route to take, the
En
Avant cast
off
the whale-boat which she had been
towing, and steamed after them at
Not
until
we had run
full speed.
five miles could
we
overtake
flotilla,
and then we found that their crews
were women, who
to escape us, dashed into the reeds,
the flying
LUEOLELA.
13
and splashed clumsily with water up
to their
'^
Not a word would they answer
reach the shore. stood,
necks to
but
;
on reaching the shore, sulkily regarding
As we steamed
six
knots an hour, an idea
us.
may
be
gained of the speed which the natives when pressed in their
These
canoes attain.
pirogues.
Had
also
were mere
they been war canoes
it
is
fishino*
likely our
steamer would have been beaten in the race.
On
the 31st of
May we had
but the wind blew
down
a tolerably fair journey,
river,
and impeded
ns.
Two
trading canoes with twenty paddlers in each were overtaken, which kept pace with us the rest of the day,
and camped sociably with us on a park-like
which showed
soft
young
grass, while the forest ran
deep black semicircle behind
in a
canoe-men were bound
Oq
for
us.
The By-yanzi
Ubangi.
the 1st of June, after following a dense forest
we drew near
another settlement.
for
nine hours,
Our
provisions were running exceedingly low.
men and
coloured
250
terrace,
lbs.
Eighty
seven Europeans consume at least
weight of food daily.
Since leaving Bolobo,
nearly half a ton weight of provisions had been eaten. It
behoved us then
to
prepare ourselves for barter
with the community in view, which our guides called Lukolela.
The settlement ran along a crescented bend of river,
above a steep clay bank ranging from 5
the
feet to
25 feet above the water, in a clearing cut out of the finest forest I
much
had yet seen.
thiimed, so
that
The
trees
had not been
from a distance, but for the
i^^s,
May
30.
ikuiu.
TSE CONGO.
r4 1883 Lukoieia.
grey gleam of huts and the green sheen of bananas, it
would have been
difficult to
that a settlement
tell
so large as Lukoieia existed here.
The
showed glorious growths of timber.
We
ing slowly the while to
islands also
began steam-
acquaintance at the
initiate
There was no answer rendered,
very lowest village.
but the groups of bronze-bodied people grew larger
We
and more numerous. bright red
unrolled crimson savelist,
handkerchiefs,
royal
lengths of blue baft, held out
and suspended
long
striped
of brass rods,
fistfuls
necklaces
florentines,
brightest
of
beads.
Msenne of Mswata stood up on the cabin-deck of
the
En
for
Avanf, the observed of
his pose
and
his action,
all
observers, admired
and delivered
with
his oration
a voice which might be envied by an auctioneer. *'
Ho, Wy-yanzi, ti'ibesmen of Lukoieia, sons of luka
my
lord
Know you
not
and Mungawa, whose names are beloved by and chief Gobila Gobila
— Gobila
Gobila
said
Ho, you men
!
!
to
me.
" Here, take
Hush, Msenne'
;
that
is
not the
way
are laughing at me," I urged, for
" ?
Bula Matari, the
only Bula Matari, the good Bula Matari "
Wy-yanzi
of Mswata, the friend of
" !
You
to speak.
my
modesty was
shocked.
" Never mind
;
Msenne knows the way
heart of the Wy-yanzi.
Ha
!
it
takes
me
into
to
the
conquer
their obduracy."
"Wy-yanzi
of Lukoieia, here sits Bula Matavi
He
has come here to make friends with you. food.
He
is
prepared to pay well.
Now
is
!
He
wants
the time
!
A POOR RECEPTIOX for
Mungawa
Inka and
to
15
show themselves kind
friends
i883.
June
to
Bula Matari."
Then up and spoke " See here,
Ibaka
men
Ibaka's slaver.
of Lukolela,
— Ibaka of Bolobo Let your
we
are the servants of
Ibaka has made brotherhood
!
Ibaka commanded us to take him
with Bula Matari. to you.
chiefs,
luka and Mungawa, come out
and give the good word."
The steamers held on accents of
At
village.
that
all
their way.
Msenne were heard
The
waste steam.
far
The
stentorian
above the escape of
were unrolled before every
cloths
the third village, however, a reply
came
the chiefs were dead, and that small-[)Ox had
decimated the inhabitants, and that famine was killing the people that were
" Frightful,"
banks look too
We
came
we
half an hour later
men on
the
be suffering from famine."
upper extremity of the community, five miles of the left
we came
and issued out a
we camped in followed, we prepared
to
where the Congo con1;^
miles
to the left bank.
Hoping
we
should be
the neighbourhood to
bank, and
stately united flood
wide from the right bank that if
" But those
exclaimed.
fat to
to the
left
which occupied about
tracted
put up for the night in the
forest.
As we fowls,
anticipated, the natives soon
goats,
cassava
rolls,
and palm
we had
oil
ripe
1.
Lukolela.
and
gi'een plantains
came
up,
and
and bananas,
cassava flour, sweet potatoes, yams, eggs,
were bartered so speedily that by sunset
sufficient to last
two or three days.
Still,
as
we
TEE CONGO.
16 1883.
Lukoieia.
were ignorant how
f;ir
we might have
to proceed before
meeting with another market so well supplied as
this,
we agreed to resume the marketing next morning. At sunrise the following day canoe after canoe appeared, and the barter was so successfully conducted •that
we had soon
secured three dozen fowls, four goats,
a sheep, and eight days' rations for each
The
coloured force.
strange steamer was tion.
We
of the
fear the natives entertained of the
now changed
for liveliest admira-
were no longer supposed
mischief, but full of
member
to be laden
with
They had informed
"good things."
us that they were dying of famine yesterday, but this
day plenty had come back
to them, their chiefs lived,
and no plague or pest decimated the people
We
!
asked them slyly what was the cause of this
remarkable change. " Oh," they replied, " said in our fear of jow.
their fathers before
why
do you remember what we
Neither our oldest people nor
them ever saw or heard
of such
things as these," pointing to the steamers.
As
it
was a
capital position for a station,
hinted to them that on our return
we
we
delicately
should have some
more words with them.
The people of Lukoieia some twenty years ago
lived
on the right bank, but the Irebu warriors, during a
little
misunderstanding with them, descended the river and attacked and burnt their villages; upon which, after
peace was restored, they crossed the Congo and established themselves on the left
along the river.
bank
in the noble forest
2
NO OMSK
Two
17
hours steaming midday on
tlie
2nd of June took
us tlirough the whole length of this narrow and singular
The
contraction of the Congo. hill
left
bank
rises into
a
probably 100 feet above the river, nourishing mag-
nificent timber
;
the right
much higher than
bank of the islets
shows that
of the river channel, and
its fine trees.
river,
also
it
is
the ground above or below this
strait-like contraction
remarkable for
bank
we
also
is
clinging to the
Still
left
entered a narrow channel between
exuberant with flourishing
showing alternately prairie
forests,
levels,
and low shores
and low,
tree-clad
ridges running perpendicularly to the river.
We
passed three villages, which sent out scouts to us
with fresh
and
fish to sell,
the strange craft that
to glean intelligence about
made such unusual
were too small and insignificant
They
noises.
to induce us to delay
our advance.
On
the evening of this day as
a deserted village
we were
at
camp
in
two hours above the highest of these
villages, fourteen dense divisions
of small birds were
seen flying from the direction of the right to the
left
bank, and a straggling army of large birds of the
size
of crows followed too high to enable
On camp
the dusk deepened
till
me
;
they were
to distinguish them.
the evening of the next day, liaving selected a a few miles below
us, calling
out the
pronunciation.
Ngombe, two canoes approached
name
of " Stanley " with excellent
They had picked up the name by some
odd fashion, and would doubtless have hailed the white with
it
in the
Vol. II.—
same way. They only wished
first
to sell
isss.
Lukoieia
TEE CONGO.
18 1883.
June
and young
fish
Our
crocodiles.
engineers, from pure
3.
Ngombe.
and purchased one young croco-
^^^^ patronised them, dile,
we came
of whose character
to
know
before he deserted us.
The crocodihan
what we discovered of
it,
The ungrateful
novel.
fine
one
for a
beast, lashed to a strong
our kindness to him,
close to the river, despite
tree
character, from
would make a
little
a great deal
deserted our expedition during the night.
Lukolela
finds the hatching of crocodiles to be remunerative.
When
nests are discovered, they take
them
place
when
in sand in a locality
the shell
is
They
net.
and
disturbed,
broken and the young emerge,
they are placed in a pond which
with a
little
the eggs and
is
carefully covered
are here fed until they have attained
a certain weight and size
;
and on market days they
are taken out to be sold.
On
the
districts,
4th of June
first
Ngombe', which
contraction of the at Lukolela.
from four to
we passed
Congo
is
several
populous
situated at another
similar to the one described
Below and above Ngombe the river six miles
various channels of the
wide
;
Congo
but at the strait
all
is
the
are united in one stream,
which flows nearly two miles wide with a strong current.
On
the
left
bank
is
Ngombe, high and dry on a
level
about 40 feet above the river, with a wealth of banana-
groves and other signs of abundance.
A is
few miles higher up than the Strait of Ngombe'
the district of Nkuku, inhabited by a people that
showed a strong
inclination to trade.
They followed
us for such a distance, offering articles for sale without
CORDIAL RECEPTION OF USINDL
showed us a couple of Muscovy ducks,
success, until tliey
which we
bouo-ht with the value of
Two
we
hours later
delight.
Malamu
!
\s. 4c/.
each.
malarau
!
at
cries expressive of
frantic " ("
Good
!
good
!
")
was
echoed from end to end.
One hour beyond Butunu we came district of Usindi, the
to the populous
inhabitants of which were out-
rageous in their clamours of applause. in
irrepressible
so
their joy that
These were
a hearty response
from our side was not deemed enough.
hundred manned their canoes, followed
and
at us,
we
until
En
Avanf, sprawled over everybody, shook
hands with white
when
bawled
us,
Eleven fellows immediately came
halted.
aboard the
About a
stormed at us in a friendly manner,
finally
and
black,
old
and young, and
they saw the black boiler they seemed to look so
earnestly at
that
it
it
might have been thought
More of
tiiey
would embrace
it.
pressible rogues
would have come aboard had we per-
mitted
it,
but as
we were
and steamed back again
these
thoughtless, irre-
already captured
we
yielded
to the landing-place of Usindi,
the hardy eleven looking as proud as though they had
done a gallant deed worthy of the Victoria or the Iron cross.
On met
the shore a perfect hurst of joyful welcoming
Such an extraordinary
us.
Butunu
people
smiled
on
Usindi
shot out to midstream to embrace
remarkable
us
;
and
sudden
hailed
us
as
Nkuku
!
friends,
us
i883. vi,
Butunu,
arrived opposite
which the natives raised "
19
!
but
This
develojDment of friendship
i.
THE CONGO.
20 1883.
June
among
people 300 miles above Stanley Pool excited
wonder
for
4.
Usindi.
some hours,
their people
had seen
many
until they told us that
Le'opoldville
of
and Kintamo, and
had seen our big house and wagons and boats
in the
port.
Our that
reception at Usindi
we
was
warm and
so
friendly
passed a very agreeable time there until noon luka, the chief, would have given
of the 5th.
of his village had
we asked
for
it
— anything,
being
I observed,
half
we
did
They were a
but agree to stop and build with them.
most polite people,
me
all
unanimous
to
abstain from giving the least offence or alarm, and
keeping
back every warlike weapon
into view.
I
may
civilisation that I
fident in their it
say this was the
saw any such
own
was not necessary
from
first
coming
spot out of
polite delicacy.
Con-
strength, I presume, they thought to
have recourse
to the barbarous
art of terrorising.
Seventy minutes above Usindi we entered a deep
we
channel 300 yards wide, between a reedy island, as
imagined
it
to
be,
and a
cluster of towns, than the one
shore along
its
larger settlement, or
still
we had
was
entire length
just
lined with
of bronze-bodied people, but not one voice calling out to us. trust,
and
This
we took
affected to pass on
;
canoemen
to approach.
invitation to visit
We
to be an
hundreds
was heard
omen of
dis-
we had not proceeded channel before we were
halted and permitted the
They bore
Mangombo,
The
but
more than a few miles up the aware we were pursued.
left.
to us, tbey said,
chief of Irebu.
an
THE nOME OF THE CHAMPION TRADEBS.
Of
we knew it was tlie populous home of the champion traders on
course
Irebu, the
21
district of
isss.
Upper
1,.^,^,^
the
Congo, rivalled only in numbers and enterprise by
Ubangi on the right bank. in canoes,
Irebu traders, descending
overwhelmed the aborigines of Lukolela,
the latter themselves had admitted.
as
They had mastered
populous Ngombe', awed Nkuku, Butimu and Usindi,
and we had heard vague rumours that they had taught the fierce Bangala to treat their traders with respect.
was
It
pride of
in fact a its
Venice of the Congo, seated in the
great numbers between the dark waters of
Lukanga and
the
the
deep brown channels of the
parent stream.
There were hundreds of people standing eagerly expectant of the arrival of the of
Upper
Irebu, men,
flotilla in
women and
the covelet
children,
from the
very old and grey-heailed to the young naked copperskinned gamin.
Though
so
numerous, an instinctive
hush governed the crowd into deep engines
silence as
the
stopped and the boats glided to their berths
along the shore.
Not
until
the
crew leaped over the
gunwales with the anchors, and the chains ceased
running through the brazen chocks, was the silence broken, and then a muffled
murmur
of applause
was
heard as each remarked to the other his admiration of the vessels.
Mangombo, with
a curious long staff a fathom
and a
half in length, having a small spade of brass at one
much resembling a baker's He was a man probably front.
end,
cake-spade, stood in sixty years old, but
THE CONGO.
22 1883.
June
active,
6.
irebu.
and by no means a^ed-lookins^, o o and he waited
On going
to greet me.
by Mangombo and about
ashore
my
hand was grasped
half-a-dozen of the principal
men, and we sought the shade of a convenient
by the waterside I
to talk.
was very soon impressed by the
ance of the
men grouped around
intelligent appear-
Tl^ey had an air
me.
of worldly knowledge and travel about them, very ferent from the stupid bewildering
"which
we were
tree
wonderment with
For these people were
so familiar.
really acquainted with
dif-
many
lands and tribes on the
of 600 miles,
From Stanley Pool to Upoto, a distance they knew every landing-place on the
river banks.
All the ups and downs of savage
Upper Congo.
the profits and losses derived from barter,
all
the diplo-
matic arts used by tactful savages were as well to
them
Roman
as the
alphabet
is
life, all
known
They knew
to us.
the varied lengths of the sina ("long" of cloth), the
number
matako (brass
of
whether of
savelist,
twill, stripe, ticking,
rods)
florentine,
they were worth,
unbleached domestic,
blue and white baft
;
the value of
beads per thousand strings, as compared with uncut pieces of sheeting, or kegs of
They could
muskets, short and long.
on the arm, what at
profit
gunpowder, or tell,
flint-lock
by poising
on an ivory tusk purchased
Langa-Langa would be derived by
sale at Stanley
Pool!
No wonder left its traces
your own
that all this mercantile knowledge had
on their faces
cities
of Europe.
;
indeed
it is
Know you
the same as in
not the military
NATIVE KNOWLEDGE OF TRADE.
man among
you, the lawyer or
banker, the artist or the poet
more
?
23
merchant, the
the
the same in Africa,
It is
on the Congo, where the people are so
especially
devoted to trade.
There
is
a slight difference, however,
in the features (or rather air diffused over them) of the
resident trader
may
and the trading navigator. The resident
be a sharp
man
not to be boorish,
On
at a bargain, but he is as likely as
rustic, or unsophisticated in
the other hand, the Wy-yanzi traders of Usindi,
Butunu, Ubangi, and Irebu are sedate and sessed
in
their
business-like
may
manner.
deportment,
directness
and
while
a
open-minded simplicity
same time they are barbarous enough not
They
At
quite surprised me,
by declaring they were even then Irebu was at war with
be heard even then at
Lower Irebu it,
though
I
the
to be averse
and analytical perusal of their
after a careful
frank
certain
be observed in their mode of speech.
from fighting on occasion.
self-pos-
!
war
at
features,
Upper
!
The guns could
had not the
slightest
idea they were fighting.
Generally the
Congo
river tribes
first is
day of acquaintance
with the
devoted to chatting, sounding one
another's principles, and getting at one another's ideas.
The
chief entertains his guest with gifts of food, goats,
beer, fish, &c.
;
then on the next day commences business
and reciprocal exchange of
Mangombo gave
gifts.
So
it
was
at Irebu.
four hairy thin-tailed sheep, ten
glorious bunches of bananas,
two great pots of
beer,
and
the usual accompaniments of small stores.
The next day we made blood brotherhood.
The
isss. ifebu.*
:
THE CONGO.
24 1883.
fetish-man pricked each of our right arms, pressed the
irebu.
blood out, then, with a pinch of scrapings from
my gun-
few dusty scrapings from a long
stock, a Httle saU, a
wounded arms, and the black
pod, dropped over the
and white arms were mutually rubbed together.
The
fetish-man took the long pod in his hand and slightly
touched our necks, our heads, our arms, and our legs,
What
muttering rapidly his litany of incantations.
was
in a
folded
Mangombo and and we bore it
of the medicine
left
between us
banana to a
leaf,
banana grove
close by,
I carefully
reverently
and buried
tiie
dust out of sight.
Mangombo, now my
my
of blood, consecrated to in the sacred fetish trouble,
to
my
aid.
were gathered round
which the following "
Some time ago
gala).
My men
service as I
bond
and implored
was devoted
his service, revealed his
The
notables of Irebu
and then Mangombo spoke, of
us, is
by solemn interchange
brother,
the substance
I sent
three canoes to Iboko (Ban-
traded prosperously
;
they had obtained
A valuable cargo of ivory, and were about returning,
when and
a sudden quarrel took place between the
Our people were on shore; they fought
Irebu.
stubbornly to save their ivory thirty-three to save a
were
few
trade
were
killed
;
tell
was stopped.
;
out of seventy people
thirty-seven of
tusks, seized
paddled away to all
Ban gala
them managed
one of their canoes, and
us this dismal story.
Of
those thirty-three
slain in the fight, twenty-eight
but five belonged to Lower Irebu.
were of
Of
course
men who
my
town
;
You must know
WAE IN community of Irebu
that the
25
IREBU.
divided into three parts
is
•^
—Lower, Upper, and Central Irebn. of
Lower Irebu
am lord
;
Mpika
^
^
Magwala
is
chief
chief of Central Irebu
is
;
I
Magwala and Mangombo
of the upper portion.
are the principal chiefs, and before this misfortune,
which
I
am
about to
tell
you, occurred, I was con-
sidered the superior chief of
Some months
all.
young men
the massacre of our
after
at Iboko, a flotilla of
Bangala canoes were seen going down river bound
Mpika heard of
Ngombe.
this,
to
and giving chase
captured a canoe with eight of the Bangala on board.
Mpika, forgetting that his five, did
fair,
not deign to
but
prisoners,
when
he replied,
them.
I
'
No
On
prisoners.'
Mpika was
for
I.
him asking him
be
to
and should keep what he had
right,
people in four fights
My
:
people, however, were
was too recent and
their loss
;
me I
it.
have
lost six
over twenty of
more of
my men
Magwala and Mpika have lifts
its
go out and come
in
hands against Irebu All trade
by night only.
of Irebu are mourning daily
;
About
to declare war.
and brothers slay one another.
We
share of the
appealing to Magwala, he answered
we began
Irebu
to
my men who captured revenge for my five. Go you will not give you one of my
too great, and they forced
heavily.
men
they were
;
not satisfied with this
been wounded.
me have my
let
obtained by force of arms.
ten days ago
twenty-eight
lost
I sent to
keep these in
and do likewise,
that
had
I
and
is
my
have
also lost ;
friends
stopped.
The women
if this evil,
which
isss.
June
.
is
worse even than the small-pox, continues much longer.
6.
irebu.
THE CONGO.
26 1883.
June
ij.gj,u
to
strongest tribe
tlie
river.
Now, Bula
you have come
Matari,
from
save us
many
We
canoes,
were coming down river
we
we
that large island, but
have
Chumbiri told us your name
When you
was Stanley.
good time
in
mutual slaughter.
this
heard of you years ago.
with your
as
.
on the great "
known
be no longer
Irebii will
6.
lay in wait for you behind
We
did not attack you.
heard of Bula Matari building towns at Kintamo, at
Mswata, and Bolobo
;
but
we
did not
know who Bula
Matari was, until Ibaka, some moons past, told us that
You
Bula Matari was Stanley.
You must " I
save Irebu from death and ruin." I replied, " I
Mangombo,"
should like to do
have other work before me.
and on
first,
belong to Irebu now.
my
must go
but
it,
to
Ikengo
return I will do what I can.
Mean-
I
time, stop fighting." "
Ah, that
must
easy to say
is
also stop fighting.
" I will send a boat to
asked
me
to
settle
!
but Mngwala and Mpika
Will you speak to them?" tell
them that Mangombo has
the war, but that
now and I will ask them to to make peace." Enough has been said, as near
w^ait
;
words as the
necessities of this
to
book
internecine
war which was raging
flourishing
and populous
According opposite
to
my
Mpika
offered to me'liate
districts
I
cannot stay
until
I
return
Mangombo's own will permit, of this
in one of the most
on the Upper Congo.
promise I proceeded in
my
boat
and Magwala's landing-phices, and between the contending
factions,
on
LUKANOA the condition
tliat
27
RIVER.
they would refrain from hostilities
i883.
June
during it
Mpika consented immediately,
fifteen days.
fortunately turned out that he
as
was the blood-brother
of Lieutenant Janssen at Mswata, and that he origi-
owned the large canoe then lashed alongside of
nally
Magwala was not
the steam-launch Royal.
so willing to
agree to the compact of truce, but was finally prevailed
upon by
his friend Mpika.
Upper Irebu
I observed that in the covelet of
was no
and
curi'ent,
I
suspected that there must be
another lake in the vicinity, and on inquiry tained that there
up the Lukanga
was ;
there
I
ascer-
" big water " a few hours' journey
but the Congo tribes are in daily
presence of such large bodies of water, that the vicinity of a lake appears to be nothing extraordinary to them.
only with inland peoples that
It is
it
becomes a worthy
This accounts for the great
topic to boast of lakes.
difficulty of exciting sufficient interest in these riverine
draw from them exact information.
They
always use the terms " plenty of water," " big
water,'*
tribes to
" big
river,"
which
find
I
by experience
to
apply
equally to streams furnishing just sufficient water for
canoe navigation.
The water of the Lukanga colour as the Mfini and
of the Irebu stated to kabi's
and
floating
had
me
of the same black
Le'opold
IL
;
and some
that they could reach
Gan-
by navigating the Lukanga, Mantumba Lake,
Mfini River. I
Lake
is
down
a river to
This aroused
Lake
my
Le'opold II.
and the
curiosity greatly, but
to defer the investigation of the truth of this
6.
i^^^^^
THE CONGO.
28 1883.
report until
my
return from the equatorial district, as
June 6 irebu.
I
had not the means
to idly feed eighty people.
With a guide from Mangombo Mswata, we
set out
and
from the mouth
Msenne'
of
Lukanga
of the
and Upper Irebu, on the afternoon of the 6th of June,
up the Congo.
Among
the topics I heard
discussed between
the
groups of commoners near the landing-place of Irebu
was the
between Stanley and Bula Matari.
difference
The majority contended
"Mundele" who appeared on the
first
was the
that though Stanley
and
river,
who attempted to stop him., yet it was really Bula Matari who sent him to find all about the country, and who owned all the men and canoes. For, look you, Stanley had only canoes like we have, fought everybody
whereas
this
Bula Matari has only one canoe
rest are boats that
No
we never saw
Stanley must be
:
captain
;
for,
you
see,
and thousands upon
;
rods
;
to
the
the like anywhere.
Bula Matari's
vizier,
or big
Bula Matari has many towns, thousands
of
bales
of
" Stanley gave proper measure of brass rods
we go
all
Kintamo we
shall
cloth. ;
when
ask for Stanley's brass
they are half as long again as the rods of the
Bateke at the Pool."
The to
notables of Irebu were urgent for the medicine
make wealth grow
quickly.
I
imparted to them
the lesson of trading, but this advice they rejected with
scorn and contempt.
They knew
well enough
how
to
trade, but their wealth they confessed never increased. *'
You," said they, " must have some charm by which
COOKING THE BIG FOT. your
store increases without car6.
We
29
saw
at
Kintamo
i883.
June
one day your shelves
when we
We
called they
wish to
The
know
empty; the very next day
all
were
filled
from top
to bottom.
this secret."
of Ibaka boasted that they
slaves
knew
it,
consequently their hut was besieged with applicants,
and they made nearly two hundred brass rods by their extraordinary charlatanry.
Another subject of interested discussion among the
What was En Avantf
Irebu was, " of the
it
that turned the paddle-wheels
This was a
Some would have it that twenty men concealed somewhere in them.
Others doubted
steamer.
was
that the secret
why
wise it
that,
difficult
there were
the bottom of the
and hotly maintained
in that " big pot " (boiler), other-
But what was
fire inside.
the engineer was cooking so industriously
was another
that
it
is," said
;
and
all
!
that
that
they, "it takes a long time
It
all
day, and
must be a strong medicine
that large pile of
The two other
wood has been used
up.
boats have similar pots, into which their
cooks shove in fuel continually. Perhaps big pots in our canoes, and
man's medicine,
arms
Ah
?
That engineer has been cooking
not finished yet.
is
it
puzzle.
" Whatever
it
about
should the cook (engineer) be always near
making up the
to cook.
puzzle to
we need
at our paddles,
and
if
we had some
not
toil
suffer
we had
also
of the white
any more with tired
from aches and pains
in
our shoulders." Fifty
miles
above Irebu we
came
to
Ikengo
at
6.
irebu
THE CONGO.
30 1883.
ikengo,
The land between had
10 A.M. on the 8th of June.
heen almost one unbroken verdant
— teak, fine
mahogany, guiacum, red and yellow wood,
gum,
plane,
and bombax abundant, and frequently
The
of enormous girth. forests
of fine timber
forest,
of equal
islands
were long, and showed
height and luxuriance,
sides presented tangled
while
their
undergrowths of various species
of palms and rattan.
On
the appearance of the
flotilla,
dashed out into the stream to meet canoes,
the Ikengo people
of tiny
us, in scores
crying out their welcome, and shouting the
all
praises of their various villages, precisely like liotel touters throughout the Levant. *'
Come
to Ikengo/'
they cried.
Ikengo has abundance of food."
Come and women,
see Inganda.
goats, sheep,
abundance.
And
"No, come
Inganda has Inganda
pigs.
There
is
is
ivoryc,
is
rich;
Itumbu.
to
slaves,
blessed with
Stanley, have you forgotten us
traded with you years ago
Ikengo.
"Ikengo
;
we who
Ah, Stanley, come on
?
to
plenty of beer and wine in Ikengo."
thus these extraordinary people extolled the vir-
tues of their respective villages,
making the
river alive
with their increasing throng and restless movement. After carefully weighing the various advantages of the villages, since I well recognised the locality, wliich in
1877 provided
me by
their
one of the islands opposite,
I
impromptu market on
chose Inganda as a tem-
porary resting-place.
Like
all
the Wy-yanzi, from the
Kwa
upward, the
people were of a wholesome, healthy bronze colour, but.
INQANDA.
31
unlike the others, they affected caps of monkey, otter,
1883.
June
leopard, goat, and antelope skin, while their swords
hung suspended by broad
shoulder-belts of red buffalo-
Cotton cloth, however, was rare anions^ these
hide.
A VERY POOR NATIVE OF INGANDA AND HIS DRESS.
people, their dress being a fine or coarse tissue
grassy I
made
of
fibre.
selected
Inganda
while affecting to
as
make
a stopping place,
preparations for settlement, I
might reconnoitre that large mentioned in the
'
whence,
affluent
the
Ikelemba,
Through the Dark Continent.'
Pos-
8.
Ikengu.
TEE CONGO.
32 1883.
June
might secure a
sibly I
the confluence.
site at
If the
11.
ingauda.
natives were too wild to permit of a settlement there,
then
I
might remain
and wait the progress
at Inganda,
of our influeuce.
Numerous
inquiries about the distinctions
the rivers meeting elicited the most confusing
The Ikelemba was distance between
large
;
but
when they
between I'eplies.
illustrated the
bank and bank by an object near
them, the width seemed to vary between 50 and 100 This was incredible.
yards. stated
it
be about 1000 yards wide.
to
I
book
I
had
had viewed
it
These were the same people who formerly
personally.
had
my former
In
called the river " Ikelemba," or " Buruki."
A com-
municative aborigine, hailing from Bungata, on the
drew a curve on the ground, and near the
right bank,
middle of
its
convex
at equal
side,
three lines at right angles to
distances, joined
the lowest
it,
marked
as
the channel coming from Bungata, the second channel
flowing from Lulungu, the highest proceeding from
Ikelemba River.
named Buruki
The upper horn
or Mohindu.
of the curve he
The lower horn of the
curve was called Inganda, where
we were encamped.
This curve, then, seemed to represent a river into
which three channels ran describe the
— he five
Mohindu
river
;
I
asked him to
— Mohindu signifying
contemptuously described
yards wide
when
but
it
to
black
be about twenty-
!
Well, then, what great river was that which I saw
approaching the broad Congo, attracting gaze by
its
magrn'ficent breadth
;
my
curious
tea-dark in colour, as
3
BURTJKI.
strong
a contrast to the flood
my
along, as the sable faces of
own
I
?
I
was impatient
my
bore
tliat
canoes
crew diifered from
was becoming exasperated
and
ness,
33
at
my own
my
obtuse-
which
to settle the doubts
ngitated me.
Leaving the
rest of the expedition
En
steamed up river in the " mngnificent "
whence
I
tea-coloured
had viewed
it
I
Congo.
very
the
six years previouslv,
conceived to be I
tlie
and
greatest tributary of the
steamed across from the islands to the
we
mainland, and half-way across the river the tea-hued half of
what
Within
affluent.
a glow of satisfaction in again looking upon
felt
what
I
1
Avant, in search of that
minutes I had arrived near
seventy-five
spot
and
Inganda,
at
On
it.
I considered to be the
1000 yards
with a three-knot current.
entered
proceeding fairly out of
Congo proper
reduced to 800 yards, but
I
left
into
it
it,
the
was deep,
Four hours above Inganda,
during which the "magnificence" of
my
affluent
whs
considerably diminished, owing to the fact that three
channels had been seen coming from the Congo proper, the river took a decided turn south-east, felt
I
convinced that
I
was ascending a tributary.
was not a whit elated
River had decreased
and then
at discovering that the
to a breadth of
I
But
Dark
about 600 yards.
Buruki, which name the aborigines had repeated so often,
was a
large
town
situated
on the
left
bank of
the Mohindu, about three miles above the confluence.
The
shores on either side were low, on the right hand
too low to be inhabited, the river water penetrating
Vol. 11.—
\m:\.
jngan.in
THE CONGO.
34 1883.
liuiuki."
far over the
swampy
The
land.
but hardy look about
it,
timluer
bad a young
just such as one
would sup-
pose would thrive in low lands, although here and
was
there a crown of dark foliage
uplifted high above
others.
all
Islands began to be seen, but the disparting of the
stream did not improve
its
We
dignity.
were
fully
three hours en route before the banks appeared, so high
had
tlie
young
Ink water and dense
river risen.
trees
were not interesting;
strictly speaking,
The En Avant, unen-
they approached to the dismal.
cumbered with a boat
forests of
astern, proceeded rapidly
up the
even-flowing current, and not a single incident transpired, nor a single object
when we camped on we discovered. The character
me
of
the
what
hove in view, up first trifling bit
I
to sunset,
bank
of dry
saw of the river inspired
with the impression that
it
belonged to a delta,
having a number of narrow creeks, of wonderful
The
crookedness, constantly emptying into the river.
lowness of the land, the young, yet hardy look of the forest
everywhere
;
the blackness of such portions of
alluvium as rose to sight, the dead, untroubled silence, the even-flowing, rippleless eddyless current, nay, let
us call
it
impression.
the African Styx, assisted to convey that
Were
it
not for the white sun, that gave
sheen and greenness to the fresh leafage of the the prospect had
forest,
been cheerless indeed.
The next morning found with an ample supply
us, at
dawn, under weigh,
of red, or rather purple,
hard
A rnHEATENING DANCE. wood on board
but a
;
little
before 7 a.m. native Imts
appeared on the right bank, and on uplifted into a
When we came
left
We
woods
forest
Was
there a war
?
But the En Avant rushes up the centre of the
stream, and as
tlie
land improves, rising into clay and
20 and 30 feet above the stream, a peopled
bluffs,
seen, first
is
bank, and
all
on the
left,
and then on the right
at once the edges of the river
enlivened with yellow-bodied people,
They
ferocious St. Yitus's dance.
many
The
we
the villagers gone a-picnicking into the wild
all
?
village
brig-ht
looked to the banana groves, and
discovered not a single soul in view.
Or had
the land
opposite the huts,
that they bore the signs of newness.
was uncleared.
rock
tlie
wholesome height, shaded by
green bananas.
saw
35
banks are
afflicted
with a
leap upward, like
sO'
acrobats suddenly afflicted with a terpsichorean
mania, flankwise and rearward, then forward with a rush,
bows
seem
to touch the
in hand,
drawn
taut until the arrowheads
Those armed with a spear and
bow.
shield only practise a Pyrrhic dance, and, but for the
deep river, we would take on
On
us.
it
that they were chaiging
the right bank, as well as on the left bank,
the people are doing their best to exhibit their
ledge of course. at
war games. I
human
have always
is
felt
very interesting, of
all
more
interest in looking
nature than in studying other aspects of
creation, but just
came
It
know-
now
it
is
this
Black River that
I
to see.
The En Avant goes plunging on knots an hour.
Village
after
at the rate of seven
village turns
out
its
isss.
— THE CONGO.
36 1883.
dancing corps of copper-breasted braves; the right bank, as well as the
There
exhibitions.
is
left
banlc, salute
us with these
a mile long stretch of hutted
bank, followed by about two miles long of forest
;
then
a similar village, followed by a similar forest, and over the villages are the bananas, seen to the darker palms nodding in
sun shines steadily over
this interval of
softly,
At noon we
all.
in 0° 4'
N.
are 0°
to
by con-
with sounding pole, was unknown.
Tiny
appear to relieve the monotony of the
began
level.
At about the eightieth mile from the we slackened speed, and tried to open a
to
conflu-
conver-
sation with the people of a pleasant-looking village.
few of the principal men advanced firmly
to the
do not
know who you
you come near enough If
fighting.
you wish
return, the river
Was clearly
to
the
go on
your intent.
shore
— go.
we If
will
If
begin
you wish
to
but touch not the land."
there ever such candour, so beautifully and expressed,
speaking
We
is free,
to
is
:
or whence you
are,
came, or whither you go, or what
A
edge of
the river bank, and one spoke unhesitatingly thus
"We
in
bank, was 400 yards
hills
ence
and
Lat.,
in width, with a 2^ knot current; the depth, trial
6' S.
time we had crossed the Equator twice.
The Black River, from bank tinuous
with
harmony, while the white
The day before we were
Lat.
wave
or
was
it
the
guide's
way
of
?
returned the
way we came,
accompanied by a shower of
our departure being
sticks, clods,
stones, &c.,
which, however, did not approach within 200 yards of
WANG ATA. our steamer. torial
At
It is
37
probably in this
way
these equa-
people express their farewell! 8
P.M.
we
reached the
Wangafa.
camp we had
left
in the
morniug, and arrived at noon the next day
at the
A NATIVE
junction of the
ISSUING TO
THE WAK.
Mohindu, or Black River, with the
Congo.
At Wangata,
seven
miles
below,
commanding a
view of the junction of three channels— the right going
lip
to
Bungata, the middle leading to the Ikel-
emba and the Lulungu
isax
rivers, the left leading to the
THE CONGO.
38 1883.
Juue
Black River
—we
halted to converse with the people,
13.
Wangata.
^"^ wcic invitcd
Here tribe
to.
w^e learned that
which begins
town
approach the landing-place.
at the
at
we were among
the Bakuti, a
Ikengo and ends at Baruki, the
mouth of
tlie
On
the rio-ht
the large
island of
Mohindn.
bank are situated the Baicanga
;
Nsambana, nearly twenty-five miles
in length, occupies
the centre of the Congo, between the two tribes.
The Bakuti soon made
friendshi23 with us after the
Land was
customary forms of blood brotherhood.
shown
to us to build upon, then after leaving
pledges for our return, the next day tion
we hastened
we packed up and
neighbourhood of Wangata, at 0°
is
1'
situated
0" N.
lat.
form
its
garrison.
Yangele
until
a
further
goods could be conveyed
to
to assist Lieutenant
reinforcement of
him from
halted a few days to assist with our crews the
new
station,
as for the settlement of all claims, payments,
distribution of gifts to important persons
return to
;
and on the
we descended the Congo River on our Irebu, where we arrived after seven hours
20th of June
and
men and
Le'opoldville.
clearing of the bush from the site of the as well
to
Lieutenant Coquilhat, with
twenty more men, was appointed
We
new
and twenty-six men were delivered over
station, to
the
in
Lieutenant Yangele was appointed chief of the
him
On
Inganda.
transported the expedi-
Equator Station, which
to
to
human
fortv-five minutes' steaminir.
—A
AN EMBARRASSING FAREWELL.
39
CHAPTER XXYII. FROM THE BLACK RIVER TO STANLEY POOL AND BACK TO EQUATOR STATION. An
— Chili pepper and tears— Success of a hypo— Sounds of war — Peace-making— Burying the war — The Lukanga river— Mantumba Lake — The "Watwa dwarfs — Eescue of a shipwrecked crew — The Abbe Guyot— The lion and his prey — Leopoldville flourishing — Troubles at Bwa-bwa Njali's —
embarrassing farewell stratagem
critical
— Lieutenant Janssen and tlie Abbe Guyot drowned Kimpoko Troubles at Bolobo— The station burnt— We are fired upon War A Kri;pp gun sent for — Weak effects of nnxsketry — Peace restored Settling the indemnity— Displaying the power of the Krupp " I and my people will depart from Bolobo for ever!" The river of Bunga — Lukolela — A magnificent forest The superstition of luka Excellent condition of Equator Station homicidal
officer
— Troubles
at
—
—
— — —
—
—
My ideal
The
achieved.
love which the people of Inganda bore
we became we were in
iis
was
so
excessive, that
conscious on leaving Eqiiatoi'
Station that
a
tell
them that the dank
How
difficulty.
forest bight, with its
could
we
edging of
reeds and stagnant spaces around Inganda, was hurtful to the health of
pelled,
Europeans, and that
on account of sanitary and
tions, to
remove from
would be
When
Msenne'
political considera-
their village to
a delicate task
— our
we were com-
Wangata?
This
!
guide from Mswata
— was
in-
iss.s.
jn^.^nj.,'
40 1883.
THE CONGO.
.
formed
tliat,
although
Juue 21. inaanJa.
T^s
move,
to
.
we
stiU,
was
absolutely necessary for 1 1 t'ti experienced a dislike to wound it
the susceptibilities of the Inganda people, he, after a
we had better leave the and we should have no further
thoughtful pause, said that
matter
in
his hands,
As he was so confident, and as cheery as a lawyer who has a good case, and as he knew the natives better than we did, we agreed to leave it to
trouble.
him
He communicated
entirely.
vant Dualla and to Umari, and learned later
how he had
my
my
ser-
was through them
accomplished
Having obtained permission without interference on
it
his ideas to
I
it.
to carry out his design
unless there were
part,
visible signs of failure, he proceeded to put in practice
what he designed.
He
first
rolled his long cloth tight
around his waist as though
it
were a cord, and then
with a Chili pepper touched his eye?, and, having the copious tears to
started
roll
down
his
face,
he
assumed such a woe-begone, down-drooping aspect, that I
No
was
afraid Dualla
sooner had
Inganda,
we
had replied offensively
arrived at the landing-place of
than he stepped
hail, regardless
to him.
on shore, deaf
to every
of everybody, and leaving the boat, he
proceeded slowly to an open place on shore, where he stood
solitarily conspicuous, while
the
natives gathered ai'ound him, urging
hushed voices,
to
ill
him mildly, with
respond to the greetings.
" Well, Msenne, have you
"What
poor deluded
has befallen
These were often
come ?
"
"
What news ?
"
you?"
repeated
to
the
absent-minded
— HYPOCEISY.
who was
Mseiiiie,
so
immersed
was heedless of them,
'
41 his sorrow, that ho
in
until,' at last,' in a
broken voice
interrupted by sobs and bursts of assumed anger, he
condescended to unfold the pitiful tale of woe.
The
story as a
comedy
capitally related
away
part of Afiica there
a Shakespeare and Milton,
as a
must have been
who have mutely and
unhonoured and unsung by
ingloriously died unwept,
the ignorant civilised world, and whose humble lie
;
was surpassingly well done, and proved that
it
in this far
many
was
story
mounds
nameless under the tropic shade.
"Two
days from here, up that black river
— there were many
what do ye
call it?
Bakuti
and a market was
side,
invited us in.
We
— the
villages on the
The wild people
held.
ranged the boat alongside the bank.
Mangombo's boy, and one of Bula Matari's men and sprang on shore, and thing before!
was
speared
tlien
— Irebu's boy
— ah,
I
never saw such a
I
by
escaped
through the treacherous crowd into the
had already shoved
I
was caught, the Zanzibari
and
instantly,
river.
off at the first alarm,
leaping
The boat
and now,
tell
What answer shall I return to Mangombo, of Irebu, when he asks me for his boy? You men of Stanley, why stand ye here ? Let me, friends, what must
Pack up, and
us go.
fight until there
Have you friends?
what you
!
will "
is
I
let
do?
us go on to the fight, and
not one of the wretches
people no hearts
How
'
to
feel
for
left alive.
your dead
we return to Irebu? What, Mangombo say to me? Pack up, I shall
and here Msenne actually sobbed aloud.
oh, tell
isss.
,"°^
,
Ingandii.
TEE CONGO.
42
Dualla and Umari,
1883.
who were
June 21. inganda.
morrow we
shall
.
we
Let us buy food to-day, and
to-
Cease grieving
;
war."
to the
natives also joined in consolations, and offered
The
Inganda and Ikengo
to muster all
a
go
.
can
soothicgly " Pcacc, Mscnne'. fight without food?
in the secret, cried out
^
,
time Msenne hushed
little
for the war,
his
and
sobs,
and
in
finally
condescended to smile. It
was not
until
that the story
we had
was
settled ourselves at
told of
how Msenne had
TVangata deceived
Inganda in such an accomplished manner, by our two
young men who had thoroughly
relished
the
per-
formance.
As
the boats w^ere being secured to the trees on the
margin of the cove of Upper Iiebu, the sounds of a musketry volley came sliarply to our
We
ears.
inquired what this firing meant. " Oh,
the
we got
tired of waiting for
you
so w^e
began
war again an hour ago."
After consultation
witli
Mangombo,
I sent
Dualla
with two boats to Mpika's landing place, and having obtained permission from both the contending factions to stop the war,
of
tiie
crew
I
then commissioned Dualla and four
to proceed to the battle field, bearing the
blue flag with the golden star, the standard of Association, high above their heads, that
seen
l)y
the respective
ambushed
warriors.
it
might be Guided by
Mpika's advice, they boldly penetrated through hostile ranks,
palaver was
and shouted out
now being
to
tlie
the
them that the peace
held by Bula Matari, and in
WAE.
43
some stubborn cases they bad actually -^
/
seized
a'uns ^
tlie
and struck them up while they were levelling them fire
on
their
we saw
We
enemy.
the warriors of
to
were not long waiting before
Mangombo
returning to their
various huts in the town, presenting themselves to our
by us grossly garnished with
inspection as they passed skins
and
and
feathers,
so hideously painted that
impossible to conceive a
human
more thorough
effort for the
form's disfigurement.
The next day, having heard from each statement of the cause of the war,
and Magwala, asking what this strife.
killed
my
chief his
spoke to Mpika
I
benefits they expected
" None," tliey promptly replied.
people," said Mpika, "
them by a
ftiir
chase after
them
;
and let
I
Magwala,
from
" Iboko
caught eight of
Mangombo do
the
And
I/'
same, for he will never get any of mine." said
was
it
"
" will see that he does not."
To Mangombo,
I
asked what he expected to gain by
continuing the fight
?
" Both of your parties are strong and numerous, and if
you go on in
this
manner, mutually destroying one
another, Irebu will become the prey of the Bakuti, or
the Balui,
or
the
of your
friends
cluding those
Wabangi.
opponents.
who
fell
Your
Your
friends
are also
losses to-day,
in-
at Iboko, are thirty-seven killed,
You have lost nine stout men in slaves. You are not wise, Mangombo.
and many wounded. order to get four
This kind of trading will ruin you. called,
Let the council be
and obey the word, otherwise you must go on
fighting
it
out by yourselves."
i883,
June 22. inganda.
THE CONGO.
44
Accordingly,
1883,
Jnaanda.
two
at
p.m.,
the principal
elders of
^pp©!' Irebu Were gathered together in council in one corner of an open place.
I
me occupied another Mangomho sat alone with
near
and
my
At
corner.
long
his
three interpreters
another corner
staff
ending with
first,"
said one of
a brazen spade.
" The Malafu fee must be paid the
elders,
and
I
had almost forgotten the judge's
I
Msenne and Umari that
hinted to
my
fee,
must
fee
be large.
among
Fifty brass-rods were distributed
the elders.
One hundred and twenty were gravely handed as
my
share.
Mangombo his losses,
recited the story of the war, recounting
and drawing pathetic pictures of the
incurred by Upper Irebu. their
me
to
ideas
hostilities,
as
The
elders then suggested
what should be done
to
and that
it
losses
to stay the
was a great pity that the
dis-
putants should go on killing one another.
and decided that the war must
I followed last,
Said I
:
"
Magwala and Mpika have both agreed
they will leave the case in
must do the same.
Mangombo
alone.
his eyes open, and
my
The war Mpika
hands; you Mangombo in the obstinacy of
lies
lost five
Mangombo
men, but he kept
sought to redress his
by making war upon Mpika.
pay the Bangala
that
revenged himself on the Iboko by
taking eight captives. losses
stop.
for the blood
If he
wanted
they had shed,
why
to
did
he not go to Iboko, and keep his eyes open there, instead of hurting his friend?
The Nzarabi (God^
is
angry.
PEA CE'MA KING. and he
lias
nine more of
lost
Mpika and Magwala
enough.
friendship to
Mangombo.
and bury the war.
The
45
men.
lils
offer
hands
their
is
i883.
in
io°ld^
it
Give the pledge of peace,
Bula Matari has spoken
of elders applauded,
council
Say,
" !
and Mangom\)o
yielded to the general cry of peace, and gave the pledge
My
demanded.
were instantly sent away
interpreters
to central Irebu to bring tlie pledges of peace
from the
Capulets of that quarter. These pledges were two pieces of unbleached domestic, one gourd of palm-wine, one
keg of damp gunpowder, and one broken musket from
Then
each faction.
four elders from
Upper Irebu who
were neutrals, and four neutrals from central Irebu took charge of the peace pledges, and in the centre of the plain behind Irebu,
hole
was dug
in
which was the usual
and the
the ground,
battle-field,
articles
were
Salvoes of musketry from each rank of the
interred.
combatants were
fired
over the grave of the war, and
Irebu was saved from the horrors of internal
many
a
strife, for
long years, I hope.
The next day we spent
in mutual visits
through
Irebu.
This large town, or congeries of villages, built so close together, that to a stranger there
to be left
no
distinctive limits
between them, occupies the
bank of the Congo, and the
left
Lukanga, running along the bank five
miles.
miles,
and
having
The population
Irebu has also
its
would appear
a
depth
I estimated
suburbs, and
if
bank of the
for a
distance of
inland at
of
two
15,000 souls.
the villages inland
TEE CONGO.
46 1883
and
along
Lnkanga may be
the
reckoned, being
may
offshoots of Irebu, the figures of the population
reasonably be doubled.
On
the 23rd,
which we took the
tail
we steamed up
to
end, or
the
Lukanga River, it
was
the sluggish effluence of a lake.
It
be a river, though in reality
The
appeared more like a broad and winding canal.
was a reedy
shore, for a considerable distance,
lieved in places
fen, le-
by a clump of mimosa, or by a grander
height of scrub, and finally by an isleted grove.
lew miles up, a
humpy
village with bananas outside.
showed a
rise of reddish clay
and palms, and gardens of cassava
Fishermen were numerous
;
canoes being seen
From
returning from or going to the fish-catching.
300 yards
Lukanga opened
the
out to
mile in
a
breadth, which gradually widened further into a
We
lake.
little
were then shown a course varying from
we
one to two miles wide, which
looming up
picturesquely
might almost be
in
arm of
followed
wooded
The
called hills.
coming more numerous.
the shores
banks which
villages
Presently,
we
;
were
turned into a narrow
this
channel
by the village of Maboko, which was
the lake,
more tiarrowed by rows of
papyrus and other reeds.
hour
later
path
— Lake
Throe-quarters of an
— after winding in and
out a crooked watery
iMantumba burst into view.
five miles
— until
the shore disappeared.
still
stakes, sedge, water-lilies,
lotus,
along the northern shore
be-
when half-way
through
about
A
— the
We
steamed
southern being distant
when on the south, At sunset, we had reached the at
4
p.m.,
MANTUMDA LAKE. eastern sliore, and •
•,
camped on an
..,
.
•,
whither some natives visited
Watwa
many days
being
47
TiiT
and
us,
round by the
along
southern
flat
By noon
shore, to a portion of the western shore.
the 25th
the Mantumba
days' steam-
to near Ikulu at 5 p.m.,
eastern shore, and
the
Ten
we had steamed 144 English
miles in
of
tlie
circumnavigation of the lake.
Mantumba Lake,
Lake Leopold IL,
like
is
a shallow
depression in the lowland of this portion of the
The
basin.
Like the
feet.
a
greatest depth
which, at
many
of the
again the land
enough
Where age
to
ironstone
into low
rises
hills,
In other
not high
notice, but clothed
redwood, for which this country
the ironstone crust
still
shows
the view, deep cavernous
underneath.
substructure,
though newly made.
to attract particular
fine forests of
thirty-two
is
shows the ragged sharp edges
places,
of fracture as clearly as
parts
Over
of rock, proving
Congo
seems to have been caused by
latter, it
sudden subsidence
ascertained
its
is
with
noted.
ragged front-
recesses
seen
are
these the stone projects like a shelf
its
tenacious composition, as
it
ire-
quently supports trees of considerable girth and height.
On
the western shores, in some of
its
many
baylets, the
pebbly beach strewn with round ironstone, and quartz,
and reddish, porous, stone pebbles, shows traces of
much
hitcher
water,
Everywhere the shore
and is
effects
of
storm v waves.
lined b}^ these pebbles.
i883.
June 23.
bays and creeks, past Ibingi
little
and Ikoko, brought us
told us ot
;
.1
from whence they
inland,
obtained their ivory and camwood.
ing into beautiful
near Ugangi
i.^land
Some
^"''*''
THE CONGO.
48 1883.
I
ground
and put
into powder,
into a glass of water,
June 23.
jiantumba
^^^
a
of the
httle
cannot conceive
it
inkiness
to
minutely examined
ground soil,
the
visible
the shore
I
Scarcely
on the shore, though
every indentation in
is
The
it.
reddish
a
is
not cultivated the forest
of an uniform height.
all
As
very low and sedgy. feet, or, at
dense,
the lake rises about fifteen
Mantumba and
about twenty -two geographical miles,
is
is
the shores show traces to this height,
least,
Leopold IL
is
The southern shore
and, as the distance between Lakes
may
account
though
lake,
rocky substratum
this
may
much
very rich and favourable to tropical abundance.
When but
above
of
be
to
be altogether the cause.
any clay or sand was I
found the water
I
This rust and dark red ironstone
darker. for
np
after Stirring
it
be that at the height of the rainy season these
two lakes are connected.
At Ikenge
the natives manufactured a superior kind
Camwood powder
of pottery.
made by grinding in mortar, small sticks of
from the
on rough
it
Watwa
dwarfs,
also
extensively
red- wood chips, or rasping
slabs.
who
is
Ivory
is
purchased
are described as a copper-
coloured people.
On at
the 20
Lukolela.
visit
us
—
to
til
of June
we
halted at the camping-place
luka and Mungawa were induced to
make
blood
brotherhood, and
finally to
frame a verbal treaty, agreeing to cede to us sovereignty over
their country.
sold us
a fine piece
we proposed to build whereof we left two of our most
a station, in
of land, whereon
surety
They
also
faithful
men
A SHIPWRECK. their
in
49
and then continued on our voyage
luinds,
i883.
June 29.
down
the Congo.
We
L^kdeia.
were encamped on the grassy terrace mentioned
in our journey
up
on the evening of
river, a
few miles below Lukolela,
when a men and
this day,
peared laden with forty-four
They reported
cargo.
large canoe apa miscellaneous
wreck of a large canoe
the
laden with thirty-eight men, and a valuable cargo.
Over
a dozen of the
board
;
Two
the rest
crew of the
were
Usindi,
lost.
and the crew of the
mood and
ward bound
all
the property
The shipwrecked party
assistance belonged to fit
on an island wandering.
still
persons had been drowned, and
had been
canoe were on
lost
canoe
Ngombe.
and had abundance of
rendered
tliat
They found
condition to be helpful. to Stanley Pool,
hailed from
we had
We
us in a
were home-
just left Lukolela,
provisions, wliich
we shared
with them.
At the
early
dawn we were under weigh with
three of
shipwrecked crew on board to guide us to the
scene of the disaster.
At
8.30 a.m.
we hauled
alongside
They
with our three steamers, whaleboat, and canoe. pointed the locality and
the
cause
which was some thirty yards from snag,
around
slightly covered it,
shore.
It
accident,
was a
feet in depth.
to
The
locality
which we could cling
in attempting to secure a steamer near the place
our anchor and chain.
;
we
and lost
I recognised the chief of the
party as Miyongo of Usindi, Vol. II.-4
stiff
by water, that ran strongly
and was thirty
was devoid of anything
of the
whom we had
seen
at
THE CONGO.
50 1883 Lukoieia.
Bolobo during our palavers relating to the murder of
We
two of our garrison by Gatula.
know what
assistance he wished.
requested to
After consultation
with his fellows, he decided to return to Bolobo with his
We
wife and six companions.
supplied the others with
we had purchased from and they resolved to make their way to
food and native arms, which
the Bakuti,
We
Lukoieia by land. land,
transported them to the main-
and then proceeded on our journey
which we reached
at nine o'clock at night.
The next day we rendered Miyongo and by a present of
speechless with gratitude
when, according
rations,
become our property. afterwards,
we
Bolobo,
to
arrived at
his wife
forty days'
custom, they had
to native
Departing from Bolobo soon
Mswata
station after thirteen
hours' steaming.
my
During
absence
Janssen had received a
Abbe Guyot,
a
Roman
to
equator,
the
Lieutenant
visitor, in
the person of the
Catholic
missionary serving
under the orders of the Algerian Cardinal.
The Abbe
had come up the Congo highly recommended officers
of the Association, with the view of establishLeopoldville being
ing a mission. with
Protestant missions,
the
convenient to seek a virgin the
Kwa,
expressed
which to the
of
the
to the
I
in the
Abbe thought
the
Upon
field.
neighbourhood of
himself
pleased
with
already blessed
tlie
the
it
suggesting
confluence, he locality,
upon
requested Lieutenant Janssen to proceed up
Kwa, and
establish himself
confluence,
and
to
assist
on the the
left
bank
Abbe Guyot
KIMPOKO STATION. the founding
in
of
51
mission on
liis
right
the
l»ank
i88;}.
July
of the affluent opposite.
On
wind blowing strongly
the 3rd of July, with the
against
we
us,
Wampoko
above the
Mswata
left
river,
for
missed
it
on the right bank, we saw
flotilla.
We
to discover that a fierce struggle
before, leaving traces of
curious
tried a shot at
we landed
and, led by curiosity,
;
Just
Le'opoldville.
a lion crouched on the sand, watching with
gaze the descending
it
and
at the place
had occurred
sliortly
some heavy body having been
dragged over the beach. The evidences were as legible
highway, and pointed us
as a
warm
fifty
to a
dead buffalo
paces from the river's edge, wdiere
Good
been struck helpless while drinking.
was
too rare on the
Upper Congo
by the
Kimpoko was
had
fresh beef
and
to be rejected,
all
hump
forest king.
station,
reached the next day at 10 a.m.,
by Mons.
superintended
evidently
still
it
hands that day banqueted on the steaks and roast furnished
was about
to
be
known
stations.
This was
placed in
command, and yet
fourth
the
The
Amelot.
as one of our
place
unlucky
who had been
chief
the chiefs residence had
not been completed, and, by the very slow progress
which had been made, probably the columns would need renewing before
it
would be
fit
for living in.
After fifty-seven days' absence we again saw Le'opoldville,
the
:i.
Mswata.
with substantial proofs everywhere visible of
competency of Lieutenant Yalcke
large house, having nine
as
chief.
commodious rooms
lodging of Europeans, had been put up
;
A
for the
a small station
THE CONGO.
52 1883
had been established at Kinshassa
" ^
banana plants were
^
Leopold^''^^-
community and
"blooming"
Thus a proper man proved
more
service in
two months than
had performed within eleven months.
his predecessor
his brother chiefs
terms with the
staft"
of the station were
were also on excellent
of Europeans
filled
tlie
store-rooms
with provision
cases, cloth
;
bead boxes, and there were nearly four tons of
brass rods
On
and tbe
:
belongings were altogether in a
its
that he could perform
bales,
some 500 new
tbrivino; o in our g-arden o
condition.
Ngalyema and
;
— the native currency.
the 13th of July the steamers and boats were
again despatched to Bolobo with 150 loads of goods
and thirty-two men,
whom
in
I could place
and
I
charge of Captain Anderson, implicit
reliance.
and Manyanga required
troubles at Vivi tion,
in
had
to
Meantime
my
atten-
despatch an agent to that place
with authority to rectify the mischiefs which ever recurred
at
that unfortunate
utter impossibility
by
station,
owing
of enforcing obedience
to
to
the
orders
letter.
" Captain "
vour
At
had, after six months' patient endea-
to reach his post, finally arrived to take
least this
was
command.
to be hoped, but later letters informed
us that he declined the command, owing to a species of triangular disagreement and misunderstanding existing
which each of the three
at Vivi, in connection with
persons
language
involved
upon
showered me.
In
letters
this
in
most
predicament
forcible it
was
necessary to commission a deputy, with copies of the
BWA-BWA NJALI'S
INVITATION.
me
various orders that had emanated from
53 duriiic:
the
i883. T
last six
and
months;
consider
I
that
bother on this occasion drew from
which was an absolute model of
number of
propositional "
I flattered myself,
ifs
"
its it
immense
the
me
a final order,
kind, from the great
contained, providing,
against all mortal possibilities of
misunderstanding, misapj^rehension, and
failure.
Not
-^srr
VIEW FROM THE HEAD OF BAM0 ISLAND DOWN THE STANLEY POOL.
havino* a trust, I
so
that
sino'le soul
was obliged
else
Yan
Le'opoldville pro
Invited by
BKANCH AT
within reach that
to deprive Leopoldville of
Lieutenant Yalcke
while Dr.
SOTTTH
I
could
its chief,
was the chosen deputy,
den Heuvel was ap])ointed chief of tern.
Bwa-bwa
River, to establish a
Njali, of the
Gordon-Bennett
station there, I proposed
to
a
.
...
Leopold'^''*'
THE CONGO.
54 1883.
Leopold-
young continental
officer to
acquiesced, expressing- himself indeed
readily
He
undertake the duty.
ex-
as
tremely desirous to have his fidelity and capacity tested previous to promotion, and the public recognition of
and
his zeal
picked
He and
intelligence.
men were
transported across the river, and duly
introduced to the chief, as his brother.
band of fourteen
his
who
The young
consented to receive him officer
received his final
instructions with a strong injunction to be
prudent,
good tempered, and forbearing, and always charitable in his dealings
his
own
with the aborigines as
w^ell
as with
people.
Eight days passed away, and then from across the river
came a rumour of
manned and
A
trouble.
boat was hastily
sent to inquire for news, which, in a few
hours, returned with the
young
officer,
pale and excited,
with his face scratched and his clothes in disorder, and
two of
his
own
garrison with him.
The coxswain of
the boat reported that he had gone across the river,
and had found the military
officer
bound hand and
foot.
Two
of his
own men guarded him, and they
the coxswain a curious tale.
own
responsibility
set
He
had, however, on his
the officer at liberty, and had
brought him, along with his men,
answer
The
told
to Leopoldville
to
for themselves. officer related
how he had
detected a plot to
murder him and take the property, upon which he had attempted to shoot the supposed ringleader in the conspiracy,
but had only succeeded in wounding him,
A TERRIBLE DISASTER. whereupon
55
own men sprang upon
liis
liim,
disarmed
and bound him, and were about conveying him
to
isss.
u^opoidville
Leopoldville
them
when
the boat fortunately arrived to take
He
admitted he liad been set free irom
across.
bonds by the coxswain.
his
The two men who had been found guarding him,
in
their direct and circumstantial story, proved that their oflScer
He
had suddenly developed an homicidal mania.
had attempted
to shoot poor
Bwa-bwa
and
Njali,
had actually shot his chief sergeant in the head, which provoked his own garrison to disarm and bind him.
During the night following he had burst fled into the
conveyed
woods, where he had been discovered next
to
the
boat arrived, and his guard,
My On
river side, whither soon its
brought them
the
the
after
crew, taking charge of the prisoner to Leopoldville.
servant Dualla was sent over to
transport
to
bonds and
Being recaptured, and rebound, he was
morning.
and
his
party back again
Bwa-bwa Njali's, to
Le'opoldville.
the return of Dualla, corroborating the truth of
the charge against the
man was
officer,
the unfortunate gentle-
taken under escort to Yivi with an order of
dismissal from the service.
On
the 22nd of July, a courier canoe arrived from
Mswata
station
with
the
dreadful
intelligence
that
Lieutenant Janssen and the Abbe Guvot, with eleven of their people, while descending the
new Kwamouth
station 1o
Congo from
the
Mswata, during a gale of
wind, were drowned.
On
the
31st
of July an
exjiedition
was sent
to
— THE CONGO.
56 1883.
LeopoldviUe.
occupy Kwamoutli
Swedish
Pfigels, a
It consisted of
station. officer,
Lieutenant
and a small garrison
for that
place.
Two poko
days later a courier canoe arrived from Kim-
with
station,
letters
from Mons. Amelot, imploring
He had had
instant relief.
a misunderstanding with
the natives, and some shooting had happened, wherein
two or
of the natives had fallen.
tliree
Kimpoko, and found that
Naturally, I hurried to
my
presenti-
ment concerning unfortunate Kimpoko was
verified.
Gambiele and
Unable
all
the natives had
fled,
and
to induce the natives to return, I ordered the
half- 1 milt
station- to
down
garrison
be destroyed, and conveyed the
to Leopoldville.
The prospects were most disheartening ever-brewing troubles at Vivi
;
coloured
drowned
On
eternal and
two stations destroyed
within a few days of each other eleven
;
;
two Europeans and
men belonging
to
another station
But the end had not yet arrived.
!
the 21st of August, a courier canoe arrived from
Bolobo with a note saying that unfortunate Bolobo never to be built Bolobo with
all
tlie
—was
goods belonging to
burnt to the ground it,
loads recently stored there for the
Ban gala and Stanley Fortunately repairs,
and
I
tlie
was now
Upper Congo stations
Falls.
flotilla,
which had been beached
for
in perlect order for a long voyage,
was only waiting
near approach of whicli
The danger
as well as the 150
for
an overland caravan, of the
we had
notice, to
have
started.
to these houseless people at Bolobo,
how-
'
BOLOBO IN ARMS. ever, spurred us to immediate
^rr
movement, and on the
22nd of August we accordingly departed from Le'opoldville, witli ten tons
and passenger
list
of miscellaneous goods, and a crew
numbering
seven hours' steaming the 29th August.
we
men.
fifty
After
fifty-
arrived in view of Bolobo on
The En Avant being a few
miles
ahead of the Royal and A.I. A.
As
the
En
Avant steamed by
shore I observed
tlie
the usual crowds of spectators darkening
it.
Ibaka's favourite village, poured out
bronze-bodied
people great and small.
its
Mungolo,
Next Biangala, perched on the
slope of the hill
which separated the Lower from the
Upper Bolobo.
Next
appeared the villages
in order
of Ururu, Mongo, Manga, Yambula, and Lingenji, and, finally,
without a single incident,
we
arrived at the
landing-place of the ruined station, the blackened site of which I
we saw
looked desolate enough.
told the engineer to
keep steam at three atmo-
spheres until the other steamers had actually arrived,
and
I
was
the station,
listening to the reports of the burning of
when
a messenger came from Ibaka, the
senior chief, saying that Itimba and Biangala had fired
on the two steamers.
The news was
that I could scarcely credit tne fact
;
so astonishing
for in the Roi/al
were three natives of Bolobo, who had borne
news of the destruction by been brought back by shore,
us.
me
the
of the station, and had
fire
I
to
had
and the people had waved
also passed
their
by the
hands and greeted
us at several places, while the chief of the station had
reported that he was on terms of friendly intimacy with
issa.
""^Xho
— THE CONGO.
S8
No
every one at Bolobo.
1883.
August
whisper of
29.
Bolobo.
ill-feeling
had
.
To emphasise
been heard from any one. friendship,
this
apparent
Manga's chief had exchanged presents with
the station superintendent that morning.
was cracked np
chief of Itaraba,
Upiti, the
to be " a dear friend
in fact, one of the best fellows in the world."
Full of
wonder
at this
sudden outbreak, we made
steam again, and proceeded the
Five hundred
truth.
landing-place I
we were
had barely time
down
the river to discover
yards below the station
passing by Manga's village, and
to distinguish
my protege,
Miyongo,
of Usiudi, by the broad-beaded and glittering haft of his falchion,
when a stream of fire was
seen issuing from the
bushes near him, and the slugs came peltering briskly
some ringing smartly on the
across,
steel hull of the
Presently another shot rang out loudly a few
steamer.
yards below, the missile of which swept over the bow. It
dawn on my mind
appeared to
pre-concerted arrangement.
exempt
I did not wholly
some participation
in
that
For a moment,
my own
from
He might
have
tampered with these savages from some
and,
if
dear friends of
Absurd
his,
why
them
sinister
it,
for the
design
his dear friends,
not dear friends of ours
as the thought undoubtedly was,
time to discuss
I fear that
station chief
the outbreak.
of his own, because he had called
wa« a
all this
En Avant was
in a
?
we had no dangerous
proximity to these ambushed people, and the muskets roared at us from a long line of sharpshooters hidden
only about
fifty
aboard, and our
yards from us. rifles
We
had only
six
men
had never been used. Arms were
FIGHTING ON THE RIVER.
59
taken on board always as a precaution; but during the four years
had
we had run on
f, (
^
the
issa.
August 29.
.
ongo not a single native
However, we soon drew them out and
fired at us.
began
to
while
we charged down
return
fire
tlie
vigorously into the bushes, river
In twenty minutes
steamers.
,
.
to
the
we met
rescue of the
the A.I.A.^ and
soon after the Boyal, the crews of which related the
narrow escapes they had experienced.
had been wounded in the
One man only
by a shot from some
face
excited bungler amongst the crew.
The steamers were brought up
to the station,
and
the goods then discharged into a small hut that had
been hastily constructed and placed under guard.
The Royal was then dispatched bring up an artillery
some
fifty
by a
with a Krupp cannon, and
charges of ammunition, with which
little
Boiobo
officer
to Leopoldville to
fright to
make
I
hoped
the intractable people of
less disposed to include us in their future dis-
plays of spleen.
The reader
will
have perceived by
had become noted in our books
as an
had been established nearly a year
was
in
a more
Two members dered;
a
fire
village with
this that
unlucky
station. It
at this time, yet
backward condition than any of
its
garrison
Boiobo
it
other.
had been foully mur-
then utterly consumed the station and
£1500 worth
had what the natives
of property;
called " a war."
Boiobo v/ere arrayed against
us,
and now we
All the towns of
except Mungolo and
Lingenji, the villages of Ibaka.
After waiting forr days, during which no one seemed
Boiobo.
THE CONGO.
60 188^.
Bolobo.
disposed to come to terras, or to offer to effect a reconciliation,
the
En Avant and
whale-boat descended the
river to reconnoitre, and to endeavour to parley with
some of our friends
in the villages, but a
derous fusilade greeted us as
and Yambula's
and we replied
villages.
at
random
most mur-
we came near
Mariga's
This roused our
ire again,
into the bush, as
no person
could be seen.
On
the 3rd of September a few of our party occu-
pied an island running parallel with the hostile villages,
from which our sharpshooters replied briskly at every
whence the shots
locality
issued.
In the evening, Miyorgo appeared and related the effects
of the firing.
young rogue who had had
lost
A
woman,
first
the mother of the
fired at us
A man
her front teeth by a bullet.
love-knot of hair scraped clean away. of native beer had been smashed
full
forated,
had
two men were
besides one
En
killed
his
Seventeen pots
;
some houses per-
and three or four bananas cut down.
Itimba the firing from the effective,
from Manga's,
At
Avant had been more
and three wounded,
goat and one cliicken
killed.
The
Wy-
yanzi are too fond of trade not to include everything in
their tale of losses.
pots of beer,
by which
The smashing of a few more their courage
is
inspired,
would
produce a depression whence peaceful results might be expected.
The following day, Ibaka introduced a peace deputation
from Itimba, which brought with
brass rods, a goat, and
some
fowls.
it
a few dozens of
Surely a war was
NEGOTIATIONS FOR PEACE.
61
not worth mucli at Bolobo
when they estimated the
indemnity at such a
However, we accepted
trifle.
and
and old
Upiti
delighted,
and promised
to be
very good in future.
we proceeded again
In the afternoon
opposite Manga's, and kept
were
ambassadors
brother
his
it,
to the
up a desultory
island
firing at the
white cloudlets emitted from the black bush, and in the
me
evening Miyongo bore to
The
tale
one
arms, a
wounded
of losses included a chief
leg while drinking beer in the chiefs,
the bulletin of results.
man wounded
gun smashed by a
in
woods with
in
the
his brotlier
both thighs, one in the
bullet, a
canoe damaged, and
a few more bananas levelled.
The wounding of
a chief brought
Manga
to propose
terms of peace, but as this was a second offence severe. It
was
They
rejected with scorn,
to
pay
and they were
a pleasure to fight,
the big
it
told that, as
and a hardship
for the privilege of firing at people,
our hands at
all
it
was
same money paid by Itimba.
offered the
they considered
I
we must
try
again next day, and every day until
gun arrived from Stanley
be blown up to the sky.
them surrender the
Pool,
when they would
This awful threat made
case to Ibaka's hands, but with all
Ibaka's real
and earnest
negotiations
to
efforts it cost us
nine days'
induce them to pay the fine of 600
matako, value £15, as an indemnity.
On
the 13th the peace was duly proclaimed through-
out Bolobo, and the next day the Krupp, which had arrived during the last days of the peace negotiations,
had
to
be fired into the Congo, which, opposite Bolobo,
i883.
uoiobo.
TEE CONGO.
62 1883.
Boiobo.
is
All the villages were represented
4000 yards wide.
on the occasion by the chiefs in person, accompanied
by a few hundreds of people, who honour me without
many
w^eapons.
To them about the
was not much
there
Krupp. " If
it
were a gun, where was the
And
ramrod?
trigger, stock,
goodness, were the wheels for " Tut," they said
not be a gun
it
;
;
"
gun
likeness of a
what, in the name of "
?
Bula Matari
is
joking.
It can-
bears no resemblance to a gun.
It
wood with a deep
its
looks like a fine piece of
hole in
belly." It
was, therefore,
Krupp. ticated
decidedly necessary
to
They were turbulent through their unsophisThey knew no better. A brass rod wildaess.
causes a Avar
;
a drop too
much
of beer ends in a war.
If they have a bad dream, some unfortunate
and burnt for witchcraft, or hung to
it.
the
fire
A
chief dies from illness,
for
being an accessory
and from two
When
people are butchered over his grave. of Moye'
—the
forty-five
accused,
is
to fifty
the chief
next village above our station
—
died,
people were slaughtered, and only a short
time before Ibaka strangled a lovely young girl because her lover had sickened and died.
Two
slaves of Ibaka
quarrelled over their beer, and one shot the other; the
brother of the murdered
two bales of slaves
cloth,
man demanded
and 1500 brass rods
;
twelve slaves,
one of the male
was beheaded, and a female slave was strangled,
that their spirits might
dead slave on
its
accompany the
spirit of
dreary journey to the
the
unknown
THE KRUPF SURPRISES THE NATIVES.
63
That we had not been more involved
universe.
in
i883. Sept. 14.
trouble with such people as these of Bolobo has been solely
due
anxious care and large forbearance.
to our
Notwithstanding their professions of incredulity as to its power,
it
was observed that the
chiefs took great
Krupp,
care to keep at a respectful distance from the
and,
when
finally the artillerist, after sighting the piece
2000 yards,
to
fired
it,
and the cannon spasmodically developed a
recoiled, their bodies also instantaneously
convulsive movement, after which
A
gazing at one another.
they sat stupidly
second shot was fired to
3000 yards, and the appearance of the column of water heaved by
it,
satisfied
most
the
the
that
sceptical
implement was a gun of immense power.
But the following the
little
episode will well illustrate
character of the Wy-yanzi.
exhibition of the powers of the
occasion to explain to
We
No
had
solicitation of Ibaka,
Krupp,
them how very
to fight their friends.
any of them.
After the peaceful
white
settled at
and
seized the
foolish they
man had
were
yet injured
Bolobo only at the
the chiefs had tasted of
all
the white man's liberality.
I
I
now would pay
for the
beer to celebrate a long peace, and I according delivered to each
man one
as there
were
more than the
piece of cloth fifteen chiefs
fine exacted
and ten brass and
elders,
rods, which,
amounted
from Lower Bolobo
to for
shooting without provocation at our steamers.
They
left
the
goods
on
the
ground, and
aside to consider or hold a palaver, and after
all
went had
arrived at an agreement they came back to their seats,
uoiobo.
:
THE CONOO.
64 1883. Sept. 14. Boiobo.
aud Lu^"umbila, the senior slave of Ibaka, with an p face,
^
^
unabashed
" Bula Matari,
and we are
we have been
of one
all
me
dared to say to
mind
considering together,
you ought
that
to give each
of us two pieces of cloth and twenty brass rods to celebrate this peace, value £25."
I
Without
a
ordered
my
back, and,
enough.
my
word, but feeling unutterable things,
Dual la to take the presents
servant
waving
my
hand
Ibaka, this land
is
to them, I said
Take
yours.
" It is
:
it
and
I
;
people will depart from Boiobo for ever.
I
am
tired of you."
Up
sprang the chiefs instantly to their
Ibaka hastily
Stop, Bula Matari
be not angry with Wy-3^anzi.
If
us
;
this is
we
!
Dualla, stay
!
out,
Nay,
but a custom of the
you had given us 4000 brass rods we
should have asked for 10,000
50,000
while
movement, crying
ai'rested Dualla's
" No, no, no.
feet,
;
if
you had given us
should have asked for ten times the amount.
What, Bula Matari leave us moneys, and we will
g'o to
?
No, never
Give us the
!
celebrate the peace.
Come,
Bula Matari, drive away your anger," and Ibaka came and patted and rapped gently over as
though
my
disgust and silent fury
where in that region.
Why,
the greed of the
was stowed some-
know
Wy-yanzi
as the appetite of the hippopotamus.
ended, Bula Matari. to
risk fighting
watch-pocket,
" And," continued Ibaka smiling
humorously, " does not Bula Matari
yet?
my
the
is
Wy-yanzi
as insatiable
The
Wy-yanzi love money
any more.
Two
trouble
is
too well
troubles have cost
5
SETTLING THE INDEMNITY.
them money So
;
they will not care to provoke a third,
and
live in peace,
Being a
05
let
your heart
guileless, liberal,
I accepted Ibaka's
rest,"
Boiobo
and susceptible creature,
hand, and then
departed to diink
all
beer, with the strong purpose to live hereafter in peace
man and
with the white
are not a vindictive people,
On
the 16tli of
his people.
why
Lukolela.
crew,
?
September we departed from Boiobo, this
journey to
Miyongo, of Usindi, and his shipwrecked
who had been
extremely serviceable to us in the
negotiations
with the aborigines of
accompanied
us.
Two
The Wy-yanzi
should I have been
and ascended along the right bank on
hours later
guide told us that
we it
Lower Boiobo,
passed the Mikene' river.
A
continued to be navigable for a
about a day's journey up by canoe to the junction of
two
rivers, each of
which was impassable on account
of rapids. Skirting the shore above the Mikene, that the firm land
we
discovered
was generally a mile inland from
the tangle of calamus and bush, weeds and papyrus,
which rose in impenetrable masses river margin.
merable,
When we
The
islets,
in
line
along the
principally low, were innu-
and produced but reedy plants and scrub.
had proceeded about a third of the distance
from Lukolela the land improved in appearance, showing a
tall
forest
and a limited grassy terrace or two,
in appearance very like the left bank.
About 60 English miles above
the
point opposite
Boiobo we passed the Ikubn, or Likuba stream; and Vol. II,—
isss.
THE CONGO.
66 1883.
Boiobo.'
about 20 miles higher
we saw
by
a fine river, called
t^® guide the River of Bunga, about which he was
very enthusiastic, describing
its
banks as being very
populous, and the tribes as possessing an abundance of
The people
ivory and food.
of Busaka, Ikuba,
Bunga, villages near the Congo, exploit
and
this river in
their search for ivory.
On
the 22nd of September
we
arrived at Lukolela,
where Mr. Glave, a young Englishman, was
new
as chief of the
station,
installed
with a garrison of twenty-
men.
five
Lukolela station was located about 2i miles above the uppermost village of the native community, in the forest,
As
a hundred yards from the edge of the Congo.
the
tall
trees,
ranging from 60
to
150
feet high,
with clean, branchless stems for three-quarters of their gross height, were only from 10 to 30 feet apart,
Mr. Glave had a difScult work before him.
We,
fore, placed the entire force at his disposal for a
of days, to cut clear
down
the thin
some 50 square yards,
him
A is
as a
little
scarcely
there-
couple
undergrowth and
to
room
to
so as to obtain
construct a couple of native huts which for
young
we purchased
temporary residence and magazine.
exploration I
more
made through
difficult to
which
penetrate than the Thier-
me
garten of Berlin, enabled
this forest,
to estimate the
number
of useful trees in the forest of Lukolela at 460,000,
which, allowing only 40 cubic feet to the tree, would furnish
over
18,000,000 cubic
plane-trees are
numerous
;
feet
of timber.
The
they would furnish easily
A MAGNIFICENT FOREST. workable planks for doors, flooring,
the
flat-boats,
rafters,
stern-posts, decking,
guaiacum
all
be
frames, &c.
formed
keels,
timber
is
banks,
it is
not
while of
stem and ai\d
A steam saw-mill might enable
the timber needed for trading houses
Though
generations out of this one forest.
for
;
tables,
and the mahogany, red-wood,
for furniture.
us to furnish
wooden steamers,
window
splendid teak might
67
scant in
other
parts
of the
the
Congo
the only part from the sea to Lukolela that
a forest was found wherein there were so few useless trees.
This magnificent crop of largest forest trees led us
to
suppose that this ground was extremely rich, but while planting the posts of Mr. Glave's huts, even the picks could
make but
little
impression on the conglomerate of
we found it to be. The grown in hollow cavities in the iron
alluvium, and most of buttresses, the base
with their roots. to
trees
had seemingly
ironstone filled with
them were of vast
expanding to an enormous
to be,
it is
circle
The major number tapered upward
an incredible height, with stems as smooth
planed pine spar.
and
girths
Whatever the
station
may
as a
turn out
evident that months must elapse befo-re
chief will be able to boast of a garden. officer started
on
his
its
Our young-
work, not a whit daunted by the
magnitude of the task before him.
We
departed from Lukolela on the 25th of September.
Miyongo and by
this time,
his family
were on familiar terms with us
and when the rain threatened
our voyage with
its
to iiiterrupt
usual black storm-clouds, one of
isss.
il'koieia
;
THE CONGO.
68 1883. Lukoieia.
his
men
to compel
viz.,
visit
Upon which Miyongo observed
that
his powerful cliarms to
men seemingly rain-charm
a
and
go and
them by
other countries.
white
to brave the elements,
up and dared
stood
possessed
to
keep
things save one,
all
the
away while
rain
travelling.
The next day we landed him and
his family at
Usindi, but in the faces of the hundreds
who
no joy or
to satisfy their curiosity I perceived
forward
the service
gratitude for
position as the one
Had
we had rendered.
European Prince been saved from such a
Miyongo had been
hurried
a
distressful
extricated from,
no doubt we should have been dined and toasted but then this was Usindi, in Congoese Africa.
During our stay here we went through the ceremony of blood-brotherhood
with Miyongo, which provoked
luka was
the jealousy of luka.
surly because I had not
inclined to be
also
delivered
Miyongo
into his
hands, that he, as the senior chief of Usindi, might
have had the honour of presenting him This
Miyongo's villagers. artifice
occasioned
from me, which, by applying
Miyongo
to
a
turn to
rhetorical
the
case
of
luka himself, the old chief became con-
vinced that he
had no reasonable cause of
" Is Miyongo a slave of luka slaves belong to luka?
and a chief?
Miyongo?
in
If
How
can
Is
?
Do
his
wives or his
not Miyongo a free
man
luka claim authority over
luka was saved from the Balui
or from the river, could
offence.
Miyongo be
pirates,
displeased that
luka was not delivered into his hands?
No;
neither
THE SUPERSTITIONS OF lUKA. must
be displeased that Miyoiigo, being a free
Iiika
man, could travel freelv luka was a dirty old without being aware of
came
to
begged cover
69
me for
in
my
own country." man, who was wickedly mean
in his
Two
it.
liours after sunset
he
cabin on the steamer, and gravely
a looking-glass with wfiich he might dis-
all hostile
designs against him.
He
then asked for
a charm by which he could stop the rain from falling
on the gardens and and was anxious positively
fields
of the people he disliked
for a medicine
secure
the
;
with which he could
fidelity of
queen
his
luka
!
dreaded Miyongo evidently after the exhibition of his jealousy
charms
to to
him, and,
finding
that
give him to prevent the evil
earnestly implored
munity away
On
after
me
to colonise
had no
I
effects of
to take himself
and
it,
his
some other part on the
he
com-
river.
departing the next day from Usindi, Miyongo
gave me a guide, who was reputed higher up river than any
munity of Usindi.
man
He had
in
to
have advanced
the trading com-
belonged originally to
Upoto, and had since often traded with Langa-Langa
and
I boko.
"We had been delayed too long at Bolobo Irebu for more than a few hours. '
to halt at
About ten miles
above Irebu we saw a few canoes belonging piratical Balui,
who
inhabit
a district on
the
the right
gained by means of numerous
bank, access to wiiich
is
narrow branches of a
delta of a river, bearing
name than
that of the tribe.
Congo
the Balni's River
the
to
no other
Inland, a few miles from is
said to be of considerable
i883.
n
•
r
THE CONGO.
70
and importance, perhaps between 300 and 400
1883.
size
irebu.'
yards wide.
The Balui
accounts, and their
all
won
for
are a very daring people from
numerous
them great notoriety
piratical exploits
in that section
have
of the
Congo lying between Ngombe and Ikengo.
On ofif
the 29th of September the steam
flotilla
arrived
Equator Station, from which we had been absent
one hundred days.
A NATIVE OF
No
better illustration could be desired to exhibit the
effect of
industry inspired by good-will and zeal than
Equator Station, as
it
was seen by us
paratively short absence.
worthless scrub hotel
IBOKO.
;
we
— commodious,
We
had
returned to
domestic
adornments and
an Equatorial
fire-proof.
bullet-
In
the
one might have
skilful
The two young army
com-
a jungle of
rain-proof,
fittings,
imagined a lady had lent her arrangement.
left it
find
comfortable,
proof, burglar-proof, and almost
after this
taste
in
the-
lieutenants, after
building the solid clay-house, had turned their attention
EQUATOR STATION. making window-frames,
to
having no
stools, but,
71
doors, tables,
chairs,
and crimson
paint, blue
and
few yards of gay print and white sheeting, had given a look of finish to the door, windows, and furniture
;
and, with native matting, the hotel presented a very
complete and neat appearance without and within.
An an
observatory, or petite casino, stood perched above ant-bill,
devoted to meditation, or to fond contem-
plation of their
handiwork and industrious
was here they drew up
their
code
efforts.
It
of laws for the
moral government of Equator Station, and the amelioration of the wild Bakuti, and here also they discussed
on Sundays and rainy days plans
provement of
for the sanitary im-
their little town, and,
like a
Board of
Public Works^ sketched out what further duties lay before them.
Imitating their j^oung chiefs, the coloured also
had
developed singularly good built
for
himself an
faculties.
impregnable
men had
Each of them clay
hut,
in
the centre of a garden, wherein the Indian corn was
already over six feet high thriving
;
the sugar-cane was
plats of sweet potatoes carpeted
;
tall
and
with their
leaves; while pumpkins, brinjalls, cucumbers, &c., &c.,
exhibited prodigious vitality.
Lieutenants Yangele and Coquilhat also possessed a
garden of European vegetables, which supplied onions, raddish,
beans,
carrots,
peas,
parsley,
lettuce,
cress,
beets, sweet potatoes, cabbage, &c., &c., for their soups
and salads servants'
daily.
hall,
There were
goat
park,
and
also
a large kitchen,
fowl-houses.
i883. Sept. 29.
baize, a
Their
Equator Station.
THE CONGO.
72 1883.
goats ^ave them fresh milk, aud their hens produced *:
Sept. 29.
Equator
.
^ SUpplj ot eggS.
Tims
for the first time I
Congo
favourite ideal of a
saw the
realisation of
Here was a
station.
my
well-
governed community of soldier-labourers, impregnable
and unassailable by
its discipline,
pendence of one upon another zealous, chill
and prudent, but
;
and the mutual
the chiefs cool-headed,
not too militarily
They
the advances of the aborigines.
sufiicient ality,
de-
stiff
to
possessed
honhommie to be appreciated for their cordi-
yet just distant enough to repress vulgar fami-
and prevent infraction of the
liarity
that must ever
social distinctions
between educated intelligence,
exist
governed by Christian morality, and unsophisticated barbarism, too light-minded even to become the slaves to
savage passion, or the partisans
among
in
iactious strife
the natives.
Ikenge, the
chief, a
young bull-necked savage, had
caused trouble through a determined misapprehension of the purpose of this station in his neighbourhood.
After
my
departure he had developed an over-weening
ambition, a desire to be hurriedly rich, by slaughtering'
every
man
to
possessions.
meant an
whom he bore ill-will and seizing his He had conceived that our friendship
alliance offensive
have carried
us,
by
and defensive, which might
his vaulting
schemes, to unlimited aggression.
spirit
and daring
He had
provoked
two wars, out of which he had emerged weakened in strength, and well hated
p-rowing insolence.
by
bis
neighbours for his
He had grown
rather dishonest
— MT IDEAL
STATION.
73
he bad repudiated certain purchases of trees
also, for
and bananas that were in the
Httle territory ceded to
us by him.
However, through Heliwa visited
his chief slave,
Leopoldville with us, and
who had
had been brought
back enriched by his voyage, and with
memory
his
weighted with things he had seen, and on which he could days.
was
moralise, every question
settled in
Thus over the populations of
a few
lyambo,
Buriki.
Wangata, Molira, Mukuli, Ikengo and Inganda and the garrison of Equator Station, an Arcadian
concord held
On
my "
its
harmony and
sway.
the 11th of October, I indited the following in
diary
:
Equator Station
is
situated with regard to
that sole exception,
happy one, not
certainly a
view
many
as
might be; but with
it
other requisites necessary for
well-being are in perfection. food^ obtained very cheaply,
We
have abundance of
and the
complain of
devoted neighbours.
We
now
prices are
established to every one's content, that there left to
so
is
so
nothing
have apparently friendly and
Brinjalls, bananas, plantains, sweet
cassava, potatoes, yams, Indian-corn, eggs, poultry, goats,
sheep, the native productions assisted by vegetables of
Europe, flourishing in the gardens, with
tea,
coffee,
sugar, butter, lard, rice, and wheat-flour from Europe, afford
a sufficient variety for a sumptuous menu.
I
have enjoyed puddings every day here, and among other
accomplishments of Lieutenants Yangele and
Coquilhat,
not
the
least
useful
is
that of
knowing
isss.
E^'^ator Station.
THE CONGO.
74 1883. October 11.
Equator
how
to
cook, r^
i
and
how
should
food
•
be
prepared. •
i
i
^^^ havc sumcient acreage near the station to be able, if necessary, to feed
climate
is
healthy
also,
though they have
weathers here, and the ground that
The
everybody abundantly.
is
moist
sucli
so astonishingly rich
one would have thought that fever would be been
prevalent,
yet our officers iiave
months
Wangata without experiencing one
at
indisposition."
already
four
hour's
—
FOUNDING STATIONS.
CHAPTER
75
XXYITl.
TO THE ARUW [MI OR BIYERRE.
—
voyage— The Lulungu river Bolombo— Bangala the terrible— Stirring memories— Boleko the chief—" Stop thief!" Mata Bwyki— A modern Hercules—" Is this Tandelay ? "—Uncomfortable moments— The appeal of Yumbila— " Bula Matari and Mata Bwyki are one to-day " Luxuriant tropical scenes Immense forest wealth Unsheltered in a storm— Deserted districts— Nganza Old Eubunga Langa-Langa women The currency changing Ndobo
Equipping
.or a long
!
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—Oyster-shells a sign of former population — Bumba Myombi — The dreaded Ibanza— A trick with a
and the chief skin— Yam-
binga— Itimbiri river— Yalulima armourers— Hostile canoes on the look out— The Aruwimi— Mokulu— An
effective salu-
tiger's
tation
—" Bravo, Yumbila
Our work
—War
" !
of founding stations,
many
of which, if the , .
.
future were favourable to our designs, cities,
natives
.
would grow into
had carried us well towards the heart of Africa,
for
Equator Station was 757 English miles from the
sea,
and 412 miles above
Le'opoldville.
earnest wishes from Brussels,
up the Congo some GOO miles
ment
at Stanley Falls,
I
In response to
was now about
to
steam
further, to found a settle-
and endeavour
to
make
verbal
treaties
with the more populous settlements on either
bank as
I
voyaged upward, leaving
to a future occasion
the permanent establishment of stations.
The Committee
iggs.
October 12. £^^3^^,^
THE CONGO.
76 1883. October 12.
Equator
had also nominated a person fur the command Falls
young
thus our poor
*,
working
hat, after bravely
at
Stanley
friend Lieutenant Coquil-
at
Equator station awaiting
opportunity to be located at Bangala station,
his
saw himself, wait until
We
I
now
his great disappointment, obliged to
to
could return from the Falls.
had prepared
long voyage 1600
for this
lbs.
of
corn and cassava flour, and had purchased 500 dried fish
Our
from the Bakuti.
live stock consisted of three
and thirty
goats, three sheep,
fowls,
which were of
course for the five Europeans on board, as well as a large
yams, sweet potatoes,
store of plantains, ripe bananas,
and a dozen cases of Crosse and Blackwell's best tinned
A
provisions.
among
case
full
four whites
red Portuguese
Cognac was distributed
of
besides a five-gallon demijohn of
;
wine.
In
fact,
limited
as
was the
carrying capacity of the steamers, the five Europeans
and sixty-eight coloured men on board were as well victualled
and
equipped
British division of soldiers
Equator
at
might be
at
as
station
a
Chatham, Wool-
wich, or Portsmouth.
On
the 16th of October the
channel leading
We
overcast,
cleared
It
was
rolled,
when we departed
but finally the atmosphere
again without rain. 9'.
fine
but at two o'clock the sky became
and thunder
Lat. 0°
night's
;
up the
Uranga and the Lulungu River.
steamed ten hours.
from the Equator
N.
to
flotilla started
As we
At noon we were
in
ascended nearly due north, our
camp was probably
in
N. Lat. 0°
18'.
Following the Uranga channel, we came
to the
main
THE LULUNGU RIVER. channel, and crossed
hours after
we came
small river about
Uranga
This populous community
ence of
Lulungu
the
river
latter
of the conflu-
left
and the Congo, com-
affluent
natives
We
river.
miles to
obtain
aborigines
ascended
an idea of to
it
its
for
it
because
beiug a
as
it
Congo
the
disappointed me,
had usually spoken of
" large "
should judge
rather
bank,
left
pleasantly located on an
is
manding an extensive view np and down and up the Lulungu. The
its
at one o'clock on the 17th.
of land to the
triangle tlie
few
to the Ikelemba, a comparatively
CHngiiig closely to the
arrived opposite
elevated
A
bank.
left
150 yards wide, the colour of
waters being inky.
we
over to the
77
about
three
average breadtli.
be about 550 yards wide
;
I
but the
informed us that one could ascend
it
a
month's journey in canoes, and that the populousness of
its
banks
Congo.
is
much
It is larger
superior
any part of the
to
even than the Mohindu they say.
Higher up than the point we reached, the Lulungu
may
be
wider than the Mohindu
being of greater volume.
and personally seen,
it
From
appears to
but I
;
I
all
me
doubt
it
have gathered
that there
must
be a connection between the Lulungu, Ikelemba, and
Mohindu, but of what character to say.
They
are
it
would be
difficult
equally black, and their courses
all
are parallel and equi-distant from each other.
country
is
very
flat
though densely wooded, and
quite possible that there
necting the rivers.
1
may
would
The it
is
be channels inland conalso include
Mantumba,
isss.
uranL
THE CONGO.
78 1883.
and the Lukanga.
October 17. Uranga.
^
Indeed,
if I
i
understood rightly, the •
i
i
natives 01 Ireou spoke as though
Lukanga
travel from the It is rash,
however, to place too statements, though
native
these
surprise
to the
me
to learn
-i
to
Mohindu or Buruki.
much
reliance
would not
it
upon at
all
some day that a few days' journey
Mohindu
inland on either the
or
Lulungu there was a
labyrinthine system of liquid channels through
jungly
i
were possible
it
alow
connecting the three rivers Ikelemba,
forest,
Lulungu,
and
Ikelemba,
we
A
Mohindu. find
short journey
up the
stream nearly impassable to
the
row-boats by the wide overhanging branches stretching Canoes, however, travel far inland,
from either bank. crews are
if their
known
who seem
to the aborigines,
We
to be too fre'e with their arrows.
disposition of the aborigines
experienced
on the Mohindu
to
tl^.is
make
it
credible that on the Ikelemba they are equally averse to strangers.
The Congo
to the natives
dwelling on the banks of the
The
natives of
Uranga came out
affluents.
breathlessly
eagerly in their canoes with friendly hails cept returning their
running to the
fire
compared
tribes are civilised
greetings,
and
;
and
but ex-
maintaining
a
of compliments and amenities, according
custom of
as our. journey
warm
friends,
we
could do no more,
would be protracted
stayed at every populated district
we
indefinitely if
we
saw.
Ascending the Lulungu a few miles, we turned
up a narrow channel connected with the Congo. The latter river being bank-full, the shore and islands were
flooded,
though here and there the mainland
'
THE TERRIBLE BANGALA.
79
showed places where the water had yet
to
rise
overflowing, which no doubt
it
would
feet before
the watermarks on
the
trees
wind and
furious squall of
two if
A
are to be trusted.
rain compelled us to seek
an early camp.
On
the 19th
we
travelled
mainland, with palmy a few miles
down
day along a forested
all
on our
islets
below Bolombo,
river told us that Iboko
left, until,
camping
trading canoes bound
was anxious
to see us,
the Bangala having already heard of our coming.
The next day we stopped 1°
23'
—
made
station.
I
with the
chiefs,
and the
gifts
Bolombo
steaming
hours'
forty- three
at
in
N.
lat.
above Equator
a verbal treaty and blood-brotherhood
but there was a famine in Bolombo,
were poor and
The
scant.
how-
people,
and as amicably inclined
ever, were very amiable,
as
any we had met.
On
the 2Lst of October, four hours above Bolombo, I
found myself at rible fighters
last in
who
know
it
then.
—the
pressed so hard upon us in 1877.
country of the Bangala not
view of the Bangala
I
though
called Iboko,
is
ter-
The
I did
have been told that they remem-
ber the fight well, but rumour has varied greatly as to their intentions.
vowed
Some have
told us that they
that if ever the Ibanza returns, they will dispute
every inch of the waterway with him. Irebu told
me
that the lesson
Bangala had received, that at
have
them."
However
cannot be denied that
the
was
I need
of
so severe that the
only
negotiations
I felt
Mangombo ''
shake a stick
might end,
some anxiety
it
as the flotilla
issa.
uranga.
THE CONGO.
80 1883.
steamed from amongst the islands in view of Iboko,
October 21. Iboko.
,
t
.
•
i
•
ii
,
whose multitudes pouring out over the river I
At
had no wish to see again.
war
to
the same time
we
could not, while professing claims to manhood, for ever stop in dread of the danger.
They were slow
make
to
those
Not a drum nor horn was sounded
terrible Bangala.
Under the pendent green
alarm of war.
to raise the
appearance,
their
banana fronds on the banks the aborigines seemed
to
be gathered in idle crowds, as though they had no con-
cern with us, even as though a
was an everyday occurrence
We
were approaching the
the shore
— which
whence the by us
I
the tribe of Iboko.
point up
projecting
first
remembered very well battle in
as a place
1877 was met
three canoes dashed out with something
of elan in their movement.
from the
to
real fury of the
—when
of smoke-boats
flotilla
I detached the
and went out
flotilla
to
En
Avant
meet them, Miyongo's
guide taking position on the cabin deck. "
Who
are you
" Bula Matari
many "
"
was shouted.
come
to see
Mata Bwyki
" (lord
of
guns).
Ah— h — h
gone
;
?
Mata Bwyki
!
is
not at
I
am
home
;
he
is
a-fishing."
" Is Boleko at home, then
brother
Miyongo
"Yes; he This was passed on.
is all.
?
the slave of his
of Irebu."
in his villnge."
They had no more
They returned
incredibly short time
all
to the
to say,
shore,
and we
and
in
an
Iboko seemed to know that
6
AN IMMENSE
SETTLEMENT.
the curious smoke-boats contained friends, /•
1
1
1
and small canoes darted out irom the shore company,
until
number
the
How many scores
oppressive.
of"
81
and great to bear us
them was absolutely
of canoes were out upon
the water, ahead, on either side, and astern,
not begin to estimate.
purpose for a canoe
Tribal' •^^:S>
we
could
Almost anything answered the
— from
the mere dough troughs of
Setdemenb
of
the,
(Ss-^
KA\N1G;A\L ,A\ Scale cf£rw. StcUuie Miles
PLAN OF THE BANGALA SETTLEMENTS.
bakers to the crocodile-snouted war-canoe impelled by forty stout muscular fellows,
who
sent her
skimming
gaily past the steamer.
Some idea when I state
of this
immense settlement may be gained
we were abreast of its lower o'clock we were still two hours
that at noon
extremity, and at five
YoL. II.—
i883.
October 21. Iboko.
— THE CONGO.
82 1883. October 21. iboKo.
from
iij^per
its
though we had been
steadily
tit
'
^
^
In 18 m, whiJe gently paddhng with the
steaming. current,
end,
had occupied us
it
five
The
and a half hours.
guide indicated to us Boleko's village, and also Mata
Bwyki's islet
;
but we chose a dismal and dank
camp on an
opposite the former, the channel between being
about 500 yards across. to see
Yumbila, the guide, 'departed
Boleko quite unconcernedly, leaving us to be
gazed at until sunset by a thousand of the Bangala. I could not help
wondering in
my mind
what they
who had passed through their ranks in 1877, amid so much flame and smoke. In form they were a fine people that we regarded thought of the " Ibanza "
broad of shoulder, large-muscled, grandly
full in
chest, slender-waisted, of rather tall height, to life
in
on the
by the easy manner of
river,
the generally
the
whom
their carriage
cranky canoes, must have been an
every-day existence.
While there were some of them
of very black complexion, the majority of them were light bronze,
and there were several light as Arabs in
complexion.
Yumbila returned
who was build.
a
all
with the chief Boleko,
young man of about twenty-five, of powerful
Though he was
to introduce
do
at sunset
that
me was
to
in his
call
and
offered
Mata Bvvyki, who w^ould no doubt
observed that the young
what one may
cordial in manner,
power
to satisfy
man was
my
furtive-eyed
thievish in look.
wishes, I
—almost
His hair was
dressed in the usual Kiyanzi style, the marks on the face being slight incisions over the
upper part of each
BOLERO THE
CHIEF.
while the centre of the forehead was distin-
cheek,
guished by three fleshy lumps.
wards
83
to be the special tribal
This I learned after-
marks of the Bangala.
After a night spent in indescribable discomfort on the
islet,
Boleko came to us early in the morning to
introduce us to his as
own
an escort of honour
What
struclv
me on
village, forty canoes serving
to the flotilla.
entering the creek, on the banks
was
of which Boleko' s village was situate,
was the same creek whence issued the canoes that attacked
me
in 1877,
that this
first
and which
hostile
I took to
ONE OF THE BAKGALA.
be an affluent of the Congo, whereas
it
is
a narrow
channel, separated by a large and fertile island from the
main right branch.
affords a capital
It
harbour for
canoes and boats in bad weather on account of the reeds,
which arrest the movement of the canoes, pro-
tecting
At lively
them from being
floated
down by
the current.
Boleko's landing-place trading began in a most
manner, as provisions were unusually cheap.
Six eggs were sold
for
cowries
four
cassava bread for a brass rod
;
;
ten
rolls
of
a large fowl fetched
isss.
^1,^,1^^
THE CONGO.
84 1883. October 21. iboko.
only one brass rod
=
I'ods
6s.
;
a goat cost only ten or twelve
;
one mat,
was worth only one
feet square, of palm-leaves,
five
one made of
rod, while a large
rattan fetched only three
split
sweet potatoes, yams, and
;
bananas were so cheap that a day's ration purchased
enough
to last five days.
Word came from Mata Bwyki in the course of the He was inclined to be jealous that a boy like day. Boleko should dare
to take his guest to himself;
Ndinga, chief of Bolombo, soothed his an invitation was at
irritation,
given to the
last
flotilla
but
and
to lie
alongside of Mata Bwyki's shore on the morrow.
Warning
was shouted
at sunset
steamers to keep
watch;
strict
crews of the
to the
but the night
Vv'as
nevertheless disturbed with a series of cries, such as
"Stop thief!" one has stolen
my
" Oh,
my
knife
gone!"
cloth has
!
" &c., &c.
;
"Some
and there were
few messes by morning which had not to bewail the loss
of some valuable property, so expert and adroit
were the
thieves,
peojDle to this
On miles,
Close
so
very unaccustomed were our
kind of wholesale spoliation.
23rd
the
and
we dropped down
and lay up
at
river about
two
Mata Bwyki's landing-place.
by the waterside, on
land,
were numerous
pits of
stagnant water, rank with the poison exhaled from the black
An
pits,
equal
where the
number of
bitter cassava lay
cesspools could not have tainted
the air with more abominable odours.
were several circular to
decomposing.
fences,
In the river
where the cassava was
left
soak and decompose, but which were sweetened by
A MODERN HERCULES. Like
the constantly-flowing water.
85
other riverine
all
Bangala keep
tribes, the
their canoes constantly sub-
merged, to ensure the longer preservation of them.
Under
the keels of
we
our steamers
could see faint
outlines of several.
The
senior chief,
Mata Bwyki (lord of many guns),
was an old grey -haired man, of Herculean
stature
and
breadth of shoulder, with a large square face and an altogether massive head, out of which his solitary eye
seemed
to
glare
judge him to be 6
with penetrative power. feet 2 inches in height.
strong sonorous voice, which, his tribe,
was heard
He was now years old.
when
clearly several
I
should
He
had a
speak to
lifted to
hundred yards
off.
probably between seventy-five and eighty
His skin hung about
many
his bones in
wrinkles, but with his nine foot-long
staff,
that
was but
a shade less heavy than a dingy's mast, he walked with
an upright carriage, but when leaning on that mighty staff
he straightened his stalwart body and iDitched
that
stentorian voice of his over
heads of the
the
hundreds of Bangala, one might see that the grand old
man had
still
a fund of vigour in him.
He was
not
the tallest man, nor the best looking, nor the sweetestdispositioned
man
I liad
met
in all
completeness and perfection of the
Africa
human
;
but
if
figure,
the
com-
bining size with strength, and proportion of body, limbs,
and head, with an expression of power considered, he
must have been
in the foce, be
at one time the grandest
type of physical manhood to be found in equatorial Africa.
As he
i88:j.
October 2a
.
stood before us on this day,
we
thouglit
iboko.
THE CONGO.
86 of
1883. '
iboko.
him
—a
Samson
were seven
really grand-looking old
by
tall sons,
Mata Bwyki's head
rose
At
man.
different mothers,
men and
they were stalwart of
an aged Hercules, an old
as an ancient Milo,
his side
and although
boys, the whitened
crown
by a couple of inches above
the highest head.
Kokoro,
ning to show grey
hairs,
his eldest son,
was begin-
and he had three
sons, tall
youths, over twenty years old, besides a few chubbyfaced
young rogues.
Considering the depth and length of the curved line of hamanity that stood on the shore expecting us, I
should estimate the
number of people present
at about
1700, old and young.
A place
for
welcoming with due ceremony was
pared in a street in the village, just
Mats of
the steamers. large
around a row of curved and box
semicircle
023posite
yards from
rattan were spread in a
sj^lit
stools, for the principal chiefs. line,
fifty
pre-
this,
was
In the centre of the
a space for myself and
left
people.
We
were invited on shore
The concourse was
We
stifling.
and
silent
so dense that the atmosjDhere
first to
undergo the process of steady
examination from nearly two thousand pairs
own manner who we
mission up the great liver at
was
Then, after Yumbila, the guide, had detailed
of eyes. in his
had
to the assembly place.
many
places,
;
were, and what was our
how we had
built
towns
and made blood brotherhood with the
chiefs of great districts, such as Irebu, Ukuti, Usindi,
Ngombe', Lukolela, Bolobo, Mswata, and Kintamo, he
THIS TANDELAYf"
"/;S
them the pleasure upon ^ ^
urored ^
it
87
would be
.
make a
like compact, sealed with blood,
chiefs of po23uloiis Iboko. likely to accrue ticular,
two
if
to
He
me
to
Iboko, and
the
benefits
Mata Bwyki
in
par-
made between
Mata Bwyki and Tandelay,
or, as
he
was known, Bula Matari.
Then a hoarse murmur was heard through
crowd,
tlic
and Mata Bwyki's deep voice was heard asking
:
"
" Is this Tandelay
?
"Yes." For a moment
I regretted that I
had placed myself,
with such unbounded self-confidence, so completely in their power, as I heard
the effect of tude.
it
I was,
my name
mentioned, and noted
upon the overwhelmingly large multi-
however, quickly relieved when
I
remem-
bered that Africans cannot act in unison with one another unless they are led by some leader.
I
was
only waiting to hear that leader's angry, stormy, denunciative tones to spring out to the boat and begin a
combat, for which order.
My
my
cabin contained arms in perfect
followers all
knew
that
we were among
the warlike Bangala, and I was well aware that every
European
in the flotilla
bell of the
En
needed only to hear the alarm-
Avant to drop
affected blandness,
his listless
manner and
and assume a fighting mien with
the dangerous breechloader in his hands.
The
leader,
however, was mute, and
I
found myself
feeling decidedly unpleasant under this concentrated
gaze,
ignorant as
I
i883.
October 23.
with the great
pictured
a bond of brotherhood was
chiefs like
to
_
was of the language of Iboko.
iboko.
—
!
THE CONGO.
88 18B3.
Could
but have spoken their dialect
I
October 23, jboko.
-
I
!
have often
p
i
i
thought since what an opportunity tor a moral lesson
was
lost
by
It
this.
was perhaps fortunate that
I did
not.
Yumbila continued
His desire
have done.
sibly
in better
form than please
to
moderated whatever passions might have
He
surface of this comparative silence. I
lain near the'
how
described
was borne through the ranks of the combatants,
and bow
He
bearer passed on unscathed and unhurt.
its
described
how
yongo,
I
my
victorious action with regard to Mi-
had saved him from the
clothed him, and
upon
also
;
The war
his
were remarkably
upon the on
rich things
weapons, with properties, safety, if did,
Ibanza
their
huge
the
quick
stores
man and
and the " bub-bub " of
inflicted defeat
it
murderous
of
slaying
beast
sound,
!
my
I strongly suspect
— the
dreaded
on them in 1877
genial, world-loving,
making, fraternal Bula Matari was, could
in the house
their
secured, and from Tandelay
who had
wide
and when he dilated
effective,
emerged the form of the
all
of the cannon
ball across the
danger had existed, which
was
a
at Bolobo I heard touched
its
on
and
home with
which were hidden
big steamer,
the
island, fed
his
to
descriptive
gestures,
thundering and shooting river,
him
restored
store of wealth.
it
and
soothed
had saved Irebu from mutual destruction, how the
flag
it
I could pos-
peace-
Oh, what a comedy
but be written
fairly,
and with
reasonable truth
A
forked palm branch was brought.
Kokoro, the
— MATA BWYKfs heir,
came forward,
seized
'
drawing out
and kneeled before me,
it,'
'
!
obeyed him, and
" I
ing his hand he cleaved the branch in two.
he
said,
"I declare
my wish
as
he cried, " Hold the
bis short falchion,
other branch, Bula Matari
89
DECISION.
to be
lift-
" Thus,"
your brother."
Then a fetish-man came forward with
his lancets,
and fresh green banana
long pod, pinch of
salt,
He
Kokoro's sword-bladed spear while
held the
one of
my
staff of
shaft of the spear
scraped on the
and the stock of the a pinch of salt
leaf,
the wood, and finally a
rifle
were then
was dropped on
dust from the long pod
little
was scraped on the curious mixture. were crossed
The
was bi'ought from the steamer.
rifles
leaf.
Then our arms
— the white arm over the brown arm— and
an incision was made
in
each
;
and over the blood was
dropped a few grains of the dusty compound, and the white arm was rubbed over the brown arm.
Now his
Mata Bwyki
long giant's
lifted his
drove back the compressed crowd,
staff
clearing a wide
most magnificent
mighty form, and with
and then roaring out
in his
style, leonine in its lung-force,
kingly
circle,
in its effect
" People of Iboko
!
You by
the river side, and you
Men of the Bangala, listen to the words of Mata Bwyki. You see Tandelay before you. His other name is Bula Matari. He is the man with the many of inland.
canoes,
and has brought back strange smoke-boats.
has come to see Mata Bwyki.
Bwyki tlie
to be his friend.
He
He
has asked Mata
Mata Bwyki has taken him by
hand and has become
his blood-brother.
Tandelay
„ }^^''^-^
October 23. if^^ko.
;
TBE CONGO.
90
'
iboko.'
He
belongs to Iboko now.
1883.
Oh
Baiigala.
^^^®
Bwyki."
!
has become this day one of
Iboko, listen to the voice of
Mata
thought they must have been incurably
(I
deaf not to have heard that voice.)
"Bula Matari and Mata Bwyki
Hurt not Bula
have joined hands. steal not
Bring your pro-
Briug food and
at a fair price, gently, kindly,
my
Matari's people
from them, offend them not.
duce and barter with him.
and in peace,
We
The that
Mata Bwyki
hear,
rest of the
to be sold to
I could bring
Meantime I
I
?
An
the Bangala.
and palms and banana-groves
me, but I deferred the purchase until
up Lieutenant Coquilhat and
had merely come I
to reconnoitre,
with
presents
our
panions imitated
and
and
should return
descended towards the
liberal
—you by
his
men.
explained to them that on this occasion
Langa-Langa, I
is
in obtaining a promise
among
should build a station
t
!
he
" shouted the multitude.
day was spent
entire village of huts
was
!
for
him
"
the river side, and you of the interior '•
sell to
Hear you, ye people of Iboko
brother.
We
are one to-day.
examining
on them as
call
We
equator.
Mata
after
exchanged
Bwyki, and our com-
example.
The
ceremony of
blood-brotherhood was performed several times over,
with the sons and nephews of the patriarchal old chief
On
the 25tli
struck over to discovered. as the islets
It
we continued our journey up tlie
left
bank by
was no easy
were
so long
and
tlie
task,
so
first
river,
and
channel
we
however, to do
this,
numerous, that we did
LUXURIANT TROPICAL SCENES. not finally reach the
left
bank
until
91
we had steamed
i88.3.
October 25,
for thirteen hours.
iboko.
For purely tropical
commend
scenes, I
the verdu-
rously rich isles in mid-Congo, between Iboko on the
right bank, and
Mutembo on
the left bank, with the
channels meandering
intricate
and recurrent
between.
There the rich verdure
river
reflects the brightness
of the intense sunshine in ghstening velvet sheen from
frond and
leaf.
The underwood
witli their tufted tops or the
presents varied colours,
climbing serpentine form
of the llianes, and their viny leaves. their
own
Each and
believe
the
of tropical
all
At
times
all
same refreshing gladness and vigour
nature
Some of
tude.
have
separate and particular beauties of colour-
ing that renders description impossible. I
all
may be observed
the
smallest
islets
about this
seemed
lati-
to
be
aflame with crimson colouring, while the purple
of the ipomeea, and the gold and white of the jasmine
and mimosa flowered, bloomed and fragrance.
by
his
•
difl'used
a sweet
Untainted by the marring hand of man, or
rude and
blooming thus
sacrilegious
presence,
these
in their beautiful native innocence
isles,
and
grace, approached in aspect as near Eden's loveliness as anything I shall ever see on this side of Paradise.
They
are blessed with a celestial bounty of florid
leafy beauty, a fulness of
possibly be
vegetable
matched elsewhere
warm and abundant
life
and
that cannot
save where
soil
with
moisture and gracious sunshine
are equally to be found in the same perfection.
Not
mere things of beauty alone were these
The
isles.
TEE CONGO.
92 1883.
iboko.
palms were perpetual fountains of a sweet
when
The golden nuts of other fat,
and pleasure
effervescing affords delight
good enough
On
fresh.
which
juice,
man.
to
trees furnishes rich yellow
an epicure, when
for the kitchen of
the coast these are esteemed as an article of
The
commerce.
and endless lengths of
luxuriant
calamus are useful for flooring and verandah mats, for sun-screens on river voyages, for
temporary shelters
on some open river terrace frequented by fishermen, for fish-nets
and
traps, for field baskets,
and a host of other useful
articles,
the construction of neat
for
Such
fancy lattice-work.
hang
creepers which
pale
and wind circuitously
that
we
days
be
will
trader, there
good
is
bark
is
fibre
will be of
facture of paper.
native
upon one another.
and which some hunted
by
and
its
soft,
in the future for the
at the various
Their
of
the
For the enterprising
cloth,
some use
Look
the caoutchouc
with fleshy green leaves
a ficus,
for
is
industriously
natives of Iboko and Bolombo.
The
sturdy tree.
see
plant, of great value to commerce,
these
strong cord-like
the
in festoons
white blossom which
but more especially
and strong houses, and
are
upward along the trunk of
market hampers,
make
dexterous natives of Bangala, will
its
spongy
manu-
palms crowding
prepared
fibres,
;
by the
the stoutest
hawsers, the strength of which neither hemp, Manilla fibre,
nor jute can match
cord threads as silk
is
;
it is
as superior to ordinary
to cotton.
See that soft pale-
green moss draping those tree-tops is
the Orchilla
like a veil.
That
weed from which a valuable dye
is
IMMENSE FOREST WEALTH. extracted.
I
93
need not speak of the woods, for the
dark forests that meet the eye on hank and
have no end. day its
We
seem
isle
to
hurn specimens of their timher every
and engineers may be frequently seen admiring colour and veiniiig, and inhaliug the fragrance of ;
the
We
gum.
are banqueting
on such sights
odours that few would believe could
the wealth of colours revealed every
and
We
exist.
like children ignorantly playing with diamonds. is
tall
are
Such
new moment
to us already jaded with the gorgeousness of the tropic
world.
Rarities
and treasures of vegetable
passed by us continuously
;
are
life
we can do nothing with
them, our mission at this time being to hunt up the
human
denizens, to experiment on
Whatever
interest
we may
many-hued splendour of the
human
profess, after all, in this
tropic bush, in the varie-
gated beauty and overflowing vegetable river it
is
isles,
nature.
or the bountiful wealth of the
life
Congo
but secondary to that which one must
human
on these forests,
feel for the
communities, the muscles of whose members
have a more immediate and practical value
For
to us.
without these the flowers, the plants, the gums, the moss, and the dye weeds of the tropical world must
ever remain worthless to them and to ourselves.
every cordial-faced
aborigine wliom I
promise of assistance to
from the
state
present lives.
of
me
in the
meet
1
see
In a
redemption of himself
unproductiveness in which he at
I look
upon him with much of the same
regard that an agriculturist views his strong-limbed child
;
he
is
a future recruit to the ranks of soldier-
188.1.
it^k^,^
THE CONGO.
94 1883,
The Congo
labourers.
October25.
^
,
Mutembo. ^i
have but enough
is
.
-,
would oecome a vast productive garden.
ckss,
liis
That
basin, could I
,
.
why
one reason
I always search sharply for
cordiality of demeanour, a certain frankness of expres-
from which
sion,
I can extract
hope for the future.
I
mentally review the faces thus seen, and say to myself, "
You
are shy
and strange now,
my
friend, but worse
looking fellows than you have been
made
A
few more
would go anywhere with me."
I fancy
themselves and the world.
fellows
seem
to read
my
useful to
trips,
and you
sometimes
tlie
thoughts, and smile encourag-
ingly upon me, as though they would say in vulgar
You are right, my boy, but bye and bye." Near Mutembo a trading canoe was met descending
idiom, "
the river.
We
we had been
feasting royally on the perfume of flowers
aud blossoms, to Iboko.
my
forgot all about the isles of Eden, where
to talk
with
its
crew.
They belonged
Rumour had reached them, with
brotherhood with old Mata Bv/yki.
its tale
We
of
traded
with them in eatables, and gossiped, like friends, of auld lang syne, amid lively chaff and laughter.
had eleven large tusks of ivory, but that was an
we
did not want,
much
They article
to their surprise.
Before arriving at Mutembo, however,
we came
to
the end of the long island that winds parallel with the left its
bank, and prevented us from viewing chief Ibombo.
From
all
accounts, this settlement
must be exceedingly enterprising, but in w^ealth, strength, It
Ukumbi and
inferior to
Iboko
and numbers.
had been a beautiful day, bright
as a Mediterra-
A STORM.
95
neau summer day, but about campinsr time the low .
'
•
1
westering sun became quickly obscured, and toe clouds
seemed advancing from ihe north-west, north, and north-east with startling rapidity towards the zenith.
Looking behind
the
at
south,
we saw rank
rank of voluminous cloud rising as though them.
We
after
meet
to
had often seen similar features in the sky
towards sunset, but on this day there was an ominous depth of blackness to attract our attention.
we
Still,
could find no place for shelter, the impervious bush sloped forest
from under the overhanging boughs of the
monarchs down
to the river surface with
an im-
penetrable closeness that would resist the sharp nose of a crocodile.
AVe were in a channel two hundred
yards wide, walled in by a bank of vegetation that rose 150 feet high.
Two
lofty fortress walls could not
have been more inhospitable
to us.
Therefore, while
the skies warned us to shelter, the shores on either side positively refused
it.
The zenith became
finally
overcast and gloomy, but the northern sky changed
its
hue to an ashy grey, wherein the tempest brooded.
Through some
invisible
became unruffled, the
influence,
tiniest leaf
the
hung
river's
still,
face
the tallest
reed stood straight, as though " attention " had been ordered, and Nature had stiffened into a petrified ness.
there
Only
for a
still-
few minutes, however, for presently
was a simultaneousness of movement.
millions of leaves in the forests were
violent rustling.
i883.
October 25. 1
1
1
Millions of others
All the
started into a
came
sailing
down
before the blast of the tempest, and millions of wave-
Mutembo.
THE CONGO.
96
broke over the face of the channel, seemins: ° to ^acc in couipanj with the leaves. The tall trees, the
1883. lets October 25.
Mutembo.
.
.
bombax, and copal and palm, streamed, ragged and
up a
frayed, while the forests set
We
human
almost
creaking,
had no time
in
fearful
groaning and
agony of
its
to note further, for the
resistance.
tempest bore
down on
us with such overwhelming, overpowering
force, that
our
flotilla
was driven down stream, despite steam opposed to
strenuous resistance
the
were perforce compelled the bushes of which
edge away
to
squall
my
to the shore, to
we grappled with our
and waited tremblingly and
drowned the scene
boat-hooks,
while the rain-
chillily
in spray
We
it.
and water.
From
cabin door I saw the river's face covered with re-
bounding
jets,
which seemed
to spring
up a
foot high,
so forcefully did the fierce rain scourge its late
The
face.
time sea.
rollers
we appeared
surged against us, and for a short to be tossing heavily in
an angry
Fortunately, before dark the rain ceased, and
were enabled
to find a hole in the
hawser
fast
;
but
was
it
we
bush walls, through
in one after another to
which the crew climbed the
calm
too
late
to
make
search
for
fuel.
A
work next morning provided
couple of hours' hard
us with sufficient
wood
continued our journey.
to last eight hours,
and we
Mutembo and Imeme,
places
which distinguished themselves in 1877 by coming out in battle array against us,
we had
and then
passed their villages,
deserted for several months.
we
firing
on us after
discovered to have been
We
then came opposite to
A BICE COUNTRY. what we formerly considered
to
97
be the mouth of
tlie
i883.
October
Sankiiru River, but which Yumbila, our guide, declared to be
We
merely a channel.
ascended by
did not wish to lose sight of the that a valuable
discovered
left
forest of
it,
copal trees
commenced, the tops of which were draped with chilla
weed.
from the exclaim "
or-
general burst of admiration broke out
lips of the
who were heard
Zanzibaris,
to
:
Ah,
is
country
friends, this is a rich
and enough There
A
we
Here we
bank.
gum
since
make many
orchilla to
!
Copal below,
fortunes on the top.
And
nothing like this in our country.
look at the rubber bush
just
" !
During the whole of the 27th we passed by one continuous copal forest, covered thickly with the precious
dye-weed.
On was
the 28th
we came
to
lower Ukatakura, which
deserted, and, a little
also
above the clearing,
arrived at the mouth of a creek about ten yards wide, said
by the guide
to issue
from the Lulungu
Ukatakura, also deserted, was passed at 4
Upper
!
p.m.,
and on
the banks of another narrow creek just above, issuing
from the
The in
interior,
we camped.
orchilla-covered forest continued nearly all
view on the 29th.
shorter and
On
our right the islands became
more complicated.
bank-full now, but
still
day
rising
The ;
in
river was nearly
many
places
it
had
already broken over the low banks and entered the forest,
and the highest portion uninundated was not
more than Vol.
6 inches
IL— 7
above the face of the
river.
This
2*J.
ukata"
THE CONGO.
98 1883.
was evidently
October 30.
Mpaki-
a o:ood reason
.
,
why
was
there
so
much
.
.
unoccupied territory in this direction.
Yumbila, the guide, beheved that
Imeme, Mutembo, and Ukatakura driven
away from
Ubika,
who
On with
live
people of
the
must have been
country by the warriors of
their
on the right bank.
the 30th, also, the copal- tree forest continued, its
In the afternoon we
drapery of dye- weed.
passed the deserted settlements of Mpakiwana.
Early on the morning of the 31st we had to lay-by for another squall, for about
tinuing our voyage, village of Diya.
we came
an hour, and then conabreast of
Iringi, so well
absurd and treacherous attack
its
tlie
remembered people
had warred with the people of
compelled them to
At
three
rapids,
were
settle at
o'clock
finally
Ikingi, a
Iringi,
halted
and
by some small
to seek another channel.
enabled to
in
Umangi, on the right bank.
we were
and compelled
for the
made on us
1877, was discovered at noon quite deserted. tribe inland,
jDalisaded
We
steam through deep water
unobstructed to Mpa, ruled by lunga, situate just one mile above the rapids, where
we were
received with
the same amiability that distinguished their neighbours
of
Rubunga
We
in 1877.
had now arrived
at a point
744 statute miles
from Le'opoldville, and about 500 miles of this distance
had been traversed along low-forested banks of mainland and islands.
But as soon
as
we came near
the
small rapids of Mpa, a wide diagonal stretch of river
came
into view, at the
upper end of which rose the
REFUSING TRADE.
99
beautiful hills of Upoto, suffused with the tender green
colour of
we saw
young
grass, except at the lower slopes,
groves of bananas and
extensive
where of
fields
cassava.
On
the next day
we steamed up
Nganza, lorded by old Rubunga. slightly
from the place we saw
it
through some internecine squabble. in
renewing our
to the village of
had been moved
It
five
years before
We
were not long
acquaintance with
Rubunga, whose own village
the
old
Makukuru, who remains master of New Nganza. the old time,
Umangi, Mpissa,
the right bank, and
Mpa from
Ukere',
in
the left bank, despatched
goats and sheep, and vegetable that
As
and Upoto from
their representatives with ivory tusks, large
manding
chief
several miles higher, and
is
and
small,
food, clamorously de-
we should buy from them.
Such urgent
entreaties accompanied with blandishments to purchase their stock
were
difficult
to
resist.
become firmly convinced that vancing
from
the
quarter
so
The people had
many
from which
whites
ad-
guns and
powder, cloth, beads, and wire were known to issue could not have ventured so far except for that object.
Therefore they would not for a
understand a stood
that
refusal.
we would
When
considerable
time
at last they fully under-
not purchase ivory their dis-
appointment was naturally very great, and yet they persisted in offering their elephant teeth at such ridi-
culously low prices, that tribes
below
felt
to the far-famed
it
was no wonder the
riverine
vexed when they saw us pass by them
Langa-Langa.
i883.
Nov.
1.
I.angaLant';!.
THE CONGO.
100 1883.
Nov.
1.
Langa^"^'^"
According
Yumbila, the populated districts here^^ about are known to the Wyyanzi and Bangala as to
Langa-Langa (the
tipper country
This
?).
is
the El
Dorado of native ivory buyers, probably from the unof the clotheless and over-
sophisticated aboriginism
tattooed beings they
Few
met
here.
of our crews believed that there were
women
who went about before men's eyes Naked busts and limbs freely exposed
of their colour absolutely nude.
were common, they were aware, through the exigencies of aboriginal
but this unabashed nudity
life,
much
astonished them.
A
word must be uttered
in
extenuation of this
shameless exposure of their persons by the
Langa-Langa. is
women
of
Perceiving that cloth or other covering
unobtainable to screen their persons from the gaze
of men, they have resorted to marring that comeliness of which they originally might have boasted
ring their faces and busts.
Or was
it
by
scar-
the jealousy of
who imagined this hideous device to shield women from harm ? However the folly, nay,
the men, their
crime, originated,
and the
it
has served the purpose effectually,
Langa-Langa
people,
by immolating
that
smoothness of outline of the face and velvety touch of the slaved.
skin,
have saved themselves from being en-
Strangely enough, the Langa-Langa people
think the style of scarring their faces by thousands of
little cuts,
interspersed with
to be beautifying
;
huge tumorous
blisters,
and Maka-kuru, having become
brother, earnestly implored
me
to give
my
him the oppor-
!
THE GUERENCY CHANGING. tunity
of exercising
liis
skill
my own
personal adornment on
in
four,
novel art of
this
face at
Langa-Langa than
with no powder, but the Bangala have since then
now
there
may
be pro-
bably a hundred guns on both banks of the river.
Like
other natives, even those near to the coast, the loud
NATIVE OF LANGA-LANGA,
startling roar of
powder has
a
charm
for
them
;
and
though they are not bold against Bangala and Irebu warriors, they are willing
the interior the
much
The
who have
enough
to frighten people in
not yet succeeded in obtaining
prized musket.
currency
here
changes.
The
whole
piece
(twenty-four yards) of domestics and stripes effectively
served us as far as
Many an ga.
1.
I.anga-
In that year they only possessed
extended their influence, and
1883.
Nov.
They have many more muskets they owned in 1877.
101
Blue glass beads be-
Langa.
THE CONGO.
102 1883.
Nov.
came then
in
demand
as far as
lyumbi ridge
;
thence
1.
Lan^a-
^s far as
Langa-Langa the brass rod or matako was the
most convenient sofi,
of
but at Langa-Langa the masaro, or
;
known
Ujiji,
to
Itah'ans as
Cannetone bead,
very similar to half-inch pieces of pipe stem, white and black, comes into use with large cowries.
coming
are slowly
into
favour, but
Brass rods trader will
the
regret being unprovided with the pipe stems.
however, will win the day here eventually. literally besieged for the
rag that we possessed.
Cloth,
AVe were
very smallest refuse of clout-
The
store of bread, eggs, fowls,
obtained for cast-ofF pieces of cotton dress, was most
two yards of bright red handkerchief
surprising, while
purchased a
fat goat.
The Langa-Langa natives have only that ivory
marketable.
is
them have
The
lately learned
visits of the
Bangala
Mpa, Yakongo, Ikassa, on the
excited
to
left
bank, and Umangi, Mpissa, Ukere, Upoto, and Iringi
on the right bank, in the same visited
to exploit the regions
manner
above them,
as they themselves are periodically
by Iboko and Irebu.
From Nganza our
course
is
eastward as
we
continue
our voyage, and will continue so for about two degrees of longitude.
Since leaving Leopoldville our course
has been about north by east as far as the junction of the
Kwa
vvith
the Congo, thence north for about 130
miles, thence about north east
by noith as
On
far as
the 4th of
bank we passed
by
east as far as Iboko, thence
Nganza.
November, clinging
still
after about eight miles
to the left
steaming the
TIMIDITY OF THE NATIVES.
new
Rubunga,
village of
called
Yakongo
103 at
;
noon we
i883.
Nov.
were abreast of Ikassa
were too timid
to
in
N. Lat.
answer
oiir
despite our friendship with old
2"
hail,
The people
1'.
but at Yakongo,
Rubunga, they seemed
up a
creek, the entrance
to
have prepared
to
which had been palisaded to prevent our approach.
I
for flight
presume the men must have had cause
the acquaintance of strangers.
The
dread
to
arrival of cloth,
however, in greater abundance must undoubtedly
seal
effectually the virtue of the females.
running by
Getting out of the narrow channel Ikassa and Yakongo,
bank
On
to try
vanished
across to the right
our fortunes thence forward on that 5th
the
we steamed
all
and we had
again, but of a
of the hills of
traces
Upoto had
the same flatness of
more habitable height above
side.
ground
river,
and
the forests that rose in such towering walls of dark
green vegetation, had been cleared in
many
places,
although the inhabitants were wanting.
The next
we came
day, after passing several abandoned
sites,
Ndobo, a very large and newly
built
to
village or town, laid in
an uniform
mile and a half in length.
line of about a
Immediately beyond rose
Ibunda into view, whose people we found seated on the ground with their spears and ofi'ensive weapons
alongside of each.
As
these people had evidently but lately settled in
the two towns, they were not remarkable for neatness in appearance.
The lower
half of some of the huts
were of wattle and plastered over. Steep ladders strung
4.
2
TEE CONGO.
104 1883.
Nov.
day bank, which was from
along the upright
8 to
5,
Ndobo.
12 feet above the river, enabled the natives to step in
and out of
Their dug-outs, though
their canoes.
numerous, appeared to be small, and only adapted for Sloping roads had been carved out of the
fishing.
bank here and there vessels
up
canoes,
many
of which
drag their
to
to the safe level of their town,
new
their
them
to enable
and
we saw
to launch
in process of
construction. It first
was
in the neighbourhood of
heap of oyster
shells,
Ndobo we saw
the
which will no doubt long
remain there in evidence of a former population. Early on the 7th we arrived at Bumba, which in
A fog
real town.
was a
had prevented us from seeing
anything until we were close upon quillity of
deemed
it
opportune to
test
their
tall
bank.
and
hospitality
Myombi, the
persuaded by Yumbila to
hood with me, and
was
the tran-
and succeeded in obtaining an invitation
go alongside the
easily
By
it.
demeanour observed among the people we
friendliness,
to
size
scarified,
and
for the fiftieth
my
make time
chief,
was
blood-brother-
my
poor arm
blood shed for the cause of
Probably one thousand people of both
civilisation.
sexes looked on the scene wonderingly and strangely.
A young branch of a palm was cut, twisted and tied at each
end
;
the knots were dipped in
a knot
wood
ashes,
and then seized and held by each of us while the medicine-man
practised
lanced us both until
his
blood-letting
Myombi winced with
art,
pain.
and
After
which the knotted branch was severed, and in some
THE DREADED IBANZA.
105
incomprehensible manner I Lad become united for ever ^ to
my
,
brother,
fiftieth
whom
to
was under the
I
obligation of defending against all foes until death.
Despite, however, these and sundry other precautions against imaginary evil, the people satisfied in their
were not quite
minds, for the dreaded Ibanza must be
What was
concealed, they thought, in our boats.
and
that they heard throb as the
En
sigh,
Avant came alongside
it
and groan so heavily their landing place
They ranged themselves over and above
?
the boats, lost
in silent contemplation of the wonderful
structures.
Their thoughts struggling for utterance were perplexing them, and preventing the usual glib and noisy
The problems they have to weighty and difficult, they know of nothing
interchange of ideas. resolve are to
which they can compare the medley of strange noises
issuing from the
What
huge
iron pots
unseen power was
they saw
fly
it
which
that revolved the wheels
drum
contain
?
Why
cook throwing in such large sticks
wood?
Is it the
drum who makes of the funnel
What
around with lightning speed?
does that iron
eat
hiss incessantly.
?
?
is
that white
Does the Ibanza
Ibanza cooped up in the iron
that squeaking noise escaping
out
These and such like thoughts trouble
the minds of the aborigines of trade for food can be
Bumba,
made although
so tliat
it
is
little
j^lentiful
and cheap.
On
the 8th, bananas, goats, chickens, sugar-cane,
tobacco, pumpkins, sweet potatoes and sold, altliough the
multitude
is
yams are
flighty
freely
and prone
to
isss.
Nov.
7.
Bumba.
!
THE CONGO.
106 1883.
Bumba.
panic,
which causes the two
chiefs
Myombi and Sun go
Maji to be rushing about crying out " Peace,
your produce in
Sell
security,
people
brothers by every bond that can bind us."
however, these hearty
!
these whites are our
Withal,
impress their people
efforts lo
with confidence the slightest rush of steam, a
movement
of a white man, the impatient lifting of a helmet
off
the brow, the scratching of a heated head would send
hundreds promiscuously fiying
and over the hand-bell of
trees,
and towards the boats
their
searched for the cries
of "
first
Be
nothing to fear chiefs,
who were
criers,
denoted
" Ibanza "
!
yet
screams
that
he was
rolling eyes of the
men
symptoms that he was advancing
men
firm,
" reiterated
of
Bumba, there
is
over and over, by the
ringing their bells like anxious townvivid
emerged
One of my
old
stifled
a presentiment
to
testified
present, the uneasy restless
the
the long
incantations, but
was a dread of the " Ibanza." The
women
;
Sungo Maji was vigorously beaten, and
men came and muttered of
herd of frightened
Sacred water was sprinkled along the shore,
buffalo.
there
like a
into
expectancy,
view
finally
the
!
cabin-boys, enjoying
fright visible in the actions
and
and
all this
extraordinary
faces of the natives,
while I was engaged talking with the engineer, had
gone into the
cabin,
shutting the
door after him.
Presently the door was violently burst open, and the splendid form of a royal Bengal
A
tiger crawled
long thrilling sliriek rang out, and
all
out
at once the
hundreds that stood on the shore, casting one hurried
A TRICK WITH A TIQER-SKIN.
107
glance at the terrible figure, with an unity of move-
i883.
Nov.
ment
shrieking and yelling from the river bank.
fled
When we
discovered what had caused this extra-
ordinary flight of
the
their
aborigines,
were
yells
immediately followed by roars of laughter from the crews of the boats, which the flying natives heard,
and then
halted,
more
reassured
merriment than by hours of of the criers.
young
tall
ringing on the part
bell
brought them back,
It
laughing
fellow
by the
effectively
to
too,
see a
while
immoderately,
a
collapsed tiger-skin lay at his feet in a harmless heap.
contagious, and one might see
The laughter became an
entire population slapping their thighs, staggering
convulsively about,
support
as
they
and
reeled
under
another for
one
grasping
which
spasms
the
agitated them.
An
hour and a half above
Bumba
populous town named Yambinga. bank.
As we
town appeared
It is
is
an equally
on the same
approached, the lower portion of the to be disposed
reject us
to
;
but
we
persevered in bawling out for Mukuku, the chief of
Yambinga, whose name we had Sungo-Maji
of
Bumba.
Mukuku
deifrned to
bank, a
veritable
dress
In
come out
slyly obtained
about into
fifteen
from
minutes
view on the river
dark Robinson Crusoe, in head-
Over
and accoutrements.
wore an antelope-skin
cap,
crest of cock's feathers,
his
curly head
he
adorned with a mighty
while a broad slioulder-belt
of leopard-skin, attached to which was a misctllaneous
assortment of the tags and tassels of
fetisli
8.
Yambin
mysteries,
THE CONGO.
108 1883.
Nov.
8.
Yambinga.
was .
slunj^
come
to
•
He
breast.
/
advanced
crying,
and I have heard of the Ibanza.
him
see
T
energetically his long bell,
Mukuku, to
11
•
nngmg
manlv
over his
.
face to face.
" I I
am wish
Let the Ibanza land, and
Mukuku."
These were brave words
;
but anyone might see by
OLD CHIEF IN NATIVE-MADE HAT.
the
manner Mukuku hovered near
human so
the thickest of the
throng, that had he not been chief, and been
vociferously
hailed
by Yumbila, he would have
much
preferred to remain unseen by
whom
he so valorously adjured to walk ashore.
We
set ourselves
tlie
resolutely to conquer
grim
spirit
Mukuku's
TAMBINGA. and with such good
fear of the Ibanza,
the blood-brotherhood
after
results, that
ceremony had been de-
of doubt
not a shadow
spatched,
109
of our
benignity
remained in the good man's head.
During our stay
here, the information
that behind, or to the north of
was
elicited
Yambinga, there flowed
a river which emptied into the Congo, east of their
town, called by some Itimbiri, by others Ngingiri.
They
said
was large; and that traders came from
it
the north, and sold cowries and white beads to the
Watumba who
inhabited
" Yambinga,"
They
is
land.
said our informants,
country round here, Itimbiri river
Musanga
is
large,
an island
"
and
(a peninsula
and ascends
far
this
all ?),
for the
behind us."
gave us a vast number of names of places
also
;
but their ideas of locality were so very vague, and as
each channel and tinctive
On
title,
islet
of the main river bears
their information
the 10th of
November,
had no
its dis-
practical value.
at 2 p.m.,
we
continued
our journey, and an hour later passed by Upper binga.
At
this place, hauled ashore, or floating in the
river fastened to
stakes,
Lower Yambinga
Bumba
Yam-
there
possessed
were
313
243 pirogues;
exposed
to
sight,
Ndobo and Ibunda, perhaps
nearly 400,
as
many, by which we have 1300 " dug-outs," or pirogues.
As
the smallest of these will likely have a
15
inches,
may
and
is
beam of
about 20 feet in length, an idea
be gained of the supplies of timber furnished
by about twenty miles of are too
valuable
to
forest.
The war canoes
be exposed to risk of loss by
i883.
Yambinga.
THE CONGO.
110 1883.
itimbiri.
flood, SO
rattan
they are submerged and fastened by strong
hawsers to poles deeply buried in the clayey
bank.
By
clinging to
the right bank,
un-
the
despite
promising narrowness of some of the channels, we
came
in the afternoon,
Yambinga,
two hours
into a broad channel
after passing
Upper
350 yards wide, which
by following up we found led us from a course E.S.E. to N.E., and kept northing very fast until we were running N.N.E.
It
was then on waking up that we
discovered ourselves to be in the river
At Yankau, on
the Itimbiri.
its left
named
bank, seated on
a bluff with a clear open country about river
north,
showed signs of further
still
we
to us as
it,
where the
inclination to the
retraced our course.
This then was the river which the people of Yam-
binga said ran behind them, and along which, in
its
upper course, traders came from the north distributing the Italian cannetone beads, and on whose banks lived
the in
The water they
Watumba. some
places,
opposite shore.
and a man could not be seen on Could
expansion of the river
The mouth
said spread out broad its
be a lake, or a mere broad
it
?
of the river
is
in
N. Lat. 1°
57',
and
is
about 180 geographical miles in a direct line to In-
guima, on
the
certainly clear,
Welle-Makua River.
Its
water
and might well come from a lake
no great distance inland.
Yamu-ningiri
is
the
is
at
name
of a large village about eight miles above the confluence,
up the
Itimbiri.
The
river forms a delta, and
SKILL IN METAL WORKING.
many ^
Ill
forested islets dot the entrance. Opposite ^
Yankau
a deep, navigable river, fully 350 yards wide, of
is
it
a slightly darker colour than the Congo.
On
great river,
the
we
about four miles,
situate
above the confluence
discovered Mutembo, consisting
behind their huts, spear in hand, to attack,
and
as
we
crouched
Its inhabitants
of three palisaded villages.
an expected
resist
passed by they dashed out into the
open and slapped their rearward parts
—a
method of
known
expressing contempt pretty generally
to vulgar
Europeans.
On
the 12th, in the early morning,
we
unusually large clearing, that
we
at
passed by an
first,
from
might have stood on the magnificent
now
The
dreary and desolate.
its
A city
spacious breadth, took to be a natural plain.
which was
site,
large population sup-
ported upon this wide expanse must have had powerful
reasons for
abandonment, of w^hich we must
its
remain yet awhile ignorant.
For the
plain
shall
the
right
the
meet on the cunning
spears,
the
double, and the
left
for its
bank of the Congo,
left
The abandoned
bank.
tribe,
whom
bank
we
as
descend.
This
iron manufactures, including
swords,
the
long
— Mgangaism,
known
their snake
single
to these
natives
and
the pro-
Inkissism, Ikiraism,
by whatever name you choose
sorceries
bells,
tiny dancing bells, which
fessors of fetishism
or
we saw
was once occupied by the Yalulima
tribe is
the
time
across from
clear
we
first
to designate
— love
and iguana-skin-girdles.
to
isss.
Nov.
,
_
attach
the to
10.
Mutembo.
THE CONGO.
112
At
1883.
bank of the
the projecting- point on the right
the
in
Yambungu. river,
which the Yaluhma
plain
inhabited, the breadth of the
Congo
is'
tribe
once
about a mile and
a half, and eight miles of a view np stream
is
obtained,
while as far as Muterabo below^ the main channels
exposed for
fully
An of
island, a
many
lie
miles.
few miles above, contains the village
Yambungu, whose
natives showed a disposition to
be friendly, but their dialect was unintelligible to
us,
although our guide, Yumbila, comprehended what they
They showed
said.
but, perceiving that
to us several large tusks of ivory,
we were not
purchasers of their
precious material, they brought to us enormous yams,
and baskets of large healthy sweet with broad
fat tails, besides
potatoes, also sheep
fowls and eggs.
Opposite the upper extremity of this island
covered the embouchure of another river
— whose
waters verged on blackish in colour.
hundred and
fifty
yards would be a
could be gained from the natives, but
said that it
my
a branch of the Itimbiri River.
it is
it
The
was of great width.
are populous.
We
Two
fair estimate of its
Not much information that was
breadth.
that
— the
we disXkuku ?
intelligible
opinion
is
Inland they
districts
around
heard such names of villages as
Luika, Yatui, Bwila, Mukanda-Meya, Isako, Bungele,
Wanbuna, but definitely,
it
as
we may have
shortly to locate these
will be better for us in the
meantime to
leave the districts blank
On
the 13th
bank of
we voyaged along
a marvellously rich
tropical woods, dotted thickly with the fishing
8
APPEARANCE OF WAR CANOES.
113
The
we
hamlets of the Basaka.
islands of the Coujro °
also discovered to be peopled.
On
we
the 14th
Banm.
passed by the
Bahamba
and large war canoes were observed some of them being manned by
we
perceived that
we heard
men. "When they
forty
steadily pursued our
the sound of
drums
villages,
hover about,
to
attempting to land they returned to their night
way without villages. At
up-river,
and were
reminded of our experiences in 1877.
On
we steamed
the loth
view of the Baruu
in
up, and at 8 a.m.
villages, situate
probably 60 feet above the river.
came
on high ground,
There was a con-
siderable degree of hostile demonstration with spears
and
shields along the bank, but our steady progress
past them, with our curiosity to
still
demeanour, aided by their
pay more attention
to the steamers, quite
tranquilised them.
A the
thick fog settled over us for about an hour, and
left
bank loomed up
into
view between the
At noon I obtained an observation, and that we were in N. lat. 1° 17', and much Aruwimi than I thought. Orders were then given ridges, to
to
prepare
islets.
discovered
nearer the
rifles
and
cart-
guard against those impetuous spearsmen of
the great affluent which despatched flotilla
against us in 1877.
fierce aborigines
steam-flotilla
;
cautions, for if
It
would repeat
still
its
enormous canoe-
was not
likely that the
their attempt against a
prudence warned us not to omit pre-
we were ever taken unawares
in this
region so far removed from help, the flood of the Congo ToL. II.—
^^^^•
Nov. 15.
THE CONGO.
114 1883.
would certainly
Nov. 15.
Aruwimi.
We
.
remams. a
recipient
be the
,
^
our mutilated
of .
.
are also on this
•
1
1
armed with
occasion
charm, against which, unless they are hopelessly they need not hope to contend, and that
hostile,
is
Only
a determination on our part to remain passive.
when nothing else will avail shall we employ our we have to resort to our weapons, we and
rifles,
shall
it"
shall be utterly extin-
remain until their savageness guished.
The
forest
on our
left,
as
we
advance,
is
grand
in its
wealth of valuable woods and refreshing vernal appearance.
The
rises
boldly
emerge
islets are
rapidly thinning, the
view,
into
I
am
to
observing
when an immensely
these features of the landscape,
with
bank
and the Congo appears
into one broad united stream.
long canoe, loaded
left
armed
men,
dashes
from
behind an island, and races rapidly across the stream
being presently followed by another, and
still
;
another.
Compared with the petty dug-outs which we have hitherto seen, they are splendid vessels.
We, however, advance
much whether
these
in close order
;
and
I
doubt
reconnoitring war-canoes, after
discovering the strange guise in which the strangers are
advancing,
have obtained much comfort in the
column of smoke-boats.
The war-canoes having reached the tinue on their this sight
way upward, one
after another
;
and in
our eyes, rapidly taking note of every move-
ment, detect in
going
right bank, con-
it
an augury of good.
to be a rush this time,"
we
" There
thought.
is
not
115
BATTLE ARRAY. Presently passing the
stood
the attack affluent
the
of the
flotilla
took
by
of the Aruwimi, the great
The mighty parent
gapes open into view.
Steadily
Aruwimi,
where
and the very spot where we awaited
stream also appears, with water.
clearing
which we stormed and
village
assault in 1877,
abandoned
the
magnificent breadth of
its
we
continuing on our way,
until
rounding
enter
which
a point
has
prevented us as yet from obtaining a view of the villages,
we
see the
town
of Mokulu,
where the Basoko,
or Basongo, our ancient foes, reside.
It
is
extended
along a high clay bank about three miles in length. All
its
males, I should say, are in battle array on the
verge, presenting an irregular, bronze-coloured line of
fully-armed men. red, left
and white
Brave
— and
in
their war-paint
holding
large shields on their
arms, they disport themselves fantastically before
our view, while the great war-drums alarm, and incite their courage to a
—yellow,
deep, bellowing sound.
its
the
utmost pitch by
Keeping a
vance of us are the three war-canoes,
thunder
respectful ad-
now
joined by
four other monsters of craft of excavated teak, having
double rows of upstanding paddlers in each, with their paddle-shafts decorated with round ivory balls, while
on the platforms astern dance the naval warriors, and startling blasts,
from long ivory horns, sound wnld
musical notes, which are re-echoed by the
on the opposite
tall
woods
side.
Arriving opposite the centre of the town, we steered across the river to a small clearing, which T detected in
isss.
Aruwimi
THE CONGO.
116 1883. Nov. 15.
Mokulu.
the bank, dividing the grea* affluent from the Congo.
The
steam-launches, Royal and A.I. A., also the whale-
boat and canoes, were
En
while the
left here,
Avant,
the stream
detached from her consorts, raced across
back again to the warriors, that were so conspicuously
bank of Mokulu.
outlined on the verge of the bila,
Yum-
with the promise of a rich reward ringing in his
ears if he succeeded in allaying this frenzy, took his position
on the top of the cabin, and the steamer
having gained the upper extremity of Mokulu, stopped,
and
floated
down stream while
the voice of Yumbila
rang out clear and loud the words of
peace and
friendship.
They must have been powerful phrases our guide employed, judging from the sudden silence and hush that
fell
boomed sounds.
on the crowded river bank. the sonorous alarum of
The drums
war ceased
The horns which emitted
that
their deep
the dreadful defiant
the angry cries
grown hoarse with
fury, the frantic forms that leaped
and bounded upward
blasts of battle,
with quivering spears,
an anxiety
to
all
were hushed and
advance nearer and nearer
promising peace was evident of the masses.
And
stilled,
to tlie voice
in the stealthy
then, although
all
and
movement
this time
we
were quite ignorant what the syllabled jargon actually
— our task was that of silently noting everything — the people depositing their expressed,
sljields
we observed
for
and spears near stumps, or
in the rear, as if there
trees,
or houses
were a kind of guilt
in the late
frenzy that had possessed them.
A PEACEFUL CONQUEST. " Bravo,
done well
Yumbila
!
But go
more of your sweet bila begins
archness
!
keep at
it,
my
we
You have
friend.
on, their ears are
voice,"
117
hungry
And Yum-
whisiDered.
again with open palms, bland
combined with
humour,
to
to hear
and
face,
expatiate,
we
presume, upon the blessings of maintaining a friendly
communion of man with man.
Accent and gesture
are both so expressive, that they finally extort from a
warrior on the bank friendly
They
are so modulated
human
tones in reply.
and framed that they impress
even our ignorant ears and dull senses with a feeling that the speaker of the Basoko
the causes that induced
him and
explaining suavely
is
his fellows to exhibit
And
themselves so rampantly ferocious. understand, through Yumbila, that to
camp where
present,
the
and that
other
we
we
are requested
steamers are
after awhile the
then
the
for
left
Basoko would come
to us as friends.
We
waited an hour at our forest camp, and then
half-a-dozen
tiny canoes, each
advanced within 250 yards of tated,
containing two us.
themselves with
contenting
There they gently
men, hesi-
paddling
against the current.
Yumbila was again required accents to inspire
How
to exert
them with courage
very patient
we
growth of confidence
all
were,
to
his
advance nearer.
watching
in their minds,
when
it
sliore,
a few paces above our camp.
suasive
may
this
slow
be imagined
took those people an hour to approach our
Thither Yumbila,
and three of the most plausible of our men, marched
to
issa.
Mok'uiu.
THE CONGO.
118 1883.
No
meet
tbera, wliere the
15.
Mokuiu.
ceremony of blood-brotlierliood -^
.
was enacted, and
shrill
screams of satisfaction
nounced that their timidity was
The town of Mokuiu heard great drums
now sounded
at last
an-
vanquished.
the good news, and the the
which presently were responded
intelligence to
around,
with thunderous
booms from some other distant community, and thus our intercourse with the wild Basoko commenced.
— TUMBILA'S BUDGET.
119
CHAPTER XXIX. UP THE BIYERKE.
—
Yumbila returns with an interesting story Slave kidnappers probably from the Soudan Skilful workmanship Umaneh and Yakui Conical huts The course of the river Metropolitan Yambumba A sham famine The rapids Supposed identity of the Biyerre and Welle Keasons for this opinion Arabs in the neighbourhood Again on the Congo.
—
—
— —
—
—
—
—
e-uide, crossed over Yumbila, the ^
to
Mokulu with
When
nevv]y-made blood-brother that evening.
next
morning
he was
the
triumph.
The white man had promised
for his signal services,
he
radiant with
returned
him
his
to
reward
and the Basoko had pre-
sented him with two fine tusks of ivory, to
show
their
appreciation of his worth. It
may
well be supposed that he gossiped until late
among the Basoko, satisfying them with abundant information respecting the white men and the propelhours
ling
up
agencies that drove the smoke-boats so far
against the current of the Congo.
Basoko had something dition
And
to say whicli
isss.
Nov.
,
evidently the
smacked of
tra-
and wonder.
Unfolding his budget, Yumbila informed us
first
of
16.
Mokuiu,
THE CONGO.
120 1883.
Mokuiu.
how
many
the Basoko,
years ago, were alarmed by
who were descending the Yakusu, commanded by a man with a
reports of a powerful tribe
Congo
past the
face as pale as the *'
we never heard
canoes, unless
it
moon.
moving down with many
of a tribe
came
we moved
this tribe,
" In our waters," they said,
So when we heard of
for war.
out of our river to fight
it,
but
it
turned against ns just at the meeting of the waters,
and though the strangers did not
liave
many
canoes,
when we bore down on them they dropped our people level
with
that
we
fire
and
which tore ns
soft iron,
could not stand
against them.
to pieces,
They then
pursued ns and fought us in our own town, and we could not even see what
except our dead,
And
the tribe
who
it
'
it
down and never rose ngain. went away down the river, and we it
morning,
until the other
was quite dark, we heard the dread sound,
boom, boom, boom,' which
sky in our
ears,
and we
felt
is
like the
sleep,
our houses, and the darkness was jets of fire
;
thunder of the
the flash of the flame in our
Waking up from our
faces.
at us,
fell
never heard what became of while
was they threw
we
lit
rushed out from
up by a thousand
and a crackling noise was heard, louder
than a burning plain makes, and more terrible than the most prolonged thunder.
There was whizzing and
buzzing, as of flying stones, in our ears, and
many
of
our people, on coming out into the light of the burning houses, fear
were struck dead by these things.
came upon us
as
when we
first
thunder shot at us from the strange
The same
heard the loud tribe,
years ago,
WHO WERE THESE PEOPLE
"
on the
and we ran
river,
for
?
»
121
our very lives into the
1883.
Nov. 10.
we
depths of the woods, where, in the thickest parts, hxy with our faces in the ground, afraid to
heads up,
we might be
lest
hit
by those iron
lift
our
balls that
sang over us and crashed into the trees from our
When we
village.
heard our
women and
children
we thought we would do something. PVora our coverts we looked out. We saw that some of our houses were still on fire, and we heard again the long shrieks of our women and cries of our children, and again we heard the startling boom that those long cry out,
hollow tubes, such as your people make, and again
were we frightened and threw ourselves down into the By-and-bye there was a deathly
thick bush.
we got
a
little
bolder,
and crept out
as
you can
we
children,
to-morrow
see
it ;
was burnt
and as
;
to see for ourselves
what had happened, and when we came Mokulu, more than half of
stillness
to look
upon
to the ground,
for our
women and
hundreds of them."
lost
This was the story Yumbila had gathered, or some of
it,
his
which was only completely told when he induced
new
brothers to repeat to
most prominent points. in convincing this
"
him again some of
Yumbila had
its
fully succeeded
them that we could not have known of
massacre and ruthless deed of darkness.
Who
from
?
Where
are
they come to you " Ah,
Where did they come they now ? By what river did
were these people
we know
?
" ?
not.
We
were
all
asleep
when they
came, and they departed, no one knows where, in
Mokulu.
TEE CONGO.
122 1883.
We
canoes.
Nov. 16.
Mokuiu.
think they must be the Bahuno;a, ^ or some -^
people from the
far east, or
Some
the north.
perhaps they came from
of our people
managed
to get a sight
of them, and say they were dressed like your joeople.
But you came with Yumbila from below, and Yumbila says he never heard of such people."
By
dint of patient questioning,
we
learned also that
they heard that there were people wearing cloth north of the Basoko, from
whom
they sometimes, in the
way
of trade with neighbouring tribes, obtained a few oi their beads
and copper armlets, but they had not seen
any of them.
Of such a tribe 1877, and
my
Bahunga
as the
I
had never heard in
impression was that these midnight
marauders were Soudan slave-traders, who had probably descended the great
afiluent.
This opinion induced
me
to attempt obtaining
But even
information respecting this river.
its
some
name
they were either unable or unwilling to imjmrt to me,
and when they asked me river,
if I
and learned that such was
intelligence nearly
my
intention, the
became the cause of a rupture
our newly-made friendship. to
intended to follow up the
in
This manifest reluctance
any disclosures respecting the upper course of the
river only aroused
increased
when
I
which was further
were
Congo. exceedingly
cheaper than at Iboko.
seemed
curiosity,
learned that they had no objection
to our ascent of the
Provisions
my
abundant and were
White beads
;ind
cowries
to be the popular currency here until our cloth
MOKULU. was exhibited, when,
123
penny handkerchief
to possess a
became the object of general ambition.
Mokuiu
Their paddles, knives, and spears, exhibit remarkable skill in workmanship.
seen an infinite lizards,
number
crocodiles,
On
a paddle blade
may
be
of carvings rudnly resembling
canoes,
buffalo,
fish,
Their
&c.
knives are broad swords in size and breadth, and as finely polished
as
a
new
razor
;
while their spears
A TYPE OF THK RASOKO.
are as sharp and bright as though they had just
left
a Sheffield shop.
Almost every man possessed some kind of headdress, either knit out of
palm
fibre material, or
skin of a monkey, or an antelope.
A
made
of the
capacious knit
haversack was a universal appendage to the shoulder. Physically they are a splendid people for muscular
development, tliough there are some in colour,
ill-featured,
and puny of form among them.
dark
During the
few days of our mutual intercourse, they gave us a high idea of their qualities
—industry
iss.x
after their
own
style
TEE CONGO.
124 1883.
They seemed
not being the least conspicuous.
me
to
Kov. 17.
Umaueh.
most Valuable people
to ^6 the
had met.
that I
coming
for this characteristic
Their fishing canoes were witnessed
and going out continually, and while the
in
people traded with us, they continued to pursue their knitting of haversacks, hats, fish-nets, or twist twine, after the industrious
dame
manner of the
of England.
The town of Mokulu, though
large, did not
to the standard I expected to find in
that
traditional grand-
overwhelming
so proudly to
force of warriors,
it
as the liome of
which swept down
The
meet us in 1877.
come up
reluctance which
the aborigines manifested to our ascent of the affluent, the dim ideas that crept into
Arabs,
all
gate the
combined river,
to create
that,
my mind about
Soudanese
such a desire to investi-
thougli our time was valuable,
we started on the 17th to explore From a breadth of 1600 yards
it.
at the moutlij'^a
few
miles below Mokulu, the river contracts to 900 yards; then, it
where
islands begin to be a
little
more numerous,
widens, from bank to bank, to a breadth of about
1400 yards.
At
we left our camp opposite Mokulu, and two hours later we halted to cut better fuel. Resuming our journey at 2 p.m., we found ourselves three-quarters of
8 A.M.
an hour
later
abreast
of
Umaneh, which was
superior in extent to Mokulu.
A
among
the
canoes
would require propel
it
lay
alongside
at least one
veritable Leviathan
clay
bank,
and
hundred stout warriors
at sufficient speed in a river-fight.
The
to
stern
TEE FISHERMEN OF YAKUT. platform was of three-inch teak, while
12.")
bow was The empty
the
massive enough to sink a merchant ship.
canoe showed at least 30 inches of free board, and alons: its
whole length were carved figures of crocodiles and
fishes.
Umaneh being above Mokulu,
I
two and three-quarter hours
only
began
could muster a large
how
to see
the great affluent
Messengers, no doubt,
flotilla.
had informed the natives of our coming, peaceful
assemblage
we
than
groups, or
singly,
more
the
banks
noticed on
They
could not have been wished.
for a
coolly sat
have been well pleased with
in
surveying our vessels as though
they belonged to Greenwich or Liverpool.
architecture
down
such
to
I
should
exchange views on naval
indefatigable
canoe-eonstructors as these Basoko
;
and
scientific
but time would
not allow of delay.
At
6 P.M., of the
Yakui, on right bank
same day, we were abreast of ;
but Yakui on the
which came in view as we steamed past an
much
left
bank,
island,
was
larger.
At our camping-place next morning at dawn appeared the fishermen of Yakui, who sold us fish, and imparted the names of the villages very frankly. called
themselves Basongo
questioned about
the river,
very
few miles above we came
opposite
was
When
they gave their hand a
south-easterly turn indicative of
A
distinctly.
They
its
to
course.
Isombo, and nearly
the first bluff, about forty feet high, from
which the shore curved grandly from south-east
to
i883.
umaaeh.
126
THE CONGO.
About 10
^^^th-east. n!)v^% Bondeh.
a.m.
Bondeh, among the natives have created a panic
women and
for the canoes containing
bank by
left
of to
the
and household gods, were crossing
children,
over to the
;
we appeared in view of which we seemed
Here, for the
scores.
first
we saw a change in the architecture of the buildings. Many tall conical huts— of the candletime
also,
extinguisher type
—were
seen rising high above the
well-known low, ridge-roof Congo, since
we
left
adopted along the
style
As
the Atlantic.
these circular
huts appeared to be only about five feet in diameter, it
was
at
adapted
The
question
Bondeh
for.
bank
left
a
first
also
is
a
they
were
populous village.
upper extremity of Bondeh
the
at
what
as to
appears crowned with another important villnge called
Yambi.
When
this
last
place
appears in
begins another deep curve, which
two hours and find
to be
we
sight the
river
follow for about
an almost complete semi-
circle.
My
compass course
tells
me
that
we have been
running almost parallel with the Congo, and bearing the south-easterly indication of the native of Yakui.
For a -moment, river
we
I
am
half inclined to suspect that the
are ascending will
At noon I am anxious take a correct latitude, and I find we are in N. Lat. 59' 0" The day previous we were in N. Lat. 7' 0". With my preconceptions that this affluent
branch of the Congo after to
0° 1°
turn out to be a right
all.
!
must be the Welle, these revelations serve
to confuse
YAMBUMBA.
127
me and now, with curiosity greatly excited, whatever may be the result, we resolve on continuing the ;
2
Yambua and
P.M.
appear
tlie
populous settlements of
Irungu, consisting of two series of
half-a-
dozen villages, each grouped together on the right bank, on low rich land cleared out of a dense
An
hour
later,
on account of a steady
rainfall,
forest.
we
halt
and camp on the right bank.
We
start at 6.30 a.m.
metropolitan town of
dry on a semicircular feet
above the
huts,
of
river,
on the 10th, and
Yambumba
at 9
am. the
appears, high and
line of light-coloured bluff, forty
with a multitude of steeply conical
whose thatch shows grey amid vivid green
fig-trees,
bananas.
and mighty
Yet
eternal
impulse
enemy
suing them.
to fly,
despite their numbers,
first
to
be able to
which they did as though the
of both black and white
At
estimate of
fair
they did not seem strong-minded enough resist the
foliage
bombax, palmgroves, and
Eight thousand would be a
the population of the town.
men was
pur-
they appeared inclined to gaze
upon us as tranquilly as those of Umaneh had done, and accordingly posed in unconcerned attitudes along the verge of the soft
sandstone
bluff.
But they no
sooner heard the strange soughing of the steamers than
they took to their heels, their shields clattering on their hips in accompaniment to their quick steps. foes
Yambumba.
exploration to a definite issue.
About
i883.
Human
they no doubt thought they could cope with
;
but
against the Ibanza puffing and panting so deeply and so strangely, their onlj recourse
was instant
flight.
128 1883.
TEE CONGO.
.
Some
appeared in the distance, in a
hills
north-.
Nov. 2
Vambumba.
seeming to
easterly direction,
north-west
and
range running
our
course,
the upper horn of the
Yambumba
The
but
south-east;
arriving be^'ond
which
in a
lie
is
situate, still
after
crescent on
continued easterly.
islands gradually disappeared, revealing a clean
We
breadth of about 800 yards between each bank. observed also that the river was gradually falling.
A thick mist obscured
everything until
on the
9 a.m.
morning of the 20th, which prevented us from
An
ceeding on our journey.
long range of
From
hills
jDro-
hour later appeared a
on the right bank of the
the lower end of this range, in N. Lat. 1°
river.
16',
our
course led along a curve which brought us at noon to
N.
Four hours
Lat. 1° 14'.
On
the Eapids. villages, all
the
left
later
we came
in sight of
bank were seen a number of
the huts of which seemed to be of the
sharp conical form.
We
formed a camp about two miles below the rapids,
on the right bank, the villages across
at the sight of which the natives of
made a
Yumbila was urged
drums. tion, the
effect
silenced,
and
terrible racket
with their
to try to start a conversa-
of which
was that the drumming was
for nearly
an hour the creatures kept
bawling across the river one
to another puerile informa-
tion relating to bananas and goats.
Yumbila, always
hungry, clamoured to the aborigines to bring food sell for
beads
— the
to
natives as loudly denied that they
possessed any.
We
went across
in the whale-boat next
morning
to
A SHAM FAMINE. attempt
buya
;
desist.
Yam-
goodwill of the natives of
to obtain the
but, after
129
an hour's
effort,
we were compelled
They reported they were
to
starving, and they
A
acted the part of famished people admirably.
few
of our sailors tlirew some rolls of bread on shore in derisive unbelief of their statement
;
but
natives,
tlie
as quick-witted, affected to rush for the bread,
eat
it
witli inexpressible
and
satisfaction, at the siime
to
time
A
holding out their hands imploringly for more.
few cowries thrown on shore also caused an eager scrambling; but though they could not be induced to goats or food, they were not averse to talk.
sell
they were such consummate actors, not
fear, that as
much
reliance can be placed
to us, since while they
on any information given
gave us numerous names of
places, they
never mentioned, for instance,
own
was Yambuyn, whereas they declared
village
I
The rapids they
be Ngonde'.
also
their
tliat
called
it
Ruka
to
or
Luka, the river Massua, Kiyo, and Ikongo, whereas our frank friends of Vakui, called the river Biyerre. Disinclined, because
amount of work sumed
in
to be
baffled our inquiries,
the rapids.
command
unable
from the vast
done yet, and the time con-
navigating such lengths of river water, to
pursue investigation
to
really
full
among people who so zealously we turned away and rowed up
Reaching a point whence view of them,
I
I
could
concluded that they
might be descended easily by men who knew the road.
It is
one of those rapids that would be simply
exhilarating to rush
Vol.
IL— 9
down
— there
are no treacherous
i883.
yJ^n,,^u ya.
THE CONGO.
loO 1883.
whirlpools,
or
eddies,
Lack-ciirreiits
;
a
is
it
steep
Nov. 21.
of a flood over, probably, a clean
Yambuya. I'olling
They
reef.
450 yards wide, from the deep bend in
are about
the right bank to the low point projecting into the
stream from the
bank.
left
Thus we are halted
after
an ascent of about ninety-
As
six English miles of the Biyerre.
Congo
the river with the
camp below
the rapids
in
is
N. Lat.
N. Lat. 1°
in
is
the confluence of 1° 14', 13',
and our
our course
has been true easterly, notwithstanding the three or four semi-circular bends in the river
Although
s
run.
these geographical questions will be
all
presently settled, yet halting from pursuing the search
ought
further, I
taining
the
to state
opinion
my
that
reasons for
this
river
still
main-
must be the
Welle.
From Welle, line.
these rapids, the distance to Ingaima, on the
about
is
The
155
geographical miles in a direct
natives of
the Basoko admitted
Upper Aruwimi was portion of
The
it
Yankui it
;
another
we have
traced
it
Over the
rapids
we
calls it
hills,
is
called
is,
that
Meri or
by Miani, Ware
Bere'.
600 yards wide and 25
feet
deep
—
east across one degree of longitude. see that the hill-range
caused the interruption
the
but stated that only the
above the rapids.
It is a large river,
The
the river Biyerre
called the Biyerre, that
Welle' of Schweinfurth
and Werre'
east.
also,
call
runs north-west and south-
river has been deflected from
and must flow
which has
its
course by
fi'om a north-westerly direction.
IDENTITY OF THE BIYERRE AND WELLE.
Rounding the
south-easterly extremity,
That
west to the Congo.
up above these may well
there
are
that there are
we had
many more
;
it
runs direct
it
other
Le imag'ined
bends we have already passed make
131
;
rapids
the
^^^^•
Nov. 21.
Yamiuya.
great
quite possible
and a mere view, such
as
of this curve above the rapids trending north-
westerly, has but
But a glance
value.
little
at
the
large semi-circular bend between the confluence of the
Nekke with
the Welle, and the junction of the
and the Welle,
will serve to
Gurba
show that two inverse
bends would about connect the Welle, Bere, or Werre of Schweinfurth, Miani, and Junker with the river called Biyerre, vv^hich is
we have
just ascended.
The
Itimbiri
not large enougli to receive such a river as the is
figured on the
Biyerre's
great volume
Welle'
maps of
its
The
explorers.
must absorb,
only
the
Welle, but most probably the Nepoko of Junker.
At
this season the river feet
Biyerre discharges 150,000 cubic
of water per second into the Congo.
Now,
Dr. Barth describes the Shari, the liver which
many geographers thus
riot
insist
upon
as receiving the Welle,
: ^
" I found myself floating
was certainly GOO yards
on
this noble river,
across.
On
which
the western shore
the river sweeps slowly along, and, in general, appears
not to be very deep.
In ihe channel the poles of the
ferrymen indicated a depth of 15 If
we
^Qiiiy
suppose that this " noble " river, the Shari, to
be GOO yards wide, of an uniform depth of 15
feet,
and a current of two knots an hour, we only obtain
TEE CONGO.
132 1883.
G7,000 cubic feet of water per second, and this at a
Nov, 22.
hungu.
m
.,
.
Munza's on
tlie
T
•
point 810 geographical miles
As Munza's
Welle'.
place on the Welle which
is
miles in a direct line from
over
its
p
^•
a direct line from situated at a
is
200 geographical
source, then
we have
an Equatorial river with a course of nearly 2000 English miles, with only a volume of 67,000 cubic feet of
water per second.
hand, after only ICOO
Nyangwe There
The Congo, on the other
miles of a course, rolls
past
a volume of 230,000 cubic feet per second.
such an incomprehensibility in
is
my
I can only record
belief that, as
all this,
the
that
Bij'erre
is
geographical miles from the lowest point
only 155
known on
the Welle', and discharges such a volume
of water, the basin of the W^lle and the
Nepoko must
be included within the hydrograjohic area supplying the Biyerre with w^ater.
At
a
place just
returning
down
five
river, I
miles
made
below Yambuya, on
a series of measurements
of current velocity, and soundings.
The
central current
flowed at the rate of 1150 feet in five minutes; the greatest depth of water
was forty-two feet
;
the breadth
of river was 580 yards.
We
camped
at
Irungu and underwent the
tion of brotherhood.
From our new
scarifica-
brothers
we
re-
ceived the extraordinary information that the Biyerre after
turning to the north-west made another turn
southerly and joined the Congo.
must be the Nepoko
I pi-esume that this
affluent of the Biyerre'.
AtYakuijSO much had our
penceful passage up-river
NEWS OF THE ARABS.
133
impressed the people, that
we were
enabled to purchase
issa.
eight days
heard also sumcient at this
yakui.
provisions.
I
place to prove that there were
Arabs from the East
Coast on the Congo, but the locality was so vaguely designated that
news.
we
did not pay
When, however, they
ing to Mokulu
we
much
attention to the
learned that after return-
intended to visit the Congo in the
same manner, they manifested undisguised pleasure for
some reason.
to
" catch
by
us.
A
it
"
The Bahunga marauders were
they thought,
if
they were overtaken
before noon on the 23rd
little
short time
covered that
at our
camp
sure
opposite
we
halted for a
Mokulu.
We
dis-
the Biyerre' had fallen eighteen inches
during our absence.
down
to
point
dividing the
We
then continued our journey
the mouth, and,
miirhtier Cono-o.
two
rounding the low forest
rivers,
we steamed up
the
IM
THE CONGO.
CHAPTER XXX. TO STANLEY FALLS, Predatory Bahunga
— —
—An
odd means for defence Deserted villages Danger ahead Ravages by the Arabs " Cruel man has done his worst " Eemains of burnt villages shocking discovery We overtake the Arab slave-traders Meditations on retribution Extent of territory ravaged by the Arabs Their miserable captives A harrowing scene Captives all women and children their number The cause of the trade Yangambi— The Chofu river -The Wenya fishermen Cunning policy of the Arabs Stanley Falls Description of the cataracts— The district
Enormous
—
fiotilla of
canoes
—
—
—
— —
—
—
—
—
;
—
—
—
— — —Their mode of fishing—A dangerous ferry— Drum signals of the waters— Palavers —^Our An industrious people — The and appointed in farthest station founded —Binnie
tribes
fish
chief,
is
charge
We
1883.
S'
'
Iliyerre.
left
—Homeward bound.
luive
now, while breasting
tlie
swift ocbreous flood
a wider view of river rench, and a of the Coniro, o '
'
spacious breadtli of stream than
the banks of tbe Biyerre.
Congo revealed
itself
more
we enjoyed between
Denuded of
occasionally,
its
islets,
now with
the
a clear
view of two and a half miles of open water, broad enougli to absorb a dozen mighty tributaries as large as tlie Biyerre.
just
passetl,
12GC)
And
yet avc were, at the confluence
English miles from the
021 miles above L'Jopoldville,
sea,
and
FREDATORY BAIIUNGA. we
Faithful to our purpose
135
cling to the right bank,
i883.
Nov. 23,
which
low, but grand
is
trees nourished
by
the forest of massive
for
We
its fertile soil.
which was once a market-place. a change having
pass a clearing
It is not used
now,
come over the people of the
land.
There are rumours of predatory Bahunga floating throughout the surrounding
districts,
and suspicion He heavy on men's
We
and
distrust, fear,
souls.
have discovered that we ourselves are not above
We may
suspicion.
nappers
not be related to the fierce kid-
who roam about
midnight on
at
the wide
waters and pounce upon sleeping aborigines, but
wear
and we carry the dreadful hollow tubes
cloth,
which belch thunder and ruin
Mburra
the
fun
" !
— could
we
So think the
but
see
tubes spit
it,
it
is
equally matched with
keep pressing on nearer and nearer
o'clock
we
fall
to the
who
they
pass another market-place, and
think of camping, but the people
with the hawsers
at
were o:rand
kidnappers, in admirable bewilderment as to
may be. At four
fire
natives, while we, utterly igno-
rant what strange tribe this ourselves,
" Yes, go up
men.
to
when hollow
[the Congo]
another
one
w^e
who
spring on shore
down and show
bleeding
feet,
and we discover that the ground has been defended by pins of dried rattan stuck
all
over the surface, and
we
are obliged to steam on another hour until a suitable place in the thick forest has been found.
The next day
at
9
market-place, where, in
a.m.
we
pass
the well-known
1877, the vendors and buyers
Biyevrd.
THE CONGO.
130 1883.
left
Nov. 24. Biyerrd.
'"^
the profits and pleasures of marketing to attack
m
^
.,
impetuous
-
.
^
.
,
stjle, so little did
descending canoes contained
-
-
,
they expect that the
men whose
well tried in resisting such attacks.
souls
had been
All of us
who had
been present on that occasion rehearsed the scene and the events which almost each tree recalled.
An
hour
later
was passed,
a fourth market-place
from which the natives had been seen hastening away to
an island or islands near the
tance
was
so great,
and
humid heat obscured the
so
left
much
light, that
The
bank.
dis-
haziness from the
we
could not well
discern the outline of the opposite shore.
The land
rose in beautiful gentle hills, green with
the perpetual springtime,
on their river
where, but bluify there peeped out
and deeply wooded everyface.
Here
banana groves, belonging
hamlets occupying the limited clearings.
to
and tiny
These higher
lands belong no doubt to the bluff-browed banks near
Yambumba on
the Biyerre.
Looking across bears within of paddles
know islet
its
to the islands
which the Congo again
bosom we fancy we
see a
movement
as
— those bright mirror-like flashes of water we
so well on a calm day,
and languidly tracing the
shores upward, a half-formed suspicion creeps into
our minds that the shores themselves are widening. But,
examining the curious phenomenon through a
binocular, such a
number of canoes
create unpleasant thoughts of
gestions arise of conflicts
of running
down an
v^'ith
are seen that they
imminent
strife.
Sug-
the terrible Bahungu,
entire flotilla of canoes,
plunging
ENORMOUS FLOTILLA OF CANOES.
137
and sprawling madly about with marvellous rapidity
1683.
of action, while the sharp crack of breech-loaders sound
Biyerrd-
What else Our men are all
above the turmoil.
clear
encounter there
mean
?
a large
is
could such an conscious
of people in
force
hood, notwithstanding that
the neighbour-
bank appears
right
the
that
and uninhabited.
silent
We
cast
the
off
whale-boat,
En
and the
Avant
dashes on to obtain a clearer view of this immense
In ten minutes
flotilla.
we can
trace a
long and
thick column of ascending canoes, creeping along under
the shadows of the overhano-ins: woods of an island. It
may
be throe miles in length;
be more, but seen of
length dwarfs
its
it
all
I estimated the
flotillas.
about a thousand.
We
may be less, it may that we have ever
number of canoes
steamed slowly up, parallel
with the column, to the distance of a mile and a I
half.
presumed that they meditated an attack, and
became
in conjectures
lost
as
to
five to
came
to the attack
Discretion
We
us.
is
If there
I
a
were
each canoe that would give a
number of 5000 enough ;
of
result
the
determined charge of such a vast force.
an average of
at
to
overwhelm
us,
even
if
they
with naked hands.
wise in such circumstances as environed
had no quarrel with any people, not even
Bahunga, and our mission could not be Arguprefaced by seeking opportunities for warfare. with
the
ing thus the
En
Avant returned
picked up her boat, and the steam its
way.
to
her
flotilla
consorts,
held
on
THE CONGO.
138
At
1883.
Nov.
This was the usual
4.30 a rain-storm halted us.
24-.
Mawembc.
eudiDg
to
a hazj sultry day, and was generally
sucli
accompanied by vivid lightning, and loud thunder
We
shocks.
cosy
had a comfortable camp, however, on a
well protected from the tempest that endured
islet,
the whole night.
The next morning
Two
journey.
remembered
map
palisaded
my glass,
position
its
"
I could detect
there,
it
was
ness
was recognised.
also there,
poor remnants of
clearly.
On my
old
Mawembe," and was strongly I
looked closely through
no sign of palisade or hut.
was
village it
very
but now, though
;
was
clearing
we saw a break in the solid along which we had travelled, and
marked
is
it
we continued our
hours later
wall of forest trees I
25th)
(the
The
true, the site of the palisaded
and notwithstanding
its
empti-
As we advanced we could see banana groves we couLl also trace ;
the whitened paths from the river's edge leading
up
the steep bank, but not a house nor a living thing
could be seen anywhere.
and nature of the close,
Tlie exact extent, position,
village site
bristling palisade,
was unchanged, but the
and the cones of fowl-huts,
and the low ridge-roofed huts
just visible above
it
—
all
had vanished.
When we came that there
abreast of
had been a
tlie
late fire.
locality,
we
perceived
The heat had scorched
the foliage of the tallest trees, and their silver stems
had been browned by
meagre
;
their
tatters, as if
it.
The banana plants looked
ragged fronds waved mournfully their
imploring pity.
We
slackened the speed
TBACES OF RAPINE, of the engines, to contemplate the
139
and
scene
reflect
isss.
Nov. 25.
upon
its
meaning.
Mawcmbd
Six years before
we had rushed by
very place
this
without stopping, endeavouring by our haste the intentions of our foes
—
they meant to be
if foes
had been a
since which time the history of this land
blank to us.
thwart
to
Surely there had been a great change
As we moved up
the stream slowly, another singular
This was two or three long
sight attracted our gaze.
canoes standing on their ends, like
split
hollow columns,
What freak was Had one of signify ?
upright on the verge of the bank. this,
and what did the sight
these canoes been weighed,
have been
To have
than a ton.
less
certain
it is
it
tilted
could not
and
such a weight argued numbers and union.
never have been the work savages.
As
men
tacit revelation
and cohesion; they signify a
— and union
who have performed
It could
herd of chattering
of a
they stand, they are a
of the effect of energy
union of
raised
They
are Arabs
this feat of strength,
and these
is
force!
upright columnar canoes betray the advent of the slavetraders in the region
below the Falls
!
We
learned
now
desolate spot once stood the
few miles higher
up on the same bank we
later that
on
this
town of YombuiTi.
A
Cvame abreast of another scene of desolation, wliere a
whole town had been burnt, the palms cut down, bananas scorched, ground, and repeated.
the
many freak
acres
of
laid
level
with
the
standing canoes on end
In front of the black
ruin there were
a
THE CONGO.
140 1883 Nov. 25.
rombuni
couple
linndred
of
down on
crouched
people
the
^crgc of the bank, looking wofully foHorn und cheer-
some with
less,
their
hands supporting their chins,
regarding us with a stupid indifference, as though they w^ere heyond further harm, while say by their attitude, " Cruel
Having
lost all,
we
man
seemed to
all
has done his worst.
are beyond your spite, and greater
we are now in " you to harm us ?
wretchedness than that which
How
sible.
Our
can
it
profit
guide, Yumbila,
was
what was the cause of
man
told to question
is
impos-
them
as to
and one old
this dismal scene,
stood out and poured forth his tale of grief and
He
woe with an exceeding volubih'ty. and unexpected invasion of men,
leaping, yelling
with
told of a sudden
by a host of
their vihage,
in the
murderous
who dinned
darkness, fusilades,
slaughtering
their people as they sprang out of their
burning huts
their
ears
into the light of the flames.
had escaped
;
the larger
Not a
third of the
number of
children had been captured and taken
men
women and away, they knew the
not whither. "
And where
"
They
are these people
?
"
we
asked.
are gone up-river, about eight days ago."
"And
have these people burnt up
" All
everywhere, on both sides of
;
all
the villages?"
tlie
river."
"What
are they like, these strange people?"
"
are like your people in your boats, and wear
They
white clothes." "
day
Ah in
!
And who
are
all
those people
we saw
hundreds of canoes near the islands
" ?
yester-
BURNT "They other,
VILLAGES.
141
are our people, from our side and from the
who have gathered
niglit they
go
daytime they
together for protection.
to their fields to get food, Lut in the
on the islands, with their canoes
live
ready, lest the wicked and fierce people
But
go
Go
them
We
them.
go
away,
to
At
if
away
you
strangers
;
want ivory
have nothing
come back.
are
and
go
;
— nothing."
all
And
bad. fight
the old
man's gesture, with open palms, was painfully expressive.
We
continued on our journey, advancing as rapidly
as our steamers could breast the stream.
we came
or four miles
Every three
in sight of the black traces of
The charred
stakes, upright
canoes,
poles of once populous settlements, scorched
banana
the destroyers.
groves, and prostrate
palms,
all
betokened ruthless
ruin.
At 4
P.M.
we
the devastated
halted at a site
camp
of Yavunga.
in a plain just above
We
had passed,
since
leaving the Biyerre, twelve villages utterly consumed
by
In these eight separate communities had
fire.
existed.
Opposite Yavunga, on the of Yaporo.
left baidc, is
Surveying the scene through the bino-
we could assure ourselves man was not exaggerated.
cular o fflass
the old
the district
was
visible,
that
Yaporo had been populous.
that the tale of
Not one house
although the extensive clearing indicated This would have been
evident even had I not remembered, by the peculiar red clay banks, which
is
such a feature of
it,
that I
}^^h ^'^mi'"''"'-
THE CONGO.
142 18S3.
vomburri.
had seen a large and long-extended town here. above, I also remembered, we Jiad had a tough
who had
with the people, they charged on
lis,
fight
Ya Mariwa "
"
cried
Jnst
as
and there was the Tugarambusa
ridge, its outUnes not to be mistaken.
On
delayed by a scantiness of clearing, so that departure
A
7 o'clock. object, of a
En
November we
the morning of the 27th of
due
to the extent of the
was not
possible until after
fuel,
camp we detected some
mile above our
down
slaty colour, floating
Avant steamed towards
it,
stream.
over with a boat-hook.
The
and the man with the
sounding-pole at the bow, on arriving near it
Yv^ere
We were
it,
turned
shocked to discover
the bodies of two ^vomen bound together with cord!
This tragedy, by the appearance of the bodies, must
have occurred about twelve hours previously.
Wondering what could have caused the committal such a crime, the current
we
was
continued to follow the shore, wdiere to the
when looking up
above Yavunga.
is
river hastily,
we saw
fronting the landing-place of a village.
my
glass
group, as
upper end
At
hour we were rounding the point,
of an
close
came
slack, until w^e
of the crescent bend, which the
of
and examined
a white mass I
caught up
it.
Others appeared in a
we edged towards
the centre of the stream.
They were
tents
;
the Arabs of
Nyangwe had
been
overtaken
They were evidently village,
in force, for
was evidently largo enough
and a rough palisade seemed
to
their
camp, or
for a great
surround
number, it.
We
OVERTAKING THE ARABS. formed ourselves in
143
As
and advanced np-river.
line
isss.
Nov. 27.
we drew near
I
observed tbrougli the telescope that
our presence excited a commotion on
became lined
who
witli a
multitude of
acted as if flurried.
canoes fastened to
tlie
I also
tlie
men
banks,
wliicli
white dress
in
saw a large number of
landing-place,
whicb revealed
at
once tbe secret of thesa sudden midnight surprisals.
These people had in some manner descended the river
Nyangwe' past the
i'rom I
felt
conscious
Falls.
an internal
for a sbort period of
struggle against an impulse, which was almost over-
powering, to avenge these devastations and massacres
The
of sleeping people.
picture
of those houseless
but most
people
of Yomburri, the
tale of
the old man, the corpses of tbe
eloquent
bound together, which seemed deliberate
murder
—
all
The
appealed to
me for immediate who am I that I
—
And yet my hands and
?
— the
embers of the burnt houses are
thought that the captives were tears of these are this
still
its
cold, the blood
in
still
bondage; the
flowing, their sorrow
is
even yet
naked land, raided, and devastated in
this cruel fashion, of
emptied of
retri-
Then, again, came the
shed has long ago been dried.
And
mete out
devilish deeds are already accomplished
bution
fresh.
two women
to suggest a cold-blooded
and complete vengeance. should take the law into
pitiful
what
people
?
possible use
But
it
was
would
it
be
useless for
when
me
to
repeat to myself such forcible reasons for revenging these wholesale outrages. I
had not the
slightest
shadow
of authority to vindicate the dictates of justice.
I
vombuni.
THE CONGO.
144 1883.
represented no constituted government, nor had I
tlie
Nov. 27. v^omburii.
shadow of authority
hoped
and fraud
so
is
were
parties
has almost exterminated
appeared on the
gious
role
was
of censor, judge
my
friends, at
one party, being stronger, by force
;
without a commission
tragedies
assume the
Both
and executioner. least I
to
may
I
being
enacted
the effect of strife
but
other,
Had I these many
not interfere.
while
scene
the
one
— so
conta-
assisted the
weaker
might
I
— have
of
party.
After the usual discharge of blank cartridges from the
boats,
announcing
an
arrival,
from
the
shore,
sponsive salvoes
from the bank, and hailed us in
guage of the oriental
by
followed
re-
a canoe
put out
Swaliili,
the lan-
which we replied
coast, to
in
terms of peace.
We
formed a camp below them, and almost imme-
diately after
we had
secured our boats, our Zanzibaris
were shaking hands with the Manyema slaves of Abed bin Salim,
who had invaded and ravaged
to obtain slaves
We reality
and ivory
the country
for their master.
discovered that this horde of banditti
—
and without disguise they were nothing
was under
for in else
the leadership of several chiefs^ but prin-
cipally
under Karema and Kiburuga. They had started
sixteen
months previously from Wane-Kirundu, about
thirty miles below
Yinya Njara.
For eleven months
the band had been raiding successfully between the
Con"-o and the Lubiranzi, on
had then undertaken
to
the
left
bank.
They
perform the same cruel work
THE ARAB CAMP.
145
On
between the Biverre and Wane-Kirundu. at
my map
1
nnd
that such a territory
looking
witliin the YomiuirL
area described would cover superficially 1G,200 square
geographical miles on the
of which in
on the right bank,
all
would be equal
.'M,570
to
bank, and 10,500 miles
left
statute
square miles
square miles greater than the
island
mileage
—just
of
2000
Ireland
inhabited by about 1,000,000 people.
The band when 300
fifrhtinjr
set
it
out from Kirnndu numbered
men armed with
flint-locks,
double-barreled
percussion guns, and a few breech-loaders lowers, or doftiestic slaves
;
their fol-
and women, doubled
this
force.
After spending the morning listening to such their adventures as they chose to relate, I
mitted
in
the
afternoon to see the
they had gathered, as
many
of
gerated the numbers of the
my
human
of
was perharvest
people had exag-
captives they had
seen
in the camp.
Their quarters were about 150 yards above the plac3
we had
selected.
It
was surrounded with a fence made
of the hut w^alls of the native town ofYangambi, which lay without in ruins
;
tamped earth with a
where and
it
stood.
the square plats of raised and
few uprights alone indicating
The banana groves had been
their stalks
employed
to
levelled,
foim the fence around
about their camp.
Within the enclosure was a extending of the
many
lines
clay bank
Vol. II.— 10
series
of low sheds,
deep from the immediate edge
inland,
100 yards;
i883.
in length the
THE CONGO.
146 1883.
At
camp was about 300 yards.
landing-place
the
Nov. 27.
Yomburri.
below Were
Each might convey from 10
capacity.
The
much
varying in carrying
fifty-four large canoes,
to
100 people.
camp
general impressions are that the
first
is
There are rows
too densely peopled for comfort.
upon rows of dark nakedness, relieved here and there
by the white
There are
dresses of the captors.
naked forms upright, standing, or moving
groujos of
about
listlessly
sheds
in
all
naked bodies are stretched under
;
positions
;
naked children, many mere
moving groups by two
paying more attention to all
forms of
a drove of abso-
naked old women bending under a basket of
who
or cassava tubers, or bananas,
the
there are
;
infants,
boyhood and girlhood, and occasionally lutely
are fettered
;
tlie
naked legs innumerable are
seen in the perspective of prostrate sleepers countless
lines or
fuel,
are driven through
or three musketeers.
On
observe that mostly
details, I
youths with iron rings around their
necks, through wln'ch a chain, like one of our boat-
anchor
chains,
twenties.
securing
rove,
is
The children over ten
the
captives
by
by three
are secured
copper rings, each ringed leg brought together by the central
ring,
listlessness of
which accounts
movement
I
in presence of the curious
secured by
shorter
chains,
for
the
observed on
apparent
first
coming
The mothers
scene.
around
whom
their
are re-
spective progeny of infants are grouped, hiding the cruel their
iron
links tliat
mammas'
breasts.
captive amongst them.
fall
in
Tliere
loops or festoons is
over
not one adult man-
A n ARROWING SCENE.
147
Besides the shaded ground strewn over so thickly
by the
and
prostrate
the rehcs of the
up
T upright bodies of •
in profusion
many
1
everywhere, and there
square foot of ground
captives,
raids lie scattered or is
heaped
scarcely a
not littered with something,
such as drums, spears, swords, assegais, arrows, bows, knives, iron-ware of native
make
of every pattern,
paddles innumerable, scoops and balers,
wooden troughs,
ivory horns, whistles, buffalo and antelope-horns, ivory pestles,
wooden
fetishism, nets,
idols,
sorcerers'
beads of wood, berries, scraps of wardrobes, gourds
of
sizes,
all
from the lengthy seine to the small hand-net;
baskets, hampers, shields as large as doors (of wood, or
of plaited rattan), crockery, large pots to hold eight gallons,
down
to the child's basin
and mallets; grass
clotli in
wooden mugs,
;
hatchets,
hammers, iron
basins,
shreds, tatters, and pieces;
broken canoes, and others half excavated rods, &c., &c.
;
native adzes,
All these
lit-
tering the ground, or in stacks and heaps, with piles
of banana and cassava peelings, flour of cassava, and Sliced tubers
pictures
and
pioir. i.ently
drying, details,
make up through
a
all
number of untidy of which, however,
gleam the eyes of the captives,
in a state
of utter and supreme wretchedness. Little
perhaps as
my
face betrayed
my
feelings,
other pictures would crowd upon the imagination after realising the extent
;
and
and depth of the misery pre-
sented to me, I walked about as in a kind of dream,
wherein
I
iss.x
^ov. 27.
•
/»
1
saw through the darkness of the night the
stealthy forms of the murderers creeping towards the
Yomijurr
THE CONGO.
148 1883:
Xov. 27. Touiburri.
doomed town,
its
inmates
asleep,
all
and no sounds
^ ^
^
hum
issuiDg froHi the glooiTi but the drowsy
ing cicadas or distant frogs
of chirp-
— when suddenly flash
light of brandished torches
;
the sleeping town
the
is in-
volved in flames, while volleys of musketry lay low
many
the frightened and astonished people, sending
through a short minute of agony to that soundless sleep from
which there
will be
be alone somewhere where
to
no waking. I
could
I wished
reflect
upon
doom which has overtaken Bandu, Yomburri,
the
Yangambi, Yaporo, Yakusu, Ukanga, Yakonde, Ituka, Yaryembi, Yaruche, populous Isangi, and probably thirty scores of other villages
The in
and towns.
slave-traders admit they
this fold, yet
have only 2300 captives
they have raided through the length
and breadth of a country larger than Ireland, bearing fire
and spreading carnage with lead and
banks of
tlie
river
show that 118
iron.
and
villages,
Both forty-
three districts have been devastated, out of which
is
only educed this scant profit of 2300 females and children,
and about 2000 tusks of ivory
!
The
swords, bows, and the quivers of arrows,
many lages
adults have fallen.
were peopled only
a profit
of 2
per cent.;
spears,
show that
Given that these 118 1)y
vil-
1000 each, we have only
and by the time
all
these
captives have been subjected to the accidents of the river voyage to
and
its
Kirundu and Nyangwe', of camp
life
harsh miseries, to the havoc of small-pox, and
the pests which miseries breed, there will only remain p.
scant
1
per cent, upon the bloody venture.
SLAVE TRADING.
They
tell
nie,
Ill)
however, that the convoys already
arrived at Nyangwe' with slaves captured in the interior
Five ex-
have been as great as their present Land. peditions have
come and gone with
their
booty of
ivory and slaves, and these five expeditions have
now
completely weeded the large territory described above.
been as
has
expedition
If each
as
successful
this,
the slave-traders have been
enabled to obtain 5000
women and
Nyangwe, Kirundu, and
children safe to
Yibondo, above the Stanley
an assumed million
be at the rate of a-half per
will
cent., or five slaves out of
This
is
poor
originally
10,000 in
profit,
1000 people.
out of such large waste of
we assume the slaves number. To obtain
the 118 villages, they
Thus 5000 out of
Falls.
must
to
life,
for
have mustered about
the 2300 slaves out of
liave shot a
of 2500 people, while 1300 more died
round number
by the wayside,
through scant provisions and the intensity of their
How many
hopeless wretchedness.
are
wounded and
die in the forest, or droop to death
through an over-
whelming
we do
but
if
sense of their calamities,
the above figures are trustworthy, then the out-
come from the 5000 lives
not know,
territory with its
million of souls
slaves, obtained at the cruel
And
!
children
such slaves
!
They
who cannot run away,
is
expense of 33,000
are females, or youngor
who with
youthful
indifference will soon forget the terrors of their cap-
ture
the
!
life
Yet each of the very smallest
infants has cost
of a fiuher and perhaps his three stout brothers
and three grown-up daughters.
An
entire family of
issx Yomburri.
THE CONGO.
150 1883.
Lave been done to death
six souls
to obtain that small,
Nor. 27,
yombuni. feeble, useless child
These are
my
!
thoughts as I look upon the horrible
Every second during which
scene.
clink of fetters
and chains
strikes
I
regard them the
upon
my
ears.
My
eyes ca'tch sight of that continual lifting of the hand to ease the neck in the collar, or as
it
displays a manacle
exposed through a muscle being irritated by or
want of
My
fitness.
its
weight,
nerves are offended with the
rancid effluvium of the unAvashed herds within
this
human kennel. The smell of other abominations annoy me in that vitiated atmosphere. For how could poor bound and riveted together by twenties, do
people,
otherwise than wallow in are
taken out to forage
tuber,
and search for
filth ;
Only the
!
old
women
they dig out the cassava
the banana, while the guard,
with musket ready, keenly Avatches for the coming of the vengeful native.
Not much food can be procured
manner, and what
in this
is
obtained
is
flung
down
in
a heap before each gang, to at once cause an imseemly scramble.
months
Many
of these poor things have been already
fettered in this
manner, and their bones stand
out in bold relief in the attenuated skin, which hangs
down
in thin wrinkles
And
and puckers.
yet,
who
can withstand the feeling of pity so powerfully pleaded for
by those large eyes and sunken cheeks ?
What was the human life, of all
cause of this
all
this
unspeakable misery
but the indulgence of an old Arab's starved,
and ravenous
vast
instincts."
*'
Ho
sacrifice ?
of
Nothing,
wolfish, bloody,
wished to ob-
THE CAUSE OF THE SLAVE TRADE. tain blaves to barter profitably
and having weapons
them
placed
lie
Arabs,
to other
and gunpowder
— enough,
hands of three hundred
in the
and despatched them as an
— guns
away
151
to conunit
slaves,
murder wholesale,
Enghsh nobleman would put guns
in the
of his guests, and permit them to slaughter the
upon
his estate.
to each person
we
If
who
find that this
human
gallons of
fell
drowned him and
now
hands
game
calculate three quarts of blood
during the campaign of murder,
one Arab caused to be shed 2850
blood, sufficient to
ment of 460 cubic
I
we
just
feet,
all his
understood
fill
quite large
a tank measure-
enough
to
have
kin
why
the Basoko of the Biyerre'
were so gleeful when they heard we were about to ascend the Congo.
Their talk about the Bahunga was that
of people bewildered
by the suddenness of the attack
upon them, who seized upon the
They hoped, of
them.
first
course, that
name
uttered to
we would mutually
destroy one another, and thus they would be relieved
from their
We
fears.
exchanged
gifts
We
stained confederates.
them
to
with Karema and his bloodalso
obtained guides from
speak for us to the people at the Falls, and
being in a hurry to leave such dreadful scenes,
we
departed next morning, the 28th, for the cataract.
Yangambi, which we slave-traders, at
the
parallel
foot
is
said
was occupied by the Arab
beautifully situated on a level terrace,
of the
Tugurambusa
ridge,
which runs
with the Congo for a length of eight miles.
The summits of
the ridiro, which are at an altitude of
isss.
Yombuni
THE CONGO.
152 1883.
perhaps two hundred feet above the river, appear to
Nor. 28.
.
Vangambi. offer
,
f,
a cliarming field for
European
rise,
they are overhung by verdant masses
The
of shrubbery.
left
bank opposite
level land, with far extended clearings for sugar cane,
cotton, rice, maize,
right bank above the ridge at a dry
and healthy
is
is ;
and
a
flat is
it
and
a land
millet.
The
a land for wheat, being
altitude.
A few miles above the ambusa are
The
and green, and where the
slopes are delightfully fresh
red bluffs
agriculturists.
red sandstone
Itukn, Yaruche,
cliffs
of Tugar-
and Yaryembi, or rather
were, for at this time mere relics of settlements were
And
ghown.
multitudes
yet
remember well
I
their
on the banks and in the canoe
worrying our
force in
rampant flotillas
1877 with the courage of yelping
Both banks were now empty of their peoples,
terriers.
they were abandoned to the silence of absolute solitude.
Soon
after
rounding the point of Yaryembi, we
view before us a straight twelve-mile reach.
On
the
right bank there are three abandoned settlements, and
on the
left
there are five, mere
empty
clearings.
The
river varies from 800 to 1600 yards wide, with a strong
but steady current.
from ten
open
The banks
to thirty feet high,
sites of
are nearly uniform,
woods alternating with
towns.
Yarukombe' on the right, and a similar town of the
same name on the
left,
stood once at the upper end of
the reach.
On 1 P.M.
the 30th of
November our
was along the right bank
course from 8 a.m. to in a channel caused
THE a II OF U by the large and I
remember
called Busariga,
which
have been occupied by a tribe of the
to
seen.
is
where the huts stood can
clearino;s
Even
scarcely
All the villages on the mainland have
found.
utterly destroyed,
powerful tribe to
At
island
Now, however, not one hut
Yakusu. tlie
fertile
153
IIIVEIL
been
not one native of a
is
the tale of the massacres.
tell
we
P.M.
2
and there
be
arrived
the twin-mouthed
at
river
Chofu, each channel having a breadth of about 200 yards, divided by an island
whose base
line
is
three
miles long.
My
guide,
states that
when
who
it
up the river marauding,
has been
navigable for about twenty-five miles,
is
a confluence of two branches
The
terrupted by rapids.
is
branch
left
seen, both is
called
in-
the
Lukebu
;
Wenya
procure their large canoes from this river in
exchange It
branch being the Lindi.
right
the
The
for heaps of cured fish.
rained abundantly on the evening of the 30th, but
about 8 A.M. on the 1st of December the skies cleared,
and we were enabled
We bank,
to continue
steamed up for about four miles along the right
when we
struck ncross the river to the
barely avoiding a small rnpid.
when we were
We as
our voynge.
We
the point nearest the Falls, to
this point,
up with
tlie
held on until noon,
to cling close to the left
the people with the sight of such a
it
bank,
abreast of a small island in X. Lat. 0° 30'.
were advised
below
left
we
detache
1
bank
as far
avoid frightening flotilla.
Arriving
the whale-boat, and sent
guide and one of
my
servants to speak
i883.
u^, jsanga.
THE CONGO.
154 1883. Dec. 1. Stanley
By tin's inetliod we succeeded in getting Wcnja fishermen, who sent down a few
to the natives. toucli of the
men
in
two canoes
to
speak to
An
us.
hour's conver-
sation ended with an invitation to us to approach
tlieir
village.
Steaming round the point, the lower rapids of the Falls
came
into view.
against the current.
We were unable to contend We therefore tied up alongside
of the left bank, two miles below the village, until
could
come
W^enya
an understanding with the assembled
to
chiefs respecting a settlement.
With cunning the Falls,
left
the
policy the Arabs in their descent of
Wenya
in undisturbed possession of
their islands.
Even
Tipper Tib to
Nyangwe from
Njara, they Falls.
we
made
since
1878, after the return of escorting
Falls,
to
Yinya
their approaches slowly towards the
Thus they had obtained access
between the
me
to a large island
from which, by dint of the exhibition
of power coupled with an affectation of leniency
even friendship
— towards
who were
those
willing to
submit to their impositions, they had succeeded in at last
securing the co-operation of the
By
this
the
Upper
fishermen.
means they could descend from Nyangwe' Falls,
the hands of the
land to
Wenya
Asama
and surrendering
Baswa
tribe^
Creek, while
their
to
canoes into
they could march overtlie
Baswa
fishermen,
through their intimate knowledge of the channels, floated the canoes safely
down.
the Arabs descended from the
while tho
Wane Rukura
fifth
Thence embarkitig, cataract to the sixth,
fishermen floated the canoes
WENYA FISHERMEN. past
safely safely
their
embark
Here the Arabs
cataract.
nilg'ht
the seventh cataract of the Stanley
for
whereat the
Falls,
Iij5
Wenya
fishermen stood ready to
navigate them safely through the channels to the head of the navigation
On
leading to the Stanley Pool.
their return with their forcibly acquired booty, a
which they were glad
slaves
pay the Wenya,
to
few
be rid of sufficed to
Wane Rukurn, and Baswa
their trouble of passing their flotilla
up
tribes
for
in safety to
the quiet river leading to Nyangwe'.
Stanley
Falls
consists
seven distinct cataracts
of
extended along a curving stretch of
fifty-six
statute
miles in length.
At N.
Lat. 0° 28' 30", E. Long. 25° 24',
seventh cataract, which, with
its
rupts navigation for two miles. is
we
find the
smaller rapids, inter-
Above
this fall there
a navigable stretch of twenty-six miles, wdience the
sixth cataract left side,
certain
difficulties
From two
This latter cataract, on the
it
gentle
but
partakes of the character of rapids, which
times of the year would
offer
few more
that vigorous rowing would not surmount.
the sixth to the fifth cataract
mile
current.
is
another twenty-
of easily navigable water with
stretch
cataracts,
first
reached.
presents an absolutely impassable fall;
on the right at
is
The are
fifth,
so
fourth, third, second,
close
together that
we
a
and only
reckon them by the number of distinct waterfalls.
Nine
miles'
ihem
all.
the
Baswa
journey
overland will enable us to pass
But judging from the number of times that tribe
have passed Arab canoe
flotillas
do\vu-
i883. Dec. 1.
Stanley
THE CONGO.
156 1883.
wards and upwards ^
in safety,
t>ec. 1.
Stanley
evident that there
is
it
,
.
^-i'^
,
.
on the right bank which render the
channels
They
passage feasible and even free of danger. likely to be of the nature of Nile rapids side
but on the extreme
;
the
left
are
on the right are
cataracts
de-
cidedly impassable.
At
the seventh cataract there are
four channels.
Beginning from the right bank there
is
a fordable
channel about thirty yards wide, which, at low water, is
the leakage between a ridge of loose rocks forming
a dam-like barrier at the upper end. for three miles
The channel runs
between the right bank inhabited by the
Bakumu, and an
by the
island occupied
Wenya
tribe
called
Wane' Rusari, or sons of Rusari.
Beyond the
island,
which
is
is
a quarter of a mile broad,
right branch of the
separated from the main
which
is
wide,
by a rocky
the
foot
rocky the
cataract, about
of the
isle
inhabited
500 yards wide, branch, 300 yards
occupying the centre.
islet
main
of the
falls
left
the main
by the
Wenya, separated from
left
Below
channel
Wane Mikunga
is
a
tribe of
the mainland on the
left
bank by a rough channel about twenty yards wide.
From
the right to the
left
bank
width, across islands and water,
Between the two inhabited
Wane Mikunga,
the
at the cataract the is
islands,
about 1330 yards.
Wane
Rusari and
two main channels unite their
waters, and rush with inconceivable rapidity through a
narrowed channel of perhaps 450 yards,
to be diffused
below over low reefs and rocky hollows covering a breadth of 1200 vards.
Two
miles below the island
i
I
ill!;;
''i'^i''i'^i''i'''i''i'''''^''i''i*''''ii'i»^
iil
I
CURIOUS METHOD OF FISHING. of
Wane Mikimga
shoals
and
little
navigation
rapids.
On
is
157
interrupted by rock
may
the right navigation
Wane
and the mainland
up the main
river to a point nearly opposite
tlie
lov/er
Rusari
end of Wane'
Mikunga.
About a thousand yards above the by the
the islands occupied
tribe of
cataract begins
Wane
Sironga,
commanded by the chiefs Lumami and Yanzi. The three tribes number about 4000 people on the
isle
Wane
of
Rusari
;
1000
at
— 1500
Wane Mikunga
;
and 1500 on the islands of Wane Sironga. At the present time they are rapidly on the increase, receiving accessions to their
numbers from the persecuted Yakusu.
These people are
Tlie
two
at the Falls.
At
devoted to fishing.
all
main channels are almost bridged
very low water they plant poles between the rocks,
and by lashing cross rights, they
poles,
With
which the
their baskets into
day these are little
and propping up the up-
have secured access towards the centre
of the raging waters.
visited
cables of rattan they lash fish are
swept, and each
is
reached in
large broad
canoes cut out of the cottonwood from below.
an exciting sight
The
by the daring fishermen.
island in the centre
It is
to see forty stout fellows paddle
one
of these through the waves, heedless of the boiling and
They advance along
dangerous waters.
the left bank,
and then by desperate strokes they edge diagonally across level
the
stream
;
the
with their heads.
water above the
Thev miss
fall
Stanley Falls
be continued either up the creek between for a mile higher, or
i'<«-'5.
being
the island as often
THE CONGO.
158 1883. Dec. 1.
Stanley
as they reach
it.
If they are unsuccessful, they are
swept dowH the uuited channel, which
is
a stretch of
roaring water, at " express " speed, to try again the
dangerous course. But
if
they can only succeed in hold-
ing their own, by dint of united straining and tearing at the water, they will touch the lee of the island,
them
a few more rapid strokes will bring
and
If the nets are
to their nets.
full,
send up a loud wailing shout, which the people on the to
isles,
the
to the shore
the fishermen
gladly echoed by
is
who have gathered
watch the daring venture.
and
eacli
day
Disasters are frequent
most common being when the canoe has been
badly steered, and presenting too current,
it
is
soon capsized
among
The people
whose
rolling waves. tlieir
much beam
relatives,
for
the
to
the leaping and profit
they labour,
and their comrades, who have been
regarding them from the rocks then with united voices
warn
all
the
isles
with the news of
tlie disaster,
dozens of canoes shoot from either side to the
They think nothing of The
feat is
From
a
little
to
Wane
performed every few minutes by
men, women, and children. seen.
re.scue.
crossing the raging waters
between the islands from Wane' Mikunga Rusari.
and
Such a ferry was never
distance off the river, so rapid
is
the movement, so steep the slope, that one might say that the voyagers
were skating down an ice-covered
hill.
The
islanders
have not yet adopted
electric signals,
but possess, however, a system of communication quite as effective.
Tlieir
huge drums, by being struck
in
A DANGEItOUB different parts,
convey language as clear
as vocal speech
them
159
FEllRY.
and
;
all
the isles
to the initiated
soul on
and every
what transpires on each island hourly. In appearance the AVenya, Yakusu, and Baknmu is
told
bear a strong resemblance to the Basoko, though the
Bakunni are
slightly lighter in complexion.
The Wenya do not
wealth consists solely of daily catch
may
Their
the ground.
cultivate
Perhaps the average
fish.
be a thousand of from five pounds to
by
half a cwt. in weight, not including the spoils taken the
little
boys in the smaller channels, and at
cant rapids below.
meat, and what vegetables, the fish
is
Besides what
is
bartered with the
Wenya have
insignifi-
consumed daily
Bakumu
as
for their
large stores of smoke-cured
with which they purchase women, child slaves,
canoes, and
weapons from the Yakusu and the
tribes
of the Chofu.
These
fisher
tribes
are,
of
course,
impregnably
situated so far as regards their security against the hostility
of their
neighbours.
Bakumu
quiet river below, or the section,
of the sides
The Yakusu of the of the mid-cataract
would shrink from venturing near the
Wenya, protected
as
isles
they are on almost
all
by the surrounding dangerous waters.
They
are an industrious and an inventive people. In
the streets of their villages the fish curers attend their lines of curing-platforms;
purse nets and sieves
basket-work
women
;
;
the old
the
wdiile others
men
able-bodied
are
weaving
men
weave rattan hawsers.
are preparing bread, grinding
camwood,
are
at
The sifting
i883.
Stanley
160 1S83. Dec. 1.
Stanley
THE CONGO.
.
pounding corn, or making crockery.
meal,
On
the
,
watcrside are
binding a
split
bow, a
split stern, or a
leaky crack,
and preparing
or perhaps cutting out a decayed part
a piece of plank to replace
odd jobs
doing
canoe-wrights
the
it.
These are the people with
whom we
proposed to
negotiate for partnership in the proprietory rights over
the mainland and the
With
isles
of the seventh cataract.
the Arabs for our friends,
would be no
was
clear
there
Arabs and
abori-
it
dissentients, since both
Our settlement
gines perceived possible benefits.
at
the Falls would enable the half-castes of Nyangwe' to obtain cloth to wear at a
could obtain
it
rate than they
from the East Coast, and the same might
be said of various
trifles,
such as knives, powder, beads,
broadcloth, cottons,
wire,
much cheaper
tools,
thread and needles.
Medicines might be j)urchased from our establishment at the Falls; while the native chiefs might,
by monthly
subsidies of cloth, receive considerable additions to their
hard-earned wealth, and the tribe
much more
itself
be rendered
presentable as cloth-wearing people than
they are in their unqualified nudity.
On
the 2nd
we
cut a path along the right
bank
through the jungle, and crossed over to the island of
Wane Mikunga.
The
chiefs of the tribes
were
all
They
according to a notice which had been given. first
of
all
gave
Silurus, catfish,
the of
pile
the
there
us
a
large
present
and a species of the
was the well-known
Tanganika,
and
scale
fish
of
bearded
jDike.
scaleless
of
the
met
Among Singa size
of
A VIOLENT CONFERENCE. mackerel, wliicli ,
we found
161
wholesome
to be afterwards
,
and sweet.
^^^^^
Our palaver was live in peace
we asked
to
them and build a town, and
to
In
opened.
tlien
be allowed to stay with
brief,
with them as their friends and protectors.
This exposition of our purpose elicited a lively response.
A
speaker stood up, and listening- to the words in
short
sentences
from our guides, he seemed
be
to
mechanically repeating them, while the others maintained
when
a profound
until
silence
at once a furious
all
speaker ended,
the
upon one
gesture,
and
another,
so
violent
and voluble
so rapid
One
hubbub commenced.
might have imagined they were about selves
in
to fling
them-
were they
in
This
speech.
fury subsiding, one after another got up and expounded his
views on the matter.
the point, they
who
If he spoke well and to
considered his words pertinent
and sensible got up and arranged his grass-cloth that covered his rear parts forth a torrent of
;
those
who
dissented poured
what we supposed were
vituperations.
This continued until they exhausted themselves,
when
the palaver was adjourned until the next day at the
same hour. Late in the day a messenger from the guide came to
inform
me
that
would be arrived
it
was very
at the
likely an
agreement
next day, and that
I
might
They
prepare the goods and have them ready.
con-
sisted of beads, knives, mirrors, cloth, wire, &c.
On
the 3rd there were some
more
violent language
and furious colloquial torrents, which gradually subsided into decent and tranquil manners. A^OL.
is83. Dec. 2.
II.— 11
A
price
was
^'"'^""g''^-
THE CONGO.
162
1883.
agreed upon, by whicli
^^^^'
the left mainland
^"^"'-
full lordship
over the
isles
and
was ceded, with proprietory rights
to all unoccupied territory.
As
property belonging to the
tribe,
the lands were
common
over £160 worth of
goods were placed upon the ground to be distributed
by the
chiefs themselves, according to
which
I
rank and power,
many
need not say occasioned
bursts of
wordy
violence.
Meantime,
had
in the intervals of these palavers, I
explored, in the whale-boat, both shores, and rested on the isle of
Wane
was guided
determination by
to
fertility of soil,
this
my
choice
Rusari for the station. its
I
extent, its
and the convenience of the access to
the right bank, whence provisions could be obtained.
We
proceeded to mark out a
site
at the lower
end
of the island, which was covered with a dense bush,
wherein, while
we
cleared,
At
former inhabitants.
we
discovered relics of
the upper end, at the distance
of 1200 yards from the station, were the villages of the tribe, wherein
we had experienced
a slight struggle
in 1877.
Although we had completed the
Wcnya
in a far
more
could have predicted,
it
all
successful
behoved us
negotiations with
way than any one to
provide for the
sustenance of the station, and our guide, accompanied
by a few of our own men, was sent
hearing how happy the
chief of the
Bakumu,
Wenya had
been made by the
vanced from the tliirty
wdio,
to Siwa-Siwa, the
wliite
strangers, ad-
interior, a distance of five miles,
natives, each
with
weighted with cassava, bananas,
STILL HAVEN.
163
THE CONGO.
164 1883.
Dec.2tolO.
Wane
yams, sweet potatoes, and pumpkins, besides which
",,.„, ^hc
Rusan. -j^^^^
,
womcn,
chieis
at
,.
,,
the
neglected to provide
^^^^
c
•
J^^
i
suggestion or the guide, the
for
of
necessities
the whites, and liad brought eggs and fowls, while a small flock of goats was transported to our
new
island
home.
Between Siwa-Siwa and myself be love at it
Which
first sight.
would be
so
probably this procity on
of us
was most
said to effusive
His sunny brown face was
difficult to say.
aglow with
might be
it
much candour and boyish delight, that caused a warm and spontaneous reci-
my
part.
I
admired greatly the loving
which
women
possessive
manner
and cooed
their sweetest into each of
in
his
surrounded me,
my
ears,
without
exciting in the least Siwa-Siwa's jealousy, or alarming
Agreements with Siwa-Siwa
his susceptibilities.
quired no casuistry to urge his signature.
had
him everything, and was present
told
judgment in
my
evil,
be
if
he hesitated.
honour that
but
my
my
The Wenya to guide his
Siwa-Siwa confided solely
coming among them boded no
"Your
who knows what good?
people shall
children," said he, "in your absence. It will
safety.
return I
shall
be
my
re-
Go
task to feed them, and until
dream every night of you."
in
you
Good
Fortune certainly seemed to have prepared for
me
pleasant places in the wilderness
There only remained one more duty, and that seemed for a
time the most
for the person to take
difficult, viz.,
whom
I
selecting a substitute
had conveyed
charge of the station, only
to
to Stanley Falls
hear him at the
THE CHIEF OF STANLEY FALLS. Jast,
pleadinG: ^ earnestly to be returned ^ .
There only remained three engineers
and a German
who
acted
Binnie, a height,
—
A. I. A. steam-launch.
the
Scotchman, about 5
little
begged
me
to
inches in
feet 3
very slight
to be appointed, but his
appearance caused ing that
—two Scotchmen
and an English man-of-war's man,
skipper of
as
the coast.
to
*^
.
1G5
However, argu-
be anxious.
a man, after arriving in mid-Africa and
if
bearing the fatigues of the journey,
enamoured
so
is
of a residence iherc that he volunteers to remain,
appeared to
me
to be evidence that he
it
was possessed of
a superior and firm soul that would carry him through
any physical weakness, and Binnie, the engineer of the Royal, was accordingly appointed chief of Stanley Falls Station
We
jt^ro tern.
cleared about four acres of
ground
for him, con-
him with
structed a dwelling-place for him, furnished tools,
axes, hoes,
hammers and
of wheat flour, meats,
visions
nails,
gave him pro-
coffee,
chocolate,
tea,
sugar, milk, soups, jam, butter, potatoes, bacon, lard, sauce,
tapioca,
vinegar,
brandy,
and
candles,
and
stocked his goods store with cloth of various kinds,
beads of wristlets
many
colours,
nnd anklets,
tin
cowries, plates
Leaving with him thirty-one labourers
rings,
and mugs and pans.
armed
men
—
soldier-
— and a plentiful reserve of ammunition,
abundance of sage advice his
wire,
brass
to
with
be prudent and just in
government, amiable and patient in his intercourse,
trustful
and courageous, we committed him
to the care
of Providence, and on the 10th of December
we turned
i883,
Dec.2tol0. w.ine
THE CONGO.
166 1883;
Dec.2tol0.
Wan^
our faces homeward, leaving the .
,
.
.,
.
man
little
alone
all
.,.,.
With his grave responsibihties.
Rusari.
^^
j^^^
^y^^^
readied the utmost bourne of the
day
expedition, only one
than the date I had
later
Further progress
given to the Comite at Brussels.
before consolidation and incorporation of the
What was
the Association would be unwise.
now was
work
of
required
to turn our attention to obtaining the Pro-
tectorship of the districts intervening between station
and
station, so that
and
uninterrupted
we might become consecutive
masters of one
territory
from Yivi
now that we had sown seeds every place we had touched, and eacli
Station to the Falls, which,
of goodwill at tribe
would spread
diffusively the report of the
beauty
would be an easy task
and value of our labours,
it
an intelligent and patient
officer like
for
Captain Hanssens,
Pure benevolence contains
for instance, to perform.
within itself grateful virtues.
Over natural
peoples,
nothing has greater charm or such expansible power.
grows without
Its influence itself
of
upon
Coming
it.
there
all
is
who come
effort
;
its
subtlety exercises
within reach of the hearing
in such innocent guise,
naught in
it
it
offends not
to provoke resentment.
Pro-
vided patience and good temper guided the chief of Stanley Falls Station, by the period of the return of the steamers the influence of the seedling just planted there will have been inland,
by the Wane Rukura up
Upper
Falls,
by the Yakusu
their fruits, to
Bakumu
extended by the
exchange
to the
Baswa
visiting the
for fish,
far
at the
Wenya
with
up the Chofu, and
PATIENCE AND GOOD TEMPER. alone* their
own
river borders ravaored ^
^ hearing of the persecuted famih'es on the ^
Basoko would then hear of
^
it,
down
167 to
islands.
The
and regret that such
with them, to grow up
left
amongst them, and
overshadow them with
benign shade.
^^83D(H,-.2tol(
a seedling had not been to
tlie
^
its
Wan^
THE CONGO.
168
CHAPTER XXXI. DOWN" TDE COXGO TO STANLEY POOL. the stream —The Arabs send their confidential men with us —Navigability of the Lumami and Liibilash—Wreck of the Boyal— Beaching and repairing the wreck — Cold winds on the river — Iboko — in confusion —Impudent thieving— A prisoner " Fast bind, — — Cordiality at Eefusal ransom find"— A horrified fother of a
Going
witli
fast
in a passion — More prisoners — Restitution —Freeing the prisoners —^A horrible massacre Glave of Yorkshire— Bolobo station again burnt — News missionaries— Again at Lcopoldville — Troublesome news
Ukumira — Mata Bwyki of our stolen property
—Young from the from Yivi. 1883.
Yakonde.
Being borne down by the current of the tawny ^^^^
Congo
assisted
by steam was naturally much more
exhilarating- tlian laboriously breasting
we were who had moved their
noon on the Arabs,
flood of
lOtli
and stockaded on the
left
in
it.
A little after
camp again with
quarters,
the
and were hutted
bank, on the
site
of ruined
Yakonde.
For reasons of chiefs to send fidential
what
polity I set
about persuading the
with us to the coast a few of their con-
men, that they might witness
influences were advancing
up the
for themselves
river on
whose
banks they had created such widespread havoc. appeared to
me
the best
mode of suggesting
It
to them.
AEAB RECOLLECTIONS.
many
rather than saying so in
battues, than to risk
police
words, that
would be
it
from committing these sanguinary
wiser to abstain
a
1G9
meeting some day a gunboat with
on board, wlio probably might deal
force
summarily with such a slave-raiding band as we had
Meantime
found housed so openly on the river banks.
they could send s^^ecimens of their ivory, and obtain a few necessaries of which, perhaps, they were in need.
They accepted the
and they accordingly sent
proposal,
ten of their confidential slaves with three tusks each. It
was exceedingly inconvenient, naturally, while en-
gaged
in the
conveyance of
men and
stores,
and plant
ing stations along the river, to engage carrying passengers;
still
I
regarded
by no means the
On river
;
it
as part of the mission,
least useful portion of
it.
we continued on our voyage down
the 12th
the Arabs on board could
tell
us incidents in
connection with each of the ruined villages as past.
came
l^assengers
mouth of
the
had been up
devastated the miles
we
Yaporo was soon passed, and an hour to the
higher
and
u^^
later
river,
and had
each side.
we Our
afQuent Lubiranzi.
this
country on
glided
utterly
Twenty-five
rapids are met, but above
these a
few miles the Luraami and the Lubilash meet, both being navigable for hundreds of miles.
town of Isangi, situated confluence, the natives
at
the
had begun
left
At
the large
corner of
the
to build again, but
on our appearance they scrambled and hurried away in quick flight across the river, forming a flotilla with
which the Congo might have been bridged
easily.
i883.
isangi.
THE CONGO.
170'
Probably 1 2,000 natives were
were very
large, containing about a
The mouth
of the Lubiranzi
wide, showing that
On
we
the 13th
Bahunga,
afloat, as
it
ranks in
some of the canoes
hundred people.
was about 800 yards
size
with the Biyerre.
passed by the warrior tribe of the
in tlie district of
Bunga, and four hours
spoke with the Barumbu.
later
These are situate on the
highlands nearly opposite the mouth of the Biyerre.
We
left
a promise that the next time
the steamers
should ascend they would be visited and treated with,
and camped
Bahamba the
Arab
On
evening below Bungungu among the
at
tribe.
raiders
the 14th
This was the ultimate point which
had reached.
my arm
was
scarified at Iruba, a short
time later at Mbungu, and at noon at the
ment
new
settle-
of Yalulima, after stopping an hour at each place
in order that our presence on their waters might be
understood.
On Ikassa,
we had arrived at the place above whence we crossed over to the right bank in
the 15tli
the ascent.
Having
traced the
left
down to Ikassa, and in our mainder, we now stretched across
Falls
bank from Stanley
ascent traced the re-
the river to continue
the exploration of the right bank.
In doing so the
steam-launch Royal was steered too near the upper extremity of an island, and, striking a snag, sank
immediately to her gunwale.
The other boats rushed
to the rescue to unload her of her passengers
and the
cargo of ivory belonging to our Arab guests;
and,
examining her condition, we perceived that she was
WRECK OF THE
We
upborne by the snag.
and
let lier
ROYAL.
171
were obliged to camp,
remain there until mornino;. c5
After eight hours' work on the 16th chipping off the snag
;
and,
\ UpOtO.
tt
we
succeeded in
ramming canvas
we
foot-wide rent in her hull,
floated the
into the
Royal on to
a bank, and afterwards hauled her up on the dry land,
and turned her
over.
by eighteen inches
in
A
space three feet in length
width was sawn out, as
hopelessly fractured, and
we commenced Our
bales.
it
was
to rebuild her
out of the remnants of dunnage, on which
accustomed to lay our cloth
we were
tools consisted
of a saw, two gimlets, a brace and bits, a hatchet, a
and two dozen screws.
rasp,
By
the evening of the
19th the repairs were completed, the boat was again launched,
engines were
the
and
fixed,
the
loads
replaced ready for the morrow's departure.
The Congo, ever
since our start
up the Biyerre on
the 17th, had been steadily falling, and as the Royal
was a deep
boat,
drawing three
feet six inches water,
we found the exploitation was not very easy whenever we left the main channels. At II A.M. we were skirting the hills of Upoto.
We
halted
here
purchase
to
provisions,
to
make
brotherhood with Lubungu and Ibanza or Minyoto,
and make a
A
treaty.
beautiful
piece
commanding a magnificent view was Representatives
from
Ukele,
of ground
also purchased.
Umangi, Mpissa, and
Iringi appeared also, and, being neighbours of Upoto,
we concluded
On
treaties
the 23rd
with them.
we passed
i883.
the river of TJbika, wdience
TEE CONGO.
172 1883.
issued
men who had overrun so much of the As the main force of the flood sheered left bank in this locality, we could only
wild
tlie
Dec. 23.
Upoto.
bank.
left
towards the
occasionally follow the right bank.
met
our rapid descent by steam and
in
This was the
prostrated us.
first
The
Cf>ld
winds
witli the current
time I had suffered
the slightest indisposition for months, because
while
we had been retiring before the In coming down fjom Stanley Falls as far as
ascending the river wind.
we were proceeding towards the wind-current. When we finally began
Upoto,
along the south-westerly
to
descend
— the force of the cur-
between two and three knots, blowing up from
rent,
sea
stretcli
flank of the
— the
six-knot speed of the steamers, increased the
force of the
knots,
wind which we had
which
at once
checked the insensible perspira-
and deranged the system.
tion,
coloured
man
fell
to face to about nine
victims to the
of this peculiar change.
Two first
whites and a
day's experience
Glass windows, which would
have served as a protection against the wind, and enabled us to pilot the steamers, would have saved us
many On
a day's illness.
the
24tli
we
passed by other villages of the
Wabika, who have been in their turn harried by the Bangala. lines
It
has taught them to build their village
along small tributaries of the Congo, the mouths
of which can be blocked, and insignificant points to the foe,
inland
when
expeditions.
by which they present
and secure
safe retreats
the Bangala are on one of their raiding
IMPUDENT THIEVING.
we soon " by Liiseiifi'o, " sight of the territory of Iboko.
afterwards came in
Passin";'
'
*'
Day found
Christmas
iis
halted at central Iboko, at
Kokoro, his son, was
severe ulcer in the village
and
The
Mala Bwyki.
ancient of the Bangala was absent at
bank.
Bukumbi on
suffering
the
from a
Boleko was removing his
foot.
his belongings in order to
occupy a new
lower end of Iboko.
Mbembe', the
clearing at the
second son, had departed on a trading tour to Langa-
Lan^a.
Njugu, the favourite nephew, had
children in one day
lost
four
by drowning, and was therefore
seeking forgetfulness of his sorrows in the beer-pot.
The
''cats
being awav, the mice began to play."
Thieving became rampant
were ripe in
for mischief
great numbers,
;
;
the "
unwashed
" of
Iboko
and they gathered on the bank
affecting
the brother of their " Lord of
much joy at beholding Many Gruns." But the
strong under-current of motives in pressing so warmly
by the
forward presently disclosed
itself
of " unconsidered trifles,"
A boat
opera-glass, a cap, a
the strangest
bag of
manner a
clothes,
sly abstraction
rowlock, a spear, an
an umbrella, and
in
tin-box, belonging to one of
who was always the most unsuspecting of individuals, and who required to be prompted on every the whites
occasion not to put too large a faith in affected friendships.
As
continual reports of theft
,}^^'i: Dec. 2o. iboko.
the landing-place of the old chief
left
\T6
by people who would
naturally steal so long as they were tempted by other people's gross negligence of their ow^n properties were
THE CONGO.
174 1883.
very irritating, our people received warning that the
iboko.
first
who brought news of a theft would be punished, and he who first caught a thief would be rewarded. For the result of this we had not long to wait a man :
was caught
and a dozen willing hands
in the act,
laid
The Bangala, however, rushed to the and seized him also, and would have succeeded
hold of him. rescue,
in wresting
up
him from
had
I
not hurried
to lend assistance.
We **
on board
bound him securely on the
principle
Orders were then given to
fast bind, fast find."
make
An
away
in triumj^h
carried our prisoner
the steamer, and
of
his captors
steam.
hour passed without further alarm.
man was caught
in the act of abstracting a boat flag,
with the intention doubtless of wearing loins.
Such an indignity
was not
to be permitted,
made on the
Then a
it
about his
to the golden-starred flag
and an impetuous rush was
prisoner, but he
by superhuman exertions
escaped.
Kokoro, hearing of of his father's subjects,
up and down the
all
these disgraceful proceedings
came
in a canoe,
and was paddled
river-side, threatening dire
vengeance
a loud, hoarse voice upon the thieves, but no one
in
j)ai(l
me
the slightest heed to him, seeing which he advised
to be
them.
on the
He
alert,
and catch every rogue among
advanced alongside of the steamer,
to look at
our prisoner, and was horrified to find that he was his
own son His stoicism was that of the slayer of the Tarquins.
A HOBRIFIED FATHER.
175
words would not
lie essayed to speak, but the
issue,
In a moment of rage he had condemned unwittingly his ov/n son.
Poor Kokoro
He
emotions were caused by. heir of Iboko, lands.
It
I
!
saw too well what
his
thought of his son, the
being a slave conveyed to unknown
was on the
tip
of
my
tongue
to order his
release to relieve the poor fellow's agony, but I desisted,
knowing the African too " Kokoro, if this
is
well.
However,
your son I
I said
shall obtain
:
my
pro-
perty back, and your boy will be returned safe into
your hands."
He went away his lips,
with head bent
and never spoke a
what he should say
island opposite.
finger
to the mother.
prisoner on board, Iboko
and we steamed across
for us,
to
the
Thither Njngu came, prompted by his
cousin Kokoro, to negotiate for his son's release. offered
on
w^ord, thinking perhaps of
With such an important was no place
down and
two tusks of ivory and two slaves
if
He
we would
free him.
" Not for twenty slaves, and twenty tusks of ivor3\
What do you mean by making blood-brotherhood with me and my people and then robbing us. To steal is to make war. War is met with war. Do you forget the Ibanza, who years ago Look
here,
you Njugu
!
descended by your town
?
Have you
quite forgotten
your trouble with Irebu, caused by the thieving of the
Bangala
?
Go back and
river to the Bakuti,
On
and
tell
Kokoro
I will
I
am
going down
take his son with me.
the tenth day I shall return, wdien I shall expect
i883. Dec. 25.
^^^^^
THE CONGO.
176 1883.
my
Uianga.
property back, and Kokoro will get bis boy safe '
Dec. 28.
,
^
Soon
ogain."
after
we continued our journey down
river.
On tlie 28tb, witb many we passed by tbe populous Ubengo, and
4
at
troubles from sand bars,
and
a
narrow cliannel
into
view early next
entered
p.m.
of Usimbi
districts
leading to Ukumira.
This
last
community came
Ukumira seemed
morning.
one body to greet
to liave projected itself in
It consists of
us.
twelve villages,
The
extending along a ten-mile length of river bank. land
is
very low but densely wooded, and the islands
opposite are remarkable for the apparent impenetrability
of their bush.
A few miles below Ukumira is the well-peopled distiict of Bungata, extended in a long line along the right
bank.
From
Congo
strikes obliquely across
to
of
its
upper end a spacious channel of the
be deflected along
Uranga
Congo.
it
left
bank,
bluff
banks
towards ihe
by the dry airy
Lukungu and we appear than Uranga
at the confluence of the
No
poured forth
sooner did its
multitudes,
who showed
the also
effusive de-
monstrations of welcome.
Our reputation evidently
had been widely extended
in our absence.
was even more cordial than Ukumira, the
left
Uranga bank vied
with the right bank in extending fraternal amenities.
Seventy well-manned canoes darted about
us, hailing
Bula Matari by name, wishing him " more power," dinning his ears with numberless invitations to their different villages,
nnd displaying noisy argumentative-
MATA HI.
POPULARITY OF DULA
177
nes3 about tbe superiority of their respective
One
of these clamorous
swept
chiefs.
canoe-crews was that which
luka of Lukolela alongside of
He had
us.
ventured to Uranga on a trading excursion, and had already acquired
a valuable
ivory,
we accompanied him
old friend,
whither presently
hotel-village,
of
\\\\\\q
was promising.
the prospect of increase
Being an
stock
all
the
Uranga
to
his
chiefs
gathered to make blood-brotherhood, to fraternise over
huge pots
full
of beer, and to exchange views for the
future settlement of a station, and arbitrament of disputes.
As every
canoe arriving up-river from the
cloth-marts of Irebu, Usindi, Lukolela, and Bolobo had
been bringing the the
fruit
news of Bula Matari's doings,
latest
was ready
ripe.
Uranga, while much
We
loud
made
but
a
treaty witli
harmless
fusilading
celebrated the event.
Starting from
Uranga
Equator Station at 4.20
8.20
at
a.m.,
we arrived
p.m., to find that
Yangelo and Coquilhat were
well,
at
Lieutenants
and that they had
extended their improvements by planting an avenue of bananas, besides in the station.
many
other
Ikenge, the native
ways beautifying was dead, and
chief,
no further trouble was anticipated from him.
Our
prisoner,
the grandson of
Mata Bwyki, was
introduced to Equator Station, to the " big house " of the
Mundele, to the other white to the piles of goods,
men and
to the garrison,
including the array of cloths, and
the wealth of vari-coloured beads
— in
might retain the best impressions, and Vol. II.— 12
order that he assist us
with
i883. "
.r^*^'
"
Uranga.
178 1884.
Jan.
THE CONGO.
,
what he had seen among
his artless story of
pale-
tlie
1.
iboko.
iJ^ces.
On
the
we
of January, 1884,
1st
started
on our
return journey to Ihoko, for the sake of our prisoner
and the consummation of other
Lieutenant
projects.
Coquilhat accompanied us.
We
arrived at Central Ihoko at 2 p.m. of the 5th.
Mata Bwyki was
thirty minutes after I
He was
Station.
treated,
by
his
He had
present.
in fact arrived only
had departed, hound
furious at the
Equator
for
manner we had heen
and now when speaking he was almost suffocated
own angry
when
passions,
me what
relating to
he had learned on his return. " Asfor Kokoro's son, keep
him
are restored.
You
away
sorry at
;
first
took him
hut
now
will be
an example
Tlie Gth passed
—that
It will
your goods
made us
all
brought him
that you have
back we have no fear of you.
and he
safe until
do him good,
to the rest."
away, and
still
the
young
fellow
was
on board, but on the 7th a grand council of the chiefs of Iboko was convened, and a great concourse of
men
attended.
During the
sitting
of the thieves
who was known
belonging to us was
men,
seize
Njugu whispered
j^rescnt.
him and hold him
to
" If fast.
to
me
that one
possess
articles
you can trust your Kokoro's son must
not be a captive alone."
A
my
confi-
twenty of the
boats'
few whispered instructions to one of
dential servants served to bring
crews ashore, with cords under their clothes.
The
thief
MOJiE PRISONERS.
was pointed
out,
and
tlie
179
obedient fellows so manociuvred of chiefs.
Of
course there
was confusion and excitement, wild
talk
and furious
gestures, but nevertheless
my men
con-
veyed the thief aboard, and bound him hand and
foot.
that he
The
was captured amidst the
council continued
circle
sitting after the subsidence
its
of the alarm, but in a few minutes another thief Avas arrested from behind one of the chiefs, and, despite
menaces, which
one
pushed
time
very narrowest verge of
safety,
patience
the
to
he was carried away
captive.
Old Mata Bwyki enjoyed himself immensely, Njugu
and Mbembe remained strangely quiet which caused
all
at
all
the chiefs to ask them what
this, all
it
meant.
Mata Bwyki
rose,
and
said
:
" It
only means that
Bula Matari knows the customs of the Bangala. thief
is
known, he may be held
tion of the stolen property is
now got
three
in
bond
until a restitu-
Bula jMatari has
made.
one of
prisoners,
If a
whom
is
my own
He shall keep them, sell them, or kill them —just as he may unless his property be returned to him. Bula Matari lias acted like a brother. He was robbed. He went away for ten days he came back to grandson.
—
;
give us another opportunity.
have stolen from him^ or
away and
cut
them up
else
in
Now he
little
find the goods
you
shall take his captives
pieces if he likes.
I
have spoken." Seeing which, the chiefs agreed with him that injury to a strong man, to Bula Matari,
to
do
was very impo-
i8.s4.
jboko.
THE CONGO.
180 1884. Jan. 7
litic.
iboko.
directions
The
befall
the
town-criers were therefore despatched in to
announce the doom that would surely
grandson of Mata Bwyki and two other
sons of the Bangala
As Iboko could
all
is
if
the goods were
not restored.
a very large settlement, this restitution
not be effected immediately, but
on the
9th,
one by one the plundered articles were brought to
Mata Bwyki, and the old chief returned them
Then when a due
inspection of the goods
made, and not one of the dozens of
me.
had been
articles abstracted
was found missing, the prisoners were conducted to Mata Bwyki,
to
who was
and
set free,
seen
to
smile
grimly on his wicked grandson, and was heard to
admonish the assembled Bangala
to leave the property
of Bala Matari severelv alone in future lest a dreadful fate
might overtake the guilty party.
On
the 10th a treaty was entered into with Iboko
and, in peace with
all
the Bangala, at evening
we
steamed away down the Congo.
Arriving at Equator Station, a curious story was related to us
proceedings,
by two European eye-witnesses of the the narration
of
which
recalls
our
to
We
memories the sanguinary customs of Dahomey.
had heard of cruel stories
sacrificing of life before
;
but the
were told by Africans, who have the habit of
relating events of this kind in the most matter-of-fact
manner.
When, however, Europeans
describe
them
they strike home to our sense of horror with a shocking force.
An
important chief of the neighbourhood
— an
old
A HORRIBLE MASSACRE.
181
and long-ago superannuated potentate, of whose
exist-
— died,
and,
ence
had
I
unaware
been
previously
according to the custom of the By-yanzi and Bakuti, slaves
had
land of
to
be massacred to accompany him to the
Accordingly the relatives and
spirits.
men began
many
to collect as
slaves as could be pur-
Lieutenant Vangele was chief of about
chased.
men, and on account of the good discipline of the
and
free-
the prompt
by the
obedience the
garrison,
paid
his
to
fifty
station,
commands
Bakuti imagined the soldier-
labourers in the pay of the Association to be slaves,
and proposed
was curious
to purchase
to
Yangele
a few. of them.
know why they wanted
the men, and
he was then informed of the preparations being made to celebrate the burial of their chief with an execution
Of
of slaves. horror,
course the proposal
was
rejected with
and the garrison chased the Bakuti wdth
sticks
out of the precincts of the station.
The mourning from the
interior, and,
that the execution
and
men
relatives finally secured fourteen
being notified by the villagers
was about
begin, M. A^angele
to
with a few of their
his friend proceeded
men
to
view the scene.
They found
quite a
number of men gathered around.
The doomed men seen were kneeling with bound behind them
young
tree,
in
arms
the neighbomhood of a
tall
near the top of which the end of a rope
had been lashed.
A
number
cord and hauled upon tree
their
was bent
like a
it
of
men
until the
bow.
One
laid hold of the
upper part of the
of the captives was
^'^'^*'
Equator.
TEE CONGO.
182 1834. Jan. 12.
Equator.
and the dangling- end of the rope was
selected,
Gncd Tound his neck
;
fast-
the tree sprang several inches
higher, drawing the man's form up, straining the neck,
and almost
lifting
The
the body from the ground.
executioner then advanced with his short broad-bladed
and measured
falchion,
weapon from the
his distance
At
his
position he intended to strike across
He
the nape of the neck. twice.
by stretching
repeated this operation
the third time he struck, severing the head
clean from the body.
It
was whipped up
by the spring of the released away.
several yards
tree
to the air
and sent rebounding
The remaining
captives were
despatched one after another in like manner.
Their
heads were unfleshed by boiling, that the skulls might decorate the poles round the grave.
The
bodies were
dragged away and thrown into the Congo saturated with the blood was gathered
with the defunct
the soil
up and buried
chief.
However much our young have wished
;
militai'y lieutenant
might
to exert himself to save these victims of
savage usage, since money would not buy their liberty,
he had
to content himself
as yet
helpless.
come
in
hurried.
its
own
To
The year
to
On
of grace
destined time, but
will it
no doubt
may
not be
violently resist the butchers with rifles
would simply have been and
with knowing that he was
to
make them
victims instead,
depopulate the land. the 13th
we
left
Equator Station, and arrived
Usindi late in the afternoon.
at
Yuinbila, the guide, was
delivered, with his wages, to his master Miyongo,
who
BOLODO AGAIN BURNT. was
also
183
made liappy with a munificent reward
for the
1884. ,'
loan of the services of his servant.
Leaving Usindi, we
lialted at
>,"
,
Ngomhe,
to
exchange
friendly gifts, and to obtain a promise of concessions
and on the 14th we arrived
at Lukolela.
Young Glave,
made much of an advance
of Yorkshire, had not
in the
work was hard
construction of his station, as the
;
but
he himself, which was of more importance, was in
He was
extraordinary condition.
as fat as a butcher's
boy, he had become double-chinned, and amplified a
Petted by the natives, he was
third larger in body.
beloved by his garrison, and was on excellent terms
with himself. ture-making
and
He had
—had
shelves.
been devoting himself to furni-
made
He had
chairs, tables, doors, shutters,
a good deal to say of the curious
him during
diseases revealed to
Fevers were almost unknown sores,
and similar
;
his stay at Lukolela.
but whitlows,
ulcers,
were frequent and an-
troubles,
noying.
The gravest news we contained in a note from
received .the
For the second time the the ground
On the
from Lukolela was
chief of Bolobo Station.
station
had been burnt
to
!
15th
we
arrived at Bolobo, and saw for our-
selves the relics of the destructive conflagration
houses, goods,
rifles,
— the
even the Krupp's carriage had
been destroyed, and the ammunition and
shells
had
exploded.
The
story told to
me was
'
that a sick man, getting
light-headed, and feeling that his end
was approaching,
THE CONGO.
184 188+.
r.oiobo.
When
resolved to have an honourable burial. ^^^^
body was enveloped in thousands of yards of
tlie
clot]],
and interred with protracted ceremonies. Kegs of
gunpowder were consumed grave
a chief
slaves
;
in the volleys fired over the
were massacred, and the
with the blood
;
his favourite wives
He,
their bodies laid alongside.
soil
was saturated
were strangled, and
friendless, sick,
and
dying, pined for this honour, and crept by night to
apply the destructive torch to Bula Matari's houses.
Although he
w\ns arrested while flying
from the scene,
nothing could be done to avert or check the catastrophe.
Being thatched with grass baked crisp by the tropic the
sun,
glutted only site
fiend
fire
when
rushed up to the sky, and was a few crimson embers
of our unfortunate station.
sliells
To avoid
marked the the bursting
the garrison had to fly to the saw-pits, and to
the hollows by the river-side.
During the excitement
the prisoner fled, to die in the forest beyond Bolobo, satisfied,
his
mad
no doubr, with the honours he had w^on by freak.
But however
this second destruction
may have
been
caused, this third event during the administration of
the chief of sinister
the station
influence
appeared to prove that a
affected
Bolobo,
which
probably
might be averted by a judicious change of masters. Lieutenant Liebrechts, who, while at Leopoldville,
seemed
was
to be a sufferer
inelastic in
from chronic
movement,
debility, so that
pallid of face,
and
he
infii-m
of step, had been transferred in September to Bolobo.
We lialf expected to hear that he was among the missing,
NEWS OF THE
MISSIONARIES.
homewards
or had departed
185
but our astonishment was
;
very great when a strong, martial-looking figure appeared at the landing-place to greet tion of health
the perfec-
and condition, and disclosed himself
To
as Lieutenant Liebrechts. to us flushed
us, in
see a
man
to us
thus restored
with strength, a new and richer bloom of
manhood on
his face,
and the light of renovated
life
glancing from his eyes, reconciled us to hear with patience the tale of the second burning of Bolobo.
This
was
the
is
young gentleman
whom
to
subsequently
intrusted the reconstruction of the station, and,
though
months have elapsed since the period
fifteen
of his appointment, nothing has occurred to cause us to doubt that the
unkind Fates have not been
at last
duly propitiated.
The news we learned and missionary
emerged
efforts,
at the
at Bolobo, relating to political
was that Dr. Ballay had
mouth of
structed a station at Bossi.
the Likuba,
The
at last
and had con-
chief of the Livingstone
Inland Congo Mission had been a visitor at Bolobo prospecting for a
site,
and had
finally selected
below Clnnnbiri, as a suitable
Misongo,
locality to establish a
mission-house.
On The
the
station
18th
we
arrived
were
Kwamouth
Station.
was well advanced, food was abundant, and
the natural advantages were
On
at
tlie 2()tli
of January
we
many. arrived at Kinshassa, and
gratified to observe the station not only in process
of erection, but rapidly approaching completion, under the grove of
mighty baobab which characterises
this
i884.
Bd'obo.
THE CONGO.
186 1884.
Kinsiiassa.
and steady
Consistent, patient conduct,
district.
for-
b^arancG had performed wonders, and the most intractable
community on the Uj)per Congo had been con-
verted to have a perfect faith in our honesty and in
the purity of our motives.
Two
hours
leaving Kinsliassa, the
after
flotilla
steamed into the cove of Le'opoldville, from which
it
had been absent 146 days, having meantime tiavelled 3050 miles on the Upper Congo.
might be expected from the happy
Le'opoldville, as
selection
rishing bells,
of
Lieutenant Yalcke, was a
chief.
its
For from the matin
station.
excepting Sundays, work
to
the vesper
—purposeful By
ran on in a steady, unruffled current.
flou-
work means,
this
nature assisting, the gardens teemed with abundance,
and the houses lined the terrace in an imposing row, so that our guests
from
Nyangwe
uttered exclamations
of admiration which were indeed echoed
Nor on searching
on the boats.
any cause found
for
regret.
by everybody
into details
All
the
was there
chiefs
round
about were on excellent terms with the Europeans the market
that the
held at Le'opoldville Plaza supplied
community needed.
break of temper, and,
magazines were
full
ing enough
supply
River, and
to
for tlie
There had been no out-
consequently,
marring or inharmonious
incident
of goods
new
all
all
to
there
was no
relate.
The
and provisions, contain-
the stations on the
Upper
places to be established on the
next journey to the regions above.
Meantime, on the Lower Congo, owing
to
the fact
'
'
I'
l"lli''T!l'J!1'l'fl!1!l'l 'i':f 'l
gT'
''"
:ir'7 :T '
!'
: r i
AGAIN AT LEOPOLD VILLE.
me
that the su[)eiior j)erson promised to
and second
principal assistant,
had not arrived, the confusion
cliict
187
1882 as
in
or administrator,
liad
been very great at
D
had made only
a short stay at Vivi, but his reign
had been a singu-
onr principal base.
unhappy
larly
" Captain
one.
Owing
reason, Yivi, both with
was
"
some incomprehensible
to
Europeans and natives,
its
in a ferment continually.
Finally, Sir Frederick
Goldsmith had. appeared, and had relieved the station
D
of the presence of " Captain "
Sir Frederick
.
had himself made an inspection of the country as as
but had
Isangila,
kindly influi'nce
Lower River
returned to Europe, and the
had
that
became
begun
governing
extinguished
this
failed
to
Augean
relieve
me
of 120 letters awaiting Falls,
his
depar-
to
and
all
of the manifold complaints
me on my
and revealed a
my
absence.
Out
return from the
state of affairs that
abandon the hope that while
away on
each
but thirty contained the most deplorable
all
accounts,
died
at
but
station,
that poured to Le'opoldville during
me
glow on the
to
Chief after chief had tried their fortunes with
ture.
had
far
the
the
Chief
of
Upper Congo.
might be possible
it
the
compelled
could ever be reme-
Expedition remained
With an
efficient
second
it
yet, but, excepting the notice of Sir
Frederick Goldsmith,
who had
already returned to
Europe, there was no promise or indication that the Comite' intended to assist
me
after seeing the steamers
and boats duly prepared and
equijDped,
with anyone.
Therefore,
and framing most elaborate instructions
for
issi.
LeopoMville
THE CONGO.
188
/V
'
"
viiie.
guidance of
the
1334
sides
seeino:
that
my
deputy, Captain
our Arab
2^uests
Hanssens, Le-
had been con-
ducted to the sea and back to Leopoldville, I turned
my
steps towards Yivi, twenty-four hours before the
gallant Captain departed on his long journey to Stanley Falls.
QOOV-liYE TO LEOPOLD VILLE.
189
CHAPTER XXXII. RETURN TO
VIVT.
—
—
A promising farewell Ngalyema's last words Encouraging resolutions of the officers— Hospitality of the natives as we pass— Nselo ferry Quarrel between Ngombi and Mbimbi Peace-making Forms of our treaties with native chiefs List of
Starting of our caravan
—
—
districts
—An
—
their chiefs— The cut-throat Lutete
and
is
changed
for the
—
Lava at Kalulu and dangerous crevasse Falls: "Whence has it come?" Manyanga " higgledy-piggledy " Hospitality at the mission-house of Mr. and Mrs. Ingham A pretty station Luiraa and Lunionzo valleys Climate and health Congo better
extending
—
—
—
la
Ox
Lemba— View
the T i
coast,
success
the
of Vivi
—Unhappy reflections upon
morning our caravan was was
^
-\
deeply
to
its neglect.
start
I'll impressed with
spacious
n
we had carved
and converted into
about
oi
For on
15,000 square
out of the side of Leopold a
grand
market-place, were assembled the
and a few hundreds of
f
prooi
the
terrace, covering
the
for
•
which our patient labours had won.
yards, which Hill,
—
—
promenade
and
chiefs of Kintarao
their people
to
give
me
a
" good-bye."
Ngalyema had long ago emerged out of of childish tutelage.
He was
state of military subordination
a complete
—
as
much
the state
man as
in a
an inde-
i884. ^^'"^''^'i
-0-
L^opoU-
190 1884.
March
THE CONGO.
.
pendent
He knew
could well be.
fiborl2^Inal chief
In's
20.
Leopold-
Sundays as well
ville.
any of
as
them by hoisting the
of
and kept due observance
us,
gold-star flag at sunrise
was not averse
picking up
to
respecting the sea-lands
;
trifles
now exchanged
A
without expecting more than their value.
few times
also
he had surprised
of sentiments that caused the
to detect if possible
For instance, ^'
that the
me
me by
to glance sharply at
him
that prompted them.
spirit
gifts of friends
"
A
should not be examined as
pea-nut from a true friend
is
than a bunch of bananas from an enemy."
better
"
Among
"
A look When
you may sleep with open doors."
friends
into a friend's eyes
of cloth from a I
man you
is
better than a treasure
doubt."
my men
had drawn
in
charge
my
white sons
whom
I
was
rude to him and his people,
was going away
when they came differ
We
are
all
old
man
is
;
line,
He
pressed forward for a last word.
to be
the utterance
sounded oddly to be told by Ngalyema
it
to their worth."
men
of information
he had droj^ped his natural
petulance and inordinate heroics, and. gifts
he
requiring hostages^ and
friendly visits without
paid
;
me
wished
to leave
now
Ngalyema to
behind not
that the father
not to push and smack his children
to visit the station, for, said he,
"White
from one another as much as black men. friends
gone
and he speaks
and brothers now, but when the
tlie
young man's head grows
witli a loud
you leave behind that
tliey
Bula Matari's brothers."
tongue
;
charge
largo,
tlie
sons
do not forget that we are
A FROMISINQ FAREWELL.
Whereupon
Seymour
I called Captain
and presented him
to
Ngalyema
He
you would believe in me.
not afraid of him. that he
when
it
If
begins to change
the evil spirit
is
him
in
slow to anger, not
;
this face
its
Watch
it
colour 3-ou will
be
know
turns black you will
it
become your enemy.
lias
is
daily,
and
know
that
until that time sleep in peace.
Fare you well, Ngalyema, Makabi, Mubi, old Ngako,
and you Manswala, Ganchu,
Enje'li
—good-bye
all
of
you!
The
large caravan lifted
its
burdens and struck out
along the road leading to the coast,
many
of the
men
never again to see Leopoldville, which they had
as-
The parting with the Europeans was With Captain Saulez's promise ringing
sisted to build. affectionate.
in
my
he would distinguish his governor-
ears, that
ship by the industrious improvement of Leopoldville, until
it
became a model station
and the assurance of
;
Dr. van den Heuvel that he would complete his sana-
torium on the summit of Le'opold Hill, and perform his duties
manfully and nobly
;
with the carpenter
Schnoor's promise that I should hear no
him
;
ill
repute of
with Ctiptain Hanssens' declaration that he would
be wary and watchful on the Upper Congo, and
with the natives;
garrison,
patient
— with good words, in short, of noble
resolves from each
and
all,
and loud cheers from the
and waving of hands from the throngs of
natives, T followed
issi.
'l.:oi.oM-
him
Believe in
While he wears
apt to break his word.
up,
Saiilez
for final words.
" See, Ngalyema, this son of mine. as
191
my caravan now travelling eastward.
ville.
THE CONGO.
192
Along
1884.
Leopold^'''^'
had collected
road the friendly chiefs
the
great earthen jars full of fresh and foaming palm-juice.
At every
village
to give
cold water drink,
and
women had
the
myself and
prepared pots
my
of
people a parting
to bid us kindly adieus.
Ngamberengi, Ngoma, and old Makoko were by the roadside with their friends, slaves, and children, to see
we
passed showed the
appearances of a general holiday.
The acquaintance
the last of us, and every village
of
many months
full
Not a shadow remained of the doubt
friendship.
which
with them had ripened into a
times blinded their eyes and clouded
in old
The fond regard we had mutually con-
their vision.
ceived towards one another was unmistakeably genuine.
Their rough hands, often horny from labour and usage,
me
as
any that
our march to Inkissi
we
slept first at
felt
warm
as
to
I
ill-
had touched
elsewhere.
On
Ngoma's, a
place which rests lovingly under the lee of the shelter-
ing mountain of lyumbi.
We
crossed the breezy ridge
whence we may gaze over a world of lower hill-domes divided from one another by the sinuous lines of dark
We
foliage.
at
its
base,
plunged down into the cool
and emerged into
the spines of level ridges.
hollows
made
fresh
We
full
forest tangle
sunlight tracing
dipped down into the
with streams and verdure, and
then climbed up to rest under Mbe's friendly and grateful palms. land, with the
down over
its
Along an
elevated and grassy table-
Congo a few miles
to our right tearing
successive terraces,
we next
journeyed.
Swfillllil^^
NSELO FERRY.
Beyond
banana
Kinzila's
cones
down on winding
descended
to
brawling Lulu, and
the
west camped on a
the
opposite
we
proves
cross the pellucid waters of
a few miles
193
square-browed
hill
Nsangu, whence we looked
of
woods crowned with
belts of tall
impervious leafage, on which the sunshine broke out in sprays as the breeze kissed the
pendulous and
deli-
cate tops.
Over
long, grassy ridges
pleasant peoples to see
and followed
a road which gently undulated
us, until
we urged our way, being greeted by
who we
flocked from their
happy
villages
stood over a deep-wooded gorge
through which the full-volumed Inkissi River flowed strongly past the ferry to
fall
lower
down
in beautiful
cascades to the Congo.
The guardians of western
side,
the
and the word
Bula Matari and
Nselo on the
ferry are at is
loudly that
holloa'd
The
his people are come.
chiefs of
Nselo are in our pay, and Teceive monthly subsidies like others.
They accordingly hasten
with their canoes, assiduously, and us such further welcome as
to ferry us
over
in their village
give
commend them
favourably
to kind consideration.
Beyond Nselo the country
is
for
a
considerable
distance level, feeders of the Inkissi skirring,
the plateau on which
the
We
Congo
to be
we
travel.
spur towards
Vol. II.— 13
of us,
are too far from
annoyed by the deeply-grooved
cross a lovely little stream,
inclined
We
left
hills.
and follow a gentle
Mbimbi, near which we
see.
i884.
Kinziia.
1884.
Mbimbi.*
THE CONGO.
'
194
suspended to a
a felon
tree,
Congo-land has condemned
whom Judge Lynch
of
for pilfering in the public
market.
The
folks of Mbinibi
our carriers
for here are
sweep the
welcome us with gleeful shouts,
huts,
who know
and tidy them
us
They
all well.
for their guests, while
bowls and foaming pots of palm-wine come forth as a grateful testimony of their regard for us.
Ngombi,
close
by to the
me
of Mbimbi, and the chiefs of the latter wish
how
advise them of
is
a storm in a teapot, truly
|)reaching peace
work of
to
to slake their fury in the best blood
Here
Ngombi.
anger
right, has excited the
and brotherhood
'
is
!
My
not yet
ended, and so they have to listen to paternal admonitions to keep the peace.
be closed
No
!
be heard
;
The road
cannot,
must
fighting nor sounds of gunshot
the carrier travels with
not,
must
empty hands but
loaded back, and they must not be frightened by the noise of strife, the cries of war, &c. of to
Mbimbi promise
So the people
faithfully to cloak their wrath.
But
ensure their loyal observance of their promises a
treaty route,
is
made with them,
that, in
as with each chief along the
consideration of certain quantities of
them monthl}^ they
cloth to be paid to
shall abstain
from acts of aggression and violence against their neighbours. negotiations,
Tlie purport of this, as of other similar
may
be best understood by the perusal of
the following forms
:
FOUMS OF
TR-EATIES.
195
{Copy.)
Expedition Internationale du Haut-Congo.
Village of Banza Mbuba, District of Nzungi, March 26th, 1884. undersigned
chiefs of Nzungi, agree to recognise the i884. the Association Internationale Africaine, and in sign Mnrch 2fi, Nzungi. thereof adopt its flag (blue with a golden star). We declare we shall keep
"Wo,
the
sovereignty of
the road open and free of
all
tax
and impost on
all
strangers arriving
with the recommendation of the agents of the above Association. All troubles between ourselves and neighbours, or with strangers of any nationality, we shall refer to the arbitration of the above Association. We declare that we have not made any written or oral agreement with any person previous to this that would render this agreement null and void.
We declare
that from henceforth
wo and our successors
the decision of the representatives of the Association in
ing our welfare or our jiossessions, and that
we
agreement with any person without referring
Manyanga
all
or the chief of Leopoldville, or act in
all
shall abide
by
matters affect-
shall not enter into
any
matters to the chief of
any manner contrary
to
the tenor or spirit of this agreement.
Witnesses
Keekuru, his X mark, Chief of Nzungi.
—
O mark,
Dualla, his
Nseka, his X mark, Chief of Banza Mbuba.
Chami Pard.
Mwamba,
his
x mark,
of Makitu's.
Nzako, his X mark, Banza Mbuba.
X mark, Of Banza Mbuba.
Insila Mi^aka, his
Iriaki, his
X mark,
Chief of Banza Mbuba.
(Treat !/.)
Henry M. Stanley, Commanding Expedition du Haut Congo, acting in the name and on behalf of the " Association Internationale Africaine," and the king and chiefs of Ngombi and Mafela, having met together in conference at South Manyanga, have, after deliberation, concluded the following treaty, viz. Art.
I.— The
:
chiefs of
desirable
Xgombi and Mafela
that
recognise that it is highly the " Association Internationale Africaine
THE CONGO.
196
should, for the advancement of civih'zation and trade, be
J384 April
They
firmly established in their country.
1.
own
freely of their
Manyanga,
now,
therefore
accord, for themselves and
their heirs
and successors for ever, do give up to the said Association the sovereignty and all sovereign and governing rights to all their territories. They also promise to assist the said Association in its work of governing and civilising this country, and to use their influence with all the other inhabitants, with whose unanimous api^roval they make this treaty, to secure obedience to all laws made by the said Association, and to assist by labour or otherwise, any works, improvements, or expeditions which the said Association shall cause at any time to be carried out in any part of these territories. Art. II.
—The
Ngombi and Mafela
chiefs of
i^romise at
times to
all
join their forces with those of the said Association, to resist
the forcible intrusion or repulse the attacks of foreigners of
Art. III.
any nationality or
— The viz.,
colour.
country thus ceded has about the following boundaries, the whole of the Ngombi and Mafela countries, and
any others tiibutary to them and the chiefs of Ngorabi and Mafela solemnly affirm that all this country belongs absolutely to them that they can freely dispose of it and that they neither have already, nor will on any future occasion, make any treaties, grants, or sales ot any parts of these ;
;
;
territories to strangers
without the permission of the said
All roads and waterways running through this
Association.
country, the right of collecting tolls on the same, and fishing,
all game, mining, and forest rights, are to be the absolute pro-
perty of the said Association, together with any unoccupied
lands as Art. IV.
—The
may
at
any time hereafter be chosen.
" Association Internationale Africaine
the chiefs
of
Ngombi and Mafela
the
*'
agree to pay to
following
of merchandise, viz., one piece of cloth per
month
articles
to each of
the undersigned chiefs, besides present of cloth in hand
;
and
the said chiefs hereby acknowledge to accept this bounty and
monthly subsidy in
full
settlement of
all
their
claims on
the said Association. Art.
v.— The 1.
"Association Internationale Africaine"' promises: To take from the natives of this ceded country no occupied
by mutual agreement. utmost the prosperity of the said country. inhabitants from all oppression or foreign
or cultivated lands, except 2.
3.
To promote To protect
to its its
intrusion. 4. It
authorizes the chiefs to hoist
its flag
;
to settle all local
FORMS OF TREATIES. disputes or palavers
;
and
197
to maintain its authority with
the natives.
Agreed
to,
signed and witnessed, this 1st day of April, 1884.
Henry M. Stanley. Witnesses to the signatures —
Tonki, his X mark, Senior Chief of Ngombi.
E. Spencer Burns.
D. Lehrman. ^^^^^^-
Mampuya,
his
X mark,
Senior Chief of Mafela.
We, the undersigned
chiefs of the districts i^laced opposite
our names
helow, do hereby solemnly bind ourselves, our heirs and successors, for the purpose of mutual support and protection, to observe the following articles
Art.
I.
:
— We agree title of
and combine together, under the name and
to unite
the
'•
New
Confederacy," that
towns and
their
villages, shall
territory, to be henceforth
Art. II.
—We
is,
our respective
known
as the
New
Confederacy.
declare that our objects are to unite our forces
means
for the
common
districts,
be embraced by one united
defence of
aud our
the districts comprised
all
within the said territory to place our forces and our means under such organization as we shall deem to be best for the common good of the people and the welfare of the confederacy. ;
Art. III.
— The
New Confederacy may be extended by the admission of such districts adjoining those mentioned before, when their chiefs have made application, and exjiressed their consent to
all
the articles herein mentioned. Art. IV.
—We, the
people and the chiefs of the
the blue flag with the golden
New
Confederacy, adopt
in
the centre for our
star
banner. Art. V.
— The
Art. VI.
confederated districts guarantee that the treaties made between them shall be respected.
— The
public force of the confederacy shall be organized at the
rate of one
man
out of every two
men
able to bear arms
;
of
native or foreign volunteers. Art. VII.
— The
organization, the armament, equipment, subsistence of
this force, shall be confided to the chief agent in Africa of the
" Association Internationale du Congo."
To the above articles, which are the results of various conventions held between district and district, and by which we have been enabled to understand the common wish, we sovereign chiefs, and others of the
THE CONGO.
198 1884. Api'il !•
Congo district hereby append onr names, pledging ourselves to adhere to each and every article:
Manyauga.
{
Mark „
of Matanga.
Mahimpi Mbeza. Mbambi. Mbango Mpambo. Mkote.
District of
Khionzo
Mango Mbando. Mbango Mkote. MiJambo Kionzo. Mtimpi Mavungo. Mtimi^i
Mpambo.
Mambouko Ntamo. Massala.
Vivi Maviingu. Kapita. District of Vivi
Benzani Congo.
Mku. Mambuku. Ngufu Mpauda.
Vivi
Dedede. Samuna. Sanda Mundele.
Sanda Mallele. Sanda Mpolele.
Mkandu. N'Sanda Manena. Nebangi. District de
Nsanda
Neknmbi. Ngomi. Netzima.
Suka Madrata. Makaya. Mganga. Kapita Nsanda. Kapita Fontula. Sanda Nlell6. District de Boete
Boete Nzita. Fulula.
Mavinga.
Nzau. Ngombi. District de
Mgangila
Pambu. Makambu. Kajiita.
Nimpangi. Nekinga.
CONGO DISTRICTS AND CHIEFS. Mark District de Msulca
District de
Sadika Banzi.
District de Lefuna.
District de Yellala.
District de Kinzala
District de LusaJct
Kindunga
District de Vivi
District de Isangila
District de
Ngoma
District de
Chiama Mhongo
of
Msuka Mkwete.
199
THE CONGO.
200 1884. April 1.
Mark District of Izenda Nzendi.
.
J
Manyanga. |
District de
Limama Mayoukona
District dt Lutete
.
.
Ne
„
N'Zaozi.
Limama
„
Lutete Kimprika. Tedede.
.
Ndamhi Mbo7igo
„
.
Mbiiida
„
„
„
Chionzo
„
Kihwanda
,,
Kineati.
„
Kimbunda
Ntete.
„ District
„ .
„
District de Sellele
District de
.
„
Sellele.
„
Loanda Maswambu.
„
Nassoma.
„
Natela.
„
Ichiama lOmpioka.
„
Chiomkiandu Kilonda).
,,
Lussala Yori
i
T
f
„
Masivamba
Chionzo.
„
„
„
de Ganya
Ndambi Mbongo. Mazau Chama (Bindu).
„
„ .
,,
»
,
•
1
Ichiamambourn
^,
Kussala.
(
BusallaBusundil ,, , >Monauganda. -r 1
„
.
,
Ichiamkumama
I
Lema (Makanga).
„
Sakola
„
Ichiamdebe (Melonde). Salamamboina (Makanga). Lussala Wala.
,,
,,
I
Mayiikona.
Matanga Sissulv/a (Kirabwanda). Ichiakundama (Kineati). Ichiamboma (Banza Kimbunda). Ichiama Mbongo. Lengo Mbenza. Ichimo Mvangu Makari. Lakali Bwadi Matombukele.
„
.
Linza.
„
„ District of
of Izenda N'Zendi.
„
„
Inkelia Lnbrofa.
Kingoma. District de
Naluma
District de
Ntombo
Sukibola.
Lutete Mayungi. Kinkela Lenga (Nsanda Ntombo) r
District de Yon;,a
„
Malonore.
Mavindi. Ichiampanzu.
.
Mavambu. I
„
Ichiakundama (Nganda). Lutete Ngoma. Lutete Nsona.
District de
Kikai
.
Tiama Surapa. Naboela (Nsundi).
Kikundama.
CONGO DISTRICTS AND CHIEFS. '
District de
Moinzi
District de
Kissimha
District de
Kompola
District de
Wunki
.
Mark
of Kinkela Nzita.
201
THE CONGO.
202
'Mark of Ionia Mboma (Ngombe).
1884. April 1.
„
Manvansa.
„ „
Lutete Mavungu (Kiamba). Sakala Mbwoka (Kaiji) Movemba Motunda (Ntando
Ngombe). District de
Ntomho „
Siku Zambi (Makanga). Lutete Mokidi (Nakaji KunaZoele),
„
Kinkela Makinzi (Kiukongo).
„ „ „
Mivinze (Kissinga). Sakala Makanza (Mankamba). Mkanda (Bauza Nyunga).
„
Mkanda (Banza
„
Kassungwa (Banza Makango). Cliiko Mayaka (Kiviza).
„
I.
District de
Mohanga
District de
Mahunga
„
Xytinga).
Bako (Mbanza Tampala). District de Glonala
J
Ichiama Kundi. Bangazi.
Matunda Mkassa. Kussala Mputu.
Mbongo (Mavula). Msuka Banza ( ). „ Issuki a
Malembessa District de
Bemha
„
(
).
Chiamq, Lutiiba (Madioka).
NampoUele „ ( Glonalla Makuta Didela
).
(Ksala).
Cliiama.
Naowami (Monasala). Mayemba (Mokinanga). Kinsiola (Kiukiuka).
District de
Ngomhe
Yandudu. Namampuia. Mangomole (Nsieka Mavalu). Bikandii.
Banuini.
Nampampuia
(Ivnnango).
Makaia
(
„
Kivcsna (Kimbuku). Mandangi (Kimbongo).
Qualuka (Unatiba). District de
Kimpiri
Mayemba
(Kissenga).
Zenga (Ngola). Moyola (Kinkiilu). iS'iahibu (Koisefu).
Nalekete (Kintoko).
Mbuku
(Kiijaji).
).
CONGO DISTRICTS AND Mark District de
Buht
of
CHIEFS.
Sumbu
(Bulu).
Makito.
Nubukutu. Nawaji.
Nzilabonda (Ntandu).
Kebawcle (Kimbonda).
Namoina Kibonda
.
.
.
{
(Maiitoba).
Mayossa (Mbindi).
Bemba
(Kiboli).
Mswekx (Kimpange). Betani (Nsandu).
Minina (Broende).
Kwemsunga
(Kulonde).
Sukula Mboiiga. Tambele. Yenga. Nampuia.., District de
Kalemha
.
Nzangi (Makaji). Gampoia. Lussilo (Konzo).
Monayendi. Kiboli (Kibunga).
District de Losi
Kimponda (Kituuda), District de
Kihindika
Lomba. .
Makiona. Matai-i.
Niangana. MayeHa. District de
Kwakalla.
Ntombo
Makitu. Fihxnkoiim.
Lougozi.
Masuka. Baghidi. District de
Banzi Kimbuko
Petelo.
Lovamba. Liifuanzu. District de
Ngoya
.
Borgi.
Kimbwanga. District de
Lemba
Petolo. .
Komingo.
District de
Mbu
Makwata. Gomantade. Gongoulu. Jos.
1884. April 1.
Manyanga.
Nausudi (Kaladi).
District de
203
204
THE CONGO. Mark
1884. April 1.
„
Manyanga. District de
of Tanglongo.
Matuso Mboiigo.
„
Kanza.
„
Mkossa.
„
Mavungu. LuYOuma.
Xdandanga
,,
Petelo. „ District de
Ngomhi
,,
„
Zoa Manipuya. Mswalu. Tong. Tuiizo Mivembo. Mballa. Petelo.
District de
Mpanga
,,
Yinda.
„
Lolowe.
,
Melengo.
„
Ngombe (Ngombe).
„
Makitu (Banza Kandoke).
„
Lutete (Lufunchou).
„
Issa.
„
Dongo (Banza Kindingo). Tiamutulu (Kinangilwa).
„
District de Lutete
Missanga.
„
„
Kinonga.
„
Nsumbu (KimbaEda).
„
Dolorwala.
„
Ntoba (Funzou). Chiakambongo (Nzoiindon).
„ „
Petelo Secca (Nkoko).
„
Petelo
„
Bemba.
„
Sumba
(Kinibenza)
Bolotovo (Kindemba).
Tusa. District de Sello
Challa.
Cojji/
of Mr. Stinhi/'s remarks.
N.B. At Isangila IVIessrs. Morgan, Parmintcr, A'an Kerchoven, and Hortwig were present. From Isangila to Luln on South Bank, in presence of Messrs. Morgan and Par m inter. Lutete Kuna, a native of Nsanda, present as interpreter. Originals sent to Brussels with Mr. Morgan, who sent receipt to Lieutenant Valcke.
Gen. Goldsmith received copy. I received a copy.
H. M.
S.
FOBM OF
TBEATIES.
205
iCopy.)
ExPKDiTioN Internationale du IIaut-Congo.
Pallaballa, Vdlh .
April, 1884.
A Supplementary Treaty made this day between H. M. Stanley, Chief Agent of the Association Internationale Africaine, and the undersigned chiefs of the districts of Pallaballa, to explain the meaning and spirit of term " Cession of Territory," found in the Treaty made 8ti2 January 1883, between Lt. Van do Veldc and the said chiefs of Pallaballa.
I.
— It
if.
agreed between the above parties that the term " Cession of " does not mean the purchase of the .soil by the Associa-
Territory
but the purchase of the suzerainty by the Association, and acknowledgment by the undersigned chiefs.
tion,
its just
II.
— It
is
well understood by the undersigne
arbitration between the chiefs
any colour or nationality,
foreigners of
Internationale Africaine
tion
matters
1
chiefs that the right of
and natives of Pallaballa and is
all
conceded to the Associa-
that the right of governing, of
;
strangers of any colour or and the natives of Pallaballa of deciding in all affairs when appealed to by the undersigned chiefs of deciding what Europeans shall .settle in any part of the district of Palla-
arranging
all
affecting
nationality
;
;
balla,
conceded
is
in
to
full
The undersigned
Africaine.
the
Association Internationale
declare themselves as accepting the iiag of the Association Internationale Africaine,
as a sign to
all
men
and that no other
chiefs
also
that the Association
flag shall
is their accepted suzerain, be hoisted within the limits of the
In consideration of which the undersigned and shall receive the monthly pay promised treaty made with Lt. Van de Velde.
district of Pallaballa.
chiefs are entitled to
them
in the
first
All these being fully explained to the undersigned chiefs, they have affixed their
marks
in
te>timony of their adhesion to the terms and spirit
of this supplementary treaty.
H. M. Stanley,
Commanding Expdn. du Haut-Congo. Witnesses
(Signed)
—
Henry Craven. Livingstone Mission.
DuALLA.
Noso, his X mark. Kiangala, his X maik. Talente, his
X mark.
Nefutila, his
X mark.
Nelombe-Katende, his X mark.
1884. '^l"''
I'J-
P:tllaballa.
206
THE CONGO.
-
{Copy.)
Expedition Internationale du Haut-Congo.
South Manyanga Station, March 1884.
March
We, the
chiefs
Dongosi and Knkuru of Yoonda,
sole
31s^, 1884.
masters of the
of that name, having applied to Henry M. Stanley, Chief of the Manyauga. Expedition Internationale du Congo, to enter into that confederacy of 31.
fjigtrjct
native chiefs
now
established between Stanley Pool and South Manyanga,
and all members
the responsibilities
and privileges undertaken or enjoyed by the
of that confederacy being explained to us, we hereby enter into agreement with the said Henry M. Stanley, and bind ourselves, our
an
heirs
and successor?,
to observe the following articles
:
I._We shall keep all roads passing through our district free of duty, tax or impost to all strangers, white or black, who shall have the recommendation or good-will of the Association Internationale Africaine. II.
— We surrender
all
right to collect taxes or imposts to the agents of
the said Association.
III.— We agree
to recognize the sovereignty of the said Association,
adopt the flag of the Association, blue, with a golden
and
star, as a sign
thereof.
lY.
— We shall
refer to the said Association all matters relating to the
government, all questions affecting the peace of the country, all troubles between ourselves and neighbours, or between ourselves
and strangers of any colour or nationality, to the arbitration and decision of the Agent of the Association Internationale Africaine.
v.— We
declare that we have not made any agreement, oral or written, with any person that would render this agreement null and void in any particular.
YI.
— We declare that from henceforth we and our successors and subjects shall abide
by the decision of the Chief-Agent of the Association
Internationale Africaine in all matters affecting our welfare, our
any and that we shall not act contrary to the spirit of this agreement in any particular, on pain of forfeiting all subsidies, gifts, or presents made to us by the agents of the Association. In possessions, or our relations to our neighbours, or strangers of
colour,
witness whereof
we have
l^roxies to sign this
sent our confidential servants as our agreement, having understood its contents and
given our consent verbally in presence of our people to do and act precisely as the chiefs of Ngombi, Lutete, and Makitu have already done. Witnesses
—
Mdombasi Luboki,
DoALLA.
Proxy
Lofunsu
his
X mark,
for the chief Dongosi.
Mbulu, his X mark. Proxy for the chief Kuturu.
li
THE CUT- THRO AT LUTETK
207
From Mbimbi we descended slowly threading our 11 -n way through luxuriant grass until, passing the hillcone of Kizalu, we crossed the stream to which the natives have no other name to give but the " Stream," or " Njali," from whence we follow a lengthy spur, on which the villages of Mani, Ngoma, Kimbenza, •^
•
1
and Mpika,
1
at respectable distances apart, are
1
found
own particular banana groves Banza Mbuba comes next, on a com-
amid
secluded
'
and palms.
their
manding height
a
ov^erlooking
wilderness
of
hills,
between which, however, there runs a narrow neck, Nzungi, a village of
or saddle of a ridge. lies to
the
left.
carriers,
Fat black pigs roam about freely
amid the abundant ground-nut position, if anything,
is
fields,
on a breezier
and Nzungi's
hill
than that of
Mbuba. Several lucent streams are passed before
It
the
find
close to tlie verge of the
is
certain
From
this spot
we
river, into the plain of the
uplands of Ngombe', of
1882.
obtainable.
when he
to the
Mulwassi River,
more promising
Lutete'.
cannot help smiling
bold remark
is
soon strike in an oblique direction
and up over much reddish land
I
Congo canon, and a
grand picturesqueness of view
from the
to
we have viewed several times north bank in our camp at Mpakambendi.
Kimpemba, which we
when on
we come
when
first
I
remember
Lutete"s
saw one of our agents
in
For the pleasure of decapitating the pale-faced
man, he was willing
to
make
conditions.
Swaggering
under a load of palm wine, he affected a loud voice, and
i884. J^Iarch.
Mbimbi
TBE CONGO.
208 1884.
said to the coloured escort, "
March.
Lutew.
Give me that white man,
m peace. .
and you may go away "
What
,,
do you wish a white
man
for
?
" asked the
at the unparalleled insolence of
men, rather astonished the demand. "
To
so often levied blackmail
had
badgered them, and
and
this
to him.
such a man's jugular seemed
The
the escort,
of
Lutete'
laid
escort,
whose
people, release
happy
man
of these men. station,
—a
ever
Victoria's
now
aboard
vessels.
and
were the
and captured nine
who
station,
a neat
and
man-of-war's
British
leads as jolly a
life
as
any of Her Majesty Queen
With onlv twelve men
one mile
tliis
furnishes
have a
away from
lie
lives
the " ferocious
same throat-cutter of two years ago carriers
and
a most exemplary individual in every
Between Lutete villages inhabited
besides
table-servants,
sending his children to the Baptist School. is
firing.
example of what may be
governed by a
lived
in peace just
chief;
We
boatswain's mate,
he
Pool,
commenced
fire,
the
who were kept as prisoners, and for he had to make humble apology. But
to-day Lutete presents an
made
the
discomfiture, however, few as
numbers, they returned a sharp
On
safely.
however, towards
an ambuscade, and
his utter
of his
however, did not
him away
share his opinon, and took
return
on other wayfarers, and
white being looked so innocent
guileless, that to slit
no great crime
To
He
cut his throat," replied the chief brutally.
In
fact,
he
i-espect.
and Mpangu we pass by several
by men
for
whom
I
have great
GEOLOGICAL EVIDENCES. Toonda, in the hollow, enchanting
regard. cosiness
and
delicious bits of domestic
Bakongo, and lyenzi, with very promise
life
tall
for
its
i88k
among
the
Mpaugu,
palms, which
gifts of their effervescing juice, will
men who have
be forgotten by
shaded by the glorious leafy
By
209
the
not soon
seen their open spaces
trees.
Mpangu
time he arrives at
dawned on the mind of the
it
have
will
traveller that both
the
north and south banks of the Congo originally formed
And
one plateau.
if
he has intelligently reflected
on what he has seen, he
will be able to interpret the
geological story told by the deep furrows which time
has inscribed in the canon of the Congo, and the complicated system of profound gorges trending towards it
fi'om the
For like It is
southward and northward.
instance, close to
many
I
Mpangu
I
stand upon a spot
have seen north and south of the
river.
equal in height to the thousand ridges and
hill-
tops I see around, with the exception, perhaps, of half-
a-dozen cones, which peculiar crevasse near
may be a few me reveals the
for at least 150 feet deep.
The
feet higher.
A
nature of the
soil
sides of the crevasse are
perpendicular, a stone dropped from an outsti'etched
arm would
fall
diverted from crevasse
is
straight to the bottom without being
its
course
by
a single projection.
apparently extending
;
it
The
has encroached on
At any moment during the rainy caravan road at this place may sink to the
the public path.
season the
bottom with the
fall
of a mass of clayey and sandy
conglomerate, which will be pulverised into dust by the Vol. II.— 14
THE CONGO.
210 1884.
Mpanga.
Another
shock of the descent from such a height. ^^1^ the
powdcred
it,
swept into the next
debris will be
runnel, thence into the
more impetuous stream next
and thence into the Congo,
colour to the already
rain,
to
give a
to
browner
little
brown water of the great
river.
This crevasse will extend deeper into the heart of the
narrow plateau ridge on which
stand
;
wider and wider with each year's rains
;
exchange the perpendicular
become a
will
for a slope,
gully, afterwards
finally a valley.
water enough
I
to
it
and the
In a heavy rainstorm
then
will
it
a wide
yawn
will
cre'vasse
and
ravine,
it
will collect
plough deeper down, until the rock
base of this great bed of clay and sand
In such a manner,
I
revealed.
is
understand, has the
geological
history of this section been disclosed, at least, if I read it
in the light of facts obtained
But
if I
by our overland journey.
descend into the bottom of the Congo canon,
and look up
to the precipitous walls of solid
rock that
frequently are seen rising 200 and 300 feet (as in the
Pocock basin, and
all
along
that
tortuous narrow
channel between Mpakambendi and Mbelo), the ages
which have elapsed since the plateau above was
frac-
tured, carries a calculation back through such an im-
measurable time that one would fain relegate the
computable problem to those savants
who
selves at
home among decimals and
tures.
can see watermarks as high as
I
the present water-surface rise
;
them-
recondite conjec1
00
feet
above
and yet the highest river
cannot exceed twenty feet above
How many
find
in-
its
present level
years would be required to wear
away
;
!
APPEARANCE OF MANYANQA. rock of such a durable nature
be a at
first
There
question.
low water about Kalulu
There have been rock
is
down
eig-lity feet
also lava
has
it
mass of rock and earth, a clear 400 from amid such scenes as
it
is
Sphynx Rock,
found
Mpangu.
come
?
falls,
a
intact
feet
this,
and Manyanga, that we view the in the distance
i«84.
see a complete islet
which has dropped down, or rather sunk, an
It is
would
as earth
slides, as well
may
?
to be
still
Whence
Falls.
and at the Inkissi Falls one
211
between Mpangu
Mount Beii
lofty
the east of
little to
and on the range of a plain grooved deeply by small
the
tributaries
of
Mpioga
the
which
river,
empties into the Congo below our station of South
Manyanga. It
would be
as this,
The
difficult to
conceive of a land so
and yet presenting such an ungrateful
valleys are rich, but there
is
so
much
to the heart, as
aspect.
slope of red,
we
hard, sterile clay visible everywhere that
fertile
are chilled
though we were looking at so many
blank walls, which hid a
fair prospect
of luxuriant
gardens.
We
stopped long enough at South
Manyanga to enable me to cross over to North Manyanga and measure the amount of work performed during my absence at that station since
a
its
foundation in 1881.
" higgledy-piggledy "
design, which compelled pull
it
all
down and
state,
me
rebuild
I
found
it
in
without any order or
to order the new^ chief to it
anew.
It
was
in such
a backward condition that any station a month old on the
Upper Congo was more advanced.
And
yet this
THE CONGO.
212 1884. April 2.
Mauvan
place alone must have cost the Association £10,000 -^
m ,
Foi such a
suui,
and
thirty labourers ouglit
tliree years,
to
something worth viewing
.
a l^uropean with
have been able
present
to
but here was a " hotch-
;
potch" of rickety-looking structures which one would
have imagined
to
have been made by a
of poor
lot
squatters preparatory to prospecting.
Here Mr.
I
met Mr. Spencer Burns and the gallant Croat,
Lehrman,
fresh
from an expedition which they Mr. Lehrman
had made from the mouth of the Kwilu.
was commissioned with the command of Phillippeville Mr.
on the Kwilu-Niadi.
Burns,
who had
specially
down
distinguished himself on this occasion, was sent
to
Yivi bv the river, while his natives were led overland along the south bank by myself. April 2nd.
— We
continue our journey from South
Manyanga westward, edging away from the chilly gorge, over the well-washed hills, down over the murmuring waters of the Ngaku, and up along to the
A
more
fertile levels in the vicinity of
few miles beyond
this
steep slopes
Ndunga.
favoured and amiable com-
munity of Ndunga we begin the descent
we
into the broad
are hospitably received
by
Mr. and Mrs. Ingham, of the Livingstone Mission.
I
valley of Lukunga, where
should have washed that to labour at
which
my
" chiefs,
'
who have
Manyanga, had seen the pretty
this soldier missionary
a-dozen men, or rather, boys.
it
station
had constructed with
half-
The mission cottage was
as dainty within as any residence need be.
garden behind
little
affected
A spacious
presented a vivid promise
;
a well-
A MISSION-HOME.
213
kept court or plaza in front was surrounded by store-
Under
rooms, kitchen, and schoolroom.
shadowy
the
eaves were to be seen the mission children,
who have
a striking likeness and family resemblance to the black
mission children seen at Zanzibar, Sierra Leone, Old Calabar, and the
dued
air,
as
West
to believe that the
I think
Congo
it
rather encouraged
climate,
hollow of liukunga, W'as endurable,
even in that low
when
I
here saw a
delicate-looking lady bear herself so bravely. literal
sub-
though they were impressed with the awful
mysteries of the alphabet.
me
They have the same
Indies.
truth
when
I
my
say that
I utter
sojourn for twenty
hours was enjoyed with the most exquisite pleasure.
Ten men might
away
the veneer of civilisation on that mission-house,
bare and barbarous
and
left
the
lady's hands,
it
in far-away
and the rich
;
but the art was in
gift of taste, inherited
England, had diffused attractiveness over
the humble home. all I
have utterly stripped and carried
£100 was probably the value of
saw, but then the £10,000 expended at
failed to excite pleasure or admiration in
From
the
cheerful mission-house
of
my
Manyanga thoughts.
Lukunga
caravan climbed the steep slopes leading up plateau-land once more.
A
to the
day's journey carried us
over miles of level expanse, which might,
if cultivated,
supply thousands of people with wheat and corn if its
dense crops of wild,
the
tall
;
and
grasses were superseded
by what industry could sow, plant and build over the great waste, then
we might
see
more of beauty and
richness displaying the fertility of the soil better than
i884.
Lukanga.
THE CONGO.
214 1884. April 3.
Vombo.
the dead monotony of aspect which p
now
enslirouds
its
•
1
potent powers of production.
Yombo
is situateei
on the verge of one of these plains
Lukunga valley Mwembe' western edge. The next day's march
overlooking the its
narrower
over
streams, until
;
grassy
we
ridges
separated
stands on
takes
by
"us
small
arrive on the grass-robed plain of
Muluangu, whence we descend into the trough of the
Kwilu River, which a few years before we ascended in the steam-launch Royal. to the
Congo from
It is possible to
the ferry of
descend
Kondo, but the navi-
gator must beware of hidden snags.
Beyond the Kwilu we discover the broad valley the Luima, which calcite
and shale
valleys
may
is
remarkable for
projections.
at a future time
Stanley Pool, as almost
tributaries of the
One
exposed bed of
of these broader
be utilised for routes to these rivers
all
broad, uniform ridge, which
tween the
its
of
is
Kwa
start
from a
the water-parting be-
and the Congo.
Between the valley of the Luima and the next valley
—that
of the
Lunionzo
—there
is
an easy pass by
which a railway might lead from Yoonda at the head of the long reach above Isangila. onzo,
we
pass
Crossing the Luni-
under the cool sable shades of Ntombo
Lukuti grove, and then over a grassy expanse to the station of
Banza Manteka.
Close by the station
settlement of the Livingstone Inland in a
is
the
Congo Mission,
steamy hollow, too well sheltered from the breezes
blowing over the western uplands.
From any
of the hilly remnants of the ancient con-
!
THE LUFU VALLEY. tinuous plateau at Banza Manteka of
many
villages,
215
we
see the groves
such as Mubangu,
Banza Nkosi,
Kinkanzu, Banza Kulu, Ntombo Lukuti.
These
vil-
lages are great producers of ground-nuts, which are
Lower Congo
carried to the
factories to
exchange
for
and gin.
cloth
Six hours took us from Manteka station to Isangila station,
inertia
much to grieve me, in the under which our own people had fallen through where
I witnessed
A
the lack of superintendence.
house remained
still
unroofed that had been fourteen months building. Into the
the rain
store-house
leaked
through the rotten
There
grass roof, spoiling a valuable stock of goods.
were over 400 bales within, yet our gentleman charge, re-roof
done
than add
rather it
completely
— preferred
to
the
to
— which
five
the
unroll
grass
in
covering or
days would have
bales
and
dry the
of the
Ntombo
cloth
The next Lukuti
is
valley
we meet westward
that of the Lufu, a considerable stream with
a rapid current, from whose breast rock-strewn
slopes
woody
fringes
we
rise to
and cross pebble-sown
summits, until after a short series of these
we
hill-
thread
the twilight aisles of a forest-covered mountain
side.
Ascending here we view a wild world of ruined upland, rent, torn, fissured
and
disfigured, in line after line,
cone after cone, top after top, until the eye
upon that
Pallaballa,
we
outlines.
and Nokki, and Vivi,
is
at such distances
distinguish only their blanched and
The
fastened
irregular caiion of the
Congo
meagre is
traced
i8«*.
wanteka
THE CONGO.
21^ 1884.
isancriia.
far
below Yivi,
On
the south side
grated heaps of utterly useless land. the
side
plateaus
these disinte-
lie
On
the north
Sadika Banzi, and
of Mgangila,
Kionzo present a deceptive appearance of level.
What
a lesson about the climate Europeans could
be taught from this
mountain pulpit
tall
!
For here
they have before them at one glance of the rough and uninhabitable land the causes which render them weak-
With collapsing frames and
knee'd and faint-hearted.
stomachs feebly nourished by tough goat-meat and insipid bananas, they press
on over those heart-breaking
with the endless ascents and descents, through
hills,
winding labyrinths of suffocatingly
tall grass,
and each
time they emerge into light and glare the cruel sun strikes their pale
and tender half-dressed
their white arms, scorches their necks,
Presently
backs.
bodies, burns
and roasts their
they are hid from sight at the
bottom of grassy tunnels, to issue reeling from the terrible
to
atmosphere of reek and slop and humid heat,
quench their
thirst in
oceans of cold water from the
sparkling runnels that thread the gullies.
Some
of
them, under the fiery impulses of getting on, on, and on, will
march
their fifteen miles per day,
and on arriv-
ing at the Pool at the end of their journey, they will turn round and deliberately curse the land, the climate,
and the people, but never their own Yet,
if I
could take them through such a land as this
in twenty-four hours, they
as
in
frenzy.
idiotic
moist England.
might
live as long in Africa
These are the men
England take cabs and hansoms
to
drive
who a
in
mile;
;
CONGO LA LEMBA.
who
partake largely of beer and
enormously of beef and mutton
hour
brandy
who
;
eat
whose every waking
;
devoted to the consideration of the kind of
is
a lunch or
tiffin
they will take, or to serious medi-
upon the best viands
tations
217
who have
consumed
to be
baths frequently
;
have been inditing scented
for dinner
whose hardest labours letters
friends
to
whose happiest moments have been passed the pretty dames of the theatre.
sudden rush,
and
;
in ogling
Surely, then, this
this frantic pace, these endless climbings
and furious gulpings of water, do not indicate the wisest course
more
to adopt.
It
were
be a
w^ell to
and deliberate in movement than
cool
little
to
en-
courage these wanton and wilful attempts at suicide.
A
few miles beyond we come
and from
this pleasant village
and
right,
and Pallaballa mountain
river.
to
On
its
in
is
atmosphere bland, ;
The
latter
feet, to find our-
feet
above
community of
which another English mission
tlie
groves of
Lemba,
view on our
in our front.
this fortress-like plateau a
planted, lives in peace
reddish loam
la
from Yivi, on a height 1700
natives, in the midst of is
Congo
descend to the Luizi
climb about a thousand
selves five miles tlie sea.
we
Yellala mountain
valley
we have
to
and plenty.
Its airs are cool,
surface of the earth tall trees
crown
it,
is
a rich
affording a
grateful shade; plantations of bananas and clusters of
palms add cool water
to the is
beauty of the scene
found.
the mission' has
its
The native pupils
;
;
and good and
disposition
is
amiable
;
and the old chief Nozo
has erected a lodging-house for strangers, a miniature
188+.
q^^^\
\^
^""''''*
THE CONGO.
218 1884.
walls of which
the
caravanserai,
he has garnished
April.
Congo la Lemba.
with ancicnt chromographs for the amusement of his ,
guests.
We rest
one night amid this respectable community,
and take the road next morning
for Vivi.
about five miles, and from the crest of a
We hill
descend
overlook-
f^_. J—^Jfaaag^TT'T-
VIEW OF MPOZO STATION AND EIVEB FROM
ing Yellala Falls Station,
and
all
we view
VIVI.
the upper Yivi Rapids, Tivi
the well-known features of the locality.
I seat myself, glass in
hand, to scan what improve-
ments have been made during our long absence in the interior
;
and
I confess
with regret that I cease
from the survey, wishing earnestly that out the history of this
unhappy place
T could
fi-om
sponge
my
tablet
VIVI IN NEGLECT.
Were
of facts.
it
possible to do so,
I
219
should be relieved
from a burden of knowledge which infects
my
opinion
of the
Europeans.
specify
which of these from among the many deserve
It
unnecessary to select and
is
the lash of censure for their ineptitude.
the currents of European in the
course of five
mainly by their own But, like him the
some were fixed here
election, others
by appointment.
and brooded and grieved over
sat
I
haunted by so
is
that streamed to Vivi
life
years,
of Carthage,
ruins
memory
who
From among
can only grieve that
many shadows
my
of puerile
manhood, and of figures of youth without substance. I
have wistfully searched
progress
;
one
finite
one small evidence of
for
proof that a strong and willing
soul has attempted to modify the pristine ruggedness
of the place, or wrestled with larity.
Were
it
its
wilfulness of irregu-
but a yard of graded roadway even,
or a rocky obstruction pulverized or removed, I should
be grateful.
But, so far as I can
hut has been thatched.
What
passage of 260 Europeans of the station
my
!
descent to
cross over the
see,
not even a
a poor result after the
all
nationalities
Grieving and sad at heart,
Mpozo Congo
Station, to Vivi.
whence
I
through continue
I take boat,
and
i884.
vivi.
220
•
THE CONGO.
CHAPTER
XXXIII.
TO OSTEND.
—Vivi in confusion — A cure for sham — Description of the changes at Vivi —General Gordon's probable work — I embark on the Kinsembo — Loango—Sette Gamma— Coast trade — Gaboon Gulf— Fernando Po — The Cameroons — Duke Town—Exploring a great " " river—Native chiefs buying iron houses—Bonny— Lagos — Quetta — Sierra Leone — My arrival in London — Eeport to H.M. the King of the Belgians.
Climate and conduct
Eemoval of the
illness
station
oil
1884.
On
the
vivi,
soil
seemed
Upper Congo to
the marvellous richness of the
have infused something of
its
own
prolific
vigour into the souls of the gallant young gentlemen at
Equator Station, Kinshassa, Leopoldville, Mswata,
and
those
building rility
;
and
of the
presume,
I
if this is true,
hills,
are
so
impressionable
surroundings. I
am
Germany
a
is
are afflicted with continually
that
In England, with
told there
station
then the
ste-
had dwarfed and contracted the
souls of those at the latter station.
who
than
duties
around Yivi, and the hard, stern
soil
naked
profiles of
other
for
detailed
a
desire
with beer
are very
vast
;
and
much
There are people they its
reflect
moist climate,
majority of people to I
their
who
moisten their throats believe
Belgium and
alike in that respect.
But
!
THE STATE OF in
tlie
i884.
palmy Congo
vivi.'
in the moist climate of the
;
land palm-wine
drunk
is
in prodigious quantities
quantity of milk, or
save a small
;
but
we have people who drink but
south of the Zambesi
Well, then, perhaps
water.
221
dry Arab lands we have a people who drink
but rarely
little
VI VI.
it
occasionally
the barrenness of
is
Yivi to which the barrenness of results of five years'
may
labour
On
be attributed
lauding on
its
!
shores I find that the gentlemen
of Yivi have erected a store-room and residence for " beach."
the accountant, close to the
The
material
mostly has been taken from a frame mansion-house, costing £2000, the other portion of which has been
months- about, and
nine
lying
know why
came, or what
it
from Europe informed them
was
and convenience
residents' comfort
one
So the accountant
?
shall
carpenter
may
may have
other fragments of
I
build
ascend the
'years
ago
;
up,
to this
day.
houses
less
and
On
than
fence broken
I
the
that
it
out of it,
;
is
dilapidated
the
rest
possibly it
;
the
hospital
may
rot
was made to
lot
roll
five
my
has remained untouched there are two
hill
the garden
down, the mangoes
oranges and tropic pears are then that
it;
and the
top of the
built
it
have his share of
temporary convenience, I see
Letters
but then, to a
road which
original
for
wagons
a shed
to
for a hotel for the
of people without a leader, of what use can
be
seems
purpose was.
its it
no
now
is
a waste, the
and papaws and large
trees,
but
Nature's work.
The houses look
and unpainted.
There are about twenty-
squalid,
THE CONGO.
222 1884.
five
whites,
most of
not
know
how
whom
appear as
they did
if
April. vivi.
on
they had
business
A
there.
came,
they
earth
what
or
few bear a truculent
scowl on their faces, as though they were labouring
an
under
uncommon
would gladly
shuffle
in
oft'
them
cThote I find
table
load of
all
which
trouble,
some
they
At and when
manner.
assembled,
red wine of Portugal has taken due
effect
the
the
there
is
a strain of vivacity perceptible in their manner, and*
when
the meal
is
finished
Wine and
even in mid-day.
them somnolent.
many
of
them hasten
heat, I observe,
make
do not see any work performed,
I
although perhaps the coloured labourers
something in a
to bed,
may
be doing
manner, since no European
shiftless
is
supervising them.
In the morning, when the matin-bell sounds to muster, I observe there
is
an extraordinary
sick-list;
about thirty-five of the coloured people require boluses, potions and salves force
!
—
^just
Fearing an epidemic
and
find
is
raging of which
examine more
heard no report, I faces,
thirty per cent, of the entire
— for
rich,
negro
characteristics
and their skins
into
seventeen years amongst
people furnish one with a great respecting
closely
deal of
—that
freely effusing
I
had
their
black
knowledge
the colour
is
the eyes are
oil,
bright also, although the contortions of pain evinced
by
their
features
are
enough
to
veterans from up-river, inured to
models of
discipline,
evoke toil,
pity.
The
and who are
understand a certain signal, and
the steady approach of a dozen of these in martial
CURING SHAM SICKNESS.
223
array attracts the attention of the sick,
tlie
crippled,
who no sooner doctor's window
the choh'cal and the dysenteric patients, see thetn is
coming than with a rush the
Duke Humphrey
cleared.
of Glo'ster's miraculous
cure was only performed on one man, but here were thirty feeble creatures restored
merely looking towards them
a few
at
to
perfect health
men gravely advancing
!
Shocked by the condition of Yivi,
remove
it
by
bodily
paratory to this a
away
to
the larger
I
resolved
to
Pre-
plateau.
new road was made, with an
easy
grade to the Nkusu, which was spanned by a bridge.
We
then lay a Decauville railway between the two
plateaus,
and the work of construction of the new
was commenced.
station
The new Upper Congo steamer having been mantled, was placed on
up the
hills
its
several
wagons and
dis-
rolled
from the landing-place to the plateau, and
Lieutenant Yalcke having returned from his temporary leave of absence, force, to
was
constituted chief of the transport
convey the steamer
Reorganisation of the
Many their
to
staff
Stanley Pool.
was urgently required.
of the Europeans had not
work or of
course, to
their duties.
the fact that
least
This was
all
idea of due, of
the Chief of the Expedition
had been absent, and no to maintain Yivi in order,
number
the
fit
person had appeared able
and
to control such a larjre
of undisciplined whites fresh from their
homes
in all lands.
The following quotations from
letters
to the Pre-
i884.
Vivi.
THE CONGO.
224 the
Association will serve
1884.
sident of
Yi^j'
and several other matters.
to explain
this
" Mr. E. Massey Shaw has been appointed Chief of Vivi Station, and Mr, John Eose Troup Chief of Police. "Major Parmenter, who was the most superior chief of Yivi we have had yet, was obliged to retire owing to domestic matters at home. He was a man of marvellous industry, but the regret of it is that 1 have lost him just as he was restoring this place to order, which needs a strong
man. "Mons. Monet's place of
capabilities are of a very high
the retiring
accountant.
Mons. del
He
order.
Comune
is
fills
the
the Chief
Transport Agent of the Lower Congo, and I feel assured the Expedition His headquarters will be at Boma,
will feel the benefit of this change.
and he will be responsible for all goods received good behaviour of the staff on the steamers."
in future,
and
for the
" Ynri, 23/-d April.
"
Two days ago I reached Yivi, and I have been since in a fever of dismay at what I have seen here. The buildings are precisely as they stood I exempt the accountant's, of course, which does look passin 1882. able. I found twenty -five whites here. The new house, which cost 29,000 francs, is utterly ruined, many sections of it having been employed for I am informed by a humorous person that trivial and pitiful purposes. each of the many chiefs who have retired during the several months that have elapsed since its arrival has expressed boundless thanks for the gift of the timely and munificent donation. What is left of it, hownow will make a small frame-house or cabin tliirty-five feet long. Two events occurred to-day which inform one greatly of the state of mind these young gentlemen are in who have been so long without a leader. ever,
"
One
declares that he will not leave the station, though he has been dis-
missed for four gross offences, and miatters strangely about violence. Another says, Well, I don't care I will go and do that little job at '
;
Boma, then I will go home and explain to the Comite.' " At dinner-time I took advantage of their presence and delivered a lecture to them upon the lamentable state I discovered the station and themselves were in. I sketched out the state of Yivi as I left it, and how I found it. I repeated the dismal tale of changes and scenes that had occurred in my absence. I took tlie trouble of defining what was generally understood by the term duty, and how each was legally and morally bound to perform that which he had contracted to do to the best of his ability. Mine was to execute the orders of the Committee; theirs to abide by their contracts; if they failed to do so they must abide the conseriucnces. " I had arrived at Yivi to bring order out of chaos before leaving the
GENERAL GORDON.
225
tlio Expedition to General Gordon, who will be as little sympathise with indolence and thriftlessuess as I am. " We have been so extremely patient, paternal, and lenient with them, and they have been left so long without a chief, that the conduct of some of them has been most shameful.
cornmaiid of likely to
"
The new steamer ViUe d'Anvers
is
a capital
little
steamer, and exceed-
ingly staunch. If well looked after she will be a great acquisition. " Le Stanley, stern wheeler for the Upper Congo, will be at once dis-
mantled for transport to her destination. " Mons. del Commune has to-day informed me that he has treated successfully with the natives of Boma for the Protectorate. Mons. Kirkhoven has extended our territory until Vivi is now joined to Boma. " Between Nokki and Stanley Pool the sovereignty has been ceded to the Association by the native chiefs. Thus, from Boma to the Lubamba
MOXS. DKL CUMSrUXE.
—
Eiver on the right bank, and thence north to the Kwilu Niadi, through the efforts of Hanssens, Van de Velde, Destrain, Mickic, Grant Elliott,
—
and Spencer Burns, the territory is all one intact and from Nokki on the left bank to Stanley Falls. Such places as are already unoccupied on the left bank Hanssens will complete by July. Signor Massari goes up tlie Kwa to perform the same services for our political interests. "While coming down the south bank, I learned enough to satisfy me that three-fourths of the transport required for plished by our enlistments of natives
;
up
river will be accom-
up by north bank Voouda Station, on south bank, will be established to give more employment to the boats on the mid-section of river. ;
the rest will go
as before.
" I beg to enclose copies of the Treaties securing the sovereignty to the
Association of
Vol.
all
the districts between Nokki
IL— 15
and Stanley
Pool,
All
1884. A\n-i\ 26.
Vivi.
TEE CONGO.
226 1884. April 23. Vivi.
has been done that
is
theatre of operations
possible on the Congo,
now
and Europe should be the by
to secure the recognition of the Association
the Powers. "I
am oWiged
to express
my
surprise that in the letter announcing the
immediate departure from Europe of General Gordon instructions are furnished to
me
as to
what
for the
Congo, no
his particular mission is to
be here. It would be desirable in a matter of such importance to be told whether he is to be Chief of the Exjiedition, Director-General, AdminisI have received only a few brief trator, Special Commissioner, &c., &c.
words introducing a man already well known to me. Before turning over the command to him, it would be well for me to know precisely how to address him in clear and distinct phrase. Fiually, the letter* I received
LA
VITJ.K
n'ANVERS STFAMER.
from himself makes it still more diflBcult forme to understand his mission. I gather from him that he has some views hostile to the slave-trade in the Soudan. A very laudable purpose, undoubtedly, but I am not told
" BuussELS,
"My Dear
G//i
January, 1884.
Mr. Stanley,—
me to go out and join you in have gladly assented to, and come from Lisbon on I will serve willingly with and under you, and I hojie vou " His Majesty has asked
your work, which 5th February. will stay on,
I
and wo
will,
God
helloing, kill the slave-traders in their liaunt,
"
GENERAL GORDON'S INTENTIONS. whether we are to abandon
upon Soudanese
and be diverted from onr work of raids
In short, the wliole
the Nile basin.
slave-traders in
make
very mysterions to me.
affair is
As
Con<^o,
extending, and consolidating along this river, to
settling,
"
tlio
227
I
have already intimated to the Committee
in October, 18S2,
January, July, August, 1883, and January. 1884, my intention of leaving the Congo, according to the original understanding at Brussels in 1878, I
have arrived at Vivi, in the strong hope that I should find General Gordon here but I hear by this last mail that he has accepted a com;
mission under the British Government to go to the Soudan. pelled to stay here then until I
am
relieved
by a
fit
I
am com-
person.
" Yivi,
11///
May, 1884.
" Colonel de Winton arrived here a few days ago, since which time he
has been occupied in acquiring the knowledge of the details necessary for comprehending thoroughly the situation. "
Though it is better late than never, I cannot refrain from expressing keen regret tliat such a person as Col. de Winton was not sent fifteen months ago to assist me. " I hope to be able to leave the Congo about the latter part of tl'.is month, by which time Col. de Winton will have understood his duties,
my
and grasped the situation. de Winton, as Chief of the
It will
be well to remember that Sir Francis Lower Congo,
Exj)edition, cannot leave the-
otherwise the troubles of Vivi will
commence
again.
An
occasional
residence at Leopoldville, and an inspection of the intermediate route, will be all that is necessary.
his mission well on the
You may
rely
on Capt. Haussens
" Yivi,
"
The new
fulfilling
Upper Congo,"
station at Yivi
is
advancing rapidly.
June
2i,d,
1884.
Five houses have
been erected, and a banana plantation set out. The bridge is a great A railway connects old Yivi with the new place, though to be completed we ought to have about 500 yards more of rails. " The steamer Le Stinhy is now six miles from here. The hauling success.
whom
force
numbers
269, of
for if
we
where they hunt, and make treaties we can prevent their raids and truly stop the slave-trade, are now engaged with Baker & Co., and so if we can {D. V.)
with the
act together in the countries chiefs,
All the slavers
push on we "
10 per cent, will be daily ailing."
will find the field free.
such efl[icacious means of cutting at root of slave-trade ever was presented as that which God has, I trust, opened out to us through the kind disinterestedness of His Majesty.
No
" Yours sincerely, in haste, "(5/(/ne(0C.
G.Gordon."
188 -^l""''
^
1.
23.
'vi.
TEE CONGO.
228
" 1884.
June
Banana
8.
" I have to inform you that I
Pt. -^j
Qq|
gjj.
left
Banana Point, June
8th, 1884.
Vivi on the 6th of June, accompanied
Francis de Winton. At Boma I saw your new Sanatorium. much the building and its position, and Dr. Allard's
I admire very
devotedness and provision for sick men's comforts deserve great praise. It is really like a respectable hotel."
OAPT. HANSSENS.
On
the
titeamer
10th of
June the
British
and African
Kinsemho departed from Banana Creek north-
ward along
the const, and as
I
had a strong curiosity
to
understand more of West Africa, and to compare
it
with
tlie
a passenger.
Congo banks, 1
I
proceeded with
do not propose to give more
few useful jottings by the way.
lier
as
tlian a
LANDANA.
229
Seven hours' steaming brought us
to
Limdana, a
beautiful place judging irom the external view.
alternate with dark
factories,
From
tation.
peeps
White
green njasses of vege-
summit of a tree-clothed upland
the
out the mission of the French peres, whose
gardens and orchards of fruit-trees are admired by visitors.
The next day at 4 p.m.
we
all
halt at a cluster
LANDANA,
of factories called a certain
Black Point, and
after
amount of produce, pass on
which we reach
at
noon on the
12tli.
receiving
to
Loango,
Here
I receive
reports from the officer in cliarge of the Kwilu-Niadi division.
or
On
Mayomba,
the 13th a fine
we anchor abreast
baylet
open
to
the next day's run brings us to Sette
of
Myumba,
the west, and
Camma,
situate
i884.
u!^^^^^,
THE CONGO.
230 1884 Jane 13
south of a river
jrumba
I'oliing
and pounding
shippers,
who bring
and a young to
called
The
Sette.
the
huge breakers
do
shore
not
deter
the
jauncheons of palm-oil and rubber,
gorilla
The 15th brings us
on board.
Impango, where there
we have now entered On the 16th we arrive
as
a custom-house established,
is
Gaboon
abreast the in
the
Gaboon
colony.
Gulf,
and
ANNORCfJI.^C^^"''^^''
FROM AMI5RIZ TO
TIIK CAMKltOONS.
anchor abreast of the town of that name, which the seat of are
also
three
Government
present in
for the
the
French colony.
roadstead
French men-of-war, four
coast and
a
is
There
guardship and
colliers,
a few small
harbour steamers and lighters.
On
shore,
conspicuously in view, aie three brickbuilt Government buildings,
a
brick
roof, a great pile
church
with
of coal, and the
a
corrugated
iron
commencement of
FERNANDO erection of a
the
stone
pier.
231
PO.
An
irregular line of
ih84.
June
buildings attached to eight or ten factories, a French
an American
and
(Catholic),
(Protestant)
mission,
with a small store or two, and a boarding-house, show us the whole
French settlement established
the
of
Mangoes planted perhaps some
since 1842.
twenty years ago are also conspicuous
sixteen or
for their globes
of dense foliage, and are seen in uniform lines in front of the mission and public buildings. aspect
of the hills
little
place
is
pretty
Altogether the
and agreeable.
The
along the shore, dotted with white houses
and green groves, shining
amid
clear
tropical vege-
tation, assist the general attractiveness of the view.
On
the 18th
we
arrived at Elobey Island (Spanish),
situated at the entrance to the
The
Bay.
island
is
absorb
German and
most of the
Four or
character.
in Corisco
about an hour and a half's march
circumference.
in
River Muni
English
which
trade,
is
all
factories
similar
in
small steamers coast about
five
collecting produce.
From Elobey and
rounding
Islet
Cape
we S.
strike
Juan
west bear
Fernando Po, a
lofty island in the
We
Clarence
anchor
from shore.
in
The
island
to
deep water,
northward
to
Bight of Benin.
Cove, a rifle-shot distance is
called after its discoverer
Fernando-Poo, a Portuguese.
It is
about 600 square
miles in superficial extent, and principally famous for its
the
towering cone, whose summit sea.
is
10,190 feet above
Westward about twenty miles the Mount
Albeit of the Cameroons Mountains begins, and
lifts
15.
Gaboon.
THE CONGO.
232 1884.
Ke'rando ^°"
its
bold outline
to
of
the height
13,800
Po
lower slopes and shores of Fernando of tropical vegetation
;
feet.
The
are a marvel
but the upper tracts appear to
The
inhabitants seem
to be
more degraded and forbidding
in features than
any
have seen in Congo-lands.
be grassy and denuded of trees.
I
The
21st of
June we arrived
Old Calabar or Cross River.
at
This
Duke Town is
in the
said to be one
OLD CALABAR FACTORIES, KEAR DUKE TOWIT.
of the best oil-producing
rivers.
About 500
of palm-oil had been shipped only a arrived,
may
week before we
and there was a freight of 300 casks ready
for the Kinsemho. it
ca.sks
As
a cask weighs about 15 cwt.,
be imagined what tonnage of palm
oil
leaves
this river.
Through the kindness of the traders to
proceed up and "explore"
this
I
oil
was enabled river.
For
EXPLORING AN OIL RIVER.
company
233
had Mr. James Munroe, Dr. Mackenzie,
I
Mr. Albert Gil lis, and Captain Jolly, of the Kinsemho. I
saw Creek Town, and a Scotch mission
We
there.
Avandered amid sea- washed creeks, and then returned to
Duke Town.
The sketch on
Duke Town.
enable the reader to imagine
me was
struck
Upper Congo. in the
En
miniature
its
at night,
ferent to the scenes
suddenly
the
lifted
nothing very
dif-
which the darkness of night
liad
There were the same palms, perpen-
hidden from me.
dicular, inclined, or fallen over
same density of
of
and deposited on the river
should have seen
I
But what
reproduction
Could I have been
Avant
near Ikunitu,
the opposite page will
into the stream; the
the same sweetly green verdure,
forest,
the same rich reddish loam, the same kind of clearings,
and the same architecture of
Town and priceless
Town
Creek
to
me.
I
I
huts.
saw that the residences of the
by
section
result of peaceful barter of palm-oil
too, in
African chiefs
European
window
cTU'tains
style !
!
England, and
and erected here
costing £4000, one £3000, one £2000.
buildings for
Duke
at
observed a sight which was
native chiefs had been constructed in transported section
But
— one
This was the
— corrugated
They were
iron
furnished,
with carpets, chairs, mirrors and
Conquer that horror of the march
from Vivi to the Stanley Pool, and
I
can conceive Ngal-
yema, Makabi, Bankwa, Ibaka, Mangombo, Mugwala,
Mata Bwyki, and a host of Upper Congo
chiefs order-
ing corrugated iron houses and furniture from Europe for their ivory, their palm-oil, tlieir rubber, their
gum^
i884.
Duke Town.
TEE CONGO.
234 1884.
June 24.
Duke
camwood powder, ^ '
.
Duke Town shows now remarkable There
fair trade.
and
',..,.
^
spices. is
orchilla weed,' beeswax, 2:rains
a civuiser
Now
no government here.
is
and then a man-of-war steams up and returns. Consul was absent^ but
lived
all
still
in
The
unity and
concord.
On
the 28th
Bonny
of
Kinsembo anchored in
tlie
The great hulk
River.
by Captain
June
Adriatic,
Bell, lifts its giant form,
commanded
and displays the
magnificent model of one of the old Collins's TransAtlantic steamers.
At Bonny,
also, there
worth £3000, owned by native cluster of factories
on shore
:
are bouses
There
chiefs.
is
a
numbers of old hulks
are in the river, and a prosperous trade seems to keep
every one busy in one of the saddest and most gloomy climates I have ever experienced.
the climate, however,
men.
The
is
now
fear of
vanishing from the minds of
factors live well,
It is the fashion
The great
and in comfortable houses.
to build corrugated iron houses,
framed within with wood, and appropriately furnished.
One
inhabited by
possessed is
a
Mr. Whitehouse,
covered verandah
its
designer had
Another story added, and each story three
feet higher,
with uniform and prudent
conquest would destructive
feet,
11 feet broad, which
as near perfection as the genius of
attained.
50 by 34
be
achieved
life,
and a
fuller
over the vitiated and
atmosphere which clings
to
the
muddy
shores of the rivers in the Bight of Benin.
From Bonny
New
Calabar
River, which River,
we
is
the main channel to
proceed
north-west,
and
FROM THE NIGER
TO OSTEND.
235
anchor on the 2nd of July in the roadstead ten miles off Benin River.
The
BeniuT:,
steamers Blafra^
discovered at anchor.
Dodo, and
While rolling
Formosa, were in the troughs
of large and languid sea- waves undulating shoreward,
CVerttelf
(PorUL^-uSe)
•y-^"!
FROM THE NIGER TO OSTEND.
the produce from
Dodo
the Benin River conveyed by the
M'as transferred to the
rains wetted
i884.
the
gloomy feeling by
Kinsembo, while continued
decks and cargo, and imparted a their tedious
monotony.
The next
THE CONGO.
236
juT*2 Benin R.
^^^y
Loanda appeared from England with
^^-
^'^®
datcs up to the 11th of June.
On
the 5th
we
passed Lagos roadstead, where three
steamers and two saiHng vessels were at anchor, and
on the 6th we arrived
By
Quettah.
off
this time the
Kinsembo, collecting produce at these various small
had been well nigh
ports,
ments
from
by the bountiful ship-
filled
Bonny and
the
Benin Rivers.
River, the main channel of the Niger,
owing
to the inscrutable bye-law^s
steamship
various
news
at
Quettah
did not see,
which govern these
from Liverpool.
lines
a
that
is
we
Nun
man
white
The
local
has
been
sentenced to eighteen months' imprisonment for whip-
ping a negro a
German war
On
the
friend,
the
At Bay Beach we
!
passed the Moice,
vessel, at anchor.
12th
we
at
Sierra
Leone.
My
who
once
mistook
my
arrived
harbour-master,
steamer for a pirate ship, Majesty's coloured subjects
is
still
still
flourishing,
and Her
continue to dwell with
exasperating emphasis on the merits of " this colony."
Captain Jolly, of the Klnsembo, however, the coloured gentlemen of Sierra Leone.
differs
He
from
obtained
a slight hint that there was a pestilence in the town,
and
hastily proceeded to sea after only a three hours'
stoppage, and
we
thus
saw the
last
of the African
continent.
On
the 29th of July the directing managers of the
British
and African Steamship Company kindly
mitted the Kinsembo to land I hastened to
London.
me
at
Four days
23er-
Plymouth, whence later I presented
EFFORT TO
my
E.M.
KING L'EOPOLB.
237
King of the Belgians, summer at Ostend, that the
report to His Majesty the
who was spending
the
mission he had given
Basin was
me
to
perform in the Congo
accomphshed, with vastly greater success
who
than the most sanguine of those gentlemen iii
the Council held at the Royal Palace
ber, 1878, could ever
have anticipated; and
sat
in
Decem-
I
have no
reason to believe that His Majesty was displeased with the results of these long years of bitter labour.
i884.
sien-a
TEE CONGO.
238
CHAPTER XXXIV. EUROPEANS Eiu'opean opinion of African "
propre " and
Amour
Extravagant hopes
life
IN AFRICA.
—Repelled
—" Bah
!
I did not
neglected and prosperous stations
workers
—The
—" Nothing
"
whisky " !
come
of comforts
heroes of labour
for
work "
— Types
of
— Malingering — Unintelligent
—" Sojering — A "
happier theme
—Young — Our j)hysician—
— New
aspirants
search of adventures— A sad accident
plucky Scot
in Africa.
like
—Few
earnest workers of the expedition
officers in
Europeans
by the absence
"susceptibilities "
—The way to gain a good reputation.
When in EuroDG we Were men who •
capable of heroic
believed ourselves
work and immense
effort,
could
we
but have the opportunity of proving our strength, our natural wit, our native valour, our acquired intelligence,
and our fortitude under privations;
we landed
in Africa,
we discovered
when
but, alas!
that most of us
were without nerve, without wit or fortitude
;
that
our streno-th and much, of our native valour on which
we had
prided ourselves had vanished, and that our
acquired
intelligence
was
valueless,
since
we had
never known the practical art of living away from the guardianship and sympathy of our parents privations
confronted us
we
;
and when
completely collapsed."
Such a confession might be truthfully written by some
AFRICAN
LIFE,
239
young men who returned home,
of the
after the dis-
covery that they had simply been seduced by their
and super-fervid imaginations
fancies their
years in their
As
rough
to believe that
experience of a few smoothly gliding
limited
for the
own
own
life
perfect lands
had prepared them
of the pioneer in Equatorial Africa.
they appeared on the Congo, one after another,
singly or in threes, or in larger
grandly proud
ardent,
that
at
which they boasted was about Africa,
it
to far
to be
mettle
of
proved in distant to note
below zero
the topmost altitude of assurance
how
the
last
was an interesting study
sudden or slow descents
observe
groups, supremely
—were
how
the
— often from effected
the exaggerated anticipations,
;
to
by which
they had duped themselves, took quick flight before the revelations of reality. Instead of meeting the usual conveniences of sation,
which they seem
to
have taken
for
civili-
granted
already existed, they found themselves confronted and repelled
comers,
by the task of preparing and by the drudgery and
They were earliest
these toil
it
for
later
involved.
quite prepared to enjoy the labour of the
pioneers,
but they were extremely loth
to
undertake to do for their successors what they had inconsiderately assumed was already accomplished for
themselves.
In the presence of this astonishing revelation I be^an to hear w^ords
and phrases that sounded strangely
because I had been abroad, alone for so that I
had well-nigh forgotten them.
many
to
me,
years
These were
Europeans
THE CONGO.
240 Europeans in Africa.
,
>
.
which
— self-love
—
" susceptibilities" vanity ? ii* were shot forth like so many delicate antennae,
^'"amour-propre"
f
n
?
^•^
^
and when touched by the imperative necessity of some one being appointed to undertake the work caused them back offended and alarmed
to shrink
was given that
we
it
was
if
their " turn."
a delicate hint Little
discovered that these magnificent
men
by
little
not only
lacked the necessary attainments, but were also most
poor in the spirit of endeavour.
Of
who
those heroes of labour
by intense striving
selves
Europe,
in
distinguished them-
the work-markets of
aspirants for bread or for honour of
much about
in the
my
the
three years I
good fortune
me
I
read so
regret to say
meet many examples.
it
For
may say their number was only And the rest — well, they did not
about four per cent. allow
to
those noble
whom we
annals of industry,
was not first
Of
encountered but a few.
I
to forget their existence.
Can any man have read
this
book
so far as these
pages, and taken into due consideration the character
and nature of our work, without readily perceiving and admitting how very necessary a strong and willing soul
was
to
me
how such by me, how
in the matter of assistance,
would have been honoured and blessed
devoutly I should have admired him for his devotedness,
and courted
of his presence
his
The
;
for
the
vital
value
?
Many Europeans no weakness
company
doubt succumbed from physical
others had simply mistaken their vocation.
influence of the
wine or
beer,
which
at the first
EXTR4VAGANT HOPES.
241
irom Europe had acted on their impulses
offset
.
like Europeans in Africn.
.
the effect of quinine on weakened nerves, soon evaporated in a wineless land, and with their general igno-
rance of adaptation to foreign circumstances, and a steady need of the exhilarating influence of customary stimulants, an unconquerahle depression usurped the
high-blown courage nostalgia,
it
inspired,
and some hypochondria.
which some
called
Many had
also, as
they themselves confessed, come out merely to see the river
their imaginations
;
elephants, lions, buffaloes, tall
had run
riot
amid herds of
and hippopotami, while the
lithe-necked giraffe and the graceful zebra occupied
the foreground of those most unrieal pictures. senses
had
also
been
fired
Their
by the looks of love and ad-
miration cast on them by their sweethearts, as they declared their intention to " go out to the Congo," while
many a
pleasing hour must have been spent as together
they examined the strange equipments, the elephantrifles,
the
penetrative
glowing terms
"Express," and desciibed in
their life in
the far-off
palmy lands
watered by the winding Ikelemba or the mighty Congo.
Thus they had deluded themselves Comite',
as
well
as
tlie
whose Members looked up with eyes of com-
mendation, as the inspired heroes delivered with bated breath their unalterable resolution " to do or die."
But death was slow
to attack the valorous braves
while the do able lay largely extended before them.
The
latter
plainness,
was always present with
its
its
exas23erating
undeniable imperativeness which affronted
their "susceptibilities,"
Vol. it.— in
and ignored
tlieir
titles
and
THE CONGO.
242 Europeans
The
their liglits to distinction.
in Africa.
the
meagre
diet
is
n
^
When
their presumjjtion.
there
stern every-day reality,
i t and the lorbidding t
t
ill hnmbled
•
i
aspect,
they hear that in this land
neither wine, nor beer, nor comforting cognac
to relieve the
gnawing
distressful
hankering they
more
fered for their usual beverage, their hearts beat feebly
and
;
and they see that those bright African images
beautiful
are replaced
a
dreams of tropic scenery and excitement
by unknown breadths of with
only
exuberant
The hot sun
scrub.
suf-
way through
and
spear-grass
tall
them
dares
roadless regions,
jungly
to the trial of forcing
sucli scarcely penetrable
growth
but
;
the distance and fatigue, seeming to be immense, over-
masters their resolution
;
and, alas
there are no fair
!
maidens with golden hair to admire their noble at doing
and dying.
Conscience, or the prickings of shame, to a few not quite abandoned is
efforts
may
whisper
and shameless, that there
brave work to be performed, and that they
may
experience the colonist's pleasure of seeing the vegetables
and
and plants grow instead of that
fruit-trees
cane grass and jungle "
Bah
I did not
!
to play, to eat,
Comite',"
"
and
now covering come
to
work
the broad acreage. ;
I
came
to receive a big salary
to hunt,
from the
some answer.
Do you
feel
fatigued
?
Try some hot
tea
or
coffee."
"What!"
"Try Congo water! No, thank you my stomach was made for something better than to be a nest for young crocodiles." ;
shriek they.
;
EQUIPMENT OF A STATION.
me
Let
illustrate a
the site of a station.
men
One, who has
few instances.
loudly professed himself to be heroic,
Forty
243
conducted to
is
docile, disciplined
black
Three com-
are delivered over to his control.
panions of white colour are allotted to his assistance.
A
stack of bales of cloth, bags of beads, and
brass-wire to ballast a large boat are given to
enough
him
as
currency to barter, and to put into circulation with the aborigines for provisions such as the country
The
nish. will,
river close
fowls,
which,
;
fur-
if
he
possess will be
sheep and goats are also procurable, and a
;
number
sufficient
of she-goats will supply
white companions with fresh milk
neighbourhood
when
fish
may catch the villages around about among which, doubtless, laying hens
he
found
by swarms with
may
will
sell
;
him and
his
the natives in the
him sweet
which
potatoes,
boiled or fried, roasted or stewed, are nutritious
fields of
cassava are extensive, and
its
edible root
be prepared in a variety of agreeable ways. beans and pumpkins are not
augmented by a
w beaten
fish,
may
a
permit
provided there
is
which,
store of rice, tinned vegetables
densed milk, tinned well
Tomatoes,
difficult to obtain,
flour, besides tea, coffee, butter,
a
and
jam, and con-
meats and soups from Europe,
sumptuous
little
may
diet to be enjoyed,
exertion and personal superin-
tendence directed in the preparation of the food.
To
start the station fairly,
we
build a strong block-
house and a native village before our departure, to
house the whites and their goods. collected,
Milch-goats are
and laying hens are purchased.
The
abori-
Europeans
THE CONGO.
244 Europeans
glnes
invited to a solemn palaver, at which both
'AVQ
in Africa.
...,.,
.
,,
whites and natives are initiated into the groove
ox
social relationship.
The now,
instructions, few
sir,
this
is
and simple,
him
to
are
:
" See
your domain, legitimately acquired.
It
has become, by the power invested in you as chief, your estate,
over which you have absolute control, subject to
none other than myself.
and
in
sole arbiter
your dealings
all
I
must leave you as master Let justice attend
questions.
be kind to your people, for remem-
;
Show me on my return that a fit choice was made when I By industry you may make your place selected you.
ber you are
and
father
their
their
mother.
a model to be followed by others less experienced than yourself;
by due care you may make
the happiest
it
You have sufficient native moneys, and abundant provisions. On this paper you will see place in Africa.
the plan which I wish you to follow." I
am
absent ten months from the scene, but I find on
ray return that the condition of the place
than
when
him created
me an
bright, and, alas
grass
ideal paradise
too florid
!
worse
far
The warm promises made by
I departed.
in
is
an
;
but instead of
ideal, I
see the wild
has overrun our native village, so that
scarcely visible.
structures
Not one house has been added
we had
raised for him.
in a state of siege
;
The
my
it
is
to those
station
is
also
a palisaded circle shows that once
an alarm had bestirred him to spasmodic action beleaguers the garrison
;
;
famine
four days searching far
wide only brings enough to
last a
few hours
;
and
the stores
,
NEGLECTED STATIONS. empty
are
;
The
natives leave
severel}' alone that
What
he
a great contrast
is
Why, how
is
this
very reverse to those glowing!
Good heavens,
?
ruin of a place!" I exclaim. road, the street, the station,
Oh,
is
'*
" I have the honour of course,
not,
on the
stand
send you
to
accepted,
is
a very
is
—the
buried in grass !"
The immaculate and
!
gentleman cannot, and will
which,
this
See the village
this is a too harsh vibration
susceptibilities
his station so
altogether to that beautiful
promises, letters, and reports "
him and
to last
in actual risk of starvation.
it is
How
mine!
ideal of
enough brass rods
there are only
three days.
245
for
fine-fibred
stiff-starched
this.
He
writes
my
resignation
he
is
too
;"
high-
stomached to accept a position where he will be harmful, and which
:
less
would willingly give him, so that
I
he would be powerless for harm.
A The
change of masters brought about a happy station soon
began
There are now large around
The
it
;
to be
flocks of sheep
scores of fowls
table meriu
is
worthy of
as
its
result.
importance.
and goats browsing
and ducks in the fowl-yard.
good as that which might be
A grand
obtained at any second-class hotel in Europe.
market
is
held every morning in the plaza of the station,
where
I
can see the
door.
From
could
purchase fresh native bread every twenty-four
hours.
little
ebon children play at
the assembly of native
The houses devoted
women, 500 persons
to the
accommodation of
the officers are 630 feet of aggregate length
den
is
my
;
the gar-
about 200 acres in extent, where there are 3000
Europeans
246 Europeans banaiifis, 111
THE CONGO.
.
500 papaw-trees, and lime, orange,
Africa.
m
^
.
mango
trees,
.
,
giiava,
and
.
European and
a flourishing condition.
native sweet potatoes, yams, and a variety of vegetables
Nine thousand
are produced in sufficient quantities.
square feet are devoted to a grand esplanade, and the
approach to the station
is
along a broad, clear road.
All these results, with other numerous improvements,
prove the character of the changes which patient
in-
dustry, in conjunction with wakeful diligence, can create in a wilderness.
In the above will be found the type of those externally magnificent creatures
who
suffered
from an
in-
curable hunger for a diet which rustic Africa could not furnish in
its
present stage of undevelopment
were unwilling, despite
fair
On
humours
bilious
and who
wages and bounden duty,
to practise a little exertion to start the
their position.
;
improvement of
the contrary, they allowed unnatural
ferment within them until they
to
became a living eyesore
to their friends
and .a torment
to themselves.
Another type of
The
art
was carried
futile
manhood was
to perfection
every one for weeks, and might
men
is
by one who deceived
—
so
unnecessary rupture and rage
his skilful
shamming
to
the malingerer.
annoying
— have
to
some
protracted
an indefinite length of time,
had he not voluntarily ended a long period of successful malingering by an abrupt and unexpected resignation.
Nine weeks had
this
cunning
tised his histrionic art to perfection
blandishments had
I
!
of
artist prac-
What
not lavished on the
letter
soothing
first
artful
— MALINGERING.
247
dodger who chose to ply his art on the Congo
number
oi paces
Til i had
during his supposed to several
miles.
ni walked
affliction
my
on
The
?
••
,.
in Africa.
him
to
visits
by computation amounted
The value of the medical
stores,
condensed milk, jam, tmai'malade, butter, soups, wine, biscuits,
which were held in reserve
men who
for
sickened of goat-meat and cassava bread, accompanied
by hourly transitions from heat
to cold
delicacies
which were consumed by
amounted
to
—required
the
this specious rogue,
some hundreds of pounds
When
sterling.
he assumes the air of a convalescent, what promises of
him
What
promotion are not made
to
ments are not held out
him when he adopts the tone
to
?
encourage-
?
How
his
mock
of one being discouraged by protracted sickness strenuously I lay myself out to
dissipate
moodiness and dispute his hypothetic unfitness
when
!
oif
with a letter of resignation
hopes of an early return
it all
!
In few but intelligent phrases he all
And,
the medical luxuries are nearly exhausted, and
signs of worn-out patience are visible, he rounds
told to dismiss
is
to the coast
— something
is
muttered of an unfulfilled contract, services due, excellent
shamming, necessity of caution,
our " artful dodger "
with jacket
off
is
seen at
and sleeves
triangle, &c.
work
rolled
tory contains a good deal of work
up
And
half an hour later, ;
and
fitly
his after his-
done.
Another of these Europeans;, who have troubled me not a
little,
can be best described by an extract from
my
diary dated October 14, 1880. " Poor
man
—
let
us call
him Frank
—
Europeans
like all other un-
THE CONGO.
248 Kuropeaus
intelligent
men, regards
lils
beautifully easy
life
on the
Congo as almost unendurable. Were he the sole reporter of his experiences since last November, people would scarcely credit the fact that Africa
many new
plored, so
with
was pretty well
creases in length,
them
discoveries could be furnish
— of the soul-harrowing kind. and seems
to
ex-
His face daily
in-
approach day by day
nearer in resemblance to the melancholy features of
Don
And with
Quixote, which I have seen somewhere.
increasing
length
humour. But
sick
of face
men
there
is
an increasing
are always peevish and grumble,
for entertaining unjust feeling
and are notorious
ill-
towards
their physicians.
"
The
conditions of a healthy enjoyment of
Africa, are very
and
his class.
understood,
little
It is a difficult
the rudiments of the lesson of less task,
I
and the
by 'Frank'
life.
It
is
a most thank-
ungraciously received that
effort is so
visible signs of
whom
counsel was addressed.
They do
not seem to take any interest in what concerns their
owe
They duly acknowledge
that
it is
be prudent and circumspect
;
own
a duty they
and
to themselves to be as careful as possible,
plies,
non-
Rarely have I been encouraged to pro-
ceed by those to
health.
in
thing to impart to them
have been often repelled by the
appreciation.
if at all,
life
to
they are civil in their re-
and are ready with promises of amendment.
But
they never practise what they promise, and that active zeal
and watchful prudence which would seem
one
who
loves his
own
performance appears
to
life I
to
govern
never see exhibited.
The
be too irksome, and neither their
UNINTELLIGENT WORKEItS.
249
intelligence nor their conscience are provoked to assist
them.
remember Frank Pocock
I
expedition,
who must
also,
on the second
my
(almost as the sound of
advice
died away) have been meditating on that step by which lie
lost his life,
and caused
sorrow, each time I thought
me
months a pang of
for
of. his
sad end.
" I have observed also that not only in matters of self-
preservation
is
this
apathy evident, but that
it is
in the every-day duties of the expedition,
present
which they
are pledged to perform, and for which they receive re-
muneration.
Any
and creditably
;
single order they will perform well
but
if I
accompany
it
hope that they will consider
sion of a
with the expres-
it
as a daily duty,
the order becomes at once inoperative, for
it is
never
observed. " If I
box
command
certain camp, and assist
to a
feels
its
a native to convey such and such a
him with
it
until
weight properly balanced on his head,
off
he
he
departs cheerfully, and deposits the box faithfully ac-
cording to the order.
But
if I
add, "
and on your return
take this box also in the same manner," experience has
taught
me
that. I
have tasked his memory or his
gence beyond his capacity,
for I shall
intelli-
undoubtedly be
compelled to await his coming, and repeat the operation of placing a if I tell
to
box on
Europeans,
possess
who
sufficient
his head.
in
In the same manner
Europe would be supposed
intelligence
reasonable order of the kind, to
to
understand
mend
all
sails,
any tar-
paulins, tents, or baggage-covers, the order to do so
is
never observed, but any particular rent in a tarpaulin.
Europeans
THE CONGO.
25Q Europeans
be repaired to
tent, 01 baggage-covei' indicated will
in Africa.
„
.
^-^
.
•
Or
satisfaction.
your eye about
-r
i
l
say to such a person
if I
my
-r
'Just cast
:
camp, and see what ought to be
tlie
have discovered that such an order
I
done,'
n
general to be followed
is
too
but any particular order will
;
A
be mechanically obeyed.
promise of promotion, or
higher pay, or a display of tender solicitude, create no
know no motive powerful European or West African abori-
impression, and as yet I
enough
to excite the
gine to distinguish himself by what I
effect
an assiduous
The only people on whom
interest in his work.
words take due
call
my
and create a prolonged impression
are the foreign coloured employes. "
Now,
what may
to
I attribute this absence of intelli-
gent interest in their work which
West Coast
the European and the
Then why does
the climate?
myself? in
I
Europe
it
characteristic of
is
not
native
affect i\lbert
— to
a buoyant
move,
feeling,
to
never otherwise than
an
full
of
life
As
and
But perhaps Frank and others may yet,
"
May
still
"Whereto our health
When To
is
feel
all office
bound
;
nature, being oppressed,
suffer
with the body.
I'll
To take the indisposed and For the sound man."
we are not ourselves commands the mind
forbear
sickly
fit
and
for
action."
be they are not well.
neglect
me
for Albert,
or— Infirmity doth
and
irresistible
for bodily activity,
personal exertion of every description. is
Is it to
admit to enjoying a vitality unusual to
desire to be on the
he
?
strange
"NOTHING LIKE WHISKY." But of
all
251
the rabid absurdities I have encountered
Europeans in Africa,
in the tropics, the preaching of a
merits of intoxicants,
who
nothing
like
that there
is
young
on the
fool
has heard from some old fool
me
whisky, astonishes
Mr. Puifyface, while in a semi-maudlin
state,
most.
has been
heard declaring, in the hearing of our youthful enthuthat
siast,
" after fourteen
the African fever, despite it,
of
years that
all
there
is
nothing
like
it."
It
reminds
me very much
whisky
acquaintance with
may
be said against
after all for the curing
of what I heard in
the ague regions of the South-western States, and recalls to
my memory
inevitable
the South-western saddle-bag witli
whisky-bottle.
after-comers, let
me
But, for
I will
benefit of the
the
West Coast
prove to him and to
all
rise
men
marching as
A
if
known
to
lion as
low
and whisky " topers " have
lived long elsewhere than on the Niger
But
will
few hours hard work or
would lay the lazy
Gin
a dead donkey.
I
from his devotion to whisky,
as " sojerlng."
in the interior
;
spectators that his supposed
but simply to his expertness in the art nautical
of Africa,
show you a sham and a delusion
immunity does not
Show
prick this bloated bubble.
me one of these old bloaters oh and
the
its
you meet him on the African
and the Congo.
coast, a glance at
his shirt or linen, after twelve hours wearing, will tell
the whole truth to
you
as clearly as similar evidence
would be deemed invaluable by a will be able to
police-detective.
You
gauge the amount of bodily exertion he
has been undergoing.
If
it is
free
from stains of body
exudation, then he has been simply " sojering," and
it
THE CONGO.
252 Europeans in Africa.
be difficult to say how long a time must ir> elapse before the liver shows a deadly abcess, or
would
tlieii
it
becomes indurated.
But,
if
you want
to
do humanity
a kindness, trot him out with you on a ten-mile march
through the African wilderness, and then note the
A little war which occurred between traders and me
on the African coast, supplied
lately
details,
which seemed
to be of
result.
iiatives
with valuable
no special interest
to
any
one but to myself, as confirmatory evidences.
With us on the Congo, where men must work, and bodily
movement
is
compulsory, the very atmosphere
seems to be fatally hostile
to the
physique of
pin their faith on whisky, gin, and brandy.
men who They
in-
variably succumb, and are a constant source of expense.
Even of
if
they are not finally buried out of sight and out
memory, they are
so utterly helpless, diseases germi-
nate with such frightful rapidity, symptoms of insanity are numerous
;
mind vacant and body semi-
and, with
paralysed, they are hurried
more vahiable
homeward
substitutes, lest they
more objurgatory phrases on
to
mak6 room
for
draw down a few
Africa,
which should be
justly applied to themselves.
Military
commanders
during their campaigns or
manoeuvres, great journals which have despatched a
body of
special correspondents to report the incidents
attending these campaigns, large firms
who have com-
missioned a number of travellers to secure business,
wealthy companies who own numerous the African coast, will
all
factories
have good reason
the great difference that exists between
to
along
know
man and man,
"LIQUOBING
253
UP."
of those under authority or in their employ.
They
know what hroad lines may be drawn one who " lushes," or " perpetually sips,"
will doubtless
between the
and who seems
to think tliat the
lies in " liquoring up,"
who knows when life
to
sober, earnest worker,
temper the harsher experience of
with a needful sedative or stimulant.
manner
If I in this genial
the last six years,
of
and the
man
whole duty of
making
it
is
allusions to
experience of
most certainly not with a view
any of those who
way, or were returned
to
would be too painful
sufficient
;
my
relate
Europe.
fell
Far from
for
those
it.
by the That
who were
have been the consequences to themselves.
failures
Their o\vn
Nemesis.
sins
If
have in many cases
proved their
any have scented after impurities, or
wallowed in mud, proved incompetent and intemperate, or bristled over with susceptibilities, allowed spleen to
mar
their prospects, or
been indifferent
to their duties,
lacked manliness or were of depraved nature,
say
is
— may their own
It is well,
all I
can
regrets be their reward.
however, for
many
of
them that the
ex-
pedition did not belong to some national government,
otherwise
extreme measures would often liave been
taken to curb the excessive
licentiousness to
some were too prone, and punish severely the
which
many
sins
of omission and commission of which some were guilty.
All
we
could do was to discharge them quickly, to keep
the expedition as pure as possible.
That good order
and quiet prevailed generally was only due rigorous exercise of the sole
means we
to
the
possessed io
Europeans
THE CONGO.
254 Europeans
But had we
enforcG due respect to moral laws. service on the lower river
some superior
in our
capable
officer,
not only of governing men, but also of self-government,
much
me
that shocked and grieved
during the
first
four years would have been impossible.
The
evils of
brandy and soda in India need only to
how
be remembered to prove
pernicious
is
the suicidal
habit of indulgence in drinking alcoholic liquors in hot climates.
The West Coast of Africa
is
much
also too
indebted to the ruin effected by intemperance despite the frequent reprieves
government
— furloughs
service of twelve
But
To
my
it is
months
of
;
and
given by a generous
six
months
only a
after
— valuable lives are destroyed.
belief that the other
extreme
is
unwise.
abstain entirely from drinking wine because intem-
perance
is
inculcate,
madness
by no means what
nor even do
may
suppose that
I endeavour to
recommend what
I
Once we admit
moderation. people
is
I
this last
word,
called
is
irreflective
advocate " liquoring up
moderately at any time, provided the imbiber always keeps within the limits of sobriety.
I
suggest nothing
In the tropics I advise no one during the
of the kind.
hours of daylight to touch liquor, unless a medical 23rescribes a
certain quantity to be taken
absolutely necessary
wine
— should
;
more agreeable,
moderate quantity, that
as soothing to the nerves,
After a
— good
full
it is
red or white
be taken only after sunset, at dinner;
half-a-pint, watered, if
sider as a
that wine
when
man
may
is
what
I con-
be safely taken
and provoking early
sleep.
night's rest one will rise with a clear head,
FAITHFUL OFFICERS. clean tongue, and can as easily do a .
.
255 day's
full
work
in
the tropics as he can in temperate latitudes.
But now
us turn to a happier theme, and en-
let
deavour to show that human nature
There are scores of
vile.
is
not
now on
officers
all
the
weak and
Congo who
are distinguished for their gallantry and moral courage,
and
for the noble virtues of manliness
doing.
It is
and steady well-
a proud and pleasing task to
the unblemished careers of those
early to speak of
who
to
review
served their
it
is
still
many most promising among
too
those
yet remain there.
The
first
who
served his
ably was Albert mariner.
home
full
term well and honour-
Christopherson,
He came
in July 1882.
flotilla
a
young Danish
out in July 1879, and returned
From
the
first
starting of the
from Banana Point to the founding of Mswata
and the discovery of Lake Leopold IL, he
Station
accompanied me. civil
me
who have
term faithfully and with honour, though
Ever prompt
in his deportment,
young man who
in
duty,
uniformly
he proved himself to be a
gloried in his strengtli and enjoyed
his African life intensel}^
The
first
year he could not
impress the foreign African employes with his value^ as the country, to
him
;
its
manners and language, were
all
novel
but as soon as he understood sufficiently the
vocabulary, he was not long before he became a general favourite with our employes, and his frank
hearty manliness
won
manners and
the hearts of the aborigines.
There was no duty such as one of
his capacity could
perform that he did not carry out with willingness and thoroughness.
When
Europeans '"^
1
•
T
requested to undertake any
dut}^,
Africa.
THE CONGO.
256 Euioiicaus
if
me an
he gave
affirmative
certain code of honour to
—I
—
lie
seemed to Lave a
which he rehgiously adhered
never had reason to doubt that the work should
he done conformably with the order, barring accidents.
Had
his education
and other attainments been equal
his goodwill, Albert Christopherson
as free from the stupid vice
would to-day have
The young
been in an enviable position.
common
callinir as his constitution
was
Paladin for his strength,
perfect
to
free
to
from
in
fellow
was
most of
his
defect.
A
good humour,
almost boyish in his frankness, he taught the natives to discern in
him from amongst the Europeans a
guileless
friend.*
The next was Captain Anderson, a Scandinavian
He
mariner.
also served a
very movement of
No
this
man was
coloured employe' could
wish to do his level
term of three years.
best.
haul a heavily-weighted
Tlie
a great pleasure to me.
resist, in his
When
presence, the
he lent a hand
wagon up
a steep
hill,
to
his
keen eye glanced along the lines of tugging, panting * I remember one day that a moody Zanzibar! appeared before me to complain of Albert for having stnick him. His lips were swollen and face disfigured, as evidence that something unusual had occurred during my Albert was called, and appeared with his sleeves rolled up absence.
above the elbows— a fair-skinned young giant. " Well, what is this, Albert ? I hear you have been striking this " Yes,
sir,
I have.
This
man had been
man ?*'
boasting to his fellows that he
could tackle me, and he sought an occasion of it, by language and looks of The last time I told defiance, when I told him to be a little more lively.
him
so I gave
him
a
ing attitude, learned
little
me
in a box-
the sailors at Zanzibar, I suppose.
I could
push,
among
when he
at once turned
on
saw that the whole little sport. for a I gave him one Kungurugwa by planned was thing from the shoulder, which felled him. He was some time coming to, and scarcely believe
it,
but, seeing every one else look up, I
he did not try another round."
MR. A.
B.
SWINBURNE, CHIEF OF KINSHASSA STATION.
MR.
SWINBURNE.
A. B.
257
arm and
men, and detected immediately the slack
To
almost despairing owner.
a shout, threw himself forward, and inspired the
company
summit was
at last
to
sprang with
this place he
renewed
by
his gestures
effort, until
the
hill's
While another might
attained.
have stormed and threatened, and become frantic with rage, he merely electrified his spirit of
work
that
was
company by
the healthy
in him.
command
Captain Anderson had been too long in
know
ships not to
the value set
upon honest goodwill
in the performance of duty, consequently he
shirking, and thus left the
Congo
of
w'\\\\
knew no
an unexception-
ably good character, and a more substantial testimonial for excellent service rendered.
The
third
is
Mr. A. B. Swinburne, formerly a student
of Christ's Hospital, London.
one months on the Congo, storekeeper,
Young
as
He
first
now
has
served forty-
as clerk, then as
and afterwards as chief of Isangila
he was, he constructed the
camp
station.
brick store-
first
house above Boma, and was the only station chief
who
could for some years be taught that a vegetable garden
was a valuable adjunct
to
a station.
He
impressed
me
very favourably by his gentleness and his quiet, mild disposition,
by wliich he
effected a
marked impression
on the aborigines in the neighbourhood of His small company grew attached peace, it
and an
grew
to
him
his station.
— there
was
utter absence of jarring in his place, until
to resemble a family circle.
His house afforded
a quiet, cool resting-place for people bound up-river.
The
little
Vol.
decorations and finical " nattiness " bespoke
n.— 17
Europeans
THE CONGO.
258 Europeans
the
yoiiiig"
home
creuture fresh from
in Africa.
,
i
On
i
surrounded by a neat-
his spare bed one could repose
ness which conjured
influences. i
,
up memories of
civilisation.
The Congo canon, with its chill winds, proved at last he was sent to Enghmd to too depressing for him ;
But, after only a lew weeks' stay, he returned
recruit. af^-ain,
bringing with him a large detachment of coloured
Pool in good order.
to Stanley
recruits,
which he led
He was
then appointed to Kinshassa station, and was
the best
young man
that could have been chosen for
the peculiar qualities of sweetness
endeared him
and gentleness, which Being a man who
and white.
to black
to resent native arrogance
had the moral courage not
with pistol shots, the place was
From
safe.
the day he
planted his flag there, noisy clamour and suspicion were
hushed, and the Association had gained an important post through the qualities which alone could have
and maintained * lie
A
letter
it
won
in peace.*
from Mr. Swinburne, January 1885, relates what progress
has made in gardening, which will be interesting to those who wish to
know what may
be grown in Central Africa had only a sufficient variety of seed I could have almost anything here. The ground is really splend'd, and most favourable to European vegetables. A few English potatoes Teuz gave me are in an advanced state. I tried an experiment with them by cutting shoots, and sticking them in the ground and the other day I pulled wyi one, and was astonished :
" If I
;
to find three potatoes of the size of marbles
though they had been carried eschalots are magnificent.
all
the
:
the originals are thriving,
way from England
here.
The
I have also a small field of rice, another of
sorghum, another of Indian corn of prodigious growth. Sugar-cane is abundant. Cabbage, onions, carrots, English turnips, cress, and parsley
and parsnips, have been
tried successfully.
doing wonders at gardening. springing
ments.
A
up almost gardener
visibly. is
The mangoes, Dr. Sims
coming, from
is
At Leopoldville they are oranges, and papaws are
pleased with his coffee experi-
whom
I shall
bog more eeed."
— FRANCOIS FLAMINI.
The T
last of the first pioneers
T
n^^
•
1
T
259
was Francois Flamini, an
1
•
1
•
•
i his was also a hard-working, striving
Itahan.
a mechanician
who concentrated With
wife and his engine.
'° Africa.
man on his
his affections
the last piece of mechanism,
he proved himself in beautiful harmony, judging by the
happy
results
his love;
him.
:
the senseless iron seemed to respond to
obeyed him,
it
'J'o it
but
it
was not
not do their duty.
seemed
sympathise with
to
he disclosed the fact that he had
I believe
woman who was
a supreme love for a Italy,
it
in far blue-skied
he and
so absorbing that
it
first
time
though
I
possessed a delicate
slight
could
Therefore they laboured lovingly,
affectionately together, without discord or jar. little
For the
engine, which,
and slenderly made, ran smoothly yet
perfectly, while the patient soul of Flamini affectionately
governed
its
Among
motions.
the later arrivals on the
Congo
to
fill
the
void created by desertions and disease there are numerous
aspirants
capacity,
of
superior
rank,
and the equal of the
first
intelligence,
and
pioneers in their
devotion.
When
the International African Association assumed
direction over our affairs in the western part of Africa,
the Comite d'Etudes du
Haut Congo was
displaced by
the Comite' of the Internationale Association du Congo,
which carried on the vast work inaugurated under the auspices of the
d'Etudes du
president and officers
Haut Congo.
Belgian military
officers,
The
first
who, able
of the Comite to arrive
to
Europeans
were
obtain leave,
utiHsed their leave of absence by enlarging their views
THE CONGO.
260 Europeans
,
derived from
lessoiis
witli tlie
in Africa.
.
Africa.
From among
their ranks the worthiest
steadily to the front, "
fit
where," as the English say
to
do anything or go any-
when with
laudation of their
gallant soldiers they close their festivals. at
men advance
I
name
random, not necessarily according to merit
:
these
Captain
Hanssens, Lieuts. Yalcke, Janssen, Parfoury, Grang, Yangele', Coquilhat, Destrain, Dr. Allard, &c.
Captain Hanssens, besides the mechanical duty of
paying exact military obedience, possesses the com-
mendable forward
common fitness
place.
disdains
proving himself above the
His impulse
With
and capacity.
to
to aspire to
a lofty
the numberless
notice
impediments
he has chosen.
to the perfect
show
he was
life
mind he overcomes wearying though
enjoyment of the
to lead,
reflect
and clothed himself with the
circumstances that he would meet,
moral courage.
He
viz.,
pitiful
an honourable
comes amongst us well prepared
to find that as yet there are
captivating menus and
no grand hotels with their
luxurious
chambers.
There-
enters his tent or his thatched cabin and seats
himself between
mud
though he had a a
life
upon the character
only armour that would be proof against the
fore he
his
Before adventuring into the region he
seems to have taken pains to of the
is
unlovely matter of his surroundings, and
the harsh
trivial
spirit of
pioneer.
unknown
If he
walls with a collected dignity as
life-long experience of the is
ordered on
districts to build stations
camp of
an expedition into he sets about
it
in
— CAPTAIN HANS SENS. a workmanlike manner
omits nothing in the
lie
;
randa, from a needle to a
261
rifle
;
and when he departs
the compactness and completeness of his
assurance of his success, and until
we
receive his
happy
was an
Lieut. Yalcke
memo-
column
we hear no more
our
is
of
him
bulletin.
earlier
comer into our ranks
a mere youth from the engineer corps, wherein, strange to say, Captain
Hanssens was
his examiner.
He was
essay in pioneering was but feeble. blast about a
His
first
asked to
dozen rocks that were in the roadway at
Ngoma. He fell sick, and was afterwards put in charge of our first camp at Isangila, where his inexperience of practical details in the conduct of the
camp and
con-
tinued ill-health caused him to be sent back to Yivi.
Kept
there for six
months
to acquire a little
more
experience, he was then permitted to join the advance
He was
party.
taken to Stanley Pool on a reconnais-
sance,
where we learned that a few more
finery
would be a boon, and consequently he was de-
articles of
spatched to Loanda to purchase these, and to return
with them as quickly as possible.
and shipped them
to
He
bought the goods
me, but he himself, falling
ill
again, departed homewards. I
have no further knowledge of him until eighteen
months
manly
later, in
January 1883.
in appearance, and,
I despatch
pelled to
him on a admit
different field, for him,
there
is
and here is
has grown more
though doubting
little
well
He
his ability,
am
com-
him
in a
mission, which I
performed. also,
I
although
try it
is
unusual
an exhibition of intelligence and
Europeai.i
THE CONGO.
262 Europeans
pleasing
in Africa.
wins
Merit
fidelity.
.
sucli a
work
as ours.
;
in a little over
and
change has come the
is
in
man
of
some
two months a wonderful
the most important station of
ov'er
The
Upper Congo.
promotion
•ii-p appointed chiei
which sadly needed
of Le'opoldville, calibre
Lieut.
quick
,,. Valcke
expanding
rising buildings, the
terrace, the utter absence of discord, prove that the
place has found a
fit
master.
from Europeans of poor
diet,
There are no complaints
no murmurs from native
employe's of severity and cruel injustice, nor do I hear of
any controversies with the aborigines.
is
alive with
marketing and innocent chaffering; the assembled
chiefs are in perfect confidence
aboriginal
by his side
The plaza
;
the garden
plots of potatoes
is
green with growing bananas,
and other vegetables
the caravans are
;
regular in their coming and going, and the store-rooms are
filled
with goods and provisions.
Then comes a
different trial.
Yivi, the only
link in an otherwise j)erfect chain of stations,
order for want of a similar faithful agent.
from the lower river show thai there for the presence of
powers to act as presence
is
is
in dis-
The
letters
a crying need
some one possessing firmness and
Lieutenant Yalcke
capacity.
is
weak
my
such that I
is
deputy, and
am
with
selected
the effect of his
enabled to devote
tion to the pressing duties up-river. to his duties at Leopoldville,
full
which by
He this
is
my
atten-
hastened
time
is
the
centre of a large area, and in the district of Stanley
Pool there are three other stations, directed by the presiding officer of the principal station.
Hence
this
LIEUTENANT VALCKE. group
of"
four stations, influencing
square miles,
is
an area of 2000
called the Division of Stanley Pool, the
political interests
of which
importance every day, so ability
263
are becoming of greater
tliat
can be intrusted with
it.
only a person of tried
Lieutenant Valcke
is
LIEUTENANT VALCKK.
therefore appointed Divisional
months
lie
governs
it
Commander.
admirably,
For
five
and executes the
various and manifold duties whicli the government of
such a constantly fermented district implies, wiih precision,
intelligence,
and
unflurried
patience.
From
none of the two scores of chieftains of Bnmbundu,
Europeans
THE CONGO.
264 Europeans
Bateke, aiid Babari do I hear the shghtest whisper of
in Africa.
.
dissatisiaction.
Finally comes
last
By
has arrived.
a fatal accident to Captain Anderson
are deprived of that officer's
Captain Hanssens certain abilities
invaluable services.
appointed to a mission requiring
is
which eminently distinguish him
Therefore Lieutenant Yalcke
is
With
difficult
;
it
sufficient is
alone.
selected for the serious
task of transporting the vessel overland Pool.
The
trial of his abilities.
steamer Le Stanley for the Upper Congo
sectional
we
the
power such a task
to
Stanley
by no means
is
the exasperating tedium of operations
which include the transport of the piece, the oft-repeated
by
sections piece
marching and counter-marching,
the painful care of the countless miscellanea attached to
the steamer (the loss of a single
might lead
many
to
atom of whicli
grave consequences), which, united with
other troublesome manoeuvres,
make
the respon-
attaching to the work most onerous.
sibilities
he was not unequal even to this mission
is
That
proved by
his arrival with the steamer halfway, at last accounts,
to
Stanley
Pool.
qualities that
nor usual
;
He
is
still
very young, but the
have marked him are neither common
and no doubt
this well-deserved recognition
of such merits as he has developed will spur
him on
in
a career which to-day abounds with hope.
Lieutenants
Yangele and Coquilhat are a pair of
most promising young
who have employed officers
in
Belgium
officers of
their
the Belgian army,
"leave" manfully.
will ever
be called u|)on to
Few dis-
— CONGO LIFE VERSUS BARRACK
LIFE.
205
themselves in the manner English Iare called upon to do in the indies and tinguisli
or like
ITT
1*
111
the French
m
in Tonquin, Madagascar,
officers Europeans ^^ Africa. «/>•
Africa,
Tunis and
Algiers, and the Americans in the sjDacious West.
barrack
with
life
all
its
from youth
to old age,
it
A
appears to me,
charms of uniform and military
can-
title,
not offer the advantages and excitements which the
adventurous young and brave crave after with an
in-
LIRUTENANT VANGELE.
may
some
satiable hunger.
It
to be the warders
and armed police of order and peace
in a quiet country like civilised
there
suit the
Belgium
predilection of
;
but,
in
country the literature of adventure
whatever is
diffused,
must be many young men whose hearts beat
high as they read the stirring "
tales
Of moYing accidents by flood and field, 0/ hair-breadth 'scapes i' the imminent deadly breach."
Incipient
chivalry
is
found
breasts, well fired of the
in
numerous youthful
daily routine of marching
THE CONGO.
266 Europeans
froiii
in Africa.
,
bariack to park, and park to barrack, with no
,
.
higner purpose than
from year
from
year,
to
To be
being drilled.
Good heavens! think
drilled
grave
cradle to the
tlie
of some 500 millions of Asiatics,
300 millions of Africans, and 50 millions of Indians
and Pacific Islanders requiring some small share of that drill
which
accomplished a
less
little
is
so lavishly
given to thousands of
who perhaps would
ofticers,
of the training and a
be better for
more of the
little
sight-seeing in the big world without
So the young
officers
came out
speakably excited at the prospect
Like
far interior.
many
idea of the real truth
;
to Africa,
adventures
oi'
others, they
still,
when
They became
realities of
wretched
the
the vain fancies had vv^orth
found
by the grim painful
sobei'ed
diet,
iii
had but a dim
vanished, there w-as enough of sterling in them.
both un-
and the intercourse with
the unlovely natures of thousands of savage brutalised
beings their
among whom they had
putting
to live, often
natural politeness to a hard
With
test.
their
ignorance of native languages, they could only discern the kernels of the humanities which they met.
They
Wa
and M,
had
to learn the
meaning of Ba,
and no sooner had these profound
Ki,
and
studies been mastered
than they were pushed amongst other tribes whose gabble sounded excessively unintelligible
long they were shifted little
by
little
still
;
and before
higher up the river; but
they detected, by the slim knowledge
they had gained, that underneath these crude bronze
masks of
faces
there
beat
warm
impulses
varying
LIEUTENANTS VANGELE AND COQUILHAT. from anger
to joy, hate to friendship.
And
lo
267
!
wliat
Europeans 111
with honest striving and
fast
happy contentment was reached
Now
if
purpose, the goal of in triumph.
gold medals should ever be struck by
tlie
Association to reward industry, Lieut. Yangele' should receive the
first
and Lieut. Coquilhat the second,
for
the construction of the best well-made station on the
Upper Congo.
These two
officers are
the founders of
LIEUTENAKT COQUILHAT.
Equator Station.
To know
the intrinsic value of the
rich land of Africa, visitors cannot begin their estimate until
they see the bananas grow in the
fat soil
around
this station.
An
accident, sad in the extreme, dej^iiN'od
brilliant
young
officer after
mQ
he had shown nearly three
years of assiduous effort to win an honourable for gallantry,
of a
good conduct, and industry.
name
This young-
gentleman was Eugene Janssen, lieutenant in the Royal Belgian Army.
He had come
out as inexperienced as
Alrica.
THE CONGO.
268 Euiopeans
a boj.
Ill
eighteen months he was so far ahead of his
compeers that he was selected to occupy Mswata, near the confluence of the
months
at this place he
mandant, through tliat
Kwa
and the Congo.
had been
so successful as a
com-
his gentle arts of pleasing suasion,
old Grobila, the chief, consulted
he undertook.
After fifteen
He
him
in everything
had become the pet of old and
young, male and female, and his sobriquet, the "AVhite
LIEUTENANT JANSSEN.
Chicken," had been borne up the river for a distance of
500 miles, as the name of one who was the good friend of
all.
The canoes
station, either
hundreds
fastened at the landing-place of his
bound up
who had
down
river, contained
simply halted to say good day to
Nsusu-Mpembe (white
He was
or going
chicken).
requested to build a station a
little
higher up
than Mswata, and to show the Abbe Gruyot a portion of
ground where he might have
erected.
his
mission-house
Their canoes, returning in a hurry
to
Mswata
LIEUTENANT PARFOURY. in the teeth of a gale of wind, foundered
Ganchu's Point, and
botli
the
269
when
opposite
young lieutenant and the
Abbe, with several of the coloured men, were drowned.
One
He
of the most excellent
lived long
tained
all
enough
to
show
the elements that
for intrinsic worth,
men was
Lieut. Parfoury.
that in
make men
him were con-
greatly esteemed
moral bravery, and the indefatig-
able spirit of capacity
;
and
yet, being a little indiscreet
LIEUTENANT PARFOURY.
one day under a burning sun, he was gone from just
as
I
was beginning
number of worthy men
to
feel
comforted at
us,
the
flocking to the standard of the
Association in Africa.
Another estimable, honest soul was Lieut. Grang. For fifty days he lived in the same camp with me, and during this period I had gathered, by the light such close intercourse with
him had given me, that
true^an
;
was
set
in
him
for
I
could count a
every spring within his character
moving by downright honesty
—honest motives,
Europeans
THE CONGO.
270 Europeans in Africa.
and lionest intentions.
In
all his
composition
tliere
.,.,-, T not a gram weight but what was pure manhuess. ,
s-
And
frame was as grand and true as his nature. while
I
was ouly waiting
for a
was tt-
Mis yet,
few finishing touches to
a steamer that was building in the port of Leopold ville, he was too trusty a man to be to take hi in with me
—
left
behind wlien the Upper Congo was
still
vacant
he forgot something at a camp ten miles from Leopold-
LIEUTENANT GRA^G.
Travelling back in a pelting rain-storm which
ville.
overtook him, he was wetted, and afterwards chilled for ill,
want of an immediate change of clothing. He fell and daily grew worse, and the first grave at Leopold-
ville
was dug
to
bury the remains of
this noble
AUard deserves warm praise from me, most amiable men living, and as one of
Dr. the
painstaking physicians
some men worlc
is
as
it
has been
my
lot to
man.
as one of
the most
meet.
To
necessary as food, and to this
gentleman's active mind any restraint in the pursuit
DB. ALLARD.
of some task
it
had
set
cruel deprivation. to
upon accomplishing would be a
we have been
Fortunately
accommodate him
in
It
lespect
this
Boma
struction of the hospital at gratification to him.
271
was
;
able
and the con-
has been an intense
essential for the general
good of wayworn travellers and such commodious building as
sick officers that
with
this,
its
some
ample
verandah, airy rooms, and civihsed conveniences, should
DR.
be within easy reach of enervated
by
men
distressed
it
would have been most
diffi-
directing the construction.
gone
if,
fatigue, diet.
have found a person on
a labour of
by bodily
by wretched
climate, or reduced
But without Dr. Allard cult to
ALLARD.
ove, and a sick
tlie
Congo capable of
To him, however,
man must
it
was
indeed be far
with Dr. Allard's cheeriness and the pleasant
surroundings of bed, board, and attention, he cannot recover.
deepened
Years of acquaintance with him have but
my
sense of his rare and invaluable qualities.
Europeans
THE CONGO.
272 I slioulcl
Europeans
mention Lieut. Destrain and Mr. Hodister,
in Africa.
of
tlie
liness
Kwilu-Niadi Valley, as further examples of man-
and indefatigability among the Belgians
;
but
have no intimate knowledge of these gentlemen. infer so
much from
the
I
I
number of years they have
•been engaged in the service, from the reports of officers
from that
and from a knowledge of Destrain's
locality
frequent tours of inspection and survey in the valley,
and the value of the
details
which he has furnished
to us.
Among
the later British arrivals
who have been
conspicuous for their capacity and their all-round ness for special fields of labour
premature as yet
— although
it
fit-
would be
to detail at large their services
— are
Captain Seymour Saulez, Major Francis Yetch, Major
Parmenter, Mr. E. Massey Shaw, Mr. Spenser Burns, Mr. John Rose Troup, and Engineer Binnie. Captain
Saulez,
on
Lieutenant Yalcke's
appoint-
command of Le Stanley Transport Force, assumed the command of the Divisional District of ment
to the
He
Stanley Pool.
has been tried
months, but, although the
district
only for a few
was
at
one time the
centre of an adverse effort, he has contrived through his
calm behaviour and consistent, watchful, prudent
conduct to preserve the peace.
Major Yetch port.
To him
is
the chief officer of the Native Trans-
is
intrusted the conveyance of the ten
tons of goods and provisions, sent monthly from Yivi to Stanley Pool along the south bank.
favourite
with
the
natives,
and
tlie
He
is
a greai
most onerous,
BRITISH OFFICERS.
have been uniformly and unexceptionally well
services -
273
rendered.
Every one who has come
contact
in
Parmenter has been impressed by
From some
of manner.
with Major
extreme suavity
his
of those whose evidence
be considered of weight,
may
have learned that he
I
regarded as " a complete gentleman."
To which
is
I
must add the very favourable impressions derived from which
his reports,
venture to say were the
I
fullest
and the most detailed descriptions of events occurring at Yivi that I ever received.
While he was
in
charge
of our lower
courier
a
perfect
every
station,
bore
record of events, written in an excellent, nervous style,
through which to me,
I
and within
felt
my
that
was drawn nearer
Yivi
control.
Personally I have not
had the pleasure of seeing him. Mr. E. Massey Shaw, of London, deserves honourable
my
mention at
hands
for
some months of excellent
governorship of Yivi during a term which, I
fear,
him more pain and anxiety than comfort or For
his
sturdy, calm
had been unfortunate enough
services of
to
is
gave
pleasure.
conduct under distressing
cumstances, this hearty acknowledgment
We
Europeans in Africa.
,
cir-
due him.
have accepted the
an applicant who, through an alleged long
term of service in the United States and latterly as American consul at
was supposed appointment. serious error
to
St.
Navy
formerly,
Paul de Loanda,
be well worthy of this
important
may judge by results, a very was committed by me when I accepted this If one
person and appointed him to Yivi. YoL. II.— 18
After a short, but
THE CONGO.
274 Europeans in Africa.
disastroiis term, .
,
.
„
,
he was dismissed.
To
repair the
many
.
mischiefs resulting from
mismanagement, and
to restore
confidence in the minds of the panic-stricken natives
and frightened employe's, was a task which successor, its
Mr. Shaw.
to his
Vivi had received such a check in
was slow work, consequently
career that rebuilding
Mr. Shaw has not had a
fair
While expressing
himself.
fell
opportunity to distinguish
my
utter
dissatisfaction
with the state of our principal station on the Congo in April 1884, I entirely absolve Mr. for its condition.
I
Shaw from blame
would rather express
at the visible signs of restored confidence after
my
my
pleasure
which
met
I
loug absence in the interior, and which was
solely due to
Mr. Shaw's excellent temper and method
of treatment. It is
my
belief that in
have a thoroughly good
Mr. John Eose Troup
No
officer.
doubt in a short
time, as opportunities offer, his services will be fully recognised,
may
qualities
and a position
we
more
befitting his superior
be found for him.
Mr. Spenser Burns has unfortunately been out of
immediate control, otherwise ance with him leads
me
my
my
very short acquaint-
to believe
he would have held
a prominent place in the record of notable and worthy pioneers.
And
now, before closing the
worthies on the Congo,
named
I
come
list
of the British
to a little
Scotchman
Binnie, a hero in spirit, and, although physi-
cally not of heroic
courage.
mould, great as the greatest in
Those who read the account of how
I estab-
LEFT ALONE.
275
HsLed Stanley Falls station and
left this
mite of a
iii*ithe very heart of Africa, removed volunteeraii alone 1
1
in
k
r-
f
'
1
a twenty days' journey from the nearest station, and
doomed
to at least six
months' isolation from the sym-
pathetic world, with only the thought of a large
work
before him, while his only companionship had to be
found
among some 1500
barbarians 400 yards off on
the same island, with more than 10,000 within easy
reach of him, will at once acknowledge that the brave heart merits h(mourable notice here.
Though
knew not
he
teered
might be supposed that when he volun-
it
that
" he
against a sea of troubles;" but tears stood in his eyes,
fellow
was
it
was taking
when
arms
at parting the
was a proof that the
little
conscious that he was in a critical
fully
position. I
know
not what his " bringings up "
may have
been,
may have learnt a may be that his feeling
he was a Scotchman, he
but, as
and
prayer in his childhood
;
of loneliness that
evening recalled
first
it
half- forgotten
words, and forced him to his knees in the silence of his
thatched hut. since I
I
saw the
cannot say, for
I
have not seen him
tears in his eyes over a year ago.
But on the steamer's return, the discovered to have done nobly. possessions
;
;
enlarged his
he had been planting and making
and the savage natives round about
acknowledged him as their umpire
He had
man was
he had extended his clearing, and built
an entire village gardens,
little
in all
friend.
him
Binnie was the
arguments, the arbiter in
all
political
FAnopoans •"•Africa.
THE CONGO.
276 Europeans
controversies
— in
was
short, he
general referee in
tlie
the disputes which occurred in the locality.
all
This case of manly endeavour ought surely to be
many
puling fellows
who
friends to curse Africa
and
taken to heart by some of the returned to
to their
homes and
frame excuses for their
which
raises a
own
man from
utter
want of the quality
the low level of incapacity.
Here was an engine-driver who volunteered from his lathe at a Scottish machinis s', and came out to Africa
—by no weight
means a strong man, not quite nine stone in
—to win bread
for his old mother.
men through What had he to
the top rank of proper
bravery of
spirit.
propre " and " susceptibilities"
he heard such fine phrases.
It is
?
A
He
rises to
sheer pluck and
say of
^^
amour
doubtful whether
Scottish machine-shop
is
not the place where one would expect to hear them yet he acts
through a correct
bravely and loyally,
understanding of the term amour propre
He
feels that
in after years,
him with acting
jealous
is
—
self-respect.
he has given his word to be a true man,
and that no one twit
;
or at any time, can his promise.
So
self-respect that
he
disloyally to
he of his self-honour or
becomes the mainstay of
my
forlorn hope in
an hour
of need.
Germany was
also represented
the best from any land.
by a man equal
to
This was Frederic Drees, a
mechanician, but a very nobleman in working dress.
Quiet and gentlemanly in demeanour, and gentle in language, he seemed to have put on a working garb just to
show how well dignity
befitted honest labour.
GERMAN
He
OFFICEES.
277
never even used rougli language to Lis black
fire- Europeans in Africa
man, and that bilious
is
great praise
if
you know the usual
humours of the avenige engineer.
Throughout
three years of service he performed his duties with the
gravity of a philosopher, the dignity of a gentleman,
and the general
There
an honourable man.
named Lehrman,
gentleman
a
is
cliaracter of
a Croat,
who, by the remarkable power of development that he possesses, has tauglit
from externals. unpromising
me
not to be too rash
in
judging
For certainly no one bore such an
exterior
and
seemed
so
utterly
inex-
perienced as Mr. Lehrman, yet to-day he deservedly
ranks very high in valuable
officer.
my
estimation as a
thoroughly
Energetic, bright, alert in
mind and
body, possessing a fine control over his men, and en-
joying splendid health, no better to take the
Niadi.
It
command
was so
man
could be found
of Phillippeville, on the Kwilu-
no one
isolated in its position that
seemed willing to accept the appointment, but Mr.
Lehrman, seeing the reluctance of
and pre-
others,
viously too modest to obtrude himself upon
my
notice,
me ever since own men, or the
volunteered for the post, and has kept free
from anxiety about himself,
his
natives.
many officers yet deserving of notice. Foremost among them are Lieutenant Liebrechts, Tliere
are
Mr. Monet, and Count Posse.
Their
has scarcely been sufficient yet.
The
must not be too loosely kept. entitled to his hire,
trial,
however,
" roll of honour "
The labourer
is
justly
and the trustworthy agent or
officer
THE CONGO.
278 Europeaus
must
be slighted after full proof of his worthiness.
iiot
in Alrica.
In the above sketches of noble characters, others who
work may
ma}^ aspire after distinction in the fields of
what
discover
special
are
attributes
necessary
honourable mention and are most appreciated.
them
are beautifully and clearly
words of Solomon, the wisest of
man
diligent in his business
?
for
All of
summed up in the men " Seest thou a :
He
shall
stand before
Ivinos
LIEUTENANT LIEBRECHTS.
A
wise Greek said to a friend that " the
a good
reputation
is
endeavour
to
way
to gain
what you
to be
desire to appear."
A men
wise Briton has is
he
t^aid
who cannot
tell
:
"
The most unhappy of
what he
is
going
to do,
all
who
has got no work cut out for him in the world, and does not go into
it.
For woik
is
the grand cure of
the maladies and miseries that ever beset
mankind
honest work which you intend getting done."
all
DILIGENCE IN BUSINESS. Surely each
if
to Ins
279
what the Jew, Greek, and Briton uttered
own
.
nation
.
is
,
.
true, it
must be
-,
/•
also true for
the two hundred and sixty Belgians, British, French,
Germans, Swedes, and Americans who during the six years
those this.
have
who
tried their fortunes
are yet there, and
still
on the Congo.
last
Let
hesitating, think of
Europeans '"^
Africa.
THE CONGO.
280
CHAPTEB XXXY. CLIMATE
— PART
I.
knowledge —A youth's welcome to the tropics, and —Wet flannels and fever—Intemperance — Carelessness in Europe — Inquiry into the causes of sickness at the stations on the Congo — The cases of some of our invalids —The best positions to build upon — Captain Burton's advice, " Beef and beer " — European opinion of Africa compared to African opinion of Eurojje— Banza Manteka: a missionary station — Dangers of low-lying — " pare " — " Observe the native custom "—Sickness not due to miasma— Number of deaths in our Expedition— Instances of how the deaths occurred — Urgent advice to those who wish to thrive in
Value of
reliable
its
results
localities all
fatal
the
Climate— Part
The
trollies.
clearer
I. .
suited
I
can
make
,
.
will be for those
it
this
chapter,
... individuals who,
hetter
.
either
now,
the coming years,
may
or perhaps in the course
of"
have intercourse with the
res-ions
African Equator. There are so
the
under and near the
many wrong and
utterly
absurd conceptions abroad regarding the African climate that
is
it
about time
some one capable of speaking
from experience should utter his opinions bravely and plainly
;
purpose, It
and as it
this book, as
be judged, has
would be incomplete without
its
this chapter.
should be begun with a confession by the author
of having himself lived in
may
Africa, just
ignorantly for
as there are
men along
many
years
.the African
— A TBOPICAL WELCOME. and up the
coast,
nvmg
oil
minute
at this
rivers, the
m
281
Niger and the Congo,
the densest ignorance of the
dangers around them, and of the simple philosophy of living healthily
may
and well amid these dangers.
be presumed, also, that
shall
still
Africa again,
if I live in
be in ignorance of
many
things, despite
accumulated experience of seventeen years.
many
like
others, I
much
has been
indifference,
temerity, so shall
shall
I
and natural
more than frequently scourged
a victim to punishments,
wdienever
as
In the same
my
with the pains and the penalties due to rashness, and
life
past conduct, which has been a com-
pound of ignorance, indolence, ineptitude,
my
But, un-
wisdom of
of the
a man's naturally slow wit can acquire
my
I
have an intense desire and strong
inclination to acquire as
measure as
It
I
be in
dulness,
the future
unconsciously self-inflicted^
trespass
against
the
silent
and
unwritten laws of health.
The young European '•
His mother's
joy, his father's sole delight
That with much
cost, yet
with more care was bred,"
sighing after adventure, volunteers his services, and sails
He
hopefully to the Congo.
is
evidently
in
splendid health on his arrival, but what to do with that
priceless
blessing,
which has been,
bettered by the long sea voyage, he
than
(if
the Darwinian theory
progenitor. the
Congo
He
— at
is
has heard that
least, so
possible,
if
knows no more
right) his long-tailed
it
is
slightly
warm on
the meteorologists say
;
but in
Europe, he smiled at this; thought he could well endure
ciimate-
THE CONOO.
282 Climate— Part
Europe ^
that heat, since
in
summer was
" ever so
I
the ship drops anchor
Still, after
hotter."
m
much
-o
.
1
Banana
Creek, an uncomfortable quantity of perspiration exudes
through the pores of his skin, and the flannels that
were endurable
become almost
at sea
warmth
stepping ashore this
On
intolerable.
increases, the
flannels
absorb the perspiration until they are wet and heavy,
and cling uncomfortably are
full
The underclothes
to his body.
the outward clothing has begun to be damp,
;
and dark streaks along the seams of
his coat
show
that they are actually wet, until in fact he represents
a water-jug covered with wet flannel such as
up
we
sling
in the tropics as a water-cooler.
The youth
innocent of any idea
is
aught should
if
be done by him as a precaution against the furtive of
influences
without
is
the
new
The
climate.
perhaps 105°-110° Fahr.
And now,
cooler in the verandah.
;
temperature
but
will be
it
having; arrived
and
being hospitably invited to take a chair, he gladly accepts the invitation, at the same time
helmet, wiping
doffing his
parboiled face, and fanning
his red,
himself with his pocket kerchief.
He
himself observes
near 25° cooler than outdoors.
that the temperature
is
No
water to a stranger, but wine,
one would
offer
schnapps, beer, gin, seltzer, &c.
See the unsophisticated home-bred youth, how bashfully
he accepts
may he about
Thanks
!
Is
he
not in Congo-land
?
Why
not ape the moustachcd and brave manhood
him !
?
"I
will
take
wine,
if
you
please."
and a glass of black-red Portuguese wine
!
WET FLANNELS AND is
handed
which
to him,
more potent than a
FEVER.
283
after trial lie discovers to be
bottle oi
champagne.
This strong- draught of wine has infused courage in
him
it
;
loss of
He
sits
longer, and becomes interested
the gossip of
tlie
coast,
strangeness. in
and apparent
leads to conviviality
class,
made up
usually
is
which, with
men
of his
of fevers, frivolous localisms,
of crocodiles, or hippos, or " niggers," and such recitals as
would
a
outlast
But
Lapland night.
now
is
it
evening and dinner time.
The
ill-fated
youth has enjoyed his dinner and potent
wine, and a comfortable arm-chair receives his repleted
The night
form. stars
shine
is cool,
but there
brightly,
chilliness in the air,
and gracious, and bland is
was
that he
the
an unaccountable
and the poor young man has long
ngo forgotten the wringing-wet
and could not
;
state of his flannels,
discern, through his verdant experience,
At
like a water-cooler.
last
he seeks the
couch offered him by the hospitable trader, on which
he tosses about
till
In the morning he
and a strange
cockcrow with disturbed dreams. feels
unwell
;
his
tongue
is
lassitude has taken possession of him.
This feeling grows into a nauseous sickness. visited about the time of dejeuner,
with flushed
furred,
face,
and
is
He
is
discovered
watery eyes and a rapid pulse, and
declared to have a fever
Then
there
is
the medicating of the sick
man
in a
rude unskilful way, and a rough but kindly nursing of him.
But the personal attendant
whom
the white
man
is
is
a black negro, to
an absolute stranger.
The
ciimate-
THE CONGO.
284 Climate—
scGHe Gnds after a few days with convalescence perhaps,
and a slow recovery,
when
an extreme
o\\ in
with death,
case,
the hody will he interred at the Point
But no
remains of other unfortunates.
drawn from
any more than
that death
will obtain
Truly
from
it
it
is
the
lesson will he
many
i'rom the
who can
preceding deaths, until those
among
read and learn
this chapter.
extremely discouraging to
that of
feel
young or mature gentlemen who may
the twenty other
have seen this youth, and perhaps enjoyed his society for this one evening, there
an approachable guess
old veteran will
should have
his
left
;
it
mother
a remark that, no doubt, disease
will
remark that
it
make
not one of them can
which cut him
at the real cause
Each
prematurely.
off so
is
;
have
his opinion
:
the
was a pity such a boy another
hazard
will
was some form of organic
another will attribute
to hereditary
it
weak-
De Bloeme and Greshoff and Muller, and several others who came out as boys and One thoughtless throve marvellously on the climate. man will cry out, " Another victim of Africa Cruel, murderous Africa " while one may perhaps venture ness,
and he
will quote
!
!
to
utter his belief that
which,
And
if
so
not very
on
—
all
truth as the truth
The
it
much
was the Portuguese wine,
diluted,
is
mere surmises, as is
as
bad as brandy
!
far opposite to the
to lying!
fever was caused
in the cold night air.
by
We
sittiiig
in his
know how
a
wet
flannels
young man
in
Europe, returning home in wet clothes, feeling shivery,
may
be attacked with inflammation of the lungs, and,
CARELESSNESS IN EUROPE.
285
despite the most loving attention and highest medical
may
skill,
be carried off
by death.*
young man from a
does not exempt another
if
fresh from
Europe are very prone
their flannels are
to believe that
" wringing wet
made
who
"from violent same dangers
perspiration, they are not liable to the as one
like effect
Strange to say, young
arising from a similar cause.
men
Life in Africa
has been wetted and chilled by a wintry
rain-storm.
On
Europe, however,
return to
their
they have rather inverted their opinions, preferring
sudden exposure of the body when
to believe that a
perspiring to a cold draught
would be
similar experiment
Many
will say that ibis
of judgment occur
twenty cases
One
statement.
a
friend
of mine
in Africa.
incredible, but such errors
There are about
personal knowledge to prove the resulting
case,
lately telegraphed
not so dangerous as a
nevertheless.
my
to
is
is
pneumonia, was
in
from Berlin over died but
a
England, and
to
short
time ago from
inflammation of the lungs, after successfully enduring
work on
several years' J]nglish
friends
Africa through
have
the Congo. also
their rash
lost
I
A
warm
have been a victim
lessness repeatedly, *
coloured
forgetfulness
draughts when, heated by the their rooms.
and though
medical authority in
New York
fact that the "violent exercise
Several
I
of
my
men from of
avoiding
temperature of
to
know
my own well
care-
what the
has lately drawn attention to the
indulged in by 20,000 young people at
the skating rinks every evening has caused an alarming increase of pneumonia, 149 deaths in one week being reported. This exercise induces copious perspiration and fatigue, and, thoughtless of consequences, Ihe young have s-allied out from the rinks to encounter the keen cold blasts.
ciimate-
THE CONGO.
286 Climate— tedious, Part
exasperatiiig
consequences of such thouglit-
will be, an
unlucky abstraction of mind or
I.
less folly •
some hapless oversight has caused me
window
of the
button-holed
me
painful
then comes the tedious catarrh,
;
bionchitis,
patrician of old,
out
or some bore has
;
and
protracted
their
me to exclaim, who denied zealous
tempting
affections,
look
before an open door through which
wind enters
the gusty
the
warm room
of a
to
like the
chest
Roman
duty to his Im-
perator in cold, chilly, feverish Albion, " Ob, England
murderous England!"
cruel,
At
for instance,
Vivi,
will
it
I
man would have
strongest
but
;
would undertake that the
a fever within a few hours,
depend on the condition of the man's system
how severe or how mild
it
will be.
Given
a case, having
blood already impoverished by poor food, with system
sapped and weakened by various
trifling little
African
" colds," the fever that could be inflicted on him might
prove dangerous to all
life,
his fresh blood,
his
while the strongest man, with splendid
physique, and pro-
phylactic precautions, would be sure to regret during five or six
At Yivi truth
let
;
manner
days that he had exposed himself to there
an excellent place to prove the above
some Dr. Koch try "
:
is
Go down
to the
it.
I
Nkusu
landing place, become well heated, briskly
up
spiration hill in
;
hill,
it.
which
will
should say in this Valley, or Yivi perspiring,
walk
no doubt increase your per-
then seat yourself on the brow of the station
a comfortable cane chair, and occupy your
mind
with Fothergill's, Fayrer's, or Lauder Brunton's ex-
CAUSES OF SICKNESS. planati'ons of malaria, say, for
287
an hour, until you are
well chilled, then go to dinner that evening with appetite I
you may."
have suffered during 120
over
what
my
and
fevers, great
long African experience
may have that many
I
hundred before suspecting
suffered over one
of these were preventible in other quinine, and
and
slight,
ways than by taking
preliminary remedies, and that there
its
were other causes productive of fever besides malaria,
and miasma. The
my
last six
Added
experience greatly.
sufferings
years in Africa have enlarged
my own
to
personal
have been those of about 260 Europeans as
ignorant as myself of the causes of these fevers. sick lists of various stations
have been inspected by me,
and the inspection has created a
and
fevers tlian
sickness
another.
I
that fevers were
desire to
were more frequent
rife
one could possibly find
know why
at one place to
discover
at a station near
which no
have been astonished
more
The
sufficient
putrefying vegetation
to account for the sickness.
Old Yivi,
for instance, is situated
on a rocky
plat-
form, with a sudden drainage on three sides, and only
during the rainy season does the wind come from the north-west, where rises the towering mass of Castle
For a distance of forty
Hill.
miles,
between us and the
low ground near Boma, the Congo flows between the rock slopes of two mountain lines, which rise from 200 above
Yet, old Yivi, excepting Manyanga,
to
800
is
the most sickly spot in
list
is
feet
at
all
it.
reliable,
all
and
our possessions,
I personally
if
the sick
suffered
more
ciimate-
TEE CONGO.
288 ClimatePart
vexatious "
little
fevers," at that station than at
any
I.
other.
The
third most unhealthy station
though during the
last
improvement
But
in
it.
the
Le'opoldville,
year there has heen a decided if
our old-fashioned ideas of the
cause of fever were correct,
much
is
it
should have presented a
cleaner health-bill than several of the stations on
Upper Congo, some of which
are situate only about
ten feet above high water, witli perhaps
square miles of black fat loam or sides of
Yet
it.
damp
many hundred forest
on three from
to despatch debilitated persons
upper
Le'opoldville to these
stations, in
apparently un-
healthy situations had the same effect as sending them to a sanatorium of established repute.
Young
of Yorkshire, while at Leopoldville,
seen gradually
becoming cadaverous,
his
is
form becomes
less
his pallid face, white lips,
Glave,
and
less
and dark
rigid
and upright
lines
under the eyes, warn us that he undergoes the
;
common and necessary to unfledged At his own request he is commissioned to
strange vicissitudes
Europeans.
build a station at Lukolela, and the change in two is
simply astounding
— he becomes at
heavier in w^eight, living light is
pliant, vigorous,
action betokens lusty Le'opoldville, I
whisper
that this
is
his
Falls.
is
;
his
every
Lieut. Liebrichts, at
a subject creating great anxiety to me. to the medical
man
another unfit case for Africa.
He
My
in the eyes, his form
life.
are not wanting, but the doctor despair.
least three stone
movement quick
young
my suspicion
is
is
months
is
taken to Bolobo on
return
down
river
is
in charge,
Suggestions
himself inclined to
my way
to
Stanley
haunted by a fear that
INQUIRY INTO SICKNESS.
me
bad news of him await
289
there, instead
of"
which a
manhood greets me, and
magnificent specimen of a wondering gaze from
nil
after
on the steamers,
of ns
something in the tone and manner remind us of our
Why, it is Liebrichls himman, who has a strong grasp, and a
sure-to-be buried friend. self,
a hearty, sleek
bright cheery welcome to
all
of us.
Mr. Swinburne, one of the " faithful expedition, tinually,
is
at
always
Yivi,
"
among
the
ailing, ulcerous or fevei'ish conr
Manyanga, or
Le'opoldville
but
;
being dispatched to Kinshassa on Stanley Pool, only five miles
my
to
above Le'opoldville, he lives eighteen months,
knowledge, without a single attack of indis-
position
—a
constant marvel to his friends, that a low-
lying station like Kinshassa can preserve such a mail
and
alive
well.
r
Lieutenants Yangele and Coquilhat, the builders of
Equator Station, and the vanguard of the Europeans on the Upper Congo, each time we anxiously asked, "
What
" Splendid I" the gallant
thing could be better. us
;
give us a
Do
little coffee
petit verre occasionally for
want
;
health,
our
young
them, are
"
officers cry.
No-
not trouble yourself about
or tea, and enough to have a
our cafe noir
own gardens produce
we two ought
visit
of the climate ?"
to satisfy
all
— that
the
rest.
is all
we
As
for
any one of the
salu-
brity of this region."
When the
I
examine the muster-roll of those along
Upper Congo
twenty-nine
since 1882, I find there
Europeans
Vol. II.— 19
above
have been
Le'opoldville,
out
of
ciimate-
THE CONGO.
290 Climate— "^vliom
two
liave
been drowned and only one died of
and twenty have
sickness,
either served their
three
years' te^"m of service, or are nearly completing their
Only one
term.
through
has resigned
reason
of
severe illness.
Considering that the
furtlier
they have advanced
into the interior, the less ceitain the
of receiving
external
Europeans are
and supply of customary
aid
adjuncts to their economic fare from Europe, the above
statement
is
most creditable to the climate.
Le'opoldville.
improving
its
—which,
since 1883, has been steadily
sanitary condition by the increase of
its
comforts and conveniences, through the enlarged views
which the natives entertain of white men, added immensely greater peans in charge, area,
ability
and experience of the Euro-
— despite the larger extent of cultivated
and the more perfect order and cleanliness of
surroundings,
subject to light
is still
occasionally, althongh they
the
to the
former severity,
waves of sickness
show nothing approaching
which sometimes,
incapacitated one half the
its
number
in
one day,
of whites at the
station.
In the moral atmosphere of Leopold ville there fault to be found.
The conduct of
all
decidedly virtuous and above reproach.
no
is
the people
is
Neither can
they be charged with liberal consumption of the strong
wine or ardent
spirits,
coast, because these tities as to
which are
so
plentiful on
the
cannot be transported in such quan-
permit of such extravagance.
Tlie houses
are large, commodious, cool, airy, well ventilated, and
THE HEALTH OF
wqW
With more
protected against the heat of the sun.
and
labour,
may
291
VI VI.
many
time,
in
improvements
additional
draining and clearing
be effected in
that
all
remains uncleared in the immediate neighbourhood of
Every square yard of clean open ground
the station.
Yet, at the same time,
will be a little gain in health. I
doubt
if it will
ever be perfect in
Vivi, again, to
its
present position.
which the steamers from the seaport
bring constant supplies of necessaries, even luxuries,
never lacks wines or for
spirits,
furniture-equipment of
much
ville, is
and its
is
many degrees
buildings than Le'opold-
inferior for the salubrity of its position.
This cannot be ascribed to the fact that
it
is
nearer
lowlands of the sea-coast than Le'opoldville,
the
to
better,
because Lutete Station, situate on the plateau eighty sea-coast than
miles nearer the
of
tlie
Leopoldville,
is
one
Nor can
healthiest stations on the Congo.
it
be attributed to the fact that immoderate indulgence
wine and
in
spirits
might be charged
to
some that
have disgraced themselves, since the most virtuous
and well-conducted have nearly to the same extent. the
site
of
the
station,
also
suffered,
thougli
not
The rocky composition of the
innumerable
means of
drainage around, the entire absence of anything likely to vitiate
the atmosphere from putrefying vegetation,
render the problem
still
more
difficult to resolve,
with-
out the key to the solution afforded by a comparison of the sick
The
lists
truth
is
and the
positions of each station.
that the sickness of Yivi
is
attributable
and principally
to
its
to various causes, but
first
defective
cHmate-
THE CONGO.
292 Climate— positioii,
being situate on a projection in the neck of a
mountain funnel. The mouth of
this funnel
gapes about
fourteen miles to the Atlantic Ocean, then contracts just
Boma
above
to about a mile in width,
The
about 1300 yards. old station
was
and
pier platform
built projects about
at Vivi to
on which
tlie
300 yards across
this breadth, receiving the cold south-west sea-breeze,
which, blowing a five-knot breeze at Banana,
is
felt
of
the force of fourteen knots at Vivi.
THE FUNNEL-SHAPED GORGE OF THE LOWER CONGO.
Manyang;), another unhealthy station for fortunate position,
still
un-
ordy higlier up the neck of the
Leopoldville again
funnel.
but
is
its
defective, being
is
placed sh'glitly
on the slope of a
hill
bettei',
by whicli
the plateau winds and the upper strata of canon blasts escape, to be diffused over the expanse of Stanley Pool.
Boma it
the
is
superior to Yivi
Congo Vnlley
foi" its
is less
position, because near
confined,
and would be con-
sequently more salubrious were there some drainage of
A SEA-COAST POSITION. the flats aroiina
it
293
Banana Point
effected.
oup*lit to ciimateI'ait
be superior
to
removed, were offensive.
The
the sea and
both, because the bills are it
not so low, and
site consists
its
still
farther
neighboui'hood so
of sea-sand, through which
water percolate underneath
river
the
;
hollows within present malodorous abominations, and
perhaps the absence of strong moral public opinion has conduced to
its
At
past evil repute.
time, a wise expenditure of
the same
money, and good
order,
KintaTnoQ
PLAN TO ILLUSTRATE HOW THE GOUGE DISCHARGES
WINDS AT
ITS
LEOPOLDVILLE.
would greatly improve the point.
It is certain that
chniices of life
a position on the sea coast,
well chosen, with cleanly living, aided the petty details of
life,
is
no worse than mere cold
posure to both that invokes is
by wisdom
it
in
ought not to be more unhealthy
than any other place on the globe heat
on the sandy
its
as cruel to the unprotected
—
;
because the mere
it is
the careless ex-
malignanc}'
body as
it is
.
The heat
to the
head
I.
THE CONGO.
294 Climate—
of a Europeaii, but so
is
tlie
extreme
It is the
cold.
wise government of conduct that renders both equally harmless.
An
open position then, especially
happy
are
from
all
— that
deposits
is
to say,
surroundings
if its
removed as much
as possible
and deleterious influences of putrefy-
ing vegetable matter, with the
around,
air freely diifused
with careful provision against accidents from the extreme heat, with changes of temperature guarded against
by
the
same precautions that are adopted
in Europe,
with good food, with work to amuse or interest the mind, with due means to check the influences resulting
from such a
total
change in
life
as the tropic climate
demands, and with proper moral conduct, will enable the
European
1 maintain,
hot climate as
to thrive in a
well as in any climate under the sun.
what
Travellers vary in their estimation of for the intending
immigrant
to the tropics.
is
fitting
Captain
Burton, after a brief visit to the Congo, cries out for " Beef and beer."
may
However
be, yet there is
means, that
is
startling at
some truth
in
first
" Beef,"
it.
good substantial nourishing
there be a variety of fresh animal food beef,
mutton, game,
fish
and
potatoes, turnips, cabbages,
sight this
fowl, with
;
food.
by
all
Let
well cooked
vegetables-
beets, carrots
— and
good
bread, butter, jam, tea, or coffee, vv^th all sensible dishes
that the cook's skill can furnish.
Even
althouo-h other
externals are not quite perfect, good food will better
enable one to live and withstand the troubles of climatic
change than bad
food.
But about ''beer"
I
differ.
MODERATION IN FOOD AND DRINK. The English
German
beers are too bihous for Africa,
;
and
I
— claret and
be allowed
—during daylight. it
would be
when you
be,
— abso-
one exception should severe
strain of the
will be compelled to confine your-
your house until the
may
If
after a
completely passed away. effect
—are obtain-
would strongly recommend that these should
lutely never
self to
Madeiras
moderately, witli dinner, and never
be taken
system,
and the
beers are not absohitelj necessary, so long as
red and white wines able
295
effect
produced by
however small
For,
has
it
this
whether a slight exhilaration, or com-
plete intoxication, false
courage that
defy
the direct
emboldens or inspires you with a
it
may
be
sun-heat
fatal, if
you are tempted
to
while under the elevating
influence of the bevej-age.
The Duke of Wellington's of health in India,
is
also applicable to the
know but one
" I
country, and that
is
receipt for the promotion
receipt
good health
for
if possible, to
The
last
is
mind employed,
keep in good humour with the world.
the most
observed, there
in this
to live moderately, to drink little
or no wine, to use exercise, to keep the and,
Congo.
is
diflicult,
for as
you have often
scarcely a good-tempered
man
in
India."
All those officers on the Congo all will
admit that a moderate
who have
life
reflected at
has been proved to
Modera-
be more successful than an immoderate one.
tion in food, as well as in drinking ardent liquor.
To
am
not
drink
little
wine
is
excellent
advice, but
I
yet prepared to admit that total abstinence from wine
ciimatc-
TEE CONGO.
296 Climate— is Part
than
better
temperance, either
Africa
in
or
in
I. .
Employment
Europe.
nrged
and
;
the world living, a
if
a
man
I
have already
can keep in good
humour with
means that he
it
happy
that the world
is
mind
for the
is
good health from wise
in
employment, and
situation, agreeable
pleasant with him.
must be remembered, however, that
Jt
if
man
a
in a
violent state of [)erspiration subjects his unprepared
person to a cold draught of wind while in such a condition, the
fact
that he
and nobly,
will not save
any more than that from a cold and beer
temperate in his
and has always dieted
habits,
"
is
its
it
will save
in Africa
him
richly,
from a
in northern
fever,
Europe
Neither " beef
tedious pains.
and
and
or " beef and brandy," nor all the drugs of the
pharmacopoeia will save him. house
body wisely,
his
him
life
is
if
so unwisely chosen that his
subjected
minute
Or,
to
violent
changes
of
the position of his
body
is
perpetually
— one
temperature-
and the other
in a state of profuse perspiration
minute outdoors without additional clothing, exposed to a chilling blast that closes the pores,
damp
flannel pressed against the
will not avail him.
have returned
to
My
wonder
body is,
—
and
chills the
his perfect diet
not that so
Europe disheartened
at the
many
weakness
of the resistance their constitutions were able to offer to
the
vicissitudes
which their
ignorance
subjected
own persons to, but at the fact that there are still many who bravely endured all. And, now that so
their
so
much has been
cleared of
to us in Africa, let us try
what was before
how
it
so mysterious
would answer
in well-
SICKNESS AT SIEREA LEONE. drained and well-fed London,
or
297
any other
Enf^lish
Let us heat our sitting-room, until the under-
city.
clothing gets thoroughly soaked with perspiration, then
walk outdoors
and stand on a windy
to a street corner,
day without additional clothing,
morning
for the
Or go
result.
become heated with dancing walk home if,
to a
months of poor
months of
next
London
ball,
crowded room, then
me
honestly
this experience,
you add
the same dress, and
in
in addition to
scribable
in a
till
and wait
tell
diet,
bad cooking, and other inde-
discomforts,
you wonder that the African
many
continent has an evil character, and that so
un-
fortunate pioneers of trade and exploration have left their bones in its earth.
Let future governors of Sierra Leone bear cause in mind, and see
if
tion of their residence, their town.
It
may
this great
they cannot rectify the posi-
and that of the barracks a
be,
new
in
dawn on
light will
them, to the great benefit of themselves and the comfort of their families. I
have said that Yivi owed
its
cipally to its defective position, to
cold blast blowing
south-west.
same
is
station,
I
its
exposure to the
up the mountain funnel from the
have taken Vivi
applicable
unhealthiness prin-
to
as a type
— and
any similarly exposed camp,
town, or city in equatorial Africa.
singular illustration of this
is tiie fact
Another
that in ascending
the Congo, notwithstanding the long array of islands
the
swampy
and shores, and the want of exercise on such
small boats,
we enjoyed
excellent health.
But when
ciimate-
298 cij;n^te—
THE CONGO.
descending the river at
and
full
speed the wind, sharp, cold,
Under
chilling, frequently prostrated us.
in the cabin, or
when
temperature was
warm enough
perspiration, but
when we emerged
shelter,
protected by the bulwarks, the
an insensible
to induce
some duty from
for
behind our shelter, the wind produced that feeling
which ended
in fever.
A glass barrier
down
bodies while piloting the steamers
have saved us from these distressing I
have
said, also, that this
in front of our
river would
attacks.
exposure, and the quick
and frequent transitions we thereby experienced, though the principal, were not the only causes of fever
have
also asserted,
is
effects suffered indirectly
all
I
and proved, that the warm tempera-
ture of equatorial Africa
able,
and
;
not dangerous
through
it
that the
;
ill-
are easily remedi-
provided circumstances will permit
it,
and mostly
other causes are preventable.
Europeans going into Africa are precisely in the same state of ignorance as Central African aborigines to
Europe.
coming
Both commit the gravest imprudences, and
being severe sufferers through their imprudent
they ignorantly blame the country and " Cruel,
murderous Africa
European.
"Deadly and
!
"
its
exclaims the
hateful
cold draught from the open
him with a protracted bronchial I
climate.
northern
Europe!" exclaims
the dark aborigine from the African tropics, first
follies,
window
when
the
or door visits
sickness.
have pointed out our short-comings in judgment,
and the
sick lists at
Boma, Yivi,
Isangila,
Bayneston, and Le'opoldville will prove
my
Manyanga,
words.
But
VALLEY STATIONS. 1
299
must now point out another cause of sickness, .
and numerous calamities
long-suffering
illustrate the
to .
which -purchase experience, although nothing short of dynamital terror moves the majority of mortal
men
to
immediate action. I will
Banza Manteka, a
take
station of the pious,
hard-striving, long-enduring missioners, belonging to
the "Livingstone .Inland
Congo Mission,"
another cause of sickness. like a
It is situate in
hill crest to
drawn exactly
the opposing
On
one
that opposite to the prevailing winds^ access to the valley of
would
say,
cannot
still
their zeal for
and papaw
hill crest,
a
Ntombo
-
however,
side,
it is
open, having
Here, one
Lukuti.
a snug nest, where the howling winds
is
chill to
it
hills.
bisecting the station would be a
mile and a quarter in length.
make
a hollow,
bowl deep sunk in the bosom of enfolding
Perhaps from one line
as a type of
death the pale-faced European
more snug and cosy the poor
and
;
to
fellows in
work have planted gardens of bananas
trees,
whose beautiful fronds and leafage
almost hide the dwelling of these God-serving men.
In the high, exposed places we consider the rainy season as the healthiest.
Some have supposed
so from the greater clearness
sphere
whereas in
are hushed and
it
to be
and purity of the atmo-
fact it is only because the cold
we enjoy an uniform warmth.
this season is the healthiest at
winds
But
if
Yivi and other stations
Congo canon, it is the most unhealthy in hollows these of Banza Manteka and Lukunga stations.
in the
like
After a rain-fall the atmosphere
is
clear
and the sky
ciimatePart I.
THE CONGO.
300 Climate— is Part
During
of an Italian hue.
temporary clearness
this
J.
the atmosphere offers the least obstruction to the direct
power of the sun.
If powerful
on the
hill-tops it
be of baking- heat in these bowl-like hollows.
ing cloud of the
only causes a more profuse perspira-
it
by the confinement
tion
damp
step.
to the
body of the ascend-
warm vapour which
earth,
surges upward from
and encompasses the person
According
the
to
denser or in a mxore heated volume. is
rocky the
insufferably
damp
earth,
heat
blazes
is
it
If
;
tlie
if
neighbour-
face
almost
of wet grass or
an excess of moist, penetrating
warmth, which soon deluges one with
The top
every
either rises in
the
in
and bakes the clothing there
at
nature and quality of the
inorganic bodies in the neighbourhood,
hood
If
used, while increasing the safety from
is
danger above,
It is shot
through the thickest cork-helmet.
forth relentlessly
an umbrella
must
of that swathe of dead grass
but put forth your hand and place
perspiration.
nearly dry,
is it
underneath,
and the astonishing warmth of tP-e moisture, Avhose temperature
is
like that of
by which rapid decay
an oven, will is
illustrate the
means
Have your own
caused in these lands.
you never tested the heat to be found
in
dung-heap at home, even in mid-winter? If you inhaled the stifling atmosphere long you suffered stitution could
endure with impunity.
Banza Manteka
station, the hot,
what no conWell, then, at
muggy, steamy atmo-
sphere rising up with the clouds of moisture, and bear-
ing the deleterious influences upward in a continued, undrifted volume from old decaying grass at the base
— A FATAL
"
PAIiC"
301
of the green shoots, or from decaying leaves gathered ci.mate— *
Part
.
at the base of the beautiful bananas,
to health than life
Europe would
in
on a dunghill be, unless
is
more pernicious
an unfloored house
in
you put a great hot stove
inside to equalise the quantity of malaria
that
inhaled in the sickly hollow of Banza
is
teka.
nicious"
he
to
fever,
severity.
air
Man-
reported that such and such a missionary
It is
was obliged
in the
— bad
go home that
after suffering
a bilious
is,
from a " per-
fever of
A young military officer built a
Nkusu
unusual
native cabin
ravine, near Yivi, in the middle of
romantically called
avenues — " Avenue
" Avenue de Bruxelles
a
Yalcke,"
de "
—
He had
" pare." '•
Avenue
what
caused
Stanley,"
be formed in this " pare,"
to
and, to enjoy the romance thoroughly, he dwelt in his native chalet to luxuriate
Poor
fellow, he
in
his beautiful romance.
was soon taken
and he died about sixty hours the
Nkusu was
still
ill
of a bilious fever,
This trough of
later.
more confined than
the bowl of
Banza Manteka.
On open
gromid, during the rainy season, the
fuses this pestilential vapour,
and decay.
Movement over
air dif-
heavy with putrefaction
it is
not only a relief from
the dangerous heat from above, but from that which,
when
a person stands
column
to the fnce
still,
rises
up
in a thin, invisible
behind the bulwark of the person.
But some one, hard
to satisfy
and prone
remarks that on open high land there
You cannot
call "
where the face of
is
to doubt,
sickness also.
open high land," a plateau, or plain, it
is
uncleared of
grass and obstructing scrub.
its forests
The grass of the
of
tall
tropics
L
THE CONGO.
302 Climate—
j'g
several feet biglier than the height of a man's person
;
the more confined the cleai'ed area in which you stand the
is,
more unhealthy
is
your
Begin
position.
at the
narrov/ foot-wide path, with the grass from two to five
above your head, with a hot sun glowing burn-
feet
ingly on the earth, and your position will be unendurable
if
you stand
open market-place
still
Advance
long.
in its midst, relief
is
a small
into
instantly
felt.
But could you suppose that you had an area of a few square miles of plain, or gently-rolling land, without
swamp, lagoon, or stagnant body of water, that the dead grass was clean cleared
off,
and only vegetables
and grain growing, that your two-storied house was prepared with windows to admit light, and could
like-
wise admit the cool air without admitting draught, and that the roof projected broad
and ample from
its walls,
your consequent good health would then teach you,
and teach the coming generations, that a
tropic
home
can be made as healthy and as comfortable as any home in 3'our
own
dear native land.
Observe the native custom, and gine teach you by his example.
let
Do
the dark abori-
you, therefore, as
one should expect from your education, improve your surroundings after the elementary lesson derived from his
example has been well acquired.
In what part of the Congo canon do native village after passing Mussuko
eyes on the chart.
All the
banks are abandoned. of the
Congo
?
we
find
a
Let us cast our
way from Mussuko both
On the
shores of that expansion
called Stanley Pool,
we
find
Kintamo,
Kinshassa, Kimbangu, Kimpoko, Mfwa, and Malima,
SITi:S
but these are
OF NATIVE VILLAGES.
peopled by ivory
first
evidences of population
;
have
wlio
traders
Near Mswata
business with the Wy-yarizi River men. are the
303
but as far up as
the boundaries of Bolobo district the people are but
scanty in number along the levels
are
more or
advantages offered
river.
The highland
inhabited according to
less
by the neighbourhood, such
the as
accessibility to water, fertility of soil, presence of shade,
and security from violence. their
Their weak numbers, and
dread of stronger neighbours, have
left
many
things undone that a sanitary inspector would condemn as a neglect cruel to themselves
long, however, as choice
and their
So
families.
was permitted
to
them,
we
observe that they have elected to leave the river and its
banks, and build on the high, comparatively open
plateau and plain.
At Banza Manteka, tration of the
manner
for instance,
in
we have an
which the natives have
illus-
rejected
the unhealthy hollow, and the curious contrast of the
white man's choice.
All around, and within view from
the white man's mission-house, are the groves under
which nestle the native
native village within the hollow
house
is
There
villages. ;
is
only one
but the white man's
almost at the bottom, as though he might be in
possession of a
charm
to drive
away the
gases exhaling from that close inland basin.
foul air
and
Experience
has proved that his charms, his potion and his drugs will not avail the white
man
to contend against such
deadly influences, any more than the fetish absurdities availed the black
man
in his efforts to live there.
ciimate-
THE CONGO.
304 Climate—
Loiiff ^ after
Parti.
had constructed
I .
.
Kintambu
house, the natives of
Le'opoldville's block ^.
,
.
.
distiict
,.
intormed
me
A
oil
that a village once stood on the same spot.
me
palms and pieces of crockery had caused this.
Since I have been enlightened by
and followed up
this
interesting
few
to suspect
my
sick
research
lists,
into
the
causes of the disastrous sickness experienced there,
have
condemned
often
As an
blindness.
myself
excuse
for
my
I
remarkable
could only plead that I was
I
searchino" after a total) v different cause in a diametrically opposite direction.
was searching
I
for things
and
places that bred miasma, such as decaying vegetable bodies, deposits of ooze, stagnant creeks, flat-bottomed gullies, fat
with
damp
alluvium, quick breeding hollows,
rank masses of vegetation, that possible
had a
;
for doctors,
store,
?
is
of malaria,
to
many
— and what wisdom — and pointed out to me
productive of malaria.
river,
their
on a
and
at
I
Tivi
their
the crown of a
hill,
collective
but aggregate expethat such places were
wished to avoid the sources I
built,
540
feet
solid concrete platform of rock,
defy the tropic heat.
tliem, if
books, of which I
gave me the benefit of
wisdom rience
by
might avoid
I
I
constructed
above the
and dared
Manyanga on
and nothing stagnant or malarious
could possibly exist within several days' journey of the station.
But when
my
and fade away, when
white comrades began to droop
their strength, their youth, their
morality, and their imimpeachable virtue seemed of no avail,
I
and death claimed
its
victims one after another,
must admit that utter bewilderment took possession
COLD DBAUGHTS.
At
of me.
lenfi-tli
305
the upper station's extraordinary
my
interest, wliile the
station of Kinshassa, only five miles
from Leopoldville,
good sanitary condition awoke
seemed also
through the entire each I
me
to afford
officer in
a cine
from
charge his reports, and noting clearly as
in a strange
unhealthy.
and passing rapidly
lines of the stations, obtaining
went the position of each,
were
;
By
I
saw that our
stations
comminglement of the healthy and
arranging those in tabular order, a
clearer idea of the
truth
have endeavoured in
j^lain
flashed
upon me.
This I
simple language to convey
to the general understanding of such
men
as
may now
on the Congo, or may choose in future time to
reside
emigrate there, whether as agents of the
new
State,
missionaries, traders, tourists, explorers, agriculturists,
or miners.
Added
to the victims of these cold draughts,
greatly outnumber
all
were those whose con-
others,
by living
stitutions failed
in malarious hollows, followed
by those who led impure and intemperate
by
those
who
with,
and
lives,
next
required more nourishing pabula than
our present circumstances would enable us
them
which
lastly,
those
who
fell
to
supply
through accidents,
caused by carelessness, indolence of mind, unreasoning rashness, natural helplessness,
and constitutional physi-
cal weakness. It is satisfactory to
know
that there has been a re-
markable improvement in the health of the Europeans
who have during Congo. Vol.
the last six years resided on
In glancing over the
XL— 20
lists
of
the
names on the
ciimate-
THE CONGO.
30G Climate— niuster-roU Part
of those wliites
who
Europe breathing
left
I
undying valour, and high courage,
I
find that
up
to the
present date no less than 263 have arrived on the banks
of the great African river as follows:
Nationalities of the
Agents engaged.
Number.
Nationalities of the
Agents engaged.
Americans
6
French
Arab
1
Gennan
Austrians Belgians
5
81
Italian
3 2
6
Swedish
Dutch
3
Swiss
Year.
80
6
32
Portuguese
Danish
English
Number.
37 1
263
CAUSES OF SICKNESS.
They were
original physical weakness.
prime of
307 all
men
in the
Fatigue, want of proper nourishment,
life.
exposure to the sun, inveterate intemperance in a few
with the ignorance of conduct of
cases, in conjuction life
in the tropics,
which
chapter, and which
I strive
combat
to
pardonable, since
is
been guilty, were the causes which led to 1
in this
we have
all
this mortality.
do not wish to offend the susceptibilities of sorrowing
relatives,
therefore
my
tunates, but
name
will not
I
duty
first
the rash unfor-
to the living,
is
must warn against committing
whom
leading to
follies
I
self-
destruction.
A
European, proficient in his duties, willing and
devoted after nearly two years' successful work with the expedition, during which
voyage up
health, returns from a falls sick is
cured,
relapse. to cure
he enjoys unusually good
In a few days
of a mild form of dysentery.
when
Two him
througli
medical
men use
their utmost endeavours
many weeks
given to him, and he recovers strength enough able to be
conveyed
to
the
more hopeful
condition,
and
the hospital,
declared
is
same evening,
in
tlie
fit
is
He
coast.
to
is
be
arrives in a
few days' stay at
after a
to proceed to
Europe.
That
absence of the nurse, he barters a
coat for a bottle of gin, drinks
afterwards he
it
some strange cause he has a
the best attention during
;
and suddenly
river,
it,
and twelve hours
buried at Boma.
Another, by being kept up river, serves three years admirably,
is
sent
home with honours,
while for another period of service
returns after a at
higher
pay.
ciimatePart I.
THE CONGO.
308
But meantime some unaccountable
for
thirst
ardent
has possessed him, and a few days after his
spirits
arrival he falls overboard into the river while intoxicated,
and
is
drowned.
Another appears on the Congo with a character proficiency and steadiness, but within
commencing work, he
is
two months
after
discovered dead, sitting behind
a shed with an empty liquor bottle at his
Two
for
feet.
friends visit the coast,
go on board the mail
steamer, hob-nob socially, and
depart for the shore.
Both are taken
seriously
but fortunately recover,
ill,
One
remaining, however, very emaciated and weak. departs
Madeira and
for
lives
to tell
the tale
;
the
other, on the first evening of his convalescence, indulges
much
in the potent wine, sits out too late in the
nig'ht-air,
becomes a victim to tetanus, and dies in
too
excruciating agony.
Two
friends
meet
in the interior.
One has a
of Burgundy, another a bottle of Cognac, to dine to2:ether to celebrate the event.
hour they
sit
and
coast-bound friend
talk, and, I
departs,
the
bottle
They agree Until a late
suppose, drink.
The
other resumes
work
By-and-by the smi appears powerful, with
and duty.
a merciless burning strength
— the young
man
is
sud-
denly stricken down, conveyed to the nearest station,
and twelve hours afterwards
is
buried.
It is not necessary to recite other illustrations of the
incidents which
enemies.
In
indifference,
show how men become
all
their
own
w^orst
lands there are instances of suicidal
and gross recklessness of the consequences
— VIOLENT TRANSITIONS.
To many preaching
resulting from misconduct.
but
little
;
309 avails
come people may
therefore for ages yet to
expect to hear of such lamentable and premature deaths.
Were
there a moral society formed to critically inquire
into the fatal cases along the African coast, a fearful
catalogue of
human
frailties
might be published, and
would then be discovered that much that to the climate
ought justly
to
it
attributed
is
be ascribed to far different
causes.
But
if
any young men now
there are
Europe
in
destined to spend a portion of their lives on the Congo, let
them remember
— in
what
addition to
already
is
written about the inconveniences arising from circum-
beyond
stances
their control, such as
from unhealthy
sites
which, as in the case of Yivi, were compulsory
that
by exposure
to
any
cool temperature after violent
exercise and copious perspiration, or
by a draught
after leaving a
warm
are comparatively able they
may
be,
inconveniences.
stand
these
violent
all
rooms
however agree-
constitutions are able to withtransitions
from open
warm
pores
to
temperature to
chill.
The philosophy
of this
is,
that the high temperature
induced by exercise under a hot sun resting,
—
chilled
unnecessarily increase these
closed pores, or from equable
sudden
warm room
in the tropics,
— they
Few
by getting
is
soon cooled on
and the excessive perspiration has reduced the
normal temperature of the body in the same manner as water in a porous vessel to the sun's rays
is
sooner cooled
when exposed
by the evaporation which
is
at once
ciimate-
310
^pllru~
THE CONGO.
when
started
the
humid
of the cooler feels
surface
Water thus exposed becomes but the physical system of a man by
the effect of the heat.
agreeably cool,
the same process becomes deranged
;
the perspiration
stopped, the pores are closed, and the body feels
is
disagreeably
garments have
If the woollen
chilly.
become wetted by perspiration,
rain,
dew, or some
accident in the water, the process of deranging the
system
much more
is
Exposure
rapid.
to
the
sun
causes the moisture on the garments to evaporate, and
same time conducts the normal heat from the
at the
body, leaving the reason
You may now see factory-men, and traders, who
a prey to disease.
it
why
clerks,
rarely take exercise in the hot sunshine, can better health
list
exposed during
all
the descent and perspiration,
than Yivi
officers,
show a
who have been
hours to the sun in a hilly position, ascent
of
which provoked unusual
and subjected them
to continual
and ex-
traordinary effects of the organic functions.
Now
another prime cause, which
of fevers cent,
all
the
isles,
Boma and Banana, and pest.
river, passing over
directly in the track
Eesidences placed to leeward of this it
without some bar-
rier or shelter, are liable to be visited it
by Dr.
tainting the air of all
lie
draught, and openly exposed to
which
that 90 per
swamps, and black mud deposits
more healthy uplands that
of the
is
discovered
Danckelman, blow from seaward up
between
also remediable,
along the Congo cnnon,
of the winds, as has been
the miasmatic
is
engenders.
The
by the
best protection
disease
against
it
;
ADVANTAGE OF TREE PLANTING. is
the planting of trees a
little
serve as a screen, and to attract the foliage
Watson
even a hedge
;
311
distance in front
tiie
miasma
to
them by
to
supposed by Sir Thomas
is
to be better than nothing.
Thomas
Sir
advises cultivation of the soil in front, and
also
if possible
around, the residence. Prevention,
it
said,
is
is
better
than cure
all,
and
you how
profess to be able, not perhaps to teach
prevent
;
I
to
but at least to reduce many, of these
tedious illnesses to which the carelessness and ignor-
man in Africa makes him being so new and novel to you,
ance of the white
so liable.
The
as yours
is
climate
to the
but
pure African, this ignorance
now
that your reasoning powers
you
directed, the longer
you
will be
able
Shakespeare, "
is
pardonable
are
properly
live in the tropics the better
to appreciate the
To a wise man
all
grand maxim of
places on this earth
are ports and happy havens."
But those who seek
wanton
to
self-destruction
commit deliberate
suicide
and
through the insane practice
of hob-nobbing with every vinous friend they meet, I
cannot pity.
any wine,
Nay,
I
solemnly warn them that to drink
liquor, or other intoxicating beverage, in
a tropical country during the day, except
when
ministered under the direction of medical
authority,
is
the height of a folly that
health,
and consequently
is
ad-
dangerous to sound
to all bodily enjoyment.
ciimate-
TEE CONGO.
312
CHAPTER XXXVI. CLIMATE.
—PART
II.
— Definition of heat— Cold— Exposure —Equable temperature of the body— Temperature in South America — Inequality of the Congo climate — Long " marches and gulps of cold water —A cool place — " He only jokjng — " The White Man's Grave "— Advice to doctors — Food and drink Daily — Medicine — Diseases—Meteorological Tables.
Dr. von. Danckelman's observations
— Advantage
of awnings
is
life
ClimatePart
II.
An" intending emigrant from Wasco County, in far
Oregon, has sent
me
the following questions, and
glad to receive them, since they afford
me
am
a reason for
information collated with
popularising the
I
vast
in-
dustry by Dr, von Danckelman during his stay at one of the
Those who
on the Lower Congo.
stations
prefer to study the scientific brochure in the original
must be referred
to
the "
tions Meteorologiques,
Memoire sur
les
Observa-
sur la Climatologie de la Cote
sud-ouest d'Afrique en ge'neral, par A. von Danckelman,
Dr. Phil. Berlin
The emigrant
:
A. Asher
et Cie.
says :—
" Will you please give information as to tions, general health,
1884." *
and adaptation
soil,
to the
climate, natural produc-
wants of the
civilised
white
people ? *
The
any one
full
and copious index attached to these volumes will enable amount and variety of information contained
to discover the
within the
text.
— DR.
VON DANCKELMAN^S OPINIONS.
"Please give us the average distributed
rainfall,
how many months
;
wet,
how many
the Tsetse
fly,
fall
and farming
Is the country good for stock-raising
inches,
and how many dry
inches of rain falls each month, and do(3S rain
313
;
and how how many
gently or in torrents?
?
Is that African pest
that kills stock, found in the Great Interior Basin
How
kinds of stock have you?
agriculture carried on,
is
climatePart If.
?
What
and what
and vegetables are grown ? Have you plenty of timber, and what varieties that is and will be valuable ? ])o you have severe winds and thunderstorms ? Is Africa very hot ? Please state the greatest heat, and whether great heat continues long, and please give the temperature throughout the year. Are the natives favourable to the whites settling in their country ? How can one procure land from them or the International Association to get genuine title, and at Avhat cost per acre, section, or league ? "What tax is there on the citizen or the settler ? Are varieties of grain
there
many poisonous
reptiles or very
and wild fowls plenty, and
fishes,
of
dangerous wild beasts ?
what kinds
Is game,
Does the Association
?
wish to encourage immigration ? " Please give state
names
of stations of the International Association,
whether on a river or
and
in the valley or jilains, or in the
lake,
mountains."
Another
inquisitive person,
who
probably has an idea
that his constitution could stand the
me
asks
"
What
As perhaps convey
kind of a heat
is
that of the
the observations of Dr.
to such
Congo climate Congo
" ?
Danckehnan may
an inquirer but an imperfect idea of
the subject, I cannot do better than reprint the very
popular definitions of heat given by James Bruce, the traveller.
He
writes
:
It is warm when a man, so clothed, does not sweat when at upon moderate motion, perspires and cools again. " No. 2. It is hot when a man perspires while at rest, and excessively on moderate motion.
" No.
1.
rest, but,
" No.
3.
It is very hot
much though " No. sively,
4.
It is excessively hot
when
a f ver. " No. 5. It faint
when a man with
thin or
little
clothing perspires
at rest.
motion
all
is
is
extremely hot,
comes on, a
when a man
painful,
straitness is
in his shirt perspires exces-
and the knees
when
the strength
feel feeble, as if after
fails,
found in the temples, as
if
a disposition to a small cord
was
•
THE CONGO.
314
tight around the head, the voice impaired, the skin dry, and the From 70° to 78° head seems more than ordinarily large and light. Fahrenheit is cool, from IT to 92" temperate at 92" begins warm. The degree of the thermometer conveys this very inadequately."
arawn
;
"With such very clear definitions
it
will not be
diffi-
cult for the rustic reader to understand the quality of
the
The mean of
Congo.
heat of the
observations of temperature
clothes suitable for work, an as
much work on
the
Congo
only 90° Fahrenheit,
is
while the mean of the lowest
highest
the
is
Clad in
only 67°.
European could perform as he could in England,
The
provided a roof or awning was above his head.
heat of the sun on a clear day rises from 100° to 115°,
which
is
naturally dangerous
and exposes himself is
a person stands
if
On
to its influence.
the
it
be recuperated rapidly in a
Congo.
Hence
in all
it
But
excites violent perspiration,
consequent prostration and loss of energy to
march
not to be feared for immediate fatal results.
though not immediate,
still
my
little
new country
African records
observed that I have confined
my
marches
likely
like the
it
will be
to the early
morning; between 6 a.m. and 11 a.m.
For three months of the year and during the
and the heat breezes,
that
it
is
positively cold,
rest of the year there is so is
we
so
much
cloud,
tempered by the South Atlantic
seldom
suffer
from
its
intensity.
After a rainstorm which has cleared the atmosphere,
exposure to the direct force of the sun-heat would soon
prove the power of the equatorial sun.
The nights
are cool, sometimes even cold, and a blanket
short time,
felt to
is,
be indispensable for comfort.
after a
BANGEES OF EXPOSURE.
At
'
exposure
ibr
a double thickness
;
no
factories,' there is
the stations, missions,' or
necessity
315
the
to
umbrella affords ample covering, and there are few localities
where the shade of a
tree
is
not conveniently
near while superintending the out-door work.
Euro-
pean artisans would not be compelled
them-
on rare
selves excef)t
can be too great
occasions
;
to expose
but no precautions
The
they prevent sunstrokes.
if
car-
penter, boat-builder, blacksmith, engineer, stone-mason, bricklayer,
and
such craftsmen, would
all
under sheds, where there
l^e
European
absolute safety.
is
working
labourers or navvies are not and will not be needed. If
any
workman
skilled
labour as blasting,
may
enemy
protection against sible,
to the
its
movable sheds. European.
is
the safest, but
it
is
The
;
duty
The sun
is
raise a safe
is
always pos-
factory
clerk's
not infrequently dan-
gerous from other than climatic causes. sionary mIso ought to be safe
first
To
malign influences
though seldom practised
position
road-making, in such
ever be required, the
will be the coi;strnction of
the only real
for
The mis-
but before he arrives at
his destination lie has generally strained his strength
by insane pedestrian
exercise and exploration of the
depths of gi-assy tunnels,
Turkish bath bears no march,
too,
to
comparison.
he has several times
cold water, and has
which the heat of a
filled his
In one day's
stomach with
undergone numerous transitions
and variations of temperature, the mean of which may
amount
to 40° Fahrenheit.
Bruce's No.
1
definition of
warmth
describes the
^'j'^f^'^r
Part
II.
THE CONGO.
316 Climate—
When
Congo
climate.
tion
imperceptible.
is
up and down
hill,
all
the body
is
at rest the perspira
But violent
exercise, travelling
powerful exertions under the
direct action of the sun, soon force copious perspiration.
In
itself this
when hastening
incurred
and coolness
for relief
shade of a tree or a verandah less
The danger
might not be dangerous.
is
is
—the
sought, and the heed-
exposure to the cold winds chills the clothing and
the body suddenly, effectually closing the pores of the skin, to the utter
Immunity from
derangement of the system. these derangements can easily be ob-
tained by the resident of a station, mission, factory, plantation, or farm,
by remembering
to
keep the temIn hotter
perature of the body as equable as possible.
portions of the globe, such as at Para, under the South
American equator, where the variation
is
only 9° Fah-
renheit, the temperature renders tbe climate valuable
to invalids
and conducive to old age.
Observations of the Para temperature, by a Mr.
show during the months of June, July, and
Norris,
August, a mean temperature for June 80°, highest, 86°, lowest, 77°; July, mean, 80°, highest, 86°, lowest, 77°; for
August,
Edwards by heat
81°, highest,
says, " Moreover,
at night,
86,
lowest,
77°.
W. H.
we were never incommoded
and invariably
slept
under a blanket.
This equality of temperature renders the climate of
Para peculiarly favourable life is
as
high as in tbe
to health.
city of
New
The average of
York."
It is the inequality of the climate of the
must be guarded against.
Congo
that
If the resident pays less
TEMPEBA TURE. attention to malaria
more
317
and miasma, and devotes himself
to the study of preserving his system against the
pernicious influences of these excessive variations of
temperature, he need entertain but
A book might
Congo. one
Who
fact.
travels will
pedition
wonder now
the
the
He
marches
over thirty
is
plunges into the grassy ravines
temperature
hill slope,
at the fatal results of his ex-
of his day's
miles in length!
when
be written illustrative of this
that will visit the scene of Tuckey's
One
?
fear of the
little
and the
is
about
sun's heat
He breasts He strides
110^. 115o.
is
across the scorching plateaus into the depths of grassy
tunnels
;
he descends to another ravine, at the bottom
of which there
is
a rivulet of clear cold water which
With
indicates 69°.
his
stomach
he again cHmbs a steep slope a sun-heat approaching
600
near which there
hill
tree
where the temperature
feet higher,
its
an angle of 45°, under
to 115". to arrive at the
of a
himself under
at
of this cold water
full
72°.
is
a shady
Here he
The wind
grateful shelter.
chilled flannel against his
is
summit
heated body
rests
forces his
but having
;
rested he again starts on his dreadful journey, to expose
himself several times during the day to these incredible transitions.
Late at night, 9 p.m., he arrives, worn
out with the excessive strains to which his system has
been subjected, and implores shelter at a native village.
Out of our 250 people
w^e
know
performed the same extraordinary like
of
Tuckey and
all
his companions,
earthly penalties, and
it
is
several
who have
feats
but they,
;
have paid the sad
to
last
think that
ciimate-
TEE CONGO.
318
away
chmate— ihej bavG giveii Part
their lives
through avoidable
II.
causes.
On some men Congo
destined to perform great deeds in the
State, these chapters
on the climate will create
a desire to j^rotect themselves against the effects of inequalities,
these
or variations
of temperature
others, destined to be failures, either to return,
know
ignorantly against they
on
;
and
rail
not what, or to enrich
the already fertile soil of Congo-land with their bodies,
they will have no but not,
know not how and who have
of old,
it
is
no
There are men who can read,
effect.
to reflect,
who have
what
less true to-day, that those
have to say
to
" That exposed corner
and
like the colonel
are
chaffing
me!
is
wards, but
little
copious doses of I shall
fresh
have
the
make mad. from England,
not conducive to good health
This deliciously cool
;"
^\'acq
fatal!
" ?
who was
a
wanderer over many lands, replied, colonel
whom
he will reply, " Oh, nonsense, you
the doctor,
Yet both
said
some one again, most probably,
Doctor, what do you say
.
first
I said lately to a colonel fresh
And
As was
ears but hear not.
Fates destine for early death, they I shall
eyes but see
and doctor were,
traveller "
He
for a
is
himself,
a
only joking."
few days
after-
disposed to appreciate joking, despite
Hop
Bitters.
to say again, as I did
from England, "
My
friend,
to
that
an engineer little
black
saucer cap of the British mercantile service, though I
dare say very comfortable in a ship's engine room, but a poor protection against an African sun."
is
And
INATTENTION TO PRACTICAL ADVICE. some en^^ineer
will
319
as he did, " I don't think cumate-
answer
Part
I feel
so, sir.
used to
very comfortable.
I
have been always
But that engineer never returned
it."
to
Europe. I
am
sailor,
or Scotch engineer, "
My
me
Cease that tippling which I hear you are accus-
have to say again,
I shall
!
tomed
sure, to
some English
friend, be
warned by
Scotch whisky, or Old Tom, liowever bene-
to.
your native land against raw mist and icy
ficial
in
sleet,
do not agree with an African sun "
sailor
or Scotch engineer will reply, as before, " Oh,
I
;
take very
neither
little, sir,
the
sailor
Scotch
or
me no harm."
will do
it
and the
engineer returned
But to
gladden the eyes of the anxious mother at home. Doctors
who have
written books
of five and ten
pounds weight, containing a vast amount of learned matter about the will declare
that
I
me
bacillus
to be
and other matters,
malarice
an empiric
;
but
I will
guarantee
can cure any one of them from that fanatic
faith in the pro[)hylaxis
do not deny that there in the air,
my
belief
is
which they support.
is
AVhile I
a certain quantity of
that
it
was the
miasm
least of the evils
from which the members of our expedition suffered.
At Banana and Boma, tions, situate
in the midst of
marshy exhala-
almost at the water's edge, the Europeans
have enjoyed better health than our people at Tivi, on that singular rock platform 340 feet above the river.
At
Kinshassa, just ten feet above
health has been enjoyed
munity from sickness
high-water, better
— indeed, almost
— than
complete im-
at Le'opoldville, five miles
II.
THE CONGO.
320
chmnte— bclow, situate eisflity-three feet above the river. At Part II. ^ Equator Station, with a river only five feet below its .
.
foundations,
.
creeks
sable,
as ink surrounding
ground unctuous with black
the
it,
alluvium, Europeans
fat
enjoy better health than at Manyanga, 240 feet above
and 1100
river,
above the
feet
away from Manyanga, and the river,
1500
we have above the
feet
eight miles removed from
a station on the plain of Ngombi, sea,
where our people have enjoyed
Manyanga
health than at
better
Fourteen miles
sea.
Hill,
150 yards in
diameter, and ravines 200 feet deep are around all sides,
(six
degrees below the Equator) only
above the brackish water of
feet
proved
on
except at a narrow neck thirty yards across.
Banana Point five
it
to
much
be
its
creek,
is
healthier than Sierra Leone, over
eight degrees north, which has been called the " white
man's grave," despite the number of medical inspectors
who have employed
their best
judgment and experience
in endeavouring to modify the fatal
seem
to
surround the
studying the dia-
grams of the preceding chapter, that the ness
fearful sick-
which has frequently decimated the European
inhabitants has not been due so
the
to
that
But the residents
latter place.
may now know by
of that colony
influences
fact
that their
Lion Hill and
its
town
much is
to the malaria as
surrounded by the
hilly neighbours,
between the gaps
of which sweep the sea breezes, suddenly chilling the bodies of people
who
engendered within I
its
are enveloped
by the
close heat
bowl-like position.
have been so frequently rebuffed by the callous
in-
INDIFFERENCE TO
had hoped to save, that
difference of those I
in the preservation of Hfe has
and not
acnte,
may
well ask,
of a person
Why
become
so universal as it
why
who
321
LIFE.
my
briefer,
interest ciimate-
much
was formerly.
less
For
I
should I be anxious about the health utterly indifferent to
is
it
himself?
should I care whether people prefer to lounge in
draughty corners to cool their heated bodies, whether they
fire their
little
saucer-shaped caps, and invite the equatorial sun
to scorch their
man may if
brains with alcoholic liquors, or wear
heads?
In Congo-land, as elsewhere, a
own person
do as he pleases with his
and
;
he be disjjosed to blow his brains right out of his
head,
Heaven knows
him, that after
they love their
possibly
life
may
would be the wisest plan.
all it
such, how^ever, as
serve that
should be tempted to agree with
I
even better than
love their duty
life,
my
remarks
To
may
tend to pre-
performance of that duty, and
for the
stimulate an endeavour to
also tend to
discover other causes that are deleterious to health, to
be followed by the discovery of methods reforming
now pursued with
the medical treatment
such
poor
success.
Our
doctors would also do w^ell to study
the best foods required
A
by those who
fertile physiological
covery
field
lies in this direction.
live in the tropics,
for exploration
I
what are
and
dis-
would gladly essay
to
attempt something in this line were I not convinced that
a medico, blessed with
a
little
might write with greater authority. would wish
to impress a
Vol. II.— 21
common
sense,
Personally,
I
few things upon the mind
THE CONGO.
322 riimnte—
of the medical explorer, as tliey relate to those " other causes deleterious to health."
We know from
bitter experience that alcoholic liquor
taken in the daytime invite sunstroke and sun-fevers.
To avoid But tea
is
these
we have
rely
to
upon
an astringent, and unless
depressing; tendency.
stimulating,
is
Coffee,
it
creates a distrust of is
its bilious
believed to be
The
reverse.
skim on the cocoa again, apart from
coffee.
pure, has a
is
commonly
more frequently the
and
tea
oily
insipidity,
its
Milk as yet
properties.
not to be obtained, although perhaps, in the luture,
may be more
it
Soup presupposes some
plentiful.
animal meat from which
it
be concocted
could
;
and
ox-beef or mutton are precisely what the Congo cannot furnish awa}^ from the
Lower River, while
cannot be very satisfying, even Besides
this, their
compound
three or four times a day
extracted from goat-meat
broth.
a
if
varied with chicken
dietary education has predis-
posed the majority of temperate Europeans to something different, principally tea and
however, as I have
said, if
source of trouble.
Palm wine
The
taken inordinately, exercises a
former, is
also a
dangerous
upon the kidneys and stomach unless drunk
effect
when
perfectly fresh.
among our failings on the Congo is distaste we all of us soon entertain for
Not the decided potted
least
"American, Australian, and
beef and mutton and tive
coffee.
fish,
phrases bestowed
food preparers.
A native
New
the the
Zealand"
despite the loud exaggera-
upon these ^'oat,
delicacies
by the
however tough and rank
TINNED MEAT. its
meat may
sardines,
... swimming m be,
323
Ml
invariably preferred.
is
1
in its yellower unctuous matter, do not apjDetite,
may fruits,
—home-made
bread,
limited
is
rice,
is left
which the
in
a few vegetables,
and condensed milk.
What we need most on mild
provoke the
All that
but suggest biliousness.
be said to be perfectly safe
extreme
The potted
n sweet-oil, or the yellow salmon,
liquid,
which
briating as tea
is
and
the
Congo
is
some harmless,
agreeable and palatable, unine-
as inoffensive to
the stomach,
milk, which neither affects the nerves nor kidneys, is
and
a portable food easily assimilated by the digestive
Until some earnest physiological student can
organs. assist
our deficiencies, I propose the following simple
by those
rules to be observed
tion of their lives has 1.
some
to
whom
the preserva-
interest.
In the building of your house, mission, or factory,
observe it,
as
w^ell i<s position.
Never
in a gorge, valley, ravine, or
land that
may
currents.
A
surroundings.
build, if
you can avoid
any deep depression of
serve as a channel for collected wind
your
free diffusion of air is required in
The
nearest points to the sea, plains,
extended plateaus, as
far
removed
as possible from
any
dominating superior heights that would cause iiregular air-currents, are the safest localities.
The lower
story
should be clear of the ground, unless you have made the floor imporous by cement or asphalte. plain the floor of your living
In a grassy
room should be
twelve feet above tbe ground. 2.
Avoid unnecessary exposure
to the sun.
at least
oiimateI'^'ti'-
THE CONGO.
324 Climate Part II.
Gruard against
3.
and
ino;
fogs, dews,
tlie
and
even-
chills of
nio-ht.
Let your diet be as good as your circumstances
4.
will permit, but be prudent in
cheese,
your choice.
Butter,
and dishes swimming in oleaginous matter, are Roasted
unsuitable to the conditions of the climate.
ground-nuts are a mistake.
Always
reject the fat of
fats cause bile, rancidity,
meats on your
and nausea in the
All
plate.
tropics.
Never begin the day with an early meal of meats. Bread made
The
at the station is better
continental cafe or the au
with which to break your
At
than
lait, is
biscuits.
the wisest meal
fast.
11 A.M. cease work, and eat your wise dejeuner
lean of meats,
fish,
vegetables, dry bread, and
—
weak
black tea with condensed milk.
At
1.30 P.M. proceed to your work, and at 6.30 p.m.
take your prudent dinner
—boiled
mutton, vegetables, dry bread,
macaroni pudding,
weak
w^ith
jMadeira in water, or so
Amuse
yourself with
until 9 P.M.,
couch to
rise
rice, tapioca, sago,
claret, or
social
water.
conversation or reading
your dreamless
retire to
up next morning with brain toil,
and
two ounces of
much champagne and
when you may
muscle primed for 5.
fish, roast fowl, roast
and with a love
clear
and
for all the world.
Sleep on blankets, and cover up to the waist with
a blanket or woollens. G.
au
If marching, rise
lait,
and be ready
up
at 5 a.m., take
your cafe or
for the road at 5.30 a.m.
the
Halt at
11 A.M.. in mercy to yourself, your men, and your
ADVICE ABOUT DAILY animals,
and do no more
On
the day.
for
325
LIFE.
haltincr
put on your paletot or wrapper, to allow you to cool gradually.
If your
camp
is
on an exposed situation,
get under shelter as quickly as though
You may perform 4000 Observe
7.
the
miles per
strictest
were raining.
it
annum
at this rate.
temperance.
Drop
all
thought of tonics, according to the rules of " west coasters," " old traders,"
own
" African travellers," or your
self-deceiving fancies.
If
you are in absolute need
of a tonic apply to the doctor, or to the simple rule of
never during daylight taking more than one ounce of
any liquor or wine. Your best tonic would be two grains of quinia, as prepared by Burroughs and Welcome,* of
Snow
Hill Buildings, London. If thirsty at a station or
factory, prepare a glass of sherbet.
If marching, drop
a compressed tablet of aciduous powder, as prepared
by
these chemists, in your cup of water, or quench your thirst 8.
from your sweetened and weak tea
If
engaged
in
outdoor
work
in the bottle.
superintending
coloured labourers, never for an instant be in the sun
without a strong double umbrella
your piked
to
still.
a small tent, would be better
For head-dress you have a choice of cork helmet,
topee, or
of
staff, like
—a large one fastened
Congo
cap,t the latter of Avhich
is
the best
all.
*
These chemists have prepared drugs which I can conscientiously as adapted for tropical regions. They have prepared small doses in tablets of nearly every medicine that may be required, which may be taken without creating nausea, a valuable desideratum, as all will admit who have suffered from the foul nauseating smell of medicines as commonly prepared by druggists.
recommend
t
Observe cap in photograph of author.
*^!!"^^^V
THE CONGO.
326 Climate— Part
YOU Lave been
If diu'ing tlie marcli
9.
imprudent
so
II.
as to be without an
ample nmbrella, a
necessarily be dangerous
;
but
\N4etting
need not
becomes positively so
it
an accident at
if after excessive perspiration, rain, or
a river crossing, you remain any time quiescent with out changing your dress.
When
10.
on the march the lighter you are clad the
better, because at the halt
you
of your paletot
necessity
will be
Very
overcoat.
or
flannel will be quite sufficient for
the exercise you take.
reminded of the
your
dress,
light
owing
Light russet shoes for the
to
^qq\,
knickerbockers of light flannel, a loose light flannel
round
a roll of flannel
shirt,
tlie
waist,
and a Congo
cap for the head, will enable you to travel twelve miles per day without distress. 11.
At
the station, factory, or mission, your clothing
should also be light, though not in the undress uniform of the road, because you
take at any
moment causing
should be avoided 12. It is to
safe
hours
13.
Do
if
profuse perspiration, which
when circumstances do not compel 6
and 7
a.m.
your principal work
ture of your batli
bath
is
and is
5
and
6 p.m. are
indoors,
not bathe in cold water unless you are but
newly arrived from a temperate
bath be in
it.
be presumed that you will not forget your
Between
exercise.
know not what work you may
tlie
is
climate.
The tempera-
not safe below 85°.
morning, or before dinner.
Let your
The
tepid
the most suitable.
14. Fruit, if taken
morning
— before
the
at all,
cnfe
should be eaten in the
or
tJic
au
laii
— such
as
MEDICINE, ETC.
327
oranges, mangoes, ripe bananas, guavas, and papaws
only the juice of the pine-apple
Never
eat
any
Medicine.
you with
to
;
be recommended.
fruit in the tropics at dinner.
— Obtain
Messrs.
pared.
is
your medicine pure and well pre-
Bunoughs and Welcome
will equip
tropic medicines in chests or cases, with sup-
plies to last
you one month or ten years.
They have
sought the best medical advice, and really seem
dis-
posed to study the special needs of the East, West, Central,
Northern, or
soldier, trader,
Southern
and missionary.
1
African traveller,
have informed them
of the few diseases such as have fallen under
my
obser-
vation, and they have prepared such medicines as have
been tried during the
seventeen years of
last
my
African experiences.
The same prudence
that
sudden
against draughts,
and pulmonary diseases
required for protection
is
chills,
catarrhs, bronchitis,
in Euroj)e, should be exercised,
with the only difference that in the tropics the clothing necessary to effect due care should not be so heavy.
On
proceeding to tropical Africa, most inexperienced
people are victims to chaff from the
steamers that leave Europe.
and manner ask so many voke the
which
officers to
Such " guys
silly
" in
of the
costume
questions that they pro-
take advantage of their inexperience,
results in creating
fatal diseases, so that
coast, their
officers
morale
is
vague
fears of
unknown and
by the time they arrive on the frequently destroyed, and their
systems unnerved.
The
diseases
on the Congo are very simple, consisting
'^p'^.^'Jr
THE CONGO.
o28
Part
II.
The
and dysentery.
fevcrs
Climate— of
fevers
of three
are
_
common
kinds,
ague, remittent, and a pernicious bilious
fever.
The common ague English
cold.
is
less
be feared than an
to
have never known
I
from one
It lasts generally
to
it
to three days.
end
air
the remedies are so very simple that the initiated
the
warned
may
initiated
in
time by
them that there
is
The remittent
also
cei'tain
but
;
may
In nine cases out of
cure themselves in a short time. ten
may
This
from a small quantity of miasm in the
result
fatally.
ward
it
off completely,
symptoms which inform
a slight derangement. fever
is
simply an exaggeration of
ague, brought on according to the degree of exposure to the sun, perspiration,
and
chill.
This form
may
last several days.
The tent
pernicious bilious type
fever.
It
is
is
an aggravated remit-
more violent
in its
symptoms,
is
attended with serious complications, and consequently
more dangerous.
Its severity
depends upon the habits
of the patient, and the amount of exposure, excessive fatigue
and prostration incurred. This form may be
al-
together prevented by living wisely and well, by bearing in
mind and
Many gin,
implicitly following the above simple rules.
attempt self-cure by drinking brandy, whisky, or
and smoking tobacco
to excess.
But liquor and
tobacco are not prophylactics against any disease.
Some
brief extracts,
from Dr. Martin's book,
'
In-
fluences of Tropical Climates,' will corroborate all that I
have written here.
Dn. MARTIN'S OBSERVATIONS.
329
" Care in diet, clothing, and exercise are more essential for the climate-
I.
preservation of health than medical treatment." '2. " The real way to escape disease is by observing strict temperance,
and
moderate the heat by all possible means." "After heat has morbifically predisposed the body, the sudden influence of cold has the most baneful influence on the human frame." to
3.
4. " is to
The great
physiological rule for preserving health in hot climates
keep the body
cool.
Common
sense points out the propriety of
avoiding heating drinks." 5.
"The
fatigue of 6.
cold bath
death in the
is
collajise
which follows any great
body or mind."
" Licentious indulgence
is far
more dangerous and destructive than
in Euroi^e." 7.
"
A large
amount
of animal food, instead of giving strength, heats
the blood, renders the system feverish, and consequently weakens the
whole body." 8. " Bread is one of the best articles of diet. Eice, split vetches, are wholesome and nixtritious. Vegetables are essential to good health, such as carrots, turnips, onions, native greens, &c."
when sound and ripe, is beneficial instead of hurtful." The same amount of stimulant undiluted is much more injurious than when mixed with water." II. " With ordinary precaution and attention to the common laws of 9.
" Fruit,
10. "
hygiene, Europeans
One more
may
live as lung in the trojjics as elsewhere."
observation will
the European
may endure
However
suffice.
well
the climate by wise self-
government, years of constant high temperature assisted
by the monotony and poverty of the
cannot be
than enervating and depressing, although
otherwise life
diet,
may not
be endangered. The physical force, vigour,
or strength becomes debilitated
by the
heat, necessi-
tating after a few years recuperation in a temperate climate. trader,
To preserve
perfect
missionary, coffee
who hopes
health,
planter,
and
I
advise
the
agriculturist,
to maintain his full vigour after eighteen
months' residence, to seek three months' recreation in
Northern Europe
;
for the
same reason that a man de-
voted to absorbing business in a European city for
Part
II.
tm Climate—
THE CONGO.
eighteen months would do wisely to take a few months'
Beyond what has been
holiday.
told above, there
nothing in Congo-land to daunt a than in
less
the
West
My this
many
man
is
indeed, far
;
parts of India, South America, or
Indies.
object, as will
silly
of the
fear
observed, will
have been seen, climate.
is
to eradicate
The above
rules, if
of
prevent at least three-fourths
the
maladies that have punished our imprudent youths. Possibly the judicious will their
find
reward
in
following
guidance as nearly as possible, the injudicious
and unreflecting
The following
will also
have their reward.
tables contain portions of the valuable
meteorological observations of Dr. Danckelman relating
Congo region
to the climatology of the
Temperature observed at
:
Vivi.*
Fahrenheit.
Fahrenheit.
Maximum.
Minimum.
Variation.
October Noveiuber
90 yi 92 93 94 86 84 85 89 93 97
December
91
70 68 69 68 67 60 56 56 67 68 69 70
20 26 23 25 27 26 28 29 22 25 26 21
1882.
January February
.
March
.
April l\Iay
.
June
.
July
.
August
.
.
,
September .
Mean Mean Mean
highest lowest
.... ....
90-7 67-3
variation
25
Highest
temperature in) 1882, on 5th Nov. LS82 Lowest 2;h1i Jiily, 1882 llJth Julv, 1883 „ .
97
|
.
.
By
Dr. Dauckelman.
54 57
OBSERVATIONS OF TEMPERATURE.
1882.
Annual Vauiation of Barometer 6-5 May June July
.... .... ....
August
.
September October
.
.
in Millimetres.
331
THE CONGO.
332 Climate— rart
^^
nooii the direction of
wind currents are between
II.
west and north, as follows W. 32 per cent.
At
W.N.W. 11 per cent.
:
N.W.
N.N.AV.
N.
16 per cent.
12 per cent.
13 per cent.
3 p.M.:N.W. 6 per cent.
AV.N.W.
74 per
At
9 P.M.
and with stronger force 26 per cent.
also observed
force as to May,
make 1882
the
21 per cent.
how
14 per cent.
often the
wooden
:
W.S.W.
S.W.
S.S.W.
S.
10 per cent.
He
10 per cent.
cent.
w. 18 per cent.
wind blew
in such
structures of Vivi tremble.*
WIND OBSERVATIONS. From 10
Sept.
333
THE CONGO.
334
In March rainy days were separated by many Climate— February no rain fell. dry days, but in April the rains were nearly continuous. The greatest Part II. rainfall measured on one day 0-433 inch, on the night of the 17th December, 1882, and lasted 2 hours £0 minutes."
Danckelman
Dr. follows
has
tabulated
the
rainfalls
as
:
English Incbes.
......
January February
1-404:
5-616 9-009 1-989 0-000
March April
May June
0-039 0-000 0-000 0-507
July
August September October
11-232
November December
8 '853
Inches
While travelling and the
result
may
1880-1881.
2 '888
I
41-537
observed the rainfalls by time,
be seen in the following table
1
BAINFALL OBSERVATIONS: Eainfall 1880-1881.
Date.
335
336
RAINFALL OBSERVATIONS. Rainfall 1881-1882. Date.
337
THE CONGO.
338 Climate Part II.
Hours per
Character of Rain.
Mar. 12 20
24 26 27 28
Slight showery
Montli.
.
Violeut rainstorm
Showery 15-00
April 2 4 ,. 18
20 26 27
Violent rainstorm Slight shower Light rain Violent rain and storm .
.
.
2 30 1
80
2 8 7
4 25-00
May „ ,.
3 4 5
Light rain
Heavy
rain
Light rain
— NAVIGABLE STMETCHES OF THE BIVEB.
339
CHAPTER XXXYII. THE KERNEL OF THE ARGUMENT. Extent of the Congo Eiver— Navigable stretches
The mountain region Population
— Interior
—Elevations,
—The maritime region
vegetation,
and productions its extent and
basin of the Upiier Congo
:
—Tables of mileage of navigable waters — Area drained by the rivers — Tables of population altitudes— Navigability of the tributaries
of Upper Congo section— Oi^inions of Dr. Pogge and Lieut. Weissman, Tippu Tib, and Dr. Schweinfiirth The products of the land Vegetable and animal richness Minerals—Extent of the Webb-Lualaba section Navigability of the Webb-Lualaba -Characteristics of the Lualaba country Livingstone's descriptions The Tanganika territory— Ujiji markets Table of the actual knowledge of the Congo
—
—
—
—
— —
basin
its
:
area and population
— Possibilities of
value of African produce in Liverpool
Advantages of a railway -Efforts parison with other coiuitries
The Congo River measured
length,
is
as
irade
— Table of the
—Prospects
to civilise Equatorial
of factories
Africa— Com-
—Its future development and greatness. 3000 statute
over follows
From
:
the
miles
in The
ocean in a navigable lengtri of 110 miles, as far as the station
upward
of Vivi, thence
to
Tsangila,
lower series of the Livingstone Falls, 50 miles Tsangila to stretch
Manyanga we have
of 88
poldville
is
miles;
a tolerably navigable
between Manyanga and
the upper series of
along a length of 85 miles
;
the
from
;
Livingstone
Le'o-
Falls,
from Le'opoldville
Kernel
.of
Atlantic
up-
the
Argument.
The Kernel
waid
Argumeut.
1068 miles
we have
to Staiilev Falls
Nyangwe there is Nyangwe to Mweru Bangweolo
Bemba,
is
1
6
course of 385 miles
a the
miles long
1
in the Chibale' Hills, the
360 miles;
the
course
river
to its sources
Chambezi has a length of
total
full
thence
;
Lake Baugweolo,
;
and thence
;
from
;
extends 440
67 miles
is
220 miles
is
of this last series
fall
Lake Mweru
miles; the length of to lake
a navigable length of
from the lowest
;
to
or
CONGO.
TIJE
340
of
these
several
courses
being 3034 miles.
For convenience of description,
as well as in accord-
ance with the physical cliaracteristics of the Congo basin, I
am
compelled to divide the river's course into
five sections, thus
:
The Lower Congo from the
Leopoldville, which, includes tion of the
tlie
mountain region;
sea to
maritime and a por-
tlie
Upper Congo,
ex-
tending from the Livingstone Falls near Leopoldville to the Stanley Falls
Chambezi
section,
a
like
distance
the
Webb-Lualaba * region, the
and the basin of the Tanganika.
Congo
In the Lower for
;
of
section the river
110 miles.
is
navigable
by an estuary-
First
expansion 70 miles long, varying from two to
seven miles and a third in breadth, and then by a
deep channel in some places over 300 feet deep, and about L^OO yards wide. right
The present seaport
bank of Banana Creek,
What
be called a
miglit
of the Congo
is
at the
mouth of the
strictly
in
on the river.
maritime region
a very narrow belt
* So called by Dr. Livingstone Newstead Abbey, Nottingham.
is
lying between
honour of W. F. Webb, Esq., of
THE MOUNTAIN REGION the sea and the hilly region.
Boma
of
the
341
In the neighbourhood
The Kernel
mountainous region commences with
Argument
which are
numberless lines or groups of inferior
hills
yet attached to one another, and rise
gradually after
an
number of undulations
infinite
2300
feet
above the level of the
to
the
of
heiu'ht
sea.
In reality the breadth of the mountain region direct east
and
west
240 geographical miles
Congo
course of the
diagonally
is
;
through
trough running from north-east
fissure-like
west, into
is
but it,
the in
a
south-
to
which ships may penetrate a depth of 50
miles from above the estuary of the lower river, while
on the eastern
side there
is
a navigable diagonal course
of 174 miles leading into the plain-like lands of the
Upper Congo.
From is
2276
round
the height of feet
with
lyumbi
above the
sea,
a theodolite
ridge, for instance,
by sweeping the horizon
horizontally,
altitude of the boldest hills
which
the
which appeared
topmost in
view
throughout an area of 2000 square miles did not vary 50
feet
in height, although
number of by
hilltops
there
were a countless
and grey swells of upland
crevasses, gorges,
se[)arated
and long sinuous watercourses,
proving that the land we surveyed was a disintegrated plateau,
denuded in the course of ages of
by numberless tropic rain seasons. where the loamy
soil
was
still
On
bits of tropical forest
what
land might have been
hollows,, into
which some of the
loam
the larger levels
retained,
palms and the
its rich
groves of
were seen, indicating
soil
originally.
The
has been washed
THE CONGO.
342 iiiteiTupted
The Kernel 01" of the
Argument.
111 tuG dark
iu its
wavy
by
descGiit are easily traceable
lines, belts
and bars of
which
foliage,
appear more and more shadowy as they recede.
we
and look down
step near the vei-ge of one of these
into
the depths
of the
gorges,
If
we view
lengthy
a
sunken bed of evergreen vegetation so dense and dark that brief,
one wonders whether they are penetrable. almost every tabular
hill
of any dimension
with a palm-grove and
crested
In
clump
forest
;
is
the
smaller hills and slopes are mere wastes of sere grass
;
the hollows, ravines, gorges and valleys teem with a
marvellous wealth of vegetable
The productions of
life.
the mountain region which are
commerce are very
suitable for
The
simple.
levels in
the vicinity of the palm-groves and villages produce
the ground-nuts of commerce
;
from the crimson-yellow
nuts of the palms {Elais guineensis) palm-butter creeper
is
the
in
;
found
;
gorge-forests
is
extracted the
the
india-rubber
some orchilla-weed and gum-copal
are also present.
In the neighbourhood of the sea and the navigable part of the lower liver the country has been fairly well exploited.
There are certain well developed
lines
of native travel, such as the trade routes leading from
Stanley coast,
Pool
and
region indirect
is
to
to
Zombo,
Loango
;
to
San Salvador and the
but the larger part of the
but slightly influenced,
manner,
depots at the
by the
except in
establishment
Lower Congo and
of
a very
trading
the coast.
Tiie superficial area of the maritime
and mountain
TEACHABLE NATIVES. region of
343
Congo, which includes
that portion
The Kernel
of the basin extending between the sea and the lower
Argument,
tlie
all
end of Stanley Pool, measures 3M,000 square
The
from the
population,
of
effects
the
and internal wars, cannot be estimated
at
miles.
slave-trade
more than
— say, 300,000, governed
nine souls to the square mile
We
have proved them to be
tractable during six years of
most peaceful intercourse,
by
at least
300
chiefs.
during which we have experienced only two interrup-
The
tions with those immediately under our control.
happy condition of our native transport column
is
an
evidence that the natives of this region are teachable,
and amenable
to
latest reports of
improvement and
The
discipline.
1885 prove that about 1500 porters>
are employed monthly.
The next
section
basin of the
we have
to consider is
the interior
Upper Congo, beginning from the
longi-
tude of Le'opoldville at the lower end of Stanley Pool,
and ending
at the longitude of Stanley Falls.
At Stanley to be
1511
Falls
feet
we
find
In a curving course
above the ocean.*
miles from east to west, and from twenty-
of 1068
Equator
eight miles north of the
down
the altitude of the river
to
4°
degrees of
17'
south
of the
longitude, the
to
13'
N. and
Equator, across nine
slope of
been four inches to the mile.
T
the descent has
The concave of
this
almost perfect bow-like course of the Upper Congo distant
from the sources of the
into
from the south,
it *
913
is
tributaries, flowing
geographical
miles in
Later measurements do not vary 30 feet from the above.
THE CONGO.
344
The convex of the bow
The Kernel
a
Argument.
IVom the water-parting which supplies
line.
dii'ect
is
distant
tributaries
its
from the north 330 geographical miles in a direct line.
Of
the southern tributaries flowing into the great are
river the laigest
Kwa, Mohindu, Ikelemba,
the
Lulungu, and Lubiianzi.
By
ascending
Kwa we
the
a navigable
obtain
length of 2 SI miles to the upper extremity of Lake Le'opold
The
11.
Ngana branches
Mbibe' and
will
add a further course of 220 miles.
Two hundred and Lukanga
miles above the
fifty
discovered, which leads us into
is
Kwa
the
Lake Man-
tumba, whose populous shores must not be neglected
by the future trader
From Congo
the
Upper Congo.
in the
confluence
of
Lukanga with
the
Lake Mantumba
to the extremity of
is
the
seventy
miles.
Sixty miles above the fine river
Mohindu.
Lukanga we
We
only explored
eighty miles, but, considering native reports,
we may
arrive
its
estimate
it
at
the
for about
magnitude and the
its
navigability to be
about 650 miles.
About
thirty
Ikelemba, which
miles higher up I
the
Congo
is
the
estimate will furnish 125 miles of
river course accessible to trade.
It is
the commercial
reserve of the Bakuti tribe.
The next
river
we
arrive at
is
the Lulungu, which
will probably be found, with its tributaries,
Lulua and
Lubi, navigable for over 800 miles.
banks are
Its
TRIBUTARIES OF THE RIVER.
345
reported to be more populous than those of the Congo.
The Kernel
Bauranga and Bakuraira
Argument.
This river
is
exploited bj the
mostly.
The next
river
gable only for twenty-five interrupted by rapids slight,
they are
becomes
it
to
survey the naviga-
is
river
first
is
the
navigable for thirty miles.
Mikene-Alima, whicb we can ascend
tlie
for thirty miles.
navi-
impede the navigation.
northern tributaries, the
is
is
and, altlioiigh they are very
;
sufficient to
Lawson-Lufini, which
The next
when
miles,
Beginning at Stanley Pool bility of the
which
Lubiranzi,
the
is
Above
this
A
for perhaps fifty miles.
is
the Likuba, navigable
few miles higher up
tlie
mouth
of the river, variously called Isanga, or
Bunga,
which
is
probably the Likona of Ballay,
readied.
From
all
reports
may
ascended
be
for
Nearly opposite the mouth of the Lukanga
120 miles. is
river
this
is
the Balui River, a large water entering by a delta.
My by
his itinerary that
The next
me
to believe
will be navigable for
350 miles.
Miyongo, of Usindi, has
friend,
it
led
river as yet discovered above the Balui
the large river of Ubangi, and above this
is
is
the Ngala,
flowing from the east into the Congo, half-way between
Some
Upoto and Iboko.
me
fifty
miles of an ascent leads
we Numbers
to expect that, with its affluents,
gation for about 450 miles. are on
its
Above miles.
shall find navi-
of large towns
banks. the Ngala
So
far
native reports, I
is
from
the Itirabiri, explored for thirty its
should
magnitude, estimate that
and from the
we
shall find
THE CONGO.
346 the Kernel
navigable water of the aggregate length of 250 miles.
of the
Argument.
•11 immediate neighbour, probably .
,
.
Tlic NlvulvU,
its
may
be ascended for sixty miles, while the Biyerre has been
proved navigable for ninety-six miles, and the Chofu
known
to be impassable after
is
an ascent of twenty-five
miles.
Thus the navigation uninterruptedly leaving the river bay let of Leopoldville,
available, after
as follows:
is
—
English miles.
From
Kwa
Leopoldville to Stanley Falls direct
Eiver,
Kwango and Lake Leopold
Left
j
The Lukanga and Lake Mantvimba Mohindu Eiver
bank
\
Ikelemba
.
II.
.
.
1068
.
.
500
70 650 125
„
Lulungu aud
800 25
its tributaries
Lnbiranzi ^
Nseleh,
Wanipoko and Lagoons,
left
bank
.
.
.
30
'Lawson-Lufini River
Mikene-Alima Likuba
?!S! bank
\
30 50
„
Isanga-Bunga, or Likona River
120
Balui
350 350
Ubangi River, and its affluents Ngala and its affluents Itimbiri and its tributaries
450 250
Nkuku River
60
Biyerre
96
„
^Chofu
25
5249 miles.
Total
From and
the following table of the length of the rivers,
their principal
section
200
of the
tributaries,
Congo
bnsin,
which flow
may
into
this
be inferred what
additional mileage to navigation will be furnished to
commerce ledge.
after the
development of geographical know-
TABLES OF MILEAGE.
347
Eight Bank. Nume
of River.
All these river banks having the same population density as on the congo river representing for this part of the Congo Basin almost a half million square miles... Some not explored regions like Katanga showed, later on, indeed a lower density...
THE CONGO.
348 The Kernel
From
Argument. foFin
and the Lumani alone, which
the Lubilasli
the Liibiranzi, I have a strong conviction that 800
miles more of navigable water will be obtained, since
the
Arabs of Kiburuga informed me that they had
crossed
the waters. five miles
The
They knew only
above
its
confluence with the Congo.
by the various
of 5250 miles.
by passing one
in
section.
this
rapid,
The wealth of
increase to over 6000 miles. lies
It
is
during ten months of the year. either
line,
As we
we may
equatorial
bisected
equator, over which the rain-belt discharges
the equatorial
by steam
direct navigable access
This,
rivers
square statute miles,
1,090,000
is
which we have
Africa
of the rapids twenty-
superficial area drained
above mentioned into
and navigated many days on
several times,
it
its
by the showers
recede from
north or south, the dry
periods are of longer duration.
At
long dry season
from the middle of
May
lasts four montlis,
to the middle of
lasts six
weeks, from
At
end of February.
Congo
section
estimating the
may
Lat. 4° the
September; the shorter season the middle of January to S.
about three weeks longer
The population of
S.
this
Lat.
6^,
the dry season
the is
in the year.
enormous area of the Upper
be approximately ascertained by
number of inhabitants
at each district
according to our observations, on the right bank and
on the
left
of that great curve of the
Congo between
Stanley Pool and Stanley Falls, and of the Biyerre, the Mohindu, the entire area
by the
Kwa, and belts
tlie
Lukanga, dividing the
which were explored.
1)
1
.
TABLES OF POPULATION. Eight Bank.
349
Ascending tho Congo.
Tlie Keruel
of the
Name
Estimated
of District or Village.
Population.
Gordon Bennett to La wson Eiver to
Population.
13,000
Mikenef
Eiver
15,000
j
Mikene Eiver Lukolela to
to opposite^ .
.
Bungata
.
.
50,000 4,000 15.000 3,000 3,000 30,000 3,000 10,000 10,000 12,000 5,500 6,000 2,000 8,000 8,000
.
Ukiimira
Ubengo Usiinbi
,...*.
Iboko
•.
Lusengo Ubika Thence to Iringi
Umangi
.
......
Ukele
and Ngombe
.
Lukii
Ndobo Ibunda
10,000
j
Bukoko
TJpoto
Estimated
of District or Village.
207,500
\
Lawson Eiver
Thenoe
Name
.....
Bumba Lower Yambinga Upper „
.
Villages Old Yaluliraa.
Bungele Basaka
...
.
.
.
.
Basoko of Mokulu Upper and Lower Yom.
burri
....
Yangambi Yaruche Yaryembi
.
....
Wenya and Bakumu
Ascending the Congo.
Imeme
.... Marunja .... Mpakiwana
Mbama and Mikunga Kimjwko and neighbourhood
To Wampoko Eiver Wampoko E ver to Ms wata Mswata and neighbour-! .
i
hood
Kwamouth
Kwa
....
Eiver to Bolobo Bolobo to Lukolela Lukolela
•
\
]\Ipa
.^
.
.
.
.
Yakongo
.
.
.
Villages .
Bahamba Bandu \
Butuuu
I
Bahunga
.
.
.... .
.
j
.
.
.
.
.
.
Islands
.
.
".
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
Bungungu If^angi
I
.
Ikassa
Mbungu and
Ngombe Nkuku
.
Old Eubunga.
Yalulima Irubu
.
Usindi Irebu
.
.
j
8,000 5,000 3,000 2,000 2,000 11,000 3,000
313,800
Lema
.
.
"
Yarukombe Yakusu
Kimbangu
.
13,000 j
Intermediate Villages
Bunga Mutembo
.
.
Boruu
Kintamo Kinshassa
.
Ngingiri
207,500
Left Bank.
10,000 8,000 8,000 5,000 3,000 300 2,000 2,000 6,noo 15,000
......
Yaporo
.... .
Thence to Moliindu Eiver Uranga Bolombo
Ukanga Yakonde Yarukombe
Bukumbi
Wenya
.
.
.
.
.
.... .
212 ,000 2 ,000 500 500 ,000 ,000 ,000 ,000 ,000 ,000 ,500 ,000 ,000 ,000 ,000 ,000 ,000 ,000 ,000 ,000 ,000 ,000 .500 ,000
319,000
Argument.
350
This must be 3030
1 (statute) mile=1609,35 meter
:
DENSITY OF THE POPULATION. Lieutenant Weissman,
who
351
crossed the upper Lubilash,
The Kemei of the
write "
Argument.
:
The country is densely peopled, and some of the villages are miles in They arc clean, with commodious houses shaded by oil-palms
lengtii.
and bananas, and surrounded by carefully divided contrary to the usual African practice,
woman attends " From the
man
is
which, quite
fields, in
seen to
till
the
soil
whilst
household offices. Lubilash to the Lumani there stretches almost uninterruptedly a prairie region of great fertility, the future pasture-grounds of the world. The reddish loam overlying the granite bears luxuriant grass and clumps of trees, and only the banks are densely wooded. " The rains fall during eight months of the year, from September to The temperature varies from G3° Fah. April, but they are not excessive. to 81° Fah., but in the dry season it occasionally falls as low as to
45° Fahrenheit."
______________________________ Tippu Tib, the great Arab trader in interior, who has traversed the south-east portion of this section, * ______________________________ tlie
described to
me
personally his astouishnient at the den-
sity of the population.
He
told
me how
had passed
lie
through several towns which took a couple of hours to
and
prairie
camp
left in
traverse, of the beauty of savannah, park,
country he saw, and the
how
the site of the
morning might be seen from the evening camp
after a six hours'
march.
Fi-om the north-east of this
section
we have
the
testimony of Dr. Schweinfiirtli in the following words "
From
king,
tlie
Welle
to the residence
of the
Monbuttu
Munza, the way leads through a country of
marvellous beauty, an
almost unbroken line of the
primitively simple dwellings extending on either side of the caravan route.
He estimates the Nyam-Nyam country to be about ______________________________________ 5400 square miles in extent, populated by 2,000,000. _______________________________________ * This is debunking the false theory that these regions were emptied by the Swahili traders. If we look what a long time Tippu Tib needed to guideStanley to these regions (only accessible during six months per year), then we had to admit that the deported number of slaves was less great than pretended in some litterature.
TEE CONGO.
352
______________________ number ________
The Kernel of the
Argument.
wliicb
.,
3
per square mile
1
,
!
The Mobindu and of
wbicb we
Itimbiri rivers, a certain portion
explored,
Miyongo
confirm wbat
Usindi related respecting the Lulungu, further
we
of
eqiial to the extraordinary
would be
of
that the
viz.,
travelled from the immediate banks of the
great river the more numerous became the people.
The vegetable productions of and varied, but use will be
intercourse
until
made
this section are rich is
facilitated
little
This might be readily
of them.
surmised from the country's bisection by the equaline,
torial
the
months' rains
ten
and
the
humid
warmth which nourishes vegetation with extraordinary prolific
power.
The most remarkable among
the vegetable growths
are the palms, of which there are an
but the most useful to commerce guinemsis). well
scarcely,
kernel
is
Not a grove, nor an
in
;
some
places, such as the
between the Lower Lumani and Congo, there
are entire forests of
On
it.
vinifera usurps its place.
islands are
palm
its
can be found without this beautiful
and most useful palm district
the oil-palm {Efais
the west coast, while
valuable for oil-cake for cattle.
variety,
dark red palm-oil so
Its nut supplies the
known on
islaiid
is
immense
yields
The
wholly forests of annually
from
the Biyerre' the Raplda larger
number of
this palm.
500
to
As
the
its
oil-
1000 nuts, the
quantity that miglit he collected from this section
enormous, and would rail to
the coast.
well
is
lepay transportation by
VEGETABLE WEALTH.
353
The next most valuable product of the untouched floridiif
in this region,
from Euphorbia
may have
which
gum
is
article,
On
but that which exudes
an area of 3000 square
miles with SOOO square miles of river, I estimate that
pay
Argument.
the islands of the Congo,
in the aggregate cover
in one year to
of the Laudolphia
not so elastic in quality, although
uses.
its
The Kernel
There are three kinds
or india-rubber plant.
of plants producing this
it
the
is
yet
forest, as
banks of the main
tiie
enough rubber could be
for a
collected
Congo railway.
Other gums, such as Ihose of the Tracliylobum and
The
Guibourtia species, are useful for varnishes.
transparent white and red
known the
Wenya
I
in diameter of
known
pure white
other uses they
Vegetable
are too well
There are
Among
to ,the natives.
discovered large cakes over 18 inches
villages they contrive to its
copal
need remark.
for their value to
large deposits of these
gum
fossil
oils
know
gum
copal.
make
torches of
liglits,
the third
is
it,
fishing
but of
nothing.
are extracted from the Arachis hypogea^
or ground-nut, the oil-berry, castor
used for
At some
oil.
The
first
is
the second for cooking and gravies,
medicinal, as with us.
Vast extents of forest are veiled with the orchilla moss.
Between
strip of forest
Iboko and Langa-Langa
saw a
about 60 miles in length draped with
orchilla lying on the
village
I
contains
its
woods
like a
gieen
manufactured
rolls
veil.
of
Every redwood
powder, and few settlements between the equator and the
Kwa
could not furnish a few hundredweights at
Vol. 11.-23
THE CONGO.
354
^^Vtiir^^ Argument,
the
first
Every
order.
trading" canoe floating
among
^pp^j. Congo possesses
its
on the
wares a
saleable
certain store of this universally-demanded article.
The vegetation of
Upper Congo
the
able for the quantities of fibres
manufacture
paper,
of
it
coarse matting, and grass-cloths;
by the Papyrus antiquorum, Calamus
indicus,
produces for the
basket-work,
rope,
remark-
also
is
fine
and
these are furnished
aloes, Stipa tenaccissima,
Phoenix spinosa, Raphia vinifera, and
Adansonia. Just as Lake tity of
Mantumba
furnishes the largest quan-
redwood powder; Iboko palm-fibre matting;
Irebu, Calamus fibred sunshades nnd floor mats lima, double
famous for
bells
Ubangi, swords
;
tobacco
its
coils,
its fine
In this region, able
timber and
among
the
is
with which product they
conduct an extensive river trade.
remarkable for
Lukolela
so
;
Yalu-
;
its
Lukolela
is
also
wild coffee.
many minor
items avail-
which commercial intercourse would teach the
natives to employ profitably, are lope,
buffalo,
lion,
monkey, goat, ante-
and leopard skins
;
the
gorgeous
feathers of the tropic birds, hippopotamus teeth, bees-
wax, sativa,
myrrh,
frankincense,
and
lastly ivory,
which
the most valuable product.
It
to-day
may
there are about 200,000 elephants
is
which would
in
about 15,000 let
us say,
weight of ivory in his head,
lbs.
represent,
Europe, £5,000,000.
considered
be presumed that
herds in the Congo basin, each carrying,
on an average 50
Cannabis
tortoise-shell.
when
To some,
collected
perhaps,
and sold in this
would
IVORY, RUBBER,
AND PALM-OIL.
appear a large estimate, but
355
much more moderate day to me by a gentle-
it is
than a statement made the other
man, who solemnly declared he had met a herd of 300 elephants
least
his servant
had overflown
its
many
so
Mr. Ingham, a
to
missionary, lately shot twenty-five the
for
at another locality not far
As
the
tlie
tons upon tons
Congo basin
is
off,
ivory
and
shot twenty.
drawn
for
the last eiglity years it
may
be that
under-estimated the number of elephants the
;
a large area, and considering
from the eastern half of Africa,
in
river
tlje
engulf him and his confederate.
and obtained money
Major Yetch,
that
banks, and, like another angry Sca-
mander, threatened
elephants,
and that he and
in a small river,
had slaughtered
at
unexploited and
virgin
I
still
have
living
western half of the
continent.
In
my
in rank
opinion the ivory, however, stands but
among
the natural products of the basin.
total value of the ivory
this rep:ion
fifth
The
supposed to be in existence in
to-day would but represent 107,500 tons
of palm-oil, or 30,000 tons of india-rubber.
If every
warrior living on the immediate banks of the Congo
and
its
navigable affluents— which are of the aggregate
length of 10,800 miles, within easy reach of the trader
above Le'opoldville
pound
— were
in rubber each
to pick
about a third of a
day throughout the year, or
to
melt two-thirds of a pound weight of palm-oil, and
convey
it
to the trader for sale,
£5,000,000 worth of
vegetable produce could be obtained without exhaustion of the wild forest productions.
Or
if,
in the
same
The Kerne Argumeut.
THE CONGO.
356 The Kernel
pound of
msiDner, each native warrior picked half a
of the
Aigument.
gum-copal per day, or collected half a pound per day of orchilla-weed, or
made
grind out half a
his wife
pound of camwood or redwood powder, ample proof would be given that of the
any one
of
forests alone as articles
pioductions
the
of
commerce have a Although ivory
value greatly superior to
ivory.
such a precious
by no means inexhaustible,
and therefore most
article, it is
it
By
cannot be rated very high.
trifling labour of the able
is
the
bodied warriors living
on the edge of the bank of the navigable river more
gum,
of either palm-oil, rubber,
orchilla-weed, or cam-
wood, could be produced in one year than in the
At
Congo basin
is
all
the ivory
worth.
the same time, although limited,
is
it
a valuable
product, and as such will be an object to commerce. If 200 tusks arrived per
£260,000 per annum,
it
week
would
at Stanley Pool, or say still
require twenty-five
years to destroy the elephant in the Congo basin.
In minerals this section abundant.
is
famous
is
by no means
poor.
Iron
Yalulima, Iboko, Irebu, and Ubangi are
for their swordsmiths.
The Yakusu and Basoko
are pre-eminent for their spears.
the Association at Brussels
In the
museum
are spear-blades
long and four inches broad, which
I
collected
of
six feet
among
those tribes.
The copper mines near large
At
portion
Phillippeville supply a very
of Western
the market of
Africa with
Manyanga
of these change hands.
their ingots.
several hundredweights
The south-eastern
portion of
MINERALS, SUGAR, RICE, ETC. the section of the
•11* vans with their is
r
stores or
also abundant.
Arabs
Upper Congo
Kernel
of the
1
Plumbago
copper.
and some of
in the beds of streams,
bottles
cara- The
T^i
Argument.
Gold has been found by the roving
by me returning from glass
numerous
supplies
11 smelted
357
met
tliose
their slave raids possessed small
which contained the treasures of small
gold nuggets they had found.
Every native
village
on the Upper Congo has
Bananas and plaintains
sugar-cane plats and maize. naturally thrive marvellously.
In the
natives eat bread of millet flour
manioc, sweet and bitter kinds,
;
Kwa
bean, which prolific
is
Among brinjalls,
is
vegetables
are
little
main
river.
the black field
very like the grain of India
the
the staple
furiiisshes
in favour
and hardy, needing but
valley the
but the cassava or
farinaceous food of the people along the
The leguminous plant most
its
;
it is
most
cultivation.
'
yams, sweet potatoes,
cucumbers, melons, pumpkins, tomatoes, &c.
Lately the cabbage, the European potato and onion,
have been introduced, and thrive most promisingly at Leopoldville and Kinshassa.
On fast
the eastern edge of this section the Arabs are
introducing the large-grained upland rice with extra-
ordinary success.
At Wane Kirungu they harvested
in
1882, 30,000 bushels of rice, and about 500 bushels
While the Association has advanced from
of wheat.
the west with mangoes, papaws, limes, oranges, pineapples and guava, the Arabs
have made remarkable
progress from the east with the same
There
is
a countless
fruits.
number of valuable plants
use-
THE CONGO.
358 foi their
The Kernel ful of the
Argument,
oiis, •
and
like tlie " candle-berry " tree, &c.
1
•
•
foi medicinal uses, like the
purgans, the Strychnas, the also to
be
found the wild
Semicarhus anacardiuin,
or
/^
Cashew, the Jatrophe
Amomum, giijger,
and nutmeg, the
marking-ink plant
these have no value to commerce, and
belong to the botanist.
There are
&c.
but
;
more properly
Cotton, however,
discovered
is
wild and indigenous everywhere, especially on the sites of deserted settlements,
and may in the future be
considered something more than a curiosity in a broad
and spacious region
so well adapted for its growth.
The next region
to
be considered
the
is
Webb-
Lualaba section, which embraces the greater part of 54 square degrees, included between 28° N.
lat.
and
S. lat.
12° 30', and between E. long. 25° 20' and E. long 30°.
The
superficial
measurement of the area amounts
246,000 square statute miles.
The course of
river from the dehoucliure of the
Bangweolo down is
from S.W.
Within
this
to
to
the great
Chambezi into Lake
to the last Cataract of Stanley Falls
N.W.
a distance of 1260 Eni^lish miles.
section I include
— until
further light
is
thrown upon the subject— Lake Muta-Xzige', not the
Lake Albert discovered by
Sir Samuel Baker.
We
have
voluminous affluents flowing into the Webb-Lualaba, directly west of the
They
lake discovered
require drainage area, which,
Muta-Nzige',
we have not
if
by me
in
1876.
we exclude Lake
sufficient space to
supply such
large rivers as the Low-wa, the Ulindi, and Lira.
From
native accounts, which, though extremely unreliable, must, in the absence of definite infoimation, be accepted,
THE WEBB-LUALABA COUNTBY.
may
359
be estimated to cover an area of 5400
The Ken.ei
square miles. Lake Bangeolo, according to Livingstone's
Argument.
this lake
rough survey,
is
of the superficial extent
Lake Mweru, according
square miles.
of
10,200
to the
authority, covers an area of 2700 square miles.
Kassali and
chain of lakelets
its
same
Lake
cover altogrether an
area of 2200 square miles.
Beyond the Stanley
Webb-Lualaba
Falls the
is
navi-
gable to within six miles fiom Nyangwe, a length of
327 miles.
On
met
Le'o])old River,
is
the
thirty miles
of the
the next
;
first class,
is
which
is
we meet
400 yards south
we
at the
see the Lira
Low-wa
with a breadth
About ninety
clear
we come
to the
which has a known course of 250
thirty miles
which
is
of
miles further
stream.
A
little
Luama, a stream
miles.
Forty miles
the Luigi, of half that length, and
beyond the Luigi
the outlet of
is
the Luindi, or Lukuga,
Lake Tanganika.
Commencing again from the Baswa uppermost of the Stanley Falls left
we ascended
emptying into the Webb-Lualaba,
north of S. latitude 5°
is
ascended
River, an affluent
— which
river
300 yards wide, a deep and
further south
affluent
South of the Low-wa about
the Ulindi
mouth.
tlie first
formed a few miles up by the
few miles— a
1877 a
in
ascend,
which may be
the
junction of two streams. fifteen miles
we
the right as
bank we meet
is
cataract, the
series, the first
on the
the small Black River, and the
next from the bend, which I supposed was the Lumami, but which, the Arabs inform me, similar to the Kasuku,
emptying
is
the Lufii, a stream
at S. lat. 4^ into the
THE CONG 9.
360 The Kernel of the
The next ^reat
Webb-Lualaba. -
.
.
of the river
Argument, secti'on
is
the Lacustrine
The Webb-Lualaba of main
length
amount
river
Kamolondo. of
out
section,
and larger
5000 miles, may be
to
river flowinfi- into this
,
.
.
its
;
the
below
the
betw^een
Mweru
Kasongo
Falls
two naviincluded
first
between the Baswa Falls and Njangwe' second
whicli
tributaries,
div^ided into
gable sections of 550 miles each
aggregate
Falls,
and the
and the rapids
Lake.
This region, mainly along the river banks and in a vast part of
its interior,
has been subjected to the dete-
riorative influence of slave-raiding for the last
Whatever
years.
its
population
twenty
may have been
before
the desolating system of capturing communities of people
by the slaughter of the males, estimate
more than twenty
it
would not be
safe to
souls to the square mile,
by
which we have a population of nearly 0,000,000.
The
principal tribes in that region are the
Bakumu,
Balegga, Banyema, Bakonde', Bagenya, Barua, Bakuss,
Bamarungu, and Bahmda.
On
the lower navigable section of the
Webb-Lualaba
there are four trading communities of Arabs and their slaves established at Kasongo,
Wane
To
Kirundu.
Nyangwe, Yibondo, and
the commercial trader from the
west coast these communities are easily accessible, and
would be valuable over the region
;
auxiliaries to the extension of trade
inasmuch as they have hosts of
plined slaves, hundreds of
during the trading.
last
The
whom have
disci-
been educated
twenty years in the art and practice of tastes of these people
would be
supeiior,
A BAB TRADING COMMUNITIES. naturally, to that of the aborigines.
the cattle
assistance,
Lualaba;
also
the
Through
their The Kwnei
Usige, Ruanda, Urundi, and
ot"
might be brought,
Ujiji
361
in a
cattle
lew weeks' march, to the
of
Nyangwe,
wliich
have
increased at last accounts to respectable herds, prov-
ing that there
is
nothing
fatal
growth and
to their
successful propagation in the valley of the
The natural productions
of
Congo.
the land are similar to
those enumerated as belonging to the
Upper Congo
section.
The next
section
for consideration
that of the
is
Chambezi, having a superficial area of 46,000 square miles.
drained entirely by the Chambezi and
It is
tributaries,
its
which are the headquarters of the Congo.
It lies in a basin elevated
about 3800 feet above the
sea,
walled around by the Losanswe range of mountains
on the north, and
to the south
and east by the Lokinga
mountains, or jjlateau wall of Bisa, and the Chibale' range.
The
river
is
described
by Livingstone
to be
400
yards wide at the place of his crossing, with a clear current of two knots and a depth of three fathoms.
One
of
its
affluents,
the Lubansenzi,
is
described as
being 300 yards wide, and three fathoms deep.
Lokulu
A
is
described as being a
still
The
larger affluent.
few quotations from Livingstone's own words will
give a better idea of the country than can be gathered
any other manner.
in "
Immense swampy
"The
plains all around except at Kabende."
water in the country
is
exceedingly large; plains extending
Argument.
THE CONGO.
362 'ih
have 4 or 5
Kernel farther than the eye can reach
of the
feet of clear water,
and the
adjacent lands for 20 or 30 miles are level."
Argument. out.
We went through We were lost in
five
hours."
'*
"The country
is
necessity tortuous.
papyrus, stiff
rushes, arums,
tall
and grass
till
tired
grassy prairies from 3 to 4 feet in water for
so very flat that the rivers down here are of Fish and other food abundant, and the people civil
all
and reasonable." " One sees interminable grassy prairies with lines of trees occupying quarters of miles in breadth, and these give plain
is
flooded annually
From
the above
of the Chainbezi
but
;
its
way
to plain again.
The
vegetation consists of grasses."
will be perceived that the basin
it
country like
principally a level
is
prairie land sloping very gradually on all sides to the
Bangweolo Lake, and during the rainy season inundated in
its
lower depressions, especially in the vicinity
Midway
of the lake.
of
its
gradations of undulating
beautiful
rises
in
land,
on which browse the
as far as north-east,
tbe
course, however, the country
foot
cattle
of the
pasture
herds of the Babisa,
Mambwe
plateau, on
and the Chibale mountain chain
east,
the the
latter being 7,000 feet high.
The population of at
more than
iexi
this region
cannot he estimated
to the square mile,
which would give
460,000 souls to the territory.
The remaining described
is
the
section
of the
Tanganika
Congo
territory,
basin to
be
which covers
a superficial area of 03,000 square miles, of which the lake itself being 391 English miles in length, with
an
average breadth of twenty- four miles, absorbs 0400 square miles.
In some portions of this section the population dense
;
as for instance, in Usige, Urundi,
is
Uhha, Eastern
THE TANGANIKA TERRITORY.
363
some portions of Umyamwezi
Itawa, Ujiji, and
Kawendi, Marungu, Ufipa,
others, again, as in
By
thinly populated.
a moderate estimate,
it is
it
in
^'"^ Kernel
but
Argument,
;
would
be twenty-five to the square mile, making a population for the entire basin of 2,325,000.
The
surface of the lake
above the
feet
by mountains
On
sea.
is
the north-west
2500
rising
an altitude of 2750
at
feet higher,
west by heights ranging from
Along 1500
1500
the east the average height of
feet
above the lake
it
bounded
to
the south-
to
2000
feet.
table land
tlie
on the north
;
is
is
a broad,
is
funnel-shaped valley leading to the lofty uj^lands of
Ruanda.
On
one half of this territory cattle are bred in '
The Warundi, Wahha,
numerous herds.
Wanya-Ruanda,
a very superior race of people, could
not exist without their
yamwezi, who are while
life,
The Wajiji and Wan-
cattle.
them, also
allied to
they do not
sorghum,
cereals,
neglect
millet, maize.
affect
the
At
of Tanganika
About midway on
is
a
London
the east
is
a pastoral
production of
Ujiji,
Uzige, are trading communities of Arabs side
Wazige', and
;
Uvira, and
on the west
Missionary station.
a station of the African
International Association.
At
Ujiji
ends the oil-palm, the other productions
of the land being similar to the Upper Congo section.
On
the eastern portion of the basin cereals form the
staple
food of the inhabitants, while on
portion the principal cassava.
food
consists
its
western
of bananas
and
THE CONGO.
364 The Kernel
At
the iiiavkets of Ujiji
may
of the
Argument. \\]q
principal products for sale
beans, ground nuts,
millet,
fruit, palm-oil,
number of
be seen a
— ivory,
maize, sesame,
sugar-cane,
wild
cbilies,
bananas, plaintains, honey, goats, sheep,
cattle, fowls, fish,
tobacco, fish-nets, copper
iron wire, bark cloth,
bows and arrows,
wristlets,
hoes, spears,
slaves, &c.
U vira,
At
on the north-west
side,
are great smelting
At
works, and manufactures of iron wire and ware. south, the best tobacco
Usanzi, a
little
Ukawendi
the largest store of honey and
found
from Urungu
;
arrives
Mambwe
to
raised
is
wax
;
in
to be
is
the finest ivory
from Marungu the largest number of slaves
;
are brought
number of
;
Urundi and Uhha supply the largest
cattle
;
while Ujiji
goats
supplies
and
sheep.
The following the
state
basin
of
table will present in a
our
compact form
Congo
knowledge of the
actual
:
Area
in
Square
Sections.
miles.
Lower Congo
Upper
33,000
.
Cougo
Population per Square mile.
About 9
1,090,000
Length
Number of Population,
of Naviga-
Area of
Name
of Lake.
297,000
,^( I-eopold
II.
9.50
^^"\ Mautumba.
400 10,200 2,700
,
40 43,884,0005,250|
Baugweolo
Mweru Kiissula
246,000
Luiilaba
20
^^^^^ miles
tion.
4,920,0001,100
.
and
of l2,200 chain Lakelets ) .
Chambezi, with) Baiigweol'j
Tauganika
.
.
46,000
460,000
93,000
2,325,000
400j
Mutu Nzige
9,400 5,400
391
Kuta Kebir
444
'I'anganika.
I
l.oOS.OliO Average 34 51,880,000 7,251
The subjoined form
will illustrate
how
31,694
the
Congo
POLITICAL BOUNDARIES. basin
is
present
at
Conference
:
divided, according
365 to
the Berlin
The Kernel
Argument.
THE CONGO.
366 The Kernel
knowledge of the peoples cbiring
Argument,
intercourse with
them have but
my
six years
intensified
later
my
con-
victions.
clever practical people of Manchester ask me,
The "
And what
can the natives give us in excliange for
"
our cloth
?
I answer, that the trade of to
£32,000,000
last
West Africa amounted
year, out of
which there were
£17,000,000 exports, which sailing
probably about
away
ships and steamers were able to carry
from a
line of
have shown, after
after
due care
for
exactitude
some four hundred astronomical
patient exploration, personal
Europe
2900 miles long.
coast only
sea
to
I
obtained
observations,
investigation, bold essays
into as yet wild regions with our small steamers, as-
siduous questioning of native navigators, that there are
5250 statute miles of uninterrupted navigable water,
which may by overcoming a
trouble
little
rapid be increased to GOOO miles in the section of the
The flow
and
is is
Congo
at
one
Upper Congo
basin.
area through which these navigable channels
over 1,000,000 square miles superficial extent,
throughout a
the variety of
its
fertile
natural
region
unsurpassed
productions.
It
is
for
peopled
by about 43,000,000 of native Africans, whom, from our experience among 1,000,000 of them, lead us to believe will prove as amenable to reason and prudent
treatment as any natives
we have
we have
encountered.
ascertained that along 2030 miles
banks there dwell 806,300, we
may
As
of river
estimate then that
POSSIBILITIES OF TRADE.
367 The Kernel
4,483,000 souls inhabit the two banks of the navigable
mileage of 6000 miles, or 12,000 miles of river shore.
These 12,000 miles of Congo banks excel in quality sea
the
found
In
shore.
and
oil-palms
book,
this
rubber
I
speak of
having
the
dyeing
creepers,
powder of the red-wood and of the orchilla-weed, copal deposits, at
and
of
forests
every place I visited
trees
speak of eager native
I
;
gum-producing
ot
traders following us for miles for the smallest piece
of cloth.
mention
I
that
many
travelling
after
miles to obtain cloth for ivory and red-wood powder,
the despairing natives asked, "Well, what
do want
On
Tell us,
?
will get
it
you
it
for you."
venturing before that body of practical, sober,
men
intelligent
Chamber
of
incorporated
Commerce, "
singular question, in
and we
is
exchange
I
What can
our cloth
for
append the following
am
list
? "
Manchester
a
into
confronted with the the
give us
natives
For a
first
answer I
of produce from the Congo.
and steamers can be sent
If sailing ships
Upper Congo basin by the Manchester will obtain three times at least
the
to
people, they
more of West African
produce than they obtain from the whole of the West African
coast,
extending
from the Gambia
to
St.
Paul de Loanda, or £50,000,000 worth of produce. Since they cannot send either sailing or steam vessels,
they must build two sections of narrow-gauge
way
respectively
length,
fifty-two
connected
connected
railway
by
rail-
and ninety-five miles
steamboat
235 miles
navigation,
long,
and
or
in
a
they will
Argument,
THE CONGO.
368 The Kernel
obtain as mucli produce as sucli a railway can con-
Argument. xQry^
who who
from their trading agents on the Upper Congo, will collect
from over a million native Africans,
it
are waiting to be told
what
further
produce
is
needed beyond ivory, palm-oil, palm kernels, groundnuts,
gum-copal,
gum
tr;igacanth,
orchilla-weed,
myrrh,
camwood,
frankincense,
cola-nuts, skins,
furs,
hides, feathers, copper, india-rubber, fibre of grasses,
beeswax, bark-cloth, nutmeg, ginger, castor-oil nuts, &c.
&
Memorandum from Hutton
Co.,
The Temple, Dale
Street,
Liverpool, 12th March, 1885.
Value of African Produce Palm
(Congo)
oil
kernels „
„
Ground-nuts, shelled
....
in the shell
...
Copra
£ 28 12
s.
5
Ivory teeth
.....
Barwood
Camwood Ebony
„ „
12
„ „
to 2
per cwt.
3 10 £21 to 23
per ton.
£6 „ 14 10
large
1
10
1 12
„
Cotton
Bermiseed
Gum
„ „
per cwt. „ 5i per lb.
seed
„
1 per lb.
£45 to 60 £25 „ 45
Coffee, small berry
„
per ton.
14 10
Is. 4'i.
....
scrivelloes
d.
5
16
India rubber „
in Liverpool.
copal, red
Angola
....
„
white Loanda
„
Sierra
Leone
... ...
Guinea grains
per ton.
2
per 384
5
5 15 1
15
5s.
Ginger
to 2 10 1 16
Castor seed
9
5
„
Beeswax Orchilla weed, Angola
£1
per cwt. „ 6i per lb.
19
£1
Chillies
Croton
4 10
£5
to 6 10
17s. 6d.
„ 2 10
per cwt.
lbs.
AFRICAN PRODUCE IN LIVERPOOL. £.
s.
Kola nuts (fresh") Eattan canes Porcupine quills
10 80
Monkey
01
skins
...... .......
14
Calabar beans
Morse teeth
2
Adansonia, or Baobab bark or fibre Oil nuts (Candle-berry) 1 ^^ .
.
^
,
Nominal
11
7
369
THE CONGO.
370 The Kernel
yanga, and judging from what
is
being done on the
of the
Argument.
Lower Congo,
the following produce
Factories ^\htre Stationed.
was shipped
:-
ESTIMATE OF PROBABLE EXPORTS. the gross value of which
371
Of ivory
The Kernel
and rubber, £300,000 might easily be bought, because
Argument.
oil,
£1,050,000.
is
the great depot of trade would then be at the ter-
— Manyanga —and
minus
the service of the 800 carriers
now conveying goods between Vivi and
Stanley Pool
(235 miles), would be utilised in carrying produce
between the Pool and Manyanga, ninety-five miles.
The aggregate revenue of the up and down commerce,
from
State,
and
missions,
traffic
exclusive
of
passengers, would be about £120,000, for an outlay
of £230,000.
The
would be obtained
fuel
Ngoma
through which the line
forests,
would run.
Bundi, and
the
at
of i-ailway
would of course be a surface railway,
It
the extraordinary outlay being only for a few bridges.
Were
the railway to be direct from Vivi to Stanley
Pool, the distance being only 235 miles, the expense of
construction at
£4000 per mile would only amount
£940,000.
The gross revenue of £300,000 per
to
annum
such an outlay
for
such a railway
is
must contribute miles
through
exchange muskets,
it
to
would for
as
large
constructed a million its
support.
uninterrupted
of
surely
is
river
The
Once
!
square miles
trade
by 5200
navigation
flowing
chiefly consist of
heavy produce
in
bulky goods, cotton goods, beads,
gunpowder,
cutlery,
china,
and iron ware,
inasmuch as bullion, cheques, bank-notes are useless in the
As
Congo
basin.
a mere speculation there
whole wide world
offering:
so
is
nothing
in
remunerative an
the in-
372
THE CONGO.
.
The Kernel
vestmeiit of Capital as this
Argument,
of
kinds, ancl
all
and have proved impassable
;
aerial
human to
be failures
been
liave
carriers
the
;
yet,
arrives every article that a mortal
tested,
cataracts
navigation, unfortunately,
compete with the railway as
toll
Animals
small railway.
are
cannot
and until that time
man
needs must pay
of freight to this iron road.
To-day £52,000 are paid per
between Stanley Pool and the the
International
which
is
annum
coast,
Association,
for porterage
by native
and
three
traders,
Missions,
equal to 5^ per cent, on the £940,000 said to
be needed to construct the railway to the Pool.
But
let
the Yivi and Stanley Pool railroad be constructed, and it
would require an army of Grenadiers
traders from
moving on
in the commercial El
The
to secure the favourite places
Dorado of Africa.
Christianity, science,
waves beating on a rocky shore,
and
trade.
Like the
so Islamism has dashed
repeatedly from the north in
reach the line of the Equator.
made
prevent the
equatorial regions of Africa have for ages defied
Islamism,
itself
to
its
frantic effort to
Christianity has also
ineffectual attempts for the last three centuries
to obtain a footing in the
same region, but ignorance of
retirement.
Science has directed
the climate caused
its
strategic assaults
upon the closely-besieged
area,
has succeeded in retiring with brilhant results; success,
and its
however, has been only temporary, as Trade
which ou2:ht to have followed stood dazed with the difficulties
which the pioneers encountered.
Thus the equatorial region, which
offers
such large
AFBICA RECLAIMABLE. prospects to the enterprising, its
.
own
.
.
.
f.
juice of fatness.
stands railing
.
been
left to
.
Belgas were at this late
of the
its efforts.
It
by what process England, Gaui, and
redeemed from barbarism
hour there
heart of Africa with
still
its
and because
;
emerges iuto light the great
countless millions without the
slightest veneer of artificialism over man's natural state, it
thoughtlessly exclaims that the African savages are
irreclaimable.
Africa,
How
it
possible that these natives of
whose bonds have been
cessible area, could
that
is
we have any
fixed in such an inac-
have been otherwise
No
?
people
record of have ever risen out of the
Europe has
slough of barbarism without external help.
been compounded out of the
relics
of
many
nations
and
tribes— Celts, Huns, Goths, Vandals, Greeks, Romans, Franks, Saxons, Normans, Saracens, Turks,
who have
become involved with one another a thousand times in commotions and contentions during many centuriesi It is out of the
fragments of warring myriads that the
present polished nations of Europe have sprung.
Had
a few of those waves of races flowing and eddying over
Northern Africa succeeded in leaping the barrier of the Equator,
we should have found
the black aboriginal
races of Southern Africa very different from the savages
we meet But
to-day.
until the latter half of the nineteenth century
the 'world was ignorant of of Isangila, or
how
iha Kernel
Civilisation, so often baffled, Argument,
presents such an impenetrable front to feigns to forget
stew in
,
barbarism and savagery that
the
at
lias .,
373
slight
what
lay
was the
beyond the rapids obstacle
which lay
THE CONGO.
874 The Kernel
betwecii civilisatioii and
Argument,
the
-,-,.. dark
of the
which CR'aved the two
to
mankind
be developed that
excels
it
endowed
'
a
to
mankind.
which nature reserved
by the coming races
known
precious
of
variety
•
I
;
still
lies
rejoice to
not only high in value, but that
is
other
all
for
gift
an area of the earth
rejoice that so large
find
r
navigable channels by which access
other
a unit of that
it, I
k
how Nature had formed
and
could be gained to this her latest
As
r
.
virgin regions or Africa into
equal halves,
hundred
broad natural highway
lands for the gifts
number and
which
with
nature
it
rare
has
it.
Let us take North America for instance, and the portion of
ricliest
viz.,
it,
the Mississippi basin, to
compare with the Congo basin, previous to
ment by
that mixture of races called
When De
its
develop-
modern Americans.
Soto navigated the Father of waters, and the
Indians were undisputed masters of the ample riverbasin, the spirit of enterprise
would have found
in the
natural productions some furs and timber.
The Congo basin at the
is,
however, much more promising
same stage of undevelopment. The
banks of the Congo are
lignum
vitae,
filled
forests
on the
with precious redwood,
mahogany, and fragrant gum-trees.
may
At
be found inexhaustible quantities of
their
base
fossil
gum, with which the carriages and furnitures of
civilised
countries
are
myrrh and frankincense
varnished ;
;
their
their foliage
orchilla-weed, useful for dye.
is
boles
exude
draped with
The redwood when cut
down, chipped and rasped, produces a deep crimson
DEVELOPING THE COUNTBTS RESOURCES. powder,
colouring
valuable
a
givir)g*
the
;
375
creepers
The Kernel of the
which hang in festoons from
tree to tree are generally Argument,
those from which india-rubber
of which
is
worth
per
2^.
lb.)
;
is
produced (the best
the nuts of the
give forth a butter, a staple article of commerce
make
the fibres of others will
the best cordnge.
palm
oil ;
while
Among
the wild shrubs are frequently found the coffee-plant.
In
its
and swamp, luxuriate the
plains, jungle,
phants, whose teeth furnish ivory worth from
per
lb.
;
its
lion, leopard,
monkey,
goat, cattle, &c., far
more
^s. to II5.
waters teem with numberless herds of
popotamus, whose tusks are also valuable
value,
may it
rately-industrious
otter
;
;
ele-
In'p-
furs of the
hides of antelope, buffalo,
But what
also be obtained.
possesses over 40,000,000 of
is
of
mode-
and workable people, which the Red
And
Indians never were.
vantages and benefits
to
of Nature, they are not
if
we speak
of prospective ad-
be derived from this
much
inferior in
late gift
number
or
value to those of the well-developed Mississippi Yalley.
The copper of Lake Superior
is
rivalled
the Kwilu-Niadi Yalley, and of Bembe'. tobacco, maize, coffee,
sugar,
by that of
Rice, cotton,
and wheat, would thrive
equally well on the broad plains of the Congo. is
only
known
afler the least superficial
a limited line which I
is
not
have heard of gold and
upon what
I
am
do not personally
For climate, the Mississippi valley large portion of the
Congo basin
miles wide.
but this statement
requires further corroboration, and I to touch
examination of
much over 50 silver,
This
is
not disposed
knovv-.
superior, but a
at present inaccessible
.
THE CONGO.
r3T6
The Kernel to
the immigrant
is
Europeans may thrive and multiply.
Argument, wliicli
no portion of
is
not
blessed with a temperature under
fix
his
it
where the European trader may
residence
merce to his own
There
years,
for
with as
profit
and develop
com-
risk as is incurred
little
in India. It is specially
that I dilate
with a view to rouse the
upon the advantages possessed by the
.Congo basin, and not as a g;rant.
spirit of trade
field for
the pauper immi-
There are over 40,000,000 native paupers within
the area described,
who
are poor
and degraded already,
merely because they are encompassed round about by
and man, denying them con-
hostile forces of nature tact
and intercourse with the elements which might
have ameliorated the unhappiness of their condition.
European pauperism planted amongst them would soon degenerate to the low level of aboriginal degradation. It is the
the
means of
factor
who
cautious trader retreat
;
Ihe
who with one hand
advances, not without enterprising
mercantile
raw produce
receives the
from the native, in exchange for the finished pro-
loom
duct of the manufacturer's
— the
European mid-
dleman who has
his
home
in
Europe but has
iu Africa is the
man who
is
wanted.
his heart
These are they
.who can direct and teach the black pauper what to
gather of
the,
multitude of things around him and in
They
his neighbourhood.
are the missionaries of com-
merce, adapted for nowhere so well as for the basin,
where are
so
dant opportunities
many
all
idle hands,
Cong6
and such abun-
within a natural
'•
ring fence."
A GOSPEL OF ENTERPRISE. Those entirely weak-minded,
who
profess
scepticism,
irresolute,
and project
always as a shield to hide their general observation,
it
Of
to interest in Africa. civilised
is
my
not
own
377
and
senile people The Kerne
them
before
it
cowardice from
purpose to attempt
the 325,000,000 of people in
Europe there must be some surely
whom
to
the gospel of enterprise preached in this book through the
medium
of eight
languages will present a few
items of fact worthy of retention in the memorj', and capable of inspiring a certain amount of action.
encouraged
in
which
several ideas
during the nent,
this belief
last
I
I
am
by the rapid absorption of
have industriously promulgated
few years respecting the Dark Conti-
Pious missionaries have
set forth
devotedly to
instil into
the dull mindless tribes the sacred germs
of religion
;
but their material
that the progress they have to the courage
and
difficulties are so
great
made bears no proportion
zeal they
have exhibited.
I
now
turn to the worldly wise traders, for whose benefit and
convenience a railway must be constructed.
Argument.
TEE CONGO.
378
CHAPTER XXXVIII. THE BERLIN CONFERENCE. Strengthening
fabric
tlie
— Precedents — Treaties
-with
Treaty— United
validity— The Anglo- Portuguese
chiefs
States
:
their
action
Prince Bismarck's views— Position of Great Britain— German and
French interests
of commerce —Berlin Conference — List —Deliberations and decisions at the Conference
—Freedom
of Plenipotentiaries
Acquisitions of France and Portugal— Free Tradediction
The Berlin Conference.
^HE
buildino: ^ of the ConoTO o State
may
We
the construction of an edifice.
may
A
safe juris-
—The Royal Founder. ./
be likened to
of the expedition
be compared to the labourers clearing the ground,
levelling the
digging
site,
the
reducing the approaches into order,
trenches,
laying
finally building
up the walls
while
Stiauch
Colonel
the
foundations,
to the designed height,
and
Captain
Thys, of
Bureau of the Association, supplied us with mortar.
But the
and
The
stone-masons, must retire,
owner must apply
to
the
put on the roof, and place their places.
tools
edifice in such a condition if
exposed to the elements cannot stand. bricklayers,
When
and
the
and long
labourers,
and the
carpenters and slaters to tlie
doors and windows in
these have finished their parts,
the cabinet-makers and upholsterers must be called in
STRENGTHENING THE FABRIC.
379
The Expedition
to reiKler the bouse habitable.
of the
The Berlin Conference.
Upper Congo and the Bureau had now performed
Royal Founder of the State was com-
duties, but the
and continuity,
pelled, in order to insure its prosperity
work advanced,
as the
to apply to
vernments of Europe and America
and to
for security
make
the various Gofor
recognition,
and peaceful safeguard of
its frontiers,
tieaties
with France and Portugal, which
would delimit the boundaries, and arrange with
them
their
all of
for the preservation of neutrality.
The precedents of the English Puritans of the Mayflower
in
1G20, of the
Xew
Hampshire
colonists in
1639, of the East India Company, Sarawak, Liberia,
and Borneo favoured the right of individuals and its
establish states
upon the
to
found
cession of territory with
sovereignty to them by the independent sovereigns,
chiefs, rulers, or
assemblies,
owners or holders of
who were
it.
The Association were
in possession of treaties
with over 450 independent African
would be conceded by
all to
their
own
chiefs,
made
whose rights
have been indisputable,
by undisturbed occupation,
since they held their lands
by long ages of
the original
succession,
by
real divine right.
Of
free will, without coercion, but for substantial
considerations, reserving only a few easy conditions,
they hnd transferred their rights of sovereignty and of ownership to the Association. arrived
made into
when
a sufficient
The time had then
number of
to connect the several
these had been
miniature
one concrete whole, to present
soverei2:nties
itself before
the
THE CONGO.
380
The Berlin on erencp.
general recognitioii of
"^^^^^^ ^^^
^^^^ liold these in
name
tLe
right to govern,
its
of an independent state,
lawfully constituted according to the spirit and tenor of international law.
The Committee on Foreign Relations with
say
Report
their
States, in
forty-eighth Congress,
" It can scarcely be denied that the native chiefs
:
have the right
to
eminent English less
make
The
these treaties.
statements
exhaustive
no
to the
the United
of
jurist,
Sir
Travers
able
and
Twiss,
the
and of Professor Arntz, the
distinguished Belgian publicist, leave no doubt
upon the question of the
legal capacity of the African
International Association in view of the law of nations to accept
any powers belonging
to these native chiefs
and governments which they may choose
to delegate
or cede to them."
"The
practical
affirmative
answer,
indisputable, tribes cede
question for
to
which they give an
reasons which appear to be
Can independent
cliiefs
of savage
to private citizens (persons) the
whole or
is this,
'
part of their States, with the sovereign rights which pertain to them, conformably to the traditional customs
of the country "
?
'
"
The doctrine advanced
well sustained
by these
in this proposition,
and so
writers, accords with that held
by the Government of the United
States, that
occupants of a country, at the time of
its
the
discovery by
other and more powerful nations, have the right to
make
the treaties for
persons
when
its
disposal,
and that private
associated in such country for self-pro-
VALIDITY OF NATIVE TREATIES. tection, or self-government,
may
treat
381
with the inhabi-
The Berlin Conference.
tants for
any purpose that does not
violate
tlie
laws
of nations."
In consequence of negotiations entered into between the British and Portuguese Governments, beginning
November, 1882, and ending February treaty
was
finally concluded,
25,
1884, a
by which the whole of the
south-west African coast, between S, latitude 5°
and
S. latitude 5° 18',
Government the
was recognised by the British
as Portuguese territory.
Lower Congo, of
course,
This included
by which the
territory
of the Association became excluded from the sea. treaty
12',
The
was signed on the 26th of February, 1884, by
Earl Granville on the part of Great Britain, and by
Senhor Miguel Martins d'Antas, on behalf of
the
Government of Portugal. Earl Granville, however, declared, previous to the signature of the treaty, that the acceptance
Powers of the Anglo-Portuguese Treaty was able before
was reason refused,
it
by other indispcTis-
could come into operation, and that there
to believe that this acceptance
which would necessarily delay the
would be
ratification.
Hitherto this territory proposed to be given up to Portugal, so far as Great Britain was concerned, had
been regarded as neutral, and the cluded,
marked a
a long
series of
radical
British
treaty,
thus
change in British policy; ministers
confor
had, during over
half a century, peremptorily declined to recognise the
Portuguese claims. \
On
the publication of the Anglo-Portuguese Treaty,
THE CONGO.
382 The Berlin ^|jg Contereuce.
France and Germany, DOwers, especially Eui'opean x ^ i j '
7
i.
emphatically protested against of
all
it,
and
in
England men
shades of politics combined to denounce
it,
princi-
pally through a fear that the restrictions imposed
upon
trade in other colonies belonging to Portugal would be so severe as to render
Congo
commerce impossible
in the
region.
The most
the Anglo-Portuguese
signal protest to
Treaty was, however, from the United States of America.
One
of the faithful coadjutors of the Committee of the
H.
International Association, General
S.
Sanford, of
Florida, formerly United States Minister to Belgium, in the latter part of 1883, had,
and
his
intimate
by means of the press
acquaintance with the authorities,
succeeded in rousing a genuine pubhc interest in the
Congo
question.
forgotten that
it
The American people had evidently was through the philanthropy of
their
fellow citizens that the Free States of Liberia had been
founded
to the establishment of
tributed $2.558_,987 of their
which they had con-
money
to create
homes and
comforts for the 18,000
free Africans they
spatched to
This
settle there.
state,
regard with honest pride, had
which they might
now an
area of 14,300
square miles, and a revenue of $100,000.
seemingly forgotten also that
it
was
had de-
They had
to the munificence
of one of their fellow citizens, and that
it
was
to the
discovery and rescue of Dr. Livingstone by another of their fellow-citizens, that popular attention to Africa,
and that they had a half share
of the exploration of the
was drawn
in the
honour
Congo basin which had now
AMERICA AND THE ASSOCIATION.
383
culminated in attracting the attention of the world.
Wlien Greneral Sanford reminded these fact?,
and
lield
out to
countrymen of
his
them a prospect
building their once important trade in
was not
difficult
West
in re-
Africa,
it
then to induce Congress to examine the
question soberly, and after a patient investigation of
every
fixct
bearing upon
it,
the United States Senate, on
the 10th of April, 1884, passed a resolution authorising the President to recognise the International African
Association as a governing power on the
The recognition of the United unto its
new
Congo River. was the
birth
of the Association, seriously menaced as
life
existence
States
was by opposing this
Powers has
and secured
affirmed
Sovereign States.
This
and ambitions
interests
and the following of
example by the European
act,
its
place
among
the result of the well-
considered judgment of the American statesmen, was greatly criticised abroad, as
was the
participation of
the United States in the Berlin Conference, to which directly led up,
by the press of America.
It was an act well worthy of the Great Republic, not only as
it
taking the lead in publicly recognising and supporting the great
work of African
civilisation in historj^
and in promoting the extension of commerce, but of significant import, in view of its interest for the future weal of the
7,000,000
people of African
descent within
its
borders.
The
Chambers of Commerce, notably those of Manchester, Liverpool, and Glasgow, resolutelv British
opposed
the
treaty
concluded
with
Portuo-al,
but
The Berlin
38-i
The Berlin
THE CONOO.
•
withal the strenuous
commercial
circles
and
maintained
opposition in the
to
it
in
House of Commons, had
not the Roval Founder of the Association obtained the
German Chancellor and
assistance of the
of the French Government,
thing
done
it is
doubtful whether any-
England would
in
the sympathies
have succeeded in
averting the effectual seal being put upon enterprise in the
Congo basin by
this treaty.
Much more
liberal
terms would be needed to tempt commerce within
its
borders than any provisions that the treaty contained.
Some such arrangement
as that
made by the Congress
of Vienna in 1815, whereby liberty of navigation was
proclaimed to the great rivers of Europe, such as the
Rhine and the Danube, would be necessary
;
and now
that an Association had absorbed unto itself hundreds
of petty sovereignties along a large portion of
France had proceeded in the same manner other portions of the
it,
and
to absorb
Congo banks, while Portugal
pressed her claims to territories washed by the great
African river,
it
was absolutely and imperatively
cumbent on the Powers
to step
in-
forward and impose
such obligations on the riverain Powers as would not imperil or strangle the
Lower Congo.
the banks of the
On
the
7th
commerce already thriving on 1884, Prince Bismarck set
of June,
forth his objections to the Anglo-Portuguese Treaty to
Count Munster as follows
:
" I do not think the Treaty has any chance of being universally recognised, even with the modifications
which are therein proposed by Her
Majesty's Government.
"We
are not prepared to admit the previous rights of any of the
BRITISH EXPLORERS.
385
Powers who are interested in tlie Congo trade as a basis for the ncgotia- The Berlin Trade and commerce have hitherto been free to all alike, without Couferenre. restriction. We cannot take part in any scheme for handing over the administration, or even the direction of their arrangement, to Portuguese tions.
officials.
" In the interests of
German commerce,
therefore, I cannot consent that
which has hitherto been
a coast of such importance,
free land,
should be
subjected to the Portuguese colonial system."
Hitherto Britain had been the most enterprising nation in African fields of exploration and commerce.
In the annals of exploration of the Dark Continent, look in vain
among
other nationalities for a
He
as Livingstone's.
unites in himself all
name such
stands pre-eminent above the
we
all
best qualities of other
;
he ex-
plorers, the methodical perseverance of Barth, Moffat's
philo- Africanism, rier's
fondness
literal
Rohlf's
geographical
for
accuracy,
enterprising
Speke's
spirit,
minutiae. Burton's
charming
simplicity
seductive honhommie with the aborigines piece of
human
France Duveyrier Rohlf,
and
;
he
is
mosaic, a real glory to England.
English Burton,
to
Duvey-
the
;
Germany can show and
latter
to
Speke the
Bene
Germany can oppose Nachtigal
;
Caillie
and
;
and
a rare
But
Barth, and
first
can show
to
Cameron
to Baker,
Schwein-
though two greater opposites can scarcely be imagined and France can also boast of De Compeigne furth,
;
and De Brazza.
But
Britain, after producing Bruce,
Park, Clapperton, Denham, the Landers, excelled herself
even when she produced the strong and perse-
verant Scotchman, Livingstone.
In West African trade also Great Britain stood almost alone at one time. Vol. it.— 25
Macgregor Laird exploited
THE CONGO,
386 TheBeriiathe
Niger in 1841; her traders were busy on the
Gambia, on the Roquelle, on the Gold Coast,
Glasgow and Liverpool and
merchants were
Bristol
represented by a host of agents, wlio
themselves at various
along
points
had planted
2,900
miles
of
but of late years, through the ai3athy of English
Germany by her
merchants,
enterprise had also estab-
and great houses
lished herself at various places,
that of
like
Woerman's were looming upward, overtopping
number
individual English firms, which could
all
Lagos
Gaboon and Kabinda, and the
in the oil rivers, at
coast,
at
by dozens and
factories
their agents
by
scores.
their
Ham-
burg and Bremen were outri vailing Liverpool and
Thus Germany had
Glasgow.
solid
and substantial
reasons for watching and jealously guarding her mercantile interests
and France, aided by the energy and
Monsieur de Brazza, in
talents of
and contiguous establish
to
;
Gaboon
to the
herself,
beyond
beyond
colony, naturally wished dispute, in
by the devotion and
acquired
territories
the
intelligence
districts
of
her
agents.
The
talents
political
the
of
German
Chancellor,
Prince Bismarck, are not of the
ordinary standard.
Those who profess
beaten paths and
rules
prescribed
to follow the
of
diplomatic
principles of Machiavclli, sistent,
direct,
policy,
and
as to his
what
coherent
lose
lies
mere
confused
sincerity
which
obsolete
by the condictates
his
themselves in profound speculations
his drift
purpose
are
art,
is,
when
written
in plain literal characters
in
legible
letters
and
in^
PRINCE BISMARCK.
3»7
German savants had explored The Deriin Conference. German merchants territories unclaimed by any Power were honestly established at certain places on the West language.
telligible
;
African coast
out of the most intelligent and enter-
;
sons
prising of the
graphical
Germany twenty-four Geo-
of
had
Societies
been formed, and a dozen African
Colonial Associations, besides
being
constituted
in
Germany.
Already
Buchner,
Gussfeldt, Peschuel Loesche,
were
societies,
V^on
Bastian,
Mechow,
Pogge, Weissman, had been equipped by a German African
Society,
These
more.
facts
and magazines.
ment
;
all
and
was preparing
it
were published
to
their reviews
in
There was no secrecy in the move-
was honest and above-board, and
world was told of the modest
making
despatch
to
expand
Germany was
effort
colonial strength.
its
Like the great statesman he this strong throb of
the
all
is,
Prince Bismarck
modern German
his stethescope to listen to the
He
life.
applied
murmuring and
passion of his era, and having discovered
felt
latent
be bent his
it,
genius to create a sound S3'stem of colonial policy, not rashly, it
in
though
to those
might be supposed all
without to
be eccentric.
he undertakes, he
competent to give
it.
orbit of his genius
ihe,
This
seeks is
He
advice
his
is
zealous
from
eccentricity
those ;
it
is
unusual for statesmen to convene a number of experts to consider the best course to pursue.
Tlie
Woermans
and the Meyers of Hamburg and Bremen were sum-
moned
to
Yarsin to see the Prince.
Durino- the visit
they paid him, Prince Bismarck, through his receptive
TEE CONGO.
388 The Berlin Confoience.
gifts,
imbibed such a vast amount of ^
respecting the that
little
known
venture to say
I
territories of
fev7
knowledf^e
local
West
Africa,
Foreign Ministers ever
2)ossessed.
On September
13th
Prince
Bismarck writes
Baron de Courcel, French Ambassador " Like France, the
German Government
to
at Berlin
will ohserve a friendly attitude
towards the Belgian enterprises on the banks of the Congo, owing to the
by the two Governments to secure to their countrymen freedom of trade throughout the whole of the future Congo States, and in desire entertained
the districts which France holds on this river, and which she proposes to assimilate to the liberal
system which that State
is
expected to establish.
by German subjects, and will be guaranteed to them in the event of France being called upon to exercise the right of preference accorded by the King of the Belgians in the contingency of the acquisitions made by the Congo Company being These advantages
will continue to be enjoyed
alienated."
It should
be observed here that the International
Association, after the publication of the Anglo-Portu-
guese Treaty, and perceiving no other consequences of
was attached a
it,
The
escape the
had signed an agreement,
m.ap, with France, fifty-seven
or on April 23rd, the text of which "
way to
is
it
which
days
as follows
International Association of the Congo, in the
Stations and territories which
to
name
later,
:
of the Free
has established on the Congo and in the
valley of the Niadi-Kwilu, formally declares that
it
will not cede
them
any Power under reserve of the special Conventions which might be concluded between France and the Association with a view to settling the limits and conditions of their respective action. But the Association, to
wisliing to aff(«-d a
pledges
itself to
new
])roof of its friendly feeling
give her the right of preference,
if
towards France,
through any unforeseen
circumstances tho Association were one day led to realise (Signed)
its
possessions.
" Strauch."
Mons. Jules Ferry, President of the Council,
re-
France
to
plied
in
terms which
formally
pledged
respect the territories of the Association.
FRANCE AND GERMANY.
389
Prince Bismarck continues
Th.T Bi'iliii
Couferenco.
" The exchange of views -which I have had the honour of holding witli your Excellency proves that the two Governments are equally desirous of
applying to the navigation of the Congo and the Niger the principles adojited by the Congress of Vienna, with a view to assuring the freedom
and subsequently applied to same time the regular development Africa, it would be useful to arrive at an agreement to be observed with a view to new occupations on
of navigation of several international rivers,
the Danube. of
In order
European trade
in
as to the formalities
to secure at the
the coasts of Africa being regarded as effective.
I beg that your Excellency have the goodness to propose to the Government of the Republic that it should recognise the identity of our views on these points by means of an exchange of notes, and should invite the other Cabinets interested in African commerce to pronounce themselves in a Conference to be convoked to this intent upon the stipulations agreed upon between the two Powers. will
"Von
(Signed)
The French Ambsssador,
Baron
de
Bismarck."
Courcel,
in
replying to this communication, states that he has not failed to convey to his Government Prince Bis-
marck's note, which in substance was similar to the
views exchanged between them at Yarzin. the
French Republic
completely in accord with the
is
Imperial Government of ability of arriving at a
Also that
Germany about
the
desir-
mutual understanding respect-
ing the delimitation of territory over the West Coast of Africa, especially where
the
border on those of the French.
German
He
possessions
likewise acknow-
ledges that the friendly accord between the two Govern-
ments
is
connected with principles of
importance to trade in Africa, of are those which
highest
which the chief
must govern the freedom of trade
the basin of the Congo. that
the
He
in
also assents to the idea
whereas the African International Association,
which has established a number of
stations
on the
TEE CONGO.
390 The Berlin Conference.
Cougo, declares itself ready to admit that principle n i t-< over all the territory under its control, Francs should •
i
•
i
grant freedom of trade over or
may
hereafter
declares
own on
i
i
tliat
i
which she now owns,
the Congo, and that France
her willingness to
permit this freedom to
continue in the event of her reaping the benefit of the
arrangements
upon
touched
by the Prince, which
assures to France the right of preference in case of
by the Asso-
the alienation of the territories acquired ciation.
He
commerce
defines freedom of
access to all flags,
and the interdiction of
or diS'erential duties
ment of taxes
to
to
mean
all
monopoly
free
but not excluding the establish-
;
compensate for useful expenditure
incurred in the interests of commerce.
AVhile freely
extending these beneficial concessions to commercial enterprise
in
states that
France
Congo
the
is
the
With
Niger.
Baron
de
Courcel
not willing that Gaboon, Guinea,
or Senegal should share
and
basin,
them
;
other
but solely the
views
Congo
expressed
Prince Bismarck, the French Government
we
by
are told,
holds identical ideas, and Mons. Jules Ferry acquiesces witli the
Prince in sending an invitation to the other
Cabinets interested in African trade, for the purpose of
convening
a
Conference which
upon the respective
shall
pronounce
stipulations mutually agreed
upon
by France and Germany.
On
the 2nd of October Baron de Courcel
to a letter addressed to
—
him by Prince Bismarck
replies :
" My Prince, I have lost no time in informing my Government of the views expressed in the communication of your Serene Highness, dated
PLENIPOTENTIARIES AT BERLIN.
391
September 30th, respecting the meeting at Berlin of a Conference of the xhe
West inform you of
representatives of the different nations interested in the trade of Africa.
The Government
of the Eepublic instructs
me
to
acquiescence in your suggestions regarding the date of the opening of the Conference, and tlie procedure to be followed for the invitation. M. Jules Ferry thinks, like your most Serene Highness, that besides its
France and Germany, the Powers which ought first of all to take part in this Conference are Great Britain, the Netherlands, Spain, Portugal, Belgium, and the United States of North America. He also concurs in
your opinion, that in order to assure the general assent to the resolutions it would be advisable to invite later on all the great Powers and the Scandinavian States to associate themselves with the
of the Conference,
deliberations.
"Alphonse de Couucel."
(Signed)
Accordingly, invitations were issued to the under-
mentioned Grovernraents, and on the lath of November there were gathered at Berlin the following plenipotentiaries,
who were empowered
to take
part in the
Conferences. For the German Empire and the
Kingdom
of Prussia
.
Otho, Prince de Bismarck, President of the
Council of Ministers, and Chancellor of the
German Empire.
Paul, Count Hatzfeldt, ^linister of State
and Secretary
for
Foreign
Dr. Auguste Busch,
Affairs.
Under Secretary
of
State for Foreign Affairs.
For the Austrian Empire, Kingdom of Bohemia, and of Hungary For the Kingdom of Belgium
....
Herr Henri de Kusserow, Counsellor in the Department of Foreign Affairs. Emeric, Count Szechenyi de Sarvuri FelsoVidck, Ambassador Extraordinary and Plenipotentiary. Gabriel,
Envoy
Count von der Straten Ponthos, Extraordinary and Minister
PleniiDotentiary.
August, Baron Lambermont, Minister of State, Envoy Extraordinary and Minister Plenipotentiary.
For the Kingdom of Denmark
Emile de Vind, Envoy Extraordinary and
For the Kingdom
Don Francisco Merry y Colom, Count de Benomar, Envoy Extraordinary and
Minister Plenipotentiary. of Spain
.
Minister Plenipotentiary.
Berlin Conference.
THE CONGO.
392 The Berlin Conference.
For the Republic of the United States of North America
John A. Kasson, Esq., Envoy Extraordinary and Minister Plenipotentiary. Henry S.Sanford, Esq., formerly American
For the Republic of Franco
Alphonse Baron de Courcel, Ambassador Extraordinary and Plenipotentiary Sir Edward Baldwin Malet, Ambassador Extraordinary and Plenipotentiary.
.
Minister to Belgium.
For the United Kingdom of Great Britain and Ireland and the Empire of India. Edward, Count de Launay, Ambassador For the Kingdom of Italy Extraordinary and Plenipotentiary. For the Kingdom of the Phillippe Frederic, Jonkhecr Van der Iloeven, Envoy Extraordinary and Netherlands and the Duchy Minister Plenipotentiary. of Luxembourg. For the Kingdom of Portugal Senhur da Serra Gomes, Marquis de Penafiel, Envoy Extraordinary and Minister and the Algarves. .
.
.
.
.
.
.
Pleuii^otentiary.
Senhur Antoine Serpa de Pimentel, Councillor of State.
For the Empire of
all
the
Count Kapnist, Privy Counsellor, Envoy Extraordinary, and Minister Plenipotentiary to the King of the
Pierre,
Eussias
Netherlands.
For the Kingdom of Sweden
Gillis,
and Norway
Baron
Bildt, Lieut.-General,
Envoy
Extraordinary and Minister Plenipotentiary.
For the Empire of the Otto-
Mchemed
mans
High Ambassador Extraordinary
SaVd Pacha, Vizier and
Dignitary,
and Plenipotentiary.
In the suite and attached to these high and puissant functionaries were the various delegates
who were
either appointed
and experts
by their respective Govern-
ments or by the Plenipotentiaries themselves. With the German Representatives French Ambassador „ .
Herr Adolphe Woerman. Mons. Dubuisson. Mons. Engelhardt. Dr. Ballay.
British
Ambassador
Italian
Ambassador
Hon. Robert H. Meade. Henry Percy Anderson, Esq. Mr. Hemming. Mr. W. E. Crowe. Count Christoforo Negri. Senator Montegazza.
THE MAIN OBJECTS OF THE CONFERENCE. With
the Spanish Ambassador
.
Col. Cocllo
.
393
y Dusada, PrcRidcnt of The
Berlin Conference.
the Spanish African So;-iciy.
„
Dutch Ambassador
„
Portuguese
„
Belgian Ambassador
„
American Plenipotentairies
.
A. D. Bloeme, Esq., of Banana Point,
.
Kepresenta-
Capt. Carlos
fives
The
Congo Eiver. Senhur Luciano Cordeiro.
.
du Bocage.
Col. Strauch,
.
Mons. Emile Banning. The Author, as Technical Adviser.
secretaries of the Conference
of the French Embassy, Count
were Mons. Raindre,
Wm.
Bismarck, and
Yice-Consul Dr. Schmidt.
The
sittings
were held
in the
German
palace on Wilhelmstrasse, in the same
Chancellor's
room where
tlie
Berlin Congress sat in 1878.
When
the
members of the Conference had assembled,
the afternoon of the 15th of November, Prince Bismarck rose to formally open
it,
and
in his short address
he
declared that the Conference had met for the solution of three main objects, namely
The
1.
:
—
free navigation, with
freedom of trade, on
the River Congo. 2. 3.
The free navigation of the River Niger. The formalities to be observed for valid annexation
of territory in future on the African continent. Sir
Edward Malet
replied, that while
he echoed the
philanthropic sentiments of the Prince, and accepted the above three points for discussion, his
was
Government
willing to see the principles of Free Trade ap-
plied to the Niger, but stipulated that the surveillance
over the execution of those principles should not be conceded to any international body, as that was the
duty and privilege of Great
Britai)i,
being the chief
THE CONGO.
3U4 The Berlin Couference.
Hot
if
the
Power
proprietary
sole
on
the
Lower
Nio'er.
In order to make a consecutive narrative of the principal events connected with the sittings, I append
a brief diary of the
events 'whicli led to the
final
act.*
November
iOth.
— Portugal declares
its
acceptance of
the principle of freedom of commerce.
Count de Launay declared
his adhesion to the prin-
Free Trade and navigation.
ciples of
The American Minister makes a speech with the Invoked his
which the Conference has been
princij)les for ;
is
harmony
in
complimentary to the author, and informs that
colleagues
author has been
the
appointed
technical delegate for the United Slates.
A
Commission
be appointed to consider the
to
is
boundaries and the extent of the territories In Western
Africa in which Free Trade
The
is
to be established.
plenipotentiaries are entertained at dinner
Count Hatzfeldt, Secretary of Foreign
November
20th.
plenipotentiaries
of the
Congo
to speak, as
—A
by
Affairs.
Commission composed of the
and delegates considered the
definition
There was a curious reluctance
basin.
though there was some grand scheme of
State policy involved. stated that the
Finally Mons. Banning briefly
Congo basin
drained by the river.
signified the area of land
Colonel Strauch acquiesced in
Mons. Bannlng's remarks. of delegates was asked, * See
I
being next on the
and replied Appendix,
at
roll
length (see
DEFINITION OF THE CONGO BASIN. Appendix), arguing
380 miles wide
for
a
broad
commercial
it
Berlin Conference.
would be wise
to
is,
2° 30' S. Lat,
to
also suggested, quite unexpectedly to the
that
delta The
a free commercial basin, that
to
from the moutli of the Loge river
and
395
members,
extend the same liberty for
trade across Africa to within one degree from the sea-
N. Lat.
coast from
Zambezi. endorsed
5° to
and inclusive of the lower
Mr. Anderson, of the English Foreign
mv
outlet to the
Office,
remarks about the breadth of the commercial basin of the Congo.
de Bloeme, on the part of Holland, also
The Portuguese
ported the proposition.
free
Mons.
warmly
sup-
delegates pro-
posed to narrow the outlet solely to the river-mouth. Dr. Ballay argued that the outlet to the commercial basin should be restricted to the affluents flowing to
the Congo below Stanley Pool, which near the mouth
would be only twenty miles wide.
November the
24th.
definition
of
—The the
Commission
free
the commercial basin as
littoral
finally
accepts
or debouchure
of
proposed by Mr. Anderson,
M. de Bloeme and myself, and agreed that the same freedom far
as
of
the
commerce should be extended Indian
Ocean, with
now
rights of suzerainty
due reserve
east to
as
the
existing along the Oriental
coast.
Mons. de Bloeme delivered an interesting speech respecting the Dutch
commerce on the Congo, and
Herr Woerman gave evidence extent of the trade on the
West
as to the character
and
Coast.
This evening I dined w^ith Prince Bismarck.
I
am
THE CONGO.
396 The Berlin Conference.
glad to liavG Seen the grand man, but I rejoiced to discover that the
attained
is
due solely
to
grandeur
to
am
still
more
which he has
his honesty, resolution,
and
by any one grain
clear-eyed common-sense, unalloyed of cant or false sentiment.
November
30th.
at in favour of ,
defined I
— An unanimous decision was arrived
freedom of trade throughout the newly-
Congo basin
Appendix
(see
made a speech about the
enterprise in the
December
3rd.
Congo
— The
for the Declaration).
religious
and missionary
basin. special sub-committee continued
deliberations for the Actes de Navigation.
Its
The day
before Sir E. Malet, on the part of England, declared that " Great Britain engages herself to protect mer-
chants and foreigners of
all
nations engaging In com-
merce In those portions of the course of the Niger
which are or
will be
under
its
sovereignty or
protectorate equally as if they were
Its
own
Its
subjects,
provided always that these merchants conform to the reorulations
which are or
will be established in terms
of that which precedes."
Mr.
Wm.
H.
Tisdel, appointed
Government, has just
upon the advantages
December
13th.
by the United States
set out for the
to
American
Congo
to report
trade.
— The Grand Committee of the Con-
ference approved the
Congo and Niger Acts of Navi-
gation.
December
17th.
— On the 8th of November Germany
recognised the International Sir
Edward
Association,
and to-day
Malet, on behalf of Great Britain, followed
THE ACTES DE NAVIGATION
397
her example on conditions nearly similar to those ofjTh: Berii:; Conference. /-i n^^ i T Germany. The question or dehmitation of course is •
not touched
upon
•
/•
•
•
r>
some agreement has been
until
arrived at with France and Portugal.
December l8th.
—There
was a
plenipotentiaries to-day, at gation for both Niger and
December
19th.
full
meeting of the
which the Actes de Navi-
Congo were approved.
—Italy signed
the Convention with
Colonel Strauch to-day, recognising the International Association.
A
scheme was brought out
at the Conference for the
enforcement of temperance on the Congo by it
but
Italy,
was strenuously opposed by Germany and Holland.
Baron de Courcel produced a coimter-motion, which
more
likely to be accepted.
December 22nd.
—The
approved the " motion
December 23rd.
"
—The
Commission discussed
on liquor
Conference accepted the ap-
but added that measures taken to prevent
not be taken
as
a breach
principles already accepted
ment
until the 5th of
December
24th.
and
traffic.
proval of the Commission regarding the liquor
shall
is
;
after
abuse
of the Free Trade
which an adjourn-
January was agreed
—Austria
its
traffic,
to.
recognised the flag of the
International Association as that of a friendly State in
terms similar to those of Germany, with reserving clauses respecting Consular jurisdiction like those
England and
Italy.
The diplomatic agents of the Association are
work
of
in Paris about a treatv with France.
at
THE CONGO.
398
Januaiy
The Berlin Conference,
1885.
5th,
— The
Conference resumed
.
.
,
.
its .
labours to-day, and discussed the propositions relating
by
to the slave trade tendered
As
Mr. John A. Kasson.
and
Sir E. B. Malet
embody both
recast, these
proposals, arid will form a separate declaration.
January
— The
plenipotentiaries received at a
6th.-
Conference held this day the draft Declaration relating
when taking
to the formalities to be observed
new
of
territory on the coasts of Africa.
the
necessity
the
other
and
to
of
It enjoins
simultaneous notitication to
a
Powers
signatory
make
possession
possession
to
valid,
obligations of such annexing
obtain
all
recognition,
and recognises the
powers
to establish
and
Tnaintain a jurisdiction sufficient to ensure the observ-
ance of peace as well as respect for acquired rights,
and
as
the
may
case
be
for
which freedom of trade and of
the
conditions
transit shall
under
have been
guaranteed.
January
7th.
trade in the ference.
It
— The
Congo says
:
Declaration prohibiting slave
was adopted by the Con-
basin "
Each of the Powers exercising
sovereign rights or influence in the regions forming the conventionally established Congo basin declare that these regions shall not be used as markets or routes of transit for the trade in slaves,
Each of these Powers binds at its disposal to put
those engaged in
A
an end
no matter of what
itself to use all
to this trade,
and
race.
the means to punish
it."
large assemblage from the
Westphalia honoured
me
Rhine Province and
with a banquet to-day, and
LECTURES AND BANQUETS. listened to
my
remarks about the advantages offered .
to
commerce January
basm
in the
8tb.
31)9
—
^
I-
ot the
I lectured to a
r^
Uongo. remarkably enthusiastic
audience at Frankfort this evening, on Central Africa,
and the
benefits likely to accrue to Europe,
A
labours of the Conference, established
Geographical
from the
diploma from the oldest
Society
in
Germany, and
another from Prince Hohenlohe Langenburg. on behalf of the
German
Colonial
Association, were
bestowed
on me. January
9th.
—
I lectured at
Wiesbaden
to-day,
and
was honoured with a banquet.
The
plenipotentiaries discuss the Declaration respect-
ing formalities, and several days' delay are caused principally through Sir E. Malet not having received definite instructions
from the British Foreign
OflSce
upon the points mentioned. January 19th.
are
Bismarck entertained the
and delegates
plenipotentiaries his palace.
— Prince
An
at a
banquet given at
interesting feature at these banquets
the elaborate menus
in
fashion
illustrating
the
Congo" and African scenery,
January 28th.
— After
a long delay the third point,
which referred to the foundation required on taking possession of a portion
programme of
the
of the African coast, in the
West African Conference, was
dis-
posed of to-day,
January to be
31st.
—The
official
report on the regulations
observed in regard to future annexations was
approved at a plenary
sitting of the Conference.
The Berlin Conference.
TEE CONGO.
400 The Berlin Conference.
Februaiy
5tb.
— France
concluded a treaty with the
-li •• -r-»-i i-ii International Association to-day at Pans, by which the i
frontiers
between their respective
nised to be as follows
:
On
territories are recog-
the north the course of the
Chiloango river, thence from
source to near
its
Man-
yanga, thence the River Congo, upward through the centre of Stanley Pool, and along the far as
Upper Congo
and inclusive of the basin of the Likona.
that of a friendly State, and the is
to use its
good
amicable understanding
The
be regarded by France as
flag of the Association is to
Republic
as
Government of the
offices in
between
the effecting an
Portugal and
the
Association.
February
6th.
—Russia formally recognised the Asso-
ciation Internationale
Convention with
its
February 10th. to-day,
President.
— Sweden
recognised the Association
and signed a Convention with
Februaiy 13th. at a
du Congo to-day, and signed a
meeting of
— The
it.
Acte Generale was discussed Mr. Kasson, on
this day's Conference.
behalf of the United States, opposed the proposal to
give
it
the form of a Treaty.
February 14th. to deliberate
—The Commission
upon the neutrality question.
February 15th. been at tion,
last
sat this afternoon
—A
Delimitation
Convention has
signed between Portugal and the Associa-
by which the former obtains
bank of the Congo from the sea
Uango-Ango.
The
line
all
the south or left
as far as the rivulet at
between these
territories
runs
south through the mouth of this rivulet, to the latitude
DELIMITATION CONVENTION.
Kwa
of Nokki, thence east to the 1
f
r^
1
401
On
Kwango.
or
•
T-»
the nttoral north oi the Congo, Jrortuguese territory
Red
begins at the Httle stream near Cabo Lombo, or
Point, and thence extends along the sea-coast to Mas-
In depth this territory extends inland about
sabe'.
35 miles, forming an enclave into that ceded to the Association.
The International Association has obtained these late Conventions with France
Lombo, twenty-two miles
and Portugal a
Banana Point
of sea-coast extending from
Uango-Ango
Ango
it
On
the south, or
rivulet,
and
ends at Lake Bangweolo.
runs south from the mouth of the Uango-
rivulet
to the
latitude
along that parallel to the line ascends the
to the
Ntombo Mataka,
territory of tlie Association begins at
bank, the
Inland
Cabo
above Manyanga Station, with back country
inland, as far as the Chiloango River. left
to
strip
All of the north,
in length.
or right bank, as far as the Cataract of tliree miles
throuo-h
Kwa
Kwa
to S.
of Nokki, thence east
Kwango, thence
or
lat.
G°,
which
it
the
follows
Ascending the Lubilash,
River Lubilash.
it
runs south to the water-parting between the Zambezi
and the Congo, which
From
it
Lake Bangweolo.
the eastern side of the lake the line runs to Lake
Tanganika, and follows influent,
long.
follows to
and up along
30°,
as
far as
its
western shore to the Rusizi
its
course until
it
touches east
the water-parting between
Congo and Nile waters, whence
it
strikes
ihe
westward
to
East long. 17°, and thence along that meridian south-
ward
to the
Likona Basin.
Vol. it.— 26
The Berlin Conference.
THE CONGO,
402 The Berlin *
February 19 th.
—The Commission was
afternoon in deliberating
engaged
this
upon the French neutrahty
proposal.
February
— The
neutrality question has been
Baron Lambermont's report on the
adopted.
was
21st.
final
Acte
read.
February 23rd.
— Belgium
has formally recognised
^
the International Association, the Treaty being signed to-day.
Denmark
nition of the
new
has also declared by treaty it^ recogState of the Congo.
Busch, the acting President, communicated to
Dr.
the Conference the fact that nearly all
the
Powers
assembled had concluded Conventions for the recognition of the International
Association, and declared
not only his personal gratification at the news, but also
that
German Government
the
warmest sympathy with the magnanimous
King with
Le'opold II.,
cordial
assent,
of
efibrts
which had been so signally crowned
The assembled
success.
the
entertained
and on
delegates expressed their
their
part
recorded
the
in
protocol a similar testimony of their appreciation
the great
work of
the
King
of the
Belgians.
ot"
(See
Appendix.)
February 2Gth.
— The
final
Conference took place to-day.
plenary sitting of the Prince Bismarck occu-
pied the chair to formally close the meeting of representatives of the deliberate
The
Powers
whom
he had convoked to
upon the important questions now
final
Act, which
signed by the
is
settled.
engrossed on vellum, was
nineteen plenipotentiaries representing
CLOSE OF THE CONFEBENCE. fourteen rose
European
Powers.
Prince
403
Bismarck then
and introduced Colonel Strauch, the President of
the International Association, to the members, and an-
nounced that
lie,
on behalf of that Association in
its
recognised quality as the Congo State, had expressed
and signed
its
adhesion to the General Act of the West
African Conference.
After reviewing the labours of
that high diplomatic body, the Prince
concluded by
thanking the
name
plenipotentiaries
in
the
of the
Emperor.
Count de Launay, as doyen of the plenipotentiaries, returned the thanks of his illustrious associates, saying that
the
Conference was in a larce
success of the
measure due to the
My own
remarks upon the
must be brief
Chancellor.
laboin^s of the
Conference
Two European Powers emerge
the elaborate discussions period, principally
of
German
efforts of the
protracted
for
out of
such a long
through the adroitness and
skill
Baron de Courcel, and the concurrence of Prince
Bismarck, with enormously increased colonial possessions.
Prance
now
is
mistress of a
West African
terri-
tory, noble in its dimensions, equal to the best tropic
lands
for
resources,
its
vegetable productions, rich
most promising
for
its
future
in
mineral
commercial
importance.
In area
it
covers a superficies of 257,000 square
miles, equal to that of
France and England combined,
with access on the eastern side to 5200 miles of livernavigation
;
on the West
is
a coast-line nearly 800 miles
The Berlin
TEE CONGO.
404 The Beriia Conference
by the Atlantic ocean.
loDg, waslied ,
,
It contains within ,
,
.
,
its
borders eight spacious river basins, and throughout
all
its
.
.
.
.
,
broad surface of 90,000,000 square hectares,
not one utterly destitute of worth can be found.
Portugal issues out of the Conference with a coastline
English miles in length,
995
areas of
On
Great Britain. is
Belgium,
France, the
103 miles in length.
northward, mineral of
portion
regions in
its
were added
still
colonial
,8,300,000.
bank
boast of healthy
and rubber producing
fields
in
the north-eastern
and valuable If her
eastern borders.
river
its
agricultural
own
population
to the aboriginal population of this African
Portuguese
and
territory,
territory,
colonial
would
its
now
can
pastoral lands to the south, oil forests
Holland, and
Lower Congo, It
square
than the
extent, a territory larger
statute miles in
combined
351,500
be
and distributed over
sufficient
to
populations of
The
area, there
give 32| acres to each
and black
white
its
all
subject.
colours
Her home number now
area of her territories
Asia, and the oceans, measure
in
Africa,
741,343 square miles,
or 474,500,000 acres, sufficient to give each subject
57
acres.
Great Britain, on the other hand, with
all
her vast acreage of 5,05G millions of acres, can only give to each of her 249,000,000 of people the small portion of 20^ acres.
The
International Association surrendered
its
to 60,3 GO square miles of territory to France,
claims
and
to
Portugal 45,400 square miles, for which consideration
600 square miles of the north bank between Boma
ACQUISITIONS TO FRANCE AND PORTUGAL.
and the sea were conceded .
(,
nition
01
.
besides cordial recog- The
it, .
remaining
its
to
.
405
.
,
territorial
.
,
rights
Berlin Conference.
p
from two
powerful neighbours.
To
the world at large, the two powers above
men-
tioned have been also duly considerate, for the territories
surrendered to them by the Association have been
consecrated to free trade, which, along with those recognised as belonging to the Association and which were
pre-ordained for such uses, and those as yet unclaimed
by any Power, but leges,
still
reserved for the same privi-
form a domain equal
in extent, throughout
to 1,600,000 square miles
which most exceptional privileges
have been secured by the cordial unanimity
With due
commerce.
rights of Portugal
the
and European Powers
riveraine of the United States for
of
reserve for the sovereign
and Zanzibar,
this
Free Trade area
extends across Africa to within one degtee of the East Coast, thus enlarging the privileged commercial zone to 2,400,000 square miles.
Cynics
may declare, on
glancing over the large mile-
age proudly claimed to have been reserved for free
development and trade, that the advantages are only prospective
boundaries ments.
that
;
to
That
there are
no traders within
be benefited by these liberal is
true
enough
;
the
endow-
but the absorption of
Africa by European Powers was rapidly advancing,
and
considerins: that of the coasts there remained but
little
unoccupied,
it is
something surely to have rescued
such a large portion of Africa from possible commercial enterprise.
final
closure to
TEE CONGO.
406
Philanthropists argued very rationally in this wise:
The Berlin Conference.
" Africa
is
already popularly supposed to be the most
A
unhealthy continent in the world.
general dread of
climate prevails in the minds of men.
its
but lately explored in
few geographers
is
it
European Powers
are
its
interior,
and
It
to all except a
comparatively unknown.
customs and high
If
permitted to seize the coasts
round about the Continent, and levy the usual tial
has been
tariffs,
differen-
they will for ever prevent
commercial enterprise from essaying the exploitation of
any part of fertile
it.
If,
hov/ever,
and naturally productive
leges and absolute
these
territories larger privi-
immunity from oppression, a few
bold enterprising spirits inland,
we can guarantee
and their success
may
be tempted to venture
will induce others to follow,
until the continent is fairly
won from barbarism and
unproductiveness."
These philanthropic views have been
merchant adventurer
is
fenced
all
realised.
around with guaran-
tees against spoliation, oppression, vexation,
and is
The
his Consul, the representative of his
and worry,
Government,
charged with the jurisdiction over his person and
property.
At
the gateway to
the
realm
Commissioner, with
his
the
free
commercial
colleagues,
will
take position, and will remain there close at hand to protect his interests.
These
officials will constitute
a
Court of
Law
whom
can always appeal for redress and protection.
lie
called the International Commission, to
Only on the exportation of the produce he has
collected
can a moderate sum be charged, sufficient to remune-
SATISFACTORY DIPLOMACY. T
nil
cc
1 he liquor tramc
prohibited tection
To
all
Government
riveraine
the
rate
;
these
1
for
its
1
1
not be abused
the missionary
and
;
may
1
1
is
407 expenditure.
T
sJave-tradmg
;
The Berlin Conference.
•
is
entitled to special pro-
scientific expeditions to special privileges.
numerous privileges in behalf of commerce
and humanity, the European Powers, and the United States, as well as the International Association, other-
wise the Congo State, unanimously gave their approval,
and every
Power
political
left
the Conference with
unqualified satisfaction.
The author of to express his
this record likewise feels called
unbounded
satisfaction
with
all
upon
that has
been irrevocably fixed by the decrees of the assembled representatives of Europe.
He
expresses also his per-
sonal thanks to His Serene Highness Prince Bismarck,
and
German
to the
von Kusserow,
representatives. Dr.
remarkable patience they mani-
for the
fested during the protracted sitting, for the
most advanced ideas
which the to
least impatience
Baron de Courcel^
Busch and Herr
to
which gave time
mature and bear
fruit,
would have endangered
for the exquisite tact
he displayed
throughout his Presidency of the Commission, which
charmed all
all
who came
of the assembled
within his circle
;
to each
many All men
plenipotentiaries for their
kindnesses and their enlightened co-operation.
who
and
sympathise with good and noble works
— and this
has been one of unparalleled munificence and grandeur of ideas
—
will unite
King Leopold
IT.,
humanitarian and
with the author in hoping that
the Royal Founder of this unique political enterprise,
whose wisdom
TEE CONGO.
408 The Berlin Conference.
rightly guided
.,. sustained
it
it,
and whose moral courage bravely
.,
.
amid varying
......
a successful issue, will long live to behold State expand
and
,
,
vicissitudes to a
nappy and his
Free
flourish to be a fruitful blessing to
a region that was until lately as dark as sunless forest shades.
FINIS COROXAT OPUS.
its
own deep
APPENDIX. The Commercial Basin
of the Congo, as described by the
Author
before the berlin conference.
To
whether explored 7^^ Berlin very easy matter, since every schoolboy knows Conferenca. that a river basin geographically speaking includes all that territory drained by the river and its affluents, large and small. define the geographical basin of the Congo,
or unexplored, is a
—
—
The Congo, i:nlike many other large rivers, has no fluvial delta it issues into the Atlantic Ocean in one united stream between Shark's Point on the south and Banana Point on the north, with a breadth of seven miles and an unknown depth; soundings having been obtained over 1300 feet deep. The Niger has a fluvial delta extending over 180 miles of coast-line; the Nile and the ;
Mississippi have deltas extending over a considerable breadth of coast-line.
But when you ask me
as to
what
I should consider as
am bound
to answer you and its most important aftluents running into it from the north and south and from the north-east and northwest, east and west, south-east and south-west, constitute means by which trade ascending the river and its affluents can influence a much larger amount of territory than is comprised within the
the commercial basin of the Congo, I
that the
main
river
geographical basin.
For all practical purposes the geographical basin of the Congo might bo permitted to stand for the commercial basin of the Congo as well. When, however, we begin to consider the commercial outlets from this basin of the Congo, we must bear in mind that they extend, as a commercial delta to a commercial basin, from St. Paul de Loanda to the south of the mouth of the Congo, as far north and including the Ogowai Kiver. Whereas
APPENDIX.
410
littoral througli which the commercial The Berlin ^a^^ch of tlic Conference, bouches is already occupied, find that the hreadth of
we
delta
de-
what may
be considered as the free commercial delta of the commercial basin of the Congo extends along the coast-line from 1° 25' S. lat. to Bear 7° 50' S. lat., 385 geographical miles. For the following reason at Stanley Pool, 325 miles up the Congo from the sea, we encounter fleets of trading canoes which have descended the main :
up as the Equator from the affluents Mohindu or Black Eiver, and the Kwango or Kwa, who wait patiently months at a time for the caravans from Loango, the Kwilu, Landana, Kabinda, Zombo, Funta, Kinzao, Kinsembo, Ambrizette, and other places on the coast, which bring European goods from the coast to Stanley Pool to exchange for the produce of the Upper Congo, and after a time, notably ivory, rubber, and camwood powder having exchanged their goods, march back with such produce of the Upper Congo as will repay transport, to the European traders settled along the free coast-line of 385 geographical miles These various channels of trade, formed by uniust mentioned. instructed barbarism, may then well be compared to a commercial delta. To define the commercial basin of the Congo by boundaries is very simple after the above remarks, and I will describe them as folio \ys: Commencing from the Atlantic Ocean, I should follow the line of 1° 25' S. lat, east as far as 13° 13' Ion. east of Greenwich, and along that meridian north until the watershed of the Niger-Binue is reached, thence easterly along the watershed separating the waters flowing into the Congo from those flowing into the Shari, and continuing east along the water-parting between the waters of the Congo and those of the Nile, and southerly and easterly along the watershed between the waters flowing into the Tanganika and those flowing into the affluents of Lake Victoria, and still clinging to the watershed to the east of the Tanganika soiitherly until tlie water-parting between the waters flowing into the Zambesi and those flowing into the Congo thence along that Avatershed westerly until the head is reached river from as far
;
;
waters of the main tributary of the Kwango, or Kwa, is reached, whence the line shown runs along the left bank of the river
Kwango, or Kwa, Biver, and thence Atlantic Ocean.
to 7° 50' S. lat. alon<:^
By
;
thence straight to the Logo
the left bank of that river westerly to the
this delimitation
you will have comprised the its present commercial
geographical or commercial basin and delta.
Baron de Courcel asked Avhat might the value of the trade in
APPENDIX.
411
the Congo basin bo estimated at, to which Mr. Stanley replied The Berlin " The Lower Cony-o and the immediate free littoral make a shore- Conference, This mileage produces a line 388 English miles in length. :
present trade of £2,800,000 annually.
more ought
and, as
fertile,
The Upper Congo
is
much
has a river shore of 10,000 miles,
it
it
worth £70,000,000 manner, from the river
to produce, if equally developed, a trade
annually.
Gambia
Or, if
we reckon
it
in this
Loanda, along a coast-line of 2,900 miles in length, there are employed fortj^-five steamers and eighty sailing vessels every year. The Congo basin, with river banks over three times longer, ought to employ, if equally developed and equally exploited, three times that number, or say 135 steamers, and 240 to
sailing vessels."
The Hon. Mr. Kasson, Minister Mr. Stanley
if
for the
he would be good enough
United to
States,
asked
explain to their
Excellencies if a further extension of the free commercial territory to the eastwai'd would not be advantageous to commerce, to which Mr. Stanley rejdied I journeyed in the year, 1874, 1875, 187G, and 1877 across Africa from east to west— that is to say from Bagamoyo, opposite Zanzibar, to Lake Victoria. I circumnavi:
gated that lake, and thence proceeded west and discovered MutaNzige. Eetraciug my steps to Lake Victoria, I journeyed to Lake
Tanganika, which lake I also circumnavigated, and then proceeded to Nyangwe and down the Congo Kiver to the Atlantic This journey was made across 25° of longitude and up ll'' of latitude and I declare solemnly to you that, from a distance of ten miles from Bagamoyo, my starting-place on the east coast of Africa, until I sighted an English flag at the mastOcean.
and down
;
head of a merchant river-steamer on the Congo, along a journey of 7G00 miles, I never saw a flag, or an emblem, or symbol, flagstone, or
iron, to indicate
staff,
erection
come
across civilised, or semi-civilised,
of w^ood,
power
that I had
or authority; the
authority I encountered everywhere being the authority of independent native chiefs, exacting tribute on the eastern half, and opposing violence on the western half. At Ujiji and Nyangwe I
community of Arabs settled at each place. But they were isolated and cut off by want of connection from their parent state at Zanzibar, and all comers hither had been compelled to submit to pay tribute to the Wagogo, the Wahha, the Wavinza, and the Wakaranga, independent native tribes who demanded the tribute in recognition of their rights to the soil over which the caravans passed. Therefore, this being the case, I would propose
did meet a trading
APPENDIX.
412 The Berlin Conference,
that the free commercial territory across central Africa should be
Beginning at the Atlantic comprised within the following limits Ocean at S. latitude 1° 25', this line should run along that parallel :
east to longitude 13° 30' from the GreenAvich meridian, thence north along the meridian of 13^ 30' to N. latitude 5° thence along that parallel of latitude continuously east to within one geogra;
phical degree from the Indian Ocean.
should continue parallel with
the
distance of one geographical degree
From
east
down
this point the line
African coast
at
the
bank of the eastern line and
to the right
Zambesi, and the following rivers piercing this having their exit into the Indian Ocean: The Jub, the Tana,
Eovuma, and the up as five miles above the confluence of the Shire and the Zambesi should be declared free to navigation thence from that point on the right bank of the Zambesi, across that river and along the water passing between waters flowing to Lake Nyassa, and those flowing direct to other affluents of the Zambesi, northerly as far as the Congo and Zambesi
the Pangani, the
Zambesi — the
Wami,
the Eufiji, or Lufiji, the
latter as far
;
watershed
;
thence westerly along that waterslied until the head
waters of the
Kwango
or
Kwa
shall
have been reached, whence
the line shall follow the left bank of the principal tributary to S. latitude 7° 50', and from that point the line to extend westward of the Logo river, and following the left bank of that river westerly to the Atlantic Ocean. Within the above described limits, the Congo basin, in addition to the lacustrine basins of the Lakes Victoria, Albert, and Nyassa, and the river basins of the lower Jub, the Tana, the Pangani, the Wami, the Lufii, the Rufiji, and the Rovuma, are comprised and I respectfully submit that the more unrestricted this spacious commercial domain shall be the sooner it will be subjected to the influences of Christianity, civilisation, and commerce. It bears within itself nearly all the products required by the necessities of Europe, and all the elements that might be needed for its conversion from ;
being an unproductive waste to be a material and moral profit to humanity. Within its bosom it contains nearly 80,000 square miles of lake water, the second largest river and river-basin in the world, fertility that no equatorial or tropical regions elsewhere
can match, a population of
people,
great
I
should estimate at ninety millions
independent
native empires, kingdoms, and Uganda, Ruanda, Unyoro, and the pastoral plain the Masai Land gold and silver deposits, abundant
republics, like
country like
;
copper and iron mines, valuable forests producing priceless timber,
APPENDIX. inexhaustible quantities of rubber,
413
precious
gums and
spices, xhe Berlin
pepper and coffee, cattle in countless herds, and people who are Conference, amenable to the courtesies of life provided they are protected from the attacks of the lawless freebooter and the murderous wiles of the slave-traders. to
justify
me
These
facts, I respectfully
in suggesting that the
submit, are sufficient
more comprehensible yet
simple limits just described should form the boundaries of the free
commercial territory of Equatorial Africa, and that free, unrestricted means of access should be secured to it, both from the east as well as from the west. Baron do Courcel questioned Mr. Stanley as to the actual trade at present in the Upper Congo by which it might be known what existing inducements there were for the construction of a railway.
Mr. Stanley replied that at present on the Upper Congo, according goods and articles required by the French two English Mission Societies, the International Association, and native caravans would, if constrained to pay the railway the same prices as now paid for human transport, be sufficient to pay 5 per cent, on a capital of £860,000, which was ample to his calculations, the
settlements, the
for the construction of a light railway
from Vivi to Isangila, four
steamers at £10,000 each, between Isangila and Manyanga, and a
Manyanga and Leopoldwas necessary to construct a direct line to Leopoldville from Vivi, the cost would be £1,500,000, inclusive of all expenses, and a flotilla to ply between the sea and Vivi. railway section 95 miles long between ville.
Sir
If,
however,
it
Edward Malet asked Mr. Stanley
if,
in his opinion, the line
would be sufficient as a commercial outlet for the commerce of the Congo basin ? Mr. Stanley replied Certainly not. It might be a sufficient outlet for the main channel of the river and the lower portions of the affluents flowing into that channel, but it would not be a sufficient outlet for the upper portions of the southern affluents, inasmuch as those find an outlet by the caravan route, via Bihe to Bengiiella and Angola, and Cassange to Angola, and the northern portions of the north-western streams flowing info the Congo would naturally seek the caravan routes to the Gaboon, the Ogowai, and the of railway from Vivi to Stanley Pool
:
Kwilu-Niadi.
I therefore strictly adhere to
my
delimitation of
the commercial basin which I have already had the honour of describing to your Excellency.
His Excellency the Plenipotentiary for the Government of the Netherlands remarked that Mr. Cameron had written a book wherein it
was stated that canals might be constructed with advantage.
APPENDIX.
414
him
He
whether he wotild be obliged if Mr. Stanley woiild inform The Berlin Conference, j^^d seen any localities where canals might be advantageously conMr. Stanley replied that he knew only of one place, and Mantumba and Lake Leopold II., by
structed.
that was between Lake
which a canal might easily be constructed, of a length of 25 miles, to connect the two places along a depression which showed that at high A7ater it was possible the two lakes might even be
now
connected.
inquii-ed whether there were any tunnels to be made along the proposed railway between Vivi and Stanley Pool ? Mr. Stanley replied in the negative. After some remarks from Dr. Ballay depreciatory of the value
Baron de Courcel
Congo basin, and of the Ogowai river as a channel for transporting produce from the upper Congo to the Whereas Dr. Ballay ascended sea, Mr. Stanley replied as follows of the produce of the
:
the OgOAvai
river,
Alima river ties
Upper
to the
the watershed, and descended the Congo with a steamer and large quanti-
crossed
of goods, and wliereas M. de Brazza likewise ascended the
Ogowai
and descended the Alima
river
struck across to Stanley Pool,
occasion
must
river, it
is
and on a former evident that the
be considered as a stream belonging to the commercial delta of the commercial basin of the Congo. And whereas in 1881 I received from M. de Brazza a letter wherein he
Ogowai
river
also
recommended my sending by the Ogawai and officers incapacitated by sickness from further work, as from experience he jiidged tliat route to be shorter and superior to the route by the Congo to the sea, I am bound to take M. de Brazza's own written statements, and Messrs. de Brazza and Ballaj^'s successes by the Ogowai-Alima route and Ogowai-Stanley Pool route as indisputable proofs of the stated that he strongly
route
my
letters,
correctness of
Congo, Avith
commerce
my
its
to
assertions that if the commercial basin of the
various outlets to the sea, shall be declared free for
come and go untaxed, the
northern limit at
free littoral should
S. lat. 1° 25' to long. 13° 30' east
have
its
of Greenwich,
and thence north along that meridian to the water-parting between the waters flowing to the Niger-Binue and those flowing to the Congo, and that the southern limit of the littoral will be just if fixed at the mouth of tlie Loge river, thence east along that river easterly to the left bank of the Kwango or Kwa river at S.
lat.
V
50'.
APPENDIX.
PROTOCOL,
415
No.
9.
February
The of
sitting opened M. BUSCH.
at half-past
Three
o'clock,
23r(?,
1885.
under the Presidency The
Berlin Conference.
The Piesident, before proceeding to the order of the da}', communicated totlie High Assembly a letter which had been addressed to His Serene Highness Prince Bismarck by the President of the International Aesociatiou of the Congo, and
terms
which was
in these
:
" PiiiNCE.
—The
International
Association
concluded treaties in succession with
all
at the Berlin Conference (except one)
contain a provision recognising
The
State or Government.
its
of
Congo has
the
the Powers represented
which among their clauses
flag
as
negotiations in
that of a friendly
progress with
tlie
remaining Power will, there is every reason to hope, have an early and favourable termitiation. I bring this fact to the knowledge of your Serene Highness in accordance with the wishes of His Majesty the King of the Belgians in liis capacity as Founder of the Association.
"The meeting and the deliberations of the i;minent Assembly now in session at Berlin under your High Presidency have materially contributed to hasten this felicitous result. ference, to
which
hope, be disposed exclusive mission
The Con-
I beg to offer due homage, will, I venture to to is
Power -whose and commerce into an additional token of the results due to
consider the accession of a to introduce civilisation
the interior of Africa as its importai.t labours.
" I am, with the profoundest respect. " Your Seiene Highness's most
humble and
most obedient servant, " Strauch. " Berlin, 2drd February, 1885.
"
To His Serene Highness Prince Bismarck, " President of the Berlin Conference."
APPENDIX.
416 ^,
„
,•
The Berlin Conference.
this communication spoke as follows c ^• Gentlemen, I believe I am expressing the unanimous teeling of the Conference in welcoming as a happy event the communication which has been made to us and which informs us of the
M. BuscH having; ° read
:
—
"
•
•
^
almost unanimous rerognition of tlie International Association of the Congo. AVe all of us do justice to the elevated purpose of the work to which His Majesty the King of the Belgians has lent his us recognise the efforts and sacrifices by means of which he has guided it to the point it has reached to-day we are all desirous that the most complete success may crown an enter-
name
;
we
all of
;
which can support so usefully the objects the Conference has had in view." Baron de Courcel then spoke as follows "As representing a Power whose possessions border on those of the International Association of the Congo, I note with satisfaction prise
:
the step taken by that Association in informing us of its entrance In the name of my Government I beg to into international life. express the wish that the State of the Congo as
now
territorially
constituted within definite boundaries will soon provide regular
governmental organization for the vast domain whose prosperity has been entrusted to it. Its neighbours will be the first to i-ejoice at its progress, for they will be the first to profit by the development of its prosperity and by all those guarantees of order, safety, and good administration with which it has undertaken to
endow the interior of Africa. " The new State owes its birth
to the generous aspirations
and
enlightened initiative of a Prince respected throughout Europe.
from its cradle to the practice of every liberty. Assured of the unanimous goodwill of the Powers here represented, let us join in the hope that it will fulfil the destiny promised for it under the wise direction of its august founder, whose conIt h;is been devoted
trolling infiuence is the best assurance for its future."
Count Kapnist desired tions, in the
and
to join, in accordance
homage rendered by
fertile initiative of
His Majesty the King of the Belgians.
Edward Malet then spoke as follows The part taken by Her Majesty's Government
Sir
"
with his instruc-
his colleagues to the enlightened
:
in recognising
the flag of the Association as that of a friendly Government enables
me
to express the satisfaction
constitution of this
new
with which we view the
State due to the initiative of His Majesty
the King of the Belgians.
For many years the King,
for purely
philanthropic motives, has spared nothing, neither personal effort
APPENDIX. nor pecuniary
could contribute to the realisation of
sacrifice, that
The world
417 1885.
in j^jeneral regarded Ids efforts v;ith in-
^*^^- ^'^•
Here and there His Majesty received a little sympathy, but it was rather the sj'inpathy of condolence than that of encouragement. It was thought tliat the undertaking was beyond his stiength, that it was too great to succeed. It is now seen that the King was right, and that Ids idea was not Utopian. He has brought
Berlin-
his object. difference.
without difficulties, but these very have made the success more striking;. In acknowledo-ing the obstacles which His Majesty has had to contend with, we most cordially greet the new-born State, and give expression to it
to a successful ending, not
difficullies
our sincere dcbire that
it
may
flourish
and increase under his
protection.
"I may
also be permitted on this occasion to express our
acknowand to the Minister of Porl.ugal at Berlin for the friendly reception which they accorded to the suggestions we had die honour tu address to them on the subject of an arrangenient between Portugnl and the Association, and for the spirit of conciliation with which they have brought ledgments
to the
Government
of Portugal
those negotiations to a successful close."
The Marquis of Penafiel, Congo State, declared
the
as representing a his
participation
expressed by Baron Courcel in his address
tif
Power bordering on in
the sentiments
welcome
to the
new
State.
Count de Launay joined most cordially
in
what had been
said
the President, by Baron Courcel, and by Sir Edward Malet.
by
The
Powers here represented had already almost unanimously recognised new State which had just been founded under the august patronage of a sovereign \w\\o during eight years, with a constancj- rare and worth}' of great praise, had spared neither trouble nor personal sacrifice for the success of a noble and philanthropic enterprise. The whole world bore witness by its sympathy and encouragement to this work of civilisation and humanity, wliich was an honour to the nineteenth century, and of which mankind in general would the
for ever reap the benefit.
The Italian Ambassador also joined with pleasure in the sentiments expressed by the British Ambassador, with regard to the Portuguese Government and its Plenipotentiaries at the Conference.
Count SzficHfiNYi spoke to the same effect as his colleagues, in whose sentiments he shared in every respect. Count Benomar said that Spain was the possessor of teriitories
Vol. II.- 27
AFPENDIX.
418 1885.
in the nei^libourhood of those under the control of the Interna-
l-eb. 2i.
As representing a neighbouring fully supported all that Government, state, he, in the name of his work of humanity and the favour said in of President had the civilisation originated by His Majesty the King of the Belgians. M. de ViND was happy to join in the good wishes which had already been expressed for the happiness and prosperity of the new Congo state. The humanitarian and civilizing object of its founders was highly appreciated by the Danish Government. The Plenipotentiary of Sweden and Norway also joined in the good wishes at the birth of the new State, and in favour of its
Berlin.
^JQjjr^i
Association of the Congo.
development.
Mr. Sanford said that the Government of the United States of America had been the first to publicly acknowledge the great civilizing work of King Leopold II. by recognising the flag of the International Association of the
He was happy
Congo
as that of a friendly govern-
example had been followed only remained for him to express his hope that he would see the crowning of the work in the participation of the Association in the Acts of the Conment.
by the Powers
to find that this
of the Old World, and
it
ference.
Said Pasha regretted that he was not yet able to join in the sympathetic declarations of his colleagues.
had elapsed since
officially
Only a few days
this question of recognising the flag of the Inter-
national Association had arisen.
There had not been sufficient time on the subject, but while awaiting those instructions, he could say that personally he had nc for
him
to receive his instructions
objection to the coustitiition of the
new
State.
Count Van der Straten Ponthoz thanked the President for the terms in which he had spoken of His Majesty the King of the Belgians. The sentiments thus expressed would be gratefully received by the King and the Belgian nation and Count Van der Straten Ponthoz would convey those sentiments to them without He was also bound to tell the Members of the High delay. Assembly how deeply he was sensible of the sympathetic and unanimous approbation they had given to what had fallen from j\I. Busch. The praise bestowed on the initiative pursued by the King of the Belginns despite so many obstacles, was praise well merited. The Acts of the Conference gave practical expression to His Majesty's bold and generous ideas. The Government and the Belgian nation would adhere with gratitude to the work elaborated by the High Assembly, and thanks to which there was henceforth ;
APPENDIX.
419
new State ait" the same time as regulawere laid down in the general interest of mankind, Baron Lambkrmont spoke as follows
assured the existence of the tions
.
:
" If the President of the International Association of the Cono-o
had the honour to sit amongst you, it would fall to him to reply to the words we have heard to-day, and which are so appreciative of the King of the Belgians and of his work. In his absence, and although representing His Majesty under another title, my colleague and I thought we might be allowed to testify how fully we are sensible of the compliment you have paid to the Founder of the Association.
Count Van der Straten has expressed his sentiments, and in them I cordially join. We are well aware that we cannot go too far in expressing in advance our gratitude, for we do so in His Majesty's name, in recognition of thej support that his enterprise has received amongst you, and which support is not the least "
important guarantee of its success." The President announces that the letter of the President of the International Association of the Congo, and the various declarations it had given rise to would become the Protocol of the sitting. It considered convenient by many of the Plenipotentiaries that in order to complete Colonel Strauch's communication, copies of the is
by which the International Association had obtained the recognition of the several Governments should be bound different treaties
toorether
and annexed
to the Protocol.
DECLARATIONS EXCHANGED BETWEEN THE UNITED STATES OF Al\IERICA AND THE INTERNATIONAL ASSOCIATION OF THE CONGO.
The
International Association of the
Congo declares by these
presents, that in viitue of the treaties concluded with the legiti-
mate sovereigns,
in the basins of the
Congo and Niadi-Kwilu and
in the territories bordering on the Atlantic, there has been ceded
and
Free States, alread}' under the protection and surveillance of the said Association in the said basins and adjacent territories, and that the said Free States succeed to the full rights of
to it a territory for the use
profit of the
established, or in course of establishment,
this cession.
That the said International Association has adopted as its
flag as
i885. Feb. 23. Berlin.
APPENDIX,
420 1884. April 22.
^""'i"^'
well for itself as for the said Free States the flag of the International
African Association, that t'^e
is to say,
a blue flag with a golden star in
centre.
That the
and the said States have resolved
said Association
to
levy no customs dues on goods or products imported into their territories, or carried on the roads that have been constructed round the cataracts of the Congo this resolution has been taken so as to ;
encourage trade in making its way into Equatorial Africa. That they assure to strangers who settle in their territories the right to buy, sell, or lease the lands and buildings therein situated, to es^tablish houses of business, and to trade on the sole condition They undertake in addition never to accord of obeying the laws.
an advantage
to the citizens of
extending the same to
all
one nation without immediately
other nations, and to do
power
all in their
to stop the slave-trade.
In witness whereof, Henry effect
by the
S. Sanford,
said Association, acting for
duly authorised to that and in the name of the
it,
said estates has hereto affixed his signature
and his
seal the
22nd
of April, 1884, at the city of Washington,
(Signed)
H.
S.
Sanford. L.S.
Frederic T. Frelinghuysen, Secretary of State, duly authorized by the President of the United States of America, and
to that effect
in conformity with the advice
and consent given to that
effect
by
the Senate, acknowledges to have received from the Association of
the Congo the above declaration, and declares that in accordance
with the traditional policy of the United States, which enjoins their carefid attention to the commercial interests of American citizens, avoiding at the same time all interference in the controversies engaged in between other powers, or the conclusion of alliances with foreign nations, the Government of the United States declares its sympathy with and approbation of the humane and noble object of the International As-sociation of the Congo, acting in the interest
of the Free States established in that region, officers of
and commands
all
the United States, either on land or sea, to recognize the
flag of the International Association as that of a friendly
Govern-
ment.
In witness whereof, ho has hereunder affixed his signature and 22nd of AprU, 1884, in the city of Washington.
his seal this
(Signed)
Fred. T. Frelinghuysen. L.S.
APPENDIX.
421 1884.
Nov.
CONVENTION BETWEEN TH3 EMPIRE OF GERMANY AND THE INTERNATIONAL ASSOCIATION OF THE CONGO. Article
The
I.
Congo undertakes to levy goods imported director in transit in their
International Association of the
no duties on
articles or
possessions, present
and
Niadi-Kwilu, or in
its
future, in the basins of the
Congo and the
possessions situated on the coast of the
This freedom from duties shall especially extend commerce which are transported on the roads eslablished round the cataracts of the Congo.
Atlantic Ocean. to goods
and
articles of
Article
The
subjects of the
II.
German Empire
shall
have the right of
siding or settling in tbe territories of the Association.
They
re-
shall
be treated on the same footing as the subjects of the most favoured nation therein, including the inhabitants of the comitry, in all that concerns the protection of their persons or their goods, the free exercise of their religion, the claiming and defence of their rights,
in matters of the navigation as well as in those
of"
commerce and
industry.
Especially they shall have the right to
buy and
sell,
and
lease
lands and buildings situated on the territories of the Association, to
found houses of business, and to engage therein in commerce and
coasting trade under the
German
flag.
Article III.
The
Association undertakes never to accord the least advantage
to the subjects of another nation, unless such
ately extended to
German
advantage
is
immedi-
subjects.
Article IV. In case of the present or future cession of the territory of the Association or of a part of that territory, the obligations contracttd
by the Association towards the Empire
of
8.
Brussels.
Germany
shall be trans-
APPENDIX.
422 1884. ^•5^'- 8.
Bfuesels.
ferred to the acquirer.
These obligations and rights granted by Germany and to its Kubjects
the Association to the Empire of gj^^i}
remain in foroe after every cession to each new acquirer. Article V.
The Empire
—a
of
Germany
recognises the flag of the Association
blue flag with a goklen star in the centre
— as
that of a
friendly state.
Article VI.
The Empire
of
Germany
is
ready on
its
frontiers of the territory of the Association,
about to be founded, as indicated on the
part to recognise the
and of the new
map annexed
state
hereto.
Article VII.
This Convention shall be ratified, and the ratifications shall be exchanged with the least possible delay. This Convention shall come into force immediately after the exchange of the ratifications. Done at Brussels, the 8th of November, 1884. (Signed)
Count de Brandenbourg. Strauch.
DECLAEATIONS exchanged between the g0veen31est of her britannic majesty and the international association of the congo.
Declaration of the Association.
The International Association of the Congo, founded by His Majesty the King of the Belgians with the object of encouraging tlie civilization and commerce of Africa and also with humanitarian and philanthroi)ic intentions, declares by these presents as follows
:
That by treaties concluded with the legitimate sovereigns whose States are situated in tlie basins of the Congo and the Niadi-Kwilu, and in the territories bordering on the Atlantic, there has been ceded to it certain territories for the use and 1.
profit of
Free States established or to bo establised in the said
basins and adjacent territories.
APPENDIX, 2.
That in virtue of these
423
treaties, the Association is invested
with the administration of the interests of tiie said Free States. 3. That the Association has adopted as its flag and that of the Free States a blue flag with a golden star in the centre. 4. That witli the object of allowing commerce to make its way into Equatorial Africa, the Association and the said Free States have resolved to levy no duty on articles of commerce or merchandize imported direct into their territories, or introduced by the roads which have been constructed round the cataracts of the Congo. 5.
That the Association and the
foreigners settled in
said Free States guarantee to
their territories the free exercise
of their
religion, the rights of navigation, trade,
the right to buy,
sell,
and
lease land,
and industry, as vv^ell as buildings, mines and forests
on condition of obedience to the laws. 6.
their
Done
Thnt the Association and the said Free States shall do all in power to put an end to the slave trade and suppress slavery. at Berlin, the IGth of
December, 1884. (Signed) In
the
Straucii.
name of
the Asscciation.
Declaration of thk Government of Her Britannic Majestv.
The Government of Her Britannic Majesty declares that it sympathy and approbation to the humanitarian and l>hilanthropic objects of the Association and, by these presents, reaccords its
cognises the flag of the Association and the Free States under administration as the flag of a friendly Government.
(Signed) In
the
Edward
its
Mai.et.
name of Her Majesty
s
Government.
CONVENTION between the government of her BRITANNIC MAJESTY AND THE international ASSOCIATION OF THE CONGO. Seeing that the Government of Her Britannic Majesty has recogtlie Internafonal Association of the Congo and the Free States under its administration as the flag of a friendly
nised the flag of
Government
1884 •'^'*^"'
^'
^'^"^*^^^'
APPENDIX.
424 1884. Dec. 16. Berlin.
Being of opinion that j-iglits
it is
advisable to regulate and define the
of British subjects in the territories of the said Free States,
and to provide for such matters concerning the exercise of civil and criminal jurisdiction as shall be indicated hereunder until the Association shall have provided in a sufficient manner for the adiuinistration of justice with regard to foieigners, It has
been agreed
:
Article
I.
The International Association of the Congo undertakes to levyno duties of importation or transit on articles of commerce or m.erchandise imported by British sul)jects into the said territories, or into the territories which hereafter may be placed under its Government. This fj-eedom from duty shall extend to merchandise and articles of commerce which shall be transported by the roads and canals established or to be established round the cataracts of the Congo.
Article
II.
British subjects shall at all times have the right to reside and
which are or
under the government same protection as subjects or citizens of the most favoured nation in all matters which affect their persons and their goods, the free exercise of their religion, and the rights of navigation, commerce, and industry. Espesettle in the territories
of the Association.
They
shall be
shall enjoy the
cially tliey shall
have the right to buy, sell, lease, and let lands, and forests within the said territories to found houses of business, and to engage in commerce and coasting trade therein under the British flag;. buildings, mines,
;
Article
III.
The Association undertakes trifling, to
to accord no advantage, however the subjects of another nation, unless such advantage is
immediately extended to British subjects.
Article IV. Tier Majesty the Queen of Great Britiin and Ireland may nominate consuls or other consular agents in the ports or stations on the said territories, and the Association undertakes to protect
them
therein.
APPENDIX.
425
Article V.
1884. Dec. 16.
Every British consul or consular agent who shall have been duly authorised by the Government of Her Britannic Majesty, shall have power to establish a consular tribunal for the district assigned to him, and shall exercise sole and exclusive jurisdiction, civil as well as criminal, with regard to the persons and property of
Berlin,
British subject:^ within the said district, in accordance with the
British laws.
Article YI.
Nothing contained in the preceding
article shall
any
absolve
British subject from the obligation of observing the laws of the said Free States applicable to foreigners, but all infraction of those
laws on the part of a British subject shall be referred to the British consular tribunal.
Article
VI I.
If the inhabitants of the said territories
the Government
e»f
which are subject
to
the Association do any injury to the person or
property of a British subject, they shall be arrested and punished
by the
authorities of the Association conformably to the laws of
the said Free States.
Justice shall be administered equitably
and
impartially on both sides.
Article VIII.
A
British subject having grounds of complaint against an in-
liabitant of the said territories, subject to the
government of the and there detail
Association, shall apply to the British Consulate his grievance >.
The Consul plaint
is
shall
make an inquiry
to ascertain that the
well founded, and will do his utmost to arrange
it
comami-
In the same way, if any inhabitant of the same territories shall have cause of complaint against a British subject, the British counsel shall hear his complaint and do his utmost to arrange the If differences arise of such nature that the matter amicably. British Consul cannot arrange them amicably, he shall have recably.
course to the authorities of the Association to examine into the
matter and end
it
equitably.
APPENDIX.
426
Article IX.
1884. Dec. 16. Berlin.
I^
an inhabitant of the
said territories subject to the govern-
ment of the Association should
fail to
pay any debt contracted
with a British subject, the authorities of the Association shall do all in their power to bring him to justice and procure the recovery of the said debt and if a British subject should fail in the pay;
any debt contracted witli one of the inhabitants, the British authorities shall in the same way do their utmost to bring him to Ko British Consul justice and procure the recovery of the debt. and no authority of the Association shall be held responsible for a debt contracted by a British subject, nor by any inhabitant of the said territoiies who is subject to the government of the Asso-
ment
of
ciati
Article X. In case of the cession of an}' territory which
now
or in the future
be under the government of the Association, the obligations contracted by the Association in the present Convention shall apply shall
to the grantee.
The engagements and
rights accorded to British
subjects shall remain in force after every cession with regard to
new occupant of every part of tlie paid territorj'. This Convention shall be ratified, and the ratifications shall be exchanged with as little delay as possible. This Convention shall
every
come into force immediately after the exchange of the ratifications. Done at Berlin, the IGth of December, eighteen hundred and eighty-four.
(Signed)
Edward Malet. Straucu.
CONVENTION BETWEE.N THE NETHERLANDS AND THE INTERNATIONAL ASSOCIATION OF THE CONGO.
Article
The
I.
International Association of the
Congo undertakes
to levy
no duties of importation, or transit on mercliandise, or articles of commerce, imported by Dutch subjects within the present or future possessions of the Association.
The freedom from
duties shuU ex-
APPENDIX.
427
tend to merchandise and articles of commerce transported on the })e established round the cataracts
roads or canals which are or shall
1884. J^'"'
Brussels.
of the Congo.
Article
Dutch
subjects shall at all times have the right to reside or settle
in the teiritories
They
II.
which are or
shall be subject to the Association.
shall enjoy the protection accorded to subjects or citizens of
the most favoured nation in all matters concerning their peisons,
and the rights of commerce and industry they shall especially have the buy and sell, let and lease land, mines, forests, and build-
their property, the free exercise of their religion,
navigation, right to
;
ings in the said territories; to found therein houses of bunness,
and carry on commerce and coasting trade under the Dutch
flag.
Article III.
The Association undertakes fo the subjects ui
to grant
no advantage whatsoever
another nation, unless such advantages are im-
mediately extended to Dutch subjects.
Article IV.
His Majesty the King of the Netherlands has the right to nominate Consuls or Consular Agents in the ports or stations of the said territories,
and
the* Association
undertakes to protect them.
Article
V
Until the administration of justice shall have been organized in the Free States of the Congo, and until that organization shall have been notified by the Association, every Dutch Consul or Consular Agent, who has been duly authorized by the Government of
His Majesty the King of the Netherlands,
may
tribunal for the (xtent of the district assigned
establish a Consular to
him, and in that
case will exorcise sole and exclusive jurisdiction, civil as well as with regard to the persons and property of Dutch sub-
ciiniinal,
jects
within the ^aid
district,
conformably to the laws of the
Netherlands.
Article YI.
Nothing contained in the foregoing article shall absolve any Dutch subject from the obligation of observing the laws of the
APPENDIX.
428 188+. Dec. 2(. Brussels,
Free States applicable to foreigners, but all infractions thereof on q£ ^ Dutch subject sball be referred to a Dutch Consular
^}^Q pgj,|.
tribunal.
Article VII. If the inhabitants of the said countries,
who
are subjects of the
government of the As.-oeiation, do any injury to the person or property of a Dutch subject, they shall be arrested and punished by the authorities of the Association, conformably to the laws of the Justice shall be administered equitably and said Free States. imparti
illy
on both sides.
Article VIII.
A
Dutch subject having grounds
of complaint against
an
in-
habitant of the said territories subject to the government of the
Dutch Consul ite, and tbere detail his The Consul shall proceed to enquiie if the same be wellfounded, and do all in h's power to arrange the matter amicabl}-. In the same way, if any inhabitant of the said territories has any complaint concerning a Dutch subject, the Dutch Consul shall hear
Association shall apply to the grievance.
the complaint, and do his utmost to arrange the difficulty amicably. If differences arise of such a nature that the Consul cannot arrange
them amicably, he
shall then
the Association, for
them
to
have recourse to the authorities of examine into the matter and end it
equitably.
Article IX. If an inhabitant of the said territories subject to the government of the Association shall fail in the
payment of a debt contracted
with a Dutch subject, the authorities of the Association shall do all in their power to bring him to justice, and procure the recovery of the debt, and if a Dutch subject shall fail in the payment of a debt contracted with one of the inhabitants, the Dutch authorities shall
do
all
in their
power
to
bring him to justice, and procure the
recovery of the debt.
No Dutch Consul nor any authority
of the Association shall be
held responsible for the payment of a debt contracted by an inhabitant of any of the territories subject to the government of the Association or by
any Dutch
subject.
Article X.
In the event of the cession of the territory now under the government of the Association, or which shall be so at any future
429
APPENDIX.
any part of the said territory, all the ohligations conby the Assocliition in the present Convention shall be binding on the grantee. These arr-mgements and rights accorded to Dutch subjects shall remain in force after the cession with legard to any new occupant of no matter what part of the said
time, or of tracted
territory.
Article XI.
The power
Association and the Free States engage to do all in their to
put an end to the slave-trade and suppress slavery.
Article XII.
The Kingdom
of
tlie
Netherlands, according
its
sympathy
to the
humanitarian and civilising object of the Association, recognizes the flag of the Association and the Free States placed under its administration a blue flag with a golden star in the centre — as the flag of a friendly Government.
—
Article XIII.
This Convention bhall be ratified, and the ratifications shall be exchanged with as little delay as possible. It shall come into force immediately after the exchange of the ratifications. In witness whereof the respective Plenipotentiaries have signed it, and to it have affi.xed the seal of their coat of arms. Done at Brussels, the twenty-seventh day of the month of December, of the year one thousand eight hundred and eighty-four. (Signed)
L. Gericke.
Strauch.
CONVENTION BETWEEN THE GOVERNMENT OF THE FRENCH REPUBLIC AND THE INTERNATIONAL ASSOCIATION OF THE CONGO. Article
The
I.
International Association of the Congo declares that.it
extends to France the advantages States of America, to the Italy, to
it
has conceded to the United
Empire of Germany,
to England, to Austro-Hungary, to the Netherlands, and to Spain, in
1884 Dec. 27. Brussels.
APPENDIX.
430 1885. Paris^'
virtue of the Convention
it
has concluded with the several Powers 22nd of April, the 8th of November,
°^ *^® respective dates of the
the 16th, 19th, 24th, and 29th of December, 1884, and the 7th of January, 1885, and of which the texts are annexed to the present
Convention.
Article
II.
Association undertakes, in addition, to accord no advantages of any nature whatsoever to the subjects of another nation without
The
immediately extending those advantages to French
citizens.
Article III.
The Government
of the French Eepublic and the Association
adopt for the frontiers between their possessions The Eiver Chiloango from the ocean to its most northerly :
source
The
crest of the water-parting of the
as far as the meridian of
A
line to
Niadi-Kwilu and the Congo
Manyanga
be determined, and which, following as much as ground terminates between the
possible, a natural division of the
station of
Manyanga and the
cataract of
Ntombo Mataka
situated on the navigable portion of the river
in a point
;
The Congo to Stanley Pool The centre line of Stanley Pool The Congo to a point to be determined up
the stream of the
Eiver Licona-Kkiindja
A
line to
be determined from that point to the 17th degree of
longitude east from Greenwich, following as line of the water-parting of the
much
as possible the
basin of the Licona-Nkundja,
which forms part of the French possessions
The 17th degree
of lons-itude east from Greenwich.
Article IV.
A
Commission composed of representatives of the contracting
number on both sides, shall be entrusted with executing on the spot the laying out of the frontier conformably to the preceding stiiiulations. In case of dispute the matter shall parties, equal in
be referred to delegates nominated by the International Commission of the Congo.
APPENDIX.
431
Article V.
1884. Feb. 5.
tJnder the reservation of the arrangements about to take place between the International Association of the Congo and Portugal
Paris,
for the territories situated to the
south of the Chiloango, the Gois disposed to recognise the
vernment of the French Republic
neutrality of the possessions of the International Association within
the frontiers shown on the annexed map, subject to the discussion and regulation of the conditions of that neutrality in accord with the other Powers represented at the Berlin Conference.
Article VI.
The Government
of the French Republic recognises the flag of
the International Association of the
Congo
—a
blue flag with a
golden star in the centre— as the flag of a friendly Government.
In witness whereof the respective Plenipotentiaries have signed and to it affixed their seals. Done at Paris, the 5th of February, 1885.
the present Convention,
(Signed)
Jules Ferry.
(L.S.)
OoMTE Paul de Borchgrave d'Altena
(L.S.)
CONVENTION between PORTUGAL AND THE INTERNATIONAL ASSOCIATIOX OF THE CONGO.
Article
The
I.
International Association of the
extends to Portugal the advantages
it
Congo declares that
it
has conceded to the United
Empire of Germany, to England, to Italy, Austro-Hungary, to the Netherlands, to Spain, to France and to the United Kingdoms of Sweden and Norway, in virtue of the Conventions it has concluded with these several Powers of the respective dates of the 22nd of April, the 8th of November, the 16th, 19lh, 24th, and 2t)th of December, 1884, tJie 7th of January, the 5th and 10th of February, 1885, and of which the Association States of America, to the
to
un lertakes to remit authentic Most Faithful Majesty.
copies to the
Government of His
APPENDIX.
432
.Article IT.
1885, Feb, 14 Beiiiu.
The
International Association of the Congo undertakes in addino advantages of any kind whatsoever to the sub-
tion to accord jects
immediately extending thoee His Most Faithful Majesty
another nation wifhout
of
advantages
to the subjects of
Article III. International Association of the Congo and His Most FaithMajesty the King of Portugal and the Algarves adopt for frontiers between their possessions in Western Africa the follow-
The
ful
ing
:—
To Ihe north of the Eiver Congo (Zaire) the right bank of the mouth of the river which enters the Atlantic Ocean to the south of the Bay of Cabinda, close to Punta Vermelha, at Cabo-Lombo The parallel of this last point prolonged up to its intersection •with
the meridian of the junction of the Culacalla with the
LucuUa The meridian thus determined
to its meeting with the Eiver
Luculla;
The
course of the Luculla to
its
junction with the Chiloango
(Luango Luce)
The
course of the Congo (Zaire) from
its
mouth
to its junction
with the small river of Uango-Uango The meiidian which passes through the mouth of the small Eiver Uango-Uango between the Dutch factory and the Portuguese factory, so as to leave the latter in Portuguese territory up to the meeting of the meridian with the parallel of Nokk The parallel of Nokk to its intersection with the Eiver Kuango
(Cuango)
From
this point
southwards the course of the Kuango (Cuango).
Article IV.
A
Commission composed of representatives of the contracting number on both sides shall be intrusted wnth the execution on the spot of the laying out of the frontier conformably to ihe foregoing stipulations. In case of dispute the matter shall be referred to delegates nominated by the International Commisparties eqiial in
sion of the Congo.
APPENDIX.
433
Article V.
His Most Faithful Majesty is
tlie
King
1885. Feb. 14.
of Portugal and the Al«^aive8
disposed to recognise the neutrality of
tlie
possessions of the In-
ternational Association of the Congo, subject to the discussion
and
regulation of that neutrality in accord with the other puwers repre-
sented at the Berlin Conference.
Article VI.
His Most Faithful Majesty the
King of Portugal and the Algarves Congo
recognises the flng of the International Association of the
a blue flag with a goldon star in the centre -as the flag of a friendly
Government. Article VII.
The present Convention shall
and the
shall be ratified,
ratifications
be exchanged at Paris within three months, or sooner
if
possible.
In witness whereof the Plenipotentiaries of the two contracting and His Excellency the Baron de Courcel, Ambassador Extraoidinary and Plenipotentiary of France at Berlin, as representing the medial ing Power, have signed the present Convention, and
parties,
thereto affixed their seals.
Done
in triplicate at Berlin, the fourteenth
day of the month of
February, eighteen hundred and eighty-five.
Marquis de Penafiel.
(Signed)
Strauch. Alph de Courcel.
DECLAKATIONS EXCHANGED BETWEEN THE BELGIAN GOVERNMKNT AND THE INTEKNATIONAL ASSOCIATION OF THE CONGO.
The International Association
of the
Congo declares by these
presents that in virtue of treaties concluded with the legitimate
sovereigns in the basin of the
Congo and
its
tributaries, it has
been ceded the sovereignty of vast territories with the object of founding a free and independent Stite that Conventions define the ;
frontiers of the territories of the Association as regards those of
Vol. II.— 28
Berlin,
434 1885. Feb. 23,
APPENDIX.
France and Portugal, and tl'.at the frontiers of the Association are *i J snown on the annexed map. 1
Berlin.
That the
.
.
.
said Association has adopted as the flag of the State
administered by
it a blue flag with a star of gold in its centre. That the said Association has resolved to levy no customs duties on
merchandise or products imported into its territories or transported on the roads which have been constructed round the cataracts of the Congo to
make That
;
its it
this resolution has
way
been tsken so as to encourage trade
into Equatorial Africa.
who
assures to foreigners
settle in its territories the
and lease ground and buildings situated thereon, to establish houses of business, and trade under the sole condition It undertakes, in addition, to accord no of obeying the laws. advantage to the citizens of one nation without immediately extending it to the citizens of all other nations, and to do all in its power to put down the slave trade. In vritness whereof the President of the Association acting for it has hereunder affixed his signature and his seal. Berlin, the twenty-third day of the month of February, one thousand eight hundred and eighty-five. right to buy,
sell,
(Signed)
The Belgian Government takes note of the Inteinaticmal Association of the .
Strauch.
declaration of the
Congo, and by the-e presents
recognises the Association within the boundaries stated, and recognises its flag as that of a friendly State.
In witness whereof the undersigned, duly authorized, have affixed and seal. Berlin, the twenty-third day'' of the month of February, one
their signature
thousand eight hundred and eighty-five. Cte, Aug. van der Straten Baron Lambermont.
(Signed)
PROTOCOL,
Poxtiioz,
No. 10.
Sitting of the 2Gth of February, 1885.
Present
For Germany Prince Bismarck M. Buscn M. de Kusserow. For Austro-ITungary Count, Szk;ciii^:nyi. For Belgium Count Van der Straten Ponthoz; Baron Lamuku;
:
:
:
MONT,
;
APPENDIX. For Deiiiiiark M. de Vind. For Spain Count de Benomar. For the United iStates of America
435 1885.
:
^''^- '^^
:
PIenky
S.
:
Mr. John A. Kasson
;
Mr.
Sanford.
For France Baron de Courcel. For Great Britain Sir Edward Malet. For Italy Count de Launay. For the Netherlands The Johkheer van der Hoeven. For Porttigal Mavc^uis de Penafiel M. de Serpa Pi.mentel. ForEnssia: Count Kapnist. For Sweden and Norway General Baron Bildt. For Turkey Said Pasha. The sitting opened at half-past two o'clock, under the Presidency of His Serene Highness Prince Bismarck. The President expressed his regret at having been prevented by the state of his health and. the pressure of business from sharing in the whole of the labours of the High Assembly which he, however, had followed with much interest. His Serene Highness then delivered the following address " Gentlemen, Our Conference after long and laborious deliberations, has reached the end of its work, and I am glad to say that thanks to your efforts and to that spirit of conciliation which has presided over our proceedings, a complete accord has been cmne to on every point of the programme submitted to us. " The resolutions which vve ai'c about to sanction formall}' secure :
:
:
:
;
;
:
:
:
—
to the trade of all nations
Continent.
fi'ce
access to the interior of the African
The guarantees by which
the freedom of trade will be
assured in the Congo basin, and the whole of the arrangements
embodied in the rules
for the navigation of the
Congo and the
Niger, are of such a nature as to afford the commerce and industry
of
all
and
nations the most favourable conditions for their development
security.
" In another series of regulations you
have shown your solicitude moral and material welfare of the native po])ulati.)n, and may hope that those principles adopted in a spirit of wise
for the
we
moderation will bear
with the "
The
fruit,
and help to familiarise those i^opulations
benefits of civilisation.
particular conditions under
regions you have just opened
up
to
which are placed
tlie
vast
commercial enterprise have
seemed to require special guarantees for the preservation of peace and public order. In fact, the scourge of war would become particularly disastrous if the natives were led to take sides in the
•^'''^'°-
APPENDIX.
436 1885. Feb. 26, ^^ '"
disputes between
Powers.
tlie civilised
Justly apprehensive of the
(Jauggrg that snch an event might. have for the interests of com-
and civilisation, you have sought for the means of withdrawing a great part of the African Continent from the vicissitudes raerce
of general politics, in confining therein the rivalry of nations to peaceful emulation in trade and industry.
"In the same manner you have endeavoured to avoid all misunderstanding and dispute to which fresh annexations on the African The declaration of the formalities required coast might give rise. before such annexations can be conssidered eifective introduces a rule into public law, which in its turn will remove many a
new
cause of dissent and conflict from our international relations. " The spirit of mutual good understanding which has distin-
guished your deliberations has also presided over the negotiations that have been carried on outside the Conference, with a view to arrano-e the difficult question of delimitation between the parties exercising sovereign rights in the p(jsition are
Congo
basin,
and which by their work we are
destined to be the chief guardians of the
about to sanction. " I cannot touch on this subject without bearing testimony to the noble efforts of His Majesty the King of the Belgians, the founder of a work which all
now has gained
the Powers, and which as
it
grows
to the cause of humanity. " Gentlemen, I am requested
the recognition of almost
will render valuable service
by His Majesty the Emperor and
my
august Master, to convey to you his warmest thanks for each of you has taken in the felicitous accomplishment of part the King,
the
work of the Conference.
duty in gratefully acknowledging what the Conits members who undertook the hard work of the Commission, notably to the Baron de Courcel and to Baron I have also to thank the delegates for the valuable Lambermont. " I fulfil a final
ference owes to those of
assistance they
have rendered
us,
and I include in
of thanks the secretaries of the Conference,
this expression
who have
facilitated
our deliberations by the accuracy of their work. " Like the other labours of man, the work of this Conference may be improved upon and perfected, but it will, I hope, mark an
advance in the development of international relations, and foi'm a of union between the nations of the civilised world." Count de Launay then spoke as follows :— " Gentlemen, we are all of us very pleased to see His Serene
new bond
Highness Prince Bismarck once more amongst
us.
APPENDIX.
We
"
have the honour to thank him
437 for his speech,
which bore
the maik of such perfect courtesy, and for his flattering opinion of the efforts which have resulted in onr general agreement. "
As you have
just heard, he has been prevented,
much
against
his inclination, from presiding in person at all our s^ittings, but
mighty mind has hovered over this assembly.
his
obliged to delegate his functions,
If he has been he knew beforehand that he In fact, Count Hatzfeldt and
was putting them in good hands. Under Secretary of State, M. Busch, huve successively
carried out
and a spirit of conWe owe ciliation that we are all of ns pleased to acknowledge. them a debt of gratitude. Both of them have thoroughh' entered into the princij^les that have been brought before us with equal precision and elevation of view ever since the begirning of the their instructions
with an intelligence, a
tact,
Conference.
—
"Whatever may be reserved for our work in the future it remains subject to the vicissitudes of all things human we can at present at least bear witness that we have neglected nothing that
—
was
at all possible to
open up into the interior of the African
Continent a broad road for the moral and mateiial progress of its native races and for the development of the general welfare of
commerce and navigation.
"We
have,
simultaneously, served the cause of religion, of
peace, of humanity,
and enlarged the domain of public international
law. "
Such was the object we had in view.
attaining
it,
a large part of the merit
we have su-'ceeded in due to our illustrious
If is
Piesident, the promoter of the meeting of this Conference, the
author of the programme which formed the basis of our deliberations.
" I this
am
thus secure of the unanimous assent of the members of
High Assembly
in expressing to His Serene Highness Prince for his having,
whether
present or absent, given our labours their best direction. " As we are about to part, I think, gentlemen, that I
am your
Bismarck our
cordial
acknowledgment
faithful interpreter in offering the
homage of our
respectful grati-
have received from His Majesty the Emperor of Germany, King of Prussia, and also from his tude for the kindly welcome
vve
august family."
At Count de Launay's suggestion, the members of the High Assembly rise from their seats to mark their hearty assent to what
1885. •
Berlin.
APPENDIX.
438 has "been said
Italian representative
by the
with regard to His
Majesty the Emperor. Prince Bismarck thanks Count de Launay for his appreciative He expresses a wi&h that the Plenipotentiaries and himself will in the course of their political life have frequent
remarks.
opportunities of meeting in that unanimously friendly spirit which has distinguished the Berlin Conference. His Serene Highness bears witness to the satisfaction he has experienced at the excellent
'
which the Conference has given rise. president consults the high assembly as to whether it will be convenient before proceeding to the signature of the general The general act already adopted act to have the document read. relations to
The
in its entirety to the
by the Conference has been printed and distributed
Plenipotentiaries for their mature
consideration.
The
high assembly may perhaps under the circumstances think it well Should that be to omit the formality of the customary reading. the general feeling, it will be in accord with the opinion of the president.
Said Pasha considers the reading superfluous. The high assembly unaniuiously agrees to offered
the
suggestion
by Prince Bismarck.
The president formally announces that the high assembly having given the general act its definitive sanction, withuut wishing to hear it lead over for the last lime, it will perha^DS immediately pass to the signature of the documents. However, before inviting the Plenipotentiaries to proceed to Bismarck, in order to simplify the order of
this formality. Prince
communication wbich ought strictly to follow the signing of the treaty, and which is to this effect " Peferring to Article XXXVII. of the Act just accepted by you I have the honour to make a communication to you which has just reached me. This is the adoption by the International Association business, desires to bring before the Conference a
:
of the
Congo of the
resolutions of the Conference.
I will take
the liberty of reading tbis document, as well as a letter from Colonel Strauch, the President of the Association."
which are as follows 1. Act of Adhesion of the International Association of the Congo the General Act of the Berlin Conference, of date the 26th of
The President reads to
these documents,
:
February, 1885. "
The International Association
of the Congo, in virtue of Article
APPENDIX.
XXXVII.
439
of the General Act of the Berlin Conference declares
these presents that
it
by
adheres to the provisions of the said General
In witness whereof the President of the International AssociaCongo has signed the present declaration and thereto
tion of the
affixed his seal.
"
Done
at Berlin the twenty-sixth day of the
month
of February,
one thousand eight hundred and eighty-five. " Colonel Strauch."
(L. S.)
Letter from Colonel Strauch to his Serene Highness Prince
2.
Bismarck
:
" Prince,
King
the
— In virtue of the
powers given
to
me by His
Majesty
of the Belgians, acting as founder of the International
Association of the Ccngo, powers sent herewith, and in conformity
with Article XXXVII. of the General Act of the Berlin Conference, I have the honour to forward to the Governraent of the German Empire the Act by which the International Association of the Congo adheres to the said General Act. " I trust that your Serene Highness will in accordance with the stipulation which forms paragraph two of the same Article notify this adhesion to the States that have signed the General Act or
who will adhere to it. The International
Association of the Couq-o will reyard the
favourable consideration given to
its
request as another proof of
the friendliness of the Powers towards a origin,
its
conditions of existence, and
its
work destined by
its
object to aid in the
accomplishment of the generous ideas of the Conference. " I am, with profound respect, "
Your Serene Highness's most humble and most obedient servant. Colonel Strauch.
"
The President of the "Berlin,
3.
2Qtli
International Association of the Congo."
Fem-uary, 1885."
Powers conferred on Colonel Strauch.
" AVe, Leopold II.,
King of the Belgians, acting tlie Congo, give by
the International Association of full
^*'-
^^^^•^•
Act. "
i885. ^^^-
as
Founder of
these presents
powers to M. Strauch, President of that Association, to sign
the Act of accession to the general treaty adopted by the Berlin Conference.
"Leopold. " Brussels, 15th February, 1885."
(L. S.)
APPENDIX.
440 1885. Feb. 26. ,.
His Serene Highness Prince Bismarck then speaks as follows
^ ^ " Gentlemen,
J.
—
:
Assembly by the International acknowledging its adhesion to
I believe I express the feeling of the
in greeting with satisfaction the stej) taken
Association of the Congo, and in
our resolutions.
new Congo State is work we have in
Tlie
destined to be one of the
view, and I hope it will have a prosperous development, and that the noble aspirations of chief protectors of the
its illustrious
At the
may
founder
be
fulfilled."
President's invitation, the Pleuipotentaries then proceed
to the signature of the final Act.
The President announces that the sitting is at an end, and the High Assembly separates at half-past Four o'clock, (Signed) szech^nyi.
Van
der
Straten Ponthoz. Bn.
van der hoeven. Marquis de Penafiel. a. de Serpa Pimentel. f. p.
Augte.
Cte,
L ambermont.
Cte. P. Kapnist.
E. YiND.
GiLLIS BiLDT.
COMTE DE BeNOMAR. John A. Easson.
SaID.
Alph. de Courcel.
Busch.
Edward
V. Kusserow.
V. Bismarck.
B. Malet.
Launay. Certified as agreeing
with
original,
Raindre.
CoMTE W. Bismarck. Schmidt.
THE GENERAL ACT OF THE BERLIN CONFERENCE. In
the
Name
of
Ahniijliiij
God.
His Majesty the Emperor of Germanj', King of Prussia. His Majesty the Emperor of Austria, King of Bohemia, &c., and King Apostolic of Hunjiarj', His ]\Iajesty the King of the Belgians, His Majesty the King of Denmark, His Majesty the King of Spain, the President of the United States of America, the President of tlie Frencli Republic,
Her Majesty the Queen
of the United
Kingdom
APPENDIX.
441
of Great Britain and Ireland, Empress of India, His Majesty the
1885.
King of Italy, His Majesty the King of the Netherlands, Grand Duke of Luxemburg, His Majesty the King of Portugal and the
^
Algarves, &c., &c., Arc, His Mnjesty the Czar of
all
the linssias,
His INIajesty the King of Sweden and Norway, &o., &c., and His Majesty the Sultan of the Turks. Desirous of settling. in a spirit of mutual goodwill the most favourable conditions for the development of commerce and civilisation in certain districts in Africa, and ensuring to the natives the advantages of the free navigation of the two chief African desirous, moreover, rivers that flow into the Atlantic Ocean of preventing misunderstandings and disputes which may in the future arise as new territories are annexed on the African coast, and at the same time anxious to promote the moral and material welfare of the native races, have lesolved at the invita;
them by the Imperial Government of Germany, Government of the French Republic to meet pui'poses in a Conference at Berlin, and have nominated
tion addressed to
in accord with the for these
as Their Plenipotentiaries the following
:
His Majesty the Emperor of Germany, King of Prussia Lo Sieur Oriio, Pi ince Bismarck, His President of the Council Ministers of Prussia, Chancellor of the Empire; Paul, Count Hatzfelut, His Minister of State and Secretary
of
of
Department of Foreign Affairs Le Sieur Auguste Busch, His Privy Councillor of Legation, and Under-Secretary of Stite for the department of Foreign Affairs and Le Sieur Henri de Kusserow, His Privy Councillor of Legation of the Department of Foreign Affairs. His Majesty the Emperor of Austria, King of Bohemia, &c., and State for the
;
King Apostolic of Hungary Le Sieur Emeric, Count Szechenyi de Sarvari Felso-Yidek, Chamberlain and Privy Councillor, His Ambassador Extraordinary and Plenipotentiary to His Majesty the Emperor of Germany, King of Prussia. His Majesty the King of the Belgians Le Sieur Gabriel Auguste, Count Van der Straten Ponthoz, His Envoy Extraordinary and Minister Plenipotentiary to His Majestj' the Emperor of Germany, King of Prussia and ;
;
;
Le Sienr Auguste, Baron Lamhermont, Minister of Extraordinary and Minister Plenipotentiary.
State,
His Envoy
'
Berlin.
APPENDIX.
442 1885. Feb. 26. ^' "^"
His Majesty the King of Dexjiark Yjq Sieur Emil de Vind, Chamberlain, His Envoy Extraordinary and Minister Plenipotentiary to His Majesty the Emperor of ;
Germany, King of Prussia. His Majesty the King of Spain Don Francisco Merry y Colom, Count de Benomar. His Envoy Extraordinary and Minister Plenipotentiary to His JMajesty ;
Empevor of Germany, King of Prussia. The President of the United States of America Le Sieur John A. Kasson, Envoy Extraordinary and Minister ;
Plenipotentiary of the United States of North America, to His
Majesty the Emperor of Germany, King of Prussia Le Sieur Henry S. Sanford, Ex-Minister. The President of the French Eepublic
;
and
;
Le Sieur Alphonse, Baron de Courcel, Ambassador Extraordinary and Plenipotentiary of France, to His Majesty the Emperor of Germany, King of Prussia. Her Majesty the Queen of the United Kingdom of Great Britain AUD Ireland, Empress of India Sir
;
Edward Baldwin Malet, Her Ambassador Extraordinary and Plenipotentiary to His Majesty the Emperor of Germany, King of Prussia.
His Majesty the King of Italy; Le Sieur Edouard, Count de Launay, His Ambassador Extraordinary and Plenipotentiary to His Majesty the Emperor of
Germany, King
of Piussia.
His Majesty the King of the Netherlands, Grand Duke of Luxemburg, &c. Le Sieur Frederic Philippe, Jonkheer Van der Hoeven, His Envoy Extraordinary and Minister Plenipotentiary to His ;
Majesty the Emperor of Germany, King of Prussia. His Majesty the King of Portugal and the Algarves, &c. Le Sieur du Serra Gomes, Marquis de Penafiel, Peer of the Eealm, His Envoy Extraordinary and IMinister Plenipotentiary to His Majesty the Emperor of Germany, King of Prus>ia and Le Sieur Antoine de Serpa Pimentel, Councillor of State and Peer ;
;
of the Realm. His Majesty the Czar of all the Russias Le Sieur Pierre, Count Kapnis r, Pi ivy Councillor, His Envoy Extraordinary and Minister Plenipotentiaiy to His Majesty the ;
King
of the Netherlands.
His Majesty the King of Sweden and Norway, &c.
;
APPENDIX. Le Sieur
Gillis,
443
Baron Bildt, Lieutenaut General, His Envoy Ex-
traordinary and Minister Plenipotentiaiy to His Majesty the
Emperor of Germany, King His Majestv the Sultan of the Turks Mehemed Said, Pasha, Vizier and High Dignitary, His Ambassador Extraordinary and Plenipotentiary to His Majesty the Emperor of Germany, King of Prussia. Who, furnished with full powers, which have been found to be of Prussia. ;
good and proper form, have successively discussed and adopted. A declaration relative to the freedom of trade in the basin of the Congo, its mouths, and circumjacent districts, with certain
in
1.
arrangements connected therewith. 2. A declaration concerning the slave-trade, and the operations on land or sea, which supply the slaves for the trade. 3.
A
declaration relative to the neutrality of the territories com-
prised in the said basin of the Congo. 4.
An
act as to the navigation of the Congo,
which takes into
consideration the local circumst mces affecting the river
;
its afflu-
and the waters that are similar to them, the general principles set forth in Articles lOS to 116 of the final Act of the Congress of Vienna, and intended to regulate between the signatory powers to
ents,
that act, the free navigation of navigable watercourses that separate or traverse several States
;
principles that have once been generally
applied to the rivers of Europe and America, and notably to the Danube with the modifications foreseen by the Treaties of Paris of 1856, of Berlin of 1878, of 5.
Aw
act
f(jr
London of 1871 and 1883.
the navigation of the Niger, which also takes into
consideration the local circumstances affecting this river and its affluents,
on the same principles
set forth in Articles
108 to 116 of
the final Act of the Congress of Vienna. 6.
A
declaration introducing into international relations uniform
rules with regard to annexations
which may take place in the
future on the African continent
And having
decided that these various documents could be usecombined in a single deed, have collected them in a general act composed of the following ai tides. fully
CHAPTEE
I.
Declaration relative to the freedom of commeice in the basin of
the Congo,
its
mouths, and circumjacent
arrano-ements connected therewith.
districts,
with certain
^1885 Feb. 26. Berlin.
APPENDIX.
444
Article
The
1885. Feb. 26.
3erlin.
2.
I.
trade of all nations shall be entirely free
In
all
:
the territories constituting the basin of the Congo and
The
j^^ affluents.
basin
is
bounded by the
crests of the adjoining
basins, that is to say, the basins of the Kiari, of the
Ogowe, of the
by the line of the eastern lidge of the affluents of Lake Tanganyika towards the east by the crests of the basins of the Zambesi and the Loge towards the south. It consequently embraces all the teriitories drained by the Congo and its affluent-, comprising therein Lake Tanganyika and its eastern trilmtaries. Shari,
and
of
the Nile towards the north
;
2. In the maritime zone extending along the Atlantic Ocean from the parallel of 2° 30' s-outh latitude to the mouth of the Loge. The northern limit will follow the parallel of 2^ 30' from the coast until it reaches the geographical bisin of the Congo, avoiding
the basin of the Ogowe, to which the stipulations of the present
Act do not
appl}'.
The southern
limit will follow the course of the
Loge up
source of that river, and thence strike eastwards to
its
to the
junction
with the geographic il basin of the C aigo. 3. In the zone extending eastwards fr^m the basin of the Congo as limited above herein, to the Indian Ocean, from the fifth degree of north Latitude to the mouth of the Zambesi on the south from ;
Zambesi for five miles up stream to the junction with the Shire, and continue by the line of the ridge dividing the waters which flow towards lake Nyassa "from the tributary waters of the Zambesi, until it rejoins the line of the water-parting between the Zambesi and the Congo.
this point the line of demarcation will follow the
It
is
expressly understood that in extending to this eastern zone
the principle of commercial freedom, the Pov/ers lepresented at the
Conference bind only themselves, and that the principle will apply
some independent and sovereign it. The Powers agree to employ their good offices among the cslablished Governments on the African coast of tlie Indian Ocean, to obtain such consent and in any case to ensure the most favourable conditions to all nations. to territories actually belonging to
state only so far as that state consents to
Articlk All
flags,
II.
without distinction of nationality,
shall
have free
access to all the coast of the territories above enumeiated, to the
APPENDIX. rivers wliicli therein flow to the sea to all the waters of the
and
445 Congo
the lakes, to all the canals that in the
its affluents, includinjj;
may
be cut with the object of uniting the watercourses or in the whole extent of the teriitories described comprised the lakes They can undertake all kinds of transport, and in Article I.
future
engage in maritime and fluvial coas'ing, as well as river navigation, on the same footing as the natives.
Article III.
Goods from every source imported into these territories under any flag whatsoever, either by way of the sea, the rivers, or the land, shall pay no taxes except such as are an equitable compensation for the necessaiy expenses of the trade, and which can meet with equal support from the natives and from foreigners of every nationality.
All differential treatment
is
forbidden both with regard to ships
and goods. Article IV.
Goods imported
into these territories will remain free
of all
charges for entry and tiansit.
The powers reserve to themselves, imtil the end of a period of twenty years, the right of deciding if freedom of entry shall be maintained or not. Article V.
Every Power which exercises or in the
territories
will exercise sovereign rights
above-mentioned, cannot therein concede any
monopoly or privilege of any
sort in
commercial matters.
Foreigners shall therein indiscriminately enjoy the same treat-
ment and rights as the natives in the protection of their persons and goods, in the acquisition and transmission of their property, moveable and immovable, and in the exercise of their professions.
Article YI. Provisions Belative to the Protection of the Natives, to Missionaries
and
Travellers,
and
to
Bellgious Liberty.
All the Powers exercising sovereign rights, or having influence in the said territories, undertake to
watch over the preservation of
the native races, and the amelioration of the moral and material
1885.
APPENDIX.
446 1885. 26
t'eb.
Berlin
conditions of their existence, and to co-operate in the suppression of slavery, and above all of the slave trade
they will protect and
;
encourage, without distinction of nationality or creed,
all institu-
tions and enterprises, religious, scientific, or charitable, established
and organised for these objects or tending to educate the natives, and lead them to understand and appreciate the advantages of civilisation.
Christian missionaries, escorts
and
collections,
men
of science,
and their
explorers,
be equally the object of
to
sj^ecial
pro-
tection.
Liberty of conscience and religious
guaranteed
to
foreigners.
The
the natives
as
tolertition
well as to the
are
expressly
inhabitants and
and public exercise of every creed, the right and to organise missions belonging to be subject to no restriction or impediment what-
free
to erect religions buildings
every creed, shall soever.
Article VII. Postal Arrangements.
The Convention
of the Postal Union revised at Paris on the 1st
of June, 1878, shall apply to the said basin of tbe Congo.
The
PoAvers which there
exercise or will
exercise
rights of
sovereignty or protectorate, undertake, as soon as circumstances permit, to introduce the necessary measures to give etlect to the
above resolution. Article VIII. Hiijht of Surveillance conferred on the International Commission for the
Navigation of the Congo.
In all parts of the territory embraced in the present Declaration, where no Power shall exercise the rights of sovereignty or protectorate, the International Commission for the navigation of the Congo, constituted
in
accordance with Article XVII., shall bo
entrusted with the surveillance of the application of the principles declared and establisheil in this Declaration.
In
all cases of difficulties arising relative to
the ajiplication of
the j>rinciplcs cstablislicd by the present Declaration, the (Jovornnients interested shall agree to appeal to
International Commission, leaving to
which have given
it
tlie
good
ofllices
of the
the examination of the facte
rise to the difficulties.
APPENDIX.
CHAPTER
4A1
1885. Feb. 2d
II.
DECLARATION CONCERNING THE SLAVE TRADE.
Berlin.
Article IX.
In conformity with the principles of the right of nations as recognised by the signatory Powers, the slave trade being forbidden, and operations which on hind or sea snpply shives for the trade being equally held to be forbidden, the Powers which exercise or will exercise lights of sovereignty or influence in the territories
forming the basin of the Congo declare that these territories shall serve neither for tlie place of sale nor the way of trani-it for the traffic in slaves of
any race whatsoeA'er. Each of the Powers underit can to put an end to the trade
takes to employ every means that
and
to
punish those who engage in
it.
CHAPTER
III.
DECLAR.\TI0N RELATIVE TO THE NEUTRALITY OF THE TERRITORIES
COMPRISED IN THE SAID BASIN OF THE CONGO.
Article X.
In order to give a new guarantee of security for commerce and industry, and to encourage by the maintenance of peace the development of civilisation in the countries mentioned in Article I.
and placed under the system of free trade, the High Parties signathe present Act, and those who will accept the same, hereby
tory- to
undertake to respect the neutrality of the territories, or parts of the territories dependent on the said countries, comprising therein the territorial waters, for so long as the Powers which exercise, or will exercise, the rights of soveieignty or protectorate over the teriitories, avail
and
fiilfil
themselves of the right to proclaim them neutral
the duties that neutrality implies.
Article XI. In cases where a Power exercising rights of sovereignty or protectorate in the countries
mentioned in Article
I.
and
i)laced
under
the system of free trade shall be involved in war, the High Parties signatory to the present Act and those liereby engage to use their
good
who
offices so
v\ill
accept the same
that the teriitories be-
longing to that Power, and comprised within the said boundaries
where
free trade exists, shall,
by the mutual consent of that Power
•
APPENDIX.
448 1885.
and of the
otlier or others of
Feb. 2b. j^g^^^j.^l foj.
Berlin.
gg long as the
a non-belligerent state
;
the belligerent parties, be held to be
war
lasts,
and considered as belonging to
the belligerent parties will then abstain
from extending hostilities into such neutralised tenitories as well as from using them as a base for operations of war.
Article XII. In the event of a serious disagreement originating on the subject, or arising within the limits of the territories mentioned in I., and placed under the sj'stem of fi*eedom of trade, between Powers signatory to the present Act or Powers accepting the s^ame, these Powers undertake before appealing to arms to have recourse
Article
to the mediation of one or seveial of the friendly Powers.
Under
the said circumstances the said
Power reserve
to
them-
selves the option of proceeding to arbitration.
CHAPTER
IV.
ACT OF THE NAVIGATION OF THE CONGO.
Article XIII.
The navigation
of the Congo, without any exception of
branches or issues of the river, chant shipping of
all
is
to
remain entirely free
for
any mer-
nations in cargo or ballast, for the carriage of
goods or the carriage of passengers. It shall be in accordance with the provisions of tiie present Act of navigation or of the regulations established in execution of the said Act.
In the exercise of that navigation the subjects and flags of
all
nations shall under all circumstances be treated on a footing of tiie direct navigation from the open sea towards the interior ports of the Congo, and vice versa, as for grand and petty coasting and boat and river work all along the
absolute equality as well as regards
river.
Consequently, throughout the Congo's course and mouths, no
made between the subjects of the river-side and those not bordering on the river, and no exclusive privilege of navigatioTi shall be granted cither to societies or corpotadistinction shall be
States
tions or individuals.
These provisions are recognised by the signatory Powers as henceforth forming part of public international law.
APPENDIX.
449
Article XIV.
The navigation
Congo shall not be subjected to any which are not expressly stipulated for in the present Act. It shall not be burdened with any duties for harbourage, stoppages, depots, breaking bulk, or putting in through of the
restiaints or imposts
stress of weather.
Throughout the length of the Congo ships and merchandise passing along the stream shall be subject to no transit dues, no matter what may be their origin or destination.
There shall not be established any tolls, marine or river, based on the fact of navigation alone, nor shall any duty be imposed on the merchandise on board the vessels. Such ta,\es and duties only shall be levied as are of the character of lemuneration for services
rendered to the said tiavigation. 1.
Taxes of the pnrt
loi-
That
is to
say
:
the actual use of certain local establish-
ments, such as wharves, wai'ehouses, &c.
The
tariff of
such taxes to be calculated on the expenses
of construction and su})port of the said local establishments,
and in
its
application to be independent
and their cargo. Pilotage dues on sections of the
ol
the origin of the
vessels
2.
rivt-r,
or
where
it
appears
necessary to establish stations of certificated pilots.
The
of these dues to be fixed and propoitionate to
tariff
the services rendered. 3.
in respect of the technical and administrative expenses, imposed in the general interest of the navigation, and com-
Dues
prising lighthouse, beacon, and buoyage dues.
Dues of the
last description to
be based on the tonnage of
the ships according to the papers on board, and to be con-
formable to the regulations in force on the Lower Daijube.
The
tariffs of the taxes and dues mentioned in the three preceding paragraphs are not to admit of any differential treatment, and are to be officially published in each port. The Powers reserve to themselves the right at the end of five
by mutual agreement,
years,
tariffs in case thej'^
to inquire into the
Article
The
above-mentioned
require revision.
affluents of the
XV.
Congo shall under
all
circumstances be
subject to the same regulations as the river of which they are ihe tributaries.
YoL. II.— 29
i885. ^^^-
^t^-
^eili"-
APPENDIX.
•150
1885. Feb. 26. ^''^'°-
The |.j^g
t^ame regulations shall apply to the lakes and canals as to
rivers
and streams in the
territories defined in
Article
I.,
paragraphs 2 and 3. Nevertheless the powers of the International Commission of the Congo shall not extend over the said rivers, lakes, and canals, unless with the assent of the States under whose sovereignty they are placed.
It is also
understood that for the territories mentioned
in Article I, paragraph 3, the consent of the sovereign States on
whom
these territories are dependent remains reserved.
Article
The
XV J.
roads, railways, or lateral canals which shall be establishtd
supplementing the innavigability or imperwater-way in certain sections of the Congo, of its affluents and other watercourses held to be like unto them by Article XY., shall be considered in their capacity as means of communication as dependencies of the river, and shall be likewise for the special object of
fections of the
to the traffic of all nations.
open
And
on the river there shall be levied on these roads, railways, on the expenses of construction, and on the profits due to the administration, and maintenance,
and
as
canals, only tolls calculated
promoters.
In the assessment of these
tolls foreigners
and the inhabitantb
of the respective territories shall be treated on a footing of perfect equality.
Article XVII.
An
International Commission
is
instituted appointed to ensure
the execution of the provisions of the present Act of Navigation. The Powers signatory to this Act, as well as those who after-
wards accept
it,
shall at all times be represented
mission each by a delegate.
No
on the said Com-
delegate shall have more than one
vote even in the event of his representing several Governments.
This delegate shall be paid by his own Government direct. The salaries and allowances of the agents and servants of the International Commission shall be charged on the proceeds of the dues levied conformably to Article XIV., ])aragraphs 2 and
:!.
and allowances as well as the number, position, and Huties of the agents and servants shall appear in the account lendered each year to the Governments represented
The amounts
of the said salaries
on the International Commission.
APPENDIX.
451
Article XVIII.
The members
of the International Commus.si(m, as well as the
agents nominated by them,
ai'e
invested with the privilege of in-
The same guarantee and archives of the Cora-
vioUibility in the exercise of their functions. shall extend to the offices, premises,
mission.
Article XIX.
The
International Commission for the navigation of the
Congo Powers of the have nominated their delegates. Pend-
shall be constituted as sooti as five of the signatory
present General Act shall
ing the constitution of the Commission, the nomination of the delegates shall be notified to the Government of the German
Empire, by whom the necessary steps will be taken to manage the meeting of the Commission. The Commission will draw up without delay the arrangements for the naAHgation, river police, pilotage, and quarantine. These regulations as well as the tarifis instituted by the Commission, before being put in force, shall be submitted to the approbation of the Powers represented on the Commission.
Powers interested
shall declare their opinion therein
'J'he
with the
least possible delay.
Ofiences against these regulations shall be dealt wiih by the agents of the Inteinational Ctimmitision, wheie it exercises its authority direct, and in other places by the riverside Power. In case of abuse of power or injustice on the part of an agent or
servant of the International Commission, the individual consider-
ing himself injured on his person or his rights, shall apply to tlie Consular agent of his nation. He will enquire into his comjilaint, \^ prima facie
he finds
to the Commission.
by three or fewer of
reasonable, he shall be entitled to report
it
On its
it
Commission represented join with him in an enquiry
Ids initiative, the
members
shall
touching the conduct of its agent or servant. If the Consular agent considers the decision of the Commission as objectionable in law, he shall report to the Govei-nment,
who
shall refer to the
Powers represented on the Commission, and invite them
to agree
as to the instructions to be given to the Commission.
Article
The International Commission
XX. of the
Congo entrusted under
the terms of Article XVII., with ensuring the execution of the
i885. ^^^'-
''^^•
^'^''''"'
APPENDIX.
452 1885. Feb. 26.
Berlin.
present Act of Navigation shall
.-specially
devote
attention
its
to— r^-^^
indication of such works as are necessary for ensuring
-|^_
the navigability of the Congo, in accordance with the requirements of international trade.
where no Power exercises rights of sovereignty, the International Commission shall itself take the
On
sections of the river
measures necessary for ensuring the navigability of the stream. On sections of the river occupied by a sovereign Power, the International Commission shall arrange with the riversiile auhority.
The
2.
fixing of the tariff for pilotage
and of the general tarilf and third paragraphs
of navigation dues, provided for in the second
of Article
XIV.
mentioned in the first paragraph of Article XIV. shall be settled by the territorial authority within the limits piovided
The
tariffs
for in that Article.
The
collection of these dues shall be
under the care of the
inter-
national or territorial authority, on whose account they have been established.
The administration
3.
of the revenues accruing from the appli-
cation of the foregoing paragraph
The
4.
2.
surveillance of the quarantine establishment ins'ituted
in compliance with Article XXIV. 5. The nomination of agents for the general service of the navi-
own particular servants. The appointment of sub-inspectors shall belong to authority over sections occupied by a Power, and gation and its
the tenitorial to
tbe Inter-
national Commission over the other seciions of the river.
The
riverside
Power
the nomination of
and
this
Power
its
shall
Commission have appointed,
will notify to the International
sub-inspectors which
pay their
it
shall
salaries.
In the exercise of its duties as defined and limited above, the International Commission shall not be subject to the territorial authority.
Article XXI.
In the execution of its task, the International Comtnission shall have recourse in case of need to the vessels of war belonging to the signatory Powers of this Act, and to those which in the future it, if not in contravention of the instructions which have been given to the commanders of those vessels by their respective Governments.
shall accept
shall
APPENDIX.
Article
XXI
453
T.
The vessels of war of the Powers signatory to the present Act which enter the Congo are exempt from the payment of the navigation dues provided for in paragraph 3 of Article XIV. but they shall pay the contingent pilotage dues as well as the harbour ;
dues, unless their intervention has been
national Commission or
its
demanded by the Interagents under the terms of the precedino-
Article.
Article XXIII.
With
the object of meeting the technical and
expenses which
may have
it
to incur, the
XVIL, may
mission, instituted under Article
administrative
International in its
Com-
own name
issue
loans secured on the revenues assigned to the said Commission, The resolutions of tlie Commission regaiding the issue of a loan
must be carried by a majority of two-thirds of its votes. It is undei stood that the Governments represented on the Commission shall not, in any case, be considered as assuming any guarantee nor contracting any engagement or joint responsibility with regard to the said loans, unless special tieaties are concluded
amongst them
to that effect.
The proceeds
of the dues specified in the third paragraph of
Article XIV., shall be in the
place set aside for
first
tiie
payment of
and the amortisation of the said loans, in accordance with the agreements entered into with the lenders. interest
Article
At the mouths of the Congo
XXIV.
there shall be founded, either at the by the intervention of the
initiation of the riverside Powers, or
International Commission, a quarantine establishment, which shall exercise control over the V( ssels entering It shall be decided later
what conditions sanitary
and departing. on by the Powers, if any, and under
control shall be exercised over vessels
navigating the river.
Article
XXV.
The
provisions of the present Act of Navigation shall remain in force during times of war. Consequently, the navigation of all nations, neutral
and
belligerent, shall at all times be free for the
purposes of trade on the Congo,
its
branches,
its aflSuents,
and
its
1885. ^''^' ^^'
^^^^^°-
APPENDIX.
454 1885. ^^^''-^Berlin.
mouths, as well as on the territorial waters fronting the mouths of the river. rpj^^
likewise remain free, notwithstanding the state roads, its railways, its lakes, and its canals as men-
traffic shall
of war, on
its
XV. and XVI.
tioned in Articles
excepiion to this principle shall be in cases in connection with the transport of articles intended for a belligerent, and held in accordance with the law of nations to be contraband of wa-r.
The only
All the woiks and establishments instituted in execution of the present Act, particularly the offices of collection and their funds the same as the staif permanently attached to the service of such establishments, shall be treated as neutral,
and protected by
and
shall be respected
the belligerents.
CHAPTER
V.
THE ACT OF NAVIGATION OF IHE NIGER. Article
The navigation branches or issues,
chant vessels of
XXVI.
of the Niger, without is
and
all nations, in
or convej'ing passengers.
excepting any of the
shall continue completely free for mer-
cargo or ballast, conveying goods
It shall be
conducted in accordance with
the provisions of the present Act of Navigation, and with the
regulations established in execution of the same Act.
In the exercise of thit navigation, the subjects and flag of every all circumstances on a footing of
nation shall be treated under
perfect equality, as well as in the direct navigation from the open
sea to the interior ports of the Niger, and vice versa, as for grand
and petty-coasting, and in boat and riverwork throughout
its
course.
Consequently throughout the length and mouths of the Niger there shall be no distinction between the subjects of the riverside
and those of states not bordering on the river, and there no exclusive privilege of navigation to any society or corporation or any individual. These provisions are recognised by the signatory Powers as henceforth forming part of public international law. states
shall be conceded
Ariicle
The navigation
XXVII.
of the Niger shall not be subjected to any obstacle, nor duty based only on the fact of the navigation.
APPENDIX. It
shall
jiot
455
be subject to any duties for harbourage, stop-
1885.
pages, depots, breaking bulk, or putting into port through stress of
^^^-
weather.
Berlin.
Throughout the length
Niger vessels and goods passing tran-;it dues, whatso-
of the
along the stream shall not be subject to any ever may be their origin or destination.
There shall be established no sea nor river toll based on the sole any duty on the goods which happen to be on board the ships only such taxes and dues shall be levied as fact of navigation, nor ;
payment
are of the nature of a
The
navigation.
for services
rendered to the said
of these taxes or dues shall admit of no
tariffs
diflerential treatment.
•
Article
XXVIII.
The aflfiuents of the Niger shall in every respect be subject to the same regulations as the river of which they are the tributaries. Article
XXIX.
Eoads, railways, or lateral canals, which shall be established with the special object of supplementing the innavigability or other imperfections of the waterway, in certain sections of the course of the Niger,
its affluents, its
branches, and
its issues, shall
be considered in their capacity of means of communication as dependencies of the river, and shall be similarly open to the traflSc of all nations.
As on the
river there shall be levied on the roads, railways, and
canals, only such tolls as are calculated
struction, maintenance,
on the expenses of conand administration, and on the profits due
to the promoters.
In the assessment of these
tolls,
foreigners and the inhabitants
of the respective territories shall be treated on a footing of perfect equality.
Article
XXX.
Great Britain undertakes to apply the principles of freedom of navigation enunciated in Articles to so
and
much
issues, as are or shall
The
XXVI., XXVII., XXVIII., XXIX.,
of the waters of the Niger and
its affluents,
branches,
be under her sovereignty or protectorate.
regulations she will
draw up
for the safety
the navigation shall be designed to facilitate as the passage of merchant shipping.
and control of
much
as possible
-*'•
APPENDIX.
456 1885. Feb. 2G. Berlin.
It is understood that glials
nothing in the engagements thus accepted
be interpreted as hindering likely or to hinder Great Britain
from making any regulations whatever as to the navigation which not be contrary to the spirit of such engagements.
sliall
Great Biitain undei takes to protect foreign
trader.^ of
every
nation engaged in commerce in tbose parts of the course of the
Niger which are or ishall be under her sovereignty or protectorate, as if they were her own subjects, pi ovided that such traders conform to the regulations which are or shall be established in accoidance with the foregoing.
Article
XXXI.
France accepts under the same reservations and in identical terms the obligations set forth in the preceding Article, so iar as they apply to the waters of the Niger, its affluents, branches, and issues, which are or shall be under her sovereignty or protectorate.
Article
XXXII.
Each of the other signatory Powers similarly undertake that they will similarly act in such cases as they exercise or may hereany part of
after exercise rights of sovereignty or protectorate in
the Niger,
branches, or issues.
its affluents,
Article
The
XXXIII.
provisions of the present Act of Navigation shall remain in
force during times of war.
Consequently the navigation of
all
nations, neutral or belligerent, shall at all times be free for the
purposes of trade on the Niger,
and issues, as well as on the and issues of the river
The
traffic
state of V7ar,
Article
shall
on
its
its
branches and affluents,
territorial
likewise
its
mouths
waters fronting the mouths
remain free notwithstanding the and canals mentioned in
roads, its railways,
XXIX.
The only exception
to this principle shall be in cases in con-
nection with the transport of articles intended for a belligerent
and
held, in accordance
of war.
with the law of nations, to be contraband
APPENDIX.
CHAPTER
457
VI.
DECLARATION RELATIVE TO THE ESSENTIAL CONDITIONS FOR NEW ANNEXATIONS ON THE AFRICAN CONTINENT TO BE CONSIDERED EFFECTIVE.
XXXIV.
Article
The Power which in future takes possession of a territory on the coasts of the African continent situated outside its actual possession, or which, having none there, has first acquired them, and the Power whicli assumes a protectorate, shall accompany either act by a notification addressed to the other Powers signatory to the present Act, so as to enable them to protest against the same if there exist any grounds for their doing so.
Article
The Powers signatory
XXXV.
to the present
Act recognise the obliga-
tion to ensure in the territories occupied
by them on the coasts of the African continent, the existence of an adequate authority to enforce respect for acquired rights, and for freedom of trade and transit
wherever stipulated.
CHAPTER
VII.
GENERAL PROVISIONS. Article
The Powers signatory
XXXVI.
the present general Act reserve to themselves the right of eventually, by mutual agreement, introto
ducing therein modifications or improvements the utility of which has been shown by experience.
Article
XXXVII.
The Powers who may not have signed the present Act shall accept its provisions by a separate Act. The adhesion of each Power shall be notified in the usual diplomatic manner to the Government of the German Empire, and by it and adherent States. imply the full right of acceptance of
to those of all the signatory
The adhesion obligations,
shall
and admission
the present general Act.
all
the
to all the advantages stipulated for in
1885. ^^^-
^*^-
^*^^''"-
APPENDIX.
458
XXXVIII.
Article
general Act shall be aatified with as short a delayand in no case shall that delay exceed a year. come into force for each Power on the date of its ratifi-
The present
1885. Beb. 26.
as possible,
Berlin.
It i-hall
by that Power. Meanwhile the Powers signatory to the present Act bind themselves to adopt no measure that shall be contrary to the provisions cation
of the said Act.
shall send its ratification to the Government of the which nndeitakes to ratily the same to all the Empire, German signatory Powers of the present general Act. The ratifications of all the Powers shall remain deposited in the
Power
Eacli
Government of the German Empire. When
archives of the
all
the
have been produced, a deed of deposit shall be drawn up in a protocol which shall be signed by the Eepresentatives of all the Powers that have taken part in the Beilin Conferratifications shall
and of
ence,
a certified copy shall be sent to each of
it
all
those
Powers.
In consideration of which, the respective Plenipotentiaries have signed the present general Act and hereto affixed their seals. Done at Berlin, the twenty- sixth day of the month of February,
one thousand
eiglit
hundred and
eightv-five.
from Banana Point to Stanley Falls.
DISTANCE AND TIME-TABLE
tauce in Knglisb
UpM.
H.
From Banana
I'oint at the,
Boijia to
Mussuko
NokW
Mussuko
to
Nokki
Vivi
Vivi
to
.
l>
3 45!f
.
.
.
.
.
.
1
235
Mswata
94
9
.
Station
I
....
Kwamouth
2 30
Bolobo to Ungende Ciimp
.
.
1
.
Lukolcla Station Station
De-
serted Village
.
.
.
Ngomb(i Station
.
.
.
Equati;r Station
1
121 .
Onrriid forward
.
.
• •
..
"tto"
•
•
• • I
• •
or
208
Upoto Station .
.
.
••
.
"
|
••
Ci'mp Uiunda
15
10 10 45
243 45
Camp Gimp Camp Camp
1 1
10 10 10 10 10 10
I
I
•• !
•
.... .
.
^^
I
"
•
!
6 45
Camp
• •
122 I
Busaka Barun Basoko Ciimp
10
Usindi Irebu
10 10
!
Camp Camp Camp Camp Camp Camp
Yambiingu
5
(J
7
Bangala Station.Central Iboko
Old Yahilima
7
.
H. u.
243 45 10
.
.
lower Yambinga
10 10
to
Camp
Camp 30
8
.
Camp
''70
.
Camp Camp
Rubnnga, 10 10
Bolobo Station
quator Station to Uraiiga
>ew Kubunga
I
Camp Camp
Luknlela
V14
Sta-i
tion
"
.
Bolombo 94 10 10
to
I
]
Kimpoko
Camp Camp Mswata
15
'
110
to Leopoldville, over-t
land Leopoldville to
Brought forward
3 30
sea to Ponta da Lenha. Ponta da Lenha to boma
Lown.
Up.
Miles.
'
• •
8 10 6 25 3 50 8 10 8 15
14
5
<
17
8 8
I
'.^ '"^
I
• ]
"
I
••
" at
4 20 2 30
mouth ofCbofu
Stanley Falls Station '!otal
.
. .
142
7 15 10 10 10 10 CI 10 45 5 15
1413 486
264 15
INDEX. Abed bin
Afrikaansclie Handels-Verceniging,
Salem, slave trader, ii. 144 Aborigines, study of tlie, i. 313, 314 ideas of barter among, i. 463 Accident to Lieut. Braconnier, i. 316
Accidents few,
i.
226
Accusation, unjust, against tbe expedition at Mali ma, i. 299 Actes de Navigation, ii. 396, 307 Adage, error of an old, i. 198 Adamoli, Signor, i. 35
Adansonia,
i.
355
Aden, 51 Advice for the
;
ii.
354
i.
to health,
ii.
tropics,
ii.
323
;
inattention
320, 321
climate wrongly abused, i. 66 crossing, i. 59 climate of, ii. 281 Europeans in, ii. 238 past isolation of equatorial, ii. 372 reclaimable, ii. 373 stations on the east coast, i. 35, 36 abuse of, 252 ii. unjust
Africa,
;
;
;
;
African and European
life,
Association Ints-rnational, expedition of, i. 39
ii.
259
fiist
absurd grandeur of, i. 291, 305 climate, abuse of, ii. 284. 298 dialects not understood among the chiefs,
•
•
196 gardens, what 258
staff,
i.
may be grown
hill scenes, loneliness of,
i.
in,
ii.
95
ii. International Association, i. 38 its foundation, i. 33 life, delusions regarding, ii. 241, 242 life, conditions of enjoyment of, ii. 248;
363
;
;
250 produce ii. 368, 369
:
table of value in Liverpool,
society, the
German,
sunshine,
94,
i.
ii.
387
Trading Company oi"
:
see
Afrikaansche
acting in unison,
ii. 87 Afrikaansche Handels-Venootschap, 38, 51, 72, 450
;
401
;
ii.
9
Ambrizette River,
Ambush
29,
H
17 58 51, 56 ii.
Amelot, Mnns., ii. America, i. 28 Amomum, ii. 358 "Amour-propre^' on 276
the Congo,
ii.
240,
Anchorage at Banana Point, i. 64 Anglo- Portuguese treaty, ii. 381-384 Governor?-General of, i. Angola, i. 14 453 boundaries of, i. 455 Animal life, i. 176 Animals, domestic, i. 394 Anderson, Captain, i. 239, 258, 264, 268, his services, ii. 52, 264 284, 478, 481 256, 257 Mr. (English Foreign Office), ii. 395 Ankoli, a guide, i. 415, 421, 424, 425, 429. 433, 441 Antelope, i. 176, 509 skins, ii. 354 Anzichana, literally people of the interior, i. 3 ;
;
;
;
i.
i.
i.
at BoIoIjo,
;
95
Handels-Vereeuiging. Africans, incapable
;
270, 271 Alliances, difficulty of forming, i. 388 Aloes, ii. 354 Amazon Kiver, i. 86 comparison to the, L
Ambacca, i. 454. Ambussi capital of Congo-land, Ambeze, see Ambassi
238, 239
ii.
i. 29; conveyance and accommodation, i. 35; 38, 51", 72, 156 Agricultural prospects, i. 158, 391, 393, 412, 414 Ague, ii. 328 "A. L A." steam launch, i. 477, 484, 501 ii. 57, 59, 116 Ajakkas invade Congo, i. 11, 12 Albert Mount (Camemons), ii. 231 Albion, the ss., i. 28, 38, 39, 49, 57, 63, 61, 67, 79, 83, 88, 91, 103-105, 107, 108 Alfonso. King, i. 35 Alima Kiver, i. 233 Allard, Dr., i. 202, 228 his services, ii.
otters free
;
INDEX.
460
Aiizichi, liter.iUy " Inland," i. 3 camp uf slaves, ii. 145 character-
Arabs.
—
istics,
;
4U
i.
;
dhows, employment
of,
i.
incidents of slave-trading, ii. 169 cunning of, slave-traders, ii. 124, 133 ii. 154; on the Congo, ii. 139; overtaken, i'. 142 stations to be avoided, i. 40; trailing communities, ii. 360, 363
48
;
;
;
;
Arabs takeu down
river, ii. 168 Arachis hypogea, ii. 353 rivers, ii. 348 by naviArea drained by gable water, ii. 3G6 Ariel, H.M.S. i. 86 (note) Arniament of an expedition, i. 47 ;
Armed
Ngalyema,
followers of
365 Armlets,
i.
i.
362, 363,
428
Arntz, Professor, on treaties, ii. 380 "Artful dodgers," ii. 246, 247 Artliington mission, i. 496 Articles for barter and trade, i. 156, 157 included in the stores, i. 285 Aruwimi Kiver, ii. 115 Assistant chief, qualifications of an, i. 466 Assistants, disappointing, ii. 244-246; successful, ii 245 "Association International du Congo," its sovereignty ceded to objects, i. 51, 52 the, ii. 225 Austro-Hungarian committee, i. 36 Avarice of aborigines, i. 46 Axle tree, a rotten, i. 316 ;
Ba-bangi tribe, the, Babari tribe, i. 506
Babwende
i.
295
133, 134, 137
ii.
Bakanga
ii. 38 Samuel, ii. 358 Bakonde tribe, ii. 360 Bakongo, i. 137, 148, 220 ii. 209; traders, jealousy of, i. 309 ivory traders, i. 321 Baknos tribe, ii. 360 Bakumira, ii. 345 Bakumu tribe, ii. 360 Balegga tribe, ii. 360 Balluy, M., i. 231 ii. 185, 395 Balui, ii. 43 pirates, ii. 68, 69, 70 river, ii. 70, 345 Balunda tribe, ii. 360 Biinjarungu tribe, ii. 360 Bambarri', i. 43 Bamtumu or Wambundu, i. 323 Bamu Island, i. 389, H95, 396, 505 Banana, i. 75, 76, 79, 81, 83, 87, 92 ii. 310, 319, 320, 310
Baker,
ii.
228,
garden,
a,
i.
500
groves, i. 432, 518; ii. 99, 1.36, 193 Point, i. 29, 31,59, 62-64, 71, 91, 105, 108, 14y Bananas, ii. 24G, 357 Bantunu tribe, i. 406, 505 Bangala. tribe, ii. 21, 24, 25, 44, 56, 76, 79,
80-83, 85, 172 justice, ii. 176 ii. 340; lake, ii. 358, 359 also Lake Beraba. Bankruptcy of Congo merchants, i. 50 Bankwa of Kinshassa, i. 375 Banning, Mons., ii. 394 Banquet at Vivi, i. 153, 154 ;
Bangweolo,
see
:
•
Banunu tribe, i. 518 Banyema tribe, ii. 360 Banza, a village, i. 161 Chibweta, i. 165; Kimpuiizu, i. 162, 163; Kinle'le', i. 165; Kulu, i. 135, 161, 163, 165; ii. 215; Lungu, i. 161, 162, 165; Manteka, ii. 214, 299, 303; Mbuba, ii. 207; Mgangila, i. 165; Nkosi, ii. 215; Sombo, i. 161, 163; Uvana, i. It.l, 162, 165, 197, 198, 199; Vivi, i. 129, 133 Baobab.--, i. 355, 504 ii. 5 Baptist missionaries, i. 225 missions, i. 496; at San Salvador, i. 13; Missionary ;
;
;
Society, the,
13; school, native children at
i.
208
ii.
Barga,
ss.
Barrack
i.
;
ders,
77, 85, 109, 116;
i.
282, 468
i.
29,
67
B.irgaining in Cungo-land, i. 137 Barometer variations, ii. 331
30 Bacillus Malarix, ii. 319 " Bad spirits in the woods," i. 223, 224 Bagamoyo, i. 40, 45, 48 Bagt-nyu tribe, ii. 360 Baggage of Europeans, i. 285 Bahamba tribe, ii. 170 villages, ii. 113 Bahunga tribe, ii. 122, 151, 170; marauterritory,
Banana Creek,
tribt',
ISir
;
;
;
;
;
;
ami Congo
265 463 and trade, articles for African, i. 156, 157 Bartering, i. 374, 383, 384, 444, 500 ii. 15, 16, 83 Barth, Dr., the explorer, ii. 385
Barter
life
life, ii.
among aborigines,
i.
;
;
description of the Shari River,
Barua
tribe,
Barumba
ii.
tribe,
360 ii.
;
villages,
ii.
ii.
131
113
170
Basaka fishing hamlets, ii. 113 Basazza people, i. 429 Busoko or Busongo, ii. 115, 119; 356 Basokos, a fine people, Hasongo see Basoko.
ii.
spears,
ii.
123
:
Bastian, Dr., the German traveller, i. 13, 34; ii. 387 Basundi, i. 73 Baswa Falls, ii. 359; fishermen, ii. 134 Bateke, i. 73, 137, 148, 513; ii. 28; tribe, i. 295, 407 ivory traders, i. 294 sign of " not guiltv," i. 373 ivory trade of the, i. 384 Baths, advice about, ii. 326, 329 Batuki tribe, ii. 38, 43, 71 ;
;
;
Bavrnnga, ii. 345 Bayneston, i. 253; ii. 298; 255 Bays of Lake Leopold, i. 437
hill,
i.
254,
461
-INDEX. Bazombo
traders, jealousy of,
321 Beads as currency, traders,
i.
309
ivory
;
i.
ii.
101, 102 de, i. 35
ii.
296 242, 282, 294, 295
ii.
of
;
Mantu,
i.
burning of, ii. 56 in arms, second burning of, ii. 183 Bolombo, ii. 79
57, 58
ii.
Boma,
i. 30, 31, 74, 86-89, 91-93, 96, 102, 103, 105, 109, 113. 116, 132, 133, 143-145, ii. 287, 298, 310, 319, 156, 168, 171, 513 341 a zareeba, i. 46; its history, i. 96protectorate at, ii. 225; s-anatorium 101 at, ii. 228; hospital at, ii. 271 ;
;
354 Beeswax, Behaini, Martin de, tiie explorer, i. 1 Belgarde, the Abhe, i. 16 Belgian officers, i. 239; military officers, colony, Congo-land not a, i. 54 ii. 259 enterprise, ii. 388 Belgique, La, ss., i. 68, 83, 91, 103, 104, ii.
;
107, 121.
145, 149, 152, 196, 208,
144,
469 145 tne first to establish a national committee, i. 33; foimatioii ot its International Committee, i. 34, 35
Beliiiqus Creek,
Belgium,
i.
i.
26, 28
Bemba, Lake,
i.
;
River,
i.
;
Bombax, ii. 5, 30 Bondeh village, ii. 126 Bonny River, ii. 234 Borneo,
379
ii.
Bossi missionary station,
ii. 185 Boundaries of Congo Free State, of territories, ii. 400, 401
Braconnicr, Lieut.,
ii.
401
243, 253, 258, 273,
i.
276,279,286,316 Brandy, ii. 252, 254 Brass
collars,
297, 428
i.
rods as currency,
8
Benevolence, a valuable virtue,
Bengo
;
;
243, 357 Bed of tlie Coiiso, survey of the, i. 402 " Beef and beer," Burton's advice, ii. 294,
Beer, 512
;
;
Beamout, M. Bouthchier Beans,
i. 521 assembly of chiefs, i. 528 centre of ivory trade, ii. 2 frugal chiefs at, ii. 2; departure of a flotilla from, ii. 3;
ii.
166
454
Benguella, i. 456 Benin, Biglit of, ii. 231 river, ii. 234 Bentley, Mr., i. 250 Benzani Congo, a chief, i. 130, 161 Bere, another name for Welle River Beri Mount, ii. 211 Berlin Congo Conference, ii. 391-403 Beverage wanted, a, ii. 323 Biaugala, i. 518; ii. 57 Bin Kassim, Sultan, i. 43 Binnie, a Scotch engineer, ii. 165, 272, 427, ;
275, 276 Birds, i. 207, 417, 419, 436 ii. 6, 8 immense flocks of. ii. 17 feathers, ii. 354 Bisa plateau, ii. 361 Bismarck, Prince, ii. 384, 386, 387, 388, 389, 3'.»0, 393, 396, 399, 402, 403, 407 Biverre River, i. 70, 514 ii. 129, 130-132, 170, 349; identical with the Welle, ii. ;
;
;
;
130
524: 243
i. 294, 374, 384, 488, 22, 28, 44, 52, 62, 64, 84, 102,
ii.
Brazils,
shipment of slaves
Brazza,
Le Comte
to Ihe,
i.
Savorgiian de,
14 i.
292,
385 Bread, native, i. 431 Breadth of tiie Congo, i. 89 Bridge making, i. 226 Bridges, across the Bundi, i. 186; Bula River, i. 187 Luendu, i. 187 Lulu, i, 187; across the Nkusu, i. 154, 186; destroyed, i. 4-18; Loa, i. 201; Nkusu, 223 Lukuluzi River, i. 312 Inkissi, i. 316; Utuvu, i. 318 British Expedition of 1816 see Tuckey's 231-234;
ii.
—
;
;
;
;
:
Exiaedition. cruisers and the slave-trade,
].
451
273 Government, action of the, ii. 380 exploration, ii. 385 Bronchitis, li. 327 Brotherhood-blood see Blood-brotherliood. Broyon, Mons., i. 39, •lO Bruce, James, ii. 385 definitions of ht at, ii. 313 Brush circles, i. 356 Brussels, i. 25 meeting at the palace, 26 Conference, i. 33, 36 Buclmer, ii. 387 Buffalo, i. 395 river, i. 212 Soudi killed by a, i. 253; skins, ii. 354; and lion officers,
ii.
•
;
Bliick babies, our "fondness" for, " Blackman's ])ot," i. 101
Black's, Mr. Wm., novels, Black Point, ii. 22H
1.
299
i.
;
401
rivers, ii. 77, 359 Blandy, Mr., of Madeira, i. 153, 154 Blankets, ii. 324 Block house at Le'opoldville, i. 375, 376 Bloeme, Mr. de, i. 32, 73 ii. 395 Blood-brotiierhood, i. 30, 306, 385 ii. 23, ;
;
38, 48, 68, 79, 86, 89, 90, 104, 132, 171,
177 Blood-money, i. 525, 527 Bloodshed, reasons against, i. 523, 524 Boleko of Bangala, ii. 80, 82, 83 Bolobo, i. 102, 507, 515-519, 521; ii. 2, 4, 26, 50, 52, 288 serious disturbances at, ;
;
;
;
;
fright, ii. 51 Buffaloes, i. 176, 177, 509 ii. 8, 241 Buguku of Ubuma, i. 18; son of Gankabi, ;
i.
422
Buka
Island,
Buka'a,
i.
i.
110
315
Bula River, across the,
i.
i.
180,223, 224, 229; bridge 187
INDEX.
462
" Bula Matari " (Breaker of Rocks), i. 148, 109, 231, 382, 383 and Makoko, i. 328331 first use of the name, i. 237 recondealings with ciled to Ngalyeina, i. 313 ;
;
;
;
Ngalyema, bila,
27 28
;
;
357
i.
welcome from Go-
;
acts as peacemaker, ii. 26, Stanley, difference between, ii.
507
i.
;
and and Mata liwyki,
Bula-mbemba Bulangungu, BumVja,
ii.
Point,
ii. 89, G5, 81
i.
90
477
i.
;
;
i.
192
Bunga
Kiver, also Isanga.
camp,
;
ii.
;
227
i.
66; district,
ii.
170
:
fee
;
;
officers,
i.
11
Burns; Mr. Spencer, ii. 212, 225, 273, 274 Burnt Rocks or Montes Quemadros, i. 17 Burroughs and Welcome (London), ii. 325 Biuton^ Captain R. F., i. 102 ii. 385 Buruld River, another name for the Ikel;
,
a town, ii. 33 Burying a war, ii. 45 Busanga Island, ii. 153
;
;
527
monks
;
148 4
in Congo-land,
chronicle,
;
16
i.
Caravans at native markets, i. 282 between stations, i. 385 Caravanserai at Pallaballa, ii. 218 Cargoes of ocean steamers, i. 92 C.irter and Cadenhead, massacre of, i, 216 Cashew, the, ii. 358 Cassava, ii. 243, 357 bread, i. 374 plantations, i. 414; decomposing, ii. 81 Castle Hill at Vivi, i. 115, 117-120, 123127 ii. 257
357
Cadiz, i. 468 Cafe best for breakfast,
401
ii.
;
;
241; in the
i.
160 361
ii. ii.
i, 75, 76 of Blood-brotherhood,
ii.
24
:
see
also Blood-brotherhood.
Chambezi,
described by Livingidentical with the Congo, i. 8, 358 region, extent of, ii. 361 its character, ii. 362 Character of the natives, i. 29, 30 Cheese, ii. 324 Cliibale mountains, the, i 8 ii. 340, 361, stone,
ii.
362
ii,
340 ;
;
river, ;
;
362 ii.
321
Caillie Rene, ii. 385 Calamities at Le'opoldville,
516;
ii.
;
486, 487
5, 6,
92,
rumoured murder
;
of,
i.
14
Cambier, Lieutenant, i. 39 Cameron, ii. 3»5 Cameroons Mountains, ii. 231 Camoens' reference to the Zaire, i. 2, 103 Camp, native, i. 174 Camps, bush fences nround. i. 46 Camwood powder, i. 384 ii. 48, 356 " Candle-berry " tree, ii. 358 Cannibalism charged against the expedition, 1. 375 Cano(s price of a i. 43; wreck of a, ii. 49 ;
;
—
354
488 1, 9,
Chief, a jealous, i. 522, 533 a brutal, i. 218-220 a Herculean, ii. 85 of Stanley Falls Station, ii. 165 Chiefs. of Congo, i. 17; in an expedition, i. 48 on thu tast coast, tiie obstructive, i. 40,41,43; subsidised, i. 54; of Vivi, i. 129, 130. 142; of Nsanda, meeting of the, i. 164-170; jurisdicti.m of, i. 295; military strength of, i. 350; tn aties with, i. 473-477 power of native, i. 508, 509 of Bolobo, assembly of, i. 528; wealtii of native, ii. 2, 3; frugal, ii. 2 (native) farewell at Le'opoldville, ii. 191 forms of treaties with native, ii. 195-197, 20."), 206 (native) and districts, list of, ii. ;
i.
Calamus Indicm, Calavanga Islet, i. 115, 120, 126, 128 i.
Calcite, ii. 214 CJallewart, Mens.,
;
;
Cabo Lombo boundary,
i.
9
Ceremony
;
Cam, Diego,
i.
the,
Cemetery at LJaiana,
ii. 53 303, 304, 377, 378 i. 137, 148; ii. 1, 11, 13; ivory love of tribe, the, i. 295 sellers, i. 296
ii.
i.
Cattle,
By-yanzi,
Cabbage,
ii.
Capuchin E.\pedition,
Catfish,
Njali, the Chief, 290, 291, 292,
i.
27_
Captives taken by slavers,
expedition, i. 283 Catarrhs, ii. 327
Busch, Dr., ii. 402, 407 Bush Fences, around camps, i. 46 Butter, ii. 321 Butunu, ii. 19,21,23
grandeur,
;
Castor oil, ii. .353 Casualties during a year,
eraba, q.v.
Bwa-bwa
;
;
Bungata, ii. 32, 37 district, ii. 176 Bunsen, Dr. George Von, i. 34 Burial, custom, ii. 184 place of Tm-key's ,
;
;
;
;
101
Biindi, the, i. IGl. 179, 180 river, i. 172175, 192, 207, 213, 220, 221, 322. 403; bridge across the, i. 186 valley, i. 186 forest,
Canoes, dragging overland, i. 190 towing native, i. 416; speed attained by native, kept subm. r ed, ii. 85 at villages, ii. IH number of, ii. 109; war, ii. 114. 115; au enormous flotilla of, ii. 136, 137 standing on end, ii. 139, 141 Canoe-wrights of Wenya, ii. 160 Cao, Diego, the explorer, see Cam Caoutchouc plant, ii. 92, 97 Palmas, i. 78 S. Juan, C
;
;
;
;
;
198-204 214 i. 46 Chikwanga (Cassava-bread \ Chili pepper and tears, ii. 40 Chigoes,
i.
Chikombo,
ii.
10, 11
INDEX. Cliills,
dangers
of,
ii.
286, 287, 296, 297,
30y, 324, 327, 329
Chilungu, China, the
i.
475
374
;
256 Chronicle of the Capuchin expedition, Chroniclers, unreliability of the old, Chumbiri, i. 514, 515; ii. 5, 26 i.
i.
9
5
45 ii.
239 Clapperton, ii. 385 Clarence Cove, ii. 231 i.
487
Climate, abuse of the African, i. 66 ii. 284, 298 and conduct, ii. 220, 221 of Africa, ii. 280 of Upper Congo regions, ;
;
;
;
ii.
289
Clotli markets,
payments
ii.
in,
177 i. 193
station stores of,
284 Clothes in Africa, European old, 131 Clothing in the tropics, Coal-trade, the, i. 74
i.
65
;
ii.
i.
130,
326 i.
61. 62 ii. 322 as a beverage, ii. 322 375 shipped at Benguella, i. 456 Cognac, ii. 242, 308 dangers of the ]^)etit verre, i. 66 Cola nuts, i. 384 Cold and heat, influence of, ii. 293, 294 in ConiTO-land, ii. 314, 315 camp, i. 212 water, dangers of drinking, ii. 315, 317 winds, i. 264 ii. 298 on the river, ii. 172 Coldest spot ill the country, i. 210 " Colds," African, ii. 286 Collars of brass wire, i. 297 Coloured men and Europeans, relative numbers of, i. 285 Comber, Mr. T. J. (Baptist Missionary), i. 17, 445, 496 Comblaiiie rifles, i. 47 Comite of the Association, i. 29, 37, 38, 114, 150, 195, 225, 226,448 aims of the, i. 30, 31, 38; its resolutions and instructions. ii.
2ti
;
ii.
;
;
;
Commercial expeditions, character of, i. travellers, i. 210, 214 24, 25 Committees, national, i. 35, 36 Commonwealth of stations, i. 54 Commune, Mons del, ii. 225 Communities, ancient, i. 316 Communication between stations, i. 285 Compeigne, M. de, i. 231 ii. 385 Compensation for murder, i. 525, 527 Complaints from the stuff, i. 70, 71 Conditions of enjoyment of African life, ii. 248-250 Confederation at Leopoldville, i. 495 of natives, i. 53 ;
;
Conference at Berlin, ii. 391 Conf. rences, native fomlness for, i. 167 Congo and Central African Company, i.76, 92 Canon, ii. 210; atmosphere of the, i. 241 Free State, not a Belgian Colony, building the Free State, ii. 378 i. 54 Free State territory, ii. 365 Free State boundaries, ii. 401 Congo la Lemba, i. 179 ii. 217 hills, i. 162 Congo-land. erroneous names in, i. 3; beginning of the history of, i. 9 subdivided into dominions, i. 10; mission in, i. 11, 13, 16; Ihe slave-trade, i. 14; proper, extent and boundaries, i, 11 boundaries ;
;
;
;
the mouth of the Congo,
Cocoa as a beverage,
Coffee,
Internationale Associa259 tion du Congo, ii. 259 report to, i. 462 Commerce in the Congo basin, i. 30, 31 in ground nuts, ii. 215 free on the Congo, ii. 390, 393 i.
;
;
i.
Coa-
;
;
;
i.
Civilisation, absence of conveniences of,
Cliffy Point,
;
;
Chrit tuplierson, Albert, Danish sailor, i. 71, 107, 208, 224, 238, 239, 258, 264, 268, 275, 347, 414, 449 his services, ii. 255,
Chunyu,
26-28
meetings at Brussels, i. 26-28 i. 50 change of name, i. 51 indiscreet disclosures of the, i. 55, 56 d Etudes du Hant Congo, its formation,
i.
its objects,
ss. i. 455, 456, 460 Chinsalla, i. 139, 161; creek, i. 110; plateau, i. 127; village, i. 119, 123, 124 Chioiizo district, i. Ii5, 161, 163, 166; plateau, i. 120, 125, 126 Chofu River, ii. 153 Christianity, conversion of the Congo king to, i. 11 Christmas Day at Iboko, ii. 173; presents, i.
463
:
;
;
;
;
;
;
17; essentiality of fi-eemen for work in, i. 62 native customs not to be changed, i. 53, 54 business intercourse in, i. 53 subdivisions of power in, i. 17-19; the king of, breaks the allegiance to the Portuguese, i. 12; elders, i. 17; national flag of, i. 17; Totela, King of, i. 17 Congo liiver, i. 20, 77 altitude at Stanley beginning the ascent, i. Falls, ii. 343 79 barren of classic associations, i. 101 breadth of the, i. 89; force and soundings, i. Ill the Brussels proposals, i. 26, 27; Caraoens' reference to the, i. 103; commerce on the. i. 58; currents, i. 114, 115, 117, 249; chiefs, i. 17; proposal for negotiations witii chiefs, i. 52 Christian missions on the, i. 58 compared to other rivers, i. 401 course of the, li. 343, 344 described by a Capuchin father, i. 4 discovery of llie moutli, i. 1,9: districts ;iuil their native chiefs, lisi of, ii. 198-204; divisionsof the, ii. 340 exped'tion, i.24; i'acexploiation, how to utilise, i 24 of,
i.
;
;
;
;
;
;
;
;
;
;
;
;
;
;
INDEX.
464
Father IMeroUa's dei. 63, 64 scription of tlie. i. 4 the highway of the, historically witiiout fame, i. 102 1. 24 Islands, i. 110, 249, 515, 516; ii. 14. 30, 38, 65, 97 jottings for pilots ou the, i. 403-405 large steamers ou the, ii. 7-9 lengtti of its tributaries, length, ii. 339 Lopez's extraordinary descripii. 347 (Lower), detion of the Lower, i. 3
tories,
;
;
;
:
;
;
;
;
;
;
scription of,
i.
80
(Lower), extent
;
of, ii.
340 merchants, character of, i. 32 misthe mouth of Dionaries on the, i. 496 ;
;
;
navig^ition. i. 85, 61-63, 80, 81 no 86. 113, 114, 116; ii. 339, 340, 346 distinctive native name for the, i. 202 old names of the, i. 1, 2 Purchas's description of the, i. 4, 5 rise and fall, i. 87; ships f.)r the, ii. 367 soundings at Vivi, i. 128, 129 soundings or the river, steamers for the, ii. 367; tides on i. 402; the, i. 87 tributaries, ii. 344, 352: Tuckey's description of the, i. 5, 6; valley of the Lower, i. 62; villages, ii. 45; volume of the river, i. 86, 87, 402, 403 work on the, ii. 252 (Upper) ii, 132 formation of the first steamer on, i. 375 expedition, i. 394; expedition (1883), i. 501 trader.'?, ii. 21, 22, 23 extent of, ii. 340 basin, ii. 348 products of the region, ii. 352-3.38 the,
i.
:
;
Crocodiles, i. 209, 398, 436 ii. 2, 6, 8, 18 chased by, i. 245 their numbers, i. 262 ;
;
Isle of,
;
;
110
i.
Cross River (Calabar), ii. 232 Crudgiugton, Mr., i. 250
Cucumbers
see Vegetables. Cultivable soil, ii. 213 Currency, articles of native, 1. 193 brass rods as, i. 294, 374, 384, 488, 524; ii. :
;
22, 28, 44. 52, 62, 64, 84, 102, as,
101, 102;
ii.
Langa,
101
ii.
change
cowries as,
;
Currents of the Congo, 249
Customs
of, ii.
243 at
;
beads
Langa-
102
114, 115, 117,
i.
difficulty at Sierra
Leone,
i.
57
;
;
;
;
;
;
;
;
;
;
;
Congo
;
life v.
Barrack
life, ii.
265
basin, table of our actual knowledge political divisions of the, of the, ii. 364 development of the, ii. 374 ii. 365 ;
;
scenery, i. 92-94, 111, 112, 124126, 171-173, 175, 176, 179-184. 243247, 250, 255, 256, 258, 262, 264, 324, 325, 389-391, 3.6, 397, 399-401, 504, 505, 511-513, 515, 516; ii. 8, 9, 11, 17,
45,67,77, 79,91-93, 152 Congoese shi'ewdness in trade, i. 137 Conical huts, ii. 126, 127 Constantine, the Grand Duke. i. 35 Contracts, character of, i. 31, 32 Conveniences of civilisation absent,
ii.
b8. 71, 76, £0, 177,
Cordior, Capitaine, i. 475 Cost of the flotilla of the Expedition, i. 68 of negotiations at Ntamo, i. 310 Costume, natives in gorgeous, i. 364 Cotton, growtii of, ii. 358 Cottonwood, i. 430 Countries represented at Brussels in 1878, i. 26, 28 Country, a rich, ii. 97 Cowries, as currency, ii. 102 Creek Town Old Calabar), ii. 233 Crocodile Creek, i. 101 '
;
;
Date palms, ii. 5 Daumas, Beraud, & Co., Dead, saluting the, i. 75
i.
76
Dealing, prospective results of fair, i. 53 i. 15.', 210 Death, from sickness, ii. 290 native views causes of, ii. 306-309; during of, i. 392 occurring in the cold a year, i. 241
Deaiies, Mr.,
;
;
;
288 Deauville, i. 23 season,
i.
De
Barras, the explorer, i. 2 Decauville radwav, laving a, ii. 223 De Courcel, Baron, ii. *388, 389, 390, 407 chief of N.sanda, i. 116, 118, 133, 138, 1(J4. 166-168, 172, 180 Defence of river banks, a curious, ii. 135 Defensive measures at a station, i. 376 De Launav, Count, ii. 394, 403 Delbriik, Herr, i. 34
De'-de'-de',
239 Convention, delimitation, ii. 400 Con' eying stores, 155, 182, 210, 211, 214 Copper, ii. 356, 357, 375 Co()uilhat, Lieut., ii. 178. 264. 267, 289
Daily Telegraph and New York Herald Expedition, i. 8, 58 Daly, Judge, New York, i. 36 Dance, a fierce, i. 265, 266 an eccentric, i. 296 Danckelman, Dr., ii. 313 observations, ii. 310, 311, 330-334 Danube, comparison to t'.ie, ii. 9 Dapper, the Dutch Geographer, i. 12 "Dark Continent," the, i. 20, 22, 189 Dar Salaam port, i. 44
Delimitation Convention, ii. 400 Delusions as to African life, 241, 242
Denham,
ii. 385 Depopulation through slavery, i. 96, 97 Desolation, an eftect of war, i. 173 De Soto, the navigator, ii. 374 Destrain. Lieut., ii. 225, 277 Dews to be guarded against, ii. 324 Diamond Rock, i. 112, 113 Diary form of narrative, advantages of, i. 386 Diegos Bay, i. 63 Dieppe, i. 23 Dinner, a factory, i. 72, 73; a first, ii. 283 D'sappearaucc of two men, mysterious, i. 370 Disappointing assistants, ii. 244, 245
INDEX, Disasters at Kimpoko, innuth. ii. 55
ii.
5G
Kwa-
at
;
on Portuguese ships, laxity of, 458, 4G0 Discovery, a shocking!:, ii. 142 of Lake Leopold, i. 434, 435, 43G ; of tlie mouth of the Congo, i. 1 Discussion at the Berlin Conferenc?, ii. 394
T)i.-,cii)line i.
among Europeans, danger
Discussions i. 47
of,
D.stricis and their native chiefs, list of, ii. 198-204:
Distuibances M'ith natives, cause Divers (bird), i. 397, 43G; ii. G Division of Stanley Pool, ii. 2tj3 Diva village, ii. 98
of,
15G
i.
flies,
1.
Dr.iper Islands,
Draughts, cold, 28G, 29G, 327
419 i.
ii.
82. 84
305; dangers
of,
ii.
285,
;
;
;
concejition of comfort, G4 hoes. i. 201
i.
i.
7G;
fr.cto-
;
" Dutch House," the,
i. 72 i. 75, IG hospitality merchants, bankiuptcy of, i.
liouses,
;
structures, supeiiority Dutrieux, M., i. 42, 43
Duty,
strict
calls of,
i.
performance 22
Duveyrier, the explorer, D.\ sentery,
i.
i.
379 287, 403 370, 421, 422
;
;
El
Captain J. G., i. 470, 471, 47G; 225 Elobey Island (Corisco Bay), ii. 231 Embo-End>o, i. 41G Emigrant, questions bv an, ii. 312, 313 Ell Avant, ss.. i. 08-70; 88, 104, 133, 134, iott.
207
;
ii.
of,
of,
i.
i.
at.
i.
84
5()
83, 84
152;
the
385 307, 328 ii.
Parly writers on Congo-land, their ignolauce, i. 3
Vol. II.— 30
144, 145, 154, 190, 19G, 209, 211, 220, 22G, 227, 230, 4G9 ii. 12, 19, 29, 33-35, 57, 58, 60, 87, 105, IIG, 137. 142,233; in ru^t, i. 483; on Stanley Pool, i. 398, :
on the
rejiair,
Drees Frederic, ii. 27G Dr II. a life's, ii. 2GG Drink, ii. 282, 283, 291, 295, 322; in the tropics, i. G5-67 on tlie Lower ( ongo, i. 193,194; temptations to, i. 84 effects of, ii. 251, 252-254 Drowned, a native boy, i. 289 Drov\ning ca>es, i. 48G; ii. 55 Dings for the tropics, ii. 325, 327 Drunibird, the. i. 207 Drum signals, curious, ii. 158 Dual la, i. 273, 274, 27G, 30G, 307 ii. 39-42, 55. 04 Ducks, i. 417 Dudoma, i. 4G Duke Town (Old Cakb.ir). ii. 2."2 Dust film on L.ike Leopold, i. 434 Dutalis, Lieut., i. 41, 43-45 ri( s,
ii.
Eela, wife of Kibibi, i. Egrets, i. 417 KhtU Guineensis, i. 74 ii. 5, 342, 352 Elders of Congo, i. 17 Ele]diants, i. 170, 177, 395. 509 ii. 8, 241, 355, 356; sw'imming, i. 213
sqq.;
Doctors, insufficient Imowledge of climate, ii. 318, 319, 321 Dogs ii. 2 Dom Pedro, King of Congo, i. 17 Donkeys, Teneriffe, i. 225 Dover Cliffs, i. 324, 325, :i9G, 505 Down the stream, going, ii. 1G8
Dutch
East India Company, Edwin Arnold River,
ii.
Dishonesty of the natives, i. 304 Distance accomplished in a year, i. 241 between Vivi and Isan;>ila, i. 189; traversed 'o the Biyerrc, ii. 134
Dragon
465
i.
Kwa
Iviver,
410; under
i.
2G1, 501
Englaiul, i. 26, 28; and Portugal, treafv fur suppression of the slave-trade, i. 15; cause of withdrawal horn the Associai. 3G diffjculties which kei)t it aloof from the Association, i. 34 pedestiiau exercise in, i. 23 English factory at Boma. i. 92 Euje'li. son of "JSIgalyema, i. 30G, 382, 383;
tion,
;
;
ii. 191 Equatorial Africa, past isolation of, ii. 372 the heart of, i. 514 Equator, missioimries at the. i. 496 stati m,
;
;
38, 39, 76. 177, 180, 182, 267, 289, 320 comfort at, ii. 70, 71-73 Equipment of a station, ii. 243 ; of the Expedition, i, 29, 41, 42 ii.
names of Congo-land, i. 2, 3 Escapes from drowniii'j:, i. 487 K^pemnce, ss., i. G8. S3, li'4, 113, 114, 116,
Errors in
Ennihjptnx^ Ihe, i. 103, 151 Etiphurhia, i. 158 ii. 353 Euphrates, comparison to the. ;
i. 401 Europe, arrival in (1878), i. 20 European and African life, ii. 238, 239 European assistants, i. 144 Europeans and colouied men, relative numbers of, i. 285 Europeans, arrival of, at Le'onoldville, 1. 445; arrival of young, 282; finding deliLiht in African life, i 248; frigid towards natives,!. 248, 517; health of, 152; in Africa, ii. 238; inconvenience of having too many, i. 225, 226 indolence of, ii. 219, 224; at the tn.p;cs, i. 85; lesson to, from nature, li. 216; not to bn encouraged in discussion, i. 47; required in Congo-land, (lass of. i. 25 to be isolated, i. 47; why thev succumb, i. 224 Exorcise, best hours for. ii. 3:^6 Exhibition at LeopoKlville, i. 379, 381 Exp dition, African Associaiion's first, i. 3.) French, i. 159 instructions for an Eastern, i. 39 et seq. lost in the bush ;
;
;
;
;
INDEX.
466
number of its oITicprs, i. 67 i. 382 Daily Telegraph and New York Herald, i. 8; stores, ii. 76; strength of the, i. 378 t!tf charged as being mysterious, the present, i. 24 considering its i. 55 character, i. 24 its funds, i. 26, 27 its
nn,
;
,
;
;
;
;
;
the tirit meeting, i. 26. 27; origin, i. 21 the f^ecoud International, i. 44 to Kwihi;
;
Niadi, i. 470, 471, 474, 476 ii. 212 to the Congo, i. 1-7 to the Upper Congo, start of the, 1. 394 (1883) to the Upper Congo, its strength, i. 503; to the Upper ;
;
;
Congo, stores for the,
i.
501, 5ii2
Expeditions, equipment for, i. 41, 42 by Great E.xploration, a slow, i. 233 Britain, ii. 385; in Africa, ii. 373; of the Kwa Kiver, i. 409-416; on the Congo, class of men required for, i. 58 Exports of Boina, i. 98 txpusure fo heat or cold, ii. 315; to niglit to wet, ii, 285 air, ii. 283-285, 308 ;
;
Face-scarring an ornnment, ii. 100, 101 at B 'uny, ii. 231: Factories at B mri, i. 91 at Gaboon, ii. at Elobey Island, ii. 231 231; at Ivi.ssanga, i. 81, 82; at Mussuko, i. 112; at Port i da Lenlia, i. 82, 83; at Nokld, i. 113; barter at, i. 85; for the Upper Congo, ii. 36 J; na'ive trade at, i. 55 on the Congo, i. 63, 64 Factory, coloured help at a, i. 73 a dinner managers, i. 73 stores, at a, i. 72, 73 i. 74, 75; work at a, i. 74 Fair dealing with the natives, i. 170 Faithful officers, ii. 255-279 Famine, a sham, ii. 16, 129; at Bulombo, ;
;
;
;
;
;
ii.
79
6 Fares from Loan;la to Lisbon,!. 445 Fnrquliar Islands, i. 82 Fathomless Toint, i. 81 ii.
;
;
Imd,
i.'LSfj
customs, i. 385 rock, Fetishism, i. 305 ii. Ill Fever, i. 444, 445; at Manvanga, i.
2(10
;
;
i.
89.
90
;
i.
271,
272
:
;
;
;
Flamini, Francesco, meclianician, i. 68, 152, his services, ii. 238, 2 .9, 244, 284, 381 ;
259 Flaudni Island,
i.
253, 254
Flannels, wet, ii. 284, 2S5, 310 Flood, possible, nt lianana, i. 78 precautions against, i. 83 Flotilla of steamers, the expedition, i. 68; ;
68 ii. 324 Food, abundant, i. 257 consumption of, i. 221 for a voyage, ii. 76 for tlie tropics, the best, ii. 294; influence of, on work, i. 154: in the tropics, i. 65, 199, ii. 321, on the Congo, i. 103 322, 323, 324, 329 on the Upper Congo, ii. 10, 15: qnautity consumed daily, ii. 13; scant at IMfwa, i. 295 se;ireity of, i. 436, sqq. tcarcity at Leopoldviile, i. 480; supply stojjped, i. 302, 303; want of variety, i. 211 Foraging, free, i. 222 Forest, a dense, ii. 13; a submerged, i. 443; at Lukolel'. ii. 66, 67; cutting through the, i. 221; Lami L;inkori, i. 390; lo;-t in an vnioxplored. i. 177, 192; its cost,
i.
Fcig^ to be guarded against, ;
:
;
:
30, 91, 92, 93, 97. 98, 114, 215, 341, 353, 374; scenery, ii. 5; of the Lower Congo, i. 88, 89 seen from the coa&t, i. ii.
;
62
Fevers, ii. 283, 310, 322, 328
284,
283-288, 296, 301,
ii.
Figliting,
i. 112 Bolobo, effects of, 60 not to begun, i. 46; power of chiefs
— at
be ra.slily i. 350
Fortifying villages,!. 524 Fowls^ ii. 24< as food, ii. 10 France, i. 26-28; action of, ii. 381-390; n<x cement of the Assoc'ation with, ii. 388; territories of, ii. 4(10, 403, 404 Fiankiucense, ii. 354, 374 ;
354 Firttn, ii. 92 Fiddler's Elbow, Fibres,
;
;
;
Feathers of tropic birds, 11. 354 Fi-rnandez. Senor, i. 15 5 Fernando Po, ii. 231, 232 Ferry at Nselo, ii. 193; Ko-ido, ii. 214; on Lunibamba River, i. 28S on the Gordo;i Bennett, i. 290 traffic at Nsaugn, i. 479 Ferry, M., Jules, ii. 388 Feriying, dangi'rous, ii. J57 Kcrtflo
H
;
Fantail,
Fetisli,
i. 472, 473 Finery of chiefs, i. 202 Fines for bloodshed, i. 524 Fiote law, i. 220 M.S., i. 86 (note) Firejlij, Firt-.", annual, i. 316; destructive of vegetation, i. 94, 180, 197 Fi^ii, ii. 2, 243 presents of, ii. 160 smoke cared, ii. 159 Fish-eagles, i. 397, 436 ii. 6 Fishermen, i. 256; at Manyanga, i. 267; Baswa, ii. 154; Wtnya, ii. 154; Yakui, ii. 125; on Lake Leopold, i. 438, 439, 440; on the Lukanga, ii. 46; Wane' Rukura, ii. 154 Fisher tribes, 154-15.') Fishing hamle:s, h. 113; minnow, i. 262; "Weuya nets, natives makinu', ii. 159 metiiod of, ii. 157, 158 Flag, employment of the Association's, i. 495 import.iiiee of a recognised, i. 37, 38; national, of Congo, i. 17; of the Association, i. 3'!, ii. 42 the choice ot a, i. 35 Flamingoes, ii. 6
Fine, a heavy,
;
Franktown,
i. 476 Free coauuuice on the Congo,
ii,
390-993
INDEX. Freemen, ia Congo-land, essentiality
of,
52 Free State territory, ii. 3G5 Free State not a Belgian colony, i. 51 Free State bonndaries, ii. 401 Freucli. Catholic Mission at Boraa, 1. TOO 1.
;
—
;
Malameen's, i. 292 Missions in Congo-laud, i. IG tenitory, ii. 3G5 compel the -witlidrawal
expedition,!. 15i»;
flag-,
;
;
;
of the Portuguese, i. 14 traders, i. 02 treaty with Makoko, i. 2'J2 Freve, Sir Bartle, i. 36 Fruit eating, ii. 32G, :-^27. 329 Fruits, i, U)3, 148, 151, 152, 381, 393; ii. 71, 258, 357 Fuel, scarcity on the Kwa, i. 423, 428 Fumu Ntaba, Chief of Batekc, i. 507, 508, 509, 510 Furs, ii. 375 ;
Fyue, Loch, in SeoUand,
i.
;
Gin,
467 ii.
251, 252, 282, 307
rency, i. 193 Gin-drinking natives, Ginper, wild, ii. 358 Giraffe, ii. 241
Giral, a Frencli quartermaster, i. 408 Glasgow Cliamber of Commerce, ii. 383 Glave, Mr., ii. G6, 183, 288 Glover, Sir John, i. 57. 58
Goats, ii. 243 Goat-skins, ii. 354 Gobila, Paiia, Chief of JMswntu, i. 405, 408, 409, 414,507, 510, 511; ii. 14 Gold, ii. 357, 375 Goldsmith, Sir Frederick, ii. 187 Gong, the signal of the, i. 340 Goods for inland trade, superior quahtj' required, i. 311
"Good View
Station,"
i.
Gordon Bennett Kiver,
400
used as cur-
;
202
i.
403 ii. 53 Gordon, General,
505 i.,
290, 293,
3!)0,
;
Gaboon,
mis230; factories, ii. 231 231 Gad-flies, i. 214, 419 Gamaukouo, Chief of Malima, i. 295-300, 380 Gambielc, Chief of Kimpoko, i. 298, 50G ii. 5G Game, i. 205, 206, 213, 222 Gampa, a rival of Bwa-bwa Njali's, i. 308 Ganchu, i. 304, 306, 381, 406, 4o7, 490 ii. 191 Ganclm's Point, i. 408 Gandelav, a Banfunu chief, i. 405, 406, 407, 5i0 Ganges, comparison to the, i. 401 Gankabi, Qu* en of Musye', i. 415, 417, 418, 421, 422, 424-426, 433, 445; ii. 27 Gantienc, i. 507 Ganto village, i. 430 Gardening, season for, i. 381 Gardens, making, i. 379, 4(i9, 500 Gardens, ii. 245 at Equator, ii. 71 at Leopoldville, ii. 52 at Vivi, laying out, what may be grown iu Ceni. 147, 148 tral African, ii. 258 Garrison, imporiauce of a, i. 121 Garrisons of stations, i. 2S5 Gastric fever, i. 213 Gatula, a B.-lobo chief, i. 516, 517, 521, ii. 3 524, 525, 52G, 527 Geographical expeditions inadequate, i. 24 Geology, ii. 209-211, 214; at Lake Mantumbu, ii. 47-48 German Expedition, 1873-75, i. 418; exploration, ii. 386, 387 Germany, 1. 26; action of, ii. 381, 381; formation of a National Committee, i. 31 lectures in, ii. 399 Giagas. invasion see Ajakkas. Gibraltnr, i. 52, 58 Gillis, Mr. Albert (Duke Town), ii. 233 sions,
ii.
;
ii.
;
;
;
;
;
;
letter from,
i:)romised aid of,
Goree,
i.
ii.
ii.
226 (note)
225, 226
57
Government of
tiie
Free
State,
Giandy's, Lieut., E.spedition,
Grang, Lieut., ii. 269
i.
Granville, Earl,
Grass burning,
i.
406, 407
ii.
13
382, 478, 481, 488, 489
ii.
381
118, 180. 197 density of, i. Iti3 Ik ight of the, i. 197; tropical, ii. 301, 302; used as aiui.
;
bushments, i. 161 Grave, the first at Lc'opoldville, ii. 270 Gray, Mr., i. 73 Green snakes, i. 205 Giefuli;e, Mons., i. 43, 45, 49 "Grog," importance ot, i. 193; native fondness for, i. 149 Ground-hog, i. 205 Ground nuis, i. 156, 414 ii. 353 in commerce, ii. 215, 342 Groves or trees a sign of villages, i. 62, 315 Guava, ii. 246 Guiacum, ii. 30, 67 Guibourtia, ii. 353 Guides, i., 164, 171, 181, 182, 184, 410; ii. 3, 28, 69, 153 Guiltlessness, curious wav of showing, i. 373 Guinea-fowl, ii. 8 Gum-copal, ii. 342, 353, 355 trees, ii. 97, 98 ii. 374 Gums, i. 384 ii. 30 Gunbearers, i. 47, 48 Guiqiowder, trade in. i. 75 used iu rejoicing;, i. 373 (iurba Kiver, ii. 131 Guyot Abbe', a missionary, ii. 50, 268 drowned, ii. 55 ;
;
;
;
;
;
:
Habit and nature,
i.
109
Hair, fashion of wearing,
i.
429
INDEX.
468
Haniadi's slavery find cscnp?, i. 260 Haniisens, Capt., i. 382, 47<3, 477, 480, 518, 520; ii. H3(j, 188.191,225, 227, 264; his service.^, ii. 260, 261
Hulzf^ldt, Count, ii. 394 Hvilrobromic acid in ca^es of fever,
451 Narkaicai/. the, 85, 468 llarou. Lieuteu.ut, i. 243, 253, 258, 279, 284, 408, 488 Haite-betst, i. 205, 206 Hathoine, Captaiu, i. 49
Hypochondria,
Havliourat Loimda,
Hawks, Head.
i
i.
411>
prutCL'tion for the,
318, 325
ii.
Heathiiiartors at Vivi, i. 149, 151 Heiltii at Boloho, ii. 184, 185; at Eqviator Station, ii. 74; in the tropics, Dr. Martin's advice, ii. 329 Health-table of stations, ii. 306 Heat and cohl in Cont;o-hind,ii. 314, 315 influence f, ii. 293, 294 Heat, Br..ce"s definitions of, ii. 313; tro;
<
pical, ii. 282 Heliwa, a slave,
Heniv VH. Herd" tracks,
ii.
73
IJenss, Prince, i.
i.
34
177, 183, 201
Hiroii, tlie ss.. i. 474 Herzopr, Dr., i. 34
Henvel, Dr. Van den, ii. 53, 191 Hidrs, li. 375 Hiu'lihmd levels inhabited, ii. .303 " solemnHills seen from the coast, i. 62 looking," i. 95 Hindi Saywa, i. 48 Hippopotami, i. 395, 396, 398, 417, 424; ii. 2, 4, 6, 8, 241, 375; feeding ground, i. 90; sliooting, i. 106; teeth, ii. 354 Hiring men. i. 31 H .(lister, Mr., ii. 272 ;
Holidavs, i. 153, 15 i Holland, i. 26, 28 Holy Isle, a placo of sepulchre, Homesicluiess, i. 225
i.
Honucidal nfticer, a, ii. 55 Honey, ii. 364 Honour of work, ii. 278, 279 Hop JJitters, ii. 318 Hopkins, Caiitain, H.^l. Consul, Horses, the Isle
of,
i.
98
i.
37
Ho-pital at Hnina. ii. 271 Hospilalitv dangers of coast, ii. 282, 28.'] Ho..itiiges left at Ntamo, i. 3U9, 310 Hostile natives, i. 432, 442, 514 ii. 4, 11, ;
36, 78, 111, 113 Hostility, nia.sked,
.337
;
lima and Mfwa, i. 300 House, advice for building
native, at
i.
hisforv of, i. 518 519. 520,521; 522, 524, 525,527; ii.
ii.
Hou.ses at Vivi. in:i|iping s'trs means of defence for, i. 280
Hnard Point, i. 65, 77 Hudson Uiver, comparison
Ma-
;
Ibis,
6,
li.
Iboko,
to,
i.
8 24. 25, 43, 44, 69, 79, et seq.,
ii.
147
;
101
Hutchinson, ^Irs. Margaret, i. 9 Huts, conical, li. 126, 127; formation of native, ii. 103
173-
175, 178-180, 353, 354
swordsmiths, ii. danger at, ii. 87 356 Ibunda, ii. 103 Ichimpi district, i. 115, 121, 161, 163 Idleness of natives, i. 393 Idols, native, i. 199 Ifwe, Chief of Muleke, i. 429 Ignorance of African ciimate, ii. 281, 284 Iguana skin girdles, ii. Ill ;
Iguanas, Ikassa,
2 103, 170
ii.
ii.
Ikelemba River,
ii.
31, 32, 33, 34, 35, 36,
37 ii. 77, 78, 344 Ikenge, a chief, ii. 72 Ikeiigo, ii. 29, 30 ;
Ikingi, ii. 98 Ikiraism, ii. Ill
Ikoko,
ii.
47
lkid)i River, ii. 65 Ikulu village, ii. 12, 47 Iineine, ii. 96
Indn.s. foni])arison to
tlie,
Indu.
Inga,
i.
i.
i.
ICO. 227; peak, 173, 221 ii.
i.
ii.
6,
4t)l
315 cataract.?,
353,396; plateau,
i.
30-33, 38-42
Ingvn. Chief of ftlfwa, Inkissi, ii. 192 Falls
212, 213, 355 295, 307 211 river, i. 288,
ii. i.
ii.
;
316, 317. 403, 478; ii. 193 Inkissism, ii. Ill Instructions for eastern ixpcdilions, Instructions framed at Brussels,
28
;
142
173, 175, 176, 177, 179;
;
i.
;
Ingham, Mr. and Mrs.,
323 for,
;
1, 15, 26, 29, 57, 60, 61, 64, 65 Ibanza, ii. 105 a chief of Upoto, ii. 171 the dr. aded, ii. 62, 881 Ibari River, another name for the Kwa, i. 412 Ibingi, ii. 47
Inganda, a,
516
Ibaka. Chief of Bolobo,
i. i.
i.
272
241
;
12
llosjiitable mi.ssion of a station,
ii.
1.
Impali viJl ige, i. 428 Impango, at Gaboon, ii. 230 Impila, i. 292 Imports of Boma, i. 98 Indemnity I'or war, ii. 61 Indian corn, i. 381 India-rubber, ii. 355 plant, i. 192 342, 353, 367, 375 Indolence of ihe natives, i. 193
419
i.
273, 274 Hijphcene guineensis,
i.
i.
45 27,
INDEX. Intcmpcrnncc,
ii. 282, 283, 291, 305, 306, 307, 308, 311, 311). 322, 321)
African
Iiitfiiiatioiiul
A.><soniation,
Association,
Intoiiuitioiial
i.
objects, i. 40 its treaties, position, i. 3.1 ;
i.
ii.
259
its 37, 38 18 ; financial ;
"International Atsociation Africainc," its pnrpose, i. 50 International Association's work at Boraa, 1(11
i.
;
44 Intoxicant?, abuse
of,
ii.
251,
252, 253,
254 Irebu, ii. 21, 22, 23, 24. 25, 2G, 38, 42, 43, swordsniith.<, ii. 350 44, 45, 09, 3.")4 warriors, ii. 10 ;
Irinj^i,
ii. 98",
171
Iron, ii. 350; houses of native chiefs at C.ilabar, ii. 233; luannfaetuies of Yalulinia,
i.
Ill;
ktores,
U\ira, ii 304 Ironstone, ii. 07
at
;
i.
Lake
147; works of
M aitumba,
ii.
47, 48
Irrawaddy, comparison to the, Irnngu, ii. 127, 132 Isanga Kiver, ii. 315 Isangi town, ii. 10.)
i.
;
;
:
;
243, 2 14; clearing the camp, i founding a station at, i, 283 garrison at, i. 285; cataract, i. 181, 184; falls, i. 229 Islands of the Congo, i. 110, 249, 389, 515, 510; ii. 14, 30, 38, 05, 97, 153 Islands uninhabitable, i. S2 Isombo, ii. 125 Itaka, ii. 152 Itawa, Eastern, ii. 302 Itiniba village, i. 510
248
i. ;
;
Itimhiri River,
352 Itumba, Itumbi,
i. i.
518 40;
ii.
ii.
10.',
110, 112, 131, 345,
57, CO, 01
and Ngaiyema,
idenlity of, i. 304 Ituuzinia lapids. i. 25-, 257 luka of Lukolela, ii. 14, 48, 08, 177 Itsc
lunga,
lyumbi,
ii.
i.
383,384; tiading, suec* i. 305
ii.
11, 12;
323,333,390;
s.s
ii.
mountain, 192,341
321, 322.
i.
Jaggas, the, invasion see Ajakk-as. Janssen. Lieut., i. 283, 407, 4;H), 507 ii. 27, 50; drowned, ii. 55; his services, :
;
208
Jafroplie purgans, ii. 3.;S Jays, i. 207, 430 Jealousy of a chief, i. 522, 52.5
Jetta Waii, i. 45 Jeune A/ricaine, the launch, i. 08. 141, 190 Jiwe-la-Singa, i. 4.3, 40 Joao II.. King of Portugal, i. 1 Johnston, IMr. H. H., i.']02 Jolly Captain (ss. Kui^en.ho), ii. 233, 230 Journeys, time occupied in, i. 191 Jub River, i 58 Jung, letter to Mr. Albert, i. 29 Jungle, cutting through the, i. 221
Kabinda
;
;
in,
of Xgalyema through, lyenzi. ii. 209
401
Isangila, i. 155, 100, 105, 107, 171, 175, ii. 214, 215, 298, 181, 182, 184, 185, ISO 339, 309. 373, 3.':;2, 440, 471, 474, 470, 478, 489, 513;' chiefs, i. 184, 185; cuinp at, i. 239 connatives, i. 237 veying wagons ai.d stoies to, i. 240 stores at, i. 242 staff at, i. 242 sceneiy at,
trading
ii.
International cohesion, ii. 379 coinniissioii, ii. 4UG; Expedition, tlie secunJ, i.
401)
98
Ivory, ii. 304, 375; purchase of, i. 380; sold by AVatwa, ii. 48; trade, the eentie trade at Laiiga-I>anga, of tlie, ii. 2 ii. 102; trade, Congo, ii. 3.")4. ;-i.55, :i50 trade at Nganza, ii. 99 traders, IJaleke', i. 294; traders, character of. i. 387; traders, intrigues of. i. 319, 320, 321; trading chiefs^ wealth of. i. 310, 311 ;
;
;
;
i.
14, 31
cask- makers, i. 74 Kubindas, i. 14ii, 149, 153, 15S, 159 KaiK-a Sanda, i 103 Kaiohandi, i. 103 IvHllina, Lieut., i. 485, 492 Poiut, 395, 390, 487 Kalubu, i. 201 Kaluln Falls, lava at, ii 211 Kamolomh), a chief, i. 513 Kapita, a Vivi chief, i. 129 ;
Karema,
i. 42, 44; lake, slave-stealers, ii. 144
i.
i.
353,
37; chief of
Kasongo, ii. 300 falls, ii. 300 Kaston, Mr. John A., ii. 398, 400 Kawendi, ii. 303 Kcmeii Island. 418, 419 ;
Kerdvck and Khaltan,
i.
Pincoft', Messrs.,
i.
31
251
Khamis, Sergeant, i. 519, 523 Khonzo, i, 238 Ikulu Hill. i. 354 ;
;
Plain,
187 Kibonda, i. 260 Kiburuga, chief of s^ave-stealers, ii. 144 Kiki stieam, i. 322 Ki-Kongo. i. 142 Kilanga, i. 315 " ivilliiig tlie road," i. 314 Kilolo Point, i. 248. 249 Kimbangu, i. 393. 397, 405, 477; ii. 302 chiefs, i. 388 Kimbanza Is and, i. 200. 261, 263 Kimbenza village, ii. 207 Kimpahimpa, a chief, i. 323, 332, 490 Kiini>unzu, i. 172 Kinipe. a chief, i. 490 Kinipemba, ii. 207 i.
;
3,
INDEX.
470 Kimpoko,
Kwanza
397, 477, 488; ii. 51, 302; troubles at, ii. 504, 505, 50G
i.
station,
i.
i.
454
11, 12,
277; expedition -to river, the, i. 470, 471, 474, 476 ii. 212 Upper, i. i. 256, 257, 403; ii. 214, 225; 477
5G
i.
489;
ii.
;
;
Kiiidolo,
303, 397
i.
see Leopold. II. Kiukanza, ii. "215 Kiuduta, i. 289 mountains, 1. 390 Kingani Kiver, i. 4i), 58 Kingdom of the Congo," Tiqafetta's book,
King Leopokl
:
La BeJtjique, ss. see Belgique. Labour, advantage of human, ii. 93, 94 heroes of, ii. 240 Lacustrine Kamoloudo River, ii. 3(j0 Lady Alice Rapids, i. 318 Lagos, ii. 236 Laird Macgregor, ii. 385 Lake Bangweolo, ii. 358, 359 Lake Leopold It., i. 70, 481, 501 ii. 27, 48 circumnavigated, i. 443 description or, 444 di;iCovery of, i. 434, 4o5, i. 443, 436 tishurmeu, i. 438. 439, 440 Lakes,— IMantundja, ii. 27, 46, 47. 314, 354 Muta-Nzige, ii. 358; Tanganika, i. 7, 20, 35, 37, 40, 41, 43, 44, 46; ii. 359, 363 Lakes, native detinition of, ii. 27 Lama-Lankori, fonst ridge, i. 390; hill, i. 351 Lamborel, Captain, i. 43 :
;
;
'.'
9' i.
ii. i. 397 Kinkela Ndunga, a chief, i. 1C5 Kinkela-Nku, a chief, i. 105 Kinsemho .steamer, ii. 228 Kinsende', i. 318
Kingfishprs,
Kinshassa,
i.
405, 504
;
;
;
250, 375, S82, 393, 397, 477, ii. 51, 185, 289, 302, 305, 319,
;
Kint.hassa chiefs, i. 388 Kinswangu, a chief, i. 490 i. 318, 340, 352, 375, 377, 3S2, 391, 392, 393, 397, 479, 486, 495, 498 ii. 20, 2tJ, 28, 29, 302; cataiart, i. 352,
Kintamn.
:
389
;
;
;
357
;
chiefs,
number
the chief:^, i. 490 Kintari forest mount, Kinzila, ii. 193 Kinzorc, i. 315
of,
i.
3::0
i.
;
teething
Land
352
i.
145,
159,
19l^
209 Kirkhoven, Mens ii. 225 Kissanga, i. 81, 82, 85
1
231
;
station, i.
ii.
291
259, 2G0 von, li. 41)7
Kusserow, Herr Kutimipuku, i. 519 Kuvoko, i. 250 camp. i. 253 Kwa,ii.401; river, i. 409-416, 511 ii. 30, de>:cription of the river, i. 431, 50, 344 432,433; diticient colours of tlie river, i. 419 Kwamouth, ii. 185; .station, ii. 55, 50^ ;
;
;
Kwango 412
lliver,
i.
another
name
for
353
;
women
li.
ii.
399
La
;
Islam],
d. 22, 69, 100,
100 liangenburg. Prince Hohenlohe,
Kiynnzi beer, i. 4(lS Kizalu Hill, ii. 207 Kokoro, son of ftlata Bwyki, ii. 86, 173, 174 recognises his sun a thief, ii. 174 Kondo Ferry, ii. 214 Konko, an ivoiy trading chief, i. 370, 371 Kruboys, i. 31, 73 Krumaners, i. 31 Krupp gun, astoniihing the natives, ii. 63 Kubaba, i. 48 Kudu, i. 126, 206 Kulu, Banzi, i. 201 Kulu natives, i. 210 i.
Langa-Langa, of,
Kisungwa of Mklmbwete, i. 1G5 Kitabi, whites in distress at, i. 476 Kitalalo, 1. 4G Kites, i. 207 Kiubi, a chief of Zinga, i. 315
Kunzu
162; fertility of the.
i.
:
,
Kmia,
cultivated,
186; ii. 211; instructions regarding the purchase of, i. 27 higli rent for, i. J 38 Landana, ii. 229 Landers, ii. 385 Landolphia Florida, i. 192 ii. 5, 353 ;
Kion/o plateau, ii. 21G Kiikbright, Mr. John,
i.
River,
Kwilu-Niadi,
;
the
Kwa,
Plate, comparison to the, i. •lOl Latrobe, Mr., »>f Baltimore, i. 3G Lava at Kalulu Falls, ii. 211 Laws of the Bangola, ii. 179 Lawion-Lufini River, i. 509, 512, 513;
345 Lectures on Africa, 399 Leehumwa, i. 46
i.
25
in
:
Germanv,
Lehrman, Mens., i. 471 ii. 212, 277 Lema, i. 393, 397 cliiefs, 388 Leopard skins, ii. 354 Le'upold II., King of the Belgians,
ii.
ii.
;
i.
;
22, 28, 33, 38, 39, 43
;
ii.
i.
21,
237, 402, *07
Lc'opold II. Lake: see Lake Leopold hill, i. 354, 389, 391, 495, 496 ii. 189, 191 Leopold Kiver, ii. 359 Leopoldville. i. 149, 408, 442, 445. 469, 477. 488, 513; ii. 20, 38, 50, 51, 52, 53, 55, 56, .57, 73, 288, 289, 290, 298, 304, 305, 319. 339, 343, 357; founding of. i. 357. 370; erecting a block house at, i. 375, 376; built, i. 379; trading at, i. 380, 383, 384; naming the station, i. description of, i. 388, 38:> 386 the neighi ouring natives, i. 391; no food at, i. 478, 479, 480 neglecteil state of, i. 481, 482, 4b3; resignation of its chief, i. 490; difficulty with natives at, i. 491, ;
;
;
;
;
INDEX. 492, 493, 43 1 ; treaty with natives at, i. 495 the entrepot oi the Upper Congo, ;
498,500; markei, i. 500; liourishiiig, 186; a promising farewell at, ii. 189, 191 first grave at, li. 270 Lesseps, Count de, i. 35 Le Slanleij. stern-wljceler, ii. 225, 227 from (Jeneial Saiiford, i. 30; to Letters, Lieut Cambier from Stanley, i. 39 to Captain Popeliii, i. 45 to Col. Straueli, i. 52, 151-153. 189-194; to tiic Comitii, i. 283 to the President of tl.e Comite, ii. 224 Lettuces see Vegetables. i.
ii.
;
—
;
;
;
:
Levy
Hills, the. ii. 11 Liberia, ii, 379-382
Lokinga Mountains, ii. 361 Lokulu River, ii. 361
London correspondence,
i.
25
Missionary
;
Society, i, 40 Long " of cloth, a, i. 193 Long Reach, i. 240, 245, 247
"
Longevity, instances of, i. 310 Lopez, Cape, i. 73 Lopez, Duarto, the explorer, i. 1, extraordinary descrij^tiou by, i. 3 L'^sanswe Mountains, ii. 361 Lost in the forest, i. 177 Lounging, i. 22, 23
2, .18
;
Low-wa River, ii. 358, 359 Luahiba, i. 233 jiver, indentical with the Congo, i. 8 Lualla River, i. 403 Luama River, ii. 359 Luamba, a headman of IMauyanga, i. 268 Lunpula River, identical with the Congo, ;
Liberty, the use of, i. 22, 23 Licentiousness, ii. 253 Liebrechts, Lieut., ii. 184, 277 ii. 288, 289 Life, the [)roper use of, i. 84, 85 on the Congo, ii. 248 stupid iudilfcrence to, ;
;
;
ii.
471
321
i.
8.
Lightning stone, i. 90 Lifjnum vitx, ii. 374
Luazaza River, i. 182, 184 Luban.ba River, 288, 318, 403
liikona River: see Isunga. Likuba River, another name for Ikuba,
Luliansenzi River, ii. 361 Lubilash River, ii. 109 ii. 348. 351 Lubiranzi River, ii. 1(;9. 344, 315, 318 Lubunga, Chief of Upoto, ii. 171 Lucage' River see Kwilu. Luemba, Chief of Kinsembe', i. 318 Luemme' River, i. 488 Lueuda River, i. 180, 222, 226; bridge across the, i. 187 Lufu River, i. 105, 106, 115. 116, 120, 126, 135,115, 162, 166, 172,403; ii. 215, 359; valley, i. 186
ii.
185, 345 Liiubu Li Nzambi,
i. 00 Limes, ii. 246 Limit of navigation from the sea, i. 116 Lindi branch of Cliofu River, ii. 153 Lindner, Mr., i. 277, 278, 283, 286, 311, 447 Lingenji village, ii. 57, 59 Lingeuji, a boy trader, i. 137, 518, 520 Lingster Nsakala, the, i. 116, 123 " Lingster "traders, i. 387 Lion and buflalo tight, .i. 51 Lions, i. 509; ii. 241 Lion skins, ii. 354 " Liejuoriug-up," ii. 253 Lira River, ii. 358, 359 Little Rnpid Camp, i. 251 Liverpool, Chamber of Comnn rce, ii. 383; value of African products, ii. 368, 369 Live stock, i. 150 Liviui, i. 416
Livingstone, Dr., last journey, i. 7 search his opinion is found, i. 41 for, i. 13, 58 of the Congo, i. 101 liis l.ead-man iSiisi description of Charabezi, ii. (see Susi) 361, 362; w.>rks, ii. 11, 381, 385 Livingstone Cataracts, i. 160 Falls, i. 102 ;
;
;
;
;
;
ii.
339
Inland Congo Mission, i. 490 185, 214, 299 River, i. Loa 135, 161, 162, 209, 322, 403; bridge over tiie, i. 2l)l valley, i. 12o, 127, 172, 186, 196, 197 Loaiiga, Dr. Pescluiel-Locche's expedition
Livitiirstone
;
ii.
;
to,
i.
376
Lciango,
ii.
229
Log Towers,
i.
35o
;
ii.
225
;
:
Lufwenkeuya,
206
i.
Lugumiiila, Vizier of Ibaka, 2, 04 Luigi River, ii. 359
Luima
valley,
Luindi Riv(
i.
522, 527
;
ii.
214 359 403 ii. 217 ii.
r, ii.
Luizi River, i. Lukanga River,
Lukunga.
i.
;
ii.
200;
21, 27, 28, 45, 40, 299; valley, ii.
ii.
344 212,
213, 214
Lukcbu, branch of Chofn River, Lukolela,
ii.
ii.
153
13, 14. 15. 16, 21, 48, 49, 50,
05, 66, 07, 183, 288,
354
IMonsienr, suicide of, i. 489 Lukuga River see Luindi. Lukuluzi River, i. 312 Lulu River, i. 180, 222, 22.^, 127, 228, 322, 403; ii. 193; bridge across the, i. 187 Lulungu River, ii. 32, 37, 76, 77, 78, 314, Lnk.'sic,
:
351
Lumami, Chief of Wane' river,
ii.
Sironga,
ii.
157
;
169, 348, 359
Lunioiizo River, i. 403; ii. 214 Lusalla of iMkimbwete, i. 165, 199 Lusengo, ii. 173 Lute e. Chief of Banza Lungu, i. 218, 219, 220, 382
;
ii.
207, 208
INDEX.
472
Mantu beer, i. 512 Mantumba Lak.-, ii.
Luzalla Kindunga, a chief, i. Ifi5 Lynch law in Congo-land, ii. 194
;
Manvanga,
Mabengu mountain, ISlaboko village,
Mahruki, 306 Mitbula,
Miihwa
little,
ii. i.
391
i.
4G
178
i.
273, 274, 27G, 277
;
233
ii.
25, 2G;
ii.
Mwaka
of Mkimbwete, 30, G7, 374
ii.
i.
1G5
Mahoney," INIr. Frank, i. 159 Maize, ii. 357, 375 MaUald, an ivory factor, i. 295 a chief of Ntamo, i. 30G, 392. 490 ii. 191 Makanga. a ciuef of Zinga, i. 315 Mak-n-a Miinguba, i. 20G, 208, 209, 213215", 218,221 Makoko of Usansi, i. 18; Chief of Mbe' cedes teirit.iry to France, i. 292, 293, 298, 323, 332, 343, 507, 508, 326-331 ii. 192 Makoku's sword, i. 332 Makidvuru, a chief of Nganza, ii. 99 Makula, 1.112 IMaknta, i. 225 Makweta, .a chief, i. 165 Ma!afn, a fee for a judge, ii. 44; native name for palm wine, i. 295 Ma'aiiicen, a Sene-al sergeant, i. 251, 292, 293, 297, 299, 37.5, 408 304, 305, 317 IMalaria, ii. 287 Malc'le, a chief, i. 165 Malet, Sir Edward, ii. 393, 396, 298, 399 Malima. i. 295, 509; ii. 3, 302 Malingering, ii. 246, 247 i. 379 Mamballa, i. 82 3Iambwt' country, i. 8 ii. 364 plateau, ii. 362 jNIanagers of factories, i. 73 Manchester correspondence, i. 25 produce, Chamber of Commerce, ii. 383 i. 30 Manga, i. 518, 519, 520, 525 ii. 57, 58, 60,61 Maiigi, a chief of Itimbi, ii. 2 Mangoes at Gaboon, ii. 231 Congo, ii. 246 ;
;
;
;
;
;
;
;
;
;
Mnngombo,
chief of Irebu,
ii.
20, 21, 22, 23,
42-45 Mangrove, i. 77 24, 25, 26.
IManguru, of Bclobo, Maui villnge. ii. 207 Manioc, ii. 357
ii.
>
;
;
;
Marriage celebration at Kintamo, Marseilles, i. 21
i.
377
Martinson, Martin, Danish sailor, i. 71, 107, 208, 212 Ma-sikamba, i. 40-44, 46 Masikn of Masanda, i. 165 Massabe', i. 488 boundary, ii. 401 Massacre, threatened with, i. 304 a horrible sacrificial, ii. 180-182 Massala, the Lingster, i. 123, 132, 133, 135, 136, IGl, shooting of, i. 471, 472 Massari, Siguor, ii. 225 Massassa, i. 315 ]Mata Bwyki of Baugala, ii. 80-82, 84, 85, 87, 89, 173, 178 Ma-taddi Nzazzi, i. 90 Mataddi Point, i. 115 Matako (brass rods), ii. 22 Matanga, a chief, i. 165 IMatoma's village, i. 488 Mavangu, a chief, i. 165 jNIaweudje, ii. 138 Maxwell, Captain, i. 82, 86, 112 Mntiflm-er (tlie) in 1620, ii. 379 ;
;
Mballa, a i.
;
215
;
;
:
18;
Cliissanga, i. 474 ]Maidoads, weight of, i. 242, 346 Manswala, a chief, i. 490 ii. 191 ii.
;
]Mayomba see Myumba. :Mayumba Bav, i. 114, 115, 120
2
Manipandju of Loango,
Mauteka.
;
;
;
43r4.=)
ii.
market, incident at. i. 281 ei'ectiug tiie station at, i. 279 support of ihc t-taiiim, intended a.s a central
Mackenzie, Dr (Duke Town),
Mahogany,
267, 208, 269, 270, 271, 375, 377, 381, 422, 44.5, 476, 477, 478, 489, 513 ii 21 1, 287, 289, 292, 298, 301, 320, 339,370; contract with the chief, i. 278, 279; ;
41G
jMadiera. i. 400, 4G1 IVIati I l^land, i. 44 JIagwala, a chief of Irebu,
IM i^wiile,
512
;
;
410, 417
i.
viilaije,
70,
i.
village, 511,
27, 46, 47. 344, 354 191, 192, 212, 2i0, 266,
chief of
cliief,
i.
490
3Ibama Hill, i. 347 Mbangu, i. 518
Mbe
district,
Mbelo,
i.
315
i. ;
Mbembe-Kissa,
507, 509-513 ii. i.
210 248
;
ii.
192
INDEX. of Mata Bwyki, ii. 173 i. 421-42i; liver, L 410-411; 344 Mbika, River, 1. 287, 403 Mbimbi, ii. 193, 194, 207
Mbembe, son Mbil.e,
Mbomu
see
:
Missions in ii.
ii.
135
lusuries,
;
ii.
ttations,
;
ii.
363
i. i.
station,
ii.
40 401
;
ii.
;
78,
ii.
185
49, 50, 58, 60, 61, 65,
67-69, 80, 1S2, 345
Melons
see Fiuit.-
:
]\Iemorial stones of the Portuguese, i. 14 Jlen.ory, a good, i. 297 Men for the expedition, hiring, i. 31 ]Men-at-arms iit Vivi, i. 130 Men-of-war at Tonta da Lenlia, i. 85 Merchants on the Congo, their character, i. 32 Meri, another name for Welle River, MeroUa, Father, explor, r, i. 2 Ids description of the great river, i. 4, 18 Mctc, a cliiet; i. 105 Meteorological tables, ii. 330-338; obser:
vations, ii. 312 Mfini River, i. 410, 411, 419, 421, 422,424
251, 294, 295, 300, 478, 509
;
;
ii.
802
Mganuaism, Mfiaugila, plateau,
i.
ii.
ii.
;
chiefs,
i.
202
;
21(3
name for Welle River. 287, 304, 310, 311, 317, 319 Mickic, Mr., ii. 225 "Middl men " traders, i. 387 Mikeiie River, i. 519 ii. 65 Miani, another
Miasma,
ii.
;
Mikene'-Alima Rivt r, ii. 345 hiefs, i. 388 Mikunga, i. 393, 397 Mileage of jonrneys, i. 190, 191 Milk unobtiiinabie, ii. 322 read, i. 431 Millet, ii. 357 Minerals, ii. 356 IMinnow fishing, i. 262 Mirambo, a faithful rss, i. 184 Mirando, King of Urambo, i. 39, 40 ;
Bapti.-t,
225
518;
i.
i.
519
skins, ii. 354 islands, i. 82
Monkeys,
ii.
6,
8
IMouotony of scenery,
ii. 5 17 Moiltiero, Juachim. i. 102 Moore, Mr. A. H.. i. 145, 159, 196, 209 Morgan, U.S. Seuidor, i. 36 Morton & Co., Francis, London, i. 145 i.
i. 422 422 Mountain and maritime region, area of, ii. 343 IMountainous region of the Congo, ii. 341 Mountains, i. h90, 391 Mowa, i. 287, 315, 469 Mpa, ii. 98 Mpagassa, 209, 210 River, i. 164, 201 204
nets,
Mo.*quitocs,
;
ii.
i.
286, 287. 311, 312, 316,
i.
207, 210 i. 321, 322, 403; a
Mpangi,
Mpangu,
49G
:
;
breakdown
i.
Mpamba
Mission, a pretty, station, ii. 212, 213; children, ii. 213; at Banza Manteka, (French; ii. 214; at Pallaballa, ii. 217 at Landa'a, ii. 229 i.t Gaboon, ii. 231
233
524
i.
57; a chief,
ii.
480 ]\Tpama, an erroneous name,
;
ii-
515
Monkey
at,
;
Cretk Town (Calab.ir),
i.
fines for bloodshed,
Mongo,
445
;
:
villages,
Monanga, a chief of Z n<_'a, i. 315, 316 Monet, Mons., ii. 224, 277 Money carried by an expedition, i. 48
Mpalangii.
I
icpulsed l>y native.-, i. Roman Catholic, repulsed by the natives, i. 308, 445 at Le'opoldville, ;
Mompurengi
;
Missioniiries misrepresenting the traders,
100 251
:
Mpakambendi,
<
;
295
for the river, 7 Moffat, Dr., ii. 385 Mohindn River, ii. 32, 344 see Ikelembo. Mokulu Town, ii. 115-119, 124, 133 Mombas-a Creek, i. 58 Mompara, i. 40, 42
Mosquito
Ill
179, 201, 210
ii.
i.
IMontes Quemados,
27 i.
drink,
Moenzi Nzaddi, native name
Mediterranean, i. 28 Meeting at the Royal Talace, Brussels, i. 26
at
of Usindi,
Moderafon in food and Moeni Kheii, i. 42
licinc
i.
Mivongo
Calholic,
50
ii.
377
ii.
Missongo missionary 152
i.
i.
Roman
Mississippi, compiirison to, 374, 375
men, i. 199, 200 "Medicine lo make wealth grow," ii. 28 IMedicines for the tropics, ii. 325, 327
i.
185
ii.
Missionary Society, London,
247
Mfwa,
etiorts.
13, 16; 100; con-
11,
i.
Boma,
at
;
Missionary
enterpri.<e,
Mbutclii. i. 422 Jltats. tinned, ii. 322 Medical attendance,
ii.
Congo-land,
French Catholic,
lending, i. 496, 497; ii. 50 at Ltopoldville,
Boma.
Mbundi Afiuida rapids, i. 253 Blburra, native name for Congo,
Me
473
Njrulu, i.
i.
i.
3
175, 179, 181
103
ii.
208, 209, 211
Mpika, a chief of 44, 45; villii-e,
Irel)U. li.
ii.
25, 26, 42, 43,
207
Mpioga
River, ii. 211 Mpissa, ii. 171 IMpokwn, i. 46 Mpcjzo River, i. 403 M[)und)U market, n. 2 Mpumu Ntaba, i. 407, 408 Mputu Creek, i. 04 Mpwapwa, i. 49
;
of
Mbe,
i.
18
INDEX.
474
i. 165 Msampalii, i. 288 uarrows, i. 318 Msemie, the suiJe, ii., 14, 3'^ 4U, 44 Mswata, i. 31)8, 3UI), 405-409, 422, 43G, 445, 481, 507, SOJ ii. 2G, 5 J, 51, 55, 302 growth (if, i. 511 Mtfsa of Uj^anda, i. 291
Mpwele'le,
:
;
Mub.iiiQ;ii,
ii.
;
215
53, 54;
i.
workmen, i. 146, 149; stories of white man, i. 184; tracks, i. 192;
tlie
in-
193; fondness of gin, i. 202; friendliness, i. 254; hostility aroused at Malima and Mfwa, i. 300 /dishonesty, inebriety, i. 315 i. 304 idleness, i. 393 experience of huropean.s, i. 517 cliiefs, wealth of, li. 2, 3; definition of rivers and lakes, ii. 27 superstitions, ii. 28, 29 surprise at steamers, ii. 12, 16, 29, 105 minufacture of pottery, ii. 48; wars, ^ligllt pruvofiatiou of, ii. 62; visitors at dolence,
i.
;
;
;
Mubi, a chief of Ntamo,
i.
306, 490
;
ii.
191
Mud
customs not to be changed,
;
alive with crabs,
Muijubii, a chief,
i.
Mukana,
i.
villugc,
Miikouilokwa,
77
i.
513 432: Puiut,
254, 255
i.
46
i.
Mukoss liiver, i. 288, 289 Mukuku, cliief of Yambinga.
ii.
107-109
Miileke -listrict, i. 423, 429 Muller, Moils., i. 73
Muluangu,
ii.
214
ii. 207 Mundek', meaning a white, i. 132 Masuiia plains, i. 390 Mungala, i. 286 Mungawa, a chief, ii. 14, 48 Mungolo, i. 518 ii. 57, 59 Miuiroe, Mr. J. (Duke Town), ii. 233 Miinster, Count, ii. 384
Miilwassi Uiver,
;
;
Roderick,
i. 7 489 of two men at Bolobo, i. 516, 517, 523; compensation for, i. 525, 527 Musciivy ducks, ii. 13 Mushirniigos, i. 83 Musianga-iand, ii. 109 Mnssuko, i. 74, 96, 105, 108. 112, 113, 133, 141, 144, 145, 449; ii. 302 Musye, i. 415, 419-422 Munono, i. 431, 432, 444 Muta-Nzige Lalce, ii. 358 Mutembo,' ii. 91, 1>4, 96, 111 Mutumba village, i. 433 Muvanga, i. 163 Muzouzila, i. 162, 164, 166, 172, 186 MvuLi, a chief ot Zinga, i. 315, 316 INlvnzi streamlet, i 173 Mwana Mund. le, i. 380 Mwekwanga, a chief, i, 519, 520, 525 ]M-\vembe, ii. 214 Mwcru Lake, i. 8; ii. 340, 360 IMwitikirn, i. 46 Mvombi, chief of Bumba, ii. 104 Myrrli, ii. 354, 374 Mystification, cliarge on the expedition, i. 55 Myumba, ii. 229
iMiircliison, Sir
Murder, a rumour
of,
i,
;
Nachtigal, Dr., i. 34, 36 ii. 385 Nakussa, a hea
—
Le'opoldville, influence of, ii. 73; roads, 104; drum signals, ii. 158; chiefs and districts, list of, ii. 198-20 1; worker.-, i. 203; chiefs, tornis of treaties with, ii. ii.
195, 196, 197, 205, 206; enlistment for transport, ii. 225; chiefs at Calabar, iron houses of, ii. 233; villages, healthy sites of, ii. 302, 303 eagerness for trade, ii. 367 chiefs, treaties wiih, ii. 379, 380 chiefs, soothing, i. 490, 491 roads, i. 189; welcome, a happy, ii. 19; how to trade M'itli, i. 99, 100; surprise at pad work, i. 143, 144; liable to conceive suspicion, i. 169, 170 fair d> aling with the, i. 170; visiting Vivi, i. 189; loo rich to work, i. 193; European frigid towards, i. 248 doubtful at JNIanyanga, ;
;
;
;
;
i.
i.
dangers of rupture witu th
269 314; ;
Mfsva,
394;
refusing to attack us,
374
i.
hostile,
36, 78,
111,
;
i.
companionable, 432, 442, 514;
113;
•,
36.J
i.
i.
392,
11, feasibility of trade ii.
4,
463; friendly welcnue from, i. with, i. 495; ii. 48; at Le'opoldville, difficulty with, i. 491494 difficulties of quarrels with, i. 523, 524, 526 mercantile knowledge among, ii. 22, 23; war d:in''e of, ii. 35; praising their villnges, ii. 30 expressionless, ii. 68; timid, ii. 103, 127; skilful «oikruansliip of, ii. 123; iinf(prtuaate,ii. 140 thieving, ii. 84, 173, 174; at war, ii. 23 -25 Nature and Habit, i. 199 Kavltiation, Actes de, ii. 396, 397 Navigation of the Ccmtro, i. 85, 86, 113, 114, 116; ii. 339, 340, 346, 366; Lubilasli, ii. 169; Lumani, ii. 169 Nehuvila, chief of Kinshassa, i. 250, 298, 375 with,
i.
481;
treaties
;
;
:
;
Ndambi Mbongo,
i.
165,
175,
180,
231,
234 natives, i. 237 Ndinga, chief of Bolombo, ii. 84 Ndobo village, ii. 103 Ndu Kumbi, i. 430 Ndua, i. 429, 430 Ndunga, i. 265, 269; ii. 212; dancing,!. mountains, i. 261 rapids, i. 265, 266 262, 264 266 Negotiations at Ntamo, coast of, i. 310; ;
;
;
475
INDEX. with Ngalyema, difficult, i. 308. 309 at Usansi, i. 327-331 tedious with Afiicuut:, for peace at for peace, ii. 44, 15 i, 429
Nkongolo, station
;
Nlmkii
;
;
;
Eol(jbo,
Nepro
ii.
60, 61
River,
NeuipHiiiliu, a chief,
Nepiiko
forming
a,
i.
54
New
i.
165
New
ii.
York Herald and Daily Telegrapli
Expedition,
58
8,
i.
i'ork, brancli society at,
Nezan, a
chief,
i.
i.
36
liiver,
Ngalyema,
212
ii.
Cliief of
;
i.
;
;
ii.
i.
;
;
;
;
;
Niadi, meaning a river, i. 2 Niemai), Heri', i. 450 Niger, comparison to the, i. 401
Night
air,
Nile, the, ii. 8
exposure to, ii. 283-285, 308 comparison to the, i. 401 8
i.
;
Nilis, Lieutenant, i. 382, 409 Njali, meaning a river, i. 2 Nju<;u, uei)hew of Mata Bwyki,
Nkamampn, Nkenge 260 i.
the,
Nkenke
:
i.
river,
187
i, :
^ee
182,
183
;
Nutmeg, ii. 358 Nyadi, meaning a
river,
Nyam-Nyam country,
ii.
1.
ii.
173-
;
plain,
Lubamba i.
165
250
2
>yaugwe', i. S, 20, 40, 43, 216; ii. 340, Arabs, ii. 142 falls, ii. 360 359, 360 Nyassa Lake, i. 7 Nyongena Mountain, i. 179, 187. 223, 227, 229, 234 Nyungu, i. 40, 43 Nzabi, i. 287 Nzaddi, meaning a river, i. 2 ;
;
meaning a
Nzambi (God),
ii.
river, i. 2 44 rapids, ;
i.
ii.
255-257 207
Objects of the Berlin Conference, ii. 393 Ocean steamers, on the Con^o, i. 85, 86 Officer, a homicidal, ii. 55 of the expedition, Officers at Vivi, i. 159 noble, ii. 255-279 their number, i. 67 Ogowai River, i. 159, 231, 233, 234 ;
;
Nkingi, a chief,
i.
351
Nzari, meaning a river, i. 2 Nzungi, a village of carriers,
165 i.
Ntanio,i. 303, 307-311 Ntolulu, a chief, i. 165 Ntombi's dark ravine, i. 245 cove, Ntonibo-a-Langa, i. 200. 201 Lukuti grove, ii. 214 Lukuti, ii. 215, 299 IMtaka, i. 267, 269 Nu-ampozo River, i. 120, 128
Nzali, ;
175 a chief,
;
;
;
192 433 River, i. 444 ii. 344 Ngandu, a chief, i. 165, 171-173 Nganza, ii. 99 Ngete, i. 428 Ngingiri River, another name for Itimbiri. Ngoma, i. 288, 234-236, 238; ii. 192; mountain, i. 179, 181-183, 229, 230; rapids, i. 183 jwint, i. 187, 223, 229 village, ii. 207 Ngoma's village, i. 325, 832 Ngonibc', an erroneous name, i. 3 a Chief of Mganjiila, i. 165 ii. 17, 18, 21, 25, 49, 183, 207 Ngonibi, 194, 320 Ngoyo, i, 73, 261-263 Ngufu-Mpanda of Banza ?ombo, i. 129 ;
ii.
;
;
493
river,
;
Ntam\
250, 300. 3U3, 304-307, 308, 309, 318-320, 337, 344, 348-350, 377, 372, 381-383, 387, 392, 490, 492, 493. 508; ii. 52, 189-191 in arnjs, i. 332-336; and Eula Matari, his character, i. 3.")8 wily stratai. 357 gems of, i. 358, 359 a braggart, i. 360; threatening attitude of, i. 362, 369; peace with, i. 367, 373 Ngamberengi the chief, i. 323, 332, 348,
Ngfina,
;
;
165
Nfuuiti, the title of Congo chiefs, i. 17 Xguma, i. 505, 506 Ngako, i-hief of Kinianio, i 304, 306, 380, 381, 392, 490, 507; ii. 191
Ngnku
19, 21
346 Nkusu, the, 1. 153, 160 bridge over the, bridge at, ii. 223 ravine, i. 120, i. 186 122 ii. 301 valley, i. 148 Nkutii River, another name for the Kwn, i. 412 Noble officers, ii. 255-279 Nokki, i. 17, 96, 111, 113, 114, 162, 179; ii. 215, 401 Noaiaza c .ve, i. 115, 120, 121 Nomenclature, erroneous, in Congo-laud, i. 2,3 Nostalgia, i. 224 ii. 241 Nozo, chief at Paliaballa, ii. 217 Nsaka, a chief of Zinga, i. 315 Nsidcala, the lingster, i. 116, 133 Nsii.kala Mpwassa, a chief, i. 165 N?anibana Island, ii. 38 Nsamla, i. 116, 161, 163, 164, 179 payment markets, i. for right of way at, i. 170 175; chiefn, meeting of, i. 164-169; natives, i. 209, 210 N:?angu ferrv, i. 325, 478 mountains, i, 390 ii. 193 Nseke', meaning " inland," i. 3 Nseke'le'lo, i. 166, 172, 173, 222 NselehRiver, i.395, 403 Nselo ferry, ii. 193 Nsona Mamba ferry, i. 259 Ntaba of Malima, i. 299 ;
131 NfevaD^i, ii chief, i. 1G5 Neve, Mr. Paul, i. 226, 239, 283 Newi^papeis, the threat <;f writing to the, 1.71 Rivei',
113, 114 18,
;
131'
ii.
at,
ii.
;
state, ditticultv of
Ntkke
district,
Oil-berry,
ii.
353
;
palm,
ii.
367
INDEX.
476
ii. 277 copper mines, 1. 477 356 Piedmont, the Prince de, i. 35 Pigeon, wild, i. 207 Pigs, ii. 207
Pliillippeville,
Oil-river at Oil Cal;il)ar, ii. 232 01(1 Culitbar River, ii. 232 " Old Tom." ii. 319 Olivier;., Dr.,
450
i.
i. 434 Onion, ii. 357 Opposition from Ngalyema, 332-342 (Jran^:ro, the Priiico ot, i. 35 trees, ii. 246
Oae
P.ilm Point,
i.
ii. i»2,
of expeditions, eastern e.xpeditious, i. 45
33-44;
i.
ii. 237 Overlaid co ivevance of steamers, 227, 228; ii. 26 Oyster shell heaps, ii. 104 Ozi River, i. 58
:
64, 77 I'lutia atnitiotes, i. 411
name
i.
182,
i,
;
ii.
6
Plane-trees, ii. 30, 66 Plantains, li. 357 Plenipotentiaries at Berlin,
ii.
391, 392,
393
of the Conp:o,
1
Plumbaso, ii. 357 Plymouth, landed at, ii. 236 Pocock Francis, i. 313 ii. 249 ;
Padron Point,
i.
Basin,
63
P.dahalla INlountain, ii.
160
IMrate Creek,
Osteiid,
i.
ii.
Pillar Point, i. 12; river, i. 1 Pillars Po;tuguesc Stone, i. 1 their purpose, i. 10, 11 Pilot of Ba-iana, i. 63 I'ilots. jottings for Congo, i. 403, 404, 405 IMncolVs and Kerdyck, Messrs., i. 72 Pine Apples see Fruit. native, i. 198 Pioneers, foreign, i. 195 Piqaf. tta's " Kingdom of the Congo," i. 9 ;
Onjderope, i. 205 O^ear Pere, i. 45
Padiao, Rio de, former
;
;
07,342,353, 356, 367,
374 Orgiuisation oi'
Pike,
487, 4S:>, 51t)
Orbaii, Lieut.,
Orchilla weed,
;
ii.
i.
12), 162, 179, 205;
215, 217
Palavers,—at Vivi, i. 123, 129, 130, 132, 133-137; at Xtamo, i. 309; at Nsnida, 164-170; at Kinlaaio, i. 372; at i. Mswa'a, 1. -ido, 407; at Stanley Falls, ii. 161, 162 Palisades in leaf, i. 152 Palm butter, ii. 342 juice, ii. 192 oil shipments at Old oil, ii. 355 Calabar, ii. 232 wine, i. 165, ISO, 214, 307 ii. 322 Palraas Cape, i. 78 Palms, i. 513, 518; ii. 5, 92, 341, 352, 367 Palmyra Rea-h, i. 106, 112 Papaw tiees, ii. 246 Fapijrus, ii. 6 pautiquoriim, ii. 354 Paifoiny, Lieut., i. 478 ii. 26J Pari^, a meeting it:, i. 23, 24 Park, .Mungo, ii. 385 Parmeuter,"Mnjor, ii. 224, 271, 273
•
:
;
;
;
ParriKiuets, ii. 8 Parrots, i. 207, 419, 430 ii. 6. 8 Patifencc', the virtue of, i. 46, 49 Payment of native carriers, i. 346 Peace, celebration of, ii. 63, 64 negot'aat at Irebu, ii. 42, 45 tion.s ii. 26 ;
;
;
Bolobj, ii. 60, 61 Pelicans, i. 417 Fersonnd of a station, i. 37 Peschuel Loesche, Dr., i. 376, 447, 449; ii. 387 Pestdential vapour, ii. 300, 301 Pettit Hubert, i. 208 Philanthropic expeditions, character 24; views, ii. 406 Phtenix Spinosa, ii. 354
;
448,
ii.
210
Pogge, Dr., ii. 351, 387 Point Padron, i. 63 Ponta da Lenha, i. 74, 77, 82, 83, 85, 87, 88, 96, 104 Pope Innocent X., i. 16 Paul v., i. 4, 16 Popelin, Captain, i. 43, 44 of Zinga, i. 315 Population, ii. 343 of Bolobo, i. 518 of native villages, ii. ;
;
tables of, ii. 349, 3.50; of Upper Congo region, ii. 349-351; of WebbLualaba region, ii. 360; of Taiiginika territory, ii. 362; of Chambezi region, ii. 362 of the Congo basin, ii. 366, 367,
45;
;
375 Porterage of goods, price now paid for, ii. 372 Portuguese Pillars, i. 1, 14; their purpose, j.
10, 11
missionary
—
efforts,
i.
11,
13
Portuguese, expel the Jaggas, i. 12 cession of territory to the, i. 12; fort at Kabinda, i. 14; exercised no authority on the Congo bank, i. 14 expelleil from Kabinda, i. 14 the slave-trade under tlie, i. 14, 15 mission at San Salvador, traders, i. 92; at Yivi, i. 225; i. 16; steamers, discomforts of, i. 458, 4.j9, 460 territor.v, ii. 36g, 380, 401, 404; action of the government, ii. 380 Pocse, Count, ii. 277 Potatoes, ii. 357; sweet, ii. 213 Pottery, native manufacture of, ii. 48 Power of native chiefs, i. 17-19 i. 508, ;
;
;
;
;
509 of,
i.
Preparations for war, i. 333 Presents, i. 406 ii. 23, 90 expectancy of i. 164; description of, i. 170; to ;
;
INDEX. exchanging, i. 288, 307 331 a oue-sided balancesiieet for, i. 35^ President for the State, a, ii. 53 Prince's Island, i. 57, 110, 111, 457 Prison l.oirors at Loanda, i. 453 Prisoners, two of my men, i. 371 for theft, ii. 174, 178, 179 Produce, native, i. 193 of I'roducts, of mountain region, ii. 342 chiefs,
i.
185
;
;
clainiauts lor,
i,
;
:
tlie
Upper Congo regions,
352-358
ii.
of Africa, table of value in Liverpool,
ii.
368, 3G9 Progress, rate of, i. 215, 241, 209. 270 Proiectorate of districts, ii. 166 of Boma, ;
ii.
225
Provisions for an Expedition, 48, 49 Pumpkins, ii. 243 Punishment, a terrible, i. 97. 98 Puichas, tiie English compiler, i. 4 Piir.tiins and the Mayflower, ii. 379 Pythons, i. 204 i.
Quarrel with Ngalyema, i. 332-342 Quarrels with natives at Leopold ville, witii natives, difficulties of, i. i. 485 523, 524, 526 ;
Quatrolages, M. de, i. 36 Questions put at the Brussels meeting, 26 Qiiettah, ii. 236 Ouin'a as a Ionic, ii. 325 Quinine in cases of fever,
i.
Eeport to King Leopold, ii. 237 Eepulse at Malima, i. 299, 300 Efsignations, ii. 247 Kesolutions passed at Brussels, i. 27 Ee-trictions on trade, dangers of, i. 464 Eetiibution, thouglits on, ii. 143 Eevenue of proposed railway, ii. 371 Eiiine, comjiarison to, ii. 8 Eice, growth o ii. 35/ Eirhthofen Baron von, i. 34 E ties, class of ritles carried, i. 47 EiL;ht of w'ay, payment fur, i. 170 Eio de Congo, the name on old maps, i. 2 E:o Poderoso, an old name of the Congo, ',
i.
1
Eise and fall of the Congo, i. 87 Eiver bank defended by sliarp pios, ii. 135 Eiver courses, old, i, 175 Rivers (see also under special names), the Aruwiini, ii. 115; Balui, ii. 79, 345; Biyerre. i. 514; ii. 129-132,170, 349; Black Eiver, ii. 359; Bundi, i. 403; Bnnga, ii. 66 Chambczi, ii. .358 Chofu, ii. 153; Edwin Arnold, i. 403 Gordon Bennett, i. 403; ii. 53; Gurba, ii. 131 Ikelcmba, ii. 31, 32, 77, 78, 344; Ikuba, ii. 65; Inkissi, i. 403, 478; ii. 193; Isanga, ii. 345; Itimbiri, ii. 109, 110, 112, llil, 345, 352 Kwa. ii. 314 KwiluNiadi, i. 403; ii. 214, 225: Lacustrine Kan;olondo, ii. 360; Lawsori-Lutini, i. 509, 512; ii. 315; Leopold, ii. 359; Likuba, ii. 185, 345 Lhari, ii. 131 Lon, i. 4(13; Lokulu, Lira, ii. 358, 359 Low-wa, ii. 358, 359 Lualla, i. ii. 361 403 Luama, ii. 359 Lubamba, i. 403 ii. 225; Lnbansenzi, ii. 361; Lubilash, Lubiranzi, ii. 169, ii. 169, 348, :-51 344, 345, 348 Luimme, i. 488 Lufii, i. 403 ii. 21.5, 359; Luigiii. 359; lAiindi, Luizi,i. 403 ii. 359 ii. 217 Lukaiiga, ii. 21, 27, 28, 45, 46, 344; Lulu, i. 403 ii. 193; Lulungu, ii. 76-78, 344, 352; Lumami, ii. 169, 348, 359; Lunionzo, i, :03; ii. 214; Mbika, i. 403; Mbihe', Mfmi, ii. ii7; Mikene, i. 519; ii. 344; ii. 65; Mikene-Alin)a, ii. 345; Muhindu, Mpozo, i. 403 ii. 344 Jlpioga, ii. 211 Mpalanga, i. 4 03; Mulwassi, ii. 207; Nekke, ii. 131 Nepoko, ii. 131 Ngaku, Ngann, i. 444; ii. 344; Nl>uku, ii. 212 ii, 346; Kseleii, i. 395, 403; Ubangi, ii. 345 Ubika, ii. 171 Ulindi, ii. 358, a59 Wampoko, ii. 51 Welle', ii. 126, sqg. Welle-MakuM, ii. 110 Eoad, "kUling" the, i. 314 in danger through lain, ii. 210 ;
;
;
;
;
272-274
i.
477
;
;
Piailwav at Vivi, ii. 227 and Lsangila, proposed,
between Viva
;
186, 187 neci ssity for a, i. 463, 464 fur the Congo, ii. 367. 368 probable cost of construction, ii. 370, 371 probab;e trafSc on a, ii. 370. 371 proposal?, i. 25 Pain, eficctof heavy, i. 94 i.
;
;
;
;
:
Eainfall observations,
Kainstorms,
Eniny ii.
ii.
3C3-338
258
i.
health during,
;
Bank, qunrrels about, i 71, 72 Kansoni ofl'ered for release of a
thief,
ii.
174 i,
260
Eiiphia vinifera,
Eapids, Enka,
ii.
ii.
ii.
ii.
;
:
;
i.
215,
5, 30,
;
;
241, 269,
270,
;
;
i.
;
;
;
48
purchase of. i. 481 Ecasons auainst bloodshed, i. 523, 524 Eecuperation in a temperate climate necessary, ii. 329 Eed«ooil,
;
;
1.39
9,75
Eations, a day's,
;
;
;
352, 351129, 130
ii.
Eiipine, tracts of, Bate of progress,
480;
;
;
tl.e,
299
Eansoms,
;
;
;
210
ii.
seasons,
;
;
67, .374
powder, ii. 2, 353, 354, 356, 367 Eeg's & Co., i. 72, 78 Eemini;tou rifles, i. 47
;
Eoad-mnking.
i. 141, 1-12, 115, 154, 155, 181, 187, I'.iO, 191, 196-198, 201, 201235-237, 239, 279, 312, 325, 207, 224, 370, 463; ii. 223; negotiating for, i.
167-169
INDEX.
478 Eoafls, iniurcd hv rains, i. 480 104, 189; n.glected, ii. 221 Eobsou Islands, i. 82 Kock formations, i. 240, 247 Kocky Point, i. 115, 513-515 liohlf, the explorer, ii. 385
native,
;
transferred to St. Paul de 13; in ruins, i. 13; attempt to re-open mi.?sions, i. 13 Baptist Mission at, i. 13; mission at, i. 16; ii.
bishopric
i.
Loanda,
;
342 Sarawak,
Roman
125, 126, 171, 172, 173, 175, 176, 180, 181, 182, 183, 184, 243, 241, 246, 247, 250, 255, 256, 2.")8, 262, 264, 325, 390, 391, 396, 397, 399, 400, 5('4, 505, 511, 512. 513; ii. 4-9, 11, on the 17, 77, 79, 91, 92, 93, 152; Ikeleniba, ii. 34-36 Sceptical people, ii. 377 Sceptre of Ngalyema,
;
Ruanda
cattle, ii. 301 Rubber, India, i. 384 Rubunga, Chief of Nganza, ii. 99 Rudolf, the Archduke, i. 35 Rudoltttadt station, i. 474-476 river, i. 58 Rnfiiji, the, i. 44 Rug:)-Ru
School, native children of, ii. 208 Schnoor Ihe carpenter, ii. 191 Schweinfuith, Dr., ii. 130, 351, 385 Scientific mission of a station, i. 37 Scotch scenery, comparison to, i.
;
i.
81
Seaside resorts, i. 23 Stason ior gardening, i. 381 Sea near the land, appearance of the, 61 Secrecy, reasons Seltzer, ii. 282
251
477, 480, 481. 488, 489 Sacre
ii. ISO182 Sadika Banza, i. 164, 179, 205 Sadika Banzi, p;afeau, ii. 216 Safeni, i. 260 Sagfjitaire, the, a French frigate, i. 86, (note), 475 Sailing vessels ascending the Congo, i. 113 docuuK nt in St. Paul de Loanda, 14 the arcliivcs of, i. 12; desciiption of, i. 450-455 St. Thomas' Island, i. 57, 456 Salt extiactcd from grass, i. 424 Salutations on the march, ii. 192, 193 S;duting the dead, i. 75 Samuna. a cliief of Xsanda, i. 18, 164 Sanatorium at Boma, ii. 228 Le'opoldville, i. 391 on Leopold Hill, ii. 191 Sand flies, i. 214 Saml-pipeis, i. 436 Sanda Congo, i. 112 Sanfoni, Gineral, H. S., of Florida, i. 36 ii. 381, 382 San Januario, the Duke de, i. 35 San Salvador, capital of Congo, i. 11 destrnction of, i. 12; rebuilding of, i. 12;
400,
401
Scotchman Head,
;
i.
379
124, 179, 245, 324, 401,
154, 190, 196, 477, 478, 481, 501 ; ii. 57, 59, 116; at 0»tend, i. 244; under repair, wreck of the, ii. 170, 171 i. 261 Royal Geographical Society, i. 33
Sabuka,
ii.
Sardines, potted, ii. 322 Saulez, Capt. Sevmour, ii. 191. 272 Scenery oftheCo'ngo.i. 92,93, 94, 111,112,
Catholic Mission, ii 50 liome, missions from, i. 16 Eoth, Dr., i. 34 " Rotlischild," the, of Bolobo, ii. 3 Eowe. Sir Samuel, i. 57, 59 Royal, steam launcli, i. €8, 83, 104, IIG,
Sa'adala,
i.
;
;
for,
i.
56
i.
Semicarhus anacardium, ii. 358 Sette Camma, ii. 229 Settlement, an immense, ii. 81, 82 Shale, ii. 214 Shamba Gonera, i. 45, 48 Shari River, ii. 131 Shark's Point, i. 62, 63 Shaw, Mr. E. Massey, ii. 224, 271, 273 Sheds for workmen, a necessity, ii. 315 Sheep, ii. 243 Shipping at Banana Point, i. 64 Ships for the Congo, ii. 367 Shooting a hippopotamus, i. 106 Sick list, i. 216; of stations, ii. 306; men, ii. 248 shamming at A^ivi, ii. 222 causes ecnsidered, ii. Sickness, 1. 212 286, sqfj. prevention of, ii. 311 Siemens, Dr. W.. i. 34 Sierra Leone, i. 57, 59 ii. 236, 297, 320 Signals ot natives, ii. 158 Siluru.
;
;
;
;
;
I
;
I
'
;
j
1
Slave-trade,
i.
14, 15; suppression of the,
INDEX. 15; trade, the, i. 90.97, 152 atLoanda, 451 efi'c ct on population, ii. 343 Slave-traders on tlie Congo, i. 113: from the Suudan, ii. 122 news of, ii. 135 on terrible scenes, the Conixo, ii. 139, 140 ii. 140-150; tradi rs overtaken, ii. 142; raids of, ii. 144, 145 numbers in a gan^', ii. 145; jjl under taken by, ii. 147; captives of, ii. 148, 149; extent of country
suppressing the slavei. 54 i. 190; defensive measures at a, i. 370 m( asurcs for .«u])pi rling, i. 465 neglect by leaders, i. 469; destruction of two, ii. 50; a well-governed, ii. 72 founding, ii. 75 the last formed, ii. 160; a pretty, ii. 212, 213; (f^uii)ment ftir, ii. 243 in neglect and jirosperitv, ii. 245 success of Stanley Falls, ii. 275; unluallliy, ii. 287, 288, 290292, 299-301 sick list of, ii. 306 sites of, ii. 319, 320 influence of in
;
i.
trade, i. 37 establishing,
;
;
;
;
ravaged hy,
ii.
150, 151 Phi vers at work,
ii.
149
instigators of,
;
ii.
15
2
ii.
Snider
rifles,
i.
47
Soil, richness of the,
393
i.
Steam
communication, instructions regarding, i. 27 Stettmer.s trading, i. 91, 92; the harbingers of trade, i. 254 transported overland, i. 182, 227, 228, ii. 204; first on the Upper Congo, i. 375 on the Congo, tflfect of largo, ii. 7, 8, 9; surprise the natives, ii. 12, 16, 29, 105 for the Congo, ;
251
ii.
Souiio, rebellion in, i. 12 Soudanese slave-traders,
83 122 227
82.
:
ii.
;
ii.
;
;
;
;
;
;
Pooh
31, 86, 96, 159, 191, 216, 225, 234, 268, 270, 387, 388, 389, 445, 477, 478, 481, 488. 507, 514; ii. 2, 3, 5, 22, 49, 61, 214, 289, 302, 342, 343, 345 ; i.
distant view
description of, of, i. 290 Pool markets, i. 421 missionaries at, i. 490; division of, i. 203; monthly supply to, ii. 272 Starvation, approaching, i. 302 Stations, instructions r garding, i. 27 on Lake 'I'anganika, i. 35 on ihe east of Africa, i. 30 hosjiitable missions oJ^ i. 37 scientific missions of, i. 37 ;
;
;
;
Cove,
i.
379
Steel lighters, i. 68 Stephanieville, i. 470, 477 Sterile scenes, i. 204, 205
Haven, Stanley Kails, ii. 103 Stimulants, craving for, ii. 241 absence of, ii. 242 abuse of, ii. 251, 252, 253,
Still
;
;
254 Stink-wood, ii. 5 Stipa tenaccissima, ii. 354 Stocking Islantl, i. 82, 89 Stores, i. 153; conveyance of, i. 155, 182, 210, 211, 214; list of, i. 285; <.f the Kx( edition, i. 68 for the Upper Congo Expedition, list of, 501, 502; for an expedition, ii. 70 h ft at Stanley Falls, ii. 165 sent monthly to Stanley I'ool, ii. 272 Storms, 1. 201, 227, 337, 418, 437, 438 ii. 95, 90. 98, 137 Story of Ngalycma's life, i. 348, 349 Stoiy, a hypocritical, ii. 41 Strauch. Colon. 1, i. 28, 39, 42, 43, 46, 52, ii. 378, 394 5d, 189 Strength of the expedition, i. 378 Stri/chnas, ii. 358 Subsidies to chiefs, i. 54 Sugar, i. 414 ii. 357, 375 Suicide of 31. Luksic, 489 Suki, i. 315 Sun, avoiding exposure to the, ii. 323; observations of the. i. 205 ;
;
;
;
;
;
Sun-bird, ii. 6 Sun-fever, ii. 322 Sunday, a dny of rest, i. 230 Sundi, i. 176 Sungi) Maji of Bumba, ii. 107 Sunshine, Atiican, i. 94, 95 Sunstroke, ii. 322; precautious against,
315
;
;
367
'
Soudi (if Turn, i. 251, 252, 253 Soundings at Vivi, i. 128, 129; on the C.ugo, i. 402 Soups ii. 322 Sovereignty ceded to the Association, ii. 225 Snake skin girdles, ii. Ill ."-nakes, i. 204 Spaces, health of open, ii. 302 Sparhawk, Mr. Augustus, i. 145, 154, 159, 196 Spear-grass, i. 423 Speke, ii. 385 Spliynx Rock, ii. 211 Spitting-snakes, i. 204 Squabbles to be avoided, i. 46 Stables, i. 153 Staff, complaints from the, i. 70, 71 at Vivi, i. 159 re-organisation v.i Vivi, ii. 223 Stanley and Bula Matari, difference between, ii. 28 Stanley Falls, i. 70, 148 ii. 56, 75, 154character of trade 156, 340. 343, 358 at, ii. 160 palaver a!, ii. 101, 102 choosing a site. ii. 102 clearing the site, ii. 105: Falls Station, improvement at, ii. 275
390
;
;
"Sojering,"
i.
;
;
;
Snails,
;
;
121. 121
200
Smallpo.x,
;
ii.
Slaves sacrificed, 180-182 Slavery, at Boma, i. 90 an escape from, i.
commonwealth,
;
;
;
;
479
*'
Superstitions" of natives, 28,
2.1,
62
ii.
INDEX.
480 "Susceptibilities" on
tlie
Congo,
i.
72
;
ii.
240, 270 Susi, Livingstone's head man, i. 310, 318, 335, 345, 379 Suspicion a'lcl distrust among natives, dinger of, i. 109, 170 Suzeniintv of chiefs, i. 18 Swinburne, Mr. A. D i. 57, 58, 145, 150, l'.)G, 208, 213. 218, 219. 221, 239, 240, 496 ii. 289 his services, ii. 257, 558 Switzti-laud, a holiday in, i. 23 ,
;
;
Sword, Makoko's, i. 332 Swordtmiths, ii. 35G
Track.s, herd, i. 201 native, i. 192 Trale and barter, articles for African,
i.
157
1.56,
Trade, factory, i. 74, 75; at Vivl, i. 156; competition, i. 800 Congoese, shrewddemanded at Nganza, ness in, i. 137 ii. 99 the coming of the whites means, native eageri. 168; in gunpowder, i. 75 ness for, i. 384 ii. 367 of West Atrica, amornit of, ii. 3G6 probabilities of iticrcnscd, ii. 367; lousiiig llie spirit of, ii.376; routes, ii. 342 tiible of possible, ;
;
;
;
;
;
;
;
talk, i. 214; at new factories, ii. 310 witli natives, conduct of, i. 99, 100 visions of future, feasibility of, i. 463 ;
Tabnra, i. 40, 42 Tactics against Ngalyema,
i.
334
;
Tiimarinds, ii. 5 " Tandelny," ii. 89
Tanganika, Lake,
i. 7, 20, 35, 37, 40, 41, ii. 359. 363 43, 44. 46 territory, extent of, ii. 362 ;
•
•
danger of excessive, i. 464 Tea as a beverage, ii. 322 Teak, African, i. 192 ii. 30, 67 Temperance, ii. 325, 329 Temperature, ii. 282, 314, 316-318, 330, 331 Tendelay, i. 206 Teneriffe donkeys, i. 225 Tents, making new, i. 279 Territories of the Congo basin, ii. 365 Territory ceded to the Portuguese, i. 12 The au lait, ii. 324 Tariff's,
;
Thefts at goods,
ii.
Iboko, and
return
of stolen
180
Thermometer readings, Thieving natives,
ii.
84
i. ;
203. 213 at Iboko,
ii.
173,
174
Tliompson, Captain, i. 57, 105-107 Thys, Captain, ii. 378 Tides on tlie Congo, i. 87 Tiger skin, trick with a, ii. 107 Time bill, fiora the sea to Yivi, 1. 116; occupied in journeys, i. 191 Times, Tlie, i. 58 Tinned meats, i. 284; ii. 322 Tippling, ii. 319 Tippn Tib, an Arab trader, ii. 154, 351
Mr. W. H.. ii. .396 ii. 364, 375 Tomatoes, ii. 213 Tonics, ii. 325 Tools and stores carried by our exi^edition, i. 503 "Topeis," ii. 251, 252 Topography, i. 172, 173. 175.176, 179-184, 192, 258, 287. 290. 352-355. 395 397, Tis.lel,
Tobacci),
412, 413, 513, 514; ii. 4, 17. 18, 46, 47, 78. 341, sqq. of Vivl, i. 126, 136, 140 Torch, U.M.S.. i. 86 (note) Tortoise shell, ii. 354 T'ltela, king of Congo, i. 17 " Touri-t " engineers, i. 209 Trachrjlobum, ii. 353 ;
127 Traders, ivory, character of, i. 387 jealousy of, 309 misrepresented by missionarii s, i. 100 of tlie Upper Congo, on the Kwa, tlie champion, ii. 21-23 i.
,
;
;
;
i.
415
Trailing at Boleko, ii. 83; ville, i. 380. 383, 384 ii. 79 communities of Arabs, companies, i. 29 in ivory, i. 383,' 384
at Leopold-
eanoe.s,
Bcma,
stations at
i.
ii.
360, 363
91
steamers, i. 91, 92 Traditional origin of Byyanzi, ii. 1 Traffic at Nsanga Ferry, i. 479 Transport of steamers overland, ii. 264; enlistment of natives for, ii. 225 Travelling, dangers of, ii. 317; rate of, i. 215, 241, 269, 270 Treasury at Le'opoldville, low state of tlie, i.
483
Treaties
495
;
-with ii.
native chiefs, 380 ; forms
48. 379,
i.
473-477, ii. 195-
of,
197, 205, 206 Treaty with Vivi chiefs, i. 137, 138, 155, 156 Trees, ancient, i. 316 or groves a sign of vil]a'.jes, 1. 62 planting as a protection, ii. 311 Tributaries of the Congo, length of, ii. 344352; tlieir length, ii 347 Tribute, i. 49 Tropical heat, ii. 282 islands, character of, i. 457 scenes, ii. 91-93 Tropics, bodily changes in the. i. 65 the best food for, ii. 294 conditions of life in the, i. 85 drugs for the, ii. 325. 327 food in the, ii. 321-324, 329 he.ltii in the. Dr. Marlin's advice, ii. 329 mode ;
;
:
;
;
;
;
:
of
life
in the,
i.
65, 67; clothes for the,
326 Troup, air. Jolm Rose, i. 23 Trucks for machinery, Tsetse, i. 419 ii.
ii.
224, 272, 274
Trouville,
i.
198
INDEX. Tuckey's, Captain, account of tlie slave173 expedition of, i. 5, 6, trade, i. 14 its losses, i. 6, 7 ii. 317 102, 120, 121 its results, i. 7 ;
Usindi,
;
;
Uyanzi,
" Tuckey's furthest," i. 184 Tugurambusa Hills, ii. 151, 152
Two Palm
Point,
Typhoid
fever,
'J'yplops,
i.
i.
ii.
warriors,
Piiver,
Ufipa,
176 98
171
Kiver,
i.
ii.
Ukumiia Uledi,
i.
243, 246, 258, 357 Vegetation, effects of fire upon, Venetian beads, i. 30
318, 321
Ugangi, ii. 47 Ugogo, i. 45, 49 Uguhha, i. 43 Ugunda, i. 46 Uhha, ii. 362, 364 Ujiji, i. 40-42, 216; 364 Ukatakura, ii. 97 Ukawenda, ii. 364 TIkele,
cattle,
ii.
361; 363,
94
i.
Congo, ii. 11, 12, 15 waim invitation to, ii. 30; on the Ikelemba, ii. 36; on the Congo, ii. 45 deserted, ii. 138 devastated by Arabs, ii. 139-141, 148 in easily defended jDositions, ii. 172; healthy sites of native, ii. 302, 303 Ville cVAnvers steamer, ii. 225 " Vinda by the river," i. 112 Vinda-le-Nzaddi, i. 112 Visions of future track, i. 127 Vivi, i. 70, 113, 114-116, 127, 128, 144147,149,152,153,159-162,167, 181, 189, ;
ii.
225
;
!
171 district,
ii.
;
Versteeg, M., i. 35 Vetch, Major Francis, ii. 272, 273, 355 Veterans on the coast, i. 73 Viboiido, ii. 360 Victoria Nyanza, i. 20 Villages, native, i. 315; on the Upper
176
I
|
j
i
|
|
;
i
Ungende, ii. 11 Unhealthy stations, ii. 287, 288, 290, 291, 299-301 United States, co-operation of the, i. 36 380 action of the, ii. 381, 382 Unkuri, i. 432 Unyamwezi, i. 39, 40 ii. 363 Uuyauyembe', expedition to, i. 39, 40, 41, 46, 48 Upiti, a chief, ii. 58, 61 Upoto, ii. 22, 60 Hills, ii. 99, 103, 171 Upper Cojigo discovered by Stanley, i. 37; 356; communication with the sea, i. 463, 464 Urainbo, Mirando, King of, i. 39, 43 Uranga, ii. 76-78 etiusive welcome at, ii. 176 Urundi cattle, ii. 361, 3G2, 364 Urungu, ii. 364 Ururu, a chief, i. 518, 519 ii. 57 Usansi, i. 326-331 Mountain, i. 390 Usige, ii. 362; cattle, ii. 311 Usimbi District, ii. 176
!
197, 207, 208, 210-215, 220, 225, 234, 422, 513 ii. 56, 215, 218, 219, 289, 291, 298, ;
304; founding the 197; topography,
;
'
;
;
YoL. II.— 31
station,
i.
118-126,
136, 140; chiefs, i. 123, 129, 130, 142 aborigines, i. 130 ; extent of territory of, i. 135, 136 its recommendations, i. 136, 138; treniy with chiefs, i. 155, 156; trade, i. 156; staff at, i. 159; anel Isangila, proposed railway between, i. 186, 187; to Ndambi i.
126,
;
I
;
I
i
j
!
Ml)ongo, i. 192 Isangila to, i. 239 messengers sent to, i. 251; recruits at, i. 278 resignation of a chief, i. 376 no progress at, i. 447; eleparture fiom, i. 449 return to, i. 468 neglect of, i. 469, 470 quarrels at, i. 489 troubles ;
;
;
;
;
;
251
Ulindi River, ii. 358, 359 Ulungu Mountains, i. 175, 179, ISO, 205 Umaneh Town, ii. 124, 125 Fmangi, ii. 98, 171 Uraari, ii. 39, 42 a guide, ii. 44
ii.
factories,
;
363
ii.
Ufuvu
ii.
ii. ii.
new
Vangele, Lieut., ii. 38, 71, 177, 181, 264, 267, 289 Van Schuman Herr, i. 471 Vapour, pestilential, ii. 300, 301 Vegetables, i. 103, 148, 381, 393 ii. 71,
356
Ubika
421
299-301
i.
;
;
TTbengo, district
ii.
of probable trade at 370, 871
Van Bogaarte, Major, i. 239 Van de Velde, Lieut., 473-476 Van den Heuvel, Dr., ii. 53, 191
400 345 a popidous place, swordsmiths, ii. 21, 23, 354
13,
1,
ii.
Valley stations, unhealthy, Value of ivory, i. 380, 384
i. 51G 212
ii.
i.
;
380
ii.
Ubangi, Kiver,
511, 512, 513; markets,
;
ii.
205
Uango-Ango,
i.
Valcke', Lieut., i. 237-210, 283, 286, 311, 382, 449, 477, 480, 481, 488, 489, 509 ii. 51, 53, 223 his services, ii. 261-264
Tunduwa
Point, i. 114, 120 Turtle doves, i. 419 Twiss, Sir Travers, on treaties,
182
19, 21, 23, 49, .68, 69,
ii.
Uvana, Banza, i. 208 Uvira iron-works, ii. 3(54
;
;
481
;
;
;
;
;
52; more iri-egularities at. ii. 187, nothing accomplished, ii. 221, 224 shamming sick at, ii. 222 leorganisation of staff, ii. 223; removal of the station, ii. 223; progress cf the new station, ii. railway at, li. 227 227 situation of at,
j
|
ii.
;
;
;
;
INDEX.
482 old,
287; distunce from
ii.
tlie sea,
ii.
339
Viva
Hill,
13^. 141, 145, 146, 150, 161,
i.
162 Mavungii, i. 123, 129, 132, 138, 1)3, 163 EapiJs, i. 128 ii. 218 Nkii, a chief, i. 130 Volga, comparisou to, ii. Vombo, ii. 214 Vou Mechow, ii. 387 Voonda, i. 250 ii. 209, 214, 22.5 ;
;
AVebb-Liialaba Eiver, navigation of the, ii. 359 AVeissman, Lieut., ii. 351, 387 AVelcoiiie at Ikengo, ii. 30 AVcUe lliver, ii. 126, sq^. identical with the liiyerre', ii. 130 AVclle-Makua Eiver, ii. 110 AVellington,Duke of, on Indian life, ii. 295 Weuya fishermen, ii. 154 AVerre, another name tir AV^ellc' Eiver. AVest African Livingstone Search Expedition, i. 13 AVet clothes, danger of, ii. 326 exposure flannels, ii. 283, 285, 369 to, ii. 285 AVheat, ii. 375 ;
;
Wabaiigi,
ii.
43
;
Wabika tribe, ii. 172 Wabuina people, 419 Wadi Kehani, i. 238, 345, 379 i.
AVages, uative surpriso at,
49 AVaglails, i. 43G; Waffogo,
i.
143, 144
i.
ii.
G
Waliha
tribe, ii. 363 AVajiJi sailors, i. 43; tiibe,
363
ii.
Wanibuiidii, au inland people, 320, 323, 495
i.
;
305, 319,
ii.
;
Wangata, ii. 37, 38, 39, 42 AVangwaua, i. 45-48 ii.
4
AVauya-Kuauda
363 Wauyamwezi ptople, i. 46-48 ii. 363 prevenAVar, daily expected, i. 361-366 natives preparing for, tion of, i. 380 i. 524; ii. 113,114; objections to, i. 526, 527 native, ii. 23-25 at Irebu. ii. 42-45 burying a, ii. 45 with Eolobo, among 57-61 indemnity, ii. 61 ii. tribe,
ii.
;
;
;
;
;
;
;
;
;
effects natives, slight causes for, ii. 62 da^ice of natives, ii. 343 internecine, desolating efftct of, ii. 35 ;
on population,
;
;
i.
173
AA'ar-fetish, a curious,
i.
340
AVarlike threats of Ngalyema, i. 332-334 AVare, another name lor AVcllt' lUver, AV'aruudi tribe, ii. 363 AVatei course, searcli for a, i. 178 AV'ater-drinking. excessive, ii. 315-317 AVatson, Sir Ihomas, on tiee-planting, ii.
311
AVatumba
of IMusangaland, ii. 109 AVatwa, dwarfs, the, ii. 47 ivoiy sold by, ii. 48 AVax, ii. 364 Wazige tribe, ii. 363 AV'callh of ivory trading chiefs, i. 310-311 A\'eaver-bird,s, i. 436 AVebb-Lualaba region, extent of, ii. 340, 358 ;
ii.
254,
AVoerman, Herr, ii. 394 AVnman, a notable, 425, 426 AVomcn, nude, ii. 100 of Africa, the, i. 425 AVood I'oint, i. 83, 85
154
Kiisari,
AVanuuu,
172,
298
moderate use of, AVine, ii. 242 282, 295 AVing-clappers, i. 207 AVinton, Sir Francis de, ii. 227 AVitchcraft, punishment of, i. 380
AVami lliver, i. 44, 58 AVampoko Kivcr, ii. 51 AVane Kirundu, ii. 360 Mikimgu, ii. 156 Itukura lisberuien, ii. 157 Sirouga, ii. 157
AA'hip-snakes, i. 204 AVhirlpools, i. 106 AVhisky, ii. 251, 252, 319 " AVliite Man's Grave," ii. 320 AA'illing hands a necessity, ii. 240 AVind obL-ervations, ii. 310, 331-333 ii. AVinds, cold, i. 210, 211, 264
cutting, ii. 9 AVork, a year's, i. 240 neglected at Vivi, shirking, ii. 240, 242 on ii. 221, 222 the Congo, ii. 252 honour of, ii. 278, 279 hours for outdoor, ii. 314 AVorkers, unintelligent, ii. 249, 250 AVorking day, duration of our, i. 149 nuuibcrs force, weakness of, i. 191 ;
;
;
;
;
;
196 AVorkmanship, native, of our,
i.
ii.
123
agreement about native, i. 1G9 shelter for outdoor, ii. 315 AVreck of a canoe, ii. 49 AVy-yanzi people, i. 428, 443 ii. 14, 23, '60\ 60, 63, 64, 302 custom of succession,
AV'orkiiien,
;
;
;
i.
520
Yakkiis, the, invasion
Yakongo Yakui,
ii.
village,
ii.
:
see
Ajakkas.
103
125
Yakusa spe irs, ii. 356 Yalulima tiibe, ii. Ill, 354; swordsmiths, ii. 356
Yambi
vilhige,
ii.
Yambinga, town, Yambuii,
ii.
126 107-109
ii.
127
57-60 127 A'nmbnngu village, ii. 112 Yambuya village, ii. 129
Yambula, 518,525 A'ambuniba town,
;
ii.
ii.
483
inde:s:. Ynmbila, a guide,
Yamu-ningiii village, ii. 110 Yannu, i. 4H2 Yangambi, ii. 151 Yangassa, a chief of Nzabi, i. 310 Yaukau on Itimbiri, ii. 100 Yanzi, Chief of Wane Sirongn, ii. 157
Yaporo district, ii. 141 Yaruche, ii. 152 Yarukuinbe town, ii. 152 Yaryembi, ii. 152 Yavuuga, a desolated village,
ii. 82, 8G, 88, 97, 98, 100, 112, 110, 117, 140, 182
name of the Congo, 202 described by a Capiicliin father i. 4 Tuckey's description of the, i. 5, G Zanzibar, 28, 29, 35, 37, 39, 43-45, 47, 48 Ihe Sultan of, i. 49 tlie Prince of, i. 58 Zaire, the, Portuguese i.
2,
;
;
;
Zauzibaris, i. 49, 59, 07, 1-JO, 150, 203, 212, 216, 277, 278, 311, 445, 4G2 ii. 97 144 sent iiome, i. 449 Zareeba or boma, i. 46 Zari see Znire. Zebra, ii. 241 Zinga, i. 287, 313-31G Zingeli, i. 46 ;
141 Yellala, i. 102, 113, 160, 105, 179; falls, i. "202, 203; ii. 218 mountain, i. 205; ii. ii.
;
217 Yellow wood, ii. 30 Yomburri, a desolated lown, ii. 139, 141 Youno-blood, Mr., i. 04, 73 Youthful indulgence, ii. 282, 283
;
:
Zombo,
Zuuga
THE ENDo
ii.
312
chya-Idi,
i.
105
VALUABLE WORKS OF
EXPLORATION AND ADVENTURE. Stanley's Congo, and the Founding of its Free Stale.
A
Work and
By H. M. Stanley. Dedicated by King of tbe Belgians. Wltli over One Hundred fnll-page and smaller Illustrations, two large Maps, and several Story of
Exploration.
Special Permission to H. M. the
smaller oues.
2
vols., 8vo, Clotli.
{Just Ready.)
Stanley's Tlirongli the Dark Continent. Througli tbe Dark Continent or, Tbe Sources of tbe Nile, Around tbe Great Lakes of Equatorial Africa, and Down tbe Livingstone Eiver to tbe Atlantic Ocean. Witb 149 Illustrations and 10 Maps. By Henry ;
M. Stanley.
2 vols., 8vo, Clotb, $10 00; Sbeep, $12 00; Half Morocco,
|15 00.
Stanley's Coomassie
and Magdala.
Coomassic and Magdala: a Story of
Two
By Henry M. Stanley. Witb Maps and
Britisb
Campaigns
Illustrations.
in Africa.
8vo, Clotb, $3 50.
Livingstone's Last Jonrnals. The Last Journals of David Livingstone, in Central Africa, from 1865 to liis Deatb. Continued by a Narrative of bis Last Moments and SufferBy Horace ings, obtained from bis Faitbful Servants Cbuma and Susi. Waller, F.R.G.S., Rector of Twywell, Northampton. Witb Maps and Illustrations.
Cheap Popular Edition,
8vo, Cloth, $5 00; Sheep, $6 00.
8vo, Clotb, with
Map and
Illustrations,
.fi2
50.
Livingstone's Expedition to the Zambesi. Narrative of an Expedition to the Zambesi and
tbe Discovery of the Lakes Shirwa and Nyassa.
and Charles Livingstone.
With Map and
its
Tributaries
1858-1864.
Illustrations.
;
and of
By David 8vo, Clotb,
|5 00; Sbeep, $5 50.
Long's Central Africa. Central Africa Naked Truths
of Naked People. An Account of ExpeLake Victoria Nyanza and tbe Makraka Niam-Niam, West of the Bahr-El-Abiad (White Nile). By Col. C. Chaille Long, of the Egyptian Staff. Illustrated from Col. Long's own Sketches. With Map. :
ditious to tbe
8vo, Clotb,$2 50.
Valuable WorJcs of Exploration and Adventure.
2
Cameron's Across Africa. Africa. By VEiiXKY Lovett Cameron, C.B., D.C.L., Commander Royal Navy, Gold Medalist Eoyal Geographical Society, etc. With a Map and iinmerous Illustrations. 8vo, Cloth, $5 00.
Across
AshaiigO'Laiid.
Dii Chaillirs
A
Journey to Ashango-Land, and Farther Peuetration into Equatorial Africa. By Paul B. Du Chaillu. Illustrated. 8vo, Cloth, $5 00 Sheep, $5 50
Half
;
Schweinfiirtli's
Calf, $7 25.
Heart of Africa.^
of Africa; or, Three Years' Travels
The Heart
and Adventures
in
the
Unexplored Regions of the Centre of Africa. From 1868 to 1871. By Translated by Ellen E. Frewer. With Dr. Geoug Sciiweixfurth. an Introduction by WixwoOD Reade. Illustrated by about 130 Woodcuts from
Drawings made by the Author, and with Two Maps.
2
vols.,
8vo, Cloth, $8 00.
Speke's Africa. Journal of the Discovery of the Source of the Nile. By Joiix Haxxixg Speke, Captain H. M. ludiau Army, Fellow and Gold Medalist of the
Royal Geographical Society, Hon. Corresponding Member and Gold MedWith Maps aud Portraits alist of the French Geographical Society, etc.
and numerous
Illustrations, chiefly
8vo,Cloth,$4 03; Sheep, $4
from Drawings by Captain Graxt.
50.
Burton's Lake Regions of Central Africa. The Lake Regions of Central Africa. A Picture of Exploration. By Maps and Illustrations. 8vo, Cloth, Captain Richard F. Burton. $3 50.
Baker's Ismailia. Ismail'ia: a Narrative of the
pression of the Slave
By
Sir
-
Expedition to Central Africa for the Sup-
Trade, organized
Samuel White Baker, Pasha,
by Ismail, Khedive of Egypt. M.A., F.R.S., F.R.G.S., Major-
Geueral of the Ottoman Empire, late Governor-General of the Equatorial Nile Basin,
etc., etc.
Illustrations
With Maps,
Portraits,
by Zwecker and Durand.
and upwards of 50 full-page
8vo, Cloth, $5 00; Half Calf,
%1 25.
Lady
Blnnt's Bedouin Tribes of the Euphrates.
Bedouin Tribes of the Euphrates. By Lady Axxe Blunt. Edited, with a Preface and some Account of the Arabs and their Horses, by W. S. B. Map and Sketches by the Author. 8vo, Cloth, ^2 50.
Works of Exploration and Adventure.
Valnalile
3
Reade's Savage Africa. Savage Africa
being the Narrative of a Tour
:
in Equatorial, Sontli-wcst-
eru,and Nortli-westeru Africa; with Notes on the Habits of the Gorilhi; on the Existence of Unicorns and Tailed Men ou the Slave-Tradc on ;
;
the Origin, Character, and Capabilities of the Negro, and on the Future
Western
Civilization of
trations
and a Map.
By W. WiNWOOD Eeade.
Africa.
8vo, Cloth, |4 00
;
Sheep, $4 50
;
Half
Prime's Boat-Life iu Egypt and Nubia. Boat -Life in Egypt and Nubia. By William C. Prime. 12mo, Cloth, %2
Cnrtis's Nile
With
Illus-
Calf, $6 25.
Illustrated.
00.
Notes of a Howadji. By George William
Nile Notes of a Howadji.
Curtis.
12aio, Cloth,
$1 50.
A
Naturalist's
A
Wanderings
in the
Eastern Arcliipelngo. By Hexry O.
Narrative of Travel and Exploration from 1878 to 1883.
Forres, F.R.G.S.,
etc.
8vo, Cloth, $5 00.
Illustrated.
{Just FuhlhUed.)
Wallace's Malay Archipelago. The Malay Archipelago Paradise. •
Nature.
A
:
the
Land
of the Orang-Utau and the Bird of
Narrative of Travel, 1854-62.
By Alfred Russel Wallace.
New
Illustrations.
Edition.
Crown
With Studies of Man and With Maps and numerous
8vo, Cloth, $2 50.
Wallace's Island Life. Island Life;
or,
Climates.
The Phenomena of Insular Faunas and
Floras, Avith
Including an entire Revision of the Problem of Geological
their Causes.
By Alfred Russel Wallace.
Witli Illustrations and Mai)S.
8vo, Cloth, $4 00.
Wallace's Geographical Distribution of Animals. The Geographical Distribution of Animals. With a Study of the Relations of Living and Extinct Faunas, as elucidating the Past Changes of With Colored the Earth's Surface. By Alfred Russel Wallace. Maps and numerous Illustrations by Zwecker. 2 vols., 8vo, Cloth, $10 00.
Viimbcry's Centrtil Asia. being the Account of the Journey from Teheran across the Turkoman Desert, on the Eastern Shore of the Caspian, to Khiva, Bokhara, and Samarcand, performed in the year 1883. By Ar-
Travels iu Central Asia
:
MiNius Vambery, Member of the Hungarian Academy of Pesth, by he was sent on this Scientific Mission. With Maps and Woodcuts. Cloth, $4 50 Half Calf, $6 75. ;
whom 8vo,
Valuable Worls of Exploration and Adventure.
4
Thomson's Malacca, Indo-China, and China. The
Straits of Malacca, ludo-Cliiiin,
Adventures, and Ecsidence Abroad. Illustrations.
and China; or, Ten Years' Travels, By J. THOMSON. With over GO
8vo, Clot]),S4 00.
MacGahan's Campaigning on the
Oaiis.
By
Cainpaigning ou the Oxns and the Fall of Khiva.
With Map and
Illustrations.
8vo, Cloth,
J. A.
MacGahan.
50.
iif3
Biirnnby's Ride lo Khiva. A Kide to Khiva: Travels and Adventures in Central Asia. By Frkd BuRNABY (Captain Eoyal Horse Guards). With Maps and an Appendix, containing, among other Information, a Series of March-routes, compiled from a Russian Work. 12nio, Cloth, $2 00.
Armenia and Erzcroom.
Cni'zon's
Armenia: a Year at Erzeroom, and on tlie P' rentiers of Russia, Turkey, and Persia. By the Hon. Robert Curzon. Map and Illustrations. 12mo, Cloth, $1
Vincent's The Laud
25.
Land
of the
White Elephant.
White Elephant: Sights and Scenes in South-eastern Asia. A Personal Narrative of Travel and Adventure in Farther India, embracing the Countries of Burma, Siam, Cambodia, and Cochin-China of the
By Frank Yixcext,
(1H71-2).
Vincent's
Magnificently Illustrated with Maps,
Jr.
Plans, and numerous Woodcuts.
8vo, Cloth, Gilt Tops, $2 50.
Throngh and Throngh the Tropics.
Tlirongh and Through the Tropics Oceanica, Australasia, and India.
:
Thirty Thousand Miles of Travel in
By Feakk
r2mo, Cloth,
Yin'CEXT, Jr.
$1 50.
Thomson's Sonthern Palesline and Jernsalem. The Land and the Book Southern Palestine and Jerusalem. By William M. TiiOMSOXjD.D., Forty-five Years a Missionary in Syria and Pal:
estine.
140 Illustrations and Maps.
Square Bvo, Cloth, $6 00; Sheep,
|7 00; Half Morocco, §8 50; Full Morocco, Gilt Edges, $10 00.
Tliomson's Central Palestine and Pha'nicia. The Land and the Book Central Palestine and Phoenicia. :
M. Thomson, D.D. $6 00
;
Sheep, $7 00
130 Illustrations and ;
Half Morocco, $8 50
Maps. ;
By William
Square Bvo, Cloth,
Full Morocco, Gilt Edges,
$10 00.
Thomson's East of the Jordan. The Laud and the Book: East of the Jordan. sox, D.D.
Illustrations
and Maps.
Square 8vo.
By William M. TllOM{Xeurhj
Ilcaihj).
Valuable Works of Exploration and Adventure.
Prime's Tciit'Lifc in
llic
Holy Land.
By William
Tent-Life iu the Holy Laud.
5
C. Phi.mk.
Illustrated.
12mo,
Clotli,$2 00.
Pike's SnIj'Ti'opical Rambles. Sub-Tropical Rambles iu the Laud of tlie Apliauapteryx riences, Adventures,
By Nicholas
ritius.
Persoual Expeand Wanderings iu and about the Island of Mau-
Haudsoniely Illustrated.
Pike.
:
8vo, Cloth,.«;3 £0.
Van-Lennep's Bible Lands. Bible Lauds: their Modern Customs and Manners Illustrative of Script-
By
ure.
the Rev. Heniiy
Van-Lennep, D.D.
J.
wards of 350
Wood Eugravings and two
Cloth, $5 00
Sheep, $6 00
,•
;
Half
Illustrated
Colored Maps.
Avitli
up-
838 pp., 8vo,
Calf, $8 00.
Macgregor's Rob Roy on the Jordan. The Rob Roy on the Jordan, Canoe Cruise J.
Nile, Red Sea, and Gennesareth, etc. A and Egypt, and the Waters of Damascus. By With Maps and Illustrations. Crown 8vo, Cloth,
iu Palestine
Macgregor, M.A.
'
$2 50.
Bartlelt's
From Egypt
From Egypt Country.
to
Palestine.
to Palestine, through Sinai, the Wilderness,
and the South
Observations of a Journey made with Special Reference to the
By S. C. Baktlett, D.D., LL.D., President of Dartmoutli College, and lately Professor in the Chicago Theological SemHistory of the Israelites.
With
inary.
Ma^is and Illustrations.
Schliemann's
8vo, Cloth,
$i3
50.
Ilios.
The Results of Researches Troy and throughout the Troad iu the years 1871-'72-'73-'78-'79 including an Autobiography of the Author. By Dr. Henuy Sciiliemanx, F.S.A., F.R.I. British Architects; Author of "Troy and its Remains," "Myceuse," etc. With a Preface, Appendices, and Notes by Professors Rudolf Virchow, Max Miiller, A. H. Sayce, J. P. Mahaffy, H. Brugscli-Bey, P. Aschersou, M. A. Postolaccas, M. E. Buruouf, Mr. F. Calvert, and Mr. A. J. DuflQeld. With Maps, Plans, and about 1800 Ilios,
the City and Country of the Trojans.
and Discoveries on the
Site of ;
Illustrations.
Imperial 8vo, Cloth, $12 00; Half Morocco, §15
00.
Schliemann's Troja. Troja.
Results of the Latest Researches and Discoveries on the Site of
Homer's Troy, and iu the Heroic Tumuli and other Sites, made in the year 1882, and a Narrative of a Journey iu the Troad in 1881. By Dr. Henry Schliemanx, Author of " Ilios," etc. Preface by Professor A. H. Sayce.
With
1.50
Woodcuts and
4
Cloth, $7 50; Half Morocco, $10 00.
Maps and
Plans,
pp.
xl., 434.
8vo,
Valaahle Works of Exploration and Adventure.
6
Myers's Remains of Lost Empires. Remains of Lost Empires: Sketclics of the Ruins of P;ilmyra, Nineveli, Babylon, autl Persepolis, with some Notes ou India and the Cashmcrian Himalayas. By P. V. N. Myers, A.M. Illustrated, bvo, Cloth, .$3 CO.
Land of Moab
Tristram's
The Land of Moab Travels and Discoveries on the East Side of Ihe Dead Sea and the Jordan. By H. B. Tkistram, M.A., L.L.D., F.R.S., Honorary Canon of Durham. With a Chapter on the Persian Palace of MaWith Map and Illustrations. Crown shita, by James Fergusox, F.R.S. :
8vo, Cloth, $2 50.
Cesnola's Cyprns. Cyprns:
its
Ancient
By
General Louis
Sciences, Turin etc.
With
;
Palma
A
Tombs, and Temples.
Cities,
searches and Excavations during
Ten
di Cesnola,
Member
of the Royal
Hon. Member of the Royal Society of
Portrait,
Maps, and 400 Illustrations.
Tops and Uncut Edges,
.$7
50
;
Half
dition,
Academy
Litei'atnre,
of
London,
8vo, Clotli, Extra, Gilt
Calf, $10 GO.
Layard's Discoveries at Nineveh. Discoveries among the Ruins of Nineveh and Babylon Armenia, Kurdistan, and the Desert
Narrative of Re-
Years' Residence in that Island.
:
;
with Travels in
being the result of a Second Expe-
undertaken for the Trustees of the British Museum. By Austen With Maiis, Plans, and Illustration, fe'vo. Cloth,
Hexry Layard, M.P.
U
00.
Davis's Cartilage. Carthage and her Remains: being an Account of the Excavations and Researches ou the Site of the Phceuician Metropolis, in Africa and other Adjacent Places. Conducted under the Auspices of Her Majesty's Govern-
ment. By Dr. N. Davis, F.R.G.S. Profusely Illustrated with Maps, Wood8vo, Cloth,$4 00; Half Calf, $6 25. cuts, Chromo-Lithographs, etc., etc.
Tiiomson's Vova«c of The Voyage
tlic
'''Challcn«er.''
of the "Challenger.''
Tlie
Atlantic:
General Results of the Voyage during the Year of the Year 1876. trait of the
trations.
2
Author,
187.3
An Account and
tlie
of the
Early Part
By Sir C. Wyville Thomson, F.R.S. With a Pormany Colored Maps, Temperature Chart.s, and Illus-
vols., 8vo, Cloth,
$12 00.
Spry's Cruise of the ''Cliallenocr." The Cruise of Her Majesty's Ship "Challenger." Voyages over many By W. J. J. Spry, R.N. With Maps and Seas, Scenes in many Lands. Crown 8vo, Cloth, $2 00. Illustrations.
Valuable Works of Exploration and Adventure.
The Boy
By
Travellers.
Tlios.
W. Knox.
Six Parts.
Copiously Illustrated. 8vo, Cloth, $-3 00 each. Piirt I. Adventures of Two Youths iu a Jouruey to Japan and China. II. Adventures of Two Youths in a Journey to Siam and Java. Descriptions of Cochin-China, Cambodia, Sumatra, and the Mahvy Archipelago. Illustrated. 8vo, Cloth,.$3 50.
Part
With
Part
Two Youths
Adventures of
III.
in a
Journey
With Descriptious of Borneo, the Philippiuc
India.
Part IV.
Two
Adventures of
to
Islands,
Ceylon and and Burmali.
Youths
in a
Journey to Egypt and the
Two Youths
in a
Jouruey through Central
Holy Laud. Part V.
Adveutures of
Africa.
Part VI. America.
Adventures of {Ncarhj
Two
Youths
iu a
Journey througli South
lieadi/.)
Hunting Adventures on Land and Sea. By Thos. W. Knox. Two Parts. Copiously Illustrated. 8vo, Cloth, S2 50 each. The Young Nimrods in North America. I. Part II. The Young Nimrods Around the World. Part
Knox's Voyage of the "Vivian." The Voyage
of the
Adventures of llhistrated.
"Vivian"
Two Youths
to the North Pole
iu the
Opeu Polar
and Beyond.
Sea.
Being the
By Thomas W. Knox.
8vo, Cloth, $2 50.
Du
Chaillu's Land of the Midnight Sun. The Land of the Midnight Suu. Summer and Winter Journeys through Sweden, Norway, Lapland, and Northern Finland. By Paul B. Du Chaillu. With Map and 235 Illustrations. In Two Volumes. 8vo, Cloth, $7 50; Half Calf, $12 00.
Laniont's Seasons with the Sea-Horses. Seasons with the Sea-IIorses; Seas. Clotli,
By James Lamont,
or.
Sporting Adventures iu the Northern
F.G.S.
With Map aud
Illustrations.
8vo,
$3 00.
Tyson's Arctic Experiences. Arctic Experiences: containing Captain George E.Tyson's Wonderful Drift on the Ice-Floe, n History of the Polaris Expedition, the Cruise of tlie Tigress, and Eescue of the Polaris Survivors. To which is added a General Arctic Chronology. Edited by E. Vale. With Map and numer-
ous Illustrations.
8vo, Cloth, $4 00.
Valuable IVorliS of Exploration and Adventure.
8
Hayes's Land of Desolation. The Land
of Desolation
:
being a Personal Narrative of Observation and
By Isaac I. Hayes, M.D., Author With Illustrations. 12mo, Cloth, $1 75.
Adventure ia Greenland.
Open Polar
Sea," etc.
"The
of
Davis's Niiiirod of the Sea. Nimrod of the Sea or, the American Whaleman. By William M. Davis. With many Illustrations. 12ino, Cloth, $2 00. ;
Busli's Reindeer,
Dogs, and Snow-shoes.
Keiudeer, Dogs, 'o''> and Snow-shoes
made
ploratious
:
a Journal of Siberian Travel and Ex-
in the Years 186.V67.
By Riciiaud
Kusso-Americau Telegraph Expedition. $3
Illustrated.
J. Busii, late
of the
Cro\YU 8vo, Cloth,
00.
Bishop Haven's Mexico. Our Next-Door Neighbor. Recent Sketches of Mexico. By the Rev. Gilbert Haven, D.D., Bishop in the M. E. Church. With Maps and 8vo, Cloth, $3 50.
Illustrations.
Bishop's Old Mexico and her Lost Provinces.
A
Journey
in
Mexico, Southern California, and Arizona, by
Way
of Cuba.
By William Henry Bishop, Author of " Detmold," " The House of a Merchant Prince," etc. With numerous Illustrations, chiefly from Sketches by the Author. Sqiilicr's
00.
Nicaragua.
Nicaragua:
its
People, Scenery, Monuments, Resources, Condition, and
Proposed Canal. Squier.
12mo, Cloth, $2
With One Hundred Maps and
Illustrations.
By
E. G.
8vo, Cloth, $4 00.
Squier's Peru. Peru
:
Incidents of Travel and Exploration in the
Land
of
tlie
E. G. Squier, M.A., F.S.A., late U. S. Commissioner to Peru.
lucas.
By
Illustrated.
8vo, Cloth, $5 00.
Orton's Andes and the Amazon. The Andes aud the Amazon or. Across the Continent of South America. By James Orton, Ph.D., late Professor of Natural History in Vassar College, Poughkeepsie, N. Y. Corresponding Member of the Academy of Natural Sciences, Philadelphia, aud of the Lyceum of Natural History, N. Y. Third Edition, Revised and Enlarged, containing Notes of a Second Journey Across the Continent from Parii to Lima and Lake Titicaca. With two Maps and numerous Illustrations. Bvo, Cloth, $3 00. ;
;
Valuable Works of Exploration and Adventure.
Wliyiiipcr's
9
Alaska.
Travel and Adventure in the Territory of Alaska, formerly Eussiau America— now ceded to tlie United States and in various Other Parts
—
of the North Pacitic, trations.
Crown
By FREDEniCK Whymper.
With Map and
Illus-
8vo, Cloth, $2 50.
IngcrsoH's Knocking Round llic Rockies. Knocking Eound the Eockies. By Ernest Ingersoll.
8vo, Cloth, $2 00,
Burton's City of
tlie Saints. The City of the Saints; and Across the Eocky Mountains to California. By Captain Eiciiard F. Burton, Fellow and Gold Medalist of the Eoyal Geographical Societies of France and England; H. M. Consul in West Africa. Maps and numerous Illustrations. 8vo, Clotii, $3 50.
Nordlioff's California. California: a
Book
for Travellers
A New Edition. With Maps and Hayes's
New
New
and
By Charles Nordiioff.
Settlers.
8vo, Cloth, $2 00.
Illustrations.
Colorado,
Colorado and the Sante Fe Trail.
By
A. A.
Hayes,
Jr.
Illustrated.
Svo, Cloth, $2 50.
Short's
North x\mericans of Antiquity.
The North Americans of Antiquity. of Civilization Considered.
By John
Their Origin, Migrations, and Type T. Short.
Illustrated.
Bvo, Cloth,
$3 00.
Murphy's Sporting Adventures in the Far West. Sporting Adventures in the Far West.
12mo, Cloth, $1
By
J.
M. Murphy.
Illustrated.
50.
Gillmore's Prairie and Forest. Prairie
and Forest: a Description of the Game of North America, with
By Parker Gillmore.
Personal Adventures in their Pursuit. trated.
Illus-
12rao, Cloth, $1 50.
Hazard's Santo Domingo. Santo Domingo, Past and Present; with a Glance at Hayti. By Samuel Hazard, Maps and Illustrations. Crown 8vo, Cloth, $3 50. Griffis's
The Mikado's Empire.
History of Japan, from 660 B.C. to 1872 A.D., and Personal Experiences, Ohservations, and Studies in Japan, 1870-1874. New Edition, with a Supplementary Chapter on Japan in 1883. By William E. GiUFFis, A.M., late of the Imperial University of Tokio, Japan, Copiously Illustrated. Svo, Cloth, $4 00 Half Calf, $6 25.
The Mikado's Empire.
;
Valuahle Works of SJxploi'ation and Adventure.
10
ArnoUVs Through
Pcrsiii
by Caravan.
By Arthur Arnold.
Through Persia by Caravan.
12ino, Cloth, $1 75.
Darwin's Voyage of a Naturalist. Journal of Eesearches iuto the Natural Historj- and Geology of the Countries Visited
during the Voyage of H.M.S. "Beagle" Round the World,
Command of Captain Fitzro\', R.N. By Charles Darwin, M.A., F.R.S. New Edition. 2 vols., 12mo, Cloth, $2 00. under the
What What
Mr. Darwin Saw. Mr. Darwin
With
gle."
Saw
in his
Voyage round the World
8vo, Cloth,
Illustrations.
in the
Ship " Bea-
p 00.
Benjamin's Atlantic Islands. The Atlantic Islands Benjamin.
and Pleasure.
as Resorts for Health
By
S. G.
W.
8vo, Cloth, $3 00.
Illustrated.
Biart's Involuntary Voyage.
An
By LuciEN
Involuntary^ Voyage.
Biart.
Illustrated.
12mo, Cloth,
$1 25.
Adventures of a Young Naturalist. The Adventures of a Young Naturalist. By Lucien Biart. Adapted by Parker Gillmore. With 117 Illustrations.
Biart's
.
Edited and 12nio, Cloth,
$1 75.
Sniiles's
Round Rail
Round the World.
the World: including a Residence in Victoria, and a Journey by
acro.ss
North America. 12mo, Cloth, $1
lustrated.
By a Boy.
Edited by Samuel Smiles.
Symonds's Sketches and Studies
in
Sketches and Studies in Southern Europe.
MONDs.
In
Two
Volumes.
Reinhart.
8vo,
Southern Europe. By John Addington Sy-
Square 16mo, Cloth, $4
Lathrop's Spanish Vistas. Spanish Vistas. By George Parsons S.
00.
Latiirop. Illustrated by Charles
Ornamental Cover, Gilt Edges, $3
00.
Boughton's Sketching Rambles in Holland. Sketching Rambles in Holland. By George H. Boughton, Beautifully and Profusely Illustrated with W^ood-engravings from ings by the Author and
Il-
50.
Edwin
A. Abbey.
Proofs, Japanese Paper, without Letters.
With Two Pages
A.R.A.
Draw-
Artists' Full-page
xvi., 342.
Square, Bvo,
Illuminated Cloth, Uncut Edges, and Gilt Top, $5 00; BrownCloth, Uncut Edges and Gilt Top, $5 00; Full Gilt Edges, ^5 25.
Valuable Works of Exploration and Adventure.
The Howjuljl
Ciirtis's
The Howadjl
Syria.
in
By Geokge
in Syria.
11
AVilliaji
12mo, Cloth,
Curtis.
$1 50.
China and Japan.
Olipliaiil's
Narrative of the Earl of Elgin's Mission to China an(lJapan,iu the Years By Laukexce Oliphaxt, Private Secretary to Lord Elgin. 1857, '58, '59. 8vo, Cloth,
Illustrated.
"
Newman's "From Dan
p 50.
From Dan
lo
to Beersheba;" or.
Bcersheba."
The Laud
of rroinise as
it
now Appears.
Including a Description of the Boundaries, Topography, Agriculture, Antiquities, Cities, and Present Inhabitants of that Wonderful Land. Witii Illustrations of the Eeniaikable Accuracy of the Sacred Writers in their Allusions to their Native Country.
Maps
aild
Engravings.
By
the Eev.
J. P.
Newmax, D.D.
Pinio, Cloth, %l 75.
Philippine Islands. Twenty Years in the PliiUppines. By Paul de la
Gii'oniere's
and Extended by the Author expressly 12mo, Cloth,
Drake's
Ijl
Gi'ROXiIire.
for this Translation.
Kevised
Illustrated.
50.
New
England Coast.
Nooks ami Corners of the New England Coast. By Samuel Adams Drake. With numerous Illustrations. Square 8vo, Cloth, $3 50; Half Calf, $5 75.
Drake's Heart of ihe While Moniitains. By Samuel Adams Drake, Author Tlie Heart of the White Mountains. of " Nooks and Corners of the New England Coast." Illustrated by W. Hamilton Gibsox, Author
of " Pastoral Days."
4to,
Illuminated Cloth,
Tourist's Edition, $3 00.
Gilt Etlges, §7 50.
Dilkc's Greater Britain. Greater Britain
:
a Kecord of Travel in English-speaking Countries dur-
ing 1863 and 1867. trations.
By Charles Wextwoutii Dilke.
12mo, Cloth, $1
Maps and
Illus-
00.
Lady Belcher's Mnliny of the Bonnty. Some Account
of the Mutineers of the
Pitcairu and Norfolk Islands. Cl-oth,
,«il
50.
Bounty and
By Lady Belcher.
their Descendants in Illustrated.
12mo,
Valuable Works of Exploration and Adventure.
12
Waring's Tyrol, and the Skirt of the Alps. Tyrol, and the .Skirt of the Alps.
By GeokG2
E.
Waking,
Jr.
Illus-
8vo, Cloth, $3 00.
trated.
Dixon's Free Russia. Free Kussia. By W. IIkpwortii Dixox, Author of " Her With Two Illustrations. Crowu «vo, $i! OU. er," etc.
Prime's Round
By Edward D.
Crown
Illustratious.
Tow-
World.
liic
Arouud tho World.
Majesty's
With immeroua
G. Pkime, D.D.
8vo, Cloth, $3 00.
Hcpwortli's Starboard and Port. starboard and Port: tho "Xettic" Along Shore.
A
Cruise aloug the Coasts of Maine and Labrador.
By
WORTH.
West
Indies.
At Last: a Christmas
the
West
By Paul
of the Dwarfs.
12mo, Cloth, $1
Country. By Paul
Cliaillu's Gorilla
12mo, Cloth, $1
Cliaillu's
My
-with Life iu the Great Sahara, etc.
Wild
By Paul
B.
Du
and Sketches of the
Chaillu.
Illlustra-
Life.
Life under the Equator.
12mo, Cloth, §1
Du
Illustrated.
12uio, Cloth, $1 50.
Cliaillu's
Wild
B. Dl" Ciiaillc.
x^pingi Kini^doni.
Chase of the Ostrich, Hyena,
Du
Illustrated.
50.
My Apingi Kingdom: ted.
Ciiaillu.
B. Dl'
50.
stories of the Gorilhx Country.
Du
By Charles Kixgsley.
Indies,
Country of the Dwarfs.
Cliaillu's
The Country
Du
in
12mo, Cloth, $1 50.
Illustrated.
Du
Yacht
II. llicp-
12nio, Cloth, $1 75.
Illustrated.
Kingslcy's
Siiinnicrs
Geoiigi:
Cliaillu's
By Paul
B.
Du
Ciiaillu.
Illustrated.
50.
Lost
the Jun«Ie. By Paul B. Du Chaillu,
iu
Lost in the Jungle.
Illustrated.
12mo,
Cloth, $1 50.
Published by tS^ IIaepeu
&
HAEPER & BEOTHEPS, Kew
Tosk.
send any of the above icorhs h-j mail, postage prepaid, part of the United States or Canada, o.i receipt of the pric:.
Br.oTiiKKS
u'ill
to
any
y^ y M- Stan LEY
nu^j^cc
H. M. (l-',m,i
a
STANLEY.
rliidij
Wn, UroHVcnor
street,
London, W.)
THE CONGO AND THE
FOUNDING OF
ITS
FREE STATE
A STORY OF
WORK AND EXPLORATION
BY
HENRY
M.
STANLEY
WITH OVER ONE HUNDUED FULL-PAGE AND SMALLER ILLUSTRATIONS, TWO LARGE MAPS, AND SEVERAL SMALLER ONES
IN
TWO VOLUMES Vol.
II.
NEW YORK HARPER
&
BROTHERS, FRANKLIN SQUARE
1885
Copyright, 1885, by
Harper
All rig/Ua ruerved.
&
Brothers.
—
—
CONTENTS. (Vol
II.)
CHAPTEE XXVI. TO Bolobo trade
—Wealth
THE BLACK RIVER.
of the chiefs
—Manguru
PAGE
the Rothschild of
Bolobo— Scenery
of the Upper Congo Ennui on the voyage Comparison with travelling on other great rivers Unvarying food We lose our way " Ho, Wy-yanzi, tribesmen of Luko" lela A poor reception An improvised market— Tricked by the natives Buying a crocodile— Cordial reception at Usindi Irebu the home of the champion traders— Maugombo the chief Excellent knowledge of trade The war in Irebu— I am asked to negotiate for peace Cause of the war Difference between Stanley and Bula Matari Medicine to make wealth grow Cooking the big pot Troublesome exploration -A threatening dance " The river is free, but touch not the land " The Batuki A new station founded !
—
— —
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
1
CHAPTER XXVII. FROM THE BLACK RIVER TO STANLEY POOL AND BACK TO EQUATOR STATION.
An
— Chili pej^per and tears— Success of a —Sounds of war—Peace-making—Burying the war — The Lukanga river—Mantumba Lake— The Watwa dwarfs —Rescue of a shipwrecked crew — The Abbe Guyot — The
embarrassing farewell
hypocritical stratagem
and his prey — Leopoldville flourishing— Troubles at Bwabwa Njali's— A homicidal officer— Lieutenant Janssen and the Troubles at Abbe Guyot drowned — Troubles at Kimpoko Bolobo— The station burnt— We are fired upon War A Krupp Peace restored gun sent for Weak effects of musketry Displaying the power of the Krupp Settling the indemnity "I and my people will depart from Bolobo for ever "—The river of Bunga — Lukolela— A magnificent forest — The superstition of lion
—
—
—
—
—
—
!
luka
— Excellent
achieved
condition
of
Equator
Station
— My
ideal Sii
——A CONTENTS.
CHAPTER
XXVIII.
TO THE ARUWIJII OR BIYERKE.
—
PAGE
—
The Lulungu river Bolombo Equipping for a long voyage Bangala the terrible Stirring memories Boleko the chief "Stop, thief!" Mata Bwyki A modern Hercules "Is this Tandelay ? " Uncomfortable moments The appeal of Yumbila " Bula Matari and Mata Bwyki are one to-day " Luxuriant
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
!
tropical scenes
—Deserted
districts
women — The
—
— Immense forest wealth —Unsheltered in a storni
- Nganza— Old Eubunga — I.anga-Langa
currency changing
of former population
— Bumba
a sign
— The —Itim-
and the chief Myombi with a tiger's skin— Yambinga
dreaded Ibauza— A trick biri river- Yalulima armourers the look-out— The
—Kdobo— Oyster-shells
—Hostile natives —War canoes on
Aruwimi— Mokulu— An
effective
salutation— 75
"Bravo, Yumbila!"
CHAPTER XXIX. UP THE BIYERRE. Yumbila returns with an interesting story— Slave kidnappers, probably from the Soudan— Skilful workmanship Umaneh and Yakui Conical huts The course of the river Metropolitan Yambinnba A sham famine— The rapids Supposed identity of the Biyerre and Welle Reasons for this opinion—-Arabs in the 119 neighbourhood Again on the Congo
— —
—
—
—
—
—
—
CHAPTER XXX. TO Predatory
Bahunga— An odd means
Enormous Arabs
STANLEY
flotilla
— " Cruel
of canoes
man
for
FALLS.
defence— Deserted villages ahead Ravages by the
—
— Danger
has done his worst
"—Remains
of burnt
—
villages— A shocking discovery We overtake the Arab slavetraders Meditations on retribution —Extent of territory ravaged
—
—
by the Arabs— Their miserable captives A harrowing scene Captives all women and children their number The cause of the trade— Yangambi The Cliofu river The Wcnya fishermen Cunning policy of the Arabs— Stanley Falls— Description of the cataracts— The district tribes Their mode of fishing— dangerous ferry Drum signals An industrious people- The
—
;
—
—
—
—
fish
of the
Binnie
is
— —
waters- Palavers— Onr
appointed chief and
left in
station founded— charge— Homeward bound 134
farthest
—— CONTENTS.
V
CHAPTER XXXI. DOWN THE CONGO TO STANLEY
POOL. PAGE
Going with the stream— The Arabs send their confidential men with us— NavigabiUty of the Liimami and Lubilash Wreck of the ii'oya?— Beaching and repairing the wreck— Cold winds on the Iboko in confusion Impudent thieving A prisoner — river " Fast bind, fast find " A horrified father Refusal of a ransom Cordiality at Ukumira Mata Bwyki in a passion More
—
—
—
—
—
prisoners
— Restitution
—
—
—
—
of our stolen
property
— Freeing
—
the
prisoners— A horrible massacre Young Glave of Yorkshire Bolobo station again burnt— News from the missionaries Again Troublesome news from Vivi 168 at Leopold ville
—
—
CHAPTER XXXII. RETDRN TO VIVL Starting of our
words
caravan— A promising farewell— Ngalyema's
—Encouraging
the natives as
we
resolutions of the officers
pass — Nselo ferry
—
—
— Quarrel
last
— Hospitality
of
between Ngombi
Peace-making Forms of our treaties with native chiefs— List of districts and their chiefs The cut-throat Lutete is changed for the better— An extending and dangerous crevasse Lava at Kalulu Falls " Whence has it come ? " Manyanga " higgledy-piggledy " Hospitality at the mission-house of Mr.
and Mbimbi
—
—
—
:
—
— Luima
and Mrs. Ingham— A pretty station valleys Climate and health— Congo la Unhappy reflections upon its neglect
—
CHAPTER
and Lunionzo
Lemba— View
of Vivi
189
XXXIII.
TO OSTEND. Climate and conduct
Removal
—Vivi
in
confusion— A cure
for
sham
illness
— Description of the changes at Vivi probable work — I embark on the Kinsemho —
of the station
General Gordon's Loan<j;o— Sette
Camma— Coast
trade— Gaboon Gulf— Fernando a great "oil"
Po-The Cameroons— Duke Town— Exploring river
—Native chiefs buying iron houses — Bonny—Lagos— Quetta
—Sierra Leone— My arrival in London —Report to H.M. the King 220
of the Belgians
CHAPTER XXXIV. EUROPEANS
IN
AFRICA.
European opinion of African life—Repelled by the absence of comforts " Amour propre " and " susceptibilities "—Few heroes of labour —Extravagant hopes—" Bah 1 did not come for work'' Types
—
!
—
— A CONTENTS.
vi
—
PAGB
—
and prosperous stations Malingering Unintel" Nothing like whisky !" ligent workers "Sojering" happier theme— The earnest workers of the Expedition—New aspirants— Young officers in search of adventures— A sad accident—Our physician— A plucky Scot— The way to gain a good of neglected
—
—
—
reputation
238
CHAPTER XXXV. CLIMATE
— PAET
I.
—A youth's welcome to the and and fever — Intemperance — Careless-
Value of reliable knowledge its results
— Wet
ness in Europe stations
tropics,
flannels
—Inquiry
on the Congo
— The
into the causes of sickness at the cases of
some of our invalids
—
—The
best positions to build upon Captain Burton's advice, " Beef and beer " European opinion of Africa compared to African
—
—
Banza Manteka a missionary station Dangers of low-lying localities A fatal " pare " " Observe the native custom Sickness not all due to miasma Number of deaths in our Expedition Instances of how the deaths occurred Urgent advice to- those who wish to thrive in the tropics 280 opinion of Europe '"
—
:
—
—
—
—
—
. .
CHAPTEE XXXVI. CLIMATE. Dr.
—PART
II.
—
—
Definition of heat Cold von Danckelman's obsei'vations Ex]iosure Advantage of awnings Equable temperature of the body Temperature in Soutli America Inequality of the Congo climate Long marches and gulps of cold water A cool place "He is only joking" " Tlie White Man's Grave" Advice Food and drink Daily life Medicine Diseases to doctors
—
—
—
—
—
—
— — —
—
—
—
—
312
Meteorological Tables
CHAPTER XXXVII. THE KERNEL OF THE ARGUMENT.
—
—
The maritime Navigable stretches mountain region Elevations, vegetation, and productions—Population Interior basin of the Upper Congo; its extent and altitudes Navagability of the tributaries Tal)les of mileage of navigable waters Area drained by the rivers Tables of population of Upper Congo section— Opinions of Dr. Pogge and Lieut. Weissman, Tipj)U Tib, and Dr. Scliwcinfurth— The products of the land— Vegetable and animal richness Minerals Navagability of the E.xtent of the Webb-Lualaba section
Extent of the Congo River region
—
—The
— —
—
—
—
—
—
—
— CONTENTS.
— Characteristics of the Lualaba country— Livingstone's descriptions — The Tanganika territory — markets Table of the actual knowledge of the Congo basin area and population— Possibilities of trade — Table of the value of African produce in Liverpool —Prospects of factories— Advantages of a Equatorial Africa — Comparison with railway— Efforts to future development and greatness other countries—
PACE
Webb-Lualaba
Ujiji :
its
civilise
Its
..
..
339
CHAPTER XXXVIII. THE BKRLIN CONFERENCE.
—Precedents—Treaties with chiefs their —The Anglo Portuguese Treaty—United States action Prince Bismarck's views —Position of Great Britain— German and French interests—Freedom of commerce —Berlin Conference —List of Plenipotentiaries—Deliberations and decisions at the Conference —Acquisitions of France and Portugal — Free Trade —A safe jurisdiction—The Royal Founder
Strengthening the fabric
:
validity
378
APPENDIX. PiGE
The Commercial Basin
of the Congo, as described by the
Author 409
before the Berlin Conference
415
Protocol, No. 9
Declarations exchanged between the United States of America and the International Association of the Congo
419
Convention between the Empire of Germany and the International Association of the Congo
421
Declarations exchanged between the Government of Her Britannic
Majesty and the International Association of the Congo
.
.
. .
422
Convention between the Government of Her Britannic Majesty and the International Association of the Congo
423
Convention between the Netherlands and the International Association of the
Congo
426
Convention between the Government of the French Republic and the International Association of the
Congo
429
Convention between Portugal and the International Association of the Congo
431
Declarations exi^hauged between the Belgian Government and the International Association of the Protocol,
-No.
Congo
434
10
The General Act
433
of the Berlin Conference
410
..
.
LIST OF ILLUSTRATIONS. (
Vol IJ.)
FULL-PAGE ILLUSTRATIONS. KO. 1.
H.M.Stanley.
2.
Au
3.
A
4.
Equator Station
{From a photograph)
Frontispiece.
Interview before the Chief's House at
Terrible Disaster
Wangata
..
5.
The Banks
6
"Finally the 'Ibanza' emerged into view"
7.
Vifew of
8.
Scene from the Covelet near our Station at Stanley Falls.
of the
Upper Congo
Bondeh
12.
Seventh Cataract in the distance Haven, Stanley Falls A Street Scene in Iboko Execution of Slaves by the Bakuti near Equator Station Kinshassa Station (Stanley Pool) ..
13.
View
9.
10. 11.
Still
of Le'opoldville
The
Station and Port, 1884.
Baptist
Mission on the summit of Leopold Hill. {From a photograph) 14.
View down the Congo, a few miles above the confluence of the Lubamba with the Congo View down the river from nearly opposite Isangila .. .. A few of the Women and Children of our Coloured Employe's Sanatorium at Bonny .. .. .. .. . .
15.
16. 17.
18.
. .
.
.
. .
.
.
....
Mr. A. B. Swinburne, Chief of Kinshassa Station Steamer Le Stanley leaving Vivi Beach
19. Tiie Sectional
20.
To face
.
„
186
„
192
„
215
„ ,,
222 234
..
..
,,
257
..
..
,,
264
„
362
Plan of Profile of the Country between the Sea and Ruanda across the Congo Basin .. .. .. .. .. ..
..
.
.
.
LIST OF ILLUSTRATIONS. PAGE
so.
81
27.
Plan of the Bangala Settlements One of the Bungala ..
28.
Native of Langa-Langa
101
29
108 123 218
32.
Old Chief in native-made Hat A Type of the Basoko View of Mpozo Station and Kiver from \ Mons. del Commune
33.
ia
226
34.
Captain Haiissens
26.
30.
31.
r//Ze rfM/irers
steamer
83
225
..
228
Landana 36. From Ambriz to the Cameroons 37. Old Calahar Factories, near Duke Town 38 From tlie Niger to Ostend
229
35.
230
.
39.
Lieutenant Valcke
10. Lieutenant
Vangele
232 235
.
263
..
265
41. Lieutenant Coqiiilhat 42.
Lieutenant Jaussen
.
43.
Lieutenant Pai foury
.
44.
Lieutenant Grang
45. Dr.
Aliard
267 268
269 270 271
.
46.
Lieutenant Liebrechts
47.
The funnel-shaped Gorge of the Lower Congo Plan to illustrate how the Gorge discharges its winds
48.
49. Political Divisions of the
Congo Basin
278 292 at Le'opoldville
.
MAP.
A Map of the
Congo Basin (second
half)
In Pochet
293 365
—
1
—A
THE CONGO, THE FOUNDING OF
ITS
FREE STATE.
CHAPTER XXVI. TO THE BLACK RIVER.
—Manguru the Rothschild of Bolobo —Scenery of the Upper Congo Ennui on the voyage— Comparison with travelling on other great rivers —Unvarying food —We lose our way — " Ho, Wy-yanzi, tribesmen of Lukolela " — A poor reception— An improvised market— Tricked by the natives — Buying a crocodile —Cordial reception at Usindi — Irabu the home of the champion
Bolobo trade— Wetalth of the chiefs
!
—
—
traders— Mangombo tlie chief Excellent knowledge of trade Tl'e war in Irebu —I am asked to negotiate for peace Cause of the war Difference between Stanley and Bula Matari Medicine to make
—
—
wealth
grow— Cooking
threatening dance
The Batuki
— " The
—A new
The By-yanzi
— — Troublesome
exploration
a tradition according to Ibaka
originally from
Ubangi, a
district
situate south of and near the equator on the
From
bank.
the
—
river is free, but touch not the land "
station founded.
liave
tbey came
that
the big pot
number of canoes
tliat
right
I liave
met
hailing from Ubangi, this must be a populous district. Ibaka,
who was
believes
one side
it
to be
is all
black;" or
it
YOL. II.—
once
an
tliere
on a trade expedition,
island, as, according to hira, "
white water, on the other side
may mean
that
Ubangi
is
more
on
it is all
likely to
issa.
Bolobo.'
THE CONGO.
2 18S3.
May
be situated in a fork at a confluence of two rivers
—the
24.
Boiobo.
Congo and a white water he
fused,
by the quantity of water and
said,
there — " there was no end
Two
however, that
more refined Boiobo
powder
is
is
snails,
a
dogs, croco-
quantities.
Little,
of utility to Europeans and people of is
sold at this particular place.
a great centre for the ivory and
trade, principally because
The native
traders
whom
its
camwood
j^eople
are
so
have agents residing
the ivory collected here
is
and the merchandise from the coast lying
in
at Stanley Pool, to
delivered,
is
iguanas, fish and red-
great
in
sold
are
tastes
enterprising.
is
islands
to the water."
Mpumbu, where
hippopotamus meat,
wood pow^der
store
con-
hours' journey inland from Boiobo there
large market-place called diles,
He was much
aflSuent.
consigned to the wealthy traders at Boiobo,
One must not be hasty
in
judging from the poverty
of their garb that the chiefs of this trading district are
They
poor.
are frugally inclined, having
of wealth
standard
a certain
which they must endeavour
to
achieve before they bear on their persons in every day life
the habit
Thus of
Maiigi, residing at
Itimba,
[vintamo,
He
Boiobo.
station
their
befitting"-
visits
is
and prosperity. the junior chief
LeojDoldville
daily,
dressed in a cotton robe of dark blue baft, but he lord
of
three villages,
and may probably be worth
£3000. Lugumbila, vizier is
to
Ibaka and his oldest slave,
probably worth an equal amount.
Boiobo,
is
a nabob
;
is
if his
sold at auction in Boiobo,
But Manguru, of
worldly belongings were
it is
very possible his
effects
TEE ROTHSCHILD OF BOLOBO. would
His canoes and slaves
double this sum.
realise
3 isss.
May
mr
exploit every creek and affluent as
Ubangi Pool,
at
;
and
ful factor
at ;
Malima, on the north bank, he has a
faith-
while at Boiobo he keeps a hundred armed
paddles his district,
and
Kimbangu, on the south bank of Stanley
Yet Manguru, now well advajiced
slaves.
is
as Irebu
own canoe along
the
in years,
river front of the
trading from one place to another daily.
this Rothschild of
Boiobo
who
It
induced Gratula to
A SPECIMEN OF THE BY-YANZI Mr. Glave.)
{Bij
choose hetvv^eon two evils
by
or forfeit of
arguments convinced him that
his
was
—war,
a less evil than the loss of his
On
the 28th of
May
the
for the establishment of
Congo. guides
life
flotilla set
two
money, and
to lose
and property. out from Boiobo
stations on
the
The expedition was accompanied by
— Msenne, from Mswata, and
ing to Ibaka,
and Ubangi.
who knew
money
Upper three
two slaves belong-
well the countries of Uyanzi
24.
Boiobo.
THE CONGO.
4
The upper
1883.
May
28.
Bolobo.
.
j^ortion of
.
^^^^^ ^^^ stations,
.
.
commanding
with
many excellent
Bolobo presents
.
views, but unfortu-
To be
nately they are at present beyond our means. able to build healthy
dwelHng houses on
must be well assured that the natives markets to
men
stationed at Bolobo, then the place would
emporium of
trade.
Uritil that time,
open their
will
of 100
If a garrison
us.
these sites one
could be
become an
however, we are
forced to seek some village or villages, with the chiefs
of which
we can
live in
mutual dependence.
Beyond Bolobo we have a tending for about
five miles in a north-easterly direc-
In a cove at
tion.
highland ex-
bluff-faced
its
upper extremity, where
the river, there lives a tribe of
it
leaves
Wa-nunu, who immedi-
ately on seeing the flotilla advancing, disported them-
selves along their
by
sandy shore most ferociously, judging
their manoeuvres.
till
mucli
we
!
Such love
unfriendliness for them. for
how
Even had they kept up the fierce doomsday we would not have had aught of
were misjudged play
But, poor souls,
we
as
jjossessed
them was simply immeasureable.
The passed
flotilla
sheered off a
on with
silent
little
into deeper water,
and unoffending
crews
and and
passengers.
Beyond either
came
the village
was low
land,
forested
which
in dense black towering masses of impene-
trable vegetation to the waterside, or else ran in great
semicircles half enclosing
grassy
flats,
whereon the
hippopotami fed at night time.
The Congo was now enormously wide
;
from
five to
;
UPPER CONGO SCENERY.
5
many
eight channels separated one from another by as lines of islets
(some of which were miles in length), on
which the Landoljia florida, or rubber plant, of the value of which the natives as yet
flourished,
know
nothing.
Tamarinds, baobab, bombax, redwood, Elais guinecnsis,
Calamus
palm-tree, wild date-palm,
indicus,
hardy stink-wood, made np a dense mass of
with the trees
and
creepers of such formidable thickness that no one was
even inspired to examine what treasures of plants
might be revealed by a table
closer investigation of the vege-
thriving on these
life
humps
of dark alluvium
Mid-Congo.
in
Few
could imagine that a slow ascent up the Congo
in steamers going only
two and a half knots against the
current of the great river could be otherwise than mo-
Taken
notonous.
Congo
uninteresting
is
Upper
as a whole, the scenery of the ;
perhaps the very slow rate of
ascent has left that impression.
But we were
of the highland scenery in the
Lower Congo.
also tired
We
clared ourselves tired of looking at naked rock
and rufous ragged slopes 600
feet in height.
de-
cliffs,
Before
we were through
the circular enlargement of the Congo
at Stanley Pool
we
also confessed ourselves wearied
the base of the massive
when we voyaged up along mountain
lines
above
it
to
;
by
low shores, of grassy
vegetation and forest, ennui. arises
for
and now, when we have a month's journey
a change islets,
Chumbiri we sighed
But
let
from the
and banks of thick we are menaced with the same
us be just.
levels,
Our
fact that our
feeling of weariness
accommodations are so
isss.
uoioio.
THE CONGO.
B 1883. Jlay 28.
Boiobo.
limited that all
we
are oblifred to ^
The
the long way.
upon petty
•
i
eyes, the only organs exercised,
The
are feasting con-
we
nature of which
details, of the
are scarcely conscious.
only created by
is
Our eyes
our compulsory inactivity. tinually
np
or stand
^
The weariness
are easily sated.
down
sit
^
flitting of
a tiny sun-bird,
the chirping weavers at their nests; the despondent
droop of a long calamus whicli cannot find support,
and
wliich, like
has a
tall
the woodbine, flourishes best
stem to cling to
;
when
the bamboo-like reeds
swaying- tufted head of an overgrown papyrus floating
by of a Pistia
stratiotes-,
ing parrots hurrying by overhead
hippopotamus
lazily
;
;
;
it
the the
a flock of screechthat great
yawning
preparing for a plunge into his
watery bed; that log-like form of the crocodile, roused
from
his meditations, loth to go, but
compelled by the
whirr of paddle-wheels to submerge himself; springing monkeys, skurrying in their
away from the increasing
noise
;
little
our approach
;
that darting
;
kingfisher hurrying ahead, heralding
yonder flock of black
screaming their harsh
cries
;
that
alarmingly
ibis
little
blue-throated
which has just hopped away from the yellow-
fantail
blossomed acacia bush
;
those
little
industrious wagtails
pecking away so briskly on the sandy of the forest
woods
homes
that white-collared fish
eagle out-spreading his wings for flight
diver and
leafy
those
;
look
spit of land
;
;
there
is
a jay
by the edge
strip
which has just
fled into the
at those long-legged flamingoes at that
and
—but the
minute of time has
its
details are endless, for
incident.
As
for
every
your own
;
THE MISSISSIPPI AND THE CONGO. fancies,
7
during this day trance, created mainly by what
you see
as
the
banks ghde steadily
dare to fathom them sion on the
They come
?
wlio
past,
in rapid
will
succes-
mind, in various shapes, rank after rank.
Unsteadfast
as
the grey
clouds which
the westward, they pile into
you
see
to
and towns, and
cities,
mountains, growing ever larger, more intense, but still
ever wavering and undergoing quick transitions
The flowing
of form.
on
aspiring clouds
the
blue, as well as the
foliage;
those
the horizon
dark spectral
the sepulchral gloom
the forest
of the stream
;
that expanse of sere-
that grey clay bank, speckled
with the red roots of some shrub
way through
isles
purpling
the
;
beneath the impervious forest
swaying reeds;
coloured grassy plain
dome of sky
the vast
river,
—
that
;
suggest some
all
narrow path-
new
thought,
some fancy which cannot be long pursued, is
constantly
supplanted
by other
by something new, which
ideas
since
it
suggested
but a momentary
itself is
flash.
But supposing that a steamer
similar
to
those
we
have on the Mississippi bore you up the Congo, rushing
up stream
at the rate of twelve knots
an hour against
the current, while you could travel up and down a long,
broad deck
protected
by a sun-proof awning, with
luxurious board and lodging at your command, your
view of the Congo would be very believe river
different.
you would express a preference
known
comparisons.
to you.
You would
The Rhine
?
Why
for
it
1
to
do
any
naturally think of
the
Rhine, even
i883.
Boiobo.
TEE CONGO.
8 1883.
May
including
most picturesque
its
parts,
only a micro-
is
28,
Boiobo.
Lower Congo
scopic miniature of the
have the Rhine steamer, and accommodations Mississippi
to be
its
wine and food and
able to see
half times larger
than the Mississippi, and certainly from
You may
times broader.
The
properly.
it
The Congo is one and a
?
we must
but
;
to ten
eiglit
take your choice of nearly
a dozen channels, and you will see more beautiful vegetation
on the Congo than on the American
latter lacks tbe
river.
palm and the calamus, while the former
has a dozen varieties of the palm.
Besides,
it
herds of hippopotami, crocodiles innumerable are
gleefully
The
romping on the
;
possesses
monkeys
and the main;
islands
elephants are standing sentry-like in the twilight of the
dark forests by the river side; buffaloes red and black are grazing on the lich grass plains of
ibis,
black and white parrots, parroquets, and guinea-
The
fowl.
there are flocks
;
Mississippi
is
decent greyish-coloured
a
stream, confined between two low banks, with here and there a
town of frame houses and
of a tea-colour on is
nearly chalky white.
milk, red or I
its left half,
Rhine wine.
and on
its
room enough, and
comfortably on
its
And
way among
is
right half
it
as for the towns,
come by-and-by
will
bless
why, our
meantime there
;
to spare, to stow the half of Europe
spacious borders.
any of those gallant English their
The Congo
take your choice, tea or
hope the all-gracious Providence
labour, and they will is
You
brick.
soldiers
the Nile cataracts,
The Nile
?
Ask
who have tugged what they think
of the Nile to spend a holiday upon.
The Danube
?
WOOD-CUTTING. All,
not to be mentioned with the
is
it
9 Conj^o for
i883.
May
scenery
The Volga ?
!
You
no means.
Amazon Congo
before
The Amazon
worse.
Still
By
?
will
have to ascend very far up the
you
will
anything approaching
see
scenery.
Well, you must admit then that
if
Congo could
the
be seen from the deck of a commodious steamer, feeling of weariness
now
which we have
while ascending at this
current, because
contend against
to
snail's
we have no room
this
pace against the
move
to
about,
would be replaced by a more grateful and a cheerier mood.
At
we
P.M.
5
generally
camp
from twenty to thirty miles up
after
an advance of
river.
Thirty miles
would be unusually good progress, because there and saws, and
to be cut with axes
it
will take
fuel
is
till
nine
o'clock at night to cut sufficient for next day's steam-
From
ing.
5 to
6.30 p.m.
all
hands excepting the
cooks are engaged in gathering wood, half-dead logs,
which have
or dead trees, for
sizes falls
transport
a great
wood-choppers for
the
fall
boilers.
to
the
to
fire is lit,
When
darkness
and cut the logs into
foot lengths
The sound of smiting axes rings be re-echoed by the op])osite
and borne along the
face of the river to a great
It
is
is
varied
by the woodman's chant
struck up, and under
new impetus rapid.
camp.
to
distance.
chorus
be cut into portable
under the light of which the
through the dark grove, forest,
to
is
What
its
;
a
stirring vocal notes a
given, and the axes are struck stirringly a moral lesson for vapid- minded white
28.
boiobo.
THE CONGO.
10 1883.
May
men
mio-ht be
drawn from
these efforts of untutored
28.
Boiobo.
blacks to get through their tasks
!
Meantime, at dusk, each steamer's crew of white officers
and passengers
dinner-tables on
has
permitted
w'ith a rosier
will
be fouixl around their
deck or on the bank,
it
the
;
the
if
camp
lamplight tinging their faces
hue than the sallow comjolexion which
the sun has bestowed on them.
Of It
food there
may
is
abundance, but not
much
variety.
comprise soup of beans or vegetables, followed
by toasted chikwanga (cassava-bread), fried or stewed fowl, a roast fowl, or a roast leg of goat meat, a dish
of desiccated potatoes, and, if
some sweet
in our purchases,
we have been
fortunate
potatoes, or yams, roast
bananas, boiled beans, rice and curry, or rices with
honey, or rice and milk, finishing with tea or
coffee, or
palm-wine. It is
insipid food for breakfast
A
out a term of three years.
makes the European sigh caviar,
mit compote und salat. live
take
For
if
How
when
fruit,
exhilarated
I think, indeed^ that
our youDg
cheese,
ofTicers
sauce HoUandaise
?
Then,
how
nice,
and dessert be on the
glorious a view of
and the unvarying
Astrachan
a German, however can
without his dear compote
he thinks, would
Congo.
— with
this diet
perhaps a pastete and poularde
—filet de bo?uf, with
he
few months of
for his petit verre,
salmon
mock-turtle,
and dinner through-
Congo
life
one could
by half a pint of champagne. the eternal " fowl " of the Congo,
slices
of chikwanga, with which
are fed, deserves three-fourths of
—
!
;
NATIVE SURPHISE AT THE STEAMERS.
now
the blame
lavished on " murderous Africa."
only a grand moral
IS
11
manhood
It
Livmgstone's
like
that rises above these petty vanities of a continental
Think of
stomach.
his thirty-two years' life in Africa,
and of the unsophisticated mannikins who to-day are digging their eyes out with weeping at the memories a European
of
is
much
not
to converse about
after our stomachs are full of the
and
we
as
all
know
To spend
that
be better
Ungende was our
life is
fears
quieted
it
well in sleeping, that
all
we
next day's weary voyaging
river,
night's
first
made them
until
heavy chikwanga,
short
camp above Boiobo.
Bj^-yanzi were very friendly at
their
on the Congo
basely were too long."
fitted for the
up the great African
The
little
spend
retire early to
may
been
that
" The time of
We
they have
before
months out
scarcely three
There
restaurant
hostile,
first,
but at sunset
and they were not
our people were ordered
to
make
their reedy couches near the steamers.
The next day we
We
travelled
up by very pleasant
passed villages, banana-groves, palmy groups, and
deep green forest in agreeable alternations. the
liills.
Levy
bluffs of
stupid
Hills,
and end
lyumbi.
at the magnificent
These are
and airy red
The people looked out upon us
wonder from under the shade of
seemingly saying, "
What
in
their bananas,
curious phase of existence
have we entered upon now
?
Verily, an epoch has
i883.
Boiobo.
THE CONGO.
12 1883.
May
dawned upon our
29.
Ungende.
auswer wlio cau
And
;
but what
those
let
it sisrnifies
°
!
we, looking out from under our awnings, apsay, "
pear to these
lives ^^ "
three
Ay, gaze, oh men and women, upon
symbols of
Ye
civilisation.
things
see
to-day which the oldest and wisest inhabitant of your
land never heard or dreamed
of,
and yet
but
the}^ are
tiny types of self-moving leviathans that plough the
raging sea by night as well as by day
Two
hours above lyumbi we
above lyumbi,
ran
in,
;
and coming
expecting, although
too easterly, that perhaps
Congo.
we
its
Tlie
had appeared lose
narrow creek
to a
direction
was a
little
should emerge on the
There was a sluggish current in
kept on, but after seventeen miles reeds
our way.
which we clung in order not to
to
sight of the mainland
we
lost
A reedy flat
were numerous.
chaTinels
" !
and we
narrowed, and
it
finally stopped further passage,
it,
and we had
to
return, opposite the village of Ikulu.
We
had not perceived
steamed along
;
many
villages as
but in coming back
we
we had
sighted about
twenty canoes in the creek advancing towards
They had appeared from some reeds.
us.
direction through the
These, on seeing us, hastily turned back, but
wishing to know from them which route to take, the
En
Avant cast
off
the whale-boat which she had been
towing, and steamed after them at
Not
until
we had run
full speed.
five miles could
we
overtake
flotilla,
and then we found that their crews
were women, who
to escape us, dashed into the reeds,
the flying
LUEOLELA.
13
and splashed clumsily with water up
to their
'^
Not a word would they answer
reach the shore. stood,
necks to
but
;
on reaching the shore, sulkily regarding
As we steamed
six
knots an hour, an idea
us.
may
be
gained of the speed which the natives when pressed in their
These
canoes attain.
pirogues.
Had
also
were mere
they been war canoes
it
is
fishino*
likely our
steamer would have been beaten in the race.
On
the 31st of
May we had
but the wind blew
down
a tolerably fair journey,
river,
and impeded
ns.
Two
trading canoes with twenty paddlers in each were overtaken, which kept pace with us the rest of the day,
and camped sociably with us on a park-like
which showed
soft
young
grass, while the forest ran
deep black semicircle behind
in a
canoe-men were bound
Oq
for
us.
The By-yanzi
Ubangi.
the 1st of June, after following a dense forest
we drew near
another settlement.
for
nine hours,
Our
provisions were running exceedingly low.
men and
coloured
250
terrace,
lbs.
Eighty
seven Europeans consume at least
weight of food daily.
Since leaving Bolobo,
nearly half a ton weight of provisions had been eaten. It
behoved us then
to
prepare ourselves for barter
with the community in view, which our guides called Lukolela.
The settlement ran along a crescented bend of river,
above a steep clay bank ranging from 5
the
feet to
25 feet above the water, in a clearing cut out of the finest forest I
much
had yet seen.
thiimed, so
that
The
trees
had not been
from a distance, but for the
i^^s,
May
30.
ikuiu.
TSE CONGO.
r4 1883 Lukoieia.
grey gleam of huts and the green sheen of bananas, it
would have been
difficult to
that a settlement
tell
so large as Lukoieia existed here.
The
showed glorious growths of timber.
We
ing slowly the while to
islands also
began steam-
acquaintance at the
initiate
There was no answer rendered,
very lowest village.
but the groups of bronze-bodied people grew larger
We
and more numerous. bright red
unrolled crimson savelist,
handkerchiefs,
royal
lengths of blue baft, held out
and suspended
long
striped
of brass rods,
fistfuls
necklaces
florentines,
brightest
of
beads.
Msenne of Mswata stood up on the cabin-deck of
the
En
for
Avanf, the observed of
his pose
and
his action,
all
observers, admired
and delivered
with
his oration
a voice which might be envied by an auctioneer. *'
Ho, Wy-yanzi, ti'ibesmen of Lukoieia, sons of luka
my
lord
Know you
not
and Mungawa, whose names are beloved by and chief Gobila Gobila
— Gobila
Gobila
said
Ho, you men
!
!
to
me.
" Here, take
Hush, Msenne'
;
that
is
not the
way
are laughing at me," I urged, for
" ?
Bula Matari, the
only Bula Matari, the good Bula Matari "
Wy-yanzi
of Mswata, the friend of
" !
You
to speak.
my
modesty was
shocked.
" Never mind
;
Msenne knows the way
heart of the Wy-yanzi.
Ha
!
it
takes
me
into
to
the
conquer
their obduracy."
"Wy-yanzi
of Lukoieia, here sits Bula Matavi
He
has come here to make friends with you. food.
He
is
prepared to pay well.
Now
is
!
He
wants
the time
!
A POOR RECEPTIOX for
Mungawa
Inka and
to
15
show themselves kind
friends
i883.
June
to
Bula Matari."
Then up and spoke " See here,
Ibaka
men
Ibaka's slaver.
of Lukolela,
— Ibaka of Bolobo Let your
we
are the servants of
Ibaka has made brotherhood
!
Ibaka commanded us to take him
with Bula Matari. to you.
chiefs,
luka and Mungawa, come out
and give the good word."
The steamers held on accents of
At
village.
that
all
their way.
Msenne were heard
The
waste steam.
far
The
stentorian
above the escape of
were unrolled before every
cloths
the third village, however, a reply
came
the chiefs were dead, and that small-[)Ox had
decimated the inhabitants, and that famine was killing the people that were
" Frightful,"
banks look too
We
came
we
half an hour later
men on
the
be suffering from famine."
upper extremity of the community, five miles of the left
we came
and issued out a
we camped in followed, we prepared
to
where the Congo con1;^
miles
to the left bank.
Hoping
we
should be
the neighbourhood to
bank, and
stately united flood
wide from the right bank that if
" But those
exclaimed.
fat to
to the
left
which occupied about
tracted
put up for the night in the
forest.
As we fowls,
anticipated, the natives soon
goats,
cassava
rolls,
and palm
we had
oil
ripe
1.
Lukolela.
and
gi'een plantains
came
up,
and
and bananas,
cassava flour, sweet potatoes, yams, eggs,
were bartered so speedily that by sunset
sufficient to last
two or three days.
Still,
as
we
TEE CONGO.
16 1883.
Lukoieia.
were ignorant how
f;ir
we might have
to proceed before
meeting with another market so well supplied as
this,
we agreed to resume the marketing next morning. At sunrise the following day canoe after canoe appeared, and the barter was so successfully conducted •that
we had soon
secured three dozen fowls, four goats,
a sheep, and eight days' rations for each
The
coloured force.
strange steamer was tion.
We
of the
fear the natives entertained of the
now changed
for liveliest admira-
were no longer supposed
mischief, but full of
member
to be laden
with
They had informed
"good things."
us that they were dying of famine yesterday, but this
day plenty had come back
to them, their chiefs lived,
and no plague or pest decimated the people
We
!
asked them slyly what was the cause of this
remarkable change. " Oh," they replied, " said in our fear of jow.
their fathers before
why
do you remember what we
Neither our oldest people nor
them ever saw or heard
of such
things as these," pointing to the steamers.
As
it
was a
capital position for a station,
hinted to them that on our return
we
we
delicately
should have some
more words with them.
The people of Lukoieia some twenty years ago
lived
on the right bank, but the Irebu warriors, during a
little
misunderstanding with them, descended the river and attacked and burnt their villages; upon which, after
peace was restored, they crossed the Congo and established themselves on the left
along the river.
bank
in the noble forest
2
NO OMSK
Two
17
hours steaming midday on
tlie
2nd of June took
us tlirough the whole length of this narrow and singular
The
contraction of the Congo. hill
left
bank
rises into
a
probably 100 feet above the river, nourishing mag-
nificent timber
;
the right
much higher than
bank of the islets
shows that
of the river channel, and
its fine trees.
river,
also
it
is
the ground above or below this
strait-like contraction
remarkable for
bank
we
also
is
clinging to the
Still
left
entered a narrow channel between
exuberant with flourishing
showing alternately prairie
forests,
levels,
and low shores
and low,
tree-clad
ridges running perpendicularly to the river.
We
passed three villages, which sent out scouts to us
with fresh
and
fish to sell,
the strange craft that
to glean intelligence about
made such unusual
were too small and insignificant
They
noises.
to induce us to delay
our advance.
On
the evening of this day as
a deserted village
we were
at
camp
in
two hours above the highest of these
villages, fourteen dense divisions
of small birds were
seen flying from the direction of the right to the
left
bank, and a straggling army of large birds of the
size
of crows followed too high to enable
On camp
the dusk deepened
till
me
;
they were
to distinguish them.
the evening of the next day, liaving selected a a few miles below
us, calling
out the
pronunciation.
Ngombe, two canoes approached
name
of " Stanley " with excellent
They had picked up the name by some
odd fashion, and would doubtless have hailed the white with
it
in the
Vol. II.—
same way. They only wished
first
to sell
isss.
Lukoieia
TEE CONGO.
18 1883.
June
and young
fish
Our
crocodiles.
engineers, from pure
3.
Ngombe.
and purchased one young croco-
^^^^ patronised them, dile,
we came
of whose character
to
know
before he deserted us.
The crocodihan
what we discovered of
it,
The ungrateful
novel.
fine
one
for a
beast, lashed to a strong
our kindness to him,
close to the river, despite
tree
character, from
would make a
little
a great deal
deserted our expedition during the night.
Lukolela
finds the hatching of crocodiles to be remunerative.
When
nests are discovered, they take
them
place
when
in sand in a locality
the shell
is
They
net.
and
disturbed,
broken and the young emerge,
they are placed in a pond which
with a
little
the eggs and
is
carefully covered
are here fed until they have attained
a certain weight and size
;
and on market days they
are taken out to be sold.
On
the
districts,
4th of June
first
Ngombe', which
contraction of the at Lukolela.
from four to
we passed
Congo
is
several
populous
situated at another
similar to the one described
Below and above Ngombe the river six miles
various channels of the
wide
;
Congo
but at the strait
all
is
the
are united in one stream,
which flows nearly two miles wide with a strong current.
On
the
left
bank
is
Ngombe, high and dry on a
level
about 40 feet above the river, with a wealth of banana-
groves and other signs of abundance.
A is
few miles higher up than the Strait of Ngombe'
the district of Nkuku, inhabited by a people that
showed a strong
inclination to trade.
They followed
us for such a distance, offering articles for sale without
CORDIAL RECEPTION OF USINDL
showed us a couple of Muscovy ducks,
success, until tliey
which we
bouo-ht with the value of
Two
we
hours later
delight.
Malamu
!
\s. 4c/.
each.
malarau
!
at
cries expressive of
frantic " ("
Good
!
good
!
")
was
echoed from end to end.
One hour beyond Butunu we came district of Usindi, the
to the populous
inhabitants of which were out-
rageous in their clamours of applause. in
irrepressible
so
their joy that
These were
a hearty response
from our side was not deemed enough.
hundred manned their canoes, followed
and
at us,
we
until
En
Avanf, sprawled over everybody, shook
hands with white
when
bawled
us,
Eleven fellows immediately came
halted.
aboard the
About a
stormed at us in a friendly manner,
finally
and
black,
old
and young, and
they saw the black boiler they seemed to look so
earnestly at
that
it
it
might have been thought
More of
tiiey
would embrace
it.
pressible rogues
would have come aboard had we per-
mitted
it,
but as
we were
and steamed back again
these
thoughtless, irre-
already captured
we
yielded
to the landing-place of Usindi,
the hardy eleven looking as proud as though they had
done a gallant deed worthy of the Victoria or the Iron cross.
On met
the shore a perfect hurst of joyful welcoming
Such an extraordinary
us.
Butunu
people
smiled
on
Usindi
shot out to midstream to embrace
remarkable
us
;
and
sudden
hailed
us
as
Nkuku
!
friends,
us
i883. vi,
Butunu,
arrived opposite
which the natives raised "
19
!
but
This
develojDment of friendship
i.
THE CONGO.
20 1883.
June
among
people 300 miles above Stanley Pool excited
wonder
for
4.
Usindi.
some hours,
their people
had seen
many
until they told us that
Le'opoldville
of
and Kintamo, and
had seen our big house and wagons and boats
in the
port.
Our that
reception at Usindi
we
was
warm and
so
friendly
passed a very agreeable time there until noon luka, the chief, would have given
of the 5th.
of his village had
we asked
for
it
— anything,
being
I observed,
half
we
did
They were a
but agree to stop and build with them.
most polite people,
me
all
unanimous
to
abstain from giving the least offence or alarm, and
keeping
back every warlike weapon
into view.
I
may
civilisation that I
fident in their it
say this was the
saw any such
own
was not necessary
from
first
coming
spot out of
polite delicacy.
Con-
strength, I presume, they thought to
have recourse
to the barbarous
art of terrorising.
Seventy minutes above Usindi we entered a deep
we
channel 300 yards wide, between a reedy island, as
imagined
it
to
be,
and a
cluster of towns, than the one
shore along
its
larger settlement, or
still
we had
was
entire length
just
lined with
of bronze-bodied people, but not one voice calling out to us. trust,
and
This
we took
affected to pass on
;
canoemen
to approach.
invitation to visit
We
to be an
hundreds
was heard
omen of
dis-
we had not proceeded channel before we were
halted and permitted the
They bore
Mangombo,
The
but
more than a few miles up the aware we were pursued.
left.
to us, tbey said,
chief of Irebu.
an
THE nOME OF THE CHAMPION TRADEBS.
Of
we knew it was tlie populous home of the champion traders on
course
Irebu, the
21
district of
isss.
Upper
1,.^,^,^
the
Congo, rivalled only in numbers and enterprise by
Ubangi on the right bank. in canoes,
Irebu traders, descending
overwhelmed the aborigines of Lukolela,
the latter themselves had admitted.
as
They had mastered
populous Ngombe', awed Nkuku, Butimu and Usindi,
and we had heard vague rumours that they had taught the fierce Bangala to treat their traders with respect.
was
It
pride of
in fact a its
Venice of the Congo, seated in the
great numbers between the dark waters of
Lukanga and
the
the
deep brown channels of the
parent stream.
There were hundreds of people standing eagerly expectant of the arrival of the of
Upper
Irebu, men,
flotilla in
women and
the covelet
children,
from the
very old and grey-heailed to the young naked copperskinned gamin.
Though
so
numerous, an instinctive
hush governed the crowd into deep engines
silence as
the
stopped and the boats glided to their berths
along the shore.
Not
until
the
crew leaped over the
gunwales with the anchors, and the chains ceased
running through the brazen chocks, was the silence broken, and then a muffled
murmur
of applause
was
heard as each remarked to the other his admiration of the vessels.
Mangombo, with
a curious long staff a fathom
and a
half in length, having a small spade of brass at one
much resembling a baker's He was a man probably front.
end,
cake-spade, stood in sixty years old, but
THE CONGO.
22 1883.
June
active,
6.
irebu.
and by no means a^ed-lookins^, o o and he waited
On going
to greet me.
by Mangombo and about
ashore
my
hand was grasped
half-a-dozen of the principal
men, and we sought the shade of a convenient
by the waterside I
to talk.
was very soon impressed by the
ance of the
men grouped around
intelligent appear-
Tl^ey had an air
me.
of worldly knowledge and travel about them, very ferent from the stupid bewildering
"which
we were
tree
wonderment with
For these people were
so familiar.
really acquainted with
dif-
many
lands and tribes on the
of 600 miles,
From Stanley Pool to Upoto, a distance they knew every landing-place on the
river banks.
All the ups and downs of savage
Upper Congo.
the profits and losses derived from barter,
all
the diplo-
matic arts used by tactful savages were as well to
them
Roman
as the
alphabet
is
life, all
known
They knew
to us.
the varied lengths of the sina ("long" of cloth), the
number
matako (brass
of
whether of
savelist,
twill, stripe, ticking,
rods)
florentine,
they were worth,
unbleached domestic,
blue and white baft
;
the value of
beads per thousand strings, as compared with uncut pieces of sheeting, or kegs of
They could
muskets, short and long.
on the arm, what at
profit
gunpowder, or tell,
flint-lock
by poising
on an ivory tusk purchased
Langa-Langa would be derived by
sale at Stanley
Pool!
No wonder left its traces
your own
that all this mercantile knowledge had
on their faces
cities
of Europe.
;
indeed
it is
Know you
the same as in
not the military
NATIVE KNOWLEDGE OF TRADE.
man among
you, the lawyer or
banker, the artist or the poet
more
?
23
merchant, the
the
the same in Africa,
It is
on the Congo, where the people are so
especially
devoted to trade.
There
is
a slight difference, however,
in the features (or rather air diffused over them) of the
resident trader
may
and the trading navigator. The resident
be a sharp
man
not to be boorish,
On
at a bargain, but he is as likely as
rustic, or unsophisticated in
the other hand, the Wy-yanzi traders of Usindi,
Butunu, Ubangi, and Irebu are sedate and sessed
in
their
business-like
may
manner.
deportment,
directness
and
while
a
open-minded simplicity
same time they are barbarous enough not
They
At
quite surprised me,
by declaring they were even then Irebu was at war with
be heard even then at
Lower Irebu it,
though
I
the
to be averse
and analytical perusal of their
after a careful
frank
certain
be observed in their mode of speech.
from fighting on occasion.
self-pos-
!
war
at
features,
Upper
!
The guns could
had not the
slightest
idea they were fighting.
Generally the
Congo
river tribes
first is
day of acquaintance
with the
devoted to chatting, sounding one
another's principles, and getting at one another's ideas.
The
chief entertains his guest with gifts of food, goats,
beer, fish, &c.
;
then on the next day commences business
and reciprocal exchange of
Mangombo gave
gifts.
So
it
was
at Irebu.
four hairy thin-tailed sheep, ten
glorious bunches of bananas,
two great pots of
beer,
and
the usual accompaniments of small stores.
The next day we made blood brotherhood.
The
isss. ifebu.*
:
THE CONGO.
24 1883.
fetish-man pricked each of our right arms, pressed the
irebu.
blood out, then, with a pinch of scrapings from
my gun-
few dusty scrapings from a long
stock, a Httle saU, a
wounded arms, and the black
pod, dropped over the
and white arms were mutually rubbed together.
The
fetish-man took the long pod in his hand and slightly
touched our necks, our heads, our arms, and our legs,
What
muttering rapidly his litany of incantations.
was
in a
folded
Mangombo and and we bore it
of the medicine
left
between us
banana to a
leaf,
banana grove
close by,
I carefully
reverently
and buried
tiie
dust out of sight.
Mangombo, now my
my
of blood, consecrated to in the sacred fetish trouble,
to
my
aid.
were gathered round
which the following "
Some time ago
gala).
My men
service as I
bond
and implored
was devoted
his service, revealed his
The
notables of Irebu
and then Mangombo spoke, of
us, is
by solemn interchange
brother,
the substance
I sent
three canoes to Iboko (Ban-
traded prosperously
;
they had obtained
A valuable cargo of ivory, and were about returning,
when and
a sudden quarrel took place between the
Our people were on shore; they fought
Irebu.
stubbornly to save their ivory thirty-three to save a
were
few
trade
were
killed
;
tell
was stopped.
;
out of seventy people
thirty-seven of
tusks, seized
paddled away to all
Ban gala
them managed
one of their canoes, and
us this dismal story.
Of
those thirty-three
slain in the fight, twenty-eight
but five belonged to Lower Irebu.
were of
Of
course
men who
my
town
;
You must know
WAE IN community of Irebu
that the
25
IREBU.
divided into three parts
is
•^
—Lower, Upper, and Central Irebn. of
Lower Irebu
am lord
;
Mpika
^
^
Magwala
is
chief
chief of Central Irebu
is
;
I
Magwala and Mangombo
of the upper portion.
are the principal chiefs, and before this misfortune,
which
I
am
about to
tell
you, occurred, I was con-
sidered the superior chief of
Some months
all.
young men
the massacre of our
after
at Iboko, a flotilla of
Bangala canoes were seen going down river bound
Mpika heard of
Ngombe.
this,
to
and giving chase
captured a canoe with eight of the Bangala on board.
Mpika, forgetting that his five, did
fair,
not deign to
but
prisoners,
when
he replied,
them.
I
'
No
On
prisoners.'
Mpika was
for
I.
him asking him
be
to
and should keep what he had
right,
people in four fights
My
:
people, however, were
was too recent and
their loss
;
me I
it.
have
lost six
over twenty of
more of
my men
Magwala and Mpika have lifts
its
go out and come
in
hands against Irebu All trade
by night only.
of Irebu are mourning daily
;
About
to declare war.
and brothers slay one another.
We
share of the
appealing to Magwala, he answered
we began
Irebu
to
my men who captured revenge for my five. Go you will not give you one of my
too great, and they forced
heavily.
men
they were
;
not satisfied with this
been wounded.
me have my
let
obtained by force of arms.
ten days ago
twenty-eight
lost
I sent to
keep these in
and do likewise,
that
had
I
and
is
my
have
also lost ;
friends
stopped.
The women
if this evil,
which
isss.
June
.
is
worse even than the small-pox, continues much longer.
6.
irebu.
THE CONGO.
26 1883.
June
ij.gj,u
to
strongest tribe
tlie
river.
Now, Bula
you have come
Matari,
from
save us
many
We
canoes,
were coming down river
we
we
that large island, but
have
Chumbiri told us your name
When you
was Stanley.
good time
in
mutual slaughter.
this
heard of you years ago.
with your
as
.
on the great "
known
be no longer
Irebii will
6.
lay in wait for you behind
We
did not attack you.
heard of Bula Matari building towns at Kintamo, at
Mswata, and Bolobo
;
but
we
did not
know who Bula
Matari was, until Ibaka, some moons past, told us that
You
Bula Matari was Stanley.
You must " I
save Irebu from death and ruin." I replied, " I
Mangombo,"
should like to do
have other work before me.
and on
first,
belong to Irebu now.
my
must go
but
it,
to
Ikengo
return I will do what I can.
Mean-
I
time, stop fighting." "
Ah, that
must
easy to say
is
also stop fighting.
" I will send a boat to
asked
me
to
settle
!
but Mngwala and Mpika
Will you speak to them?" tell
them that Mangombo has
the war, but that
now and I will ask them to to make peace." Enough has been said, as near
w^ait
;
words as the
necessities of this
to
book
internecine
war which was raging
flourishing
and populous
According opposite
to
my
Mpika
offered to me'liate
districts
I
cannot stay
until
I
return
Mangombo's own will permit, of this
in one of the most
on the Upper Congo.
promise I proceeded in
my
boat
and Magwala's landing-phices, and between the contending
factions,
on
LUKANOA the condition
tliat
27
RIVER.
they would refrain from hostilities
i883.
June
during it
Mpika consented immediately,
fifteen days.
fortunately turned out that he
as
was the blood-brother
of Lieutenant Janssen at Mswata, and that he origi-
owned the large canoe then lashed alongside of
nally
Magwala was not
the steam-launch Royal.
so willing to
agree to the compact of truce, but was finally prevailed
upon by
his friend Mpika.
Upper Irebu
I observed that in the covelet of
was no
and
curi'ent,
I
suspected that there must be
another lake in the vicinity, and on inquiry tained that there
up the Lukanga
was ;
there
I
ascer-
" big water " a few hours' journey
but the Congo tribes are in daily
presence of such large bodies of water, that the vicinity of a lake appears to be nothing extraordinary to them.
only with inland peoples that
It is
it
becomes a worthy
This accounts for the great
topic to boast of lakes.
difficulty of exciting sufficient interest in these riverine
draw from them exact information.
They
always use the terms " plenty of water," " big
water,'*
tribes to
" big
river,"
which
find
I
by experience
to
apply
equally to streams furnishing just sufficient water for
canoe navigation.
The water of the Lukanga colour as the Mfini and
of the Irebu stated to kabi's
and
floating
had
me
of the same black
Le'opold
IL
;
and some
that they could reach
Gan-
by navigating the Lukanga, Mantumba Lake,
Mfini River. I
Lake
is
down
a river to
This aroused
Lake
my
Le'opold II.
and the
curiosity greatly, but
to defer the investigation of the truth of this
6.
i^^^^^
THE CONGO.
28 1883.
report until
my
return from the equatorial district, as
June 6 irebu.
I
had not the means
to idly feed eighty people.
With a guide from Mangombo Mswata, we
set out
and
from the mouth
Msenne'
of
Lukanga
of the
and Upper Irebu, on the afternoon of the 6th of June,
up the Congo.
Among
the topics I heard
discussed between
the
groups of commoners near the landing-place of Irebu
was the
between Stanley and Bula Matari.
difference
The majority contended
"Mundele" who appeared on the
first
was the
that though Stanley
and
river,
who attempted to stop him., yet it was really Bula Matari who sent him to find all about the country, and who owned all the men and canoes. For, look you, Stanley had only canoes like we have, fought everybody
whereas
this
Bula Matari has only one canoe
rest are boats that
No
we never saw
Stanley must be
:
captain
;
for,
you
see,
and thousands upon
;
rods
;
to
the
the like anywhere.
Bula Matari's
vizier,
or big
Bula Matari has many towns, thousands
of
bales
of
" Stanley gave proper measure of brass rods
we go
all
Kintamo we
shall
cloth. ;
when
ask for Stanley's brass
they are half as long again as the rods of the
Bateke at the Pool."
The to
notables of Irebu were urgent for the medicine
make wealth grow
quickly.
I
imparted to them
the lesson of trading, but this advice they rejected with
scorn and contempt.
They knew
well enough
how
to
trade, but their wealth they confessed never increased. *'
You," said they, " must have some charm by which
COOKING THE BIG FOT. your
store increases without car6.
We
29
saw
at
Kintamo
i883.
June
one day your shelves
when we
We
called they
wish to
The
know
empty; the very next day
all
were
filled
from top
to bottom.
this secret."
of Ibaka boasted that they
slaves
knew
it,
consequently their hut was besieged with applicants,
and they made nearly two hundred brass rods by their extraordinary charlatanry.
Another subject of interested discussion among the
What was En Avantf
Irebu was, " of the
it
that turned the paddle-wheels
This was a
Some would have it that twenty men concealed somewhere in them.
Others doubted
steamer.
was
that the secret
why
wise it
that,
difficult
there were
the bottom of the
and hotly maintained
in that " big pot " (boiler), other-
But what was
fire inside.
the engineer was cooking so industriously
was another
that
it
is," said
;
and
all
!
that
that
they, "it takes a long time
It
all
day, and
must be a strong medicine
that large pile of
The two other
wood has been used
up.
boats have similar pots, into which their
cooks shove in fuel continually. Perhaps big pots in our canoes, and
man's medicine,
arms
Ah
?
That engineer has been cooking
not finished yet.
is
it
puzzle.
" Whatever
it
about
should the cook (engineer) be always near
making up the
to cook.
puzzle to
we need
at our paddles,
and
if
we had some
not
toil
suffer
we had
also
of the white
any more with tired
from aches and pains
in
our shoulders." Fifty
miles
above Irebu we
came
to
Ikengo
at
6.
irebu
THE CONGO.
30 1883.
ikengo,
The land between had
10 A.M. on the 8th of June.
heen almost one unbroken verdant
— teak, fine
mahogany, guiacum, red and yellow wood,
gum,
plane,
and bombax abundant, and frequently
The
of enormous girth. forests
of fine timber
forest,
of equal
islands
were long, and showed
height and luxuriance,
sides presented tangled
while
their
undergrowths of various species
of palms and rattan.
On
the appearance of the
flotilla,
dashed out into the stream to meet canoes,
the Ikengo people
of tiny
us, in scores
crying out their welcome, and shouting the
all
praises of their various villages, precisely like liotel touters throughout the Levant. *'
Come
to Ikengo/'
they cried.
Ikengo has abundance of food."
Come and women,
see Inganda.
goats, sheep,
abundance.
And
"No, come
Inganda has Inganda
pigs.
There
is
is
ivoryc,
is
rich;
Itumbu.
to
slaves,
blessed with
Stanley, have you forgotten us
traded with you years ago
Ikengo.
"Ikengo
;
we who
Ah, Stanley, come on
?
to
plenty of beer and wine in Ikengo."
thus these extraordinary people extolled the vir-
tues of their respective villages,
making the
river alive
with their increasing throng and restless movement. After carefully weighing the various advantages of the villages, since I well recognised the locality, wliich in
1877 provided
me by
their
one of the islands opposite,
I
impromptu market on
chose Inganda as a tem-
porary resting-place.
Like
all
the Wy-yanzi, from the
Kwa
upward, the
people were of a wholesome, healthy bronze colour, but.
INQANDA.
31
unlike the others, they affected caps of monkey, otter,
1883.
June
leopard, goat, and antelope skin, while their swords
hung suspended by broad
shoulder-belts of red buffalo-
Cotton cloth, however, was rare anions^ these
hide.
A VERY POOR NATIVE OF INGANDA AND HIS DRESS.
people, their dress being a fine or coarse tissue
grassy I
made
of
fibre.
selected
Inganda
while affecting to
as
make
a stopping place,
preparations for settlement, I
might reconnoitre that large mentioned in the
'
whence,
affluent
the
Ikelemba,
Through the Dark Continent.'
Pos-
8.
Ikengu.
TEE CONGO.
32 1883.
June
might secure a
sibly I
the confluence.
site at
If the
11.
ingauda.
natives were too wild to permit of a settlement there,
then
I
might remain
and wait the progress
at Inganda,
of our influeuce.
Numerous
inquiries about the distinctions
the rivers meeting elicited the most confusing
The Ikelemba was distance between
large
;
but
when they
between I'eplies.
illustrated the
bank and bank by an object near
them, the width seemed to vary between 50 and 100 This was incredible.
yards. stated
it
be about 1000 yards wide.
to
I
book
I
had
had viewed
it
These were the same people who formerly
personally.
had
my former
In
called the river " Ikelemba," or " Buruki."
A com-
municative aborigine, hailing from Bungata, on the
drew a curve on the ground, and near the
right bank,
middle of
its
convex
at equal
side,
three lines at right angles to
distances, joined
the lowest
it,
marked
as
the channel coming from Bungata, the second channel
flowing from Lulungu, the highest proceeding from
Ikelemba River.
named Buruki
The upper horn
or Mohindu.
of the curve he
The lower horn of the
curve was called Inganda, where
we were encamped.
This curve, then, seemed to represent a river into
which three channels ran describe the
— he five
Mohindu
river
;
I
asked him to
— Mohindu signifying
contemptuously described
yards wide
when
but
it
to
black
be about twenty-
!
Well, then, what great river was that which I saw
approaching the broad Congo, attracting gaze by
its
magrn'ficent breadth
;
my
curious
tea-dark in colour, as
3
BURTJKI.
strong
a contrast to the flood
my
along, as the sable faces of
own
I
?
I
was impatient
my
bore
tliat
canoes
crew diifered from
was becoming exasperated
and
ness,
33
at
my own
my
obtuse-
which
to settle the doubts
ngitated me.
Leaving the
rest of the expedition
En
steamed up river in the " mngnificent "
whence
I
tea-coloured
had viewed
it
I
Congo.
very
the
six years previouslv,
conceived to be I
tlie
and
greatest tributary of the
steamed across from the islands to the
we
mainland, and half-way across the river the tea-hued half of
what
Within
affluent.
a glow of satisfaction in again looking upon
felt
what
I
1
Avant, in search of that
minutes I had arrived near
seventy-five
spot
and
Inganda,
at
On
it.
I considered to be the
1000 yards
with a three-knot current.
entered
proceeding fairly out of
Congo proper
reduced to 800 yards, but
I
left
into
it
it,
the
was deep,
Four hours above Inganda,
during which the "magnificence" of
my
affluent
whs
considerably diminished, owing to the fact that three
channels had been seen coming from the Congo proper, the river took a decided turn south-east, felt
I
convinced that
I
was ascending a tributary.
was not a whit elated
River had decreased
and then
at discovering that the
to a breadth of
I
But
Dark
about 600 yards.
Buruki, which name the aborigines had repeated so often,
was a
large
town
situated
on the
left
bank of
the Mohindu, about three miles above the confluence.
The
shores on either side were low, on the right hand
too low to be inhabited, the river water penetrating
Vol. 11.—
\m:\.
jngan.in
THE CONGO.
34 1883.
liuiuki."
far over the
swampy
The
land.
but hardy look about
it,
timluer
bad a young
just such as one
would sup-
pose would thrive in low lands, although here and
was
there a crown of dark foliage
uplifted high above
others.
all
Islands began to be seen, but the disparting of the
stream did not improve
its
We
dignity.
were
fully
three hours en route before the banks appeared, so high
had
tlie
young
Ink water and dense
river risen.
trees
were not interesting;
strictly speaking,
The En Avant, unen-
they approached to the dismal.
cumbered with a boat
forests of
astern, proceeded rapidly
up the
even-flowing current, and not a single incident transpired, nor a single object
when we camped on we discovered. The character
me
of
the
what
hove in view, up first trifling bit
I
to sunset,
bank
of dry
saw of the river inspired
with the impression that
it
belonged to a delta,
having a number of narrow creeks, of wonderful
The
crookedness, constantly emptying into the river.
lowness of the land, the young, yet hardy look of the forest
everywhere
;
the blackness of such portions of
alluvium as rose to sight, the dead, untroubled silence, the even-flowing, rippleless eddyless current, nay, let
us call
it
impression.
the African Styx, assisted to convey that
Were
it
not for the white sun, that gave
sheen and greenness to the fresh leafage of the the prospect had
forest,
been cheerless indeed.
The next morning found with an ample supply
us, at
dawn, under weigh,
of red, or rather purple,
hard
A rnHEATENING DANCE. wood on board
but a
;
little
before 7 a.m. native Imts
appeared on the right bank, and on uplifted into a
When we came
left
We
woods
forest
Was
there a war
?
But the En Avant rushes up the centre of the
stream, and as
tlie
land improves, rising into clay and
20 and 30 feet above the stream, a peopled
bluffs,
seen, first
is
bank, and
all
on the
left,
and then on the right
at once the edges of the river
enlivened with yellow-bodied people,
They
ferocious St. Yitus's dance.
many
The
we
the villagers gone a-picnicking into the wild
all
?
village
brig-ht
looked to the banana groves, and
discovered not a single soul in view.
Or had
the land
opposite the huts,
that they bore the signs of newness.
was uncleared.
rock
tlie
wholesome height, shaded by
green bananas.
saw
35
banks are
afflicted
with a
leap upward, like
sO'
acrobats suddenly afflicted with a terpsichorean
mania, flankwise and rearward, then forward with a rush,
bows
seem
to touch the
in hand,
drawn
taut until the arrowheads
Those armed with a spear and
bow.
shield only practise a Pyrrhic dance, and, but for the
deep river, we would take on
On
us.
it
that they were chaiging
the right bank, as well as on the left bank,
the people are doing their best to exhibit their
ledge of course. at
war games. I
human
have always
is
felt
very interesting, of
all
more
interest in looking
nature than in studying other aspects of
creation, but just
came
It
know-
now
it
is
this
Black River that
I
to see.
The En Avant goes plunging on knots an hour.
Village
after
at the rate of seven
village turns
out
its
isss.
— THE CONGO.
36 1883.
dancing corps of copper-breasted braves; the right bank, as well as the
There
exhibitions.
is
left
banlc, salute
us with these
a mile long stretch of hutted
bank, followed by about two miles long of forest
;
then
a similar village, followed by a similar forest, and over the villages are the bananas, seen to the darker palms nodding in
sun shines steadily over
this interval of
softly,
At noon we
all.
in 0° 4'
N.
are 0°
to
by con-
with sounding pole, was unknown.
Tiny
appear to relieve the monotony of the
began
level.
At about the eightieth mile from the we slackened speed, and tried to open a
to
conflu-
conver-
sation with the people of a pleasant-looking village.
few of the principal men advanced firmly
to the
do not
know who you
you come near enough If
fighting.
you wish
return, the river
Was clearly
to
the
go on
your intent.
shore
— go.
we If
will
If
begin
you wish
to
but touch not the land."
there ever such candour, so beautifully and expressed,
speaking
We
is free,
to
is
:
or whence you
are,
came, or whither you go, or what
A
edge of
the river bank, and one spoke unhesitatingly thus
"We
in
bank, was 400 yards
hills
ence
and
Lat.,
in width, with a 2^ knot current; the depth, trial
6' S.
time we had crossed the Equator twice.
The Black River, from bank tinuous
with
harmony, while the white
The day before we were
Lat.
wave
or
was
it
the
guide's
way
of
?
returned the
way we came,
accompanied by a shower of
our departure being
sticks, clods,
stones, &c.,
which, however, did not approach within 200 yards of
WANG ATA. our steamer. torial
At
It is
37
probably in this
way
these equa-
people express their farewell! 8
P.M.
we
reached the
Wangafa.
camp we had
left
in the
morniug, and arrived at noon the next day
at the
A NATIVE
junction of the
ISSUING TO
THE WAK.
Mohindu, or Black River, with the
Congo.
At Wangata,
seven
miles
below,
commanding a
view of the junction of three channels— the right going
lip
to
Bungata, the middle leading to the Ikel-
emba and the Lulungu
isax
rivers, the left leading to the
THE CONGO.
38 1883.
Juue
Black River
—we
halted to converse with the people,
13.
Wangata.
^"^ wcic invitcd
Here tribe
to.
w^e learned that
which begins
town
approach the landing-place.
at the
at
we were among
the Bakuti, a
Ikengo and ends at Baruki, the
mouth of
tlie
On
the rio-ht
the large
island of
Mohindn.
bank are situated the Baicanga
;
Nsambana, nearly twenty-five miles
in length, occupies
the centre of the Congo, between the two tribes.
The Bakuti soon made
friendshi23 with us after the
Land was
customary forms of blood brotherhood.
shown
to us to build upon, then after leaving
pledges for our return, the next day tion
we hastened
we packed up and
neighbourhood of Wangata, at 0°
is
1'
situated
0" N.
lat.
form
its
garrison.
Yangele
until
a
further
goods could be conveyed
to
to assist Lieutenant
reinforcement of
him from
halted a few days to assist with our crews the
new
station,
as for the settlement of all claims, payments,
distribution of gifts to important persons
return to
;
and on the
we descended the Congo River on our Irebu, where we arrived after seven hours
20th of June
and
men and
Le'opoldville.
clearing of the bush from the site of the as well
to
Lieutenant Coquilhat, with
twenty more men, was appointed
We
new
and twenty-six men were delivered over
station, to
the
in
Lieutenant Yangele was appointed chief of the
him
On
Inganda.
transported the expedi-
Equator Station, which
to
to
human
fortv-five minutes' steaminir.
—A
AN EMBARRASSING FAREWELL.
39
CHAPTER XXYII. FROM THE BLACK RIVER TO STANLEY POOL AND BACK TO EQUATOR STATION. An
— Chili pepper and tears— Success of a hypo— Sounds of war — Peace-making— Burying the war — The Lukanga river— Mantumba Lake — The "Watwa dwarfs — Eescue of a shipwrecked crew — The Abbe Guyot— The lion and his prey — Leopoldville flourishing — Troubles at Bwa-bwa Njali's —
embarrassing farewell stratagem
critical
— Lieutenant Janssen and tlie Abbe Guyot drowned Kimpoko Troubles at Bolobo— The station burnt— We are fired upon War A Kri;pp gun sent for — Weak effects of nnxsketry — Peace restored Settling the indemnity— Displaying the power of the Krupp " I and my people will depart from Bolobo for ever!" The river of Bunga — Lukolela — A magnificent forest The superstition of luka Excellent condition of Equator Station homicidal
officer
— Troubles
at
—
—
— — —
—
—
My ideal
The
achieved.
love which the people of Inganda bore
we became we were in
iis
was
so
excessive, that
conscious on leaving Eqiiatoi'
Station that
a
tell
them that the dank
How
difficulty.
forest bight, with its
could
we
edging of
reeds and stagnant spaces around Inganda, was hurtful to the health of
pelled,
Europeans, and that
on account of sanitary and
tions, to
remove from
would be
When
Msenne'
political considera-
their village to
a delicate task
— our
we were com-
Wangata?
This
!
guide from Mswata
— was
in-
iss.s.
jn^.^nj.,'
40 1883.
THE CONGO.
.
formed
tliat,
although
Juue 21. inaanJa.
T^s
move,
to
.
we
stiU,
was
absolutely necessary for 1 1 t'ti experienced a dislike to wound it
the susceptibilities of the Inganda people, he, after a
we had better leave the and we should have no further
thoughtful pause, said that
matter
in
his hands,
As he was so confident, and as cheery as a lawyer who has a good case, and as he knew the natives better than we did, we agreed to leave it to
trouble.
him
He communicated
entirely.
vant Dualla and to Umari, and learned later
how he had
my
my
ser-
was through them
accomplished
Having obtained permission without interference on
it
his ideas to
I
it.
to carry out his design
unless there were
part,
visible signs of failure, he proceeded to put in practice
what he designed.
He
first
rolled his long cloth tight
around his waist as though
it
were a cord, and then
with a Chili pepper touched his eye?, and, having the copious tears to
started
roll
down
his
face,
he
assumed such a woe-begone, down-drooping aspect, that I
No
was
afraid Dualla
sooner had
Inganda,
we
had replied offensively
arrived at the landing-place of
than he stepped
hail, regardless
to him.
on shore, deaf
to every
of everybody, and leaving the boat, he
proceeded slowly to an open place on shore, where he stood
solitarily conspicuous, while
the
natives gathered ai'ound him, urging
hushed voices,
to
ill
him mildly, with
respond to the greetings.
" Well, Msenne, have you
"What
poor deluded
has befallen
These were often
come ?
"
"
What news ?
"
you?"
repeated
to
the
absent-minded
— HYPOCEISY.
who was
Mseiiiie,
so
immersed
was heedless of them,
'
41 his sorrow, that ho
in
until,' at last,' in a
broken voice
interrupted by sobs and bursts of assumed anger, he
condescended to unfold the pitiful tale of woe.
The
story as a
comedy
capitally related
away
part of Afiica there
a Shakespeare and Milton,
as a
must have been
who have mutely and
unhonoured and unsung by
ingloriously died unwept,
the ignorant civilised world, and whose humble lie
;
was surpassingly well done, and proved that
it
in this far
many
was
story
mounds
nameless under the tropic shade.
"Two
days from here, up that black river
— there were many
what do ye
call it?
Bakuti
and a market was
side,
invited us in.
We
— the
villages on the
The wild people
held.
ranged the boat alongside the bank.
Mangombo's boy, and one of Bula Matari's men and sprang on shore, and thing before!
was
speared
tlien
— Irebu's boy
— ah,
I
never saw such a
I
by
escaped
through the treacherous crowd into the
had already shoved
I
was caught, the Zanzibari
and
instantly,
river.
off at the first alarm,
leaping
The boat
and now,
tell
What answer shall I return to Mangombo, of Irebu, when he asks me for his boy? You men of Stanley, why stand ye here ? Let me, friends, what must
Pack up, and
us go.
fight until there
Have you friends?
what you
!
will "
is
I
let
do?
us go on to the fight, and
not one of the wretches
people no hearts
How
'
to
feel
for
left alive.
your dead
we return to Irebu? What, Mangombo say to me? Pack up, I shall
and here Msenne actually sobbed aloud.
oh, tell
isss.
,"°^
,
Ingandii.
TEE CONGO.
42
Dualla and Umari,
1883.
who were
June 21. inganda.
morrow we
shall
.
we
Let us buy food to-day, and
to-
Cease grieving
;
war."
to the
natives also joined in consolations, and offered
The
Inganda and Ikengo
to muster all
a
go
.
can
soothicgly " Pcacc, Mscnne'. fight without food?
in the secret, cried out
^
,
time Msenne hushed
little
for the war,
his
and
sobs,
and
in
finally
condescended to smile. It
was not
until
that the story
we had
was
settled ourselves at
told of
how Msenne had
TVangata deceived
Inganda in such an accomplished manner, by our two
young men who had thoroughly
relished
the
per-
formance.
As
the boats w^ere being secured to the trees on the
margin of the cove of Upper Iiebu, the sounds of a musketry volley came sliarply to our
We
ears.
inquired what this firing meant. " Oh,
the
we got
tired of waiting for
you
so w^e
began
war again an hour ago."
After consultation
witli
Mangombo,
I sent
Dualla
with two boats to Mpika's landing place, and having obtained permission from both the contending factions to stop the war,
of
tiie
crew
I
then commissioned Dualla and four
to proceed to the battle field, bearing the
blue flag with the golden star, the standard of Association, high above their heads, that
seen
l)y
the respective
ambushed
warriors.
it
might be Guided by
Mpika's advice, they boldly penetrated through hostile ranks,
palaver was
and shouted out
now being
to
tlie
the
them that the peace
held by Bula Matari, and in
WAE.
43
some stubborn cases they bad actually -^
/
seized
a'uns ^
tlie
and struck them up while they were levelling them fire
on
their
we saw
We
enemy.
the warriors of
to
were not long waiting before
Mangombo
returning to their
various huts in the town, presenting themselves to our
by us grossly garnished with
inspection as they passed skins
and
and
feathers,
so hideously painted that
impossible to conceive a
human
more thorough
effort for the
form's disfigurement.
The next day, having heard from each statement of the cause of the war,
and Magwala, asking what this strife.
killed
my
chief his
spoke to Mpika
I
benefits they expected
" None," tliey promptly replied.
people," said Mpika, "
them by a
ftiir
chase after
them
;
and let
I
Magwala,
from
" Iboko
caught eight of
Mangombo do
the
And
I/'
same, for he will never get any of mine." said
was
it
"
" will see that he does not."
To Mangombo,
I
asked what he expected to gain by
continuing the fight
?
" Both of your parties are strong and numerous, and if
you go on in
this
manner, mutually destroying one
another, Irebu will become the prey of the Bakuti, or
the Balui,
or
the
of your
friends
cluding those
Wabangi.
opponents.
who
fell
Your
Your
friends
are also
losses to-day,
in-
at Iboko, are thirty-seven killed,
You have lost nine stout men in slaves. You are not wise, Mangombo.
and many wounded. order to get four
This kind of trading will ruin you. called,
Let the council be
and obey the word, otherwise you must go on
fighting
it
out by yourselves."
i883,
June 22. inganda.
THE CONGO.
44
Accordingly,
1883,
Jnaanda.
two
at
p.m.,
the principal
elders of
^pp©!' Irebu Were gathered together in council in one corner of an open place.
I
me occupied another Mangomho sat alone with
near
and
my
At
corner.
long
his
three interpreters
another corner
staff
ending with
first,"
said one of
a brazen spade.
" The Malafu fee must be paid the
elders,
and
I
had almost forgotten the judge's
I
Msenne and Umari that
hinted to
my
fee,
must
fee
be large.
among
Fifty brass-rods were distributed
the elders.
One hundred and twenty were gravely handed as
my
share.
Mangombo his losses,
recited the story of the war, recounting
and drawing pathetic pictures of the
incurred by Upper Irebu. their
me
to
ideas
hostilities,
as
The
elders then suggested
what should be done
to
and that
it
losses
to stay the
was a great pity that the
dis-
putants should go on killing one another.
and decided that the war must
I followed last,
Said I
:
"
Magwala and Mpika have both agreed
they will leave the case in
must do the same.
Mangombo
alone.
his eyes open, and
my
The war Mpika
hands; you Mangombo in the obstinacy of
lies
lost five
Mangombo
men, but he kept
sought to redress his
by making war upon Mpika.
pay the Bangala
that
revenged himself on the Iboko by
taking eight captives. losses
stop.
for the blood
If he
wanted
they had shed,
why
to
did
he not go to Iboko, and keep his eyes open there, instead of hurting his friend?
The Nzarabi (God^
is
angry.
PEA CE'MA KING. and he
lias
nine more of
lost
Mpika and Magwala
enough.
friendship to
Mangombo.
and bury the war.
The
45
men.
lils
offer
hands
their
is
i883.
in
io°ld^
it
Give the pledge of peace,
Bula Matari has spoken
of elders applauded,
council
Say,
" !
and Mangom\)o
yielded to the general cry of peace, and gave the pledge
My
demanded.
were instantly sent away
interpreters
to central Irebu to bring tlie pledges of peace
from the
Capulets of that quarter. These pledges were two pieces of unbleached domestic, one gourd of palm-wine, one
keg of damp gunpowder, and one broken musket from
Then
each faction.
four elders from
Upper Irebu who
were neutrals, and four neutrals from central Irebu took charge of the peace pledges, and in the centre of the plain behind Irebu,
hole
was dug
in
which was the usual
and the
the ground,
battle-field,
articles
were
Salvoes of musketry from each rank of the
interred.
combatants were
fired
over the grave of the war, and
Irebu was saved from the horrors of internal
many
a
strife, for
long years, I hope.
The next day we spent
in mutual visits
through
Irebu.
This large town, or congeries of villages, built so close together, that to a stranger there
to be left
no
distinctive limits
between them, occupies the
bank of the Congo, and the
left
Lukanga, running along the bank five
miles.
miles,
and
having
The population
Irebu has also
its
would appear
a
depth
I estimated
suburbs, and
if
bank of the
for a
distance of
inland at
of
two
15,000 souls.
the villages inland
TEE CONGO.
46 1883
and
along
Lnkanga may be
the
reckoned, being
may
offshoots of Irebu, the figures of the population
reasonably be doubled.
On
the 23rd,
which we took the
tail
we steamed up
to
end, or
the
Lukanga River, it
was
the sluggish effluence of a lake.
It
be a river, though in reality
The
appeared more like a broad and winding canal.
was a reedy
shore, for a considerable distance,
lieved in places
fen, le-
by a clump of mimosa, or by a grander
height of scrub, and finally by an isleted grove.
lew miles up, a
humpy
village with bananas outside.
showed a
rise of reddish clay
and palms, and gardens of cassava
Fishermen were numerous
;
canoes being seen
From
returning from or going to the fish-catching.
300 yards
Lukanga opened
the
out to
mile in
a
breadth, which gradually widened further into a
We
lake.
little
were then shown a course varying from
we
one to two miles wide, which
looming up
picturesquely
might almost be
in
arm of
followed
wooded
The
called hills.
coming more numerous.
the shores
banks which
villages
Presently,
we
;
were
turned into a narrow
this
channel
by the village of Maboko, which was
the lake,
more tiarrowed by rows of
papyrus and other reeds.
hour
later
path
— Lake
Throe-quarters of an
— after winding in and
out a crooked watery
iMantumba burst into view.
five miles
— until
the shore disappeared.
still
stakes, sedge, water-lilies,
lotus,
along the northern shore
be-
when half-way
through
about
A
— the
We
steamed
southern being distant
when on the south, At sunset, we had reached the at
4
p.m.,
MANTUMDA LAKE. eastern sliore, and •
•,
camped on an
..,
.
•,
whither some natives visited
Watwa
many days
being
47
TiiT
and
us,
round by the
along
southern
flat
By noon
shore, to a portion of the western shore.
the 25th
the Mantumba
days' steam-
to near Ikulu at 5 p.m.,
eastern shore, and
the
Ten
we had steamed 144 English
miles in
of
tlie
circumnavigation of the lake.
Mantumba Lake,
Lake Leopold IL,
like
is
a shallow
depression in the lowland of this portion of the
The
basin.
Like the
feet.
a
greatest depth
which, at
many
of the
again the land
enough
Where age
to
ironstone
into low
rises
hills,
In other
not high
notice, but clothed
redwood, for which this country
the ironstone crust
still
shows
the view, deep cavernous
underneath.
substructure,
though newly made.
to attract particular
fine forests of
thirty-two
is
shows the ragged sharp edges
places,
of fracture as clearly as
parts
Over
of rock, proving
Congo
seems to have been caused by
latter, it
sudden subsidence
ascertained
its
is
with
noted.
ragged front-
recesses
seen
are
these the stone projects like a shelf
its
tenacious composition, as
it
ire-
quently supports trees of considerable girth and height.
On
the western shores, in some of
its
many
baylets, the
pebbly beach strewn with round ironstone, and quartz,
and reddish, porous, stone pebbles, shows traces of
much
hitcher
water,
Everywhere the shore
and is
effects
of
storm v waves.
lined b}^ these pebbles.
i883.
June 23.
bays and creeks, past Ibingi
little
and Ikoko, brought us
told us ot
;
.1
from whence they
inland,
obtained their ivory and camwood.
ing into beautiful
near Ugangi
i.^land
Some
^"''*''
THE CONGO.
48 1883.
I
ground
and put
into powder,
into a glass of water,
June 23.
jiantumba
^^^
a
of the
httle
cannot conceive
it
inkiness
to
minutely examined
ground soil,
the
visible
the shore
I
Scarcely
on the shore, though
every indentation in
is
The
it.
reddish
a
is
not cultivated the forest
of an uniform height.
all
As
very low and sedgy. feet, or, at
dense,
the lake rises about fifteen
Mantumba and
about twenty -two geographical miles,
is
is
the shores show traces to this height,
least,
Leopold IL
is
The southern shore
and, as the distance between Lakes
may
account
though
lake,
rocky substratum
this
may
much
very rich and favourable to tropical abundance.
When but
above
of
be
to
be altogether the cause.
any clay or sand was I
found the water
I
This rust and dark red ironstone
darker. for
np
after Stirring
it
be that at the height of the rainy season these
two lakes are connected.
At Ikenge
the natives manufactured a superior kind
Camwood powder
of pottery.
made by grinding in mortar, small sticks of
from the
on rough
it
Watwa
dwarfs,
also
extensively
red- wood chips, or rasping
slabs.
who
is
Ivory
is
purchased
are described as a copper-
coloured people.
On at
the 20
Lukolela.
visit
us
—
to
til
of June
we
halted at the camping-place
luka and Mungawa were induced to
make
blood
brotherhood, and
finally to
frame a verbal treaty, agreeing to cede to us sovereignty over
their country.
sold us
a fine piece
we proposed to build whereof we left two of our most
a station, in
of land, whereon
surety
They
also
faithful
men
A SHIPWRECK. their
in
49
and then continued on our voyage
luinds,
i883.
June 29.
down
the Congo.
We
L^kdeia.
were encamped on the grassy terrace mentioned
in our journey
up
on the evening of
river, a
few miles below Lukolela,
when a men and
this day,
peared laden with forty-four
They reported
cargo.
large canoe apa miscellaneous
wreck of a large canoe
the
laden with thirty-eight men, and a valuable cargo.
Over
a dozen of the
board
;
Two
the rest
crew of the
were
Usindi,
lost.
and the crew of the
mood and
ward bound
all
the property
The shipwrecked party
assistance belonged to fit
on an island wandering.
still
persons had been drowned, and
had been
canoe were on
lost
canoe
Ngombe.
and had abundance of
rendered
tliat
They found
condition to be helpful. to Stanley Pool,
hailed from
we had
We
us in a
were home-
just left Lukolela,
provisions, wliich
we shared
with them.
At the
early
dawn we were under weigh with
three of
shipwrecked crew on board to guide us to the
scene of the disaster.
At
8.30 a.m.
we hauled
alongside
They
with our three steamers, whaleboat, and canoe. pointed the locality and
the
cause
which was some thirty yards from snag,
around
slightly covered it,
shore.
It
accident,
was a
feet in depth.
to
The
locality
which we could cling
in attempting to secure a steamer near the place
our anchor and chain.
;
we
and lost
I recognised the chief of the
party as Miyongo of Usindi, Vol. II.-4
stiff
by water, that ran strongly
and was thirty
was devoid of anything
of the
whom we had
seen
at
THE CONGO.
50 1883 Lukoieia.
Bolobo during our palavers relating to the murder of
We
two of our garrison by Gatula.
know what
assistance he wished.
requested to
After consultation
with his fellows, he decided to return to Bolobo with his
We
wife and six companions.
supplied the others with
we had purchased from and they resolved to make their way to
food and native arms, which
the Bakuti,
We
Lukoieia by land. land,
transported them to the main-
and then proceeded on our journey
which we reached
at nine o'clock at night.
The next day we rendered Miyongo and by a present of
speechless with gratitude
when, according
rations,
become our property. afterwards,
we
Bolobo,
to
arrived at
his wife
forty days'
custom, they had
to native
Departing from Bolobo soon
Mswata
station after thirteen
hours' steaming.
my
During
absence
Janssen had received a
Abbe Guyot,
a
Roman
to
equator,
the
Lieutenant
visitor, in
the person of the
Catholic
missionary serving
under the orders of the Algerian Cardinal.
The Abbe
had come up the Congo highly recommended officers
of the Association, with the view of establishLeopoldville being
ing a mission. with
Protestant missions,
the
convenient to seek a virgin the
Kwa,
expressed
which to the
of
the
to the
I
in the
Abbe thought
the
Upon
field.
neighbourhood of
himself
pleased
with
already blessed
tlie
the
it
suggesting
confluence, he locality,
upon
requested Lieutenant Janssen to proceed up
Kwa, and
establish himself
confluence,
and
to
assist
on the the
left
bank
Abbe Guyot
KIMPOKO STATION. the founding
in
of
51
mission on
liis
right
the
l»ank
i88;}.
July
of the affluent opposite.
On
wind blowing strongly
the 3rd of July, with the
against
we
us,
Wampoko
above the
Mswata
left
river,
for
missed
it
on the right bank, we saw
flotilla.
We
to discover that a fierce struggle
before, leaving traces of
curious
tried a shot at
we landed
and, led by curiosity,
;
Just
Le'opoldville.
a lion crouched on the sand, watching with
gaze the descending
it
and
at the place
had occurred
sliortly
some heavy body having been
dragged over the beach. The evidences were as legible
highway, and pointed us
as a
warm
fifty
to a
dead buffalo
paces from the river's edge, wdiere
Good
been struck helpless while drinking.
was
too rare on the
Upper Congo
by the
Kimpoko was
had
fresh beef
and
to be rejected,
all
hump
forest king.
station,
reached the next day at 10 a.m.,
by Mons.
superintended
evidently
still
it
hands that day banqueted on the steaks and roast furnished
was about
to
be
known
stations.
This was
placed in
command, and yet
fourth
the
The
Amelot.
as one of our
place
unlucky
who had been
chief
the chiefs residence had
not been completed, and, by the very slow progress
which had been made, probably the columns would need renewing before
it
would be
fit
for living in.
After fifty-seven days' absence we again saw Le'opoldville,
the
:i.
Mswata.
with substantial proofs everywhere visible of
competency of Lieutenant Yalcke
large house, having nine
as
chief.
commodious rooms
lodging of Europeans, had been put up
;
A
for the
a small station
THE CONGO.
52 1883
had been established at Kinshassa
" ^
banana plants were
^
Leopold^''^^-
community and
"blooming"
Thus a proper man proved
more
service in
two months than
had performed within eleven months.
his predecessor
his brother chiefs
terms with the
staft"
of the station were
were also on excellent
of Europeans
filled
tlie
store-rooms
with provision
cases, cloth
;
bead boxes, and there were nearly four tons of
brass rods
On
and tbe
:
belongings were altogether in a
its
that he could perform
bales,
some 500 new
tbrivino; o in our g-arden o
condition.
Ngalyema and
;
— the native currency.
the 13th of July the steamers and boats were
again despatched to Bolobo with 150 loads of goods
and thirty-two men,
whom
in
I could place
and
I
charge of Captain Anderson, implicit
reliance.
and Manyanga required
troubles at Vivi tion,
in
had
to
Meantime
my
atten-
despatch an agent to that place
with authority to rectify the mischiefs which ever recurred
at
that unfortunate
utter impossibility
by
station,
owing
of enforcing obedience
to
to
the
orders
letter.
" Captain "
vour
At
had, after six months' patient endea-
to reach his post, finally arrived to take
least this
was
command.
to be hoped, but later letters informed
us that he declined the command, owing to a species of triangular disagreement and misunderstanding existing
which each of the three
at Vivi, in connection with
persons
language
involved
upon
showered me.
In
letters
this
in
most
predicament
forcible it
was
necessary to commission a deputy, with copies of the
BWA-BWA NJALI'S
INVITATION.
me
various orders that had emanated from
53 duriiic:
the
i883. T
last six
and
months;
consider
I
that
bother on this occasion drew from
which was an absolute model of
number of
propositional "
I flattered myself,
ifs
"
its it
immense
the
me
a final order,
kind, from the great
contained, providing,
against all mortal possibilities of
misunderstanding, misapj^rehension, and
failure.
Not
-^srr
VIEW FROM THE HEAD OF BAM0 ISLAND DOWN THE STANLEY POOL.
havino* a trust, I
so
that
sino'le soul
was obliged
else
Yan
Le'opoldville pro
Invited by
BKANCH AT
within reach that
to deprive Leopoldville of
Lieutenant Yalcke
while Dr.
SOTTTH
I
could
its chief,
was the chosen deputy,
den Heuvel was ap])ointed chief of tern.
Bwa-bwa
River, to establish a
Njali, of the
Gordon-Bennett
station there, I proposed
to
a
.
...
Leopold'^''*'
THE CONGO.
54 1883.
Leopold-
young continental
officer to
acquiesced, expressing- himself indeed
readily
He
undertake the duty.
ex-
as
tremely desirous to have his fidelity and capacity tested previous to promotion, and the public recognition of
and
his zeal
picked
He and
intelligence.
men were
transported across the river, and duly
introduced to the chief, as his brother.
band of fourteen
his
who
The young
consented to receive him officer
received his final
instructions with a strong injunction to be
prudent,
good tempered, and forbearing, and always charitable in his dealings
his
own
with the aborigines as
w^ell
as with
people.
Eight days passed away, and then from across the river
came a rumour of
manned and
A
trouble.
boat was hastily
sent to inquire for news, which, in a few
hours, returned with the
young
officer,
pale and excited,
with his face scratched and his clothes in disorder, and
two of
his
own
garrison with him.
The coxswain of
the boat reported that he had gone across the river,
and had found the military
officer
bound hand and
foot.
Two
of his
own men guarded him, and they
the coxswain a curious tale.
own
responsibility
set
He
had, however, on his
the officer at liberty, and had
brought him, along with his men,
answer
The
told
to Leopoldville
to
for themselves. officer related
how he had
detected a plot to
murder him and take the property, upon which he had attempted to shoot the supposed ringleader in the conspiracy,
but had only succeeded in wounding him,
A TERRIBLE DISASTER. whereupon
55
own men sprang upon
liis
liim,
disarmed
and bound him, and were about conveying him
to
isss.
u^opoidville
Leopoldville
them
when
the boat fortunately arrived to take
He
admitted he liad been set free irom
across.
bonds by the coxswain.
his
The two men who had been found guarding him,
in
their direct and circumstantial story, proved that their oflScer
He
had suddenly developed an homicidal mania.
had attempted
to shoot poor
Bwa-bwa
and
Njali,
had actually shot his chief sergeant in the head, which provoked his own garrison to disarm and bind him.
During the night following he had burst fled into the
conveyed
woods, where he had been discovered next
to
the
boat arrived, and his guard,
My On
river side, whither soon its
brought them
the
the
after
crew, taking charge of the prisoner to Leopoldville.
servant Dualla was sent over to
transport
to
bonds and
Being recaptured, and rebound, he was
morning.
and
his
party back again
Bwa-bwa Njali's, to
Le'opoldville.
the return of Dualla, corroborating the truth of
the charge against the
man was
officer,
the unfortunate gentle-
taken under escort to Yivi with an order of
dismissal from the service.
On
the 22nd of July, a courier canoe arrived from
Mswata
station
with
the
dreadful
intelligence
that
Lieutenant Janssen and the Abbe Guvot, with eleven of their people, while descending the
new Kwamouth
station 1o
Congo from
the
Mswata, during a gale of
wind, were drowned.
On
the
31st
of July an
exjiedition
was sent
to
— THE CONGO.
56 1883.
LeopoldviUe.
occupy Kwamoutli
Swedish
Pfigels, a
It consisted of
station. officer,
Lieutenant
and a small garrison
for that
place.
Two poko
days later a courier canoe arrived from Kim-
with
station,
letters
from Mons. Amelot, imploring
He had had
instant relief.
a misunderstanding with
the natives, and some shooting had happened, wherein
two or
of the natives had fallen.
tliree
Kimpoko, and found that
Naturally, I hurried to
my
presenti-
ment concerning unfortunate Kimpoko was
verified.
Gambiele and
Unable
all
the natives had
fled,
and
to induce the natives to return, I ordered the
half- 1 milt
station- to
down
garrison
be destroyed, and conveyed the
to Leopoldville.
The prospects were most disheartening ever-brewing troubles at Vivi
;
coloured
drowned
On
eternal and
two stations destroyed
within a few days of each other eleven
;
;
two Europeans and
men belonging
to
another station
But the end had not yet arrived.
!
the 21st of August, a courier canoe arrived from
Bolobo with a note saying that unfortunate Bolobo never to be built Bolobo with
all
tlie
—was
goods belonging to
burnt to the ground it,
loads recently stored there for the
Ban gala and Stanley Fortunately repairs,
and
I
tlie
was now
Upper Congo stations
Falls.
flotilla,
which had been beached
for
in perlect order for a long voyage,
was only waiting
near approach of whicli
The danger
as well as the 150
for
an overland caravan, of the
we had
notice, to
have
started.
to these houseless people at Bolobo,
how-
'
BOLOBO IN ARMS. ever, spurred us to immediate
^rr
movement, and on the
22nd of August we accordingly departed from Le'opoldville, witli ten tons
and passenger
list
of miscellaneous goods, and a crew
numbering
seven hours' steaming the 29th August.
we
men.
fifty
After
fifty-
arrived in view of Bolobo on
The En Avant being a few
miles
ahead of the Royal and A.I. A.
As
the
En
Avant steamed by
shore I observed
tlie
the usual crowds of spectators darkening
it.
Ibaka's favourite village, poured out
bronze-bodied
people great and small.
its
Mungolo,
Next Biangala, perched on the
slope of the hill
which separated the Lower from the
Upper Bolobo.
Next
appeared the villages
in order
of Ururu, Mongo, Manga, Yambula, and Lingenji, and, finally,
without a single incident,
we
arrived at the
landing-place of the ruined station, the blackened site of which I
we saw
looked desolate enough.
told the engineer to
keep steam at three atmo-
spheres until the other steamers had actually arrived,
and
I
was
the station,
listening to the reports of the burning of
when
a messenger came from Ibaka, the
senior chief, saying that Itimba and Biangala had fired
on the two steamers.
The news was
that I could scarcely credit tne fact
;
so astonishing
for in the Roi/al
were three natives of Bolobo, who had borne
news of the destruction by been brought back by shore,
us.
me
the
of the station, and had
fire
I
to
had
and the people had waved
also passed
their
by the
hands and greeted
us at several places, while the chief of the station had
reported that he was on terms of friendly intimacy with
issa.
""^Xho
— THE CONGO.
S8
No
every one at Bolobo.
1883.
August
whisper of
29.
Bolobo.
ill-feeling
had
.
To emphasise
been heard from any one. friendship,
this
apparent
Manga's chief had exchanged presents with
the station superintendent that morning.
was cracked np
chief of Itaraba,
Upiti, the
to be " a dear friend
in fact, one of the best fellows in the world."
Full of
wonder
at this
sudden outbreak, we made
steam again, and proceeded the
Five hundred
truth.
landing-place I
we were
had barely time
down
the river to discover
yards below the station
passing by Manga's village, and
to distinguish
my protege,
Miyongo,
of Usiudi, by the broad-beaded and glittering haft of his falchion,
when a stream of fire was
seen issuing from the
bushes near him, and the slugs came peltering briskly
some ringing smartly on the
across,
steel hull of the
Presently another shot rang out loudly a few
steamer.
yards below, the missile of which swept over the bow. It
dawn on my mind
appeared to
pre-concerted arrangement.
exempt
I did not wholly
some participation
in
that
For a moment,
my own
from
He might
have
tampered with these savages from some
and,
if
dear friends of
Absurd
his,
why
them
sinister
it,
for the
design
his dear friends,
not dear friends of ours
as the thought undoubtedly was,
time to discuss
I fear that
station chief
the outbreak.
of his own, because he had called
wa« a
all this
En Avant was
in a
?
we had no dangerous
proximity to these ambushed people, and the muskets roared at us from a long line of sharpshooters hidden
only about
fifty
aboard, and our
yards from us. rifles
We
had only
six
men
had never been used. Arms were
FIGHTING ON THE RIVER.
59
taken on board always as a precaution; but during the four years
had
we had run on
f, (
^
the
issa.
August 29.
.
ongo not a single native
However, we soon drew them out and
fired at us.
began
to
while
we charged down
return
fire
tlie
vigorously into the bushes, river
In twenty minutes
steamers.
,
.
to
the
we met
rescue of the
the A.I.A.^ and
soon after the Boyal, the crews of which related the
narrow escapes they had experienced.
had been wounded in the
One man only
by a shot from some
face
excited bungler amongst the crew.
The steamers were brought up
to the station,
and
the goods then discharged into a small hut that had
been hastily constructed and placed under guard.
The Royal was then dispatched bring up an artillery
some
fifty
by a
with a Krupp cannon, and
charges of ammunition, with which
little
Boiobo
officer
to Leopoldville to
fright to
make
I
hoped
the intractable people of
less disposed to include us in their future dis-
plays of spleen.
The reader
will
have perceived by
had become noted in our books
as an
had been established nearly a year
was
in
a more
Two members dered;
a
fire
village with
this that
unlucky
station. It
at this time, yet
backward condition than any of
its
garrison
Boiobo
it
other.
had been foully mur-
then utterly consumed the station and
£1500 worth
had what the natives
of property;
called " a war."
Boiobo v/ere arrayed against
us,
and now we
All the towns of
except Mungolo and
Lingenji, the villages of Ibaka.
After waiting forr days, during which no one seemed
Boiobo.
THE CONGO.
60 188^.
Bolobo.
disposed to come to terras, or to offer to effect a reconciliation,
the
En Avant and
whale-boat descended the
river to reconnoitre, and to endeavour to parley with
some of our friends
in the villages, but a
derous fusilade greeted us as
and Yambula's
and we replied
villages.
at
random
most mur-
we came near
Mariga's
This roused our
ire again,
into the bush, as
no person
could be seen.
On
the 3rd of September a few of our party occu-
pied an island running parallel with the hostile villages,
from which our sharpshooters replied briskly at every
whence the shots
locality
issued.
In the evening, Miyorgo appeared and related the effects
of the firing.
young rogue who had had
lost
A
woman,
first
the mother of the
fired at us
A man
her front teeth by a bullet.
love-knot of hair scraped clean away. of native beer had been smashed
full
forated,
had
two men were
besides one
En
killed
his
Seventeen pots
;
some houses per-
and three or four bananas cut down.
Itimba the firing from the effective,
from Manga's,
At
Avant had been more
and three wounded,
goat and one cliicken
killed.
The
Wy-
yanzi are too fond of trade not to include everything in
their tale of losses.
pots of beer,
by which
The smashing of a few more their courage
is
inspired,
would
produce a depression whence peaceful results might be expected.
The following day, Ibaka introduced a peace deputation
from Itimba, which brought with
brass rods, a goat, and
some
fowls.
it
a few dozens of
Surely a war was
NEGOTIATIONS FOR PEACE.
61
not worth mucli at Bolobo
when they estimated the
indemnity at such a
However, we accepted
trifle.
and
and old
Upiti
delighted,
and promised
to be
very good in future.
we proceeded again
In the afternoon
opposite Manga's, and kept
were
ambassadors
brother
his
it,
to the
up a desultory
island
firing at the
white cloudlets emitted from the black bush, and in the
me
evening Miyongo bore to
The
tale
one
arms, a
wounded
of losses included a chief
leg while drinking beer in the chiefs,
the bulletin of results.
man wounded
gun smashed by a
in
woods with
in
the
his brotlier
both thighs, one in the
bullet, a
canoe damaged, and
a few more bananas levelled.
The wounding of
a chief brought
Manga
to propose
terms of peace, but as this was a second offence severe. It
was
They
rejected with scorn,
to
pay
and they were
a pleasure to fight,
the big
it
told that, as
and a hardship
for the privilege of firing at people,
our hands at
all
it
was
same money paid by Itimba.
offered the
they considered
I
we must
try
again next day, and every day until
gun arrived from Stanley
be blown up to the sky.
them surrender the
Pool,
when they would
This awful threat made
case to Ibaka's hands, but with all
Ibaka's real
and earnest
negotiations
to
efforts it cost us
nine days'
induce them to pay the fine of 600
matako, value £15, as an indemnity.
On
the 13th the peace was duly proclaimed through-
out Bolobo, and the next day the Krupp, which had arrived during the last days of the peace negotiations,
had
to
be fired into the Congo, which, opposite Bolobo,
i883.
uoiobo.
TEE CONGO.
62 1883.
Boiobo.
is
All the villages were represented
4000 yards wide.
on the occasion by the chiefs in person, accompanied
by a few hundreds of people, who honour me without
many
w^eapons.
To them about the
was not much
there
Krupp. " If
it
were a gun, where was the
And
ramrod?
trigger, stock,
goodness, were the wheels for " Tut," they said
not be a gun
it
;
;
"
gun
likeness of a
what, in the name of "
?
Bula Matari
is
joking.
It can-
bears no resemblance to a gun.
It
wood with a deep
its
looks like a fine piece of
hole in
belly." It
was, therefore,
Krupp. ticated
decidedly necessary
to
They were turbulent through their unsophisThey knew no better. A brass rod wildaess.
causes a Avar
;
a drop too
much
of beer ends in a war.
If they have a bad dream, some unfortunate
and burnt for witchcraft, or hung to
it.
the
fire
A
chief dies from illness,
for
being an accessory
and from two
When
people are butchered over his grave. of Moye'
—the
forty-five
accused,
is
to fifty
the chief
next village above our station
—
died,
people were slaughtered, and only a short
time before Ibaka strangled a lovely young girl because her lover had sickened and died.
Two
slaves of Ibaka
quarrelled over their beer, and one shot the other; the
brother of the murdered
two bales of slaves
cloth,
man demanded
and 1500 brass rods
;
twelve slaves,
one of the male
was beheaded, and a female slave was strangled,
that their spirits might
dead slave on
its
accompany the
spirit of
dreary journey to the
the
unknown
THE KRUPF SURPRISES THE NATIVES.
63
That we had not been more involved
universe.
in
i883. Sept. 14.
trouble with such people as these of Bolobo has been solely
due
anxious care and large forbearance.
to our
Notwithstanding their professions of incredulity as to its power,
it
was observed that the
chiefs took great
Krupp,
care to keep at a respectful distance from the
and,
when
finally the artillerist, after sighting the piece
2000 yards,
to
fired
it,
and the cannon spasmodically developed a
recoiled, their bodies also instantaneously
convulsive movement, after which
A
gazing at one another.
they sat stupidly
second shot was fired to
3000 yards, and the appearance of the column of water heaved by
it,
satisfied
most
the
the
that
sceptical
implement was a gun of immense power.
But the following the
little
episode will well illustrate
character of the Wy-yanzi.
exhibition of the powers of the
occasion to explain to
We
No
had
solicitation of Ibaka,
Krupp,
them how very
to fight their friends.
any of them.
After the peaceful
white
settled at
and
seized the
foolish they
man had
were
yet injured
Bolobo only at the
the chiefs had tasted of
all
the white man's liberality.
I
I
now would pay
for the
beer to celebrate a long peace, and I according delivered to each
man one
as there
were
more than the
piece of cloth fifteen chiefs
fine exacted
and ten brass and
elders,
rods, which,
amounted
from Lower Bolobo
to for
shooting without provocation at our steamers.
They
left
the
goods
on
the
ground, and
aside to consider or hold a palaver, and after
all
went had
arrived at an agreement they came back to their seats,
uoiobo.
:
THE CONOO.
64 1883. Sept. 14. Boiobo.
aud Lu^"umbila, the senior slave of Ibaka, with an p face,
^
^
unabashed
" Bula Matari,
and we are
we have been
of one
all
me
dared to say to
mind
considering together,
you ought
that
to give each
of us two pieces of cloth and twenty brass rods to celebrate this peace, value £25."
I
Without
a
ordered
my
back, and,
enough.
my
word, but feeling unutterable things,
Dual la to take the presents
servant
waving
my
hand
Ibaka, this land
is
to them, I said
Take
yours.
" It is
:
it
and
I
;
people will depart from Boiobo for ever.
I
am
tired of you."
Up
sprang the chiefs instantly to their
Ibaka hastily
Stop, Bula Matari
be not angry with Wy-3^anzi.
If
us
;
this is
we
!
Dualla, stay
!
out,
Nay,
but a custom of the
you had given us 4000 brass rods we
should have asked for 10,000
50,000
while
movement, crying
ai'rested Dualla's
" No, no, no.
feet,
;
if
you had given us
should have asked for ten times the amount.
What, Bula Matari leave us moneys, and we will
g'o to
?
No, never
Give us the
!
celebrate the peace.
Come,
Bula Matari, drive away your anger," and Ibaka came and patted and rapped gently over as
though
my
disgust and silent fury
where in that region.
Why,
the greed of the
was stowed some-
know
Wy-yanzi
as the appetite of the hippopotamus.
ended, Bula Matari. to
risk fighting
watch-pocket,
" And," continued Ibaka smiling
humorously, " does not Bula Matari
yet?
my
the
is
Wy-yanzi
as insatiable
The
Wy-yanzi love money
any more.
Two
trouble
is
too well
troubles have cost
5
SETTLING THE INDEMNITY.
them money So
;
they will not care to provoke a third,
and
live in peace,
Being a
05
let
your heart
guileless, liberal,
I accepted Ibaka's
rest,"
Boiobo
and susceptible creature,
hand, and then
departed to diink
all
beer, with the strong purpose to live hereafter in peace
man and
with the white
are not a vindictive people,
On
the 16tli of
his people.
why
Lukolela.
crew,
?
September we departed from Boiobo, this
journey to
Miyongo, of Usindi, and his shipwrecked
who had been
extremely serviceable to us in the
negotiations
with the aborigines of
accompanied
us.
Two
The Wy-yanzi
should I have been
and ascended along the right bank on
hours later
guide told us that
we it
Lower Boiobo,
passed the Mikene' river.
A
continued to be navigable for a
about a day's journey up by canoe to the junction of
two
rivers, each of
which was impassable on account
of rapids. Skirting the shore above the Mikene, that the firm land
we
discovered
was generally a mile inland from
the tangle of calamus and bush, weeds and papyrus,
which rose in impenetrable masses river margin.
merable,
When we
The
islets,
in
line
along the
principally low, were innu-
and produced but reedy plants and scrub.
had proceeded about a third of the distance
from Lukolela the land improved in appearance, showing a
tall
forest
and a limited grassy terrace or two,
in appearance very like the left bank.
About 60 English miles above
the
point opposite
Boiobo we passed the Ikubn, or Likuba stream; and Vol. II,—
isss.
THE CONGO.
66 1883.
Boiobo.'
about 20 miles higher
we saw
by
a fine river, called
t^® guide the River of Bunga, about which he was
very enthusiastic, describing
its
banks as being very
populous, and the tribes as possessing an abundance of
The people
ivory and food.
of Busaka, Ikuba,
Bunga, villages near the Congo, exploit
and
this river in
their search for ivory.
On
the 22nd of September
we
arrived at Lukolela,
where Mr. Glave, a young Englishman, was
new
as chief of the
station,
installed
with a garrison of twenty-
men.
five
Lukolela station was located about 2i miles above the uppermost village of the native community, in the forest,
As
a hundred yards from the edge of the Congo.
the
tall
trees,
ranging from 60
to
150
feet high,
with clean, branchless stems for three-quarters of their gross height, were only from 10 to 30 feet apart,
Mr. Glave had a difScult work before him.
We,
fore, placed the entire force at his disposal for a
of days, to cut clear
down
the thin
some 50 square yards,
him
A is
as a
little
scarcely
there-
couple
undergrowth and
to
room
to
so as to obtain
construct a couple of native huts which for
young
we purchased
temporary residence and magazine.
exploration I
more
made through
difficult to
which
penetrate than the Thier-
me
garten of Berlin, enabled
this forest,
to estimate the
number
of useful trees in the forest of Lukolela at 460,000,
which, allowing only 40 cubic feet to the tree, would furnish
over
18,000,000 cubic
plane-trees are
numerous
;
feet
of timber.
The
they would furnish easily
A MAGNIFICENT FOREST. workable planks for doors, flooring,
the
flat-boats,
rafters,
stern-posts, decking,
guaiacum
all
be
frames, &c.
formed
keels,
timber
is
banks,
it is
not
while of
stem and ai\d
A steam saw-mill might enable
the timber needed for trading houses
Though
generations out of this one forest.
for
;
tables,
and the mahogany, red-wood,
for furniture.
us to furnish
wooden steamers,
window
splendid teak might
67
scant in
other
parts
of the
the
Congo
the only part from the sea to Lukolela that
a forest was found wherein there were so few useless trees.
This magnificent crop of largest forest trees led us
to
suppose that this ground was extremely rich, but while planting the posts of Mr. Glave's huts, even the picks could
make but
little
impression on the conglomerate of
we found it to be. The grown in hollow cavities in the iron
alluvium, and most of buttresses, the base
with their roots. to
trees
had seemingly
ironstone filled with
them were of vast
expanding to an enormous
to be,
it is
circle
The major number tapered upward
an incredible height, with stems as smooth
planed pine spar.
and
girths
Whatever the
station
may
as a
turn out
evident that months must elapse befo-re
chief will be able to boast of a garden. officer started
on
his
its
Our young-
work, not a whit daunted by the
magnitude of the task before him.
We
departed from Lukolela on the 25th of September.
Miyongo and by
this time,
his family
were on familiar terms with us
and when the rain threatened
our voyage with
its
to iiiterrupt
usual black storm-clouds, one of
isss.
il'koieia
;
THE CONGO.
68 1883. Lukoieia.
his
men
to compel
viz.,
visit
Upon which Miyongo observed
that
his powerful cliarms to
men seemingly rain-charm
a
and
go and
them by
other countries.
white
to brave the elements,
up and dared
stood
possessed
to
keep
things save one,
all
the
away while
rain
travelling.
The next day we landed him and
his family at
Usindi, but in the faces of the hundreds
who
no joy or
to satisfy their curiosity I perceived
forward
the service
gratitude for
position as the one
Had
we had rendered.
European Prince been saved from such a
Miyongo had been
hurried
a
distressful
extricated from,
no doubt we should have been dined and toasted but then this was Usindi, in Congoese Africa.
During our stay here we went through the ceremony of blood-brotherhood
with Miyongo, which provoked
luka was
the jealousy of luka.
surly because I had not
inclined to be
also
delivered
Miyongo
into his
hands, that he, as the senior chief of Usindi, might
have had the honour of presenting him This
Miyongo's villagers. artifice
occasioned
from me, which, by applying
Miyongo
to
a
turn to
rhetorical
the
case
of
luka himself, the old chief became con-
vinced that he
had no reasonable cause of
" Is Miyongo a slave of luka slaves belong to luka?
and a chief?
Miyongo?
in
If
How
can
Is
?
Do
his
wives or his
not Miyongo a free
man
luka claim authority over
luka was saved from the Balui
or from the river, could
offence.
Miyongo be
pirates,
displeased that
luka was not delivered into his hands?
No;
neither
THE SUPERSTITIONS OF lUKA. must
be displeased that Miyoiigo, being a free
Iiika
man, could travel freelv luka was a dirty old without being aware of
came
to
begged cover
69
me for
in
my
own country." man, who was wickedly mean
in his
Two
it.
liours after sunset
he
cabin on the steamer, and gravely
a looking-glass with wfiich he might dis-
all hostile
designs against him.
He
then asked for
a charm by which he could stop the rain from falling
on the gardens and and was anxious positively
fields
of the people he disliked
for a medicine
secure
the
;
with which he could
fidelity of
queen
his
luka
!
dreaded Miyongo evidently after the exhibition of his jealousy
charms
to to
him, and,
finding
that
give him to prevent the evil
earnestly implored
munity away
On
after
me
to colonise
had no
I
effects of
to take himself
and
it,
his
some other part on the
he
com-
river.
departing the next day from Usindi, Miyongo
gave me a guide, who was reputed higher up river than any
munity of Usindi.
man
He had
in
to
have advanced
the trading com-
belonged originally to
Upoto, and had since often traded with Langa-Langa
and
I boko.
"We had been delayed too long at Bolobo Irebu for more than a few hours. '
to halt at
About ten miles
above Irebu we saw a few canoes belonging piratical Balui,
who
inhabit
a district on
the
the right
gained by means of numerous
bank, access to wiiich
is
narrow branches of a
delta of a river, bearing
name than
that of the tribe.
Congo
the Balni's River
the
to
no other
Inland, a few miles from is
said to be of considerable
i883.
n
•
r
THE CONGO.
70
and importance, perhaps between 300 and 400
1883.
size
irebu.'
yards wide.
The Balui
accounts, and their
all
won
for
are a very daring people from
numerous
them great notoriety
piratical exploits
in that section
have
of the
Congo lying between Ngombe and Ikengo.
On ofif
the 29th of September the steam
flotilla
arrived
Equator Station, from which we had been absent
one hundred days.
A NATIVE OF
No
better illustration could be desired to exhibit the
effect of
industry inspired by good-will and zeal than
Equator Station, as
it
was seen by us
paratively short absence.
worthless scrub hotel
IBOKO.
;
we
— commodious,
We
had
returned to
domestic
adornments and
an Equatorial
fire-proof.
bullet-
In
the
one might have
skilful
The two young army
com-
a jungle of
rain-proof,
fittings,
imagined a lady had lent her arrangement.
left it
find
comfortable,
proof, burglar-proof, and almost
after this
taste
in
the-
lieutenants, after
building the solid clay-house, had turned their attention
EQUATOR STATION. making window-frames,
to
having no
stools, but,
71
doors, tables,
chairs,
and crimson
paint, blue
and
few yards of gay print and white sheeting, had given a look of finish to the door, windows, and furniture
;
and, with native matting, the hotel presented a very
complete and neat appearance without and within.
An an
observatory, or petite casino, stood perched above ant-bill,
devoted to meditation, or to fond contem-
plation of their
handiwork and industrious
was here they drew up
their
code
efforts.
It
of laws for the
moral government of Equator Station, and the amelioration of the wild Bakuti, and here also they discussed
on Sundays and rainy days plans
provement of
for the sanitary im-
their little town, and,
like a
Board of
Public Works^ sketched out what further duties lay before them.
Imitating their j^oung chiefs, the coloured also
had
developed singularly good built
for
himself an
faculties.
impregnable
men had
Each of them clay
hut,
in
the centre of a garden, wherein the Indian corn was
already over six feet high thriving
;
the sugar-cane was
plats of sweet potatoes carpeted
;
tall
and
with their
leaves; while pumpkins, brinjalls, cucumbers, &c., &c.,
exhibited prodigious vitality.
Lieutenants Yangele and Coquilhat also possessed a
garden of European vegetables, which supplied onions, raddish,
beans,
carrots,
peas,
parsley,
lettuce,
cress,
beets, sweet potatoes, cabbage, &c., &c., for their soups
and salads servants'
daily.
hall,
There were
goat
park,
and
also
a large kitchen,
fowl-houses.
i883. Sept. 29.
baize, a
Their
Equator Station.
THE CONGO.
72 1883.
goats ^ave them fresh milk, aud their hens produced *:
Sept. 29.
Equator
.
^ SUpplj ot eggS.
Tims
for the first time I
Congo
favourite ideal of a
saw the
realisation of
Here was a
station.
my
well-
governed community of soldier-labourers, impregnable
and unassailable by
its discipline,
pendence of one upon another zealous, chill
and prudent, but
;
and the mutual
the chiefs cool-headed,
not too militarily
They
the advances of the aborigines.
sufiicient ality,
de-
stiff
to
possessed
honhommie to be appreciated for their cordi-
yet just distant enough to repress vulgar fami-
and prevent infraction of the
liarity
that must ever
social distinctions
between educated intelligence,
exist
governed by Christian morality, and unsophisticated barbarism, too light-minded even to become the slaves to
savage passion, or the partisans
among
in
iactious strife
the natives.
Ikenge, the
chief, a
young bull-necked savage, had
caused trouble through a determined misapprehension of the purpose of this station in his neighbourhood.
After
my
departure he had developed an over-weening
ambition, a desire to be hurriedly rich, by slaughtering'
every
man
to
possessions.
meant an
whom he bore ill-will and seizing his He had conceived that our friendship
alliance offensive
have carried
us,
by
and defensive, which might
his vaulting
schemes, to unlimited aggression.
spirit
and daring
He had
provoked
two wars, out of which he had emerged weakened in strength, and well hated
p-rowing insolence.
by
bis
neighbours for his
He had grown
rather dishonest
— MT IDEAL
STATION.
73
he bad repudiated certain purchases of trees
also, for
and bananas that were in the
Httle territory ceded to
us by him.
However, through Heliwa visited
his chief slave,
Leopoldville with us, and
who had
had been brought
back enriched by his voyage, and with
memory
his
weighted with things he had seen, and on which he could days.
was
moralise, every question
settled in
Thus over the populations of
a few
lyambo,
Buriki.
Wangata, Molira, Mukuli, Ikengo and Inganda and the garrison of Equator Station, an Arcadian
concord held
On
my "
its
harmony and
sway.
the 11th of October, I indited the following in
diary
:
Equator Station
is
situated with regard to
that sole exception,
happy one, not
certainly a
view
many
as
might be; but with
it
other requisites necessary for
well-being are in perfection. food^ obtained very cheaply,
We
have abundance of
and the
complain of
devoted neighbours.
We
now
prices are
established to every one's content, that there left to
so
is
so
nothing
have apparently friendly and
Brinjalls, bananas, plantains, sweet
cassava, potatoes, yams, Indian-corn, eggs, poultry, goats,
sheep, the native productions assisted by vegetables of
Europe, flourishing in the gardens, with
tea,
coffee,
sugar, butter, lard, rice, and wheat-flour from Europe, afford
a sufficient variety for a sumptuous menu.
I
have enjoyed puddings every day here, and among other
accomplishments of Lieutenants Yangele and
Coquilhat,
not
the
least
useful
is
that of
knowing
isss.
E^'^ator Station.
THE CONGO.
74 1883. October 11.
Equator
how
to
cook, r^
i
and
how
should
food
•
be
prepared. •
i
i
^^^ havc sumcient acreage near the station to be able, if necessary, to feed
climate
is
healthy
also,
though they have
weathers here, and the ground that
The
everybody abundantly.
is
moist
sucli
so astonishingly rich
one would have thought that fever would be been
prevalent,
yet our officers iiave
months
Wangata without experiencing one
at
indisposition."
already
four
hour's
—
FOUNDING STATIONS.
CHAPTER
75
XXYITl.
TO THE ARUW [MI OR BIYERRE.
—
voyage— The Lulungu river Bolombo— Bangala the terrible— Stirring memories— Boleko the chief—" Stop thief!" Mata Bwyki— A modern Hercules—" Is this Tandelay ? "—Uncomfortable moments— The appeal of Yumbila— " Bula Matari and Mata Bwyki are one to-day " Luxuriant tropical scenes Immense forest wealth Unsheltered in a storm— Deserted districts— Nganza Old Eubunga Langa-Langa women The currency changing Ndobo
Equipping
.or a long
!
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—Oyster-shells a sign of former population — Bumba Myombi — The dreaded Ibanza— A trick with a
and the chief skin— Yam-
binga— Itimbiri river— Yalulima armourers— Hostile canoes on the look out— The Aruwimi— Mokulu— An
effective salu-
tiger's
tation
—" Bravo, Yumbila
Our work
—War
" !
of founding stations,
many
of which, if the , .
.
future were favourable to our designs, cities,
natives
.
would grow into
had carried us well towards the heart of Africa,
for
Equator Station was 757 English miles from the
sea,
and 412 miles above
Le'opoldville.
earnest wishes from Brussels,
up the Congo some GOO miles
ment
at Stanley Falls,
I
In response to
was now about
to
steam
further, to found a settle-
and endeavour
to
make
verbal
treaties
with the more populous settlements on either
bank as
I
voyaged upward, leaving
to a future occasion
the permanent establishment of stations.
The Committee
iggs.
October 12. £^^3^^,^
THE CONGO.
76 1883. October 12.
Equator
had also nominated a person fur the command Falls
young
thus our poor
*,
working
hat, after bravely
at
Stanley
friend Lieutenant Coquil-
at
Equator station awaiting
opportunity to be located at Bangala station,
his
saw himself, wait until
We
I
now
his great disappointment, obliged to
to
could return from the Falls.
had prepared
long voyage 1600
for this
lbs.
of
corn and cassava flour, and had purchased 500 dried fish
Our
from the Bakuti.
live stock consisted of three
and thirty
goats, three sheep,
fowls,
which were of
course for the five Europeans on board, as well as a large
yams, sweet potatoes,
store of plantains, ripe bananas,
and a dozen cases of Crosse and Blackwell's best tinned
A
provisions.
among
case
full
four whites
red Portuguese
Cognac was distributed
of
besides a five-gallon demijohn of
;
wine.
In
fact,
limited
as
was the
carrying capacity of the steamers, the five Europeans
and sixty-eight coloured men on board were as well victualled
and
equipped
British division of soldiers
Equator
at
might be
at
as
station
a
Chatham, Wool-
wich, or Portsmouth.
On
the 16th of October the
channel leading
We
overcast,
cleared
It
was
rolled,
when we departed
but finally the atmosphere
again without rain. 9'.
fine
but at two o'clock the sky became
and thunder
Lat. 0°
night's
;
up the
Uranga and the Lulungu River.
steamed ten hours.
from the Equator
N.
to
flotilla started
As we
At noon we were
in
ascended nearly due north, our
camp was probably
in
N. Lat. 0°
18'.
Following the Uranga channel, we came
to the
main
THE LULUNGU RIVER. channel, and crossed
hours after
we came
small river about
Uranga
This populous community
ence of
Lulungu
the
river
latter
of the conflu-
left
and the Congo, com-
affluent
natives
We
river.
miles to
obtain
aborigines
ascended
an idea of to
it
its
for
it
because
beiug a
as
it
Congo
the
disappointed me,
had usually spoken of
" large "
should judge
rather
bank,
left
pleasantly located on an
is
manding an extensive view np and down and up the Lulungu. The
its
at one o'clock on the 17th.
of land to the
triangle tlie
few
to the Ikelemba, a comparatively
CHngiiig closely to the
arrived opposite
elevated
A
bank.
left
150 yards wide, the colour of
waters being inky.
we
over to the
77
about
three
average breadtli.
be about 550 yards wide
;
I
but the
informed us that one could ascend
it
a
month's journey in canoes, and that the populousness of
its
banks
Congo.
is
much
It is larger
superior
any part of the
to
even than the Mohindu they say.
Higher up than the point we reached, the Lulungu
may
be
wider than the Mohindu
being of greater volume.
and personally seen,
it
From
appears to
but I
;
I
all
me
doubt
it
have gathered
that there
must
be a connection between the Lulungu, Ikelemba, and
Mohindu, but of what character to say.
They
are
it
would be
difficult
equally black, and their courses
all
are parallel and equi-distant from each other.
country
is
very
flat
though densely wooded, and
quite possible that there
necting the rivers.
1
may
would
The it
is
be channels inland conalso include
Mantumba,
isss.
uranL
THE CONGO.
78 1883.
and the Lukanga.
October 17. Uranga.
^
Indeed,
if I
i
understood rightly, the •
i
i
natives 01 Ireou spoke as though
Lukanga
travel from the It is rash,
however, to place too statements, though
native
these
surprise
to the
me
to learn
-i
to
Mohindu or Buruki.
much
reliance
would not
it
upon at
all
some day that a few days' journey
Mohindu
inland on either the
or
Lulungu there was a
labyrinthine system of liquid channels through
jungly
i
were possible
it
alow
connecting the three rivers Ikelemba,
forest,
Lulungu,
and
Ikelemba,
we
A
Mohindu. find
short journey
up the
stream nearly impassable to
the
row-boats by the wide overhanging branches stretching Canoes, however, travel far inland,
from either bank. crews are
if their
known
who seem
to the aborigines,
We
to be too fre'e with their arrows.
disposition of the aborigines
experienced
on the Mohindu
to
tl^.is
make
it
credible that on the Ikelemba they are equally averse to strangers.
The Congo
to the natives
dwelling on the banks of the
The
natives of
Uranga came out
affluents.
breathlessly
eagerly in their canoes with friendly hails cept returning their
running to the
fire
compared
tribes are civilised
greetings,
and
;
and
but ex-
maintaining
a
of compliments and amenities, according
custom of
as our. journey
warm
friends,
we
could do no more,
would be protracted
stayed at every populated district
we
indefinitely if
we
saw.
Ascending the Lulungu a few miles, we turned
up a narrow channel connected with the Congo. The latter river being bank-full, the shore and islands were
flooded,
though here and there the mainland
'
THE TERRIBLE BANGALA.
79
showed places where the water had yet
to
rise
overflowing, which no doubt
it
would
feet before
the watermarks on
the
trees
wind and
furious squall of
two if
A
are to be trusted.
rain compelled us to seek
an early camp.
On
the 19th
we
travelled
mainland, with palmy a few miles
down
day along a forested
all
on our
islets
below Bolombo,
river told us that Iboko
left, until,
camping
trading canoes bound
was anxious
to see us,
the Bangala having already heard of our coming.
The next day we stopped 1°
23'
—
made
station.
I
with the
chiefs,
and the
gifts
Bolombo
steaming
hours'
forty- three
at
in
N.
lat.
above Equator
a verbal treaty and blood-brotherhood
but there was a famine in Bolombo,
were poor and
The
scant.
how-
people,
and as amicably inclined
ever, were very amiable,
as
any we had met.
On
the 2Lst of October, four hours above Bolombo, I
found myself at rible fighters
last in
who
know
it
then.
—the
pressed so hard upon us in 1877.
country of the Bangala not
view of the Bangala
I
though
called Iboko,
is
ter-
The
I did
have been told that they remem-
ber the fight well, but rumour has varied greatly as to their intentions.
vowed
Some have
told us that they
that if ever the Ibanza returns, they will dispute
every inch of the waterway with him. Irebu told
me
that the lesson
Bangala had received, that at
have
them."
However
cannot be denied that
the
was
I need
of
so severe that the
only
negotiations
I felt
Mangombo ''
shake a stick
might end,
some anxiety
it
as the flotilla
issa.
uranga.
THE CONGO.
80 1883.
steamed from amongst the islands in view of Iboko,
October 21. Iboko.
,
t
.
•
i
•
ii
,
whose multitudes pouring out over the river I
At
had no wish to see again.
war
to
the same time
we
could not, while professing claims to manhood, for ever stop in dread of the danger.
They were slow
make
to
those
Not a drum nor horn was sounded
terrible Bangala.
Under the pendent green
alarm of war.
to raise the
appearance,
their
banana fronds on the banks the aborigines seemed
to
be gathered in idle crowds, as though they had no con-
cern with us, even as though a
was an everyday occurrence
We
were approaching the
the shore
— which
whence the by us
I
the tribe of Iboko.
point up
projecting
first
remembered very well battle in
as a place
1877 was met
three canoes dashed out with something
of elan in their movement.
from the
to
real fury of the
—when
of smoke-boats
flotilla
I detached the
and went out
flotilla
to
En
Avant
meet them, Miyongo's
guide taking position on the cabin deck. "
Who
are you
" Bula Matari
many "
"
was shouted.
come
to see
Mata Bwyki
" (lord
of
guns).
Ah— h — h
gone
;
?
Mata Bwyki
!
is
not at
I
am
home
;
he
is
a-fishing."
" Is Boleko at home, then
brother
Miyongo
"Yes; he This was passed on.
is all.
?
the slave of his
of Irebu."
in his villnge."
They had no more
They returned
incredibly short time
all
to the
to say,
shore,
and we
and
in
an
Iboko seemed to know that
6
AN IMMENSE
SETTLEMENT.
the curious smoke-boats contained friends, /•
1
1
1
and small canoes darted out irom the shore company,
until
number
the
How many scores
oppressive.
of"
81
and great to bear us
them was absolutely
of canoes were out upon
the water, ahead, on either side, and astern,
not begin to estimate.
purpose for a canoe
Tribal' •^^:S>
we
could
Almost anything answered the
— from
the mere dough troughs of
Setdemenb
of
the,
(Ss-^
KA\N1G;A\L ,A\ Scale cf£rw. StcUuie Miles
PLAN OF THE BANGALA SETTLEMENTS.
bakers to the crocodile-snouted war-canoe impelled by forty stout muscular fellows,
who
sent her
skimming
gaily past the steamer.
Some idea when I state
of this
immense settlement may be gained
we were abreast of its lower o'clock we were still two hours
that at noon
extremity, and at five
YoL. II.—
i883.
October 21. Iboko.
— THE CONGO.
82 1883. October 21. iboKo.
from
iij^per
its
though we had been
steadily
tit
'
^
^
In 18 m, whiJe gently paddhng with the
steaming. current,
end,
had occupied us
it
five
The
and a half hours.
guide indicated to us Boleko's village, and also Mata
Bwyki's islet
;
but we chose a dismal and dank
camp on an
opposite the former, the channel between being
about 500 yards across. to see
Yumbila, the guide, 'departed
Boleko quite unconcernedly, leaving us to be
gazed at until sunset by a thousand of the Bangala. I could not help
wondering in
my mind
what they
who had passed through their ranks in 1877, amid so much flame and smoke. In form they were a fine people that we regarded thought of the " Ibanza "
broad of shoulder, large-muscled, grandly
full in
chest, slender-waisted, of rather tall height, to life
in
on the
by the easy manner of
river,
the generally
the
whom
their carriage
cranky canoes, must have been an
every-day existence.
While there were some of them
of very black complexion, the majority of them were light bronze,
and there were several light as Arabs in
complexion.
Yumbila returned
who was build.
a
all
with the chief Boleko,
young man of about twenty-five, of powerful
Though he was
to introduce
do
at sunset
that
me was
to
in his
call
and
offered
Mata Bvvyki, who w^ould no doubt
observed that the young
what one may
cordial in manner,
power
to satisfy
man was
my
furtive-eyed
thievish in look.
wishes, I
—almost
His hair was
dressed in the usual Kiyanzi style, the marks on the face being slight incisions over the
upper part of each
BOLERO THE
CHIEF.
while the centre of the forehead was distin-
cheek,
guished by three fleshy lumps.
wards
83
to be the special tribal
This I learned after-
marks of the Bangala.
After a night spent in indescribable discomfort on the
islet,
Boleko came to us early in the morning to
introduce us to his as
own
an escort of honour
What
struclv
me on
village, forty canoes serving
to the flotilla.
entering the creek, on the banks
was
of which Boleko' s village was situate,
was the same creek whence issued the canoes that attacked
me
in 1877,
that this
first
and which
hostile
I took to
ONE OF THE BAKGALA.
be an affluent of the Congo, whereas
it
is
a narrow
channel, separated by a large and fertile island from the
main right branch.
affords a capital
It
harbour for
canoes and boats in bad weather on account of the reeds,
which arrest the movement of the canoes, pro-
tecting
At lively
them from being
floated
down by
the current.
Boleko's landing-place trading began in a most
manner, as provisions were unusually cheap.
Six eggs were sold
for
cowries
four
cassava bread for a brass rod
;
;
ten
rolls
of
a large fowl fetched
isss.
^1,^,1^^
THE CONGO.
84 1883. October 21. iboko.
only one brass rod
=
I'ods
6s.
;
a goat cost only ten or twelve
;
one mat,
was worth only one
feet square, of palm-leaves,
five
one made of
rod, while a large
rattan fetched only three
split
sweet potatoes, yams, and
;
bananas were so cheap that a day's ration purchased
enough
to last five days.
Word came from Mata Bwyki in the course of the He was inclined to be jealous that a boy like day. Boleko should dare
to take his guest to himself;
Ndinga, chief of Bolombo, soothed his an invitation was at
irritation,
given to the
last
flotilla
but
and
to lie
alongside of Mata Bwyki's shore on the morrow.
Warning
was shouted
at sunset
steamers to keep
watch;
strict
crews of the
to the
but the night
Vv'as
nevertheless disturbed with a series of cries, such as
"Stop thief!" one has stolen
my
" Oh,
my
knife
gone!"
cloth has
!
" &c., &c.
;
"Some
and there were
few messes by morning which had not to bewail the loss
of some valuable property, so expert and adroit
were the
thieves,
peojDle to this
On miles,
Close
so
very unaccustomed were our
kind of wholesale spoliation.
23rd
the
and
we dropped down
and lay up
at
river about
two
Mata Bwyki's landing-place.
by the waterside, on
land,
were numerous
pits of
stagnant water, rank with the poison exhaled from the black
An
pits,
equal
where the
number of
bitter cassava lay
cesspools could not have tainted
the air with more abominable odours.
were several circular to
decomposing.
fences,
In the river
where the cassava was
left
soak and decompose, but which were sweetened by
A MODERN HERCULES. Like
the constantly-flowing water.
85
other riverine
all
Bangala keep
tribes, the
their canoes constantly sub-
merged, to ensure the longer preservation of them.
Under
the keels of
we
our steamers
could see faint
outlines of several.
The
senior chief,
Mata Bwyki (lord of many guns),
was an old grey -haired man, of Herculean
stature
and
breadth of shoulder, with a large square face and an altogether massive head, out of which his solitary eye
seemed
to
glare
judge him to be 6
with penetrative power. feet 2 inches in height.
strong sonorous voice, which, his tribe,
was heard
He was now years old.
when
clearly several
I
should
He
had a
speak to
lifted to
hundred yards
off.
probably between seventy-five and eighty
His skin hung about
many
his bones in
wrinkles, but with his nine foot-long
staff,
that
was but
a shade less heavy than a dingy's mast, he walked with
an upright carriage, but when leaning on that mighty staff
he straightened his stalwart body and iDitched
that
stentorian voice of his over
heads of the
the
hundreds of Bangala, one might see that the grand old
man had
still
a fund of vigour in him.
He was
not
the tallest man, nor the best looking, nor the sweetestdispositioned
man
I liad
met
in all
completeness and perfection of the
Africa
human
;
but
if
figure,
the
com-
bining size with strength, and proportion of body, limbs,
and head, with an expression of power considered, he
must have been
in the foce, be
at one time the grandest
type of physical manhood to be found in equatorial Africa.
As he
i88:j.
October 2a
.
stood before us on this day,
we
thouglit
iboko.
THE CONGO.
86 of
1883. '
iboko.
him
—a
Samson
were seven
really grand-looking old
by
tall sons,
Mata Bwyki's head
rose
At
man.
different mothers,
men and
they were stalwart of
an aged Hercules, an old
as an ancient Milo,
his side
and although
boys, the whitened
crown
by a couple of inches above
the highest head.
Kokoro,
ning to show grey
hairs,
his eldest son,
was begin-
and he had three
sons, tall
youths, over twenty years old, besides a few chubbyfaced
young rogues.
Considering the depth and length of the curved line of hamanity that stood on the shore expecting us, I
should estimate the
number of people present
at about
1700, old and young.
A place
for
welcoming with due ceremony was
pared in a street in the village, just
Mats of
the steamers. large
around a row of curved and box
semicircle
023posite
yards from
rattan were spread in a
sj^lit
stools, for the principal chiefs. line,
fifty
pre-
this,
was
In the centre of the
a space for myself and
left
people.
We
were invited on shore
The concourse was
We
stifling.
and
silent
so dense that the atmosjDhere
first to
undergo the process of steady
examination from nearly two thousand pairs
own manner who we
mission up the great liver at
was
Then, after Yumbila, the guide, had detailed
of eyes. in his
had
to the assembly place.
many
places,
;
were, and what was our
how we had
built
towns
and made blood brotherhood with the
chiefs of great districts, such as Irebu, Ukuti, Usindi,
Ngombe', Lukolela, Bolobo, Mswata, and Kintamo, he
THIS TANDELAYf"
"/;S
them the pleasure upon ^ ^
urored ^
it
87
would be
.
make a
like compact, sealed with blood,
chiefs of po23uloiis Iboko. likely to accrue ticular,
two
if
to
He
me
to
Iboko, and
the
benefits
Mata Bwyki
in
par-
made between
Mata Bwyki and Tandelay,
or, as
he
was known, Bula Matari.
Then a hoarse murmur was heard through
crowd,
tlic
and Mata Bwyki's deep voice was heard asking
:
"
" Is this Tandelay
?
"Yes." For a moment
I regretted that I
had placed myself,
with such unbounded self-confidence, so completely in their power, as I heard
the effect of tude.
it
I was,
my name
mentioned, and noted
upon the overwhelmingly large multi-
however, quickly relieved when
I
remem-
bered that Africans cannot act in unison with one another unless they are led by some leader.
I
was
only waiting to hear that leader's angry, stormy, denunciative tones to spring out to the boat and begin a
combat, for which order.
My
my
cabin contained arms in perfect
followers all
knew
that
we were among
the warlike Bangala, and I was well aware that every
European
in the flotilla
bell of the
En
needed only to hear the alarm-
Avant to drop
affected blandness,
his listless
manner and
and assume a fighting mien with
the dangerous breechloader in his hands.
The
leader,
however, was mute, and
I
found myself
feeling decidedly unpleasant under this concentrated
gaze,
ignorant as
I
i883.
October 23.
with the great
pictured
a bond of brotherhood was
chiefs like
to
_
was of the language of Iboko.
iboko.
—
!
THE CONGO.
88 18B3.
Could
but have spoken their dialect
I
October 23, jboko.
-
I
!
have often
p
i
i
thought since what an opportunity tor a moral lesson
was
lost
by
It
this.
was perhaps fortunate that
I did
not.
Yumbila continued
His desire
have done.
sibly
in better
form than please
to
moderated whatever passions might have
He
surface of this comparative silence. I
lain near the'
how
described
was borne through the ranks of the combatants,
and bow
He
bearer passed on unscathed and unhurt.
its
described
how
yongo,
I
my
victorious action with regard to Mi-
had saved him from the
clothed him, and
upon
also
;
The war
his
were remarkably
upon the on
rich things
weapons, with properties, safety, if did,
Ibanza
their
huge
the
quick
stores
man and
and the " bub-bub " of
inflicted defeat
it
murderous
of
slaying
beast
sound,
!
my
I strongly suspect
— the
dreaded
on them in 1877
genial, world-loving,
making, fraternal Bula Matari was, could
in the house
their
secured, and from Tandelay
who had
wide
and when he dilated
effective,
emerged the form of the
all
of the cannon
ball across the
danger had existed, which
was
a
at Bolobo I heard touched
its
on
and
home with
which were hidden
big steamer,
the
island, fed
his
to
descriptive
gestures,
thundering and shooting river,
him
restored
store of wealth.
it
and
soothed
had saved Irebu from mutual destruction, how the
flag
it
I could pos-
peace-
Oh, what a comedy
but be written
fairly,
and with
reasonable truth
A
forked palm branch was brought.
Kokoro, the
— MATA BWYKfs heir,
came forward,
seized
'
drawing out
and kneeled before me,
it,'
'
!
obeyed him, and
" I
ing his hand he cleaved the branch in two.
he
said,
"I declare
my wish
as
he cried, " Hold the
bis short falchion,
other branch, Bula Matari
89
DECISION.
to be
lift-
" Thus,"
your brother."
Then a fetish-man came forward with
his lancets,
and fresh green banana
long pod, pinch of
salt,
He
Kokoro's sword-bladed spear while
held the
one of
my
staff of
shaft of the spear
scraped on the
and the stock of the a pinch of salt
leaf,
the wood, and finally a
rifle
were then
was dropped on
dust from the long pod
little
was scraped on the curious mixture. were crossed
The
was bi'ought from the steamer.
rifles
leaf.
Then our arms
— the white arm over the brown arm— and
an incision was made
in
each
;
and over the blood was
dropped a few grains of the dusty compound, and the white arm was rubbed over the brown arm.
Now his
Mata Bwyki
long giant's
lifted his
drove back the compressed crowd,
staff
clearing a wide
most magnificent
mighty form, and with
and then roaring out
in his
style, leonine in its lung-force,
kingly
circle,
in its effect
" People of Iboko
!
You by
the river side, and you
Men of the Bangala, listen to the words of Mata Bwyki. You see Tandelay before you. His other name is Bula Matari. He is the man with the many of inland.
canoes,
and has brought back strange smoke-boats.
has come to see Mata Bwyki.
Bwyki tlie
to be his friend.
He
He
has asked Mata
Mata Bwyki has taken him by
hand and has become
his blood-brother.
Tandelay
„ }^^''^-^
October 23. if^^ko.
;
TBE CONGO.
90
'
iboko.'
He
belongs to Iboko now.
1883.
Oh
Baiigala.
^^^®
Bwyki."
!
has become this day one of
Iboko, listen to the voice of
Mata
thought they must have been incurably
(I
deaf not to have heard that voice.)
"Bula Matari and Mata Bwyki
Hurt not Bula
have joined hands. steal not
Bring your pro-
Briug food and
at a fair price, gently, kindly,
my
Matari's people
from them, offend them not.
duce and barter with him.
and in peace,
We
The that
Mata Bwyki
hear,
rest of the
to be sold to
I could bring
Meantime I
I
?
An
the Bangala.
and palms and banana-groves
me, but I deferred the purchase until
up Lieutenant Coquilhat and
had merely come I
to reconnoitre,
with
presents
our
panions imitated
and
and
should return
descended towards the
liberal
—you by
his
men.
explained to them that on this occasion
Langa-Langa, I
is
in obtaining a promise
among
should build a station
t
!
he
" shouted the multitude.
day was spent
entire village of huts
was
!
for
him
"
the river side, and you of the interior '•
sell to
Hear you, ye people of Iboko
brother.
We
are one to-day.
examining
on them as
call
We
equator.
Mata
after
exchanged
Bwyki, and our com-
example.
The
ceremony of
blood-brotherhood was performed several times over,
with the sons and nephews of the patriarchal old chief
On
the 25tli
struck over to discovered. as the islets
It
we continued our journey up tlie
left
bank by
was no easy
were
so long
and
tlie
task,
so
first
river,
and
channel
we
however, to do
this,
numerous, that we did
LUXURIANT TROPICAL SCENES. not finally reach the
left
bank
until
91
we had steamed
i88.3.
October 25,
for thirteen hours.
iboko.
For purely tropical
commend
scenes, I
the verdu-
rously rich isles in mid-Congo, between Iboko on the
right bank, and
Mutembo on
the left bank, with the
channels meandering
intricate
and recurrent
between.
There the rich verdure
river
reflects the brightness
of the intense sunshine in ghstening velvet sheen from
frond and
leaf.
The underwood
witli their tufted tops or the
presents varied colours,
climbing serpentine form
of the llianes, and their viny leaves. their
own
Each and
believe
the
of tropical
all
At
times
all
same refreshing gladness and vigour
nature
Some of
tude.
have
separate and particular beauties of colour-
ing that renders description impossible. I
all
may be observed
the
smallest
islets
about this
seemed
lati-
to
be
aflame with crimson colouring, while the purple
of the ipomeea, and the gold and white of the jasmine
and mimosa flowered, bloomed and fragrance.
by
his
•
difl'used
a sweet
Untainted by the marring hand of man, or
rude and
blooming thus
sacrilegious
presence,
these
in their beautiful native innocence
isles,
and
grace, approached in aspect as near Eden's loveliness as anything I shall ever see on this side of Paradise.
They
are blessed with a celestial bounty of florid
leafy beauty, a fulness of
possibly be
vegetable
matched elsewhere
warm and abundant
life
and
that cannot
save where
soil
with
moisture and gracious sunshine
are equally to be found in the same perfection.
Not
mere things of beauty alone were these
The
isles.
TEE CONGO.
92 1883.
iboko.
palms were perpetual fountains of a sweet
when
The golden nuts of other fat,
and pleasure
effervescing affords delight
good enough
On
fresh.
which
juice,
man.
to
trees furnishes rich yellow
an epicure, when
for the kitchen of
the coast these are esteemed as an article of
The
commerce.
and endless lengths of
luxuriant
calamus are useful for flooring and verandah mats, for sun-screens on river voyages, for
temporary shelters
on some open river terrace frequented by fishermen, for fish-nets
and
traps, for field baskets,
and a host of other useful
articles,
the construction of neat
for
Such
fancy lattice-work.
hang
creepers which
pale
and wind circuitously
that
we
days
be
will
trader, there
good
is
bark
is
fibre
will be of
facture of paper.
native
upon one another.
and which some hunted
by
and
its
soft,
in the future for the
at the various
Their
of
the
For the enterprising
cloth,
some use
Look
the caoutchouc
with fleshy green leaves
a ficus,
for
is
industriously
natives of Iboko and Bolombo.
The
sturdy tree.
see
plant, of great value to commerce,
these
strong cord-like
the
in festoons
white blossom which
but more especially
and strong houses, and
are
upward along the trunk of
market hampers,
make
dexterous natives of Bangala, will
its
spongy
manu-
palms crowding
prepared
fibres,
;
by the
the stoutest
hawsers, the strength of which neither hemp, Manilla fibre,
nor jute can match
cord threads as silk
is
;
it is
as superior to ordinary
to cotton.
See that soft pale-
green moss draping those tree-tops is
the Orchilla
like a veil.
That
weed from which a valuable dye
is
IMMENSE FOREST WEALTH. extracted.
I
93
need not speak of the woods, for the
dark forests that meet the eye on hank and
have no end. day its
We
seem
isle
to
hurn specimens of their timher every
and engineers may be frequently seen admiring colour and veiniiig, and inhaliug the fragrance of ;
the
We
gum.
are banqueting
on such sights
odours that few would believe could
the wealth of colours revealed every
and
We
exist.
like children ignorantly playing with diamonds. is
tall
are
Such
new moment
to us already jaded with the gorgeousness of the tropic
world.
Rarities
and treasures of vegetable
passed by us continuously
;
are
life
we can do nothing with
them, our mission at this time being to hunt up the
human
denizens, to experiment on
Whatever
interest
we may
many-hued splendour of the
human
profess, after all, in this
tropic bush, in the varie-
gated beauty and overflowing vegetable river it
is
isles,
nature.
or the bountiful wealth of the
life
Congo
but secondary to that which one must
human
on these forests,
feel for the
communities, the muscles of whose members
have a more immediate and practical value
For
to us.
without these the flowers, the plants, the gums, the moss, and the dye weeds of the tropical world must
ever remain worthless to them and to ourselves.
every cordial-faced
aborigine wliom I
promise of assistance to
from the
state
present lives.
of
me
in the
meet
1
see
In a
redemption of himself
unproductiveness in which he at
I look
upon him with much of the same
regard that an agriculturist views his strong-limbed child
;
he
is
a future recruit to the ranks of soldier-
188.1.
it^k^,^
THE CONGO.
94 1883,
The Congo
labourers.
October25.
^
,
Mutembo. ^i
have but enough
is
.
-,
would oecome a vast productive garden.
ckss,
liis
That
basin, could I
,
.
why
one reason
I always search sharply for
cordiality of demeanour, a certain frankness of expres-
from which
sion,
I can extract
hope for the future.
I
mentally review the faces thus seen, and say to myself, "
You
are shy
and strange now,
my
friend, but worse
looking fellows than you have been
made
A
few more
would go anywhere with me."
I fancy
themselves and the world.
fellows
seem
to read
my
useful to
trips,
and you
sometimes
tlie
thoughts, and smile encourag-
ingly upon me, as though they would say in vulgar
You are right, my boy, but bye and bye." Near Mutembo a trading canoe was met descending
idiom, "
the river.
We
we had been
feasting royally on the perfume of flowers
aud blossoms, to Iboko.
my
forgot all about the isles of Eden, where
to talk
with
its
crew.
They belonged
Rumour had reached them, with
brotherhood with old Mata Bv/yki.
its tale
We
of
traded
with them in eatables, and gossiped, like friends, of auld lang syne, amid lively chaff and laughter.
had eleven large tusks of ivory, but that was an
we
did not want,
much
They article
to their surprise.
Before arriving at Mutembo, however,
we came
to
the end of the long island that winds parallel with the left its
bank, and prevented us from viewing chief Ibombo.
From
all
accounts, this settlement
must be exceedingly enterprising, but in w^ealth, strength, It
Ukumbi and
inferior to
Iboko
and numbers.
had been a beautiful day, bright
as a Mediterra-
A STORM.
95
neau summer day, but about campinsr time the low .
'
•
1
westering sun became quickly obscured, and toe clouds
seemed advancing from ihe north-west, north, and north-east with startling rapidity towards the zenith.
Looking behind
the
at
south,
we saw rank
rank of voluminous cloud rising as though them.
We
after
meet
to
had often seen similar features in the sky
towards sunset, but on this day there was an ominous depth of blackness to attract our attention.
we
Still,
could find no place for shelter, the impervious bush sloped forest
from under the overhanging boughs of the
monarchs down
to the river surface with
an im-
penetrable closeness that would resist the sharp nose of a crocodile.
AVe were in a channel two hundred
yards wide, walled in by a bank of vegetation that rose 150 feet high.
Two
lofty fortress walls could not
have been more inhospitable
to us.
Therefore, while
the skies warned us to shelter, the shores on either side positively refused
it.
The zenith became
finally
overcast and gloomy, but the northern sky changed
its
hue to an ashy grey, wherein the tempest brooded.
Through some
invisible
became unruffled, the
influence,
tiniest leaf
the
hung
river's
still,
face
the tallest
reed stood straight, as though " attention " had been ordered, and Nature had stiffened into a petrified ness.
there
Only
for a
still-
few minutes, however, for presently
was a simultaneousness of movement.
millions of leaves in the forests were
violent rustling.
i883.
October 25. 1
1
1
Millions of others
All the
started into a
came
sailing
down
before the blast of the tempest, and millions of wave-
Mutembo.
THE CONGO.
96
broke over the face of the channel, seemins: ° to ^acc in couipanj with the leaves. The tall trees, the
1883. lets October 25.
Mutembo.
.
.
bombax, and copal and palm, streamed, ragged and
up a
frayed, while the forests set
We
human
almost
creaking,
had no time
in
fearful
groaning and
agony of
its
to note further, for the
resistance.
tempest bore
down on
us with such overwhelming, overpowering
force, that
our
flotilla
was driven down stream, despite steam opposed to
strenuous resistance
the
were perforce compelled the bushes of which
edge away
to
squall
my
to the shore, to
we grappled with our
and waited tremblingly and
drowned the scene
boat-hooks,
while the rain-
chillily
in spray
We
it.
and water.
From
cabin door I saw the river's face covered with re-
bounding
jets,
which seemed
to spring
up a
foot high,
so forcefully did the fierce rain scourge its late
The
face.
time sea.
rollers
we appeared
surged against us, and for a short to be tossing heavily in
an angry
Fortunately, before dark the rain ceased, and
were enabled
to find a hole in the
hawser
fast
;
but
was
it
we
bush walls, through
in one after another to
which the crew climbed the
calm
too
late
to
make
search
for
fuel.
A
work next morning provided
couple of hours' hard
us with sufficient
wood
continued our journey.
to last eight hours,
and we
Mutembo and Imeme,
places
which distinguished themselves in 1877 by coming out in battle array against us,
we had
and then
passed their villages,
deserted for several months.
we
firing
on us after
discovered to have been
We
then came opposite to
A BICE COUNTRY. what we formerly considered
to
97
be the mouth of
tlie
i883.
October
Sankiiru River, but which Yumbila, our guide, declared to be
We
merely a channel.
ascended by
did not wish to lose sight of the that a valuable
discovered
left
forest of
it,
copal trees
commenced, the tops of which were draped with chilla
weed.
from the exclaim "
or-
general burst of admiration broke out
lips of the
who were heard
Zanzibaris,
to
:
Ah,
is
country
friends, this is a rich
and enough There
A
we
Here we
bank.
gum
since
make many
orchilla to
!
Copal below,
fortunes on the top.
And
nothing like this in our country.
look at the rubber bush
just
" !
During the whole of the 27th we passed by one continuous copal forest, covered thickly with the precious
dye-weed.
On was
the 28th
we came
to
lower Ukatakura, which
deserted, and, a little
also
above the clearing,
arrived at the mouth of a creek about ten yards wide, said
by the guide
to issue
from the Lulungu
Ukatakura, also deserted, was passed at 4
Upper
!
p.m.,
and on
the banks of another narrow creek just above, issuing
from the
The in
interior,
we camped.
orchilla-covered forest continued nearly all
view on the 29th.
shorter and
On
our right the islands became
more complicated.
bank-full now, but
still
day
rising
The ;
in
river was nearly
many
places
it
had
already broken over the low banks and entered the forest,
and the highest portion uninundated was not
more than Vol.
6 inches
IL— 7
above the face of the
river.
This
2*J.
ukata"
THE CONGO.
98 1883.
was evidently
October 30.
Mpaki-
a o:ood reason
.
,
why
was
there
so
much
.
.
unoccupied territory in this direction.
Yumbila, the guide, beheved that
Imeme, Mutembo, and Ukatakura driven
away from
Ubika,
who
On with
live
people of
the
must have been
country by the warriors of
their
on the right bank.
the 30th, also, the copal- tree forest continued, its
In the afternoon we
drapery of dye- weed.
passed the deserted settlements of Mpakiwana.
Early on the morning of the 31st we had to lay-by for another squall, for about
tinuing our voyage, village of Diya.
we came
an hour, and then conabreast of
Iringi, so well
absurd and treacherous attack
its
tlie
remembered people
had warred with the people of
compelled them to
At
three
rapids,
were
settle at
o'clock
finally
Ikingi, a
Iringi,
halted
and
by some small
to seek another channel.
enabled to
in
Umangi, on the right bank.
we were
and compelled
for the
made on us
1877, was discovered at noon quite deserted. tribe inland,
jDalisaded
We
steam through deep water
unobstructed to Mpa, ruled by lunga, situate just one mile above the rapids, where
we were
received with
the same amiability that distinguished their neighbours
of
Rubunga
We
in 1877.
had now arrived
at a point
744 statute miles
from Le'opoldville, and about 500 miles of this distance
had been traversed along low-forested banks of mainland and islands.
But as soon
as
we came near
the
small rapids of Mpa, a wide diagonal stretch of river
came
into view, at the
upper end of which rose the
REFUSING TRADE.
99
beautiful hills of Upoto, suffused with the tender green
colour of
we saw
young
grass, except at the lower slopes,
groves of bananas and
extensive
where of
fields
cassava.
On
the next day
we steamed up
Nganza, lorded by old Rubunga. slightly
from the place we saw
it
through some internecine squabble. in
renewing our
to the village of
had been moved
It
five
years before
We
were not long
acquaintance with
Rubunga, whose own village
the
old
Makukuru, who remains master of New Nganza. the old time,
Umangi, Mpissa,
the right bank, and
Mpa from
Ukere',
in
the left bank, despatched
goats and sheep, and vegetable that
As
and Upoto from
their representatives with ivory tusks, large
manding
chief
several miles higher, and
is
and
small,
food, clamorously de-
we should buy from them.
Such urgent
entreaties accompanied with blandishments to purchase their stock
were
difficult
to
resist.
become firmly convinced that vancing
from
the
quarter
so
The people had
many
from which
whites
ad-
guns and
powder, cloth, beads, and wire were known to issue could not have ventured so far except for that object.
Therefore they would not for a
understand a stood
that
refusal.
we would
When
considerable
time
at last they fully under-
not purchase ivory their dis-
appointment was naturally very great, and yet they persisted in offering their elephant teeth at such ridi-
culously low prices, that tribes
below
felt
to the far-famed
it
was no wonder the
riverine
vexed when they saw us pass by them
Langa-Langa.
i883.
Nov.
1.
I.angaLant';!.
THE CONGO.
100 1883.
Nov.
1.
Langa^"^'^"
According
Yumbila, the populated districts here^^ about are known to the Wyyanzi and Bangala as to
Langa-Langa (the
tipper country
This
?).
is
the El
Dorado of native ivory buyers, probably from the unof the clotheless and over-
sophisticated aboriginism
tattooed beings they
Few
met
here.
of our crews believed that there were
women
who went about before men's eyes Naked busts and limbs freely exposed
of their colour absolutely nude.
were common, they were aware, through the exigencies of aboriginal
but this unabashed nudity
life,
much
astonished them.
A
word must be uttered
in
extenuation of this
shameless exposure of their persons by the
Langa-Langa. is
women
of
Perceiving that cloth or other covering
unobtainable to screen their persons from the gaze
of men, they have resorted to marring that comeliness of which they originally might have boasted
ring their faces and busts.
Or was
it
by
scar-
the jealousy of
who imagined this hideous device to shield women from harm ? However the folly, nay,
the men, their
crime, originated,
and the
it
has served the purpose effectually,
Langa-Langa
people,
by immolating
that
smoothness of outline of the face and velvety touch of the slaved.
skin,
have saved themselves from being en-
Strangely enough, the Langa-Langa people
think the style of scarring their faces by thousands of
little cuts,
interspersed with
to be beautifying
;
huge tumorous
blisters,
and Maka-kuru, having become
brother, earnestly implored
me
to give
my
him the oppor-
!
THE GUERENCY CHANGING. tunity
of exercising
liis
skill
my own
personal adornment on
in
four,
novel art of
this
face at
Langa-Langa than
with no powder, but the Bangala have since then
now
there
may
be pro-
bably a hundred guns on both banks of the river.
Like
other natives, even those near to the coast, the loud
NATIVE OF LANGA-LANGA,
startling roar of
powder has
a
charm
for
them
;
and
though they are not bold against Bangala and Irebu warriors, they are willing
the interior the
much
The
who have
enough
to frighten people in
not yet succeeded in obtaining
prized musket.
currency
here
changes.
The
whole
piece
(twenty-four yards) of domestics and stripes effectively
served us as far as
Many an ga.
1.
I.anga-
In that year they only possessed
extended their influence, and
1883.
Nov.
They have many more muskets they owned in 1877.
101
Blue glass beads be-
Langa.
THE CONGO.
102 1883.
Nov.
came then
in
demand
as far as
lyumbi ridge
;
thence
1.
Lan^a-
^s far as
Langa-Langa the brass rod or matako was the
most convenient sofi,
of
but at Langa-Langa the masaro, or
;
known
Ujiji,
to
Itah'ans as
Cannetone bead,
very similar to half-inch pieces of pipe stem, white and black, comes into use with large cowries.
coming
are slowly
into
favour, but
Brass rods trader will
the
regret being unprovided with the pipe stems.
however, will win the day here eventually. literally besieged for the
rag that we possessed.
Cloth,
AVe were
very smallest refuse of clout-
The
store of bread, eggs, fowls,
obtained for cast-ofF pieces of cotton dress, was most
two yards of bright red handkerchief
surprising, while
purchased a
fat goat.
The Langa-Langa natives have only that ivory
marketable.
is
them have
The
lately learned
visits of the
Bangala
Mpa, Yakongo, Ikassa, on the
excited
to
left
bank, and Umangi, Mpissa, Ukere, Upoto, and Iringi
on the right bank, in the same visited
to exploit the regions
manner
above them,
as they themselves are periodically
by Iboko and Irebu.
From Nganza our
course
is
eastward as
we
continue
our voyage, and will continue so for about two degrees of longitude.
Since leaving Leopoldville our course
has been about north by east as far as the junction of the
Kwa
vvith
the Congo, thence north for about 130
miles, thence about north east
by noith as
On
far as
the 4th of
bank we passed
by
east as far as Iboko, thence
Nganza.
November, clinging
still
after about eight miles
to the left
steaming the
TIMIDITY OF THE NATIVES.
new
Rubunga,
village of
called
Yakongo
103 at
;
noon we
i883.
Nov.
were abreast of Ikassa
were too timid
to
in
N. Lat.
answer
oiir
despite our friendship with old
2"
hail,
The people
1'.
but at Yakongo,
Rubunga, they seemed
up a
creek, the entrance
to
have prepared
to
which had been palisaded to prevent our approach.
I
for flight
presume the men must have had cause
the acquaintance of strangers.
The
dread
to
arrival of cloth,
however, in greater abundance must undoubtedly
seal
effectually the virtue of the females.
running by
Getting out of the narrow channel Ikassa and Yakongo,
bank
On
to try
vanished
across to the right
our fortunes thence forward on that 5th
the
we steamed
all
and we had
again, but of a
of the hills of
traces
Upoto had
the same flatness of
more habitable height above
side.
ground
river,
and
the forests that rose in such towering walls of dark
green vegetation, had been cleared in
many
places,
although the inhabitants were wanting.
The next
we came
day, after passing several abandoned
sites,
Ndobo, a very large and newly
built
to
village or town, laid in
an uniform
mile and a half in length.
line of about a
Immediately beyond rose
Ibunda into view, whose people we found seated on the ground with their spears and ofi'ensive weapons
alongside of each.
As
these people had evidently but lately settled in
the two towns, they were not remarkable for neatness in appearance.
The lower
half of some of the huts
were of wattle and plastered over. Steep ladders strung
4.
2
TEE CONGO.
104 1883.
Nov.
day bank, which was from
along the upright
8 to
5,
Ndobo.
12 feet above the river, enabled the natives to step in
and out of
Their dug-outs, though
their canoes.
numerous, appeared to be small, and only adapted for Sloping roads had been carved out of the
fishing.
bank here and there vessels
up
canoes,
many
of which
drag their
to
to the safe level of their town,
new
their
them
to enable
and
we saw
to launch
in process of
construction. It first
was
in the neighbourhood of
heap of oyster
shells,
Ndobo we saw
the
which will no doubt long
remain there in evidence of a former population. Early on the 7th we arrived at Bumba, which in
A fog
real town.
was a
had prevented us from seeing
anything until we were close upon quillity of
deemed
it
opportune to
test
their
tall
bank.
and
hospitality
Myombi, the
persuaded by Yumbila to
hood with me, and
was
the tran-
and succeeded in obtaining an invitation
go alongside the
easily
By
it.
demeanour observed among the people we
friendliness,
to
size
scarified,
and
for the fiftieth
my
make time
chief,
was
blood-brother-
my
poor arm
blood shed for the cause of
Probably one thousand people of both
civilisation.
sexes looked on the scene wonderingly and strangely.
A young branch of a palm was cut, twisted and tied at each
end
;
the knots were dipped in
a knot
wood
ashes,
and then seized and held by each of us while the medicine-man
practised
lanced us both until
his
blood-letting
Myombi winced with
art,
pain.
and
After
which the knotted branch was severed, and in some
THE DREADED IBANZA.
105
incomprehensible manner I Lad become united for ever ^ to
my
,
brother,
fiftieth
whom
to
was under the
I
obligation of defending against all foes until death.
Despite, however, these and sundry other precautions against imaginary evil, the people satisfied in their
were not quite
minds, for the dreaded Ibanza must be
What was
concealed, they thought, in our boats.
and
that they heard throb as the
En
sigh,
Avant came alongside
it
and groan so heavily their landing place
They ranged themselves over and above
?
the boats, lost
in silent contemplation of the wonderful
structures.
Their thoughts struggling for utterance were perplexing them, and preventing the usual glib and noisy
The problems they have to weighty and difficult, they know of nothing
interchange of ideas. resolve are to
which they can compare the medley of strange noises
issuing from the
What
huge
iron pots
unseen power was
they saw
fly
it
which
that revolved the wheels
drum
contain
?
Why
cook throwing in such large sticks
wood?
Is it the
drum who makes of the funnel
What
around with lightning speed?
does that iron
eat
hiss incessantly.
?
?
is
that white
Does the Ibanza
Ibanza cooped up in the iron
that squeaking noise escaping
out
These and such like thoughts trouble
the minds of the aborigines of trade for food can be
Bumba,
made although
so tliat
it
is
little
j^lentiful
and cheap.
On
the 8th, bananas, goats, chickens, sugar-cane,
tobacco, pumpkins, sweet potatoes and sold, altliough the
multitude
is
yams are
flighty
freely
and prone
to
isss.
Nov.
7.
Bumba.
!
THE CONGO.
106 1883.
Bumba.
panic,
which causes the two
chiefs
Myombi and Sun go
Maji to be rushing about crying out " Peace,
your produce in
Sell
security,
people
brothers by every bond that can bind us."
however, these hearty
!
these whites are our
Withal,
impress their people
efforts lo
with confidence the slightest rush of steam, a
movement
of a white man, the impatient lifting of a helmet
off
the brow, the scratching of a heated head would send
hundreds promiscuously fiying
and over the hand-bell of
trees,
and towards the boats
their
searched for the cries
of "
first
Be
nothing to fear chiefs,
who were
criers,
denoted
" Ibanza "
!
yet
screams
that
he was
rolling eyes of the
men
symptoms that he was advancing
men
firm,
" reiterated
of
Bumba, there
is
over and over, by the
ringing their bells like anxious townvivid
emerged
One of my
old
stifled
a presentiment
to
testified
present, the uneasy restless
the
the long
incantations, but
was a dread of the " Ibanza." The
women
;
Sungo Maji was vigorously beaten, and
men came and muttered of
herd of frightened
Sacred water was sprinkled along the shore,
buffalo.
there
like a
into
expectancy,
view
finally
the
!
cabin-boys, enjoying
fright visible in the actions
and
and
all this
extraordinary
faces of the natives,
while I was engaged talking with the engineer, had
gone into the
cabin,
shutting the
door after him.
Presently the door was violently burst open, and the splendid form of a royal Bengal
A
tiger crawled
long thrilling sliriek rang out, and
all
out
at once the
hundreds that stood on the shore, casting one hurried
A TRICK WITH A TIQER-SKIN.
107
glance at the terrible figure, with an unity of move-
i883.
Nov.
ment
shrieking and yelling from the river bank.
fled
When we
discovered what had caused this extra-
ordinary flight of
the
their
aborigines,
were
yells
immediately followed by roars of laughter from the crews of the boats, which the flying natives heard,
and then
halted,
more
reassured
merriment than by hours of of the criers.
young
tall
ringing on the part
bell
brought them back,
It
laughing
fellow
by the
effectively
to
too,
see a
while
immoderately,
a
collapsed tiger-skin lay at his feet in a harmless heap.
contagious, and one might see
The laughter became an
entire population slapping their thighs, staggering
convulsively about,
support
as
they
and
reeled
under
another for
one
grasping
which
spasms
the
agitated them.
An
hour and a half above
Bumba
populous town named Yambinga. bank.
As we
town appeared
It is
is
an equally
on the same
approached, the lower portion of the to be disposed
reject us
to
;
but
we
persevered in bawling out for Mukuku, the chief of
Yambinga, whose name we had Sungo-Maji
of
Bumba.
Mukuku
deifrned to
bank, a
veritable
dress
In
come out
slyly obtained
about into
fifteen
from
minutes
view on the river
dark Robinson Crusoe, in head-
Over
and accoutrements.
wore an antelope-skin
cap,
crest of cock's feathers,
his
curly head
he
adorned with a mighty
while a broad slioulder-belt
of leopard-skin, attached to which was a misctllaneous
assortment of the tags and tassels of
fetisli
8.
Yambin
mysteries,
THE CONGO.
108 1883.
Nov.
8.
Yambinga.
was .
slunj^
come
to
•
He
breast.
/
advanced
crying,
and I have heard of the Ibanza.
him
see
T
energetically his long bell,
Mukuku, to
11
•
nngmg
manlv
over his
.
face to face.
" I I
am wish
Let the Ibanza land, and
Mukuku."
These were brave words
;
but anyone might see by
OLD CHIEF IN NATIVE-MADE HAT.
the
manner Mukuku hovered near
human so
the thickest of the
throng, that had he not been chief, and been
vociferously
hailed
by Yumbila, he would have
much
preferred to remain unseen by
whom
he so valorously adjured to walk ashore.
We
set ourselves
tlie
resolutely to conquer
grim
spirit
Mukuku's
TAMBINGA. and with such good
fear of the Ibanza,
the blood-brotherhood
after
results, that
ceremony had been de-
of doubt
not a shadow
spatched,
109
of our
benignity
remained in the good man's head.
During our stay
here, the information
that behind, or to the north of
was
elicited
Yambinga, there flowed
a river which emptied into the Congo, east of their
town, called by some Itimbiri, by others Ngingiri.
They
said
was large; and that traders came from
it
the north, and sold cowries and white beads to the
Watumba who
inhabited
" Yambinga,"
They
is
land.
said our informants,
country round here, Itimbiri river
Musanga
is
large,
an island
"
and
(a peninsula
and ascends
far
this
all ?),
for the
behind us."
gave us a vast number of names of places
also
;
but their ideas of locality were so very vague, and as
each channel and tinctive
On
title,
islet
of the main river bears
their information
the 10th of
November,
had no
its dis-
practical value.
at 2 p.m.,
we
continued
our journey, and an hour later passed by Upper binga.
At
this place, hauled ashore, or floating in the
river fastened to
stakes,
Lower Yambinga
Bumba
Yam-
there
possessed
were
313
243 pirogues;
exposed
to
sight,
Ndobo and Ibunda, perhaps
nearly 400,
as
many, by which we have 1300 " dug-outs," or pirogues.
As
the smallest of these will likely have a
15
inches,
may
and
is
beam of
about 20 feet in length, an idea
be gained of the supplies of timber furnished
by about twenty miles of are too
valuable
to
forest.
The war canoes
be exposed to risk of loss by
i883.
Yambinga.
THE CONGO.
110 1883.
itimbiri.
flood, SO
rattan
they are submerged and fastened by strong
hawsers to poles deeply buried in the clayey
bank.
By
clinging to
the right bank,
un-
the
despite
promising narrowness of some of the channels, we
came
in the afternoon,
Yambinga,
two hours
into a broad channel
after passing
Upper
350 yards wide, which
by following up we found led us from a course E.S.E. to N.E., and kept northing very fast until we were running N.N.E.
It
was then on waking up that we
discovered ourselves to be in the river
At Yankau, on
the Itimbiri.
its left
named
bank, seated on
a bluff with a clear open country about river
north,
showed signs of further
still
we
to us as
it,
where the
inclination to the
retraced our course.
This then was the river which the people of Yam-
binga said ran behind them, and along which, in
its
upper course, traders came from the north distributing the Italian cannetone beads, and on whose banks lived
the in
The water they
Watumba. some
places,
opposite shore.
and a man could not be seen on Could
expansion of the river
The mouth
said spread out broad its
be a lake, or a mere broad
it
?
of the river
is
in
N. Lat. 1°
57',
and
is
about 180 geographical miles in a direct line to In-
guima, on
the
certainly clear,
Welle-Makua River.
Its
water
and might well come from a lake
no great distance inland.
Yamu-ningiri
is
the
is
at
name
of a large village about eight miles above the confluence,
up the
Itimbiri.
The
river forms a delta, and
SKILL IN METAL WORKING.
many ^
Ill
forested islets dot the entrance. Opposite ^
Yankau
a deep, navigable river, fully 350 yards wide, of
is
it
a slightly darker colour than the Congo.
On
great river,
the
we
about four miles,
situate
above the confluence
discovered Mutembo, consisting
behind their huts, spear in hand, to attack,
and
as
we
crouched
Its inhabitants
of three palisaded villages.
an expected
resist
passed by they dashed out into the
open and slapped their rearward parts
—a
method of
known
expressing contempt pretty generally
to vulgar
Europeans.
On
the 12th, in the early morning,
we
unusually large clearing, that
we
at
passed by an
first,
from
might have stood on the magnificent
now
The
dreary and desolate.
its
A city
spacious breadth, took to be a natural plain.
which was
site,
large population sup-
ported upon this wide expanse must have had powerful
reasons for
abandonment, of w^hich we must
its
remain yet awhile ignorant.
For the
plain
shall
the
right
the
meet on the cunning
spears,
the
double, and the
left
for its
bank of the Congo,
left
The abandoned
bank.
tribe,
whom
bank
we
as
descend.
This
iron manufactures, including
swords,
the
long
— Mgangaism,
known
their snake
single
to these
natives
and
the pro-
Inkissism, Ikiraism,
by whatever name you choose
sorceries
bells,
tiny dancing bells, which
fessors of fetishism
or
we saw
was once occupied by the Yalulima
tribe is
the
time
across from
clear
we
first
to designate
— love
and iguana-skin-girdles.
to
isss.
Nov.
,
_
attach
the to
10.
Mutembo.
THE CONGO.
112
At
1883.
bank of the
the projecting- point on the right
the
in
Yambungu. river,
which the Yaluhma
plain
inhabited, the breadth of the
Congo
is'
tribe
once
about a mile and
a half, and eight miles of a view np stream
is
obtained,
while as far as Muterabo below^ the main channels
exposed for
fully
An of
island, a
many
lie
miles.
few miles above, contains the village
Yambungu, whose
natives showed a disposition to
be friendly, but their dialect was unintelligible to
us,
although our guide, Yumbila, comprehended what they
They showed
said.
but, perceiving that
to us several large tusks of ivory,
we were not
purchasers of their
precious material, they brought to us enormous yams,
and baskets of large healthy sweet with broad
fat tails, besides
potatoes, also sheep
fowls and eggs.
Opposite the upper extremity of this island
covered the embouchure of another river
— whose
waters verged on blackish in colour.
hundred and
fifty
yards would be a
could be gained from the natives, but
said that it
my
a branch of the Itimbiri River.
it is
it
The
was of great width.
are populous.
We
Two
fair estimate of its
Not much information that was
breadth.
that
— the
we disXkuku ?
intelligible
opinion
is
Inland they
districts
around
heard such names of villages as
Luika, Yatui, Bwila, Mukanda-Meya, Isako, Bungele,
Wanbuna, but definitely,
it
as
we may have
shortly to locate these
will be better for us in the
meantime to
leave the districts blank
On
the 13th
bank of
we voyaged along
a marvellously rich
tropical woods, dotted thickly with the fishing
8
APPEARANCE OF WAR CANOES.
113
The
we
hamlets of the Basaka.
islands of the Coujro °
also discovered to be peopled.
On
we
the 14th
Banm.
passed by the
Bahamba
and large war canoes were observed some of them being manned by
we
perceived that
we heard
men. "When they
forty
steadily pursued our
the sound of
drums
villages,
hover about,
to
attempting to land they returned to their night
way without villages. At
up-river,
and were
reminded of our experiences in 1877.
On
we steamed
the loth
view of the Baruu
in
up, and at 8 a.m.
villages, situate
probably 60 feet above the river.
came
on high ground,
There was a con-
siderable degree of hostile demonstration with spears
and
shields along the bank, but our steady progress
past them, with our curiosity to
still
demeanour, aided by their
pay more attention
to the steamers, quite
tranquilised them.
A the
thick fog settled over us for about an hour, and
left
bank loomed up
into
view between the
At noon I obtained an observation, and that we were in N. lat. 1° 17', and much Aruwimi than I thought. Orders were then given ridges, to
to
prepare
islets.
discovered
nearer the
rifles
and
cart-
guard against those impetuous spearsmen of
the great affluent which despatched flotilla
against us in 1877.
fierce aborigines
steam-flotilla
;
cautions, for if
It
would repeat
still
its
enormous canoe-
was not
likely that the
their attempt against a
prudence warned us not to omit pre-
we were ever taken unawares
in this
region so far removed from help, the flood of the Congo ToL. II.—
^^^^•
Nov. 15.
THE CONGO.
114 1883.
would certainly
Nov. 15.
Aruwimi.
We
.
remams. a
recipient
be the
,
^
our mutilated
of .
.
are also on this
•
1
1
armed with
occasion
charm, against which, unless they are hopelessly they need not hope to contend, and that
hostile,
is
Only
a determination on our part to remain passive.
when nothing else will avail shall we employ our we have to resort to our weapons, we and
rifles,
shall
it"
shall be utterly extin-
remain until their savageness guished.
The
forest
on our
left,
as
we
advance,
is
grand
in its
wealth of valuable woods and refreshing vernal appearance.
The
rises
boldly
emerge
islets are
rapidly thinning, the
view,
into
I
am
to
observing
when an immensely
these features of the landscape,
with
bank
and the Congo appears
into one broad united stream.
long canoe, loaded
left
armed
men,
dashes
from
behind an island, and races rapidly across the stream
being presently followed by another, and
still
;
another.
Compared with the petty dug-outs which we have hitherto seen, they are splendid vessels.
We, however, advance
much whether
these
in close order
;
and
I
doubt
reconnoitring war-canoes, after
discovering the strange guise in which the strangers are
advancing,
have obtained much comfort in the
column of smoke-boats.
The war-canoes having reached the tinue on their this sight
way upward, one
after another
;
and in
our eyes, rapidly taking note of every move-
ment, detect in
going
right bank, con-
it
an augury of good.
to be a rush this time,"
we
" There
thought.
is
not
115
BATTLE ARRAY. Presently passing the
stood
the attack affluent
the
of the
flotilla
took
by
of the Aruwimi, the great
The mighty parent
gapes open into view.
Steadily
Aruwimi,
where
and the very spot where we awaited
stream also appears, with water.
clearing
which we stormed and
village
assault in 1877,
abandoned
the
magnificent breadth of
its
we
continuing on our way,
until
rounding
enter
which
a point
has
prevented us as yet from obtaining a view of the villages,
we
see the
town
of Mokulu,
where the Basoko,
or Basongo, our ancient foes, reside.
It
is
extended
along a high clay bank about three miles in length. All
its
males, I should say, are in battle array on the
verge, presenting an irregular, bronze-coloured line of
fully-armed men. red, left
and white
Brave
— and
in
their war-paint
holding
large shields on their
arms, they disport themselves fantastically before
our view, while the great war-drums alarm, and incite their courage to a
—yellow,
deep, bellowing sound.
its
the
utmost pitch by
Keeping a
vance of us are the three war-canoes,
thunder
respectful ad-
now
joined by
four other monsters of craft of excavated teak, having
double rows of upstanding paddlers in each, with their paddle-shafts decorated with round ivory balls, while
on the platforms astern dance the naval warriors, and startling blasts,
from long ivory horns, sound wnld
musical notes, which are re-echoed by the
on the opposite
tall
woods
side.
Arriving opposite the centre of the town, we steered across the river to a small clearing, which T detected in
isss.
Aruwimi
THE CONGO.
116 1883. Nov. 15.
Mokulu.
the bank, dividing the grea* affluent from the Congo.
The
steam-launches, Royal and A.I. A., also the whale-
boat and canoes, were
En
while the
left here,
Avant,
the stream
detached from her consorts, raced across
back again to the warriors, that were so conspicuously
bank of Mokulu.
outlined on the verge of the bila,
Yum-
with the promise of a rich reward ringing in his
ears if he succeeded in allaying this frenzy, took his position
on the top of the cabin, and the steamer
having gained the upper extremity of Mokulu, stopped,
and
floated
down stream while
the voice of Yumbila
rang out clear and loud the words of
peace and
friendship.
They must have been powerful phrases our guide employed, judging from the sudden silence and hush that
fell
boomed sounds.
on the crowded river bank. the sonorous alarum of
The drums
war ceased
The horns which emitted
that
their deep
the dreadful defiant
the angry cries
grown hoarse with
fury, the frantic forms that leaped
and bounded upward
blasts of battle,
with quivering spears,
an anxiety
to
all
were hushed and
advance nearer and nearer
promising peace was evident of the masses.
And
stilled,
to tlie voice
in the stealthy
then, although
all
and
movement
this time
we
were quite ignorant what the syllabled jargon actually
— our task was that of silently noting everything — the people depositing their expressed,
sljields
we observed
for
and spears near stumps, or
in the rear, as if there
trees,
or houses
were a kind of guilt
in the late
frenzy that had possessed them.
A PEACEFUL CONQUEST. " Bravo,
done well
Yumbila
!
But go
more of your sweet bila begins
archness
!
keep at
it,
my
we
You have
friend.
on, their ears are
voice,"
117
hungry
And Yum-
whisiDered.
again with open palms, bland
combined with
humour,
to
to hear
and
face,
expatiate,
we
presume, upon the blessings of maintaining a friendly
communion of man with man.
Accent and gesture
are both so expressive, that they finally extort from a
warrior on the bank friendly
They
are so modulated
human
tones in reply.
and framed that they impress
even our ignorant ears and dull senses with a feeling that the speaker of the Basoko
the causes that induced
him and
explaining suavely
is
his fellows to exhibit
And
themselves so rampantly ferocious. understand, through Yumbila, that to
camp where
present,
the
and that
other
we
we
are requested
steamers are
after awhile the
then
the
for
left
Basoko would come
to us as friends.
We
waited an hour at our forest camp, and then
half-a-dozen
tiny canoes, each
advanced within 250 yards of tated,
containing two us.
themselves with
contenting
There they gently
men, hesi-
paddling
against the current.
Yumbila was again required accents to inspire
How
to exert
them with courage
very patient
we
growth of confidence
all
were,
to
his
advance nearer.
watching
in their minds,
when
it
sliore,
a few paces above our camp.
suasive
may
this
slow
be imagined
took those people an hour to approach our
Thither Yumbila,
and three of the most plausible of our men, marched
to
issa.
Mok'uiu.
THE CONGO.
118 1883.
No
meet
tbera, wliere the
15.
Mokuiu.
ceremony of blood-brotlierliood -^
.
was enacted, and
shrill
screams of satisfaction
nounced that their timidity was
The town of Mokuiu heard great drums
now sounded
at last
an-
vanquished.
the good news, and the the
which presently were responded
intelligence to
around,
with thunderous
booms from some other distant community, and thus our intercourse with the wild Basoko commenced.
— TUMBILA'S BUDGET.
119
CHAPTER XXIX. UP THE BIYERKE.
—
Yumbila returns with an interesting story Slave kidnappers probably from the Soudan Skilful workmanship Umaneh and Yakui Conical huts The course of the river Metropolitan Yambumba A sham famine The rapids Supposed identity of the Biyerre and Welle Keasons for this opinion Arabs in the neighbourhood Again on the Congo.
—
—
— —
—
—
—
—
e-uide, crossed over Yumbila, the ^
to
Mokulu with
When
nevv]y-made blood-brother that evening.
next
morning
he was
the
triumph.
The white man had promised
for his signal services,
he
radiant with
returned
him
his
to
reward
and the Basoko had pre-
sented him with two fine tusks of ivory, to
show
their
appreciation of his worth. It
may
well be supposed that he gossiped until late
among the Basoko, satisfying them with abundant information respecting the white men and the propelhours
ling
up
agencies that drove the smoke-boats so far
against the current of the Congo.
Basoko had something dition
And
to say whicli
isss.
Nov.
,
evidently the
smacked of
tra-
and wonder.
Unfolding his budget, Yumbila informed us
first
of
16.
Mokuiu,
THE CONGO.
120 1883.
Mokuiu.
how
many
the Basoko,
years ago, were alarmed by
who were descending the Yakusu, commanded by a man with a
reports of a powerful tribe
Congo
past the
face as pale as the *'
we never heard
canoes, unless
it
moon.
moving down with many
of a tribe
came
we moved
this tribe,
" In our waters," they said,
So when we heard of
for war.
out of our river to fight
it,
but
it
turned against ns just at the meeting of the waters,
and though the strangers did not
liave
many
canoes,
when we bore down on them they dropped our people level
with
that
we
fire
and
which tore ns
soft iron,
could not stand
against them.
to pieces,
They then
pursued ns and fought us in our own town, and we could not even see what
except our dead,
And
the tribe
who
it
'
it
down and never rose ngain. went away down the river, and we it
morning,
until the other
was quite dark, we heard the dread sound,
boom, boom, boom,' which
sky in our
ears,
and we
felt
is
like the
sleep,
our houses, and the darkness was jets of fire
;
thunder of the
the flash of the flame in our
Waking up from our
faces.
at us,
fell
never heard what became of while
was they threw
we
lit
rushed out from
up by a thousand
and a crackling noise was heard, louder
than a burning plain makes, and more terrible than the most prolonged thunder.
There was whizzing and
buzzing, as of flying stones, in our ears, and
many
of
our people, on coming out into the light of the burning houses, fear
were struck dead by these things.
came upon us
as
when we
first
thunder shot at us from the strange
The same
heard the loud tribe,
years ago,
WHO WERE THESE PEOPLE
"
on the
and we ran
river,
for
?
»
121
our very lives into the
1883.
Nov. 10.
we
depths of the woods, where, in the thickest parts, hxy with our faces in the ground, afraid to
heads up,
we might be
lest
hit
by those iron
lift
our
balls that
sang over us and crashed into the trees from our
When we
village.
heard our
women and
children
we thought we would do something. PVora our coverts we looked out. We saw that some of our houses were still on fire, and we heard again the long shrieks of our women and cries of our children, and again we heard the startling boom that those long cry out,
hollow tubes, such as your people make, and again
were we frightened and threw ourselves down into the By-and-bye there was a deathly
thick bush.
we got
a
little
bolder,
and crept out
as
you can
we
children,
to-morrow
see
it ;
was burnt
and as
;
to see for ourselves
what had happened, and when we came Mokulu, more than half of
stillness
to look
upon
to the ground,
for our
women and
hundreds of them."
lost
This was the story Yumbila had gathered, or some of
it,
his
which was only completely told when he induced
new
brothers to repeat to
most prominent points. in convincing this
"
him again some of
Yumbila had
its
fully succeeded
them that we could not have known of
massacre and ruthless deed of darkness.
Who
from
?
Where
are
they come to you " Ah,
Where did they come they now ? By what river did
were these people
we know
?
" ?
not.
We
were
all
asleep
when they
came, and they departed, no one knows where, in
Mokulu.
TEE CONGO.
122 1883.
We
canoes.
Nov. 16.
Mokuiu.
think they must be the Bahuno;a, ^ or some -^
people from the
far east, or
Some
the north.
perhaps they came from
of our people
managed
to get a sight
of them, and say they were dressed like your joeople.
But you came with Yumbila from below, and Yumbila says he never heard of such people."
By
dint of patient questioning,
we
learned also that
they heard that there were people wearing cloth north of the Basoko, from
whom
they sometimes, in the
way
of trade with neighbouring tribes, obtained a few oi their beads
and copper armlets, but they had not seen
any of them.
Of such a tribe 1877, and
my
Bahunga
as the
I
had never heard in
impression was that these midnight
marauders were Soudan slave-traders, who had probably descended the great
afiluent.
This opinion induced
me
to attempt obtaining
But even
information respecting this river.
its
some
name
they were either unable or unwilling to imjmrt to me,
and when they asked me river,
if I
and learned that such was
intelligence nearly
my
intention, the
became the cause of a rupture
our newly-made friendship. to
intended to follow up the
in
This manifest reluctance
any disclosures respecting the upper course of the
river only aroused
increased
when
I
which was further
were
Congo. exceedingly
cheaper than at Iboko.
seemed
curiosity,
learned that they had no objection
to our ascent of the
Provisions
my
abundant and were
White beads
;ind
cowries
to be the popular currency here until our cloth
MOKULU. was exhibited, when,
123
penny handkerchief
to possess a
became the object of general ambition.
Mokuiu
Their paddles, knives, and spears, exhibit remarkable skill in workmanship.
seen an infinite lizards,
number
crocodiles,
On
a paddle blade
may
be
of carvings rudnly resembling
canoes,
buffalo,
fish,
Their
&c.
knives are broad swords in size and breadth, and as finely polished
as
a
new
razor
;
while their spears
A TYPE OF THK RASOKO.
are as sharp and bright as though they had just
left
a Sheffield shop.
Almost every man possessed some kind of headdress, either knit out of
palm
fibre material, or
skin of a monkey, or an antelope.
A
made
of the
capacious knit
haversack was a universal appendage to the shoulder. Physically they are a splendid people for muscular
development, tliough there are some in colour,
ill-featured,
and puny of form among them.
dark
During the
few days of our mutual intercourse, they gave us a high idea of their qualities
—industry
iss.x
after their
own
style
TEE CONGO.
124 1883.
They seemed
not being the least conspicuous.
me
to
Kov. 17.
Umaueh.
most Valuable people
to ^6 the
had met.
that I
coming
for this characteristic
Their fishing canoes were witnessed
and going out continually, and while the
in
people traded with us, they continued to pursue their knitting of haversacks, hats, fish-nets, or twist twine, after the industrious
dame
manner of the
of England.
The town of Mokulu, though
large, did not
to the standard I expected to find in
that
traditional grand-
overwhelming
so proudly to
force of warriors,
it
as the liome of
which swept down
The
meet us in 1877.
come up
reluctance which
the aborigines manifested to our ascent of the affluent, the dim ideas that crept into
Arabs,
all
gate the
combined river,
to create
that,
my mind about
Soudanese
such a desire to investi-
thougli our time was valuable,
we started on the 17th to explore From a breadth of 1600 yards
it.
at the moutlij'^a
few
miles below Mokulu, the river contracts to 900 yards; then, it
where
islands begin to be a
little
more numerous,
widens, from bank to bank, to a breadth of about
1400 yards.
At
we left our camp opposite Mokulu, and two hours later we halted to cut better fuel. Resuming our journey at 2 p.m., we found ourselves three-quarters of
8 A.M.
an hour
later
abreast
of
Umaneh, which was
superior in extent to Mokulu.
A
among
the
canoes
would require propel
it
lay
alongside
at least one
veritable Leviathan
clay
bank,
and
hundred stout warriors
at sufficient speed in a river-fight.
The
to
stern
TEE FISHERMEN OF YAKUT. platform was of three-inch teak, while
12.")
bow was The empty
the
massive enough to sink a merchant ship.
canoe showed at least 30 inches of free board, and alons: its
whole length were carved figures of crocodiles and
fishes.
Umaneh being above Mokulu,
I
two and three-quarter hours
only
began
could muster a large
how
to see
the great affluent
Messengers, no doubt,
flotilla.
had informed the natives of our coming, peaceful
assemblage
we
than
groups, or
singly,
more
the
banks
noticed on
They
could not have been wished.
for a
coolly sat
have been well pleased with
in
surveying our vessels as though
they belonged to Greenwich or Liverpool.
architecture
down
such
to
I
should
exchange views on naval
indefatigable
canoe-eonstructors as these Basoko
;
and
scientific
but time would
not allow of delay.
At
6 P.M., of the
Yakui, on right bank
same day, we were abreast of ;
but Yakui on the
which came in view as we steamed past an
much
left
bank,
island,
was
larger.
At our camping-place next morning at dawn appeared the fishermen of Yakui, who sold us fish, and imparted the names of the villages very frankly. called
themselves Basongo
questioned about
the river,
very
few miles above we came
opposite
was
When
they gave their hand a
south-easterly turn indicative of
A
distinctly.
They
its
to
course.
Isombo, and nearly
the first bluff, about forty feet high, from
which the shore curved grandly from south-east
to
i883.
umaaeh.
126
THE CONGO.
About 10
^^^th-east. n!)v^% Bondeh.
a.m.
Bondeh, among the natives have created a panic
women and
for the canoes containing
bank by
left
of to
the
and household gods, were crossing
children,
over to the
;
we appeared in view of which we seemed
Here, for the
scores.
first
we saw a change in the architecture of the buildings. Many tall conical huts— of the candletime
also,
extinguisher type
—were
seen rising high above the
well-known low, ridge-roof Congo, since
we
left
adopted along the
style
As
the Atlantic.
these circular
huts appeared to be only about five feet in diameter, it
was
at
adapted
The
question
Bondeh
for.
bank
left
a
first
also
is
a
they
were
populous village.
upper extremity of Bondeh
the
at
what
as to
appears crowned with another important villnge called
Yambi.
When
this
last
place
appears in
begins another deep curve, which
two hours and find
to be
we
sight the
river
follow for about
an almost complete semi-
circle.
My
compass course
tells
me
that
we have been
running almost parallel with the Congo, and bearing the south-easterly indication of the native of Yakui.
For a -moment, river
we
I
am
half inclined to suspect that the
are ascending will
At noon I am anxious take a correct latitude, and I find we are in N. Lat. 59' 0" The day previous we were in N. Lat. 7' 0". With my preconceptions that this affluent
branch of the Congo after to
0° 1°
turn out to be a right
all.
!
must be the Welle, these revelations serve
to confuse
YAMBUMBA.
127
me and now, with curiosity greatly excited, whatever may be the result, we resolve on continuing the ;
2
Yambua and
P.M.
appear
tlie
populous settlements of
Irungu, consisting of two series of
half-a-
dozen villages, each grouped together on the right bank, on low rich land cleared out of a dense
An
hour
later,
on account of a steady
rainfall,
forest.
we
halt
and camp on the right bank.
We
start at 6.30 a.m.
metropolitan town of
dry on a semicircular feet
above the
huts,
of
river,
on the 10th, and
Yambumba
at 9
am. the
appears, high and
line of light-coloured bluff, forty
with a multitude of steeply conical
whose thatch shows grey amid vivid green
fig-trees,
bananas.
and mighty
Yet
eternal
impulse
enemy
suing them.
to fly,
despite their numbers,
first
to
be able to
which they did as though the
of both black and white
At
estimate of
fair
they did not seem strong-minded enough resist the
foliage
bombax, palmgroves, and
Eight thousand would be a
the population of the town.
men was
pur-
they appeared inclined to gaze
upon us as tranquilly as those of Umaneh had done, and accordingly posed in unconcerned attitudes along the verge of the soft
sandstone
bluff.
But they no
sooner heard the strange soughing of the steamers than
they took to their heels, their shields clattering on their hips in accompaniment to their quick steps. foes
Yambumba.
exploration to a definite issue.
About
i883.
Human
they no doubt thought they could cope with
;
but
against the Ibanza puffing and panting so deeply and so strangely, their onlj recourse
was instant
flight.
128 1883.
TEE CONGO.
.
Some
appeared in the distance, in a
hills
north-.
Nov. 2
Vambumba.
seeming to
easterly direction,
north-west
and
range running
our
course,
the upper horn of the
Yambumba
The
but
south-east;
arriving be^'ond
which
in a
lie
is
situate, still
after
crescent on
continued easterly.
islands gradually disappeared, revealing a clean
We
breadth of about 800 yards between each bank. observed also that the river was gradually falling.
A thick mist obscured
everything until
on the
9 a.m.
morning of the 20th, which prevented us from
An
ceeding on our journey.
long range of
From
hills
jDro-
hour later appeared a
on the right bank of the
the lower end of this range, in N. Lat. 1°
river.
16',
our
course led along a curve which brought us at noon to
N.
Four hours
Lat. 1° 14'.
On
the Eapids. villages, all
the
left
later
we came
in sight of
bank were seen a number of
the huts of which seemed to be of the
sharp conical form.
We
formed a camp about two miles below the rapids,
on the right bank, the villages across
at the sight of which the natives of
made a
Yumbila was urged
drums. tion, the
effect
silenced,
and
terrible racket
with their
to try to start a conversa-
of which
was that the drumming was
for nearly
an hour the creatures kept
bawling across the river one
to another puerile informa-
tion relating to bananas and goats.
Yumbila, always
hungry, clamoured to the aborigines to bring food sell for
beads
— the
to
natives as loudly denied that they
possessed any.
We
went across
in the whale-boat next
morning
to
A SHAM FAMINE. attempt
buya
;
desist.
Yam-
goodwill of the natives of
to obtain the
but, after
129
an hour's
effort,
we were compelled
They reported they were
to
starving, and they
A
acted the part of famished people admirably.
few
of our sailors tlirew some rolls of bread on shore in derisive unbelief of their statement
;
but
natives,
tlie
as quick-witted, affected to rush for the bread,
eat
it
witli inexpressible
and
satisfaction, at the siime
to
time
A
holding out their hands imploringly for more.
few cowries thrown on shore also caused an eager scrambling; but though they could not be induced to goats or food, they were not averse to talk.
sell
they were such consummate actors, not
fear, that as
much
reliance can be placed
to us, since while they
on any information given
gave us numerous names of
places, they
never mentioned, for instance,
own
was Yambuyn, whereas they declared
village
I
The rapids they
be Ngonde'.
also
their
tliat
called
it
Ruka
to
or
Luka, the river Massua, Kiyo, and Ikongo, whereas our frank friends of Vakui, called the river Biyerre. Disinclined, because
amount of work sumed
in
to be
baffled our inquiries,
the rapids.
command
unable
from the vast
done yet, and the time con-
navigating such lengths of river water, to
pursue investigation
to
really
full
among people who so zealously we turned away and rowed up
Reaching a point whence view of them,
I
I
could
concluded that they
might be descended easily by men who knew the road.
It is
one of those rapids that would be simply
exhilarating to rush
Vol.
IL— 9
down
— there
are no treacherous
i883.
yJ^n,,^u ya.
THE CONGO.
loO 1883.
whirlpools,
or
eddies,
Lack-ciirreiits
;
a
is
it
steep
Nov. 21.
of a flood over, probably, a clean
Yambuya. I'olling
They
reef.
450 yards wide, from the deep bend in
are about
the right bank to the low point projecting into the
stream from the
bank.
left
Thus we are halted
after
an ascent of about ninety-
As
six English miles of the Biyerre.
Congo
the river with the
camp below
the rapids
in
is
N. Lat.
N. Lat. 1°
in
is
the confluence of 1° 14', 13',
and our
our course
has been true easterly, notwithstanding the three or four semi-circular bends in the river
Although
s
run.
these geographical questions will be
all
presently settled, yet halting from pursuing the search
ought
further, I
taining
the
to state
opinion
my
that
reasons for
this
river
still
main-
must be the
Welle.
From Welle, line.
these rapids, the distance to Ingaima, on the
about
is
The
155
geographical miles in a direct
natives of
the Basoko admitted
Upper Aruwimi was portion of
The
it
Yankui it
;
another
we have
traced
it
Over the
rapids
we
calls it
hills,
is
called
is,
that
Meri or
by Miani, Ware
Bere'.
600 yards wide and 25
feet
deep
—
east across one degree of longitude. see that the hill-range
caused the interruption
the
but stated that only the
above the rapids.
It is a large river,
The
the river Biyerre
called the Biyerre, that
Welle' of Schweinfurth
and Werre'
east.
also,
call
runs north-west and south-
river has been deflected from
and must flow
which has
its
course by
fi'om a north-westerly direction.
IDENTITY OF THE BIYERRE AND WELLE.
Rounding the
south-easterly extremity,
That
west to the Congo.
up above these may well
there
are
that there are
we had
many more
;
it
runs direct
it
other
Le imag'ined
bends we have already passed make
131
;
rapids
the
^^^^•
Nov. 21.
Yamiuya.
great
quite possible
and a mere view, such
as
of this curve above the rapids trending north-
westerly, has but
But a glance
value.
little
at
the
large semi-circular bend between the confluence of the
Nekke with
the Welle, and the junction of the
and the Welle,
will serve to
Gurba
show that two inverse
bends would about connect the Welle, Bere, or Werre of Schweinfurth, Miani, and Junker with the river called Biyerre, vv^hich is
we have
just ascended.
The
Itimbiri
not large enougli to receive such a river as the is
figured on the
Biyerre's
great volume
Welle'
maps of
its
The
explorers.
must absorb,
only
the
Welle, but most probably the Nepoko of Junker.
At
this season the river feet
Biyerre discharges 150,000 cubic
of water per second into the Congo.
Now,
Dr. Barth describes the Shari, the liver which
many geographers thus
riot
insist
upon
as receiving the Welle,
: ^
" I found myself floating
was certainly GOO yards
on
this noble river,
across.
On
which
the western shore
the river sweeps slowly along, and, in general, appears
not to be very deep.
In ihe channel the poles of the
ferrymen indicated a depth of 15 If
we
^Qiiiy
suppose that this " noble " river, the Shari, to
be GOO yards wide, of an uniform depth of 15
feet,
and a current of two knots an hour, we only obtain
TEE CONGO.
132 1883.
G7,000 cubic feet of water per second, and this at a
Nov, 22.
hungu.
m
.,
.
Munza's on
tlie
T
•
point 810 geographical miles
As Munza's
Welle'.
place on the Welle which
is
miles in a direct line from
over
its
p
^•
a direct line from situated at a
is
200 geographical
source, then
we have
an Equatorial river with a course of nearly 2000 English miles, with only a volume of 67,000 cubic feet of
water per second.
hand, after only ICOO
Nyangwe There
The Congo, on the other
miles of a course, rolls
past
a volume of 230,000 cubic feet per second.
such an incomprehensibility in
is
my
I can only record
belief that, as
all this,
the
that
Bij'erre
is
geographical miles from the lowest point
only 155
known on
the Welle', and discharges such a volume
of water, the basin of the W^lle and the
Nepoko must
be included within the hydrograjohic area supplying the Biyerre with w^ater.
At
a
place just
returning
down
five
river, I
miles
made
below Yambuya, on
a series of measurements
of current velocity, and soundings.
The
central current
flowed at the rate of 1150 feet in five minutes; the greatest depth of water
was forty-two feet
;
the breadth
of river was 580 yards.
We
camped
at
Irungu and underwent the
tion of brotherhood.
From our new
scarifica-
brothers
we
re-
ceived the extraordinary information that the Biyerre after
turning to the north-west made another turn
southerly and joined the Congo.
must be the Nepoko
I pi-esume that this
affluent of the Biyerre'.
AtYakuijSO much had our
penceful passage up-river
NEWS OF THE ARABS.
133
impressed the people, that
we were
enabled to purchase
issa.
eight days
heard also sumcient at this
yakui.
provisions.
I
place to prove that there were
Arabs from the East
Coast on the Congo, but the locality was so vaguely designated that
news.
we
did not pay
When, however, they
ing to Mokulu
we
much
attention to the
learned that after return-
intended to visit the Congo in the
same manner, they manifested undisguised pleasure for
some reason.
to
" catch
by
us.
A
it
"
The Bahunga marauders were
they thought,
if
they were overtaken
before noon on the 23rd
little
short time
covered that
at our
camp
sure
opposite
we
halted for a
Mokulu.
We
dis-
the Biyerre' had fallen eighteen inches
during our absence.
down
to
point
dividing the
We
then continued our journey
the mouth, and,
miirhtier Cono-o.
two
rounding the low forest
rivers,
we steamed up
the
IM
THE CONGO.
CHAPTER XXX. TO STANLEY FALLS, Predatory Bahunga
— —
—An
odd means for defence Deserted villages Danger ahead Ravages by the Arabs " Cruel man has done his worst " Eemains of burnt villages shocking discovery We overtake the Arab slave-traders Meditations on retribution Extent of territory ravaged by the Arabs Their miserable captives A harrowing scene Captives all women and children their number The cause of the trade Yangambi— The Chofu river -The Wenya fishermen Cunning policy of the Arabs Stanley Falls Description of the cataracts— The district
Enormous
—
fiotilla of
canoes
—
—
—
— —
—
—
—
—
;
—
—
—
— — —Their mode of fishing—A dangerous ferry— Drum signals of the waters— Palavers —^Our An industrious people — The and appointed in farthest station founded —Binnie
tribes
fish
chief,
is
charge
We
1883.
S'
'
Iliyerre.
left
—Homeward bound.
luive
now, while breasting
tlie
swift ocbreous flood
a wider view of river rench, and a of the Coniro, o '
'
spacious breadtli of stream than
the banks of tbe Biyerre.
Congo revealed
itself
more
we enjoyed between
Denuded of
occasionally,
its
islets,
now with
the
a clear
view of two and a half miles of open water, broad enougli to absorb a dozen mighty tributaries as large as tlie Biyerre.
just
passetl,
12GC)
And
yet avc were, at the confluence
English miles from the
021 miles above L'Jopoldville,
sea,
and
FREDATORY BAIIUNGA. we
Faithful to our purpose
135
cling to the right bank,
i883.
Nov. 23,
which
low, but grand
is
trees nourished
by
the forest of massive
for
We
its fertile soil.
which was once a market-place. a change having
pass a clearing
It is not used
now,
come over the people of the
land.
There are rumours of predatory Bahunga floating throughout the surrounding
districts,
and suspicion He heavy on men's
We
and
distrust, fear,
souls.
have discovered that we ourselves are not above
We may
suspicion.
nappers
not be related to the fierce kid-
who roam about
midnight on
at
the wide
waters and pounce upon sleeping aborigines, but
wear
and we carry the dreadful hollow tubes
cloth,
which belch thunder and ruin
Mburra
the
fun
" !
— could
we
So think the
but
see
tubes spit
it,
it
is
equally matched with
keep pressing on nearer and nearer
o'clock
we
fall
to the
who
they
pass another market-place, and
think of camping, but the people
with the hawsers
at
were o:rand
kidnappers, in admirable bewilderment as to
may be. At four
fire
natives, while we, utterly igno-
rant what strange tribe this ourselves,
" Yes, go up
men.
to
when hollow
[the Congo]
another
one
w^e
who
spring on shore
down and show
bleeding
feet,
and we discover that the ground has been defended by pins of dried rattan stuck
all
over the surface, and
we
are obliged to steam on another hour until a suitable place in the thick forest has been found.
The next day
at
9
market-place, where, in
a.m.
we
pass
the well-known
1877, the vendors and buyers
Biyevrd.
THE CONGO.
130 1883.
left
Nov. 24. Biyerrd.
'"^
the profits and pleasures of marketing to attack
m
^
.,
impetuous
-
.
^
.
,
stjle, so little did
descending canoes contained
-
-
,
they expect that the
men whose
well tried in resisting such attacks.
souls
had been
All of us
who had
been present on that occasion rehearsed the scene and the events which almost each tree recalled.
An
hour
later
was passed,
a fourth market-place
from which the natives had been seen hastening away to
an island or islands near the
tance
was
so great,
and
humid heat obscured the
so
left
much
light, that
The
bank.
dis-
haziness from the
we
could not well
discern the outline of the opposite shore.
The land
rose in beautiful gentle hills, green with
the perpetual springtime,
on their river
where, but bluify there peeped out
and deeply wooded everyface.
Here
banana groves, belonging
hamlets occupying the limited clearings.
to
and tiny
These higher
lands belong no doubt to the bluff-browed banks near
Yambumba on
the Biyerre.
Looking across bears within of paddles
know islet
its
to the islands
which the Congo again
bosom we fancy we
see a
movement
as
— those bright mirror-like flashes of water we
so well on a calm day,
and languidly tracing the
shores upward, a half-formed suspicion creeps into
our minds that the shores themselves are widening. But,
examining the curious phenomenon through a
binocular, such a
number of canoes
create unpleasant thoughts of
gestions arise of conflicts
of running
down an
v^'ith
are seen that they
imminent
strife.
Sug-
the terrible Bahungu,
entire flotilla of canoes,
plunging
ENORMOUS FLOTILLA OF CANOES.
137
and sprawling madly about with marvellous rapidity
1683.
of action, while the sharp crack of breech-loaders sound
Biyerrd-
What else Our men are all
above the turmoil.
clear
encounter there
mean
?
a large
is
could such an conscious
of people in
force
hood, notwithstanding that
the neighbour-
bank appears
right
the
that
and uninhabited.
silent
We
cast
the
off
whale-boat,
En
and the
Avant
dashes on to obtain a clearer view of this immense
In ten minutes
flotilla.
we can
trace a
long and
thick column of ascending canoes, creeping along under
the shadows of the overhano-ins: woods of an island. It
may
be throe miles in length;
be more, but seen of
length dwarfs
its
it
all
I estimated the
flotillas.
about a thousand.
We
may be less, it may that we have ever
number of canoes
steamed slowly up, parallel
with the column, to the distance of a mile and a I
half.
presumed that they meditated an attack, and
became
in conjectures
lost
as
to
five to
came
to the attack
Discretion
We
us.
is
If there
I
a
were
each canoe that would give a
number of 5000 enough ;
of
result
the
determined charge of such a vast force.
an average of
at
to
overwhelm
us,
even
if
they
with naked hands.
wise in such circumstances as environed
had no quarrel with any people, not even
Bahunga, and our mission could not be Arguprefaced by seeking opportunities for warfare. with
the
ing thus the
En
Avant returned
picked up her boat, and the steam its
way.
to
her
flotilla
consorts,
held
on
THE CONGO.
138
At
1883.
Nov.
This was the usual
4.30 a rain-storm halted us.
24-.
Mawembc.
eudiDg
to
a hazj sultry day, and was generally
sucli
accompanied by vivid lightning, and loud thunder
We
shocks.
cosy
had a comfortable camp, however, on a
well protected from the tempest that endured
islet,
the whole night.
The next morning
Two
journey.
remembered
map
palisaded
my glass,
position
its
"
I could detect
there,
it
was
ness
was recognised.
also there,
poor remnants of
clearly.
On my
old
Mawembe," and was strongly I
looked closely through
no sign of palisade or hut.
was
village it
very
but now, though
;
was
clearing
we saw a break in the solid along which we had travelled, and
marked
is
it
we continued our
hours later
wall of forest trees I
25th)
(the
The
true, the site of the palisaded
and notwithstanding
its
empti-
As we advanced we could see banana groves we couLl also trace ;
the whitened paths from the river's edge leading
up
the steep bank, but not a house nor a living thing
could be seen anywhere.
and nature of the close,
Tlie exact extent, position,
village site
bristling palisade,
was unchanged, but the
and the cones of fowl-huts,
and the low ridge-roofed huts
just visible above
it
—
all
had vanished.
When we came that there
abreast of
had been a
tlie
late fire.
locality,
we
perceived
The heat had scorched
the foliage of the tallest trees, and their silver stems
had been browned by
meagre
;
their
tatters, as if
it.
The banana plants looked
ragged fronds waved mournfully their
imploring pity.
We
slackened the speed
TBACES OF RAPINE, of the engines, to contemplate the
139
and
scene
reflect
isss.
Nov. 25.
upon
its
meaning.
Mawcmbd
Six years before
we had rushed by
very place
this
without stopping, endeavouring by our haste the intentions of our foes
—
they meant to be
if foes
had been a
since which time the history of this land
blank to us.
thwart
to
Surely there had been a great change
As we moved up
the stream slowly, another singular
This was two or three long
sight attracted our gaze.
canoes standing on their ends, like
split
hollow columns,
What freak was Had one of signify ?
upright on the verge of the bank. this,
and what did the sight
these canoes been weighed,
have been
To have
than a ton.
less
certain
it is
it
tilted
could not
and
such a weight argued numbers and union.
never have been the work savages.
As
men
tacit revelation
and cohesion; they signify a
— and union
who have performed
It could
herd of chattering
of a
they stand, they are a
of the effect of energy
union of
raised
They
are Arabs
this feat of strength,
and these
is
force!
upright columnar canoes betray the advent of the slavetraders in the region
below the Falls
!
We
learned
now
desolate spot once stood the
few miles higher
up on the same bank we
later that
on
this
town of YombuiTi.
A
Cvame abreast of another scene of desolation, wliere a
whole town had been burnt, the palms cut down, bananas scorched, ground, and repeated.
the
many freak
acres
of
laid
level
with
the
standing canoes on end
In front of the black
ruin there were
a
THE CONGO.
140 1883 Nov. 25.
rombuni
couple
linndred
of
down on
crouched
people
the
^crgc of the bank, looking wofully foHorn und cheer-
some with
less,
their
hands supporting their chins,
regarding us with a stupid indifference, as though they w^ere heyond further harm, while say by their attitude, " Cruel
Having
lost all,
we
man
seemed to
all
has done his worst.
are beyond your spite, and greater
we are now in " you to harm us ?
wretchedness than that which
How
sible.
Our
can
it
profit
guide, Yumbila,
was
what was the cause of
man
told to question
is
impos-
them
as to
and one old
this dismal scene,
stood out and poured forth his tale of grief and
He
woe with an exceeding volubih'ty. and unexpected invasion of men,
leaping, yelling
with
told of a sudden
by a host of
their vihage,
in the
murderous
who dinned
darkness, fusilades,
slaughtering
their people as they sprang out of their
burning huts
their
ears
into the light of the flames.
had escaped
;
the larger
Not a
third of the
number of
children had been captured and taken
men
women and away, they knew the
not whither. "
And where
"
They
are these people
?
"
we
asked.
are gone up-river, about eight days ago."
"And
have these people burnt up
" All
everywhere, on both sides of
;
all
the villages?"
tlie
river."
"What
are they like, these strange people?"
"
are like your people in your boats, and wear
They
white clothes." "
day
Ah in
!
And who
are
all
those people
we saw
hundreds of canoes near the islands
" ?
yester-
BURNT "They other,
VILLAGES.
141
are our people, from our side and from the
who have gathered
niglit they
go
daytime they
together for protection.
to their fields to get food, Lut in the
on the islands, with their canoes
live
ready, lest the wicked and fierce people
But
go
Go
them
We
them.
go
away,
to
At
if
away
you
strangers
;
want ivory
have nothing
come back.
are
and
go
;
— nothing."
all
And
bad. fight
the old
man's gesture, with open palms, was painfully expressive.
We
continued on our journey, advancing as rapidly
as our steamers could breast the stream.
we came
or four miles
Every three
in sight of the black traces of
The charred
stakes, upright
canoes,
poles of once populous settlements, scorched
banana
the destroyers.
groves, and prostrate
palms,
all
betokened ruthless
ruin.
At 4
P.M.
we
the devastated
halted at a site
camp
of Yavunga.
in a plain just above
We
had passed,
since
leaving the Biyerre, twelve villages utterly consumed
by
In these eight separate communities had
fire.
existed.
Opposite Yavunga, on the of Yaporo.
left baidc, is
Surveying the scene through the bino-
we could assure ourselves man was not exaggerated.
cular o fflass
the old
the district
was
visible,
that
Yaporo had been populous.
that the tale of
Not one house
although the extensive clearing indicated This would have been
evident even had I not remembered, by the peculiar red clay banks, which
is
such a feature of
it,
that I
}^^h ^'^mi'"''"'-
THE CONGO.
142 18S3.
vomburri.
had seen a large and long-extended town here. above, I also remembered, we Jiad had a tough
who had
with the people, they charged on
lis,
fight
Ya Mariwa "
"
cried
Jnst
as
and there was the Tugarambusa
ridge, its outUnes not to be mistaken.
On
delayed by a scantiness of clearing, so that departure
A
7 o'clock. object, of a
En
November we
the morning of the 27th of
due
to the extent of the
was not
possible until after
fuel,
camp we detected some
mile above our
down
slaty colour, floating
Avant steamed towards
it,
stream.
over with a boat-hook.
The
and the man with the
sounding-pole at the bow, on arriving near it
Yv^ere
We were
it,
turned
shocked to discover
the bodies of two ^vomen bound together with cord!
This tragedy, by the appearance of the bodies, must
have occurred about twelve hours previously.
Wondering what could have caused the committal such a crime, the current
we
was
continued to follow the shore, wdiere to the
when looking up
above Yavunga.
is
river hastily,
we saw
fronting the landing-place of a village.
my
glass
group, as
upper end
At
hour we were rounding the point,
of an
close
came
slack, until w^e
of the crescent bend, which the
of
and examined
a white mass I
caught up
it.
Others appeared in a
we edged towards
the centre of the stream.
They were
tents
;
the Arabs of
Nyangwe had
been
overtaken
They were evidently village,
in force, for
was evidently largo enough
and a rough palisade seemed
to
their
camp, or
for a great
surround
number, it.
We
OVERTAKING THE ARABS. formed ourselves in
143
As
and advanced np-river.
line
isss.
Nov. 27.
we drew near
I
observed tbrougli the telescope that
our presence excited a commotion on
became lined
who
witli a
multitude of
acted as if flurried.
canoes fastened to
tlie
I also
tlie
men
banks,
wliicli
white dress
in
saw a large number of
landing-place,
whicb revealed
at
once tbe secret of thesa sudden midnight surprisals.
These people had in some manner descended the river
Nyangwe' past the
i'rom I
felt
conscious
Falls.
an internal
for a sbort period of
struggle against an impulse, which was almost over-
powering, to avenge these devastations and massacres
The
of sleeping people.
picture
of those houseless
but most
people
of Yomburri, the
tale of
the old man, the corpses of tbe
eloquent
bound together, which seemed deliberate
murder
—
all
The
appealed to
me for immediate who am I that I
—
And yet my hands and
?
— the
embers of the burnt houses are
thought that the captives were tears of these are this
still
its
cold, the blood
in
still
bondage; the
flowing, their sorrow
is
even yet
naked land, raided, and devastated in
this cruel fashion, of
emptied of
retri-
Then, again, came the
shed has long ago been dried.
And
mete out
devilish deeds are already accomplished
bution
fresh.
two women
to suggest a cold-blooded
and complete vengeance. should take the law into
pitiful
what
people
?
possible use
But
it
was
would
it
be
useless for
when
me
to
repeat to myself such forcible reasons for revenging these wholesale outrages. I
had not the
slightest
shadow
of authority to vindicate the dictates of justice.
I
vombuni.
THE CONGO.
144 1883.
represented no constituted government, nor had I
tlie
Nov. 27. v^omburii.
shadow of authority
hoped
and fraud
so
is
were
parties
has almost exterminated
appeared on the
gious
role
was
of censor, judge
my
friends, at
one party, being stronger, by force
;
without a commission
tragedies
assume the
Both
and executioner. least I
to
may
I
being
enacted
the effect of strife
but
other,
Had I these many
not interfere.
while
scene
the
one
— so
conta-
assisted the
weaker
might
I
— have
of
party.
After the usual discharge of blank cartridges from the
boats,
announcing
an
arrival,
from
the
shore,
sponsive salvoes
from the bank, and hailed us in
guage of the oriental
by
followed
re-
a canoe
put out
Swaliili,
the lan-
which we replied
coast, to
in
terms of peace.
We
formed a camp below them, and almost imme-
diately after
we had
secured our boats, our Zanzibaris
were shaking hands with the Manyema slaves of Abed bin Salim,
who had invaded and ravaged
to obtain slaves
We reality
and ivory
the country
for their master.
discovered that this horde of banditti
—
and without disguise they were nothing
was under
for in else
the leadership of several chiefs^ but prin-
cipally
under Karema and Kiburuga. They had started
sixteen
months previously from Wane-Kirundu, about
thirty miles below
Yinya Njara.
For eleven months
the band had been raiding successfully between the
Con"-o and the Lubiranzi, on
had then undertaken
to
the
left
bank.
They
perform the same cruel work
THE ARAB CAMP.
145
On
between the Biverre and Wane-Kirundu. at
my map
1
nnd
that such a territory
looking
witliin the YomiuirL
area described would cover superficially 1G,200 square
geographical miles on the
of which in
on the right bank,
all
would be equal
.'M,570
to
bank, and 10,500 miles
left
statute
square miles
square miles greater than the
island
mileage
—just
of
2000
Ireland
inhabited by about 1,000,000 people.
The band when 300
fifrhtinjr
set
it
out from Kirnndu numbered
men armed with
flint-locks,
double-barreled
percussion guns, and a few breech-loaders lowers, or doftiestic slaves
;
their fol-
and women, doubled
this
force.
After spending the morning listening to such their adventures as they chose to relate, I
mitted
in
the
afternoon to see the
they had gathered, as
many
of
gerated the numbers of the
my
human
of
was perharvest
people had exag-
captives they had
seen
in the camp.
Their quarters were about 150 yards above the plac3
we had
selected.
It
was surrounded with a fence made
of the hut w^alls of the native town ofYangambi, which lay without in ruins
;
tamped earth with a
where and
it
stood.
the square plats of raised and
few uprights alone indicating
The banana groves had been
their stalks
employed
to
levelled,
foim the fence around
about their camp.
Within the enclosure was a extending of the
many
lines
clay bank
Vol. II.— 10
series
of low sheds,
deep from the immediate edge
inland,
100 yards;
i883.
in length the
THE CONGO.
146 1883.
At
camp was about 300 yards.
landing-place
the
Nov. 27.
Yomburri.
below Were
Each might convey from 10
capacity.
The
much
varying in carrying
fifty-four large canoes,
to
100 people.
camp
general impressions are that the
first
is
There are rows
too densely peopled for comfort.
upon rows of dark nakedness, relieved here and there
by the white
There are
dresses of the captors.
naked forms upright, standing, or moving
groujos of
about
listlessly
sheds
in
all
naked bodies are stretched under
;
positions
;
naked children, many mere
moving groups by two
paying more attention to all
forms of
a drove of abso-
naked old women bending under a basket of
who
or cassava tubers, or bananas,
the
there are
;
infants,
boyhood and girlhood, and occasionally lutely
are fettered
;
tlie
naked legs innumerable are
seen in the perspective of prostrate sleepers countless
lines or
fuel,
are driven through
or three musketeers.
On
observe that mostly
details, I
youths with iron rings around their
necks, through wln'ch a chain, like one of our boat-
anchor
chains,
twenties.
securing
rove,
is
The children over ten
the
captives
by
by three
are secured
copper rings, each ringed leg brought together by the central
ring,
listlessness of
which accounts
movement
I
in presence of the curious
secured by
shorter
chains,
for
the
observed on
apparent
first
coming
The mothers
scene.
around
whom
their
are re-
spective progeny of infants are grouped, hiding the cruel their
iron
links tliat
mammas'
breasts.
captive amongst them.
fall
in
Tliere
loops or festoons is
over
not one adult man-
A n ARROWING SCENE.
147
Besides the shaded ground strewn over so thickly
by the
and
prostrate
the rehcs of the
up
T upright bodies of •
in profusion
many
1
everywhere, and there
square foot of ground
captives,
raids lie scattered or is
heaped
scarcely a
not littered with something,
such as drums, spears, swords, assegais, arrows, bows, knives, iron-ware of native
make
of every pattern,
paddles innumerable, scoops and balers,
wooden troughs,
ivory horns, whistles, buffalo and antelope-horns, ivory pestles,
wooden
fetishism, nets,
idols,
sorcerers'
beads of wood, berries, scraps of wardrobes, gourds
of
sizes,
all
from the lengthy seine to the small hand-net;
baskets, hampers, shields as large as doors (of wood, or
of plaited rattan), crockery, large pots to hold eight gallons,
down
to the child's basin
and mallets; grass
clotli in
wooden mugs,
;
hatchets,
hammers, iron
basins,
shreds, tatters, and pieces;
broken canoes, and others half excavated rods, &c., &c.
;
native adzes,
All these
lit-
tering the ground, or in stacks and heaps, with piles
of banana and cassava peelings, flour of cassava, and Sliced tubers
pictures
and
pioir. i.ently
drying, details,
make up through
a
all
number of untidy of which, however,
gleam the eyes of the captives,
in a state
of utter and supreme wretchedness. Little
perhaps as
my
face betrayed
my
feelings,
other pictures would crowd upon the imagination after realising the extent
;
and
and depth of the misery pre-
sented to me, I walked about as in a kind of dream,
wherein
I
iss.x
^ov. 27.
•
/»
1
saw through the darkness of the night the
stealthy forms of the murderers creeping towards the
Yomijurr
THE CONGO.
148 1883:
Xov. 27. Touiburri.
doomed town,
its
inmates
asleep,
all
and no sounds
^ ^
^
hum
issuiDg froHi the glooiTi but the drowsy
ing cicadas or distant frogs
of chirp-
— when suddenly flash
light of brandished torches
;
the sleeping town
the
is in-
volved in flames, while volleys of musketry lay low
many
the frightened and astonished people, sending
through a short minute of agony to that soundless sleep from
which there
will be
be alone somewhere where
to
no waking. I
could
I wished
reflect
upon
doom which has overtaken Bandu, Yomburri,
the
Yangambi, Yaporo, Yakusu, Ukanga, Yakonde, Ituka, Yaryembi, Yaruche, populous Isangi, and probably thirty scores of other villages
The in
and towns.
slave-traders admit they
this fold, yet
have only 2300 captives
they have raided through the length
and breadth of a country larger than Ireland, bearing fire
and spreading carnage with lead and
banks of
tlie
river
show that 118
iron.
and
villages,
Both forty-
three districts have been devastated, out of which
is
only educed this scant profit of 2300 females and children,
and about 2000 tusks of ivory
!
The
swords, bows, and the quivers of arrows,
many lages
adults have fallen.
were peopled only
a profit
of 2
per cent.;
spears,
show that
Given that these 118 1)y
vil-
1000 each, we have only
and by the time
all
these
captives have been subjected to the accidents of the river voyage to
and
its
Kirundu and Nyangwe', of camp
life
harsh miseries, to the havoc of small-pox, and
the pests which miseries breed, there will only remain p.
scant
1
per cent, upon the bloody venture.
SLAVE TRADING.
They
tell
nie,
Ill)
however, that the convoys already
arrived at Nyangwe' with slaves captured in the interior
Five ex-
have been as great as their present Land. peditions have
come and gone with
their
booty of
ivory and slaves, and these five expeditions have
now
completely weeded the large territory described above.
been as
has
expedition
If each
as
successful
this,
the slave-traders have been
enabled to obtain 5000
women and
Nyangwe, Kirundu, and
children safe to
Yibondo, above the Stanley
an assumed million
be at the rate of a-half per
will
cent., or five slaves out of
This
is
poor
originally
10,000 in
profit,
1000 people.
out of such large waste of
we assume the slaves number. To obtain
the 118 villages, they
Thus 5000 out of
Falls.
must
to
life,
for
have mustered about
the 2300 slaves out of
liave shot a
of 2500 people, while 1300 more died
round number
by the wayside,
through scant provisions and the intensity of their
How many
hopeless wretchedness.
are
wounded and
die in the forest, or droop to death
through an over-
whelming
we do
but
if
sense of their calamities,
the above figures are trustworthy, then the out-
come from the 5000 lives
not know,
territory with its
million of souls
slaves, obtained at the cruel
And
!
children
such slaves
!
They
who cannot run away,
is
expense of 33,000
are females, or youngor
who with
youthful
indifference will soon forget the terrors of their cap-
ture
the
!
life
Yet each of the very smallest
infants has cost
of a fiuher and perhaps his three stout brothers
and three grown-up daughters.
An
entire family of
issx Yomburri.
THE CONGO.
150 1883.
Lave been done to death
six souls
to obtain that small,
Nor. 27,
yombuni. feeble, useless child
These are
my
!
thoughts as I look upon the horrible
Every second during which
scene.
clink of fetters
and chains
strikes
I
regard them the
upon
my
ears.
My
eyes ca'tch sight of that continual lifting of the hand to ease the neck in the collar, or as
it
displays a manacle
exposed through a muscle being irritated by or
want of
My
fitness.
its
weight,
nerves are offended with the
rancid effluvium of the unAvashed herds within
this
human kennel. The smell of other abominations annoy me in that vitiated atmosphere. For how could poor bound and riveted together by twenties, do
people,
otherwise than wallow in are
taken out to forage
tuber,
and search for
filth ;
Only the
!
old
women
they dig out the cassava
the banana, while the guard,
with musket ready, keenly Avatches for the coming of the vengeful native.
Not much food can be procured
manner, and what
in this
is
obtained
is
flung
down
in
a heap before each gang, to at once cause an imseemly scramble.
months
Many
of these poor things have been already
fettered in this
manner, and their bones stand
out in bold relief in the attenuated skin, which hangs
down
in thin wrinkles
And
and puckers.
yet,
who
can withstand the feeling of pity so powerfully pleaded for
by those large eyes and sunken cheeks ?
What was the human life, of all
cause of this
all
this
unspeakable misery
but the indulgence of an old Arab's starved,
and ravenous
vast
instincts."
*'
Ho
sacrifice ?
of
Nothing,
wolfish, bloody,
wished to ob-
THE CAUSE OF THE SLAVE TRADE. tain blaves to barter profitably
and having weapons
them
placed
lie
Arabs,
to other
and gunpowder
— enough,
hands of three hundred
in the
and despatched them as an
— guns
away
151
to conunit
slaves,
murder wholesale,
Enghsh nobleman would put guns
in the
of his guests, and permit them to slaughter the
upon
his estate.
to each person
we
If
who
find that this
human
gallons of
fell
drowned him and
now
hands
game
calculate three quarts of blood
during the campaign of murder,
one Arab caused to be shed 2850
blood, sufficient to
ment of 460 cubic
I
we
just
feet,
all his
understood
fill
quite large
a tank measure-
enough
to
have
kin
why
the Basoko of the Biyerre'
were so gleeful when they heard we were about to ascend the Congo.
Their talk about the Bahunga was that
of people bewildered
by the suddenness of the attack
upon them, who seized upon the
They hoped, of
them.
first
course, that
name
uttered to
we would mutually
destroy one another, and thus they would be relieved
from their
We
fears.
exchanged
gifts
We
stained confederates.
them
to
with Karema and his bloodalso
obtained guides from
speak for us to the people at the Falls, and
being in a hurry to leave such dreadful scenes,
we
departed next morning, the 28th, for the cataract.
Yangambi, which we slave-traders, at
the
parallel
foot
is
said
was occupied by the Arab
beautifully situated on a level terrace,
of the
Tugurambusa
ridge,
which runs
with the Congo for a length of eight miles.
The summits of
the ridiro, which are at an altitude of
isss.
Yombuni
THE CONGO.
152 1883.
perhaps two hundred feet above the river, appear to
Nor. 28.
.
Vangambi. offer
,
f,
a cliarming field for
European
rise,
they are overhung by verdant masses
The
of shrubbery.
left
bank opposite
level land, with far extended clearings for sugar cane,
cotton, rice, maize,
right bank above the ridge at a dry
and healthy
is
is ;
and
a
flat is
it
and
a land
millet.
The
a land for wheat, being
altitude.
A few miles above the ambusa are
The
and green, and where the
slopes are delightfully fresh
red bluffs
agriculturists.
red sandstone
Itukn, Yaruche,
cliffs
of Tugar-
and Yaryembi, or rather
were, for at this time mere relics of settlements were
And
ghown.
multitudes
yet
remember well
I
their
on the banks and in the canoe
worrying our
force in
rampant flotillas
1877 with the courage of yelping
Both banks were now empty of their peoples,
terriers.
they were abandoned to the silence of absolute solitude.
Soon
after
rounding the point of Yaryembi, we
view before us a straight twelve-mile reach.
On
the
right bank there are three abandoned settlements, and
on the
left
there are five, mere
empty
clearings.
The
river varies from 800 to 1600 yards wide, with a strong
but steady current.
from ten
open
The banks
to thirty feet high,
sites of
are nearly uniform,
woods alternating with
towns.
Yarukombe' on the right, and a similar town of the
same name on the
left,
stood once at the upper end of
the reach.
On 1 P.M.
the 30th of
November our
was along the right bank
course from 8 a.m. to in a channel caused
THE a II OF U by the large and I
remember
called Busariga,
which
have been occupied by a tribe of the
to
seen.
is
where the huts stood can
clearino;s
Even
scarcely
All the villages on the mainland have
found.
utterly destroyed,
powerful tribe to
At
island
Now, however, not one hut
Yakusu. tlie
fertile
153
IIIVEIL
been
not one native of a
is
the tale of the massacres.
tell
we
P.M.
2
and there
be
arrived
the twin-mouthed
at
river
Chofu, each channel having a breadth of about 200 yards, divided by an island
whose base
line
is
three
miles long.
My
guide,
states that
when
who
it
up the river marauding,
has been
navigable for about twenty-five miles,
is
a confluence of two branches
The
terrupted by rapids.
is
branch
left
seen, both is
called
in-
the
Lukebu
;
Wenya
procure their large canoes from this river in
exchange It
branch being the Lindi.
right
the
The
for heaps of cured fish.
rained abundantly on the evening of the 30th, but
about 8 A.M. on the 1st of December the skies cleared,
and we were enabled
We bank,
to continue
steamed up for about four miles along the right
when we
struck ncross the river to the
barely avoiding a small rnpid.
when we were
We as
our voynge.
We
the point nearest the Falls, to
this point,
up with
tlie
held on until noon,
to cling close to the left
the people with the sight of such a
it
bank,
abreast of a small island in X. Lat. 0° 30'.
were advised
below
left
we
detache
1
bank
as far
avoid frightening flotilla.
Arriving
the whale-boat, and sent
guide and one of
my
servants to speak
i883.
u^, jsanga.
THE CONGO.
154 1883. Dec. 1. Stanley
By tin's inetliod we succeeded in getting Wcnja fishermen, who sent down a few
to the natives. toucli of the
men
in
two canoes
to
speak to
An
us.
hour's conver-
sation ended with an invitation to us to approach
tlieir
village.
Steaming round the point, the lower rapids of the Falls
came
into view.
against the current.
We were unable to contend We therefore tied up alongside
of the left bank, two miles below the village, until
could
come
W^enya
an understanding with the assembled
to
chiefs respecting a settlement.
With cunning the Falls,
left
the
policy the Arabs in their descent of
Wenya
in undisturbed possession of
their islands.
Even
Tipper Tib to
Nyangwe from
Njara, they Falls.
we
made
since
1878, after the return of escorting
Falls,
to
Yinya
their approaches slowly towards the
Thus they had obtained access
between the
me
to a large island
from which, by dint of the exhibition
of power coupled with an affectation of leniency
even friendship
— towards
who were
those
willing to
submit to their impositions, they had succeeded in at last
securing the co-operation of the
By
this
the
Upper
fishermen.
means they could descend from Nyangwe' Falls,
the hands of the
land to
Wenya
Asama
and surrendering
Baswa
tribe^
Creek, while
their
to
canoes into
they could march overtlie
Baswa
fishermen,
through their intimate knowledge of the channels, floated the canoes safely
down.
the Arabs descended from the
while tho
Wane Rukura
fifth
Thence embarkitig, cataract to the sixth,
fishermen floated the canoes
WENYA FISHERMEN. past
safely safely
their
embark
Here the Arabs
cataract.
nilg'ht
the seventh cataract of the Stanley
for
whereat the
Falls,
Iij5
Wenya
fishermen stood ready to
navigate them safely through the channels to the head of the navigation
On
leading to the Stanley Pool.
their return with their forcibly acquired booty, a
which they were glad
slaves
pay the Wenya,
to
few
be rid of sufficed to
Wane Rukurn, and Baswa
their trouble of passing their flotilla
up
tribes
for
in safety to
the quiet river leading to Nyangwe'.
Stanley
Falls
consists
seven distinct cataracts
of
extended along a curving stretch of
fifty-six
statute
miles in length.
At N.
Lat. 0° 28' 30", E. Long. 25° 24',
seventh cataract, which, with
its
rupts navigation for two miles. is
we
find the
smaller rapids, inter-
Above
this fall there
a navigable stretch of twenty-six miles, wdience the
sixth cataract left side,
certain
difficulties
From two
This latter cataract, on the
it
gentle
but
partakes of the character of rapids, which
times of the year would
offer
few more
that vigorous rowing would not surmount.
the sixth to the fifth cataract
mile
current.
is
another twenty-
of easily navigable water with
stretch
cataracts,
first
reached.
presents an absolutely impassable fall;
on the right at
is
The are
fifth,
so
fourth, third, second,
close
together that
we
a
and only
reckon them by the number of distinct waterfalls.
Nine
miles'
ihem
all.
the
Baswa
journey
overland will enable us to pass
But judging from the number of times that tribe
have passed Arab canoe
flotillas
do\vu-
i883. Dec. 1.
Stanley
THE CONGO.
156 1883.
wards and upwards ^
in safety,
t>ec. 1.
Stanley
evident that there
is
it
,
.
^-i'^
,
.
on the right bank which render the
channels
They
passage feasible and even free of danger. likely to be of the nature of Nile rapids side
but on the extreme
;
the
left
are
on the right are
cataracts
de-
cidedly impassable.
At
the seventh cataract there are
four channels.
Beginning from the right bank there
is
a fordable
channel about thirty yards wide, which, at low water, is
the leakage between a ridge of loose rocks forming
a dam-like barrier at the upper end. for three miles
The channel runs
between the right bank inhabited by the
Bakumu, and an
by the
island occupied
Wenya
tribe
called
Wane' Rusari, or sons of Rusari.
Beyond the
island,
which
is
is
a quarter of a mile broad,
right branch of the
separated from the main
which
is
wide,
by a rocky
the
foot
rocky the
cataract, about
of the
isle
inhabited
500 yards wide, branch, 300 yards
occupying the centre.
islet
main
of the
falls
left
the main
by the
Wenya, separated from
left
Below
channel
Wane Mikunga
is
a
tribe of
the mainland on the
left
bank by a rough channel about twenty yards wide.
From
the right to the
left
bank
width, across islands and water,
Between the two inhabited
Wane Mikunga,
the
at the cataract the is
islands,
about 1330 yards.
Wane
Rusari and
two main channels unite their
waters, and rush with inconceivable rapidity through a
narrowed channel of perhaps 450 yards,
to be diffused
below over low reefs and rocky hollows covering a breadth of 1200 vards.
Two
miles below the island
i
I
ill!;;
''i'^i''i'^i''i'''i''i'''''^''i''i*''''ii'i»^
iil
I
CURIOUS METHOD OF FISHING. of
Wane Mikimga
shoals
and
little
navigation
rapids.
On
is
157
interrupted by rock
may
the right navigation
Wane
and the mainland
up the main
river to a point nearly opposite
tlie
lov/er
Rusari
end of Wane'
Mikunga.
About a thousand yards above the by the
the islands occupied
tribe of
cataract begins
Wane
Sironga,
commanded by the chiefs Lumami and Yanzi. The three tribes number about 4000 people on the
isle
Wane
of
Rusari
;
1000
at
— 1500
Wane Mikunga
;
and 1500 on the islands of Wane Sironga. At the present time they are rapidly on the increase, receiving accessions to their
numbers from the persecuted Yakusu.
These people are
Tlie
two
at the Falls.
At
devoted to fishing.
all
main channels are almost bridged
very low water they plant poles between the rocks,
and by lashing cross rights, they
poles,
With
which the
their baskets into
day these are little
and propping up the up-
have secured access towards the centre
of the raging waters.
visited
cables of rattan they lash fish are
swept, and each
is
reached in
large broad
canoes cut out of the cottonwood from below.
an exciting sight
The
by the daring fishermen.
island in the centre
It is
to see forty stout fellows paddle
one
of these through the waves, heedless of the boiling and
They advance along
dangerous waters.
the left bank,
and then by desperate strokes they edge diagonally across level
the
stream
;
the
with their heads.
water above the
Thev miss
fall
Stanley Falls
be continued either up the creek between for a mile higher, or
i'<«-'5.
being
the island as often
THE CONGO.
158 1883. Dec. 1.
Stanley
as they reach
it.
If they are unsuccessful, they are
swept dowH the uuited channel, which
is
a stretch of
roaring water, at " express " speed, to try again the
dangerous course. But
if
they can only succeed in hold-
ing their own, by dint of united straining and tearing at the water, they will touch the lee of the island,
them
a few more rapid strokes will bring
and
If the nets are
to their nets.
full,
send up a loud wailing shout, which the people on the to
isles,
the
to the shore
the fishermen
gladly echoed by
is
who have gathered
watch the daring venture.
and
eacli
day
Disasters are frequent
most common being when the canoe has been
badly steered, and presenting too current,
it
is
soon capsized
among
The people
whose
rolling waves. tlieir
much beam
relatives,
for
the
to
the leaping and profit
they labour,
and their comrades, who have been
regarding them from the rocks then with united voices
warn
all
the
isles
with the news of
tlie disaster,
dozens of canoes shoot from either side to the
They think nothing of The
feat is
From
a
little
to
Wane
performed every few minutes by
men, women, and children. seen.
re.scue.
crossing the raging waters
between the islands from Wane' Mikunga Rusari.
and
Such a ferry was never
distance off the river, so rapid
is
the movement, so steep the slope, that one might say that the voyagers
were skating down an ice-covered
hill.
The
islanders
have not yet adopted
electric signals,
but possess, however, a system of communication quite as effective.
Tlieir
huge drums, by being struck
in
A DANGEItOUB different parts,
convey language as clear
as vocal speech
them
159
FEllRY.
and
;
all
the isles
to the initiated
soul on
and every
what transpires on each island hourly. In appearance the AVenya, Yakusu, and Baknmu is
told
bear a strong resemblance to the Basoko, though the
Bakunni are
slightly lighter in complexion.
The Wenya do not
wealth consists solely of daily catch
may
Their
the ground.
cultivate
Perhaps the average
fish.
be a thousand of from five pounds to
by
half a cwt. in weight, not including the spoils taken the
little
boys in the smaller channels, and at
cant rapids below.
meat, and what vegetables, the fish
is
Besides what
is
bartered with the
Wenya have
insignifi-
consumed daily
Bakumu
as
for their
large stores of smoke-cured
with which they purchase women, child slaves,
canoes, and
weapons from the Yakusu and the
tribes
of the Chofu.
These
fisher
tribes
are,
of
course,
impregnably
situated so far as regards their security against the hostility
of their
neighbours.
Bakumu
quiet river below, or the section,
of the sides
The Yakusu of the of the mid-cataract
would shrink from venturing near the
Wenya, protected
as
isles
they are on almost
all
by the surrounding dangerous waters.
They
are an industrious and an inventive people. In
the streets of their villages the fish curers attend their lines of curing-platforms;
purse nets and sieves
basket-work
women
;
;
the old
the
wdiile others
men
able-bodied
are
weaving
men
weave rattan hawsers.
are preparing bread, grinding
camwood,
are
at
The sifting
i883.
Stanley
160 1S83. Dec. 1.
Stanley
THE CONGO.
.
pounding corn, or making crockery.
meal,
On
the
,
watcrside are
binding a
split
bow, a
split stern, or a
leaky crack,
and preparing
or perhaps cutting out a decayed part
a piece of plank to replace
odd jobs
doing
canoe-wrights
the
it.
These are the people with
whom we
proposed to
negotiate for partnership in the proprietory rights over
the mainland and the
With
isles
of the seventh cataract.
the Arabs for our friends,
would be no
was
clear
there
Arabs and
abori-
it
dissentients, since both
Our settlement
gines perceived possible benefits.
at
the Falls would enable the half-castes of Nyangwe' to obtain cloth to wear at a
could obtain
it
rate than they
from the East Coast, and the same might
be said of various
trifles,
such as knives, powder, beads,
broadcloth, cottons,
wire,
much cheaper
tools,
thread and needles.
Medicines might be j)urchased from our establishment at the Falls; while the native chiefs might,
by monthly
subsidies of cloth, receive considerable additions to their
hard-earned wealth, and the tribe
much more
itself
be rendered
presentable as cloth-wearing people than
they are in their unqualified nudity.
On
the 2nd
we
cut a path along the right
bank
through the jungle, and crossed over to the island of
Wane Mikunga.
The
chiefs of the tribes
were
all
They
according to a notice which had been given. first
of
all
gave
Silurus, catfish,
the of
pile
the
there
us
a
large
present
and a species of the
was the well-known
Tanganika,
and
scale
fish
of
bearded
jDike.
scaleless
of
the
met
Among Singa size
of
A VIOLENT CONFERENCE. mackerel, wliicli ,
we found
161
wholesome
to be afterwards
,
and sweet.
^^^^^
Our palaver was live in peace
we asked
to
them and build a town, and
to
In
opened.
tlien
be allowed to stay with
brief,
with them as their friends and protectors.
This exposition of our purpose elicited a lively response.
A
speaker stood up, and listening- to the words in
short
sentences
from our guides, he seemed
be
to
mechanically repeating them, while the others maintained
when
a profound
until
silence
at once a furious
all
speaker ended,
the
upon one
gesture,
and
another,
so
violent
and voluble
so rapid
One
hubbub commenced.
might have imagined they were about selves
in
to fling
them-
were they
in
This
speech.
fury subsiding, one after another got up and expounded his
views on the matter.
the point, they
who
If he spoke well and to
considered his words pertinent
and sensible got up and arranged his grass-cloth that covered his rear parts forth a torrent of
;
those
who
dissented poured
what we supposed were
vituperations.
This continued until they exhausted themselves,
when
the palaver was adjourned until the next day at the
same hour. Late in the day a messenger from the guide came to
inform
me
that
would be arrived
it
was very
at the
likely an
agreement
next day, and that
I
might
They
prepare the goods and have them ready.
con-
sisted of beads, knives, mirrors, cloth, wire, &c.
On
the 3rd there were some
more
violent language
and furious colloquial torrents, which gradually subsided into decent and tranquil manners. A^OL.
is83. Dec. 2.
II.— 11
A
price
was
^'"'^""g''^-
THE CONGO.
162
1883.
agreed upon, by whicli
^^^^'
the left mainland
^"^"'-
full lordship
over the
isles
and
was ceded, with proprietory rights
to all unoccupied territory.
As
property belonging to the
tribe,
the lands were
common
over £160 worth of
goods were placed upon the ground to be distributed
by the
chiefs themselves, according to
which
I
rank and power,
many
need not say occasioned
bursts of
wordy
violence.
Meantime,
had
in the intervals of these palavers, I
explored, in the whale-boat, both shores, and rested on the isle of
Wane
was guided
determination by
to
fertility of soil,
this
my
choice
Rusari for the station. its
I
extent, its
and the convenience of the access to
the right bank, whence provisions could be obtained.
We
proceeded to mark out a
site
at the lower
end
of the island, which was covered with a dense bush,
wherein, while
we
cleared,
At
former inhabitants.
we
discovered relics of
the upper end, at the distance
of 1200 yards from the station, were the villages of the tribe, wherein
we had experienced
a slight struggle
in 1877.
Although we had completed the
Wcnya
in a far
more
could have predicted,
it
all
successful
behoved us
negotiations with
way than any one to
provide for the
sustenance of the station, and our guide, accompanied
by a few of our own men, was sent
hearing how happy the
chief of the
Bakumu,
Wenya had
been made by the
vanced from the tliirty
wdio,
to Siwa-Siwa, the
wliite
strangers, ad-
interior, a distance of five miles,
natives, each
with
weighted with cassava, bananas,
STILL HAVEN.
163
THE CONGO.
164 1883.
Dec.2tolO.
Wane
yams, sweet potatoes, and pumpkins, besides which
",,.„, ^hc
Rusan. -j^^^^
,
womcn,
chieis
at
,.
,,
the
neglected to provide
^^^^
c
•
J^^
i
suggestion or the guide, the
for
of
necessities
the whites, and liad brought eggs and fowls, while a small flock of goats was transported to our
new
island
home.
Between Siwa-Siwa and myself be love at it
Which
first sight.
would be
so
probably this procity on
of us
was most
said to effusive
His sunny brown face was
difficult to say.
aglow with
might be
it
much candour and boyish delight, that caused a warm and spontaneous reci-
my
part.
I
admired greatly the loving
which
women
possessive
manner
and cooed
their sweetest into each of
in
his
surrounded me,
my
ears,
without
exciting in the least Siwa-Siwa's jealousy, or alarming
Agreements with Siwa-Siwa
his susceptibilities.
quired no casuistry to urge his signature.
had
him everything, and was present
told
judgment in
my
evil,
be
if
he hesitated.
honour that
but
my
my
The Wenya to guide his
Siwa-Siwa confided solely
coming among them boded no
"Your
who knows what good?
people shall
children," said he, "in your absence. It will
safety.
return I
shall
be
my
re-
Go
task to feed them, and until
dream every night of you."
in
you
Good
Fortune certainly seemed to have prepared for
me
pleasant places in the wilderness
There only remained one more duty, and that seemed for a
time the most
for the person to take
difficult, viz.,
whom
I
selecting a substitute
had conveyed
charge of the station, only
to
to Stanley Falls
hear him at the
THE CHIEF OF STANLEY FALLS. Jast,
pleadinG: ^ earnestly to be returned ^ .
There only remained three engineers
and a German
who
acted
Binnie, a height,
—
A. I. A. steam-launch.
the
Scotchman, about 5
little
begged
me
to
inches in
feet 3
very slight
to be appointed, but his
appearance caused ing that
—two Scotchmen
and an English man-of-war's man,
skipper of
as
the coast.
to
*^
.
1G5
However, argu-
be anxious.
a man, after arriving in mid-Africa and
if
bearing the fatigues of the journey,
enamoured
so
is
of a residence iherc that he volunteers to remain,
appeared to
me
to be evidence that he
it
was possessed of
a superior and firm soul that would carry him through
any physical weakness, and Binnie, the engineer of the Royal, was accordingly appointed chief of Stanley Falls Station
We
jt^ro tern.
cleared about four acres of
ground
for him, con-
him with
structed a dwelling-place for him, furnished tools,
axes, hoes,
hammers and
of wheat flour, meats,
visions
nails,
gave him pro-
coffee,
chocolate,
tea,
sugar, milk, soups, jam, butter, potatoes, bacon, lard, sauce,
tapioca,
vinegar,
brandy,
and
candles,
and
stocked his goods store with cloth of various kinds,
beads of wristlets
many
colours,
nnd anklets,
tin
cowries, plates
Leaving with him thirty-one labourers
rings,
and mugs and pans.
armed
men
—
soldier-
— and a plentiful reserve of ammunition,
abundance of sage advice his
wire,
brass
to
with
be prudent and just in
government, amiable and patient in his intercourse,
trustful
and courageous, we committed him
to the care
of Providence, and on the 10th of December
we turned
i883,
Dec.2tol0. w.ine
THE CONGO.
166 1883;
Dec.2tol0.
Wan^
our faces homeward, leaving the .
,
.
.,
.
man
little
alone
all
.,.,.
With his grave responsibihties.
Rusari.
^^
j^^^
^y^^^
readied the utmost bourne of the
day
expedition, only one
than the date I had
later
Further progress
given to the Comite at Brussels.
before consolidation and incorporation of the
What was
the Association would be unwise.
now was
work
of
required
to turn our attention to obtaining the Pro-
tectorship of the districts intervening between station
and
station, so that
and
uninterrupted
we might become consecutive
masters of one
territory
from Yivi
now that we had sown seeds every place we had touched, and eacli
Station to the Falls, which,
of goodwill at tribe
would spread
diffusively the report of the
beauty
would be an easy task
and value of our labours,
it
an intelligent and patient
officer like
for
Captain Hanssens,
Pure benevolence contains
for instance, to perform.
within itself grateful virtues.
Over natural
peoples,
nothing has greater charm or such expansible power.
grows without
Its influence itself
of
upon
Coming
it.
there
all
is
who come
effort
;
its
subtlety exercises
within reach of the hearing
in such innocent guise,
naught in
it
it
offends not
to provoke resentment.
Pro-
vided patience and good temper guided the chief of Stanley Falls Station, by the period of the return of the steamers the influence of the seedling just planted there will have been inland,
by the Wane Rukura up
Upper
Falls,
by the Yakusu
their fruits, to
Bakumu
extended by the
exchange
to the
Baswa
visiting the
for fish,
far
at the
Wenya
with
up the Chofu, and
PATIENCE AND GOOD TEMPER. alone* their
own
river borders ravaored ^
^ hearing of the persecuted famih'es on the ^
Basoko would then hear of
^
it,
down
167 to
islands.
The
and regret that such
with them, to grow up
left
amongst them, and
overshadow them with
benign shade.
^^83D(H,-.2tol(
a seedling had not been to
tlie
^
its
Wan^
THE CONGO.
168
CHAPTER XXXI. DOWN" TDE COXGO TO STANLEY POOL. the stream —The Arabs send their confidential men with us —Navigability of the Lumami and Liibilash—Wreck of the Boyal— Beaching and repairing the wreck — Cold winds on the river — Iboko — in confusion —Impudent thieving— A prisoner " Fast bind, — — Cordiality at Eefusal ransom find"— A horrified fother of a
Going
witli
fast
in a passion — More prisoners — Restitution —Freeing the prisoners —^A horrible massacre Glave of Yorkshire— Bolobo station again burnt — News missionaries— Again at Lcopoldville — Troublesome news
Ukumira — Mata Bwyki of our stolen property
—Young from the from Yivi. 1883.
Yakonde.
Being borne down by the current of the tawny ^^^^
Congo
assisted
by steam was naturally much more
exhilarating- tlian laboriously breasting
we were who had moved their
noon on the Arabs,
flood of
lOtli
and stockaded on the
left
in
it.
A little after
camp again with
quarters,
the
and were hutted
bank, on the
site
of ruined
Yakonde.
For reasons of chiefs to send fidential
what
polity I set
about persuading the
with us to the coast a few of their con-
men, that they might witness
influences were advancing
up the
for themselves
river on
whose
banks they had created such widespread havoc. appeared to
me
the best
mode of suggesting
It
to them.
AEAB RECOLLECTIONS.
many
rather than saying so in
battues, than to risk
police
words, that
would be
it
from committing these sanguinary
wiser to abstain
a
1G9
meeting some day a gunboat with
on board, wlio probably might deal
force
summarily with such a slave-raiding band as we had
Meantime
found housed so openly on the river banks.
they could send s^^ecimens of their ivory, and obtain a few necessaries of which, perhaps, they were in need.
They accepted the
and they accordingly sent
proposal,
ten of their confidential slaves with three tusks each. It
was exceedingly inconvenient, naturally, while en-
gaged
in the
conveyance of
men and
stores,
and plant
ing stations along the river, to engage carrying passengers;
still
I
regarded
by no means the
On river
;
it
as part of the mission,
least useful portion of
it.
we continued on our voyage down
the 12th
the Arabs on board could
tell
us incidents in
connection with each of the ruined villages as past.
came
l^assengers
mouth of
the
had been up
devastated the miles
we
Yaporo was soon passed, and an hour to the
higher
and
u^^
later
river,
and had
each side.
we Our
afQuent Lubiranzi.
this
country on
glided
utterly
Twenty-five
rapids are met, but above
these a
few miles the Luraami and the Lubilash meet, both being navigable for hundreds of miles.
town of Isangi, situated confluence, the natives
at
the
had begun
left
At
the large
corner of
the
to build again, but
on our appearance they scrambled and hurried away in quick flight across the river, forming a flotilla with
which the Congo might have been bridged
easily.
i883.
isangi.
THE CONGO.
170'
Probably 1 2,000 natives were
were very
large, containing about a
The mouth
of the Lubiranzi
wide, showing that
On
we
the 13th
Bahunga,
afloat, as
it
ranks in
some of the canoes
hundred people.
was about 800 yards
size
with the Biyerre.
passed by the warrior tribe of the
in tlie district of
Bunga, and four hours
spoke with the Barumbu.
later
These are situate on the
highlands nearly opposite the mouth of the Biyerre.
We
left
a promise that the next time
the steamers
should ascend they would be visited and treated with,
and camped
Bahamba the
Arab
On
evening below Bungungu among the
at
tribe.
raiders
the 14th
This was the ultimate point which
had reached.
my arm
was
scarified at Iruba, a short
time later at Mbungu, and at noon at the
ment
new
settle-
of Yalulima, after stopping an hour at each place
in order that our presence on their waters might be
understood.
On Ikassa,
we had arrived at the place above whence we crossed over to the right bank in
the 15tli
the ascent.
Having
traced the
left
down to Ikassa, and in our mainder, we now stretched across
Falls
bank from Stanley
ascent traced the re-
the river to continue
the exploration of the right bank.
In doing so the
steam-launch Royal was steered too near the upper extremity of an island, and, striking a snag, sank
immediately to her gunwale.
The other boats rushed
to the rescue to unload her of her passengers
and the
cargo of ivory belonging to our Arab guests;
and,
examining her condition, we perceived that she was
WRECK OF THE
We
upborne by the snag.
and
let lier
ROYAL.
171
were obliged to camp,
remain there until mornino;. c5
After eight hours' work on the 16th chipping off the snag
;
and,
\ UpOtO.
tt
we
succeeded in
ramming canvas
we
foot-wide rent in her hull,
floated the
into the
Royal on to
a bank, and afterwards hauled her up on the dry land,
and turned her
over.
by eighteen inches
in
A
space three feet in length
width was sawn out, as
hopelessly fractured, and
we commenced Our
bales.
it
was
to rebuild her
out of the remnants of dunnage, on which
accustomed to lay our cloth
we were
tools consisted
of a saw, two gimlets, a brace and bits, a hatchet, a
and two dozen screws.
rasp,
By
the evening of the
19th the repairs were completed, the boat was again launched,
engines were
the
and
fixed,
the
loads
replaced ready for the morrow's departure.
The Congo, ever
since our start
up the Biyerre on
the 17th, had been steadily falling, and as the Royal
was a deep
boat,
drawing three
feet six inches water,
we found the exploitation was not very easy whenever we left the main channels. At II A.M. we were skirting the hills of Upoto.
We
halted
here
purchase
to
provisions,
to
make
brotherhood with Lubungu and Ibanza or Minyoto,
and make a
A
treaty.
beautiful
piece
commanding a magnificent view was Representatives
from
Ukele,
of ground
also purchased.
Umangi, Mpissa, and
Iringi appeared also, and, being neighbours of Upoto,
we concluded
On
treaties
the 23rd
with them.
we passed
i883.
the river of TJbika, wdience
TEE CONGO.
172 1883.
issued
men who had overrun so much of the As the main force of the flood sheered left bank in this locality, we could only
wild
tlie
Dec. 23.
Upoto.
bank.
left
towards the
occasionally follow the right bank.
met
our rapid descent by steam and
in
This was the
prostrated us.
first
The
Cf>ld
winds
witli the current
time I had suffered
the slightest indisposition for months, because
while
we had been retiring before the In coming down fjom Stanley Falls as far as
ascending the river wind.
we were proceeding towards the wind-current. When we finally began
Upoto,
along the south-westerly
to
descend
— the force of the cur-
between two and three knots, blowing up from
rent,
sea
stretcli
flank of the
— the
six-knot speed of the steamers, increased the
force of the
knots,
wind which we had
which
at once
checked the insensible perspira-
and deranged the system.
tion,
coloured
man
fell
to face to about nine
victims to the
of this peculiar change.
Two first
whites and a
day's experience
Glass windows, which would
have served as a protection against the wind, and enabled us to pilot the steamers, would have saved us
many On
a day's illness.
the
24tli
we
passed by other villages of the
Wabika, who have been in their turn harried by the Bangala. lines
It
has taught them to build their village
along small tributaries of the Congo, the mouths
of which can be blocked, and insignificant points to the foe,
inland
when
expeditions.
by which they present
and secure
safe retreats
the Bangala are on one of their raiding
IMPUDENT THIEVING.
we soon " by Liiseiifi'o, " sight of the territory of Iboko.
afterwards came in
Passin";'
'
*'
Day found
Christmas
iis
halted at central Iboko, at
Kokoro, his son, was
severe ulcer in the village
and
The
Mala Bwyki.
ancient of the Bangala was absent at
bank.
Bukumbi on
suffering
the
from a
Boleko was removing his
foot.
his belongings in order to
occupy a new
lower end of Iboko.
Mbembe', the
clearing at the
second son, had departed on a trading tour to Langa-
Lan^a.
Njugu, the favourite nephew, had
children in one day
lost
four
by drowning, and was therefore
seeking forgetfulness of his sorrows in the beer-pot.
The
''cats
being awav, the mice began to play."
Thieving became rampant
were ripe in
for mischief
great numbers,
;
;
the "
unwashed
" of
Iboko
and they gathered on the bank
affecting
the brother of their " Lord of
much joy at beholding Many Gruns." But the
strong under-current of motives in pressing so warmly
by the
forward presently disclosed
itself
of " unconsidered trifles,"
A boat
opera-glass, a cap, a
the strangest
bag of
manner a
clothes,
sly abstraction
rowlock, a spear, an
an umbrella, and
in
tin-box, belonging to one of
who was always the most unsuspecting of individuals, and who required to be prompted on every the whites
occasion not to put too large a faith in affected friendships.
As
continual reports of theft
,}^^'i: Dec. 2o. iboko.
the landing-place of the old chief
left
\T6
by people who would
naturally steal so long as they were tempted by other people's gross negligence of their ow^n properties were
THE CONGO.
174 1883.
very irritating, our people received warning that the
iboko.
first
who brought news of a theft would be punished, and he who first caught a thief would be rewarded. For the result of this we had not long to wait a man :
was caught
and a dozen willing hands
in the act,
laid
The Bangala, however, rushed to the and seized him also, and would have succeeded
hold of him. rescue,
in wresting
up
him from
had
I
not hurried
to lend assistance.
We **
on board
bound him securely on the
principle
Orders were then given to
fast bind, fast find."
make
An
away
in triumj^h
carried our prisoner
the steamer, and
of
his captors
steam.
hour passed without further alarm.
man was caught
in the act of abstracting a boat flag,
with the intention doubtless of wearing loins.
Such an indignity
was not
to be permitted,
made on the
Then a
it
about his
to the golden-starred flag
and an impetuous rush was
prisoner, but he
by superhuman exertions
escaped.
Kokoro, hearing of of his father's subjects,
up and down the
all
these disgraceful proceedings
came
in a canoe,
and was paddled
river-side, threatening dire
vengeance
a loud, hoarse voice upon the thieves, but no one
in
j)ai(l
me
the slightest heed to him, seeing which he advised
to be
them.
on the
He
alert,
and catch every rogue among
advanced alongside of the steamer,
to look at
our prisoner, and was horrified to find that he was his
own son His stoicism was that of the slayer of the Tarquins.
A HOBRIFIED FATHER.
175
words would not
lie essayed to speak, but the
issue,
In a moment of rage he had condemned unwittingly his ov/n son.
Poor Kokoro
He
emotions were caused by. heir of Iboko, lands.
It
I
!
saw too well what
his
thought of his son, the
being a slave conveyed to unknown
was on the
tip
of
my
tongue
to order his
release to relieve the poor fellow's agony, but I desisted,
knowing the African too " Kokoro, if this
is
well.
However,
your son I
I said
shall obtain
:
my
pro-
perty back, and your boy will be returned safe into
your hands."
He went away his lips,
with head bent
and never spoke a
what he should say
island opposite.
finger
to the mother.
prisoner on board, Iboko
and we steamed across
for us,
to
the
Thither Njngu came, prompted by his
cousin Kokoro, to negotiate for his son's release. offered
on
w^ord, thinking perhaps of
With such an important was no place
down and
two tusks of ivory and two slaves
if
He
we would
free him.
" Not for twenty slaves, and twenty tusks of ivor3\
What do you mean by making blood-brotherhood with me and my people and then robbing us. To steal is to make war. War is met with war. Do you forget the Ibanza, who years ago Look
here,
you Njugu
!
descended by your town
?
Have you
quite forgotten
your trouble with Irebu, caused by the thieving of the
Bangala
?
Go back and
river to the Bakuti,
On
and
tell
Kokoro
I will
I
am
going down
take his son with me.
the tenth day I shall return, wdien I shall expect
i883. Dec. 25.
^^^^^
THE CONGO.
176 1883.
my
Uianga.
property back, and Kokoro will get bis boy safe '
Dec. 28.
,
^
Soon
ogain."
after
we continued our journey down
river.
On tlie 28tb, witb many we passed by tbe populous Ubengo, and
4
at
troubles from sand bars,
and
a
narrow cliannel
into
view early next
entered
p.m.
of Usimbi
districts
leading to Ukumira.
This
last
community came
Ukumira seemed
morning.
one body to greet
to liave projected itself in
It consists of
us.
twelve villages,
The
extending along a ten-mile length of river bank. land
is
very low but densely wooded, and the islands
opposite are remarkable for the apparent impenetrability
of their bush.
A few miles below Ukumira is the well-peopled distiict of Bungata, extended in a long line along the right
bank.
From
Congo
strikes obliquely across
to
of
its
upper end a spacious channel of the
be deflected along
Uranga
Congo.
it
left
bank,
bluff
banks
towards ihe
by the dry airy
Lukungu and we appear than Uranga
at the confluence of the
No
poured forth
sooner did its
multitudes,
who showed
the also
effusive de-
monstrations of welcome.
Our reputation evidently
had been widely extended
in our absence.
was even more cordial than Ukumira, the
left
Uranga bank vied
with the right bank in extending fraternal amenities.
Seventy well-manned canoes darted about
us, hailing
Bula Matari by name, wishing him " more power," dinning his ears with numberless invitations to their different villages,
nnd displaying noisy argumentative-
MATA HI.
POPULARITY OF DULA
177
nes3 about tbe superiority of their respective
One
of these clamorous
swept
chiefs.
canoe-crews was that which
luka of Lukolela alongside of
He had
us.
ventured to Uranga on a trading excursion, and had already acquired
a valuable
ivory,
we accompanied him
old friend,
whither presently
hotel-village,
of
\\\\\\q
was promising.
the prospect of increase
Being an
stock
all
the
Uranga
to
his
chiefs
gathered to make blood-brotherhood, to fraternise over
huge pots
full
of beer, and to exchange views for the
future settlement of a station, and arbitrament of disputes.
As every
canoe arriving up-river from the
cloth-marts of Irebu, Usindi, Lukolela, and Bolobo had
been bringing the the
fruit
news of Bula Matari's doings,
latest
was ready
ripe.
Uranga, while much
We
loud
made
but
a
treaty witli
harmless
fusilading
celebrated the event.
Starting from
Uranga
Equator Station at 4.20
8.20
at
a.m.,
we arrived
p.m., to find that
Yangelo and Coquilhat were
well,
at
Lieutenants
and that they had
extended their improvements by planting an avenue of bananas, besides in the station.
many
other
Ikenge, the native
ways beautifying was dead, and
chief,
no further trouble was anticipated from him.
Our
prisoner,
the grandson of
Mata Bwyki, was
introduced to Equator Station, to the " big house " of the
Mundele, to the other white to the piles of goods,
men and
to the garrison,
including the array of cloths, and
the wealth of vari-coloured beads
— in
might retain the best impressions, and Vol. II.— 12
order that he assist us
with
i883. "
.r^*^'
"
Uranga.
178 1884.
Jan.
THE CONGO.
,
what he had seen among
his artless story of
pale-
tlie
1.
iboko.
iJ^ces.
On
the
we
of January, 1884,
1st
started
on our
return journey to Ihoko, for the sake of our prisoner
and the consummation of other
Lieutenant
projects.
Coquilhat accompanied us.
We
arrived at Central Ihoko at 2 p.m. of the 5th.
Mata Bwyki was
thirty minutes after I
He was
Station.
treated,
by
his
He had
present.
in fact arrived only
had departed, hound
furious at the
Equator
for
manner we had heen
and now when speaking he was almost suffocated
own angry
when
passions,
me what
relating to
he had learned on his return. " Asfor Kokoro's son, keep
him
are restored.
You
away
sorry at
;
first
took him
hut
now
will be
an example
Tlie Gth passed
—that
It will
your goods
made us
all
brought him
that you have
back we have no fear of you.
and he
safe until
do him good,
to the rest."
away, and
still
the
young
fellow
was
on board, but on the 7th a grand council of the chiefs of Iboko was convened, and a great concourse of
men
attended.
During the
sitting
of the thieves
who was known
belonging to us was
men,
seize
Njugu whispered
j^rescnt.
him and hold him
to
" If fast.
to
me
that one
possess
articles
you can trust your Kokoro's son must
not be a captive alone."
A
my
confi-
twenty of the
boats'
few whispered instructions to one of
dential servants served to bring
crews ashore, with cords under their clothes.
The
thief
MOJiE PRISONERS.
was pointed
out,
and
tlie
179
obedient fellows so manociuvred of chiefs.
Of
course there
was confusion and excitement, wild
talk
and furious
gestures, but nevertheless
my men
con-
veyed the thief aboard, and bound him hand and
foot.
that he
The
was captured amidst the
council continued
circle
sitting after the subsidence
its
of the alarm, but in a few minutes another thief Avas arrested from behind one of the chiefs, and, despite
menaces, which
one
pushed
time
very narrowest verge of
safety,
patience
the
to
he was carried away
captive.
Old Mata Bwyki enjoyed himself immensely, Njugu
and Mbembe remained strangely quiet which caused
all
at
all
the chiefs to ask them what
this, all
it
meant.
Mata Bwyki
rose,
and
said
:
" It
only means that
Bula Matari knows the customs of the Bangala. thief
is
known, he may be held
tion of the stolen property is
now got
three
in
bond
until a restitu-
Bula jMatari has
made.
one of
prisoners,
If a
whom
is
my own
He shall keep them, sell them, or kill them —just as he may unless his property be returned to him. Bula Matari lias acted like a brother. He was robbed. He went away for ten days he came back to grandson.
—
;
give us another opportunity.
have stolen from him^ or
away and
cut
them up
else
in
Now he
little
find the goods
you
shall take his captives
pieces if he likes.
I
have spoken." Seeing which, the chiefs agreed with him that injury to a strong man, to Bula Matari,
to
do
was very impo-
i8.s4.
jboko.
THE CONGO.
180 1884. Jan. 7
litic.
iboko.
directions
The
befall
the
town-criers were therefore despatched in to
announce the doom that would surely
grandson of Mata Bwyki and two other
sons of the Bangala
As Iboko could
all
is
if
the goods were
not restored.
a very large settlement, this restitution
not be effected immediately, but
on the
9th,
one by one the plundered articles were brought to
Mata Bwyki, and the old chief returned them
Then when a due
inspection of the goods
made, and not one of the dozens of
me.
had been
articles abstracted
was found missing, the prisoners were conducted to Mata Bwyki,
to
who was
and
set free,
seen
to
smile
grimly on his wicked grandson, and was heard to
admonish the assembled Bangala
to leave the property
of Bala Matari severelv alone in future lest a dreadful fate
might overtake the guilty party.
On
the 10th a treaty was entered into with Iboko
and, in peace with
all
the Bangala, at evening
we
steamed away down the Congo.
Arriving at Equator Station, a curious story was related to us
proceedings,
by two European eye-witnesses of the the narration
of
which
recalls
our
to
We
memories the sanguinary customs of Dahomey.
had heard of cruel stories
sacrificing of life before
;
but the
were told by Africans, who have the habit of
relating events of this kind in the most matter-of-fact
manner.
When, however, Europeans
describe
them
they strike home to our sense of horror with a shocking force.
An
important chief of the neighbourhood
— an
old
A HORRIBLE MASSACRE.
181
and long-ago superannuated potentate, of whose
exist-
— died,
and,
ence
had
I
unaware
been
previously
according to the custom of the By-yanzi and Bakuti, slaves
had
land of
to
be massacred to accompany him to the
Accordingly the relatives and
spirits.
men began
many
to collect as
slaves as could be pur-
Lieutenant Vangele was chief of about
chased.
men, and on account of the good discipline of the
and
free-
the prompt
by the
obedience the
garrison,
paid
his
to
fifty
station,
commands
Bakuti imagined the soldier-
labourers in the pay of the Association to be slaves,
and proposed
was curious
to purchase
to
Yangele
a few. of them.
know why they wanted
the men, and
he was then informed of the preparations being made to celebrate the burial of their chief with an execution
Of
of slaves. horror,
course the proposal
was
rejected with
and the garrison chased the Bakuti wdth
sticks
out of the precincts of the station.
The mourning from the
interior, and,
that the execution
and
men
relatives finally secured fourteen
being notified by the villagers
was about
begin, M. A^angele
to
with a few of their
his friend proceeded
men
to
view the scene.
They found
quite a
number of men gathered around.
The doomed men seen were kneeling with bound behind them
young
tree,
in
arms
the neighbomhood of a
tall
near the top of which the end of a rope
had been lashed.
A
number
cord and hauled upon tree
their
was bent
like a
it
of
men
until the
bow.
One
laid hold of the
upper part of the
of the captives was
^'^'^*'
Equator.
TEE CONGO.
182 1834. Jan. 12.
Equator.
and the dangling- end of the rope was
selected,
Gncd Tound his neck
;
fast-
the tree sprang several inches
higher, drawing the man's form up, straining the neck,
and almost
lifting
The
the body from the ground.
executioner then advanced with his short broad-bladed
and measured
falchion,
weapon from the
his distance
At
his
position he intended to strike across
He
the nape of the neck. twice.
by stretching
repeated this operation
the third time he struck, severing the head
clean from the body.
It
was whipped up
by the spring of the released away.
several yards
tree
to the air
and sent rebounding
The remaining
captives were
despatched one after another in like manner.
Their
heads were unfleshed by boiling, that the skulls might decorate the poles round the grave.
The
bodies were
dragged away and thrown into the Congo saturated with the blood was gathered
with the defunct
the soil
up and buried
chief.
However much our young have wished
;
militai'y lieutenant
might
to exert himself to save these victims of
savage usage, since money would not buy their liberty,
he had
to content himself
as yet
helpless.
come
in
hurried.
its
own
To
The year
to
On
of grace
destined time, but
will it
no doubt
may
not be
violently resist the butchers with rifles
would simply have been and
with knowing that he was
to
make them
victims instead,
depopulate the land. the 13th
we
left
Equator Station, and arrived
Usindi late in the afternoon.
at
Yuinbila, the guide, was
delivered, with his wages, to his master Miyongo,
who
BOLODO AGAIN BURNT. was
also
183
made liappy with a munificent reward
for the
1884. ,'
loan of the services of his servant.
Leaving Usindi, we
lialted at
>,"
,
Ngomhe,
to
exchange
friendly gifts, and to obtain a promise of concessions
and on the 14th we arrived
at Lukolela.
Young Glave,
made much of an advance
of Yorkshire, had not
in the
work was hard
construction of his station, as the
;
but
he himself, which was of more importance, was in
He was
extraordinary condition.
as fat as a butcher's
boy, he had become double-chinned, and amplified a
Petted by the natives, he was
third larger in body.
beloved by his garrison, and was on excellent terms
with himself. ture-making
and
He had
—had
shelves.
been devoting himself to furni-
made
He had
chairs, tables, doors, shutters,
a good deal to say of the curious
him during
diseases revealed to
Fevers were almost unknown sores,
and similar
;
his stay at Lukolela.
but whitlows,
ulcers,
were frequent and an-
troubles,
noying.
The gravest news we contained in a note from
received .the
For the second time the the ground
On the
from Lukolela was
chief of Bolobo Station.
station
had been burnt
to
!
15th
we
arrived at Bolobo, and saw for our-
selves the relics of the destructive conflagration
houses, goods,
rifles,
— the
even the Krupp's carriage had
been destroyed, and the ammunition and
shells
had
exploded.
The
story told to
me was
'
that a sick man, getting
light-headed, and feeling that his end
was approaching,
THE CONGO.
184 188+.
r.oiobo.
When
resolved to have an honourable burial. ^^^^
body was enveloped in thousands of yards of
tlie
clot]],
and interred with protracted ceremonies. Kegs of
gunpowder were consumed grave
a chief
slaves
;
in the volleys fired over the
were massacred, and the
with the blood
;
his favourite wives
He,
their bodies laid alongside.
soil
was saturated
were strangled, and
friendless, sick,
and
dying, pined for this honour, and crept by night to
apply the destructive torch to Bula Matari's houses.
Although he
w\ns arrested while flying
from the scene,
nothing could be done to avert or check the catastrophe.
Being thatched with grass baked crisp by the tropic the
sun,
glutted only site
fiend
fire
when
rushed up to the sky, and was a few crimson embers
of our unfortunate station.
sliells
To avoid
marked the the bursting
the garrison had to fly to the saw-pits, and to
the hollows by the river-side.
During the excitement
the prisoner fled, to die in the forest beyond Bolobo, satisfied,
his
mad
no doubr, with the honours he had w^on by freak.
But however
this second destruction
may have
been
caused, this third event during the administration of
the chief of sinister
the station
influence
appeared to prove that a
affected
Bolobo,
which
probably
might be averted by a judicious change of masters. Lieutenant Liebrechts, who, while at Leopoldville,
seemed
was
to be a sufferer
inelastic in
from chronic
movement,
debility, so that
pallid of face,
and
he
infii-m
of step, had been transferred in September to Bolobo.
We lialf expected to hear that he was among the missing,
NEWS OF THE
MISSIONARIES.
homewards
or had departed
185
but our astonishment was
;
very great when a strong, martial-looking figure appeared at the landing-place to greet tion of health
the perfec-
and condition, and disclosed himself
To
as Lieutenant Liebrechts. to us flushed
us, in
see a
man
to us
thus restored
with strength, a new and richer bloom of
manhood on
his face,
and the light of renovated
life
glancing from his eyes, reconciled us to hear with patience the tale of the second burning of Bolobo.
This
was
the
is
young gentleman
whom
to
subsequently
intrusted the reconstruction of the station, and,
though
months have elapsed since the period
fifteen
of his appointment, nothing has occurred to cause us to doubt that the
unkind Fates have not been
at last
duly propitiated.
The news we learned and missionary
emerged
efforts,
at the
at Bolobo, relating to political
was that Dr. Ballay had
mouth of
structed a station at Bossi.
the Likuba,
The
at last
and had con-
chief of the Livingstone
Inland Congo Mission had been a visitor at Bolobo prospecting for a
site,
and had
finally selected
below Clnnnbiri, as a suitable
Misongo,
locality to establish a
mission-house.
On The
the
station
18th
we
arrived
were
Kwamouth
Station.
was well advanced, food was abundant, and
the natural advantages were
On
at
tlie 2()tli
of January
we
many. arrived at Kinshassa, and
gratified to observe the station not only in process
of erection, but rapidly approaching completion, under the grove of
mighty baobab which characterises
this
i884.
Bd'obo.
THE CONGO.
186 1884.
Kinsiiassa.
and steady
Consistent, patient conduct,
district.
for-
b^arancG had performed wonders, and the most intractable
community on the Uj)per Congo had been con-
verted to have a perfect faith in our honesty and in
the purity of our motives.
Two
hours
leaving Kinsliassa, the
after
flotilla
steamed into the cove of Le'opoldville, from which
it
had been absent 146 days, having meantime tiavelled 3050 miles on the Upper Congo.
might be expected from the happy
Le'opoldville, as
selection
rishing bells,
of
Lieutenant Yalcke, was a
chief.
its
For from the matin
station.
excepting Sundays, work
to
the vesper
—purposeful By
ran on in a steady, unruffled current.
flou-
work means,
this
nature assisting, the gardens teemed with abundance,
and the houses lined the terrace in an imposing row, so that our guests
from
Nyangwe
uttered exclamations
of admiration which were indeed echoed
Nor on searching
on the boats.
any cause found
for
regret.
by everybody
into details
All
the
was there
chiefs
round
about were on excellent terms with the Europeans the market
that the
held at Le'opoldville Plaza supplied
community needed.
break of temper, and,
magazines were
full
ing enough
supply
River, and
to
for tlie
There had been no out-
consequently,
marring or inharmonious
incident
of goods
new
all
all
to
there
was no
relate.
The
and provisions, contain-
the stations on the
Upper
places to be established on the
next journey to the regions above.
Meantime, on the Lower Congo, owing
to
the fact
'
'
I'
l"lli''T!l'J!1'l'fl!1!l'l 'i':f 'l
gT'
''"
:ir'7 :T '
!'
: r i
AGAIN AT LEOPOLD VILLE.
me
that the su[)eiior j)erson promised to
and second
principal assistant,
had not arrived, the confusion
cliict
187
1882 as
in
or administrator,
liad
been very great at
D
had made only
a short stay at Vivi, but his reign
had been a singu-
onr principal base.
unhappy
larly
" Captain
one.
Owing
reason, Yivi, both with
was
"
some incomprehensible
to
Europeans and natives,
its
in a ferment continually.
Finally, Sir Frederick
Goldsmith had. appeared, and had relieved the station
D
of the presence of " Captain "
Sir Frederick
.
had himself made an inspection of the country as as
but had
Isangila,
kindly influi'nce
Lower River
returned to Europe, and the
had
that
became
begun
governing
extinguished
this
failed
to
Augean
relieve
me
of 120 letters awaiting Falls,
his
depar-
to
and
all
of the manifold complaints
me on my
and revealed a
my
absence.
Out
return from the
state of affairs that
abandon the hope that while
away on
each
but thirty contained the most deplorable
all
accounts,
died
at
but
station,
that poured to Le'opoldville during
me
glow on the
to
Chief after chief had tried their fortunes with
ture.
had
far
the
the
Chief
of
Upper Congo.
might be possible
it
the
compelled
could ever be reme-
Expedition remained
With an
efficient
second
it
yet, but, excepting the notice of Sir
Frederick Goldsmith,
who had
already returned to
Europe, there was no promise or indication that the Comite' intended to assist
me
after seeing the steamers
and boats duly prepared and
equijDped,
with anyone.
Therefore,
and framing most elaborate instructions
for
issi.
LeopoMville
THE CONGO.
188
/V
'
"
viiie.
guidance of
the
1334
sides
seeino:
that
my
deputy, Captain
our Arab
2^uests
Hanssens, Le-
had been con-
ducted to the sea and back to Leopoldville, I turned
my
steps towards Yivi, twenty-four hours before the
gallant Captain departed on his long journey to Stanley Falls.
QOOV-liYE TO LEOPOLD VILLE.
189
CHAPTER XXXII. RETURN TO
VIVT.
—
—
A promising farewell Ngalyema's last words Encouraging resolutions of the officers— Hospitality of the natives as we pass— Nselo ferry Quarrel between Ngombi and Mbimbi Peace-making Forms of our treaties with native chiefs List of
Starting of our caravan
—
—
districts
—An
—
their chiefs— The cut-throat Lutete
and
is
changed
for the
—
Lava at Kalulu and dangerous crevasse Falls: "Whence has it come?" Manyanga " higgledy-piggledy " Hospitality at the mission-house of Mr. and Mrs. Ingham A pretty station Luiraa and Lunionzo valleys Climate and health Congo better
extending
—
—
—
la
Ox
Lemba— View
the T i
coast,
success
the
of Vivi
—Unhappy reflections upon
morning our caravan was was
^
-\
deeply
to
its neglect.
start
I'll impressed with
spacious
n
we had carved
and converted into
about
oi
For on
15,000 square
out of the side of Leopold a
grand
market-place, were assembled the
and a few hundreds of
f
prooi
the
terrace, covering
the
for
•
which our patient labours had won.
yards, which Hill,
—
—
promenade
and
chiefs of Kintarao
their people
to
give
me
a
" good-bye."
Ngalyema had long ago emerged out of of childish tutelage.
He was
state of military subordination
a complete
—
as
much
the state
man as
in a
an inde-
i884. ^^'"^''^'i
-0-
L^opoU-
190 1884.
March
THE CONGO.
.
pendent
He knew
could well be.
fiborl2^Inal chief
In's
20.
Leopold-
Sundays as well
ville.
any of
as
them by hoisting the
of
and kept due observance
us,
gold-star flag at sunrise
was not averse
picking up
to
respecting the sea-lands
;
trifles
now exchanged
A
without expecting more than their value.
few times
also
he had surprised
of sentiments that caused the
to detect if possible
For instance, ^'
that the
me
me by
to glance sharply at
him
that prompted them.
spirit
gifts of friends
"
A
should not be examined as
pea-nut from a true friend
is
than a bunch of bananas from an enemy."
better
"
Among
"
A look When
you may sleep with open doors."
friends
into a friend's eyes
of cloth from a I
man you
is
better than a treasure
doubt."
my men
had drawn
in
charge
my
white sons
whom
I
was
rude to him and his people,
was going away
when they came differ
We
are
all
old
man
is
;
line,
He
pressed forward for a last word.
to be
the utterance
sounded oddly to be told by Ngalyema
it
to their worth."
men
of information
he had droj^ped his natural
petulance and inordinate heroics, and. gifts
he
requiring hostages^ and
friendly visits without
paid
;
me
wished
to leave
now
Ngalyema to
behind not
that the father
not to push and smack his children
to visit the station, for, said he,
"White
from one another as much as black men. friends
gone
and he speaks
and brothers now, but when the
tlie
young man's head grows
witli a loud
you leave behind that
tliey
Bula Matari's brothers."
tongue
;
charge
largo,
tlie
sons
do not forget that we are
A FROMISINQ FAREWELL.
Whereupon
Seymour
I called Captain
and presented him
to
Ngalyema
He
you would believe in me.
not afraid of him. that he
when
it
If
begins to change
the evil spirit
is
him
in
slow to anger, not
;
this face
its
Watch
it
colour 3-ou will
be
know
turns black you will
it
become your enemy.
lias
is
daily,
and
know
that
until that time sleep in peace.
Fare you well, Ngalyema, Makabi, Mubi, old Ngako,
and you Manswala, Ganchu,
Enje'li
—good-bye
all
of
you!
The
large caravan lifted
its
burdens and struck out
along the road leading to the coast,
many
of the
men
never again to see Leopoldville, which they had
as-
The parting with the Europeans was With Captain Saulez's promise ringing
sisted to build. affectionate.
in
my
he would distinguish his governor-
ears, that
ship by the industrious improvement of Leopoldville, until
it
became a model station
and the assurance of
;
Dr. van den Heuvel that he would complete his sana-
torium on the summit of Le'opold Hill, and perform his duties
manfully and nobly
;
with the carpenter
Schnoor's promise that I should hear no
him
;
ill
repute of
with Ctiptain Hanssens' declaration that he would
be wary and watchful on the Upper Congo, and
with the natives;
garrison,
patient
— with good words, in short, of noble
resolves from each
and
all,
and loud cheers from the
and waving of hands from the throngs of
natives, T followed
issi.
'l.:oi.oM-
him
Believe in
While he wears
apt to break his word.
up,
Saiilez
for final words.
" See, Ngalyema, this son of mine. as
191
my caravan now travelling eastward.
ville.
THE CONGO.
192
Along
1884.
Leopold^'''^'
had collected
road the friendly chiefs
the
great earthen jars full of fresh and foaming palm-juice.
At every
village
to give
cold water drink,
and
women had
the
myself and
prepared pots
my
of
people a parting
to bid us kindly adieus.
Ngamberengi, Ngoma, and old Makoko were by the roadside with their friends, slaves, and children, to see
we
passed showed the
appearances of a general holiday.
The acquaintance
the last of us, and every village
of
many months
full
Not a shadow remained of the doubt
friendship.
which
with them had ripened into a
times blinded their eyes and clouded
in old
The fond regard we had mutually con-
their vision.
ceived towards one another was unmistakeably genuine.
Their rough hands, often horny from labour and usage,
me
as
any that
our march to Inkissi
we
slept first at
felt
warm
as
to
I
ill-
had touched
elsewhere.
On
Ngoma's, a
place which rests lovingly under the lee of the shelter-
ing mountain of lyumbi.
We
crossed the breezy ridge
whence we may gaze over a world of lower hill-domes divided from one another by the sinuous lines of dark
We
foliage.
at
its
base,
plunged down into the cool
and emerged into
the spines of level ridges.
hollows
made
fresh
We
full
forest tangle
sunlight tracing
dipped down into the
with streams and verdure, and
then climbed up to rest under Mbe's friendly and grateful palms. land, with the
down over
its
Along an
elevated and grassy table-
Congo a few miles
to our right tearing
successive terraces,
we next
journeyed.
Swfillllil^^
NSELO FERRY.
Beyond
banana
Kinzila's
cones
down on winding
descended
to
brawling Lulu, and
the
west camped on a
the
opposite
we
proves
cross the pellucid waters of
a few miles
193
square-browed
hill
Nsangu, whence we looked
of
woods crowned with
belts of tall
impervious leafage, on which the sunshine broke out in sprays as the breeze kissed the
pendulous and
deli-
cate tops.
Over
long, grassy ridges
pleasant peoples to see
and followed
a road which gently undulated
us, until
we urged our way, being greeted by
who we
flocked from their
happy
villages
stood over a deep-wooded gorge
through which the full-volumed Inkissi River flowed strongly past the ferry to
fall
lower
down
in beautiful
cascades to the Congo.
The guardians of western
side,
the
and the word
Bula Matari and
Nselo on the
ferry are at is
loudly that
holloa'd
The
his people are come.
chiefs of
Nselo are in our pay, and Teceive monthly subsidies like others.
They accordingly hasten
with their canoes, assiduously, and us such further welcome as
to ferry us
over
in their village
give
commend them
favourably
to kind consideration.
Beyond Nselo the country
is
for
a
considerable
distance level, feeders of the Inkissi skirring,
the plateau on which
the
We
Congo
to be
we
travel.
spur towards
Vol. II.— 13
of us,
are too far from
annoyed by the deeply-grooved
cross a lovely little stream,
inclined
We
left
hills.
and follow a gentle
Mbimbi, near which we
see.
i884.
Kinziia.
1884.
Mbimbi.*
THE CONGO.
'
194
suspended to a
a felon
tree,
Congo-land has condemned
whom Judge Lynch
of
for pilfering in the public
market.
The
folks of Mbinibi
our carriers
for here are
sweep the
welcome us with gleeful shouts,
huts,
who know
and tidy them
us
They
all well.
for their guests, while
bowls and foaming pots of palm-wine come forth as a grateful testimony of their regard for us.
Ngombi,
close
by to the
me
of Mbimbi, and the chiefs of the latter wish
how
advise them of
is
a storm in a teapot, truly
|)reaching peace
work of
to
to slake their fury in the best blood
Here
Ngombi.
anger
right, has excited the
and brotherhood
'
is
!
My
not yet
ended, and so they have to listen to paternal admonitions to keep the peace.
be closed
No
!
be heard
;
The road
cannot,
must
fighting nor sounds of gunshot
the carrier travels with
not,
must
empty hands but
loaded back, and they must not be frightened by the noise of strife, the cries of war, &c. of to
Mbimbi promise
So the people
faithfully to cloak their wrath.
But
ensure their loyal observance of their promises a
treaty route,
is
made with them,
that, in
as with each chief along the
consideration of certain quantities of
them monthl}^ they
cloth to be paid to
shall abstain
from acts of aggression and violence against their neighbours. negotiations,
Tlie purport of this, as of other similar
may
be best understood by the perusal of
the following forms
:
FOUMS OF
TR-EATIES.
195
{Copy.)
Expedition Internationale du Haut-Congo.
Village of Banza Mbuba, District of Nzungi, March 26th, 1884. undersigned
chiefs of Nzungi, agree to recognise the i884. the Association Internationale Africaine, and in sign Mnrch 2fi, Nzungi. thereof adopt its flag (blue with a golden star). We declare we shall keep
"Wo,
the
sovereignty of
the road open and free of
all
tax
and impost on
all
strangers arriving
with the recommendation of the agents of the above Association. All troubles between ourselves and neighbours, or with strangers of any nationality, we shall refer to the arbitration of the above Association. We declare that we have not made any written or oral agreement with any person previous to this that would render this agreement null and void.
We declare
that from henceforth
wo and our successors
the decision of the representatives of the Association in
ing our welfare or our jiossessions, and that
we
agreement with any person without referring
Manyanga
all
or the chief of Leopoldville, or act in
all
shall abide
by
matters affect-
shall not enter into
any
matters to the chief of
any manner contrary
to
the tenor or spirit of this agreement.
Witnesses
Keekuru, his X mark, Chief of Nzungi.
—
O mark,
Dualla, his
Nseka, his X mark, Chief of Banza Mbuba.
Chami Pard.
Mwamba,
his
x mark,
of Makitu's.
Nzako, his X mark, Banza Mbuba.
X mark, Of Banza Mbuba.
Insila Mi^aka, his
Iriaki, his
X mark,
Chief of Banza Mbuba.
(Treat !/.)
Henry M. Stanley, Commanding Expedition du Haut Congo, acting in the name and on behalf of the " Association Internationale Africaine," and the king and chiefs of Ngombi and Mafela, having met together in conference at South Manyanga, have, after deliberation, concluded the following treaty, viz. Art.
I.— The
:
chiefs of
desirable
Xgombi and Mafela
that
recognise that it is highly the " Association Internationale Africaine
THE CONGO.
196
should, for the advancement of civih'zation and trade, be
J384 April
They
firmly established in their country.
1.
own
freely of their
Manyanga,
now,
therefore
accord, for themselves and
their heirs
and successors for ever, do give up to the said Association the sovereignty and all sovereign and governing rights to all their territories. They also promise to assist the said Association in its work of governing and civilising this country, and to use their influence with all the other inhabitants, with whose unanimous api^roval they make this treaty, to secure obedience to all laws made by the said Association, and to assist by labour or otherwise, any works, improvements, or expeditions which the said Association shall cause at any time to be carried out in any part of these territories. Art. II.
—The
Ngombi and Mafela
chiefs of
i^romise at
times to
all
join their forces with those of the said Association, to resist
the forcible intrusion or repulse the attacks of foreigners of
Art. III.
any nationality or
— The viz.,
colour.
country thus ceded has about the following boundaries, the whole of the Ngombi and Mafela countries, and
any others tiibutary to them and the chiefs of Ngorabi and Mafela solemnly affirm that all this country belongs absolutely to them that they can freely dispose of it and that they neither have already, nor will on any future occasion, make any treaties, grants, or sales ot any parts of these ;
;
;
territories to strangers
without the permission of the said
All roads and waterways running through this
Association.
country, the right of collecting tolls on the same, and fishing,
all game, mining, and forest rights, are to be the absolute pro-
perty of the said Association, together with any unoccupied
lands as Art. IV.
—The
may
at
any time hereafter be chosen.
" Association Internationale Africaine
the chiefs
of
Ngombi and Mafela
the
*'
agree to pay to
following
of merchandise, viz., one piece of cloth per
month
articles
to each of
the undersigned chiefs, besides present of cloth in hand
;
and
the said chiefs hereby acknowledge to accept this bounty and
monthly subsidy in
full
settlement of
all
their
claims on
the said Association. Art.
v.— The 1.
"Association Internationale Africaine"' promises: To take from the natives of this ceded country no occupied
by mutual agreement. utmost the prosperity of the said country. inhabitants from all oppression or foreign
or cultivated lands, except 2.
3.
To promote To protect
to its its
intrusion. 4. It
authorizes the chiefs to hoist
its flag
;
to settle all local
FORMS OF TREATIES. disputes or palavers
;
and
197
to maintain its authority with
the natives.
Agreed
to,
signed and witnessed, this 1st day of April, 1884.
Henry M. Stanley. Witnesses to the signatures —
Tonki, his X mark, Senior Chief of Ngombi.
E. Spencer Burns.
D. Lehrman. ^^^^^^-
Mampuya,
his
X mark,
Senior Chief of Mafela.
We, the undersigned
chiefs of the districts i^laced opposite
our names
helow, do hereby solemnly bind ourselves, our heirs and successors, for the purpose of mutual support and protection, to observe the following articles
Art.
I.
:
— We agree title of
and combine together, under the name and
to unite
the
'•
New
Confederacy," that
towns and
their
villages, shall
territory, to be henceforth
Art. II.
—We
is,
our respective
known
as the
New
Confederacy.
declare that our objects are to unite our forces
means
for the
common
districts,
be embraced by one united
defence of
aud our
the districts comprised
all
within the said territory to place our forces and our means under such organization as we shall deem to be best for the common good of the people and the welfare of the confederacy. ;
Art. III.
— The
New Confederacy may be extended by the admission of such districts adjoining those mentioned before, when their chiefs have made application, and exjiressed their consent to
all
the articles herein mentioned. Art. IV.
—We, the
people and the chiefs of the
the blue flag with the golden
New
Confederacy, adopt
in
the centre for our
star
banner. Art. V.
— The
Art. VI.
confederated districts guarantee that the treaties made between them shall be respected.
— The
public force of the confederacy shall be organized at the
rate of one
man
out of every two
men
able to bear arms
;
of
native or foreign volunteers. Art. VII.
— The
organization, the armament, equipment, subsistence of
this force, shall be confided to the chief agent in Africa of the
" Association Internationale du Congo."
To the above articles, which are the results of various conventions held between district and district, and by which we have been enabled to understand the common wish, we sovereign chiefs, and others of the
THE CONGO.
198 1884. Api'il !•
Congo district hereby append onr names, pledging ourselves to adhere to each and every article:
Manyauga.
{
Mark „
of Matanga.
Mahimpi Mbeza. Mbambi. Mbango Mpambo. Mkote.
District of
Khionzo
Mango Mbando. Mbango Mkote. MiJambo Kionzo. Mtimpi Mavungo. Mtimi^i
Mpambo.
Mambouko Ntamo. Massala.
Vivi Maviingu. Kapita. District of Vivi
Benzani Congo.
Mku. Mambuku. Ngufu Mpauda.
Vivi
Dedede. Samuna. Sanda Mundele.
Sanda Mallele. Sanda Mpolele.
Mkandu. N'Sanda Manena. Nebangi. District de
Nsanda
Neknmbi. Ngomi. Netzima.
Suka Madrata. Makaya. Mganga. Kapita Nsanda. Kapita Fontula. Sanda Nlell6. District de Boete
Boete Nzita. Fulula.
Mavinga.
Nzau. Ngombi. District de
Mgangila
Pambu. Makambu. Kajiita.
Nimpangi. Nekinga.
CONGO DISTRICTS AND CHIEFS. Mark District de Msulca
District de
Sadika Banzi.
District de Lefuna.
District de Yellala.
District de Kinzala
District de LusaJct
Kindunga
District de Vivi
District de Isangila
District de
Ngoma
District de
Chiama Mhongo
of
Msuka Mkwete.
199
THE CONGO.
200 1884. April 1.
Mark District of Izenda Nzendi.
.
J
Manyanga. |
District de
Limama Mayoukona
District dt Lutete
.
.
Ne
„
N'Zaozi.
Limama
„
Lutete Kimprika. Tedede.
.
Ndamhi Mbo7igo
„
.
Mbiiida
„
„
„
Chionzo
„
Kihwanda
,,
Kineati.
„
Kimbunda
Ntete.
„ District
„ .
„
District de Sellele
District de
.
„
Sellele.
„
Loanda Maswambu.
„
Nassoma.
„
Natela.
„
Ichiama lOmpioka.
„
Chiomkiandu Kilonda).
,,
Lussala Yori
i
T
f
„
Masivamba
Chionzo.
„
„
„
de Ganya
Ndambi Mbongo. Mazau Chama (Bindu).
„
„ .
,,
»
,
•
1
Ichiamambourn
^,
Kussala.
(
BusallaBusundil ,, , >Monauganda. -r 1
„
.
,
Ichiamkumama
I
Lema (Makanga).
„
Sakola
„
Ichiamdebe (Melonde). Salamamboina (Makanga). Lussala Wala.
,,
,,
I
Mayiikona.
Matanga Sissulv/a (Kirabwanda). Ichiakundama (Kineati). Ichiamboma (Banza Kimbunda). Ichiama Mbongo. Lengo Mbenza. Ichimo Mvangu Makari. Lakali Bwadi Matombukele.
„
.
Linza.
„
„ District of
of Izenda N'Zendi.
„
„
Inkelia Lnbrofa.
Kingoma. District de
Naluma
District de
Ntombo
Sukibola.
Lutete Mayungi. Kinkela Lenga (Nsanda Ntombo) r
District de Yon;,a
„
Malonore.
Mavindi. Ichiampanzu.
.
Mavambu. I
„
Ichiakundama (Nganda). Lutete Ngoma. Lutete Nsona.
District de
Kikai
.
Tiama Surapa. Naboela (Nsundi).
Kikundama.
CONGO DISTRICTS AND CHIEFS. '
District de
Moinzi
District de
Kissimha
District de
Kompola
District de
Wunki
.
Mark
of Kinkela Nzita.
201
THE CONGO.
202
'Mark of Ionia Mboma (Ngombe).
1884. April 1.
„
Manvansa.
„ „
Lutete Mavungu (Kiamba). Sakala Mbwoka (Kaiji) Movemba Motunda (Ntando
Ngombe). District de
Ntomho „
Siku Zambi (Makanga). Lutete Mokidi (Nakaji KunaZoele),
„
Kinkela Makinzi (Kiukongo).
„ „ „
Mivinze (Kissinga). Sakala Makanza (Mankamba). Mkanda (Bauza Nyunga).
„
Mkanda (Banza
„
Kassungwa (Banza Makango). Cliiko Mayaka (Kiviza).
„
I.
District de
Mohanga
District de
Mahunga
„
Xytinga).
Bako (Mbanza Tampala). District de Glonala
J
Ichiama Kundi. Bangazi.
Matunda Mkassa. Kussala Mputu.
Mbongo (Mavula). Msuka Banza ( ). „ Issuki a
Malembessa District de
Bemha
„
(
).
Chiamq, Lutiiba (Madioka).
NampoUele „ ( Glonalla Makuta Didela
).
(Ksala).
Cliiama.
Naowami (Monasala). Mayemba (Mokinanga). Kinsiola (Kiukiuka).
District de
Ngomhe
Yandudu. Namampuia. Mangomole (Nsieka Mavalu). Bikandii.
Banuini.
Nampampuia
(Ivnnango).
Makaia
(
„
Kivcsna (Kimbuku). Mandangi (Kimbongo).
Qualuka (Unatiba). District de
Kimpiri
Mayemba
(Kissenga).
Zenga (Ngola). Moyola (Kinkiilu). iS'iahibu (Koisefu).
Nalekete (Kintoko).
Mbuku
(Kiijaji).
).
CONGO DISTRICTS AND Mark District de
Buht
of
CHIEFS.
Sumbu
(Bulu).
Makito.
Nubukutu. Nawaji.
Nzilabonda (Ntandu).
Kebawcle (Kimbonda).
Namoina Kibonda
.
.
.
{
(Maiitoba).
Mayossa (Mbindi).
Bemba
(Kiboli).
Mswekx (Kimpange). Betani (Nsandu).
Minina (Broende).
Kwemsunga
(Kulonde).
Sukula Mboiiga. Tambele. Yenga. Nampuia.., District de
Kalemha
.
Nzangi (Makaji). Gampoia. Lussilo (Konzo).
Monayendi. Kiboli (Kibunga).
District de Losi
Kimponda (Kituuda), District de
Kihindika
Lomba. .
Makiona. Matai-i.
Niangana. MayeHa. District de
Kwakalla.
Ntombo
Makitu. Fihxnkoiim.
Lougozi.
Masuka. Baghidi. District de
Banzi Kimbuko
Petelo.
Lovamba. Liifuanzu. District de
Ngoya
.
Borgi.
Kimbwanga. District de
Lemba
Petolo. .
Komingo.
District de
Mbu
Makwata. Gomantade. Gongoulu. Jos.
1884. April 1.
Manyanga.
Nausudi (Kaladi).
District de
203
204
THE CONGO. Mark
1884. April 1.
„
Manyanga. District de
of Tanglongo.
Matuso Mboiigo.
„
Kanza.
„
Mkossa.
„
Mavungu. LuYOuma.
Xdandanga
,,
Petelo. „ District de
Ngomhi
,,
„
Zoa Manipuya. Mswalu. Tong. Tuiizo Mivembo. Mballa. Petelo.
District de
Mpanga
,,
Yinda.
„
Lolowe.
,
Melengo.
„
Ngombe (Ngombe).
„
Makitu (Banza Kandoke).
„
Lutete (Lufunchou).
„
Issa.
„
Dongo (Banza Kindingo). Tiamutulu (Kinangilwa).
„
District de Lutete
Missanga.
„
„
Kinonga.
„
Nsumbu (KimbaEda).
„
Dolorwala.
„
Ntoba (Funzou). Chiakambongo (Nzoiindon).
„ „
Petelo Secca (Nkoko).
„
Petelo
„
Bemba.
„
Sumba
(Kinibenza)
Bolotovo (Kindemba).
Tusa. District de Sello
Challa.
Cojji/
of Mr. Stinhi/'s remarks.
N.B. At Isangila IVIessrs. Morgan, Parmintcr, A'an Kerchoven, and Hortwig were present. From Isangila to Luln on South Bank, in presence of Messrs. Morgan and Par m inter. Lutete Kuna, a native of Nsanda, present as interpreter. Originals sent to Brussels with Mr. Morgan, who sent receipt to Lieutenant Valcke.
Gen. Goldsmith received copy. I received a copy.
H. M.
S.
FOBM OF
TBEATIES.
205
iCopy.)
ExPKDiTioN Internationale du IIaut-Congo.
Pallaballa, Vdlh .
April, 1884.
A Supplementary Treaty made this day between H. M. Stanley, Chief Agent of the Association Internationale Africaine, and the undersigned chiefs of the districts of Pallaballa, to explain the meaning and spirit of term " Cession of Territory," found in the Treaty made 8ti2 January 1883, between Lt. Van do Veldc and the said chiefs of Pallaballa.
I.
— It
if.
agreed between the above parties that the term " Cession of " does not mean the purchase of the .soil by the Associa-
Territory
but the purchase of the suzerainty by the Association, and acknowledgment by the undersigned chiefs.
tion,
its just
II.
— It
is
well understood by the undersigne
arbitration between the chiefs
any colour or nationality,
foreigners of
Internationale Africaine
tion
matters
1
chiefs that the right of
and natives of Pallaballa and is
all
conceded to the Associa-
that the right of governing, of
;
strangers of any colour or and the natives of Pallaballa of deciding in all affairs when appealed to by the undersigned chiefs of deciding what Europeans shall .settle in any part of the district of Palla-
arranging
all
affecting
nationality
;
;
balla,
conceded
is
in
to
full
The undersigned
Africaine.
the
Association Internationale
declare themselves as accepting the iiag of the Association Internationale Africaine,
as a sign to
all
men
and that no other
chiefs
also
that the Association
flag shall
is their accepted suzerain, be hoisted within the limits of the
In consideration of which the undersigned and shall receive the monthly pay promised treaty made with Lt. Van de Velde.
district of Pallaballa.
chiefs are entitled to
them
in the
first
All these being fully explained to the undersigned chiefs, they have affixed their
marks
in
te>timony of their adhesion to the terms and spirit
of this supplementary treaty.
H. M. Stanley,
Commanding Expdn. du Haut-Congo. Witnesses
(Signed)
—
Henry Craven. Livingstone Mission.
DuALLA.
Noso, his X mark. Kiangala, his X maik. Talente, his
X mark.
Nefutila, his
X mark.
Nelombe-Katende, his X mark.
1884. '^l"''
I'J-
P:tllaballa.
206
THE CONGO.
-
{Copy.)
Expedition Internationale du Haut-Congo.
South Manyanga Station, March 1884.
March
We, the
chiefs
Dongosi and Knkuru of Yoonda,
sole
31s^, 1884.
masters of the
of that name, having applied to Henry M. Stanley, Chief of the Manyauga. Expedition Internationale du Congo, to enter into that confederacy of 31.
fjigtrjct
native chiefs
now
established between Stanley Pool and South Manyanga,
and all members
the responsibilities
and privileges undertaken or enjoyed by the
of that confederacy being explained to us, we hereby enter into agreement with the said Henry M. Stanley, and bind ourselves, our
an
heirs
and successor?,
to observe the following articles
:
I._We shall keep all roads passing through our district free of duty, tax or impost to all strangers, white or black, who shall have the recommendation or good-will of the Association Internationale Africaine. II.
— We surrender
all
right to collect taxes or imposts to the agents of
the said Association.
III.— We agree
to recognize the sovereignty of the said Association,
adopt the flag of the Association, blue, with a golden
and
star, as a sign
thereof.
lY.
— We shall
refer to the said Association all matters relating to the
government, all questions affecting the peace of the country, all troubles between ourselves and neighbours, or between ourselves
and strangers of any colour or nationality, to the arbitration and decision of the Agent of the Association Internationale Africaine.
v.— We
declare that we have not made any agreement, oral or written, with any person that would render this agreement null and void in any particular.
YI.
— We declare that from henceforth we and our successors and subjects shall abide
by the decision of the Chief-Agent of the Association
Internationale Africaine in all matters affecting our welfare, our
any and that we shall not act contrary to the spirit of this agreement in any particular, on pain of forfeiting all subsidies, gifts, or presents made to us by the agents of the Association. In possessions, or our relations to our neighbours, or strangers of
colour,
witness whereof
we have
l^roxies to sign this
sent our confidential servants as our agreement, having understood its contents and
given our consent verbally in presence of our people to do and act precisely as the chiefs of Ngombi, Lutete, and Makitu have already done. Witnesses
—
Mdombasi Luboki,
DoALLA.
Proxy
Lofunsu
his
X mark,
for the chief Dongosi.
Mbulu, his X mark. Proxy for the chief Kuturu.
li
THE CUT- THRO AT LUTETK
207
From Mbimbi we descended slowly threading our 11 -n way through luxuriant grass until, passing the hillcone of Kizalu, we crossed the stream to which the natives have no other name to give but the " Stream," or " Njali," from whence we follow a lengthy spur, on which the villages of Mani, Ngoma, Kimbenza, •^
•
1
and Mpika,
1
at respectable distances apart, are
1
found
own particular banana groves Banza Mbuba comes next, on a com-
amid
secluded
'
and palms.
their
manding height
a
ov^erlooking
wilderness
of
hills,
between which, however, there runs a narrow neck, Nzungi, a village of
or saddle of a ridge. lies to
the
left.
carriers,
Fat black pigs roam about freely
amid the abundant ground-nut position, if anything,
is
fields,
on a breezier
and Nzungi's
hill
than that of
Mbuba. Several lucent streams are passed before
It
the
find
close to tlie verge of the
is
certain
From
this spot
we
river, into the plain of the
uplands of Ngombe', of
1882.
obtainable.
when he
to the
Mulwassi River,
more promising
Lutete'.
cannot help smiling
bold remark
is
soon strike in an oblique direction
and up over much reddish land
I
Congo canon, and a
grand picturesqueness of view
from the
to
we have viewed several times north bank in our camp at Mpakambendi.
Kimpemba, which we
when on
we come
when
first
I
remember
Lutete"s
saw one of our agents
in
For the pleasure of decapitating the pale-faced
man, he was willing
to
make
conditions.
Swaggering
under a load of palm wine, he affected a loud voice, and
i884. J^Iarch.
Mbimbi
TBE CONGO.
208 1884.
said to the coloured escort, "
March.
Lutew.
Give me that white man,
m peace. .
and you may go away "
What
,,
do you wish a white
man
for
?
" asked the
at the unparalleled insolence of
men, rather astonished the demand. "
To
so often levied blackmail
had
badgered them, and
and
this
to him.
such a man's jugular seemed
The
the escort,
of
Lutete'
laid
escort,
whose
people, release
happy
man
of these men. station,
—a
ever
Victoria's
now
aboard
vessels.
and
were the
and captured nine
who
station,
a neat
and
man-of-war's
British
leads as jolly a
life
as
any of Her Majesty Queen
With onlv twelve men
one mile
tliis
furnishes
have a
away from
lie
lives
the " ferocious
same throat-cutter of two years ago carriers
and
a most exemplary individual in every
Between Lutete villages inhabited
besides
table-servants,
sending his children to the Baptist School. is
firing.
example of what may be
governed by a
lived
in peace just
chief;
We
boatswain's mate,
he
Pool,
commenced
fire,
the
who were kept as prisoners, and for he had to make humble apology. But
to-day Lutete presents an
made
the
discomfiture, however, few as
numbers, they returned a sharp
On
safely.
however, towards
an ambuscade, and
his utter
of his
however, did not
him away
share his opinon, and took
return
on other wayfarers, and
white being looked so innocent
guileless, that to slit
no great crime
To
He
cut his throat," replied the chief brutally.
In
fact,
he
i-espect.
and Mpangu we pass by several
by men
for
whom
I
have great
GEOLOGICAL EVIDENCES. Toonda, in the hollow, enchanting
regard. cosiness
and
delicious bits of domestic
Bakongo, and lyenzi, with very promise
life
tall
for
its
i88k
among
the
Mpaugu,
palms, which
gifts of their effervescing juice, will
men who have
be forgotten by
shaded by the glorious leafy
By
209
the
not soon
seen their open spaces
trees.
Mpangu
time he arrives at
dawned on the mind of the
it
have
will
traveller that both
the
north and south banks of the Congo originally formed
And
one plateau.
if
he has intelligently reflected
on what he has seen, he
will be able to interpret the
geological story told by the deep furrows which time
has inscribed in the canon of the Congo, and the complicated system of profound gorges trending towards it
fi'om the
For like It is
southward and northward.
instance, close to
many
I
Mpangu
I
stand upon a spot
have seen north and south of the
river.
equal in height to the thousand ridges and
hill-
tops I see around, with the exception, perhaps, of half-
a-dozen cones, which peculiar crevasse near
may be a few me reveals the
for at least 150 feet deep.
The
feet higher.
A
nature of the
soil
sides of the crevasse are
perpendicular, a stone dropped from an outsti'etched
arm would
fall
diverted from crevasse
is
straight to the bottom without being
its
course
by
a single projection.
apparently extending
;
it
The
has encroached on
At any moment during the rainy caravan road at this place may sink to the
the public path.
season the
bottom with the
fall
of a mass of clayey and sandy
conglomerate, which will be pulverised into dust by the Vol. II.— 14
THE CONGO.
210 1884.
Mpanga.
Another
shock of the descent from such a height. ^^1^ the
powdcred
it,
swept into the next
debris will be
runnel, thence into the
more impetuous stream next
and thence into the Congo,
colour to the already
rain,
to
give a
to
browner
little
brown water of the great
river.
This crevasse will extend deeper into the heart of the
narrow plateau ridge on which
stand
;
wider and wider with each year's rains
;
exchange the perpendicular
become a
will
for a slope,
gully, afterwards
finally a valley.
water enough
I
to
it
and the
In a heavy rainstorm
then
will
it
a wide
yawn
will
cre'vasse
and
ravine,
it
will collect
plough deeper down, until the rock
base of this great bed of clay and sand
In such a manner,
I
revealed.
is
understand, has the
geological
history of this section been disclosed, at least, if I read it
in the light of facts obtained
But
if I
by our overland journey.
descend into the bottom of the Congo canon,
and look up
to the precipitous walls of solid
rock that
frequently are seen rising 200 and 300 feet (as in the
Pocock basin, and
all
along
that
tortuous narrow
channel between Mpakambendi and Mbelo), the ages
which have elapsed since the plateau above was
frac-
tured, carries a calculation back through such an im-
measurable time that one would fain relegate the
computable problem to those savants
who
selves at
home among decimals and
tures.
can see watermarks as high as
I
the present water-surface rise
;
them-
recondite conjec1
00
feet
above
and yet the highest river
cannot exceed twenty feet above
How many
find
in-
its
present level
years would be required to wear
away
;
!
APPEARANCE OF MANYANQA. rock of such a durable nature
be a at
first
There
question.
low water about Kalulu
There have been rock
is
down
eig-lity feet
also lava
has
it
mass of rock and earth, a clear 400 from amid such scenes as
it
is
Sphynx Rock,
found
Mpangu.
come
?
falls,
a
intact
feet
this,
and Manyanga, that we view the in the distance
i«84.
see a complete islet
which has dropped down, or rather sunk, an
It is
would
as earth
slides, as well
may
?
to be
still
Whence
Falls.
and at the Inkissi Falls one
211
between Mpangu
Mount Beii
lofty
the east of
little to
and on the range of a plain grooved deeply by small
the
tributaries
of
Mpioga
the
which
river,
empties into the Congo below our station of South
Manyanga. It
would be
as this,
The
difficult to
conceive of a land so
and yet presenting such an ungrateful
valleys are rich, but there
is
so
much
to the heart, as
aspect.
slope of red,
we
hard, sterile clay visible everywhere that
fertile
are chilled
though we were looking at so many
blank walls, which hid a
fair prospect
of luxuriant
gardens.
We
stopped long enough at South
Manyanga to enable me to cross over to North Manyanga and measure the amount of work performed during my absence at that station since
a
its
foundation in 1881.
" higgledy-piggledy "
design, which compelled pull
it
all
down and
state,
me
rebuild
I
found
it
in
without any order or
to order the new^ chief to it
anew.
It
was
in such
a backward condition that any station a month old on the
Upper Congo was more advanced.
And
yet this
THE CONGO.
212 1884. April 2.
Mauvan
place alone must have cost the Association £10,000 -^
m ,
Foi such a
suui,
and
thirty labourers ouglit
tliree years,
to
something worth viewing
.
a l^uropean with
have been able
present
to
but here was a " hotch-
;
potch" of rickety-looking structures which one would
have imagined
to
have been made by a
of poor
lot
squatters preparatory to prospecting.
Here Mr.
I
met Mr. Spencer Burns and the gallant Croat,
Lehrman,
fresh
from an expedition which they Mr. Lehrman
had made from the mouth of the Kwilu.
was commissioned with the command of Phillippeville Mr.
on the Kwilu-Niadi.
Burns,
who had
specially
down
distinguished himself on this occasion, was sent
to
Yivi bv the river, while his natives were led overland along the south bank by myself. April 2nd.
— We
continue our journey from South
Manyanga westward, edging away from the chilly gorge, over the well-washed hills, down over the murmuring waters of the Ngaku, and up along to the
A
more
fertile levels in the vicinity of
few miles beyond
this
steep slopes
Ndunga.
favoured and amiable com-
munity of Ndunga we begin the descent
we
into the broad
are hospitably received
by
Mr. and Mrs. Ingham, of the Livingstone Mission.
I
valley of Lukunga, where
should have washed that to labour at
which
my
" chiefs,
'
who have
Manyanga, had seen the pretty
this soldier missionary
a-dozen men, or rather, boys.
it
station
had constructed with
half-
The mission cottage was
as dainty within as any residence need be.
garden behind
little
affected
A spacious
presented a vivid promise
;
a well-
A MISSION-HOME.
213
kept court or plaza in front was surrounded by store-
Under
rooms, kitchen, and schoolroom.
shadowy
the
eaves were to be seen the mission children,
who have
a striking likeness and family resemblance to the black
mission children seen at Zanzibar, Sierra Leone, Old Calabar, and the
dued
air,
as
West
to believe that the
I think
Congo
it
rather encouraged
climate,
hollow of liukunga, W'as endurable,
even in that low
when
I
here saw a
delicate-looking lady bear herself so bravely. literal
sub-
though they were impressed with the awful
mysteries of the alphabet.
me
They have the same
Indies.
truth
when
I
my
say that
I utter
sojourn for twenty
hours was enjoyed with the most exquisite pleasure.
Ten men might
away
the veneer of civilisation on that mission-house,
bare and barbarous
and
left
the
lady's hands,
it
in far-away
and the rich
;
but the art was in
gift of taste, inherited
England, had diffused attractiveness over
the humble home. all I
have utterly stripped and carried
£100 was probably the value of
saw, but then the £10,000 expended at
failed to excite pleasure or admiration in
From
the
cheerful mission-house
of
my
Manyanga thoughts.
Lukunga
caravan climbed the steep slopes leading up plateau-land once more.
A
to the
day's journey carried us
over miles of level expanse, which might,
if cultivated,
supply thousands of people with wheat and corn if its
dense crops of wild,
the
tall
;
and
grasses were superseded
by what industry could sow, plant and build over the great waste, then
we might
see
more of beauty and
richness displaying the fertility of the soil better than
i884.
Lukanga.
THE CONGO.
214 1884. April 3.
Vombo.
the dead monotony of aspect which p
now
enslirouds
its
•
1
potent powers of production.
Yombo
is situateei
on the verge of one of these plains
Lukunga valley Mwembe' western edge. The next day's march
overlooking the its
narrower
over
streams, until
;
grassy
we
ridges
separated
stands on
takes
by
"us
small
arrive on the grass-robed plain of
Muluangu, whence we descend into the trough of the
Kwilu River, which a few years before we ascended in the steam-launch Royal. to the
Congo from
It is possible to
the ferry of
descend
Kondo, but the navi-
gator must beware of hidden snags.
Beyond the Kwilu we discover the broad valley the Luima, which calcite
and shale
valleys
may
is
remarkable for
projections.
at a future time
Stanley Pool, as almost
tributaries of the
One
exposed bed of
of these broader
be utilised for routes to these rivers
all
broad, uniform ridge, which
tween the
its
of
is
Kwa
start
from a
the water-parting be-
and the Congo.
Between the valley of the Luima and the next valley
—that
of the
Lunionzo
—there
is
an easy pass by
which a railway might lead from Yoonda at the head of the long reach above Isangila. onzo,
we
pass
Crossing the Luni-
under the cool sable shades of Ntombo
Lukuti grove, and then over a grassy expanse to the station of
Banza Manteka.
Close by the station
settlement of the Livingstone Inland in a
is
the
Congo Mission,
steamy hollow, too well sheltered from the breezes
blowing over the western uplands.
From any
of the hilly remnants of the ancient con-
!
THE LUFU VALLEY. tinuous plateau at Banza Manteka of
many
villages,
215
we
see the groves
such as Mubangu,
Banza Nkosi,
Kinkanzu, Banza Kulu, Ntombo Lukuti.
These
vil-
lages are great producers of ground-nuts, which are
Lower Congo
carried to the
factories to
exchange
for
and gin.
cloth
Six hours took us from Manteka station to Isangila station,
inertia
much to grieve me, in the under which our own people had fallen through where
I witnessed
A
the lack of superintendence.
house remained
still
unroofed that had been fourteen months building. Into the
the rain
store-house
leaked
through the rotten
There
grass roof, spoiling a valuable stock of goods.
were over 400 bales within, yet our gentleman charge, re-roof
done
than add
rather it
completely
— preferred
to
the
to
— which
five
the
unroll
grass
in
covering or
days would have
bales
and
dry the
of the
Ntombo
cloth
The next Lukuti
is
valley
we meet westward
that of the Lufu, a considerable stream with
a rapid current, from whose breast rock-strewn
slopes
woody
fringes
we
rise to
and cross pebble-sown
summits, until after a short series of these
we
hill-
thread
the twilight aisles of a forest-covered mountain
side.
Ascending here we view a wild world of ruined upland, rent, torn, fissured
and
disfigured, in line after line,
cone after cone, top after top, until the eye
upon that
Pallaballa,
we
outlines.
and Nokki, and Vivi,
is
at such distances
distinguish only their blanched and
The
fastened
irregular caiion of the
Congo
meagre is
traced
i8«*.
wanteka
THE CONGO.
21^ 1884.
isancriia.
far
below Yivi,
On
the south side
grated heaps of utterly useless land. the
side
plateaus
these disinte-
lie
On
the north
Sadika Banzi, and
of Mgangila,
Kionzo present a deceptive appearance of level.
What
a lesson about the climate Europeans could
be taught from this
mountain pulpit
tall
!
For here
they have before them at one glance of the rough and uninhabitable land the causes which render them weak-
With collapsing frames and
knee'd and faint-hearted.
stomachs feebly nourished by tough goat-meat and insipid bananas, they press
on over those heart-breaking
with the endless ascents and descents, through
hills,
winding labyrinths of suffocatingly
tall grass,
and each
time they emerge into light and glare the cruel sun strikes their pale
and tender half-dressed
their white arms, scorches their necks,
Presently
backs.
bodies, burns
and roasts their
they are hid from sight at the
bottom of grassy tunnels, to issue reeling from the terrible
to
atmosphere of reek and slop and humid heat,
quench their
thirst in
oceans of cold water from the
sparkling runnels that thread the gullies.
Some
of
them, under the fiery impulses of getting on, on, and on, will
march
their fifteen miles per day,
and on arriv-
ing at the Pool at the end of their journey, they will turn round and deliberately curse the land, the climate,
and the people, but never their own Yet,
if I
could take them through such a land as this
in twenty-four hours, they
as
in
frenzy.
idiotic
moist England.
might
live as long in Africa
These are the men
England take cabs and hansoms
to
drive
who a
in
mile;
;
CONGO LA LEMBA.
who
partake largely of beer and
enormously of beef and mutton
hour
brandy
who
;
eat
whose every waking
;
devoted to the consideration of the kind of
is
a lunch or
tiffin
they will take, or to serious medi-
upon the best viands
tations
217
who have
consumed
to be
baths frequently
;
have been inditing scented
for dinner
whose hardest labours letters
friends
to
whose happiest moments have been passed the pretty dames of the theatre.
sudden rush,
and
;
in ogling
Surely, then, this
this frantic pace, these endless climbings
and furious gulpings of water, do not indicate the wisest course
more
to adopt.
It
were
be a
w^ell to
and deliberate in movement than
cool
little
to
en-
courage these wanton and wilful attempts at suicide.
A
few miles beyond we come
and from
this pleasant village
and
right,
and Pallaballa mountain
river.
to
On
its
in
is
atmosphere bland, ;
The
latter
feet, to find our-
feet
above
community of
which another English mission
tlie
groves of
Lemba,
view on our
in our front.
this fortress-like plateau a
planted, lives in peace
reddish loam
la
from Yivi, on a height 1700
natives, in the midst of is
Congo
descend to the Luizi
climb about a thousand
selves five miles tlie sea.
we
Yellala mountain
valley
we have
to
and plenty.
Its airs are cool,
surface of the earth tall trees
crown
it,
is
a rich
affording a
grateful shade; plantations of bananas and clusters of
palms add cool water
to the is
beauty of the scene
found.
the mission' has
its
The native pupils
;
;
and good and
disposition
is
amiable
;
and the old chief Nozo
has erected a lodging-house for strangers, a miniature
188+.
q^^^\
\^
^""''''*
THE CONGO.
218 1884.
walls of which
the
caravanserai,
he has garnished
April.
Congo la Lemba.
with ancicnt chromographs for the amusement of his ,
guests.
We rest
one night amid this respectable community,
and take the road next morning
for Vivi.
about five miles, and from the crest of a
We hill
descend
overlook-
f^_. J—^Jfaaag^TT'T-
VIEW OF MPOZO STATION AND EIVEB FROM
ing Yellala Falls Station,
and
all
we view
VIVI.
the upper Yivi Rapids, Tivi
the well-known features of the locality.
I seat myself, glass in
hand, to scan what improve-
ments have been made during our long absence in the interior
;
and
I confess
with regret that I cease
from the survey, wishing earnestly that out the history of this
unhappy place
T could
fi-om
sponge
my
tablet
VIVI IN NEGLECT.
Were
of facts.
it
possible to do so,
I
219
should be relieved
from a burden of knowledge which infects
my
opinion
of the
Europeans.
specify
which of these from among the many deserve
It
unnecessary to select and
is
the lash of censure for their ineptitude.
the currents of European in the
course of five
mainly by their own But, like him the
some were fixed here
election, others
by appointment.
and brooded and grieved over
sat
I
haunted by so
is
that streamed to Vivi
life
years,
of Carthage,
ruins
memory
who
From among
can only grieve that
many shadows
my
of puerile
manhood, and of figures of youth without substance. I
have wistfully searched
progress
;
one
finite
one small evidence of
for
proof that a strong and willing
soul has attempted to modify the pristine ruggedness
of the place, or wrestled with larity.
Were
it
its
wilfulness of irregu-
but a yard of graded roadway even,
or a rocky obstruction pulverized or removed, I should
be grateful.
But, so far as I can
hut has been thatched.
What
passage of 260 Europeans of the station
my
!
descent to
cross over the
see,
not even a
a poor result after the
all
nationalities
Grieving and sad at heart,
Mpozo Congo
Station, to Vivi.
whence
I
through continue
I take boat,
and
i884.
vivi.
220
•
THE CONGO.
CHAPTER
XXXIII.
TO OSTEND.
—Vivi in confusion — A cure for sham — Description of the changes at Vivi —General Gordon's probable work — I embark on the Kinsembo — Loango—Sette Gamma— Coast trade — Gaboon Gulf— Fernando Po — The Cameroons — Duke Town—Exploring a great " " river—Native chiefs buying iron houses—Bonny— Lagos — Quetta — Sierra Leone — My arrival in London — Eeport to H.M. the King of the Belgians.
Climate and conduct
Eemoval of the
illness
station
oil
1884.
On
the
vivi,
soil
seemed
Upper Congo to
the marvellous richness of the
have infused something of
its
own
prolific
vigour into the souls of the gallant young gentlemen at
Equator Station, Kinshassa, Leopoldville, Mswata,
and
those
building rility
;
and
of the
presume,
I
if this is true,
hills,
are
so
impressionable
surroundings. I
am
Germany
a
is
are afflicted with continually
that
In England, with
told there
station
then the
ste-
had dwarfed and contracted the
souls of those at the latter station.
who
than
duties
around Yivi, and the hard, stern
soil
naked
profiles of
other
for
detailed
a
desire
with beer
are very
vast
;
and
much
There are people they its
reflect
moist climate,
majority of people to I
their
who
moisten their throats believe
Belgium and
alike in that respect.
But
!
THE STATE OF in
tlie
i884.
palmy Congo
vivi.'
in the moist climate of the
;
land palm-wine
drunk
is
in prodigious quantities
quantity of milk, or
save a small
;
but
we have people who drink but
south of the Zambesi
Well, then, perhaps
water.
221
dry Arab lands we have a people who drink
but rarely
little
VI VI.
it
occasionally
the barrenness of
is
Yivi to which the barrenness of results of five years'
may
labour
On
be attributed
lauding on
its
!
shores I find that the gentlemen
of Yivi have erected a store-room and residence for " beach."
the accountant, close to the
The
material
mostly has been taken from a frame mansion-house, costing £2000, the other portion of which has been
months- about, and
nine
lying
know why
came, or what
it
from Europe informed them
was
and convenience
residents' comfort
one
So the accountant
?
shall
carpenter
may
may have
other fragments of
I
build
ascend the
'years
ago
;
up,
to this
day.
houses
less
and
On
than
fence broken
I
the
that
it
out of it,
;
is
dilapidated
the
rest
possibly it
;
the
hospital
may
rot
was made to
lot
roll
five
my
has remained untouched there are two
hill
the garden
down, the mangoes
oranges and tropic pears are then that
it;
and the
top of the
built
it
have his share of
temporary convenience, I see
Letters
but then, to a
road which
original
for
wagons
a shed
to
for a hotel for the
of people without a leader, of what use can
be
seems
purpose was.
its it
no
now
is
a waste, the
and papaws and large
trees,
but
Nature's work.
The houses look
and unpainted.
There are about twenty-
squalid,
THE CONGO.
222 1884.
five
whites,
most of
not
know
how
whom
appear as
they did
if
April. vivi.
on
they had
business
A
there.
came,
they
earth
what
or
few bear a truculent
scowl on their faces, as though they were labouring
an
under
uncommon
would gladly
shuffle
in
oft'
them
cThote I find
table
load of
all
which
trouble,
some
they
At and when
manner.
assembled,
red wine of Portugal has taken due
effect
the
the
there
is
a strain of vivacity perceptible in their manner, and*
when
the meal
is
finished
Wine and
even in mid-day.
them somnolent.
many
of
them hasten
heat, I observe,
make
do not see any work performed,
I
although perhaps the coloured labourers
something in a
to bed,
may
be doing
manner, since no European
shiftless
is
supervising them.
In the morning, when the matin-bell sounds to muster, I observe there
is
an extraordinary
sick-list;
about thirty-five of the coloured people require boluses, potions and salves force
!
—
^just
Fearing an epidemic
and
find
is
raging of which
examine more
heard no report, I faces,
thirty per cent, of the entire
— for
rich,
negro
characteristics
and their skins
into
seventeen years amongst
people furnish one with a great respecting
closely
deal of
—that
freely effusing
I
had
their
black
knowledge
the colour
is
the eyes are
oil,
bright also, although the contortions of pain evinced
by
their
features
are
enough
to
veterans from up-river, inured to
models of
discipline,
evoke toil,
pity.
The
and who are
understand a certain signal, and
the steady approach of a dozen of these in martial
CURING SHAM SICKNESS.
223
array attracts the attention of the sick,
tlie
crippled,
who no sooner doctor's window
the choh'cal and the dysenteric patients, see thetn is
coming than with a rush the
Duke Humphrey
cleared.
of Glo'ster's miraculous
cure was only performed on one man, but here were thirty feeble creatures restored
merely looking towards them
a few
at
to
perfect health
men gravely advancing
!
Shocked by the condition of Yivi,
remove
it
by
bodily
paratory to this a
away
to
the larger
I
resolved
to
Pre-
plateau.
new road was made, with an
easy
grade to the Nkusu, which was spanned by a bridge.
We
then lay a Decauville railway between the two
plateaus,
and the work of construction of the new
was commenced.
station
The new Upper Congo steamer having been mantled, was placed on
up the
hills
its
several
wagons and
dis-
rolled
from the landing-place to the plateau, and
Lieutenant Yalcke having returned from his temporary leave of absence, force, to
was
constituted chief of the transport
convey the steamer
Reorganisation of the
Many their
to
staff
Stanley Pool.
was urgently required.
of the Europeans had not
work or of
course, to
their duties.
the fact that
least
This was
all
idea of due, of
the Chief of the Expedition
had been absent, and no to maintain Yivi in order,
number
the
fit
person had appeared able
and
to control such a larjre
of undisciplined whites fresh from their
homes
in all lands.
The following quotations from
letters
to the Pre-
i884.
Vivi.
THE CONGO.
224 the
Association will serve
1884.
sident of
Yi^j'
and several other matters.
to explain
this
" Mr. E. Massey Shaw has been appointed Chief of Vivi Station, and Mr, John Eose Troup Chief of Police. "Major Parmenter, who was the most superior chief of Yivi we have had yet, was obliged to retire owing to domestic matters at home. He was a man of marvellous industry, but the regret of it is that 1 have lost him just as he was restoring this place to order, which needs a strong
man. "Mons. Monet's place of
capabilities are of a very high
the retiring
accountant.
Mons. del
He
order.
Comune
is
fills
the
the Chief
Transport Agent of the Lower Congo, and I feel assured the Expedition His headquarters will be at Boma,
will feel the benefit of this change.
and he will be responsible for all goods received good behaviour of the staff on the steamers."
in future,
and
for the
" Ynri, 23/-d April.
"
Two days ago I reached Yivi, and I have been since in a fever of dismay at what I have seen here. The buildings are precisely as they stood I exempt the accountant's, of course, which does look passin 1882. able. I found twenty -five whites here. The new house, which cost 29,000 francs, is utterly ruined, many sections of it having been employed for I am informed by a humorous person that trivial and pitiful purposes. each of the many chiefs who have retired during the several months that have elapsed since its arrival has expressed boundless thanks for the gift of the timely and munificent donation. What is left of it, hownow will make a small frame-house or cabin tliirty-five feet long. Two events occurred to-day which inform one greatly of the state of mind these young gentlemen are in who have been so long without a leader. ever,
"
One
declares that he will not leave the station, though he has been dis-
missed for four gross offences, and miatters strangely about violence. Another says, Well, I don't care I will go and do that little job at '
;
Boma, then I will go home and explain to the Comite.' " At dinner-time I took advantage of their presence and delivered a lecture to them upon the lamentable state I discovered the station and themselves were in. I sketched out the state of Yivi as I left it, and how I found it. I repeated the dismal tale of changes and scenes that had occurred in my absence. I took tlie trouble of defining what was generally understood by the term duty, and how each was legally and morally bound to perform that which he had contracted to do to the best of his ability. Mine was to execute the orders of the Committee; theirs to abide by their contracts; if they failed to do so they must abide the conseriucnces. " I had arrived at Yivi to bring order out of chaos before leaving the
GENERAL GORDON.
225
tlio Expedition to General Gordon, who will be as little sympathise with indolence and thriftlessuess as I am. " We have been so extremely patient, paternal, and lenient with them, and they have been left so long without a chief, that the conduct of some of them has been most shameful.
cornmaiid of likely to
"
The new steamer ViUe d'Anvers
is
a capital
little
steamer, and exceed-
ingly staunch. If well looked after she will be a great acquisition. " Le Stanley, stern wheeler for the Upper Congo, will be at once dis-
mantled for transport to her destination. " Mons. del Commune has to-day informed me that he has treated successfully with the natives of Boma for the Protectorate. Mons. Kirkhoven has extended our territory until Vivi is now joined to Boma. " Between Nokki and Stanley Pool the sovereignty has been ceded to the Association by the native chiefs. Thus, from Boma to the Lubamba
MOXS. DKL CUMSrUXE.
—
Eiver on the right bank, and thence north to the Kwilu Niadi, through the efforts of Hanssens, Van de Velde, Destrain, Mickic, Grant Elliott,
—
and Spencer Burns, the territory is all one intact and from Nokki on the left bank to Stanley Falls. Such places as are already unoccupied on the left bank Hanssens will complete by July. Signor Massari goes up tlie Kwa to perform the same services for our political interests. "While coming down the south bank, I learned enough to satisfy me that three-fourths of the transport required for plished by our enlistments of natives
;
up
river will be accom-
up by north bank Voouda Station, on south bank, will be established to give more employment to the boats on the mid-section of river. ;
the rest will go
as before.
" I beg to enclose copies of the Treaties securing the sovereignty to the
Association of
Vol.
all
the districts between Nokki
IL— 15
and Stanley
Pool,
All
1884. A\n-i\ 26.
Vivi.
TEE CONGO.
226 1884. April 23. Vivi.
has been done that
is
theatre of operations
possible on the Congo,
now
and Europe should be the by
to secure the recognition of the Association
the Powers. "I
am oWiged
to express
my
surprise that in the letter announcing the
immediate departure from Europe of General Gordon instructions are furnished to
me
as to
what
for the
Congo, no
his particular mission is to
be here. It would be desirable in a matter of such importance to be told whether he is to be Chief of the Exjiedition, Director-General, AdminisI have received only a few brief trator, Special Commissioner, &c., &c.
words introducing a man already well known to me. Before turning over the command to him, it would be well for me to know precisely how to address him in clear and distinct phrase. Fiually, the letter* I received
LA
VITJ.K
n'ANVERS STFAMER.
from himself makes it still more diflBcult forme to understand his mission. I gather from him that he has some views hostile to the slave-trade in the Soudan. A very laudable purpose, undoubtedly, but I am not told
" BuussELS,
"My Dear
G//i
January, 1884.
Mr. Stanley,—
me to go out and join you in have gladly assented to, and come from Lisbon on I will serve willingly with and under you, and I hojie vou " His Majesty has asked
your work, which 5th February. will stay on,
I
and wo
will,
God
helloing, kill the slave-traders in their liaunt,
"
GENERAL GORDON'S INTENTIONS. whether we are to abandon
upon Soudanese
and be diverted from onr work of raids
In short, the wliole
the Nile basin.
slave-traders in
make
very mysterions to me.
affair is
As
Con<^o,
extending, and consolidating along this river, to
settling,
"
tlio
227
I
have already intimated to the Committee
in October, 18S2,
January, July, August, 1883, and January. 1884, my intention of leaving the Congo, according to the original understanding at Brussels in 1878, I
have arrived at Vivi, in the strong hope that I should find General Gordon here but I hear by this last mail that he has accepted a com;
mission under the British Government to go to the Soudan. pelled to stay here then until I
am
relieved
by a
fit
I
am com-
person.
" Yivi,
11///
May, 1884.
" Colonel de Winton arrived here a few days ago, since which time he
has been occupied in acquiring the knowledge of the details necessary for comprehending thoroughly the situation. "
Though it is better late than never, I cannot refrain from expressing keen regret tliat such a person as Col. de Winton was not sent fifteen months ago to assist me. " I hope to be able to leave the Congo about the latter part of tl'.is month, by which time Col. de Winton will have understood his duties,
my
and grasped the situation. de Winton, as Chief of the
It will
be well to remember that Sir Francis Lower Congo,
Exj)edition, cannot leave the-
otherwise the troubles of Vivi will
commence
again.
An
occasional
residence at Leopoldville, and an inspection of the intermediate route, will be all that is necessary.
his mission well on the
You may
rely
on Capt. Haussens
" Yivi,
"
The new
fulfilling
Upper Congo,"
station at Yivi
is
advancing rapidly.
June
2i,d,
1884.
Five houses have
been erected, and a banana plantation set out. The bridge is a great A railway connects old Yivi with the new place, though to be completed we ought to have about 500 yards more of rails. " The steamer Le Stinhy is now six miles from here. The hauling success.
whom
force
numbers
269, of
for if
we
where they hunt, and make treaties we can prevent their raids and truly stop the slave-trade, are now engaged with Baker & Co., and so if we can {D. V.)
with the
act together in the countries chiefs,
All the slavers
push on we "
10 per cent, will be daily ailing."
will find the field free.
such efl[icacious means of cutting at root of slave-trade ever was presented as that which God has, I trust, opened out to us through the kind disinterestedness of His Majesty.
No
" Yours sincerely, in haste, "(5/(/ne(0C.
G.Gordon."
188 -^l""''
^
1.
23.
'vi.
TEE CONGO.
228
" 1884.
June
Banana
8.
" I have to inform you that I
Pt. -^j
Qq|
gjj.
left
Banana Point, June
8th, 1884.
Vivi on the 6th of June, accompanied
Francis de Winton. At Boma I saw your new Sanatorium. much the building and its position, and Dr. Allard's
I admire very
devotedness and provision for sick men's comforts deserve great praise. It is really like a respectable hotel."
OAPT. HANSSENS.
On
the
titeamer
10th of
June the
British
and African
Kinsemho departed from Banana Creek north-
ward along
the const, and as
I
had a strong curiosity
to
understand more of West Africa, and to compare
it
with
tlie
a passenger.
Congo banks, 1
I
proceeded with
do not propose to give more
few useful jottings by the way.
lier
as
tlian a
LANDANA.
229
Seven hours' steaming brought us
to
Limdana, a
beautiful place judging irom the external view.
alternate with dark
factories,
From
tation.
peeps
White
green njasses of vege-
summit of a tree-clothed upland
the
out the mission of the French peres, whose
gardens and orchards of fruit-trees are admired by visitors.
The next day at 4 p.m.
we
all
halt at a cluster
LANDANA,
of factories called a certain
Black Point, and
after
amount of produce, pass on
which we reach
at
noon on the
12tli.
receiving
to
Loango,
Here
I receive
reports from the officer in cliarge of the Kwilu-Niadi division.
or
On
Mayomba,
the 13th a fine
we anchor abreast
baylet
open
to
the next day's run brings us to Sette
of
Myumba,
the west, and
Camma,
situate
i884.
u!^^^^^,
THE CONGO.
230 1884 Jane 13
south of a river
jrumba
I'oliing
and pounding
shippers,
who bring
and a young to
called
The
Sette.
the
huge breakers
do
shore
not
deter
the
jauncheons of palm-oil and rubber,
gorilla
The 15th brings us
on board.
Impango, where there
we have now entered On the 16th we arrive
as
a custom-house established,
is
Gaboon
abreast the in
the
Gaboon
colony.
Gulf,
and
ANNORCfJI.^C^^"''^^''
FROM AMI5RIZ TO
TIIK CAMKltOONS.
anchor abreast of the town of that name, which the seat of are
also
three
Government
present in
for the
the
French colony.
roadstead
French men-of-war, four
coast and
a
is
There
guardship and
colliers,
a few small
harbour steamers and lighters.
On
shore,
conspicuously in view, aie three brickbuilt Government buildings,
a
brick
roof, a great pile
church
with
of coal, and the
a
corrugated
iron
commencement of
FERNANDO erection of a
the
stone
pier.
231
PO.
An
irregular line of
ih84.
June
buildings attached to eight or ten factories, a French
an American
and
(Catholic),
(Protestant)
mission,
with a small store or two, and a boarding-house, show us the whole
French settlement established
the
of
Mangoes planted perhaps some
since 1842.
twenty years ago are also conspicuous
sixteen or
for their globes
of dense foliage, and are seen in uniform lines in front of the mission and public buildings. aspect
of the hills
little
place
is
pretty
Altogether the
and agreeable.
The
along the shore, dotted with white houses
and green groves, shining
amid
clear
tropical vege-
tation, assist the general attractiveness of the view.
On
the 18th
we
arrived at Elobey Island (Spanish),
situated at the entrance to the
The
Bay.
island
is
absorb
German and
most of the
Four or
character.
in Corisco
about an hour and a half's march
circumference.
in
River Muni
English
which
trade,
is
all
factories
similar
in
small steamers coast about
five
collecting produce.
From Elobey and
rounding
Islet
Cape
we S.
strike
Juan
west bear
Fernando Po, a
lofty island in the
We
Clarence
anchor
from shore.
in
The
island
to
deep water,
northward
to
Bight of Benin.
Cove, a rifle-shot distance is
called after its discoverer
Fernando-Poo, a Portuguese.
It is
about 600 square
miles in superficial extent, and principally famous for its
the
towering cone, whose summit sea.
is
10,190 feet above
Westward about twenty miles the Mount
Albeit of the Cameroons Mountains begins, and
lifts
15.
Gaboon.
THE CONGO.
232 1884.
Ke'rando ^°"
its
bold outline
to
of
the height
13,800
Po
lower slopes and shores of Fernando of tropical vegetation
;
feet.
The
are a marvel
but the upper tracts appear to
The
inhabitants seem
to be
more degraded and forbidding
in features than
any
have seen in Congo-lands.
be grassy and denuded of trees.
I
The
21st of
June we arrived
Old Calabar or Cross River.
at
This
Duke Town is
in the
said to be one
OLD CALABAR FACTORIES, KEAR DUKE TOWIT.
of the best oil-producing
rivers.
About 500
of palm-oil had been shipped only a arrived,
may
week before we
and there was a freight of 300 casks ready
for the Kinsemho. it
ca.sks
As
a cask weighs about 15 cwt.,
be imagined what tonnage of palm
oil
leaves
this river.
Through the kindness of the traders to
proceed up and "explore"
this
I
oil
was enabled river.
For
EXPLORING AN OIL RIVER.
company
233
had Mr. James Munroe, Dr. Mackenzie,
I
Mr. Albert Gil lis, and Captain Jolly, of the Kinsemho. I
saw Creek Town, and a Scotch mission
We
there.
Avandered amid sea- washed creeks, and then returned to
Duke Town.
The sketch on
Duke Town.
enable the reader to imagine
me was
struck
Upper Congo. in the
En
miniature
its
at night,
ferent to the scenes
suddenly
the
lifted
nothing very
dif-
which the darkness of night
liad
There were the same palms, perpen-
hidden from me.
dicular, inclined, or fallen over
same density of
of
and deposited on the river
should have seen
I
But what
reproduction
Could I have been
Avant
near Ikunitu,
the opposite page will
into the stream; the
the same sweetly green verdure,
forest,
the same rich reddish loam, the same kind of clearings,
and the same architecture of
Town and priceless
Town
Creek
to
me.
I
I
huts.
saw that the residences of the
by
section
result of peaceful barter of palm-oil
too, in
African chiefs
European
window
cTU'tains
style !
!
England, and
and erected here
costing £4000, one £3000, one £2000.
buildings for
Duke
at
observed a sight which was
native chiefs had been constructed in transported section
But
— one
This was the
— corrugated
They were
iron
furnished,
with carpets, chairs, mirrors and
Conquer that horror of the march
from Vivi to the Stanley Pool, and
I
can conceive Ngal-
yema, Makabi, Bankwa, Ibaka, Mangombo, Mugwala,
Mata Bwyki, and a host of Upper Congo
chiefs order-
ing corrugated iron houses and furniture from Europe for their ivory, their palm-oil, tlieir rubber, their
gum^
i884.
Duke Town.
TEE CONGO.
234 1884.
June 24.
Duke
camwood powder, ^ '
.
Duke Town shows now remarkable There
fair trade.
and
',..,.
^
spices. is
orchilla weed,' beeswax, 2:rains
a civuiser
Now
no government here.
is
and then a man-of-war steams up and returns. Consul was absent^ but
lived
all
still
in
The
unity and
concord.
On
the 28th
Bonny
of
Kinsembo anchored in
tlie
The great hulk
River.
by Captain
June
Adriatic,
Bell, lifts its giant form,
commanded
and displays the
magnificent model of one of the old Collins's TransAtlantic steamers.
At Bonny,
also, there
worth £3000, owned by native cluster of factories
on shore
:
are bouses
There
chiefs.
is
a
numbers of old hulks
are in the river, and a prosperous trade seems to keep
every one busy in one of the saddest and most gloomy climates I have ever experienced.
the climate, however,
men.
The
is
now
fear of
vanishing from the minds of
factors live well,
It is the fashion
The great
and in comfortable houses.
to build corrugated iron houses,
framed within with wood, and appropriately furnished.
One
inhabited by
possessed is
a
Mr. Whitehouse,
covered verandah
its
designer had
Another story added, and each story three
feet higher,
with uniform and prudent
conquest would destructive
feet,
11 feet broad, which
as near perfection as the genius of
attained.
50 by 34
be
achieved
life,
and a
fuller
over the vitiated and
atmosphere which clings
to
the
muddy
shores of the rivers in the Bight of Benin.
From Bonny
New
Calabar
River, which River,
we
is
the main channel to
proceed
north-west,
and
FROM THE NIGER
TO OSTEND.
235
anchor on the 2nd of July in the roadstead ten miles off Benin River.
The
BeniuT:,
steamers Blafra^
discovered at anchor.
Dodo, and
While rolling
Formosa, were in the troughs
of large and languid sea- waves undulating shoreward,
CVerttelf
(PorUL^-uSe)
•y-^"!
FROM THE NIGER TO OSTEND.
the produce from
Dodo
the Benin River conveyed by the
M'as transferred to the
rains wetted
i884.
the
gloomy feeling by
Kinsembo, while continued
decks and cargo, and imparted a their tedious
monotony.
The next
THE CONGO.
236
juT*2 Benin R.
^^^y
Loanda appeared from England with
^^-
^'^®
datcs up to the 11th of June.
On
the 5th
we
passed Lagos roadstead, where three
steamers and two saiHng vessels were at anchor, and
on the 6th we arrived
By
Quettah.
off
this time the
Kinsembo, collecting produce at these various small
had been well nigh
ports,
ments
from
by the bountiful ship-
filled
Bonny and
the
Benin Rivers.
River, the main channel of the Niger,
owing
to the inscrutable bye-law^s
steamship
various
news
at
Quettah
did not see,
which govern these
from Liverpool.
lines
a
that
is
we
Nun
man
white
The
local
has
been
sentenced to eighteen months' imprisonment for whip-
ping a negro a
German war
On
the
friend,
the
At Bay Beach we
!
passed the Moice,
vessel, at anchor.
12th
we
at
Sierra
Leone.
My
who
once
mistook
my
arrived
harbour-master,
steamer for a pirate ship, Majesty's coloured subjects
is
still
still
flourishing,
and Her
continue to dwell with
exasperating emphasis on the merits of " this colony."
Captain Jolly, of the Klnsembo, however, the coloured gentlemen of Sierra Leone.
differs
He
from
obtained
a slight hint that there was a pestilence in the town,
and
hastily proceeded to sea after only a three hours'
stoppage, and
we
thus
saw the
last
of the African
continent.
On
the 29th of July the directing managers of the
British
and African Steamship Company kindly
mitted the Kinsembo to land I hastened to
London.
me
at
Four days
23er-
Plymouth, whence later I presented
EFFORT TO
my
E.M.
KING L'EOPOLB.
237
King of the Belgians, summer at Ostend, that the
report to His Majesty the
who was spending
the
mission he had given
Basin was
me
to
perform in the Congo
accomphshed, with vastly greater success
who
than the most sanguine of those gentlemen iii
the Council held at the Royal Palace
ber, 1878, could ever
have anticipated; and
sat
in
Decem-
I
have no
reason to believe that His Majesty was displeased with the results of these long years of bitter labour.
i884.
sien-a
TEE CONGO.
238
CHAPTER XXXIV. EUROPEANS Eiu'opean opinion of African "
propre " and
Amour
Extravagant hopes
life
IN AFRICA.
—Repelled
—" Bah
!
I did not
neglected and prosperous stations
workers
—The
—" Nothing
"
whisky " !
come
of comforts
heroes of labour
for
work "
— Types
of
— Malingering — Unintelligent
—" Sojering — A "
happier theme
—Young — Our j)hysician—
— New
aspirants
search of adventures— A sad accident
plucky Scot
in Africa.
like
—Few
earnest workers of the expedition
officers in
Europeans
by the absence
"susceptibilities "
—The way to gain a good reputation.
When in EuroDG we Were men who •
capable of heroic
believed ourselves
work and immense
effort,
could
we
but have the opportunity of proving our strength, our natural wit, our native valour, our acquired intelligence,
and our fortitude under privations;
we landed
in Africa,
we discovered
when
but, alas!
that most of us
were without nerve, without wit or fortitude
;
that
our streno-th and much, of our native valour on which
we had
prided ourselves had vanished, and that our
acquired
intelligence
was
valueless,
since
we had
never known the practical art of living away from the guardianship and sympathy of our parents privations
confronted us
we
;
and when
completely collapsed."
Such a confession might be truthfully written by some
AFRICAN
LIFE,
239
young men who returned home,
of the
after the dis-
covery that they had simply been seduced by their
and super-fervid imaginations
fancies their
years in their
As
rough
to believe that
experience of a few smoothly gliding
limited
for the
own
own
life
perfect lands
had prepared them
of the pioneer in Equatorial Africa.
they appeared on the Congo, one after another,
singly or in threes, or in larger
grandly proud
ardent,
that
at
which they boasted was about Africa,
it
to far
to be
mettle
of
proved in distant to note
below zero
the topmost altitude of assurance
how
the
last
was an interesting study
sudden or slow descents
observe
groups, supremely
—were
how
the
— often from effected
the exaggerated anticipations,
;
to
by which
they had duped themselves, took quick flight before the revelations of reality. Instead of meeting the usual conveniences of sation,
which they seem
to
have taken
for
civili-
granted
already existed, they found themselves confronted and repelled
comers,
by the task of preparing and by the drudgery and
They were earliest
these toil
it
for
later
involved.
quite prepared to enjoy the labour of the
pioneers,
but they were extremely loth
to
undertake to do for their successors what they had inconsiderately assumed was already accomplished for
themselves.
In the presence of this astonishing revelation I be^an to hear w^ords
and phrases that sounded strangely
because I had been abroad, alone for so that I
had well-nigh forgotten them.
many
to
me,
years
These were
Europeans
THE CONGO.
240 Europeans in Africa.
,
>
.
which
— self-love
—
" susceptibilities" vanity ? ii* were shot forth like so many delicate antennae,
^'"amour-propre"
f
n
?
^•^
^
and when touched by the imperative necessity of some one being appointed to undertake the work caused them back offended and alarmed
to shrink
was given that
we
it
was
if
their " turn."
a delicate hint Little
discovered that these magnificent
men
by
little
not only
lacked the necessary attainments, but were also most
poor in the spirit of endeavour.
Of
who
those heroes of labour
by intense striving
selves
Europe,
in
distinguished them-
the work-markets of
aspirants for bread or for honour of
much about
in the
my
the
three years I
good fortune
me
I
read so
regret to say
meet many examples.
it
For
may say their number was only And the rest — well, they did not
about four per cent. allow
to
those noble
whom we
annals of industry,
was not first
Of
encountered but a few.
I
to forget their existence.
Can any man have read
this
book
so far as these
pages, and taken into due consideration the character
and nature of our work, without readily perceiving and admitting how very necessary a strong and willing soul
was
to
me
how such by me, how
in the matter of assistance,
would have been honoured and blessed
devoutly I should have admired him for his devotedness,
and courted
of his presence
his
The
;
for
the
vital
value
?
Many Europeans no weakness
company
doubt succumbed from physical
others had simply mistaken their vocation.
influence of the
wine or
beer,
which
at the first
EXTR4VAGANT HOPES.
241
irom Europe had acted on their impulses
offset
.
like Europeans in Africn.
.
the effect of quinine on weakened nerves, soon evaporated in a wineless land, and with their general igno-
rance of adaptation to foreign circumstances, and a steady need of the exhilarating influence of customary stimulants, an unconquerahle depression usurped the
high-blown courage nostalgia,
it
inspired,
and some hypochondria.
which some
called
Many had
also, as
they themselves confessed, come out merely to see the river
their imaginations
;
elephants, lions, buffaloes, tall
had run
riot
amid herds of
and hippopotami, while the
lithe-necked giraffe and the graceful zebra occupied
the foreground of those most unrieal pictures. senses
had
also
been
fired
Their
by the looks of love and ad-
miration cast on them by their sweethearts, as they declared their intention to " go out to the Congo," while
many a
pleasing hour must have been spent as together
they examined the strange equipments, the elephantrifles,
the
penetrative
glowing terms
"Express," and desciibed in
their life in
the far-off
palmy lands
watered by the winding Ikelemba or the mighty Congo.
Thus they had deluded themselves Comite',
as
well
as
tlie
whose Members looked up with eyes of com-
mendation, as the inspired heroes delivered with bated breath their unalterable resolution " to do or die."
But death was slow
to attack the valorous braves
while the do able lay largely extended before them.
The
latter
plainness,
was always present with
its
its
exas23erating
undeniable imperativeness which affronted
their "susceptibilities,"
Vol. it.— in
and ignored
tlieir
titles
and
THE CONGO.
242 Europeans
The
their liglits to distinction.
in Africa.
the
meagre
diet
is
n
^
When
their presumjjtion.
there
stern every-day reality,
i t and the lorbidding t
t
ill hnmbled
•
i
aspect,
they hear that in this land
neither wine, nor beer, nor comforting cognac
to relieve the
gnawing
distressful
hankering they
more
fered for their usual beverage, their hearts beat feebly
and
;
and they see that those bright African images
beautiful
are replaced
a
dreams of tropic scenery and excitement
by unknown breadths of with
only
exuberant
The hot sun
scrub.
suf-
way through
and
spear-grass
tall
them
dares
roadless regions,
jungly
to the trial of forcing
sucli scarcely penetrable
growth
but
;
the distance and fatigue, seeming to be immense, over-
masters their resolution
;
and, alas
there are no fair
!
maidens with golden hair to admire their noble at doing
and dying.
Conscience, or the prickings of shame, to a few not quite abandoned is
efforts
may
whisper
and shameless, that there
brave work to be performed, and that they
may
experience the colonist's pleasure of seeing the vegetables
and
and plants grow instead of that
fruit-trees
cane grass and jungle "
Bah
I did not
!
to play, to eat,
Comite',"
"
and
now covering come
to
work
the broad acreage. ;
I
came
to receive a big salary
to hunt,
from the
some answer.
Do you
feel
fatigued
?
Try some hot
tea
or
coffee."
"What!"
"Try Congo water! No, thank you my stomach was made for something better than to be a nest for young crocodiles." ;
shriek they.
;
EQUIPMENT OF A STATION.
me
Let
illustrate a
the site of a station.
men
One, who has
few instances.
loudly professed himself to be heroic,
Forty
243
conducted to
is
docile, disciplined
black
Three com-
are delivered over to his control.
panions of white colour are allotted to his assistance.
A
stack of bales of cloth, bags of beads, and
brass-wire to ballast a large boat are given to
enough
him
as
currency to barter, and to put into circulation with the aborigines for provisions such as the country
The
nish. will,
river close
fowls,
which,
;
fur-
if
he
possess will be
sheep and goats are also procurable, and a
;
number
sufficient
of she-goats will supply
white companions with fresh milk
neighbourhood
when
fish
may catch the villages around about among which, doubtless, laying hens
he
found
by swarms with
may
will
sell
;
him and
his
the natives in the
him sweet
which
potatoes,
boiled or fried, roasted or stewed, are nutritious
fields of
cassava are extensive, and
its
edible root
be prepared in a variety of agreeable ways. beans and pumpkins are not
augmented by a
w beaten
fish,
may
a
permit
provided there
is
which,
store of rice, tinned vegetables
densed milk, tinned well
Tomatoes,
difficult to obtain,
flour, besides tea, coffee, butter,
a
and
jam, and con-
meats and soups from Europe,
sumptuous
little
may
diet to be enjoyed,
exertion and personal superin-
tendence directed in the preparation of the food.
To
start the station fairly,
we
build a strong block-
house and a native village before our departure, to
house the whites and their goods. collected,
Milch-goats are
and laying hens are purchased.
The
abori-
Europeans
THE CONGO.
244 Europeans
glnes
invited to a solemn palaver, at which both
'AVQ
in Africa.
...,.,
.
,,
whites and natives are initiated into the groove
ox
social relationship.
The now,
instructions, few
sir,
this
is
and simple,
him
to
are
:
" See
your domain, legitimately acquired.
It
has become, by the power invested in you as chief, your estate,
over which you have absolute control, subject to
none other than myself.
and
in
sole arbiter
your dealings
all
I
must leave you as master Let justice attend
questions.
be kind to your people, for remem-
;
Show me on my return that a fit choice was made when I By industry you may make your place selected you.
ber you are
and
father
their
their
mother.
a model to be followed by others less experienced than yourself;
by due care you may make
the happiest
it
You have sufficient native moneys, and abundant provisions. On this paper you will see place in Africa.
the plan which I wish you to follow." I
am
absent ten months from the scene, but I find on
ray return that the condition of the place
than
when
him created
me an
bright, and, alas
grass
ideal paradise
too florid
!
worse
far
The warm promises made by
I departed.
in
is
an
;
but instead of
ideal, I
see the wild
has overrun our native village, so that
scarcely visible.
structures
Not one house has been added
we had
raised for him.
in a state of siege
;
The
my
it
is
to those
station
is
also
a palisaded circle shows that once
an alarm had bestirred him to spasmodic action beleaguers the garrison
;
;
famine
four days searching far
wide only brings enough to
last a
few hours
;
and
the stores
,
NEGLECTED STATIONS. empty
are
;
The
natives leave
severel}' alone that
What
he
a great contrast
is
Why, how
is
this
very reverse to those glowing!
Good heavens,
?
ruin of a place!" I exclaim. road, the street, the station,
Oh,
is
'*
" I have the honour of course,
not,
on the
stand
send you
to
accepted,
is
a very
is
—the
buried in grass !"
The immaculate and
!
gentleman cannot, and will
which,
this
See the village
this is a too harsh vibration
susceptibilities
his station so
altogether to that beautiful
promises, letters, and reports "
him and
to last
in actual risk of starvation.
it is
How
mine!
ideal of
enough brass rods
there are only
three days.
245
for
fine-fibred
stiff-starched
this.
He
writes
my
resignation
he
is
too
;"
high-
stomached to accept a position where he will be harmful, and which
:
less
would willingly give him, so that
I
he would be powerless for harm.
A The
change of masters brought about a happy station soon
began
There are now large around
The
it
;
to be
flocks of sheep
scores of fowls
table meriu
is
worthy of
as
its
result.
importance.
and goats browsing
and ducks in the fowl-yard.
good as that which might be
A grand
obtained at any second-class hotel in Europe.
market
is
held every morning in the plaza of the station,
where
I
can see the
door.
From
could
purchase fresh native bread every twenty-four
hours.
little
ebon children play at
the assembly of native
The houses devoted
women, 500 persons
to the
accommodation of
the officers are 630 feet of aggregate length
den
is
my
;
the gar-
about 200 acres in extent, where there are 3000
Europeans
246 Europeans banaiifis, 111
THE CONGO.
.
500 papaw-trees, and lime, orange,
Africa.
m
^
.
mango
trees,
.
,
giiava,
and
.
European and
a flourishing condition.
native sweet potatoes, yams, and a variety of vegetables
Nine thousand
are produced in sufficient quantities.
square feet are devoted to a grand esplanade, and the
approach to the station
is
along a broad, clear road.
All these results, with other numerous improvements,
prove the character of the changes which patient
in-
dustry, in conjunction with wakeful diligence, can create in a wilderness.
In the above will be found the type of those externally magnificent creatures
who
suffered
from an
in-
curable hunger for a diet which rustic Africa could not furnish in
its
present stage of undevelopment
were unwilling, despite
fair
On
humours
bilious
and who
wages and bounden duty,
to practise a little exertion to start the
their position.
;
improvement of
the contrary, they allowed unnatural
ferment within them until they
to
became a living eyesore
to their friends
and .a torment
to themselves.
Another type of
The
art
was carried
futile
manhood was
to perfection
every one for weeks, and might
men
is
by one who deceived
—
so
unnecessary rupture and rage
his skilful
shamming
to
the malingerer.
annoying
— have
to
some
protracted
an indefinite length of time,
had he not voluntarily ended a long period of successful malingering by an abrupt and unexpected resignation.
Nine weeks had
this
cunning
tised his histrionic art to perfection
blandishments had
I
!
of
artist prac-
What
not lavished on the
letter
soothing
first
artful
— MALINGERING.
247
dodger who chose to ply his art on the Congo
number
oi paces
Til i had
during his supposed to several
miles.
ni walked
affliction
my
on
The
?
••
,.
in Africa.
him
to
visits
by computation amounted
The value of the medical
stores,
condensed milk, jam, tmai'malade, butter, soups, wine, biscuits,
which were held in reserve
men who
for
sickened of goat-meat and cassava bread, accompanied
by hourly transitions from heat
to cold
delicacies
which were consumed by
amounted
to
—required
the
this specious rogue,
some hundreds of pounds
When
sterling.
he assumes the air of a convalescent, what promises of
him
What
promotion are not made
to
ments are not held out
him when he adopts the tone
to
?
encourage-
?
How
his
mock
of one being discouraged by protracted sickness strenuously I lay myself out to
dissipate
moodiness and dispute his hypothetic unfitness
when
!
oif
with a letter of resignation
hopes of an early return
it all
!
In few but intelligent phrases he all
And,
the medical luxuries are nearly exhausted, and
signs of worn-out patience are visible, he rounds
told to dismiss
is
to the coast
— something
is
muttered of an unfulfilled contract, services due, excellent
shamming, necessity of caution,
our " artful dodger "
with jacket
off
is
seen at
and sleeves
triangle, &c.
work
rolled
tory contains a good deal of work
up
And
half an hour later, ;
and
fitly
his after his-
done.
Another of these Europeans;, who have troubled me not a
little,
can be best described by an extract from
my
diary dated October 14, 1880. " Poor
man
—
let
us call
him Frank
—
Europeans
like all other un-
THE CONGO.
248 Kuropeaus
intelligent
men, regards
lils
beautifully easy
life
on the
Congo as almost unendurable. Were he the sole reporter of his experiences since last November, people would scarcely credit the fact that Africa
many new
plored, so
with
was pretty well
creases in length,
them
discoveries could be furnish
— of the soul-harrowing kind. and seems
to
ex-
His face daily
in-
approach day by day
nearer in resemblance to the melancholy features of
Don
And with
Quixote, which I have seen somewhere.
increasing
length
humour. But
sick
of face
men
there
is
an increasing
are always peevish and grumble,
for entertaining unjust feeling
and are notorious
ill-
towards
their physicians.
"
The
conditions of a healthy enjoyment of
Africa, are very
and
his class.
understood,
little
It is a difficult
the rudiments of the lesson of less task,
I
and the
by 'Frank'
life.
It
is
a most thank-
ungraciously received that
effort is so
visible signs of
whom
counsel was addressed.
They do
not seem to take any interest in what concerns their
owe
They duly acknowledge
that
it is
be prudent and circumspect
;
own
a duty they
and
to themselves to be as careful as possible,
plies,
non-
Rarely have I been encouraged to pro-
ceed by those to
health.
in
thing to impart to them
have been often repelled by the
appreciation.
if at all,
life
to
they are civil in their re-
and are ready with promises of amendment.
But
they never practise what they promise, and that active zeal
and watchful prudence which would seem
one
who
loves his
own
performance appears
to
life I
to
govern
never see exhibited.
The
be too irksome, and neither their
UNINTELLIGENT WORKEItS.
249
intelligence nor their conscience are provoked to assist
them.
remember Frank Pocock
I
expedition,
who must
also,
on the second
my
(almost as the sound of
advice
died away) have been meditating on that step by which lie
lost his life,
and caused
sorrow, each time I thought
me
months a pang of
for
of. his
sad end.
" I have observed also that not only in matters of self-
preservation
is
this
apathy evident, but that
it is
in the every-day duties of the expedition,
present
which they
are pledged to perform, and for which they receive re-
muneration.
Any
and creditably
;
single order they will perform well
but
if I
accompany
it
hope that they will consider
sion of a
with the expres-
it
as a daily duty,
the order becomes at once inoperative, for
it is
never
observed. " If I
box
command
certain camp, and assist
to a
feels
its
a native to convey such and such a
him with
it
until
weight properly balanced on his head,
off
he
he
departs cheerfully, and deposits the box faithfully ac-
cording to the order.
But
if I
add, "
and on your return
take this box also in the same manner," experience has
taught
me
that. I
have tasked his memory or his
gence beyond his capacity,
for I shall
intelli-
undoubtedly be
compelled to await his coming, and repeat the operation of placing a if I tell
to
box on
Europeans,
possess
who
sufficient
his head.
in
In the same manner
Europe would be supposed
intelligence
reasonable order of the kind, to
to
understand
mend
all
sails,
any tar-
paulins, tents, or baggage-covers, the order to do so
is
never observed, but any particular rent in a tarpaulin.
Europeans
THE CONGO.
25Q Europeans
be repaired to
tent, 01 baggage-covei' indicated will
in Africa.
„
.
^-^
.
•
Or
satisfaction.
your eye about
-r
i
l
say to such a person
if I
my
-r
'Just cast
:
camp, and see what ought to be
tlie
have discovered that such an order
I
done,'
n
general to be followed
is
too
but any particular order will
;
A
be mechanically obeyed.
promise of promotion, or
higher pay, or a display of tender solicitude, create no
know no motive powerful European or West African abori-
impression, and as yet I
enough
to excite the
gine to distinguish himself by what I
effect
an assiduous
The only people on whom
interest in his work.
words take due
call
my
and create a prolonged impression
are the foreign coloured employes. "
Now,
what may
to
I attribute this absence of intelli-
gent interest in their work which
West Coast
the European and the
Then why does
the climate?
myself? in
I
Europe
it
characteristic of
is
not
native
affect i\lbert
— to
a buoyant
move,
feeling,
to
never otherwise than
an
full
of
life
As
and
But perhaps Frank and others may yet,
"
May
still
"Whereto our health
When To
is
feel
all office
bound
;
nature, being oppressed,
suffer
with the body.
I'll
To take the indisposed and For the sound man."
we are not ourselves commands the mind
forbear
sickly
fit
and
for
action."
be they are not well.
neglect
me
for Albert,
or— Infirmity doth
and
irresistible
for bodily activity,
personal exertion of every description. is
Is it to
admit to enjoying a vitality unusual to
desire to be on the
he
?
strange
"NOTHING LIKE WHISKY." But of
all
251
the rabid absurdities I have encountered
Europeans in Africa,
in the tropics, the preaching of a
merits of intoxicants,
who
nothing
like
that there
is
young
on the
fool
has heard from some old fool
me
whisky, astonishes
Mr. Puifyface, while in a semi-maudlin
state,
most.
has been
heard declaring, in the hearing of our youthful enthuthat
siast,
" after fourteen
the African fever, despite it,
of
years that
all
there
is
nothing
like
it."
It
reminds
me very much
whisky
acquaintance with
may
be said against
after all for the curing
of what I heard in
the ague regions of the South-western States, and recalls to
my memory
inevitable
the South-western saddle-bag witli
whisky-bottle.
after-comers, let
me
But, for
I will
benefit of the
the
West Coast
prove to him and to
all
rise
men
marching as
A
if
known
to
lion as
low
and whisky " topers " have
lived long elsewhere than on the Niger
But
will
few hours hard work or
would lay the lazy
Gin
a dead donkey.
I
from his devotion to whisky,
as " sojerlng."
in the interior
;
spectators that his supposed
but simply to his expertness in the art nautical
of Africa,
show you a sham and a delusion
immunity does not
Show
prick this bloated bubble.
me one of these old bloaters oh and
the
its
you meet him on the African
and the Congo.
coast, a glance at
his shirt or linen, after twelve hours wearing, will tell
the whole truth to
you
as clearly as similar evidence
would be deemed invaluable by a will be able to
police-detective.
You
gauge the amount of bodily exertion he
has been undergoing.
If
it is
free
from stains of body
exudation, then he has been simply " sojering," and
it
THE CONGO.
252 Europeans in Africa.
be difficult to say how long a time must ir> elapse before the liver shows a deadly abcess, or
would
tlieii
it
becomes indurated.
But,
if
you want
to
do humanity
a kindness, trot him out with you on a ten-mile march
through the African wilderness, and then note the
A little war which occurred between traders and me
on the African coast, supplied
lately
details,
which seemed
to be of
result.
iiatives
with valuable
no special interest
to
any
one but to myself, as confirmatory evidences.
With us on the Congo, where men must work, and bodily
movement
is
compulsory, the very atmosphere
seems to be fatally hostile
to the
physique of
pin their faith on whisky, gin, and brandy.
men who They
in-
variably succumb, and are a constant source of expense.
Even of
if
they are not finally buried out of sight and out
memory, they are
so utterly helpless, diseases germi-
nate with such frightful rapidity, symptoms of insanity are numerous
;
mind vacant and body semi-
and, with
paralysed, they are hurried
more vahiable
homeward
substitutes, lest they
more objurgatory phrases on
to
mak6 room
for
draw down a few
Africa,
which should be
justly applied to themselves.
Military
commanders
during their campaigns or
manoeuvres, great journals which have despatched a
body of
special correspondents to report the incidents
attending these campaigns, large firms
who have com-
missioned a number of travellers to secure business,
wealthy companies who own numerous the African coast, will
all
factories
have good reason
the great difference that exists between
to
along
know
man and man,
"LIQUOBING
253
UP."
of those under authority or in their employ.
They
know what hroad lines may be drawn one who " lushes," or " perpetually sips,"
will doubtless
between the
and who seems
to think tliat the
lies in " liquoring up,"
who knows when life
to
sober, earnest worker,
temper the harsher experience of
with a needful sedative or stimulant.
manner
If I in this genial
the last six years,
of
and the
man
whole duty of
making
it
is
allusions to
experience of
most certainly not with a view
any of those who
way, or were returned
to
would be too painful
sufficient
;
my
relate
Europe.
fell
Far from
for
those
it.
by the That
who were
have been the consequences to themselves.
failures
Their o\vn
Nemesis.
sins
If
have in many cases
proved their
any have scented after impurities, or
wallowed in mud, proved incompetent and intemperate, or bristled over with susceptibilities, allowed spleen to
mar
their prospects, or
been indifferent
to their duties,
lacked manliness or were of depraved nature,
say
is
— may their own
It is well,
all I
can
regrets be their reward.
however, for
many
of
them that the
ex-
pedition did not belong to some national government,
otherwise
extreme measures would often liave been
taken to curb the excessive
licentiousness to
some were too prone, and punish severely the
which
many
sins
of omission and commission of which some were guilty.
All
we
could do was to discharge them quickly, to keep
the expedition as pure as possible.
That good order
and quiet prevailed generally was only due rigorous exercise of the sole
means we
to
the
possessed io
Europeans
THE CONGO.
254 Europeans
But had we
enforcG due respect to moral laws. service on the lower river
some superior
in our
capable
officer,
not only of governing men, but also of self-government,
much
me
that shocked and grieved
during the
first
four years would have been impossible.
The
evils of
brandy and soda in India need only to
how
be remembered to prove
pernicious
is
the suicidal
habit of indulgence in drinking alcoholic liquors in hot climates.
The West Coast of Africa
is
much
also too
indebted to the ruin effected by intemperance despite the frequent reprieves
government
— furloughs
service of twelve
But
To
my
it is
months
of
;
and
given by a generous
six
months
only a
after
— valuable lives are destroyed.
belief that the other
extreme
is
unwise.
abstain entirely from drinking wine because intem-
perance
is
inculcate,
madness
by no means what
nor even do
may
suppose that
I endeavour to
recommend what
I
Once we admit
moderation. people
is
I
this last
word,
called
is
irreflective
advocate " liquoring up
moderately at any time, provided the imbiber always keeps within the limits of sobriety.
I
suggest nothing
In the tropics I advise no one during the
of the kind.
hours of daylight to touch liquor, unless a medical 23rescribes a
certain quantity to be taken
absolutely necessary
wine
— should
;
more agreeable,
moderate quantity, that
as soothing to the nerves,
After a
— good
full
it is
red or white
be taken only after sunset, at dinner;
half-a-pint, watered, if
sider as a
that wine
when
man
may
is
what
I con-
be safely taken
and provoking early
sleep.
night's rest one will rise with a clear head,
FAITHFUL OFFICERS. clean tongue, and can as easily do a .
.
255 day's
full
work
in
the tropics as he can in temperate latitudes.
But now
us turn to a happier theme, and en-
let
deavour to show that human nature
There are scores of
vile.
is
not
now on
officers
all
the
weak and
Congo who
are distinguished for their gallantry and moral courage,
and
for the noble virtues of manliness
doing.
It is
and steady well-
a proud and pleasing task to
the unblemished careers of those
early to speak of
who
to
review
served their
it
is
still
many most promising among
too
those
yet remain there.
The
first
who
served his
ably was Albert mariner.
home
full
term well and honour-
Christopherson,
He came
in July 1882.
flotilla
a
young Danish
out in July 1879, and returned
From
the
first
starting of the
from Banana Point to the founding of Mswata
and the discovery of Lake Leopold IL, he
Station
accompanied me. civil
me
who have
term faithfully and with honour, though
Ever prompt
in his deportment,
young man who
in
duty,
uniformly
he proved himself to be a
gloried in his strengtli and enjoyed
his African life intensel}^
The
first
year he could not
impress the foreign African employes with his value^ as the country, to
him
;
its
manners and language, were
all
novel
but as soon as he understood sufficiently the
vocabulary, he was not long before he became a general favourite with our employes, and his frank
hearty manliness
won
manners and
the hearts of the aborigines.
There was no duty such as one of
his capacity could
perform that he did not carry out with willingness and thoroughness.
When
Europeans '"^
1
•
T
requested to undertake any
dut}^,
Africa.
THE CONGO.
256 Euioiicaus
if
me an
he gave
affirmative
certain code of honour to
—I
—
lie
seemed to Lave a
which he rehgiously adhered
never had reason to doubt that the work should
he done conformably with the order, barring accidents.
Had
his education
and other attainments been equal
his goodwill, Albert Christopherson
as free from the stupid vice
would to-day have
The young
been in an enviable position.
common
callinir as his constitution
was
Paladin for his strength,
perfect
to
free
to
from
in
fellow
was
most of
his
defect.
A
good humour,
almost boyish in his frankness, he taught the natives to discern in
him from amongst the Europeans a
guileless
friend.*
The next was Captain Anderson, a Scandinavian
He
mariner.
also served a
very movement of
No
this
man was
coloured employe' could
wish to do his level
term of three years.
best.
haul a heavily-weighted
Tlie
a great pleasure to me.
resist, in his
When
presence, the
he lent a hand
wagon up
a steep
hill,
to
his
keen eye glanced along the lines of tugging, panting * I remember one day that a moody Zanzibar! appeared before me to complain of Albert for having stnick him. His lips were swollen and face disfigured, as evidence that something unusual had occurred during my Albert was called, and appeared with his sleeves rolled up absence.
above the elbows— a fair-skinned young giant. " Well, what is this, Albert ? I hear you have been striking this " Yes,
sir,
I have.
This
man had been
man ?*'
boasting to his fellows that he
could tackle me, and he sought an occasion of it, by language and looks of The last time I told defiance, when I told him to be a little more lively.
him
so I gave
him
a
ing attitude, learned
little
me
in a box-
the sailors at Zanzibar, I suppose.
I could
push,
among
when he
at once turned
on
saw that the whole little sport. for a I gave him one Kungurugwa by planned was thing from the shoulder, which felled him. He was some time coming to, and scarcely believe
it,
but, seeing every one else look up, I
he did not try another round."
MR. A.
B.
SWINBURNE, CHIEF OF KINSHASSA STATION.
MR.
SWINBURNE.
A. B.
257
arm and
men, and detected immediately the slack
To
almost despairing owner.
a shout, threw himself forward, and inspired the
company
summit was
at last
to
sprang with
this place he
renewed
by
his gestures
effort, until
the
hill's
While another might
attained.
have stormed and threatened, and become frantic with rage, he merely electrified his spirit of
work
that
was
company by
the healthy
in him.
command
Captain Anderson had been too long in
know
ships not to
the value set
upon honest goodwill
in the performance of duty, consequently he
shirking, and thus left the
Congo
of
w'\\\\
knew no
an unexception-
ably good character, and a more substantial testimonial for excellent service rendered.
The
third
is
Mr. A. B. Swinburne, formerly a student
of Christ's Hospital, London.
one months on the Congo, storekeeper,
Young
as
He
first
now
has
served forty-
as clerk, then as
and afterwards as chief of Isangila
he was, he constructed the
camp
station.
brick store-
first
house above Boma, and was the only station chief
who
could for some years be taught that a vegetable garden
was a valuable adjunct
to
a station.
He
impressed
me
very favourably by his gentleness and his quiet, mild disposition,
by wliich he
effected a
marked impression
on the aborigines in the neighbourhood of His small company grew attached peace, it
and an
grew
to
him
his station.
— there
was
utter absence of jarring in his place, until
to resemble a family circle.
His house afforded
a quiet, cool resting-place for people bound up-river.
The
little
Vol.
decorations and finical " nattiness " bespoke
n.— 17
Europeans
THE CONGO.
258 Europeans
the
yoiiiig"
home
creuture fresh from
in Africa.
,
i
On
i
surrounded by a neat-
his spare bed one could repose
ness which conjured
influences. i
,
up memories of
civilisation.
The Congo canon, with its chill winds, proved at last he was sent to Enghmd to too depressing for him ;
But, after only a lew weeks' stay, he returned
recruit. af^-ain,
bringing with him a large detachment of coloured
Pool in good order.
to Stanley
recruits,
which he led
He was
then appointed to Kinshassa station, and was
the best
young man
that could have been chosen for
the peculiar qualities of sweetness
endeared him
and gentleness, which Being a man who
and white.
to black
to resent native arrogance
had the moral courage not
with pistol shots, the place was
From
safe.
the day he
planted his flag there, noisy clamour and suspicion were
hushed, and the Association had gained an important post through the qualities which alone could have
and maintained * lie
A
letter
it
won
in peace.*
from Mr. Swinburne, January 1885, relates what progress
has made in gardening, which will be interesting to those who wish to
know what may
be grown in Central Africa had only a sufficient variety of seed I could have almost anything here. The ground is really splend'd, and most favourable to European vegetables. A few English potatoes Teuz gave me are in an advanced state. I tried an experiment with them by cutting shoots, and sticking them in the ground and the other day I pulled wyi one, and was astonished :
" If I
;
to find three potatoes of the size of marbles
though they had been carried eschalots are magnificent.
all
the
:
the originals are thriving,
way from England
here.
The
I have also a small field of rice, another of
sorghum, another of Indian corn of prodigious growth. Sugar-cane is abundant. Cabbage, onions, carrots, English turnips, cress, and parsley
and parsnips, have been
tried successfully.
doing wonders at gardening. springing
ments.
A
up almost gardener
visibly. is
The mangoes, Dr. Sims
coming, from
is
At Leopoldville they are oranges, and papaws are
pleased with his coffee experi-
whom
I shall
bog more eeed."
— FRANCOIS FLAMINI.
The T
last of the first pioneers
T
n^^
•
1
T
259
was Francois Flamini, an
1
•
1
•
•
i his was also a hard-working, striving
Itahan.
a mechanician
who concentrated With
wife and his engine.
'° Africa.
man on his
his affections
the last piece of mechanism,
he proved himself in beautiful harmony, judging by the
happy
results
his love;
him.
:
the senseless iron seemed to respond to
obeyed him,
it
'J'o it
but
it
was not
not do their duty.
seemed
sympathise with
to
he disclosed the fact that he had
I believe
woman who was
a supreme love for a Italy,
it
in far blue-skied
he and
so absorbing that
it
first
time
though
I
possessed a delicate
slight
could
Therefore they laboured lovingly,
affectionately together, without discord or jar. little
For the
engine, which,
and slenderly made, ran smoothly yet
perfectly, while the patient soul of Flamini affectionately
governed
its
Among
motions.
the later arrivals on the
Congo
to
fill
the
void created by desertions and disease there are numerous
aspirants
capacity,
of
superior
rank,
and the equal of the
first
intelligence,
and
pioneers in their
devotion.
When
the International African Association assumed
direction over our affairs in the western part of Africa,
the Comite d'Etudes du
Haut Congo was
displaced by
the Comite' of the Internationale Association du Congo,
which carried on the vast work inaugurated under the auspices of the
d'Etudes du
president and officers
Haut Congo.
Belgian military
officers,
The
first
who, able
of the Comite to arrive
to
Europeans
were
obtain leave,
utiHsed their leave of absence by enlarging their views
THE CONGO.
260 Europeans
,
derived from
lessoiis
witli tlie
in Africa.
.
Africa.
From among
their ranks the worthiest
steadily to the front, "
fit
where," as the English say
to
do anything or go any-
when with
laudation of their
gallant soldiers they close their festivals. at
men advance
I
name
random, not necessarily according to merit
:
these
Captain
Hanssens, Lieuts. Yalcke, Janssen, Parfoury, Grang, Yangele', Coquilhat, Destrain, Dr. Allard, &c.
Captain Hanssens, besides the mechanical duty of
paying exact military obedience, possesses the com-
mendable forward
common fitness
place.
disdains
proving himself above the
His impulse
With
and capacity.
to
to aspire to
a lofty
the numberless
notice
impediments
he has chosen.
to the perfect
show
he was
life
mind he overcomes wearying though
enjoyment of the
to lead,
reflect
and clothed himself with the
circumstances that he would meet,
moral courage.
He
viz.,
pitiful
an honourable
comes amongst us well prepared
to find that as yet there are
captivating menus and
no grand hotels with their
luxurious
chambers.
There-
enters his tent or his thatched cabin and seats
himself between
mud
though he had a a
life
upon the character
only armour that would be proof against the
fore he
his
Before adventuring into the region he
seems to have taken pains to of the
is
unlovely matter of his surroundings, and
the harsh
trivial
spirit of
pioneer.
unknown
If he
walls with a collected dignity as
life-long experience of the is
ordered on
districts to build stations
camp of
an expedition into he sets about
it
in
— CAPTAIN HANS SENS. a workmanlike manner
omits nothing in the
lie
;
randa, from a needle to a
261
rifle
;
and when he departs
the compactness and completeness of his
assurance of his success, and until
we
receive his
happy
was an
Lieut. Yalcke
memo-
column
we hear no more
our
is
of
him
bulletin.
earlier
comer into our ranks
a mere youth from the engineer corps, wherein, strange to say, Captain
Hanssens was
his examiner.
He was
essay in pioneering was but feeble. blast about a
His
first
asked to
dozen rocks that were in the roadway at
Ngoma. He fell sick, and was afterwards put in charge of our first camp at Isangila, where his inexperience of practical details in the conduct of the
camp and
con-
tinued ill-health caused him to be sent back to Yivi.
Kept
there for six
months
to acquire a little
more
experience, he was then permitted to join the advance
He was
party.
taken to Stanley Pool on a reconnais-
sance,
where we learned that a few more
finery
would be a boon, and consequently he was de-
articles of
spatched to Loanda to purchase these, and to return
with them as quickly as possible.
and shipped them
to
He
bought the goods
me, but he himself, falling
ill
again, departed homewards. I
have no further knowledge of him until eighteen
months
manly
later, in
January 1883.
in appearance, and,
I despatch
pelled to
him on a admit
different field, for him,
there
is
and here is
has grown more
though doubting
little
well
He
his ability,
am
com-
him
in a
mission, which I
performed. also,
I
although
try it
is
unusual
an exhibition of intelligence and
Europeai.i
THE CONGO.
262 Europeans
pleasing
in Africa.
wins
Merit
fidelity.
.
sucli a
work
as ours.
;
in a little over
and
change has come the
is
in
man
of
some
two months a wonderful
the most important station of
ov'er
The
Upper Congo.
promotion
•ii-p appointed chiei
which sadly needed
of Le'opoldville, calibre
Lieut.
quick
,,. Valcke
expanding
rising buildings, the
terrace, the utter absence of discord, prove that the
place has found a
fit
master.
from Europeans of poor
diet,
There are no complaints
no murmurs from native
employe's of severity and cruel injustice, nor do I hear of
any controversies with the aborigines.
is
alive with
marketing and innocent chaffering; the assembled
chiefs are in perfect confidence
aboriginal
by his side
The plaza
;
the garden
plots of potatoes
is
green with growing bananas,
and other vegetables
the caravans are
;
regular in their coming and going, and the store-rooms are
filled
with goods and provisions.
Then comes a
different trial.
Yivi, the only
link in an otherwise j)erfect chain of stations,
order for want of a similar faithful agent.
from the lower river show thai there for the presence of
powers to act as presence
is
is
in dis-
The
letters
a crying need
some one possessing firmness and
Lieutenant Yalcke
capacity.
is
weak
my
such that I
is
deputy, and
am
with
selected
the effect of his
enabled to devote
tion to the pressing duties up-river. to his duties at Leopoldville,
full
which by
He this
is
my
atten-
hastened
time
is
the
centre of a large area, and in the district of Stanley
Pool there are three other stations, directed by the presiding officer of the principal station.
Hence
this
LIEUTENANT VALCKE. group
of"
four stations, influencing
square miles,
is
an area of 2000
called the Division of Stanley Pool, the
political interests
of which
importance every day, so ability
263
are becoming of greater
tliat
can be intrusted with
it.
only a person of tried
Lieutenant Valcke
is
LIEUTENANT VALCKK.
therefore appointed Divisional
months
lie
governs
it
Commander.
admirably,
For
five
and executes the
various and manifold duties whicli the government of
such a constantly fermented district implies, wiih precision,
intelligence,
and
unflurried
patience.
From
none of the two scores of chieftains of Bnmbundu,
Europeans
THE CONGO.
264 Europeans
Bateke, aiid Babari do I hear the shghtest whisper of
in Africa.
.
dissatisiaction.
Finally comes
last
By
has arrived.
a fatal accident to Captain Anderson
are deprived of that officer's
Captain Hanssens certain abilities
invaluable services.
appointed to a mission requiring
is
which eminently distinguish him
Therefore Lieutenant Yalcke
is
With
difficult
;
it
sufficient is
alone.
selected for the serious
task of transporting the vessel overland Pool.
The
trial of his abilities.
steamer Le Stanley for the Upper Congo
sectional
we
the
power such a task
to
Stanley
by no means
is
the exasperating tedium of operations
which include the transport of the piece, the oft-repeated
by
sections piece
marching and counter-marching,
the painful care of the countless miscellanea attached to
the steamer (the loss of a single
might lead
many
to
atom of whicli
grave consequences), which, united with
other troublesome manoeuvres,
make
the respon-
attaching to the work most onerous.
sibilities
he was not unequal even to this mission
is
That
proved by
his arrival with the steamer halfway, at last accounts,
to
Stanley
Pool.
qualities that
nor usual
;
He
is
still
very young, but the
have marked him are neither common
and no doubt
this well-deserved recognition
of such merits as he has developed will spur
him on
in
a career which to-day abounds with hope.
Lieutenants
Yangele and Coquilhat are a pair of
most promising young
who have employed officers
in
Belgium
officers of
their
the Belgian army,
"leave" manfully.
will ever
be called u|)on to
Few dis-
— CONGO LIFE VERSUS BARRACK
LIFE.
205
themselves in the manner English Iare called upon to do in the indies and tinguisli
or like
ITT
1*
111
the French
m
in Tonquin, Madagascar,
officers Europeans ^^ Africa. «/>•
Africa,
Tunis and
Algiers, and the Americans in the sjDacious West.
barrack
with
life
all
its
from youth
to old age,
it
A
appears to me,
charms of uniform and military
can-
title,
not offer the advantages and excitements which the
adventurous young and brave crave after with an
in-
LIRUTENANT VANGELE.
may
some
satiable hunger.
It
to be the warders
and armed police of order and peace
in a quiet country like civilised
there
suit the
Belgium
predilection of
;
but,
in
country the literature of adventure
whatever is
diffused,
must be many young men whose hearts beat
high as they read the stirring "
tales
Of moYing accidents by flood and field, 0/ hair-breadth 'scapes i' the imminent deadly breach."
Incipient
chivalry
is
found
breasts, well fired of the
in
numerous youthful
daily routine of marching
THE CONGO.
266 Europeans
froiii
in Africa.
,
bariack to park, and park to barrack, with no
,
.
higner purpose than
from year
from
year,
to
To be
being drilled.
Good heavens! think
drilled
grave
cradle to the
tlie
of some 500 millions of Asiatics,
300 millions of Africans, and 50 millions of Indians
and Pacific Islanders requiring some small share of that drill
which
accomplished a
less
little
is
so lavishly
given to thousands of
who perhaps would
ofticers,
of the training and a
be better for
more of the
little
sight-seeing in the big world without
So the young
officers
came out
speakably excited at the prospect
Like
far interior.
many
idea of the real truth
;
to Africa,
adventures
oi'
others, they
still,
when
They became
realities of
wretched
the
the vain fancies had vv^orth
found
by the grim painful
sobei'ed
diet,
iii
had but a dim
vanished, there w-as enough of sterling in them.
both un-
and the intercourse with
the unlovely natures of thousands of savage brutalised
beings their
among whom they had
putting
to live, often
natural politeness to a hard
With
test.
their
ignorance of native languages, they could only discern the kernels of the humanities which they met.
They
Wa
and M,
had
to learn the
meaning of Ba,
and no sooner had these profound
Ki,
and
studies been mastered
than they were pushed amongst other tribes whose gabble sounded excessively unintelligible
long they were shifted little
by
little
still
;
and before
higher up the river; but
they detected, by the slim knowledge
they had gained, that underneath these crude bronze
masks of
faces
there
beat
warm
impulses
varying
LIEUTENANTS VANGELE AND COQUILHAT. from anger
to joy, hate to friendship.
And
lo
267
!
wliat
Europeans 111
with honest striving and
fast
happy contentment was reached
Now
if
purpose, the goal of in triumph.
gold medals should ever be struck by
tlie
Association to reward industry, Lieut. Yangele' should receive the
first
and Lieut. Coquilhat the second,
for
the construction of the best well-made station on the
Upper Congo.
These two
officers are
the founders of
LIEUTENAKT COQUILHAT.
Equator Station.
To know
the intrinsic value of the
rich land of Africa, visitors cannot begin their estimate until
they see the bananas grow in the
fat soil
around
this station.
An
accident, sad in the extreme, dej^iiN'od
brilliant
young
officer after
mQ
he had shown nearly three
years of assiduous effort to win an honourable for gallantry,
of a
good conduct, and industry.
name
This young-
gentleman was Eugene Janssen, lieutenant in the Royal Belgian Army.
He had come
out as inexperienced as
Alrica.
THE CONGO.
268 Euiopeans
a boj.
Ill
eighteen months he was so far ahead of his
compeers that he was selected to occupy Mswata, near the confluence of the
months
at this place he
mandant, through tliat
Kwa
and the Congo.
had been
so successful as a
com-
his gentle arts of pleasing suasion,
old Grobila, the chief, consulted
he undertook.
After fifteen
He
him
in everything
had become the pet of old and
young, male and female, and his sobriquet, the "AVhite
LIEUTENANT JANSSEN.
Chicken," had been borne up the river for a distance of
500 miles, as the name of one who was the good friend of
all.
The canoes
station, either
hundreds
fastened at the landing-place of his
bound up
who had
down
river, contained
simply halted to say good day to
Nsusu-Mpembe (white
He was
or going
chicken).
requested to build a station a
little
higher up
than Mswata, and to show the Abbe Gruyot a portion of
ground where he might have
erected.
his
mission-house
Their canoes, returning in a hurry
to
Mswata
LIEUTENANT PARFOURY. in the teeth of a gale of wind, foundered
Ganchu's Point, and
botli
the
269
when
opposite
young lieutenant and the
Abbe, with several of the coloured men, were drowned.
One
He
of the most excellent
lived long
tained
all
enough
to
show
the elements that
for intrinsic worth,
men was
Lieut. Parfoury.
that in
make men
him were con-
greatly esteemed
moral bravery, and the indefatig-
able spirit of capacity
;
and
yet, being a little indiscreet
LIEUTENANT PARFOURY.
one day under a burning sun, he was gone from just
as
I
was beginning
number of worthy men
to
feel
comforted at
us,
the
flocking to the standard of the
Association in Africa.
Another estimable, honest soul was Lieut. Grang. For fifty days he lived in the same camp with me, and during this period I had gathered, by the light such close intercourse with
him had given me, that
true^an
;
was
set
in
him
for
I
could count a
every spring within his character
moving by downright honesty
—honest motives,
Europeans
THE CONGO.
270 Europeans in Africa.
and lionest intentions.
In
all his
composition
tliere
.,.,-, T not a gram weight but what was pure manhuess. ,
s-
And
frame was as grand and true as his nature. while
I
was ouly waiting
for a
was tt-
Mis yet,
few finishing touches to
a steamer that was building in the port of Leopold ville, he was too trusty a man to be to take hi in with me
—
left
behind wlien the Upper Congo was
still
vacant
he forgot something at a camp ten miles from Leopold-
LIEUTENANT GRA^G.
Travelling back in a pelting rain-storm which
ville.
overtook him, he was wetted, and afterwards chilled for ill,
want of an immediate change of clothing. He fell and daily grew worse, and the first grave at Leopold-
ville
was dug
to
bury the remains of
this noble
AUard deserves warm praise from me, most amiable men living, and as one of
Dr. the
painstaking physicians
some men worlc
is
as
it
has been
my
lot to
man.
as one of
the most
meet.
To
necessary as food, and to this
gentleman's active mind any restraint in the pursuit
DB. ALLARD.
of some task
it
had
set
cruel deprivation. to
upon accomplishing would be a
we have been
Fortunately
accommodate him
in
It
lespect
this
Boma
struction of the hospital at gratification to him.
271
was
;
able
and the con-
has been an intense
essential for the general
good of wayworn travellers and such commodious building as
sick officers that
with
this,
its
some
ample
verandah, airy rooms, and civihsed conveniences, should
DR.
be within easy reach of enervated
by
men
distressed
it
would have been most
diffi-
directing the construction.
gone
if,
fatigue, diet.
have found a person on
a labour of
by bodily
by wretched
climate, or reduced
But without Dr. Allard cult to
ALLARD.
ove, and a sick
tlie
Congo capable of
To him, however,
man must
it
was
indeed be far
with Dr. Allard's cheeriness and the pleasant
surroundings of bed, board, and attention, he cannot recover.
deepened
Years of acquaintance with him have but
my
sense of his rare and invaluable qualities.
Europeans
THE CONGO.
272 I slioulcl
Europeans
mention Lieut. Destrain and Mr. Hodister,
in Africa.
of
tlie
liness
Kwilu-Niadi Valley, as further examples of man-
and indefatigability among the Belgians
;
but
have no intimate knowledge of these gentlemen. infer so
much from
the
I
I
number of years they have
•been engaged in the service, from the reports of officers
from that
and from a knowledge of Destrain's
locality
frequent tours of inspection and survey in the valley,
and the value of the
details
which he has furnished
to us.
Among
the later British arrivals
who have been
conspicuous for their capacity and their all-round ness for special fields of labour
premature as yet
— although
it
fit-
would be
to detail at large their services
— are
Captain Seymour Saulez, Major Francis Yetch, Major
Parmenter, Mr. E. Massey Shaw, Mr. Spenser Burns, Mr. John Rose Troup, and Engineer Binnie. Captain
Saulez,
on
Lieutenant Yalcke's
appoint-
command of Le Stanley Transport Force, assumed the command of the Divisional District of ment
to the
He
Stanley Pool.
has been tried
months, but, although the
district
only for a few
was
at
one time the
centre of an adverse effort, he has contrived through his
calm behaviour and consistent, watchful, prudent
conduct to preserve the peace.
Major Yetch port.
To him
is
the chief officer of the Native Trans-
is
intrusted the conveyance of the ten
tons of goods and provisions, sent monthly from Yivi to Stanley Pool along the south bank.
favourite
with
the
natives,
and
tlie
He
is
a greai
most onerous,
BRITISH OFFICERS.
have been uniformly and unexceptionally well
services -
273
rendered.
Every one who has come
contact
in
Parmenter has been impressed by
From some
of manner.
with Major
extreme suavity
his
of those whose evidence
be considered of weight,
may
have learned that he
I
regarded as " a complete gentleman."
To which
is
I
must add the very favourable impressions derived from which
his reports,
venture to say were the
I
fullest
and the most detailed descriptions of events occurring at Yivi that I ever received.
While he was
in
charge
of our lower
courier
a
perfect
every
station,
bore
record of events, written in an excellent, nervous style,
through which to me,
I
and within
felt
my
that
was drawn nearer
Yivi
control.
Personally I have not
had the pleasure of seeing him. Mr. E. Massey Shaw, of London, deserves honourable
my
mention at
hands
for
some months of excellent
governorship of Yivi during a term which, I
fear,
him more pain and anxiety than comfort or For
his
sturdy, calm
had been unfortunate enough
services of
to
is
gave
pleasure.
conduct under distressing
cumstances, this hearty acknowledgment
We
Europeans in Africa.
,
cir-
due him.
have accepted the
an applicant who, through an alleged long
term of service in the United States and latterly as American consul at
was supposed appointment. serious error
to
St.
Navy
formerly,
Paul de Loanda,
be well worthy of this
important
may judge by results, a very was committed by me when I accepted this If one
person and appointed him to Yivi. YoL. II.— 18
After a short, but
THE CONGO.
274 Europeans in Africa.
disastroiis term, .
,
.
„
,
he was dismissed.
To
repair the
many
.
mischiefs resulting from
mismanagement, and
to restore
confidence in the minds of the panic-stricken natives
and frightened employe's, was a task which successor, its
Mr. Shaw.
to his
Vivi had received such a check in
was slow work, consequently
career that rebuilding
Mr. Shaw has not had a
fair
While expressing
himself.
fell
opportunity to distinguish
my
utter
dissatisfaction
with the state of our principal station on the Congo in April 1884, I entirely absolve Mr. for its condition.
I
Shaw from blame
would rather express
at the visible signs of restored confidence after
my
my
pleasure
which
met
I
loug absence in the interior, and which was
solely due to
Mr. Shaw's excellent temper and method
of treatment. It is
my
belief that in
have a thoroughly good
Mr. John Eose Troup
No
officer.
doubt in a short
time, as opportunities offer, his services will be fully recognised,
may
qualities
and a position
we
more
befitting his superior
be found for him.
Mr. Spenser Burns has unfortunately been out of
immediate control, otherwise ance with him leads
me
my
my
very short acquaint-
to believe
he would have held
a prominent place in the record of notable and worthy pioneers.
And
now, before closing the
worthies on the Congo,
named
I
come
list
of the British
to a little
Scotchman
Binnie, a hero in spirit, and, although physi-
cally not of heroic
courage.
mould, great as the greatest in
Those who read the account of how
I estab-
LEFT ALONE.
275
HsLed Stanley Falls station and
left this
mite of a
iii*ithe very heart of Africa, removed volunteeraii alone 1
1
in
k
r-
f
'
1
a twenty days' journey from the nearest station, and
doomed
to at least six
months' isolation from the sym-
pathetic world, with only the thought of a large
work
before him, while his only companionship had to be
found
among some 1500
barbarians 400 yards off on
the same island, with more than 10,000 within easy
reach of him, will at once acknowledge that the brave heart merits h(mourable notice here.
Though
knew not
he
teered
might be supposed that when he volun-
it
that
" he
against a sea of troubles;" but tears stood in his eyes,
fellow
was
it
was taking
when
arms
at parting the
was a proof that the
little
conscious that he was in a critical
fully
position. I
know
not what his " bringings up "
may have
been,
may have learnt a may be that his feeling
he was a Scotchman, he
but, as
and
prayer in his childhood
;
of loneliness that
evening recalled
first
it
half- forgotten
words, and forced him to his knees in the silence of his
thatched hut. since I
I
saw the
cannot say, for
I
have not seen him
tears in his eyes over a year ago.
But on the steamer's return, the discovered to have done nobly. possessions
;
;
enlarged his
he had been planting and making
and the savage natives round about
acknowledged him as their umpire
He had
man was
he had extended his clearing, and built
an entire village gardens,
little
in all
friend.
him
Binnie was the
arguments, the arbiter in
all
political
FAnopoans •"•Africa.
THE CONGO.
276 Europeans
controversies
— in
was
short, he
general referee in
tlie
the disputes which occurred in the locality.
all
This case of manly endeavour ought surely to be
many
puling fellows
who
friends to curse Africa
and
taken to heart by some of the returned to
to their
homes and
frame excuses for their
which
raises a
own
man from
utter
want of the quality
the low level of incapacity.
Here was an engine-driver who volunteered from his lathe at a Scottish machinis s', and came out to Africa
—by no weight
means a strong man, not quite nine stone in
—to win bread
for his old mother.
men through What had he to
the top rank of proper
bravery of
spirit.
propre " and " susceptibilities"
he heard such fine phrases.
It is
?
A
He
rises to
sheer pluck and
say of
^^
amour
doubtful whether
Scottish machine-shop
is
not the place where one would expect to hear them yet he acts
through a correct
bravely and loyally,
understanding of the term amour propre
He
feels that
in after years,
him with acting
jealous
is
—
self-respect.
he has given his word to be a true man,
and that no one twit
;
or at any time, can his promise.
So
self-respect that
he
disloyally to
he of his self-honour or
becomes the mainstay of
my
forlorn hope in
an hour
of need.
Germany was
also represented
the best from any land.
by a man equal
to
This was Frederic Drees, a
mechanician, but a very nobleman in working dress.
Quiet and gentlemanly in demeanour, and gentle in language, he seemed to have put on a working garb just to
show how well dignity
befitted honest labour.
GERMAN
He
OFFICEES.
277
never even used rougli language to Lis black
fire- Europeans in Africa
man, and that bilious
is
great praise
if
you know the usual
humours of the avenige engineer.
Throughout
three years of service he performed his duties with the
gravity of a philosopher, the dignity of a gentleman,
and the general
There
an honourable man.
named Lehrman,
gentleman
a
is
cliaracter of
a Croat,
who, by the remarkable power of development that he possesses, has tauglit
from externals. unpromising
me
not to be too rash
in
judging
For certainly no one bore such an
exterior
and
seemed
so
utterly
inex-
perienced as Mr. Lehrman, yet to-day he deservedly
ranks very high in valuable
officer.
my
estimation as a
thoroughly
Energetic, bright, alert in
mind and
body, possessing a fine control over his men, and en-
joying splendid health, no better to take the
Niadi.
It
command
was so
man
could be found
of Phillippeville, on the Kwilu-
no one
isolated in its position that
seemed willing to accept the appointment, but Mr.
Lehrman, seeing the reluctance of
and pre-
others,
viously too modest to obtrude himself upon
my
notice,
me ever since own men, or the
volunteered for the post, and has kept free
from anxiety about himself,
his
natives.
many officers yet deserving of notice. Foremost among them are Lieutenant Liebrechts, Tliere
are
Mr. Monet, and Count Posse.
Their
has scarcely been sufficient yet.
The
must not be too loosely kept. entitled to his hire,
trial,
however,
" roll of honour "
The labourer
is
justly
and the trustworthy agent or
officer
THE CONGO.
278 Europeaus
must
be slighted after full proof of his worthiness.
iiot
in Alrica.
In the above sketches of noble characters, others who
work may
ma}^ aspire after distinction in the fields of
what
discover
special
are
attributes
necessary
honourable mention and are most appreciated.
them
are beautifully and clearly
words of Solomon, the wisest of
man
diligent in his business
?
for
All of
summed up in the men " Seest thou a :
He
shall
stand before
Ivinos
LIEUTENANT LIEBRECHTS.
A
wise Greek said to a friend that " the
a good
reputation
is
endeavour
to
way
to gain
what you
to be
desire to appear."
A men
wise Briton has is
he
t^aid
who cannot
tell
:
"
The most unhappy of
what he
is
going
to do,
all
who
has got no work cut out for him in the world, and does not go into
it.
For woik
is
the grand cure of
the maladies and miseries that ever beset
mankind
honest work which you intend getting done."
all
DILIGENCE IN BUSINESS. Surely each
if
to Ins
279
what the Jew, Greek, and Briton uttered
own
.
nation
.
is
,
.
true, it
must be
-,
/•
also true for
the two hundred and sixty Belgians, British, French,
Germans, Swedes, and Americans who during the six years
those this.
have
who
tried their fortunes
are yet there, and
still
on the Congo.
last
Let
hesitating, think of
Europeans '"^
Africa.
THE CONGO.
280
CHAPTEB XXXY. CLIMATE
— PART
I.
knowledge —A youth's welcome to the tropics, and —Wet flannels and fever—Intemperance — Carelessness in Europe — Inquiry into the causes of sickness at the stations on the Congo — The cases of some of our invalids —The best positions to build upon — Captain Burton's advice, " Beef and beer " — European opinion of Africa compared to African opinion of Eurojje— Banza Manteka: a missionary station — Dangers of low-lying — " pare " — " Observe the native custom "—Sickness not due to miasma— Number of deaths in our Expedition— Instances of how the deaths occurred — Urgent advice to those who wish to thrive in
Value of
reliable
its
results
localities all
fatal
the
Climate— Part
The
trollies.
clearer
I. .
suited
I
can
make
,
.
will be for those
it
this
chapter,
... individuals who,
hetter
.
either
now,
the coming years,
may
or perhaps in the course
of"
have intercourse with the
res-ions
African Equator. There are so
the
under and near the
many wrong and
utterly
absurd conceptions abroad regarding the African climate that
is
it
about time
some one capable of speaking
from experience should utter his opinions bravely and plainly
;
purpose, It
and as it
this book, as
be judged, has
would be incomplete without
its
this chapter.
should be begun with a confession by the author
of having himself lived in
may
Africa, just
ignorantly for
as there are
men along
many
years
.the African
— A TBOPICAL WELCOME. and up the
coast,
nvmg
oil
minute
at this
rivers, the
m
281
Niger and the Congo,
the densest ignorance of the
dangers around them, and of the simple philosophy of living healthily
may
and well amid these dangers.
be presumed, also, that
shall
still
Africa again,
if I live in
be in ignorance of
many
things, despite
accumulated experience of seventeen years.
many
like
others, I
much
has been
indifference,
temerity, so shall
shall
I
and natural
more than frequently scourged
a victim to punishments,
wdienever
as
In the same
my
with the pains and the penalties due to rashness, and
life
past conduct, which has been a com-
pound of ignorance, indolence, ineptitude,
my
But, un-
wisdom of
of the
a man's naturally slow wit can acquire
my
I
have an intense desire and strong
inclination to acquire as
measure as
It
I
be in
dulness,
the future
unconsciously self-inflicted^
trespass
against
the
silent
and
unwritten laws of health.
The young European '•
His mother's
joy, his father's sole delight
That with much
cost, yet
with more care was bred,"
sighing after adventure, volunteers his services, and sails
He
hopefully to the Congo.
is
evidently
in
splendid health on his arrival, but what to do with that
priceless
blessing,
which has been,
bettered by the long sea voyage, he
than
(if
the Darwinian theory
progenitor. the
Congo
He
— at
is
has heard that
least, so
possible,
if
knows no more
right) his long-tailed
it
is
slightly
warm on
the meteorologists say
;
but in
Europe, he smiled at this; thought he could well endure
ciimate-
THE CONOO.
282 Climate— Part
Europe ^
that heat, since
in
summer was
" ever so
I
the ship drops anchor
Still, after
hotter."
m
much
-o
.
1
Banana
Creek, an uncomfortable quantity of perspiration exudes
through the pores of his skin, and the flannels that
were endurable
become almost
at sea
warmth
stepping ashore this
On
intolerable.
increases, the
flannels
absorb the perspiration until they are wet and heavy,
and cling uncomfortably are
full
The underclothes
to his body.
the outward clothing has begun to be damp,
;
and dark streaks along the seams of
his coat
show
that they are actually wet, until in fact he represents
a water-jug covered with wet flannel such as
up
we
sling
in the tropics as a water-cooler.
The youth
innocent of any idea
is
aught should
if
be done by him as a precaution against the furtive of
influences
without
is
the
new
The
climate.
perhaps 105°-110° Fahr.
And now,
cooler in the verandah.
;
temperature
but
will be
it
having; arrived
and
being hospitably invited to take a chair, he gladly accepts the invitation, at the same time
helmet, wiping
doffing his
parboiled face, and fanning
his red,
himself with his pocket kerchief.
He
himself observes
near 25° cooler than outdoors.
that the temperature
is
No
water to a stranger, but wine,
one would
offer
schnapps, beer, gin, seltzer, &c.
See the unsophisticated home-bred youth, how bashfully
he accepts
may he about
Thanks
!
Is
he
not in Congo-land
?
Why
not ape the moustachcd and brave manhood
him !
?
"I
will
take
wine,
if
you
please."
and a glass of black-red Portuguese wine
!
WET FLANNELS AND is
handed
which
to him,
more potent than a
FEVER.
283
after trial lie discovers to be
bottle oi
champagne.
This strong- draught of wine has infused courage in
him
it
;
loss of
He
sits
longer, and becomes interested
the gossip of
tlie
coast,
strangeness. in
and apparent
leads to conviviality
class,
made up
usually
is
which, with
men
of his
of fevers, frivolous localisms,
of crocodiles, or hippos, or " niggers," and such recitals as
would
a
outlast
But
Lapland night.
now
is
it
evening and dinner time.
The
ill-fated
youth has enjoyed his dinner and potent
wine, and a comfortable arm-chair receives his repleted
The night
form. stars
shine
is cool,
but there
brightly,
chilliness in the air,
and gracious, and bland is
was
that he
the
an unaccountable
and the poor young man has long
ngo forgotten the wringing-wet
and could not
;
state of his flannels,
discern, through his verdant experience,
At
like a water-cooler.
last
he seeks the
couch offered him by the hospitable trader, on which
he tosses about
till
In the morning he
and a strange
cockcrow with disturbed dreams. feels
unwell
;
his
tongue
is
lassitude has taken possession of him.
This feeling grows into a nauseous sickness. visited about the time of dejeuner,
with flushed
furred,
face,
and
is
He
is
discovered
watery eyes and a rapid pulse, and
declared to have a fever
Then
there
is
the medicating of the sick
man
in a
rude unskilful way, and a rough but kindly nursing of him.
But the personal attendant
whom
the white
man
is
is
a black negro, to
an absolute stranger.
The
ciimate-
THE CONGO.
284 Climate—
scGHe Gnds after a few days with convalescence perhaps,
and a slow recovery,
when
an extreme
o\\ in
with death,
case,
the hody will he interred at the Point
But no
remains of other unfortunates.
drawn from
any more than
that death
will obtain
Truly
from
it
it
is
the
lesson will he
many
i'rom the
who can
preceding deaths, until those
among
read and learn
this chapter.
extremely discouraging to
that of
feel
young or mature gentlemen who may
the twenty other
have seen this youth, and perhaps enjoyed his society for this one evening, there
an approachable guess
old veteran will
should have
his
left
;
it
mother
a remark that, no doubt, disease
will
remark that
it
make
not one of them can
which cut him
at the real cause
Each
prematurely.
off so
is
;
have
his opinion
:
the
was a pity such a boy another
hazard
will
was some form of organic
another will attribute
to hereditary
it
weak-
De Bloeme and Greshoff and Muller, and several others who came out as boys and One thoughtless throve marvellously on the climate. man will cry out, " Another victim of Africa Cruel, murderous Africa " while one may perhaps venture ness,
and he
will quote
!
!
to
utter his belief that
which,
And
if
so
not very
on
—
all
truth as the truth
The
it
much
was the Portuguese wine,
diluted,
is
mere surmises, as is
as
bad as brandy
!
far opposite to the
to lying!
fever was caused
in the cold night air.
by
We
sittiiig
in his
know how
a
wet
flannels
young man
in
Europe, returning home in wet clothes, feeling shivery,
may
be attacked with inflammation of the lungs, and,
CARELESSNESS IN EUROPE.
285
despite the most loving attention and highest medical
may
skill,
be carried off
by death.*
young man from a
does not exempt another
if
fresh from
Europe are very prone
their flannels are
to believe that
" wringing wet
made
who
"from violent same dangers
perspiration, they are not liable to the as one
like effect
Strange to say, young
arising from a similar cause.
men
Life in Africa
has been wetted and chilled by a wintry
rain-storm.
On
Europe, however,
return to
their
they have rather inverted their opinions, preferring
sudden exposure of the body when
to believe that a
perspiring to a cold draught
would be
similar experiment
Many
will say that ibis
of judgment occur
twenty cases
One
statement.
a
friend
of mine
in Africa.
incredible, but such errors
There are about
personal knowledge to prove the resulting
case,
lately telegraphed
not so dangerous as a
nevertheless.
my
to
is
is
pneumonia, was
in
from Berlin over died but
a
England, and
to
short
time ago from
inflammation of the lungs, after successfully enduring
work on
several years' J]nglish
friends
Africa through
have
the Congo. also
their rash
lost
I
A
warm
have been a victim
lessness repeatedly, *
coloured
forgetfulness
draughts when, heated by the their rooms.
and though
medical authority in
New York
fact that the "violent exercise
Several
I
of
my
men from of
avoiding
temperature of
to
know
my own well
care-
what the
has lately drawn attention to the
indulged in by 20,000 young people at
the skating rinks every evening has caused an alarming increase of pneumonia, 149 deaths in one week being reported. This exercise induces copious perspiration and fatigue, and, thoughtless of consequences, Ihe young have s-allied out from the rinks to encounter the keen cold blasts.
ciimate-
THE CONGO.
286 Climate— tedious, Part
exasperatiiig
consequences of such thouglit-
will be, an
unlucky abstraction of mind or
I.
less folly •
some hapless oversight has caused me
window
of the
button-holed
me
painful
then comes the tedious catarrh,
;
bionchitis,
patrician of old,
out
or some bore has
;
and
protracted
their
me to exclaim, who denied zealous
tempting
affections,
look
before an open door through which
wind enters
the gusty
the
warm room
of a
to
like the
chest
Roman
duty to his Im-
perator in cold, chilly, feverish Albion, " Ob, England
murderous England!"
cruel,
At
for instance,
Vivi,
will
it
I
man would have
strongest
but
;
would undertake that the
a fever within a few hours,
depend on the condition of the man's system
how severe or how mild
it
will be.
Given
a case, having
blood already impoverished by poor food, with system
sapped and weakened by various
trifling little
African
" colds," the fever that could be inflicted on him might
prove dangerous to all
life,
his fresh blood,
his
while the strongest man, with splendid
physique, and pro-
phylactic precautions, would be sure to regret during five or six
At Yivi truth
let
;
manner
days that he had exposed himself to there
an excellent place to prove the above
some Dr. Koch try "
:
is
Go down
to the
it.
I
Nkusu
landing place, become well heated, briskly
up
spiration hill in
;
hill,
it.
which
will
should say in this Valley, or Yivi perspiring,
walk
no doubt increase your per-
then seat yourself on the brow of the station
a comfortable cane chair, and occupy your
mind
with Fothergill's, Fayrer's, or Lauder Brunton's ex-
CAUSES OF SICKNESS. planati'ons of malaria, say, for
287
an hour, until you are
well chilled, then go to dinner that evening with appetite I
you may."
have suffered during 120
over
what
my
and
fevers, great
long African experience
may have that many
I
hundred before suspecting
suffered over one
of these were preventible in other quinine, and
and
slight,
ways than by taking
preliminary remedies, and that there
its
were other causes productive of fever besides malaria,
and miasma. The
my
last six
Added
experience greatly.
sufferings
years in Africa have enlarged
my own
to
personal
have been those of about 260 Europeans as
ignorant as myself of the causes of these fevers. sick lists of various stations
have been inspected by me,
and the inspection has created a
and
fevers tlian
sickness
another.
I
that fevers were
desire to
were more frequent
rife
one could possibly find
know why
at one place to
discover
at a station near
which no
have been astonished
more
The
sufficient
putrefying vegetation
to account for the sickness.
Old Yivi,
for instance, is situated
on a rocky
plat-
form, with a sudden drainage on three sides, and only
during the rainy season does the wind come from the north-west, where rises the towering mass of Castle
For a distance of forty
Hill.
miles,
between us and the
low ground near Boma, the Congo flows between the rock slopes of two mountain lines, which rise from 200 above
Yet, old Yivi, excepting Manyanga,
to
800
is
the most sickly spot in
list
is
feet
at
all
it.
reliable,
all
and
our possessions,
I personally
if
the sick
suffered
more
ciimate-
TEE CONGO.
288 ClimatePart
vexatious "
little
fevers," at that station than at
any
I.
other.
The
third most unhealthy station
though during the
last
improvement
But
in
it.
the
Le'opoldville,
year there has heen a decided if
our old-fashioned ideas of the
cause of fever were correct,
much
is
it
should have presented a
cleaner health-bill than several of the stations on
Upper Congo, some of which
are situate only about
ten feet above high water, witli perhaps
square miles of black fat loam or sides of
Yet
it.
damp
many hundred forest
on three from
to despatch debilitated persons
upper
Le'opoldville to these
stations, in
apparently un-
healthy situations had the same effect as sending them to a sanatorium of established repute.
Young
of Yorkshire, while at Leopoldville,
seen gradually
becoming cadaverous,
his
is
form becomes
less
his pallid face, white lips,
Glave,
and
less
and dark
rigid
and upright
lines
under the eyes, warn us that he undergoes the
;
common and necessary to unfledged At his own request he is commissioned to
strange vicissitudes
Europeans.
build a station at Lukolela, and the change in two is
simply astounding
— he becomes at
heavier in w^eight, living light is
pliant, vigorous,
action betokens lusty Le'opoldville, I
whisper
that this
is
his
Falls.
is
;
his
every
Lieut. Liebrichts, at
a subject creating great anxiety to me. to the medical
man
another unfit case for Africa.
He
My
in the eyes, his form
life.
are not wanting, but the doctor despair.
least three stone
movement quick
young
my suspicion
is
is
months
is
taken to Bolobo on
return
down
river
is
in charge,
Suggestions
himself inclined to
my way
to
Stanley
haunted by a fear that
INQUIRY INTO SICKNESS.
me
bad news of him await
289
there, instead
of"
which a
manhood greets me, and
magnificent specimen of a wondering gaze from
nil
after
on the steamers,
of ns
something in the tone and manner remind us of our
Why, it is Liebrichls himman, who has a strong grasp, and a
sure-to-be buried friend. self,
a hearty, sleek
bright cheery welcome to
all
of us.
Mr. Swinburne, one of the " faithful expedition, tinually,
is
at
always
Yivi,
"
among
the
ailing, ulcerous or fevei'ish conr
Manyanga, or
Le'opoldville
but
;
being dispatched to Kinshassa on Stanley Pool, only five miles
my
to
above Le'opoldville, he lives eighteen months,
knowledge, without a single attack of indis-
position
—a
constant marvel to his friends, that a low-
lying station like Kinshassa can preserve such a mail
and
alive
well.
r
Lieutenants Yangele and Coquilhat, the builders of
Equator Station, and the vanguard of the Europeans on the Upper Congo, each time we anxiously asked, "
What
" Splendid I" the gallant
thing could be better. us
;
give us a
Do
little coffee
petit verre occasionally for
want
;
health,
our
young
them, are
"
officers cry.
No-
not trouble yourself about
or tea, and enough to have a
our cafe noir
own gardens produce
we two ought
visit
of the climate ?"
to satisfy
all
— that
the
rest.
is all
we
As
for
any one of the
salu-
brity of this region."
When the
I
examine the muster-roll of those along
Upper Congo
twenty-nine
since 1882, I find there
Europeans
Vol. II.— 19
above
have been
Le'opoldville,
out
of
ciimate-
THE CONGO.
290 Climate— "^vliom
two
liave
been drowned and only one died of
and twenty have
sickness,
either served their
three
years' te^"m of service, or are nearly completing their
Only one
term.
through
has resigned
reason
of
severe illness.
Considering that the
furtlier
they have advanced
into the interior, the less ceitain the
of receiving
external
Europeans are
and supply of customary
aid
adjuncts to their economic fare from Europe, the above
statement
is
most creditable to the climate.
Le'opoldville.
improving
its
—which,
since 1883, has been steadily
sanitary condition by the increase of
its
comforts and conveniences, through the enlarged views
which the natives entertain of white men, added immensely greater peans in charge, area,
ability
and experience of the Euro-
— despite the larger extent of cultivated
and the more perfect order and cleanliness of
surroundings,
subject to light
is still
occasionally, althongh they
the
to the
former severity,
waves of sickness
show nothing approaching
which sometimes,
incapacitated one half the
its
number
in
one day,
of whites at the
station.
In the moral atmosphere of Leopold ville there fault to be found.
The conduct of
all
decidedly virtuous and above reproach.
no
is
the people
is
Neither can
they be charged with liberal consumption of the strong
wine or ardent
spirits,
coast, because these tities as to
which are
so
plentiful on
the
cannot be transported in such quan-
permit of such extravagance.
Tlie houses
are large, commodious, cool, airy, well ventilated, and
THE HEALTH OF
wqW
With more
protected against the heat of the sun.
and
labour,
may
291
VI VI.
many
time,
in
improvements
additional
draining and clearing
be effected in
that
all
remains uncleared in the immediate neighbourhood of
Every square yard of clean open ground
the station.
Yet, at the same time,
will be a little gain in health. I
doubt
if it will
ever be perfect in
Vivi, again, to
its
present position.
which the steamers from the seaport
bring constant supplies of necessaries, even luxuries,
never lacks wines or for
spirits,
furniture-equipment of
much
ville, is
and its
is
many degrees
buildings than Le'opold-
inferior for the salubrity of its position.
This cannot be ascribed to the fact that
it
is
nearer
lowlands of the sea-coast than Le'opoldville,
the
to
better,
because Lutete Station, situate on the plateau eighty sea-coast than
miles nearer the
of
tlie
Leopoldville,
is
one
Nor can
healthiest stations on the Congo.
it
be attributed to the fact that immoderate indulgence
wine and
in
spirits
might be charged
to
some that
have disgraced themselves, since the most virtuous
and well-conducted have nearly to the same extent. the
site
of
the
station,
also
suffered,
thougli
not
The rocky composition of the
innumerable
means of
drainage around, the entire absence of anything likely to vitiate
the atmosphere from putrefying vegetation,
render the problem
still
more
difficult to resolve,
with-
out the key to the solution afforded by a comparison of the sick
The
lists
truth
is
and the
positions of each station.
that the sickness of Yivi
is
attributable
and principally
to
its
to various causes, but
first
defective
cHmate-
THE CONGO.
292 Climate— positioii,
being situate on a projection in the neck of a
mountain funnel. The mouth of
this funnel
gapes about
fourteen miles to the Atlantic Ocean, then contracts just
Boma
above
to about a mile in width,
The
about 1300 yards. old station
was
and
pier platform
built projects about
at Vivi to
on which
tlie
300 yards across
this breadth, receiving the cold south-west sea-breeze,
which, blowing a five-knot breeze at Banana,
is
felt
of
the force of fourteen knots at Vivi.
THE FUNNEL-SHAPED GORGE OF THE LOWER CONGO.
Manyang;), another unhealthy station for fortunate position,
still
un-
ordy higlier up the neck of the
Leopoldville again
funnel.
but
is
its
defective, being
is
placed sh'glitly
on the slope of a
hill
bettei',
by whicli
the plateau winds and the upper strata of canon blasts escape, to be diffused over the expanse of Stanley Pool.
Boma it
the
is
superior to Yivi
Congo Vnlley
foi" its
is less
position, because near
confined,
and would be con-
sequently more salubrious were there some drainage of
A SEA-COAST POSITION. the flats aroiina
it
293
Banana Point
effected.
oup*lit to ciimateI'ait
be superior
to
removed, were offensive.
The
the sea and
both, because the bills are it
not so low, and
site consists
its
still
farther
neighboui'hood so
of sea-sand, through which
water percolate underneath
river
the
;
hollows within present malodorous abominations, and
perhaps the absence of strong moral public opinion has conduced to
its
At
past evil repute.
time, a wise expenditure of
the same
money, and good
order,
KintaTnoQ
PLAN TO ILLUSTRATE HOW THE GOUGE DISCHARGES
WINDS AT
ITS
LEOPOLDVILLE.
would greatly improve the point.
It is certain that
chniices of life
a position on the sea coast,
well chosen, with cleanly living, aided the petty details of
life,
is
no worse than mere cold
posure to both that invokes is
by wisdom
it
in
ought not to be more unhealthy
than any other place on the globe heat
on the sandy
its
as cruel to the unprotected
—
;
because the mere
it is
the careless ex-
malignanc}'
body as
it is
.
The heat
to the
head
I.
THE CONGO.
294 Climate—
of a Europeaii, but so
is
tlie
extreme
It is the
cold.
wise government of conduct that renders both equally harmless.
An
open position then, especially
happy
are
from
all
— that
deposits
is
to say,
surroundings
if its
removed as much
as possible
and deleterious influences of putrefy-
ing vegetable matter, with the
around,
air freely diifused
with careful provision against accidents from the extreme heat, with changes of temperature guarded against
by
the
same precautions that are adopted
in Europe,
with good food, with work to amuse or interest the mind, with due means to check the influences resulting
from such a
total
change in
life
as the tropic climate
demands, and with proper moral conduct, will enable the
European
1 maintain,
hot climate as
to thrive in a
well as in any climate under the sun.
what
Travellers vary in their estimation of for the intending
immigrant
to the tropics.
is
fitting
Captain
Burton, after a brief visit to the Congo, cries out for " Beef and beer."
may
However
be, yet there is
means, that
is
startling at
some truth
in
first
" Beef,"
it.
good substantial nourishing
there be a variety of fresh animal food beef,
mutton, game,
fish
and
potatoes, turnips, cabbages,
sight this
fowl, with
;
food.
by
all
Let
well cooked
vegetables-
beets, carrots
— and
good
bread, butter, jam, tea, or coffee, vv^th all sensible dishes
that the cook's skill can furnish.
Even
althouo-h other
externals are not quite perfect, good food will better
enable one to live and withstand the troubles of climatic
change than bad
food.
But about ''beer"
I
differ.
MODERATION IN FOOD AND DRINK. The English
German
beers are too bihous for Africa,
;
and
I
— claret and
be allowed
—during daylight. it
would be
when you
be,
— abso-
one exception should severe
strain of the
will be compelled to confine your-
your house until the
may
If
after a
completely passed away. effect
—are obtain-
would strongly recommend that these should
lutely never
self to
Madeiras
moderately, witli dinner, and never
be taken
system,
and the
beers are not absohitelj necessary, so long as
red and white wines able
295
effect
produced by
however small
For,
has
it
this
whether a slight exhilaration, or com-
plete intoxication, false
courage that
defy
the direct
emboldens or inspires you with a
it
may
be
sun-heat
fatal, if
you are tempted
to
while under the elevating
influence of the bevej-age.
The Duke of Wellington's of health in India,
is
also applicable to the
know but one
" I
country, and that
is
receipt for the promotion
receipt
good health
for
if possible, to
The
last
is
mind employed,
keep in good humour with the world.
the most
observed, there
in this
to live moderately, to drink little
or no wine, to use exercise, to keep the and,
Congo.
is
diflicult,
for as
you have often
scarcely a good-tempered
man
in
India."
All those officers on the Congo all will
admit that a moderate
who have
life
reflected at
has been proved to
Modera-
be more successful than an immoderate one.
tion in food, as well as in drinking ardent liquor.
To
am
not
drink
little
wine
is
excellent
advice, but
I
yet prepared to admit that total abstinence from wine
ciimatc-
TEE CONGO.
296 Climate— is Part
than
better
temperance, either
Africa
in
or
in
I. .
Employment
Europe.
nrged
and
;
the world living, a
if
a
man
I
have already
can keep in good
humour with
means that he
it
happy
that the world
is
mind
for the
is
good health from wise
in
employment, and
situation, agreeable
pleasant with him.
must be remembered, however, that
Jt
if
man
a
in a
violent state of [)erspiration subjects his unprepared
person to a cold draught of wind while in such a condition, the
fact
that he
and nobly,
will not save
any more than that from a cold and beer
temperate in his
and has always dieted
habits,
"
is
its
it
will save
in Africa
him
richly,
from a
in northern
fever,
Europe
Neither " beef
tedious pains.
and
and
or " beef and brandy," nor all the drugs of the
pharmacopoeia will save him. house
body wisely,
his
him
life
is
if
so unwisely chosen that his
subjected
minute
Or,
to
violent
changes
of
the position of his
body
is
perpetually
— one
temperature-
and the other
in a state of profuse perspiration
minute outdoors without additional clothing, exposed to a chilling blast that closes the pores,
damp
flannel pressed against the
will not avail him.
have returned
to
My
wonder
body is,
—
and
chills the
his perfect diet
not that so
Europe disheartened
at the
many
weakness
of the resistance their constitutions were able to offer to
the
vicissitudes
which their
ignorance
subjected
own persons to, but at the fact that there are still many who bravely endured all. And, now that so
their
so
much has been
cleared of
to us in Africa, let us try
what was before
how
it
so mysterious
would answer
in well-
SICKNESS AT SIEREA LEONE. drained and well-fed London,
or
297
any other
Enf^lish
Let us heat our sitting-room, until the under-
city.
clothing gets thoroughly soaked with perspiration, then
walk outdoors
and stand on a windy
to a street corner,
day without additional clothing,
morning
for the
Or go
result.
become heated with dancing walk home if,
to a
months of poor
months of
next
London
ball,
crowded room, then
me
honestly
this experience,
you add
the same dress, and
in
in addition to
scribable
in a
till
and wait
tell
diet,
bad cooking, and other inde-
discomforts,
you wonder that the African
many
continent has an evil character, and that so
un-
fortunate pioneers of trade and exploration have left their bones in its earth.
Let future governors of Sierra Leone bear cause in mind, and see
if
tion of their residence, their town.
It
may
this great
they cannot rectify the posi-
and that of the barracks a
be,
new
in
dawn on
light will
them, to the great benefit of themselves and the comfort of their families. I
have said that Yivi owed
its
cipally to its defective position, to
cold blast blowing
south-west.
same
is
station,
I
its
exposure to the
up the mountain funnel from the
have taken Vivi
applicable
unhealthiness prin-
to
as a type
— and
any similarly exposed camp,
town, or city in equatorial Africa.
singular illustration of this
is tiie fact
Another
that in ascending
the Congo, notwithstanding the long array of islands
the
swampy
and shores, and the want of exercise on such
small boats,
we enjoyed
excellent health.
But when
ciimate-
298 cij;n^te—
THE CONGO.
descending the river at
and
full
speed the wind, sharp, cold,
Under
chilling, frequently prostrated us.
in the cabin, or
when
temperature was
warm enough
perspiration, but
when we emerged
shelter,
protected by the bulwarks, the
an insensible
to induce
some duty from
for
behind our shelter, the wind produced that feeling
which ended
in fever.
A glass barrier
down
bodies while piloting the steamers
have saved us from these distressing I
have
said, also, that this
in front of our
river would
attacks.
exposure, and the quick
and frequent transitions we thereby experienced, though the principal, were not the only causes of fever
have
also asserted,
is
effects suffered indirectly
all
I
and proved, that the warm tempera-
ture of equatorial Africa
able,
and
;
not dangerous
through
it
that the
;
ill-
are easily remedi-
provided circumstances will permit
it,
and mostly
other causes are preventable.
Europeans going into Africa are precisely in the same state of ignorance as Central African aborigines to
Europe.
coming
Both commit the gravest imprudences, and
being severe sufferers through their imprudent
they ignorantly blame the country and " Cruel,
murderous Africa
European.
"Deadly and
!
"
its
exclaims the
hateful
cold draught from the open
him with a protracted bronchial I
climate.
northern
Europe!" exclaims
the dark aborigine from the African tropics, first
follies,
window
when
the
or door visits
sickness.
have pointed out our short-comings in judgment,
and the
sick lists at
Boma, Yivi,
Isangila,
Bayneston, and Le'opoldville will prove
my
Manyanga,
words.
But
VALLEY STATIONS. 1
299
must now point out another cause of sickness, .
and numerous calamities
long-suffering
illustrate the
to .
which -purchase experience, although nothing short of dynamital terror moves the majority of mortal
men
to
immediate action. I will
Banza Manteka, a
take
station of the pious,
hard-striving, long-enduring missioners, belonging to
the "Livingstone .Inland
Congo Mission,"
another cause of sickness. like a
It is situate in
hill crest to
drawn exactly
the opposing
On
one
that opposite to the prevailing winds^ access to the valley of
would
say,
cannot
still
their zeal for
and papaw
hill crest,
a
Ntombo
-
however,
side,
it is
open, having
Here, one
Lukuti.
a snug nest, where the howling winds
is
chill to
it
hills.
bisecting the station would be a
mile and a quarter in length.
make
a hollow,
bowl deep sunk in the bosom of enfolding
Perhaps from one line
as a type of
death the pale-faced European
more snug and cosy the poor
and
;
to
fellows in
work have planted gardens of bananas
trees,
whose beautiful fronds and leafage
almost hide the dwelling of these God-serving men.
In the high, exposed places we consider the rainy season as the healthiest.
Some have supposed
so from the greater clearness
sphere
whereas in
are hushed and
it
to be
and purity of the atmo-
fact it is only because the cold
we enjoy an uniform warmth.
this season is the healthiest at
winds
But
if
Yivi and other stations
Congo canon, it is the most unhealthy in hollows these of Banza Manteka and Lukunga stations.
in the
like
After a rain-fall the atmosphere
is
clear
and the sky
ciimatePart I.
THE CONGO.
300 Climate— is Part
During
of an Italian hue.
temporary clearness
this
J.
the atmosphere offers the least obstruction to the direct
power of the sun.
If powerful
on the
hill-tops it
be of baking- heat in these bowl-like hollows.
ing cloud of the
only causes a more profuse perspira-
it
by the confinement
tion
damp
step.
to the
body of the ascend-
warm vapour which
earth,
surges upward from
and encompasses the person
According
the
to
denser or in a mxore heated volume. is
rocky the
insufferably
damp
earth,
heat
blazes
is
it
If
;
tlie
if
neighbour-
face
almost
of wet grass or
an excess of moist, penetrating
warmth, which soon deluges one with
The top
every
either rises in
the
in
and bakes the clothing there
at
nature and quality of the
inorganic bodies in the neighbourhood,
hood
If
used, while increasing the safety from
is
danger above,
It is shot
through the thickest cork-helmet.
forth relentlessly
an umbrella
must
of that swathe of dead grass
but put forth your hand and place
perspiration.
nearly dry,
is it
underneath,
and the astonishing warmth of tP-e moisture, Avhose temperature
is
like that of
by which rapid decay
an oven, will is
illustrate the
means
Have your own
caused in these lands.
you never tested the heat to be found
in
dung-heap at home, even in mid-winter? If you inhaled the stifling atmosphere long you suffered stitution could
endure with impunity.
Banza Manteka
station, the hot,
what no conWell, then, at
muggy, steamy atmo-
sphere rising up with the clouds of moisture, and bear-
ing the deleterious influences upward in a continued, undrifted volume from old decaying grass at the base
— A FATAL
"
PAIiC"
301
of the green shoots, or from decaying leaves gathered ci.mate— *
Part
.
at the base of the beautiful bananas,
to health than life
Europe would
in
on a dunghill be, unless
is
more pernicious
an unfloored house
in
you put a great hot stove
inside to equalise the quantity of malaria
that
inhaled in the sickly hollow of Banza
is
teka.
nicious"
he
to
fever,
severity.
air
Man-
reported that such and such a missionary
It is
was obliged
in the
— bad
go home that
after suffering
a bilious
is,
from a " per-
fever of
A young military officer built a
Nkusu
unusual
native cabin
ravine, near Yivi, in the middle of
romantically called
avenues — " Avenue
" Avenue de Bruxelles
a
Yalcke,"
de "
—
He had
" pare." '•
Avenue
what
caused
Stanley,"
be formed in this " pare,"
to
and, to enjoy the romance thoroughly, he dwelt in his native chalet to luxuriate
Poor
fellow, he
in
his beautiful romance.
was soon taken
and he died about sixty hours the
Nkusu was
still
ill
of a bilious fever,
This trough of
later.
more confined than
the bowl of
Banza Manteka.
On open
gromid, during the rainy season, the
fuses this pestilential vapour,
and decay.
Movement over
air dif-
heavy with putrefaction
it is
not only a relief from
the dangerous heat from above, but from that which,
when
a person stands
column
to the fnce
still,
rises
up
in a thin, invisible
behind the bulwark of the person.
But some one, hard
to satisfy
and prone
remarks that on open high land there
You cannot
call "
where the face of
is
to doubt,
sickness also.
open high land," a plateau, or plain, it
is
uncleared of
grass and obstructing scrub.
its forests
The grass of the
of
tall
tropics
L
THE CONGO.
302 Climate—
j'g
several feet biglier than the height of a man's person
;
the more confined the cleai'ed area in which you stand the
is,
more unhealthy
is
your
Begin
position.
at the
narrov/ foot-wide path, with the grass from two to five
above your head, with a hot sun glowing burn-
feet
ingly on the earth, and your position will be unendurable
if
you stand
open market-place
still
Advance
long.
in its midst, relief
is
a small
into
instantly
felt.
But could you suppose that you had an area of a few square miles of plain, or gently-rolling land, without
swamp, lagoon, or stagnant body of water, that the dead grass was clean cleared
off,
and only vegetables
and grain growing, that your two-storied house was prepared with windows to admit light, and could
like-
wise admit the cool air without admitting draught, and that the roof projected broad
and ample from
its walls,
your consequent good health would then teach you,
and teach the coming generations, that a
tropic
home
can be made as healthy and as comfortable as any home in 3'our
own
dear native land.
Observe the native custom, and gine teach you by his example.
let
Do
the dark abori-
you, therefore, as
one should expect from your education, improve your surroundings after the elementary lesson derived from his
example has been well acquired.
In what part of the Congo canon do native village after passing Mussuko
eyes on the chart.
All the
banks are abandoned. of the
Congo
?
we
find
a
Let us cast our
way from Mussuko both
On the
shores of that expansion
called Stanley Pool,
we
find
Kintamo,
Kinshassa, Kimbangu, Kimpoko, Mfwa, and Malima,
SITi:S
but these are
OF NATIVE VILLAGES.
peopled by ivory
first
evidences of population
;
have
wlio
traders
Near Mswata
business with the Wy-yarizi River men. are the
303
but as far up as
the boundaries of Bolobo district the people are but
scanty in number along the levels
are
more or
advantages offered
river.
The highland
inhabited according to
less
by the neighbourhood, such
the as
accessibility to water, fertility of soil, presence of shade,
and security from violence. their
Their weak numbers, and
dread of stronger neighbours, have
left
many
things undone that a sanitary inspector would condemn as a neglect cruel to themselves
long, however, as choice
and their
So
families.
was permitted
to
them,
we
observe that they have elected to leave the river and its
banks, and build on the high, comparatively open
plateau and plain.
At Banza Manteka, tration of the
manner
for instance,
in
we have an
which the natives have
illus-
rejected
the unhealthy hollow, and the curious contrast of the
white man's choice.
All around, and within view from
the white man's mission-house, are the groves under
which nestle the native
native village within the hollow
house
is
There
villages. ;
is
only one
but the white man's
almost at the bottom, as though he might be in
possession of a
charm
to drive
away the
gases exhaling from that close inland basin.
foul air
and
Experience
has proved that his charms, his potion and his drugs will not avail the white
man
to contend against such
deadly influences, any more than the fetish absurdities availed the black
man
in his efforts to live there.
ciimate-
THE CONGO.
304 Climate—
Loiiff ^ after
Parti.
had constructed
I .
.
Kintambu
house, the natives of
Le'opoldville's block ^.
,
.
.
distiict
,.
intormed
me
A
oil
that a village once stood on the same spot.
me
palms and pieces of crockery had caused this.
Since I have been enlightened by
and followed up
this
interesting
few
to suspect
my
sick
research
lists,
into
the
causes of the disastrous sickness experienced there,
have
condemned
often
As an
blindness.
myself
excuse
for
my
I
remarkable
could only plead that I was
I
searchino" after a total) v different cause in a diametrically opposite direction.
was searching
I
for things
and
places that bred miasma, such as decaying vegetable bodies, deposits of ooze, stagnant creeks, flat-bottomed gullies, fat
with
damp
alluvium, quick breeding hollows,
rank masses of vegetation, that possible
had a
;
for doctors,
store,
?
is
of malaria,
to
many
— and what wisdom — and pointed out to me
productive of malaria.
river,
their
on a
and
at
I
Tivi
their
the crown of a
hill,
collective
but aggregate expethat such places were
wished to avoid the sources I
built,
540
feet
solid concrete platform of rock,
defy the tropic heat.
tliem, if
books, of which I
gave me the benefit of
wisdom rience
by
might avoid
I
I
constructed
above the
and dared
Manyanga on
and nothing stagnant or malarious
could possibly exist within several days' journey of the station.
But when
my
and fade away, when
white comrades began to droop
their strength, their youth, their
morality, and their imimpeachable virtue seemed of no avail,
I
and death claimed
its
victims one after another,
must admit that utter bewilderment took possession
COLD DBAUGHTS.
At
of me.
lenfi-tli
305
the upper station's extraordinary
my
interest, wliile the
station of Kinshassa, only five miles
from Leopoldville,
good sanitary condition awoke
seemed also
through the entire each I
me
to afford
officer in
a cine
from
charge his reports, and noting clearly as
in a strange
unhealthy.
and passing rapidly
lines of the stations, obtaining
went the position of each,
were
;
By
I
saw that our
stations
comminglement of the healthy and
arranging those in tabular order, a
clearer idea of the
truth
have endeavoured in
j^lain
flashed
upon me.
This I
simple language to convey
to the general understanding of such
men
as
may now
on the Congo, or may choose in future time to
reside
emigrate there, whether as agents of the
new
State,
missionaries, traders, tourists, explorers, agriculturists,
or miners.
Added
to the victims of these cold draughts,
greatly outnumber
all
were those whose con-
others,
by living
stitutions failed
in malarious hollows, followed
by those who led impure and intemperate
by
those
who
with,
and
lives,
next
required more nourishing pabula than
our present circumstances would enable us
them
which
lastly,
those
who
fell
to
supply
through accidents,
caused by carelessness, indolence of mind, unreasoning rashness, natural helplessness,
and constitutional physi-
cal weakness. It is satisfactory to
know
that there has been a re-
markable improvement in the health of the Europeans
who have during Congo. Vol.
the last six years resided on
In glancing over the
XL— 20
lists
of
the
names on the
ciimate-
THE CONGO.
30G Climate— niuster-roU Part
of those wliites
who
Europe breathing
left
I
undying valour, and high courage,
I
find that
up
to the
present date no less than 263 have arrived on the banks
of the great African river as follows:
Nationalities of the
Agents engaged.
Number.
Nationalities of the
Agents engaged.
Americans
6
French
Arab
1
Gennan
Austrians Belgians
5
81
Italian
3 2
6
Swedish
Dutch
3
Swiss
Year.
80
6
32
Portuguese
Danish
English
Number.
37 1
263
CAUSES OF SICKNESS.
They were
original physical weakness.
prime of
307 all
men
in the
Fatigue, want of proper nourishment,
life.
exposure to the sun, inveterate intemperance in a few
with the ignorance of conduct of
cases, in conjuction life
in the tropics,
which
chapter, and which
I strive
combat
to
pardonable, since
is
been guilty, were the causes which led to 1
in this
we have
all
this mortality.
do not wish to offend the susceptibilities of sorrowing
relatives,
therefore
my
tunates, but
name
will not
I
duty
first
the rash unfor-
to the living,
is
must warn against committing
whom
leading to
follies
I
self-
destruction.
A
European, proficient in his duties, willing and
devoted after nearly two years' successful work with the expedition, during which
voyage up
health, returns from a falls sick is
cured,
relapse. to cure
he enjoys unusually good
In a few days
of a mild form of dysentery.
when
Two him
througli
medical
men use
their utmost endeavours
many weeks
given to him, and he recovers strength enough able to be
conveyed
to
the
more hopeful
condition,
and
the hospital,
declared
is
same evening,
in
tlie
fit
is
He
coast.
to
is
be
arrives in a
few days' stay at
after a
to proceed to
Europe.
That
absence of the nurse, he barters a
coat for a bottle of gin, drinks
afterwards he
it
some strange cause he has a
the best attention during
;
and suddenly
river,
it,
and twelve hours
buried at Boma.
Another, by being kept up river, serves three years admirably,
is
sent
home with honours,
while for another period of service
returns after a at
higher
pay.
ciimatePart I.
THE CONGO.
308
But meantime some unaccountable
for
thirst
ardent
has possessed him, and a few days after his
spirits
arrival he falls overboard into the river while intoxicated,
and
is
drowned.
Another appears on the Congo with a character proficiency and steadiness, but within
commencing work, he
is
two months
after
discovered dead, sitting behind
a shed with an empty liquor bottle at his
Two
for
feet.
friends visit the coast,
go on board the mail
steamer, hob-nob socially, and
depart for the shore.
Both are taken
seriously
but fortunately recover,
ill,
One
remaining, however, very emaciated and weak. departs
Madeira and
for
lives
to tell
the tale
;
the
other, on the first evening of his convalescence, indulges
much
in the potent wine, sits out too late in the
nig'ht-air,
becomes a victim to tetanus, and dies in
too
excruciating agony.
Two
friends
meet
in the interior.
One has a
of Burgundy, another a bottle of Cognac, to dine to2:ether to celebrate the event.
hour they
sit
and
coast-bound friend
talk, and, I
departs,
the
bottle
They agree Until a late
suppose, drink.
The
other resumes
work
By-and-by the smi appears powerful, with
and duty.
a merciless burning strength
— the young
man
is
sud-
denly stricken down, conveyed to the nearest station,
and twelve hours afterwards
is
buried.
It is not necessary to recite other illustrations of the
incidents which
enemies.
In
indifference,
show how men become
all
their
own
w^orst
lands there are instances of suicidal
and gross recklessness of the consequences
— VIOLENT TRANSITIONS.
To many preaching
resulting from misconduct.
but
little
;
309 avails
come people may
therefore for ages yet to
expect to hear of such lamentable and premature deaths.
Were
there a moral society formed to critically inquire
into the fatal cases along the African coast, a fearful
catalogue of
human
frailties
might be published, and
would then be discovered that much that to the climate
ought justly
to
it
attributed
is
be ascribed to far different
causes.
But
if
any young men now
there are
Europe
in
destined to spend a portion of their lives on the Congo, let
them remember
— in
what
addition to
already
is
written about the inconveniences arising from circum-
beyond
stances
their control, such as
from unhealthy
sites
which, as in the case of Yivi, were compulsory
that
by exposure
to
any
cool temperature after violent
exercise and copious perspiration, or
by a draught
after leaving a
warm
are comparatively able they
may
be,
inconveniences.
stand
these
violent
all
rooms
however agree-
constitutions are able to withtransitions
from open
warm
pores
to
temperature to
chill.
The philosophy
of this
is,
that the high temperature
induced by exercise under a hot sun resting,
—
chilled
unnecessarily increase these
closed pores, or from equable
sudden
warm room
in the tropics,
— they
Few
by getting
is
soon cooled on
and the excessive perspiration has reduced the
normal temperature of the body in the same manner as water in a porous vessel to the sun's rays
is
sooner cooled
when exposed
by the evaporation which
is
at once
ciimate-
310
^pllru~
THE CONGO.
when
started
the
humid
of the cooler feels
surface
Water thus exposed becomes but the physical system of a man by
the effect of the heat.
agreeably cool,
the same process becomes deranged
;
the perspiration
stopped, the pores are closed, and the body feels
is
disagreeably
garments have
If the woollen
chilly.
become wetted by perspiration,
rain,
dew, or some
accident in the water, the process of deranging the
system
much more
is
Exposure
rapid.
to
the
sun
causes the moisture on the garments to evaporate, and
same time conducts the normal heat from the
at the
body, leaving the reason
You may now see factory-men, and traders, who
a prey to disease.
it
why
clerks,
rarely take exercise in the hot sunshine, can better health
list
exposed during
all
the descent and perspiration,
than Yivi
officers,
show a
who have been
hours to the sun in a hilly position, ascent
of
which provoked unusual
and subjected them
to continual
and ex-
traordinary effects of the organic functions.
Now
another prime cause, which
of fevers cent,
all
the
isles,
Boma and Banana, and pest.
river, passing over
directly in the track
Eesidences placed to leeward of this it
without some bar-
rier or shelter, are liable to be visited it
by Dr.
tainting the air of all
lie
draught, and openly exposed to
which
that 90 per
swamps, and black mud deposits
more healthy uplands that
of the
is
discovered
Danckelman, blow from seaward up
between
also remediable,
along the Congo cnnon,
of the winds, as has been
the miasmatic
is
engenders.
The
by the
best protection
disease
against
it
;
ADVANTAGE OF TREE PLANTING. is
the planting of trees a
little
serve as a screen, and to attract the foliage
Watson
even a hedge
;
311
distance in front
tiie
miasma
to
them by
to
supposed by Sir Thomas
is
to be better than nothing.
Thomas
Sir
advises cultivation of the soil in front, and
also
if possible
around, the residence. Prevention,
it
said,
is
is
better
than cure
all,
and
you how
profess to be able, not perhaps to teach
prevent
;
I
to
but at least to reduce many, of these
tedious illnesses to which the carelessness and ignor-
man in Africa makes him being so new and novel to you,
ance of the white
so liable.
The
as yours
is
climate
to the
but
pure African, this ignorance
now
that your reasoning powers
you
directed, the longer
you
will be
able
Shakespeare, "
is
pardonable
are
properly
live in the tropics the better
to appreciate the
To a wise man
all
grand maxim of
places on this earth
are ports and happy havens."
But those who seek
wanton
to
self-destruction
commit deliberate
suicide
and
through the insane practice
of hob-nobbing with every vinous friend they meet, I
cannot pity.
any wine,
Nay,
I
solemnly warn them that to drink
liquor, or other intoxicating beverage, in
a tropical country during the day, except
when
ministered under the direction of medical
authority,
is
the height of a folly that
health,
and consequently
is
ad-
dangerous to sound
to all bodily enjoyment.
ciimate-
TEE CONGO.
312
CHAPTER XXXVI. CLIMATE.
—PART
II.
— Definition of heat— Cold— Exposure —Equable temperature of the body— Temperature in South America — Inequality of the Congo climate — Long " marches and gulps of cold water —A cool place — " He only jokjng — " The White Man's Grave "— Advice to doctors — Food and drink Daily — Medicine — Diseases—Meteorological Tables.
Dr. von. Danckelman's observations
— Advantage
of awnings
is
life
ClimatePart
II.
An" intending emigrant from Wasco County, in far
Oregon, has sent
me
the following questions, and
glad to receive them, since they afford
me
am
a reason for
information collated with
popularising the
I
vast
in-
dustry by Dr, von Danckelman during his stay at one of the
Those who
on the Lower Congo.
stations
prefer to study the scientific brochure in the original
must be referred
to
the "
tions Meteorologiques,
Memoire sur
les
Observa-
sur la Climatologie de la Cote
sud-ouest d'Afrique en ge'neral, par A. von Danckelman,
Dr. Phil. Berlin
The emigrant
:
A. Asher
et Cie.
says :—
" Will you please give information as to tions, general health,
1884." *
and adaptation
soil,
to the
climate, natural produc-
wants of the
civilised
white
people ? *
The
any one
full
and copious index attached to these volumes will enable amount and variety of information contained
to discover the
within the
text.
— DR.
VON DANCKELMAN^S OPINIONS.
"Please give us the average distributed
rainfall,
how many months
;
wet,
how many
the Tsetse
fly,
fall
and farming
Is the country good for stock-raising
inches,
and how many dry
inches of rain falls each month, and do(3S rain
313
;
and how how many
gently or in torrents?
?
Is that African pest
that kills stock, found in the Great Interior Basin
How
kinds of stock have you?
agriculture carried on,
is
climatePart If.
?
What
and what
and vegetables are grown ? Have you plenty of timber, and what varieties that is and will be valuable ? ])o you have severe winds and thunderstorms ? Is Africa very hot ? Please state the greatest heat, and whether great heat continues long, and please give the temperature throughout the year. Are the natives favourable to the whites settling in their country ? How can one procure land from them or the International Association to get genuine title, and at Avhat cost per acre, section, or league ? "What tax is there on the citizen or the settler ? Are varieties of grain
there
many poisonous
reptiles or very
and wild fowls plenty, and
fishes,
of
dangerous wild beasts ?
what kinds
Is game,
Does the Association
?
wish to encourage immigration ? " Please give state
names
of stations of the International Association,
whether on a river or
and
in the valley or jilains, or in the
lake,
mountains."
Another
inquisitive person,
who
probably has an idea
that his constitution could stand the
me
asks
"
What
As perhaps convey
kind of a heat
is
that of the
the observations of Dr.
to such
Congo climate Congo
" ?
Danckehnan may
an inquirer but an imperfect idea of
the subject, I cannot do better than reprint the very
popular definitions of heat given by James Bruce, the traveller.
He
writes
:
It is warm when a man, so clothed, does not sweat when at upon moderate motion, perspires and cools again. " No. 2. It is hot when a man perspires while at rest, and excessively on moderate motion.
" No.
1.
rest, but,
" No.
3.
It is very hot
much though " No. sively,
4.
It is excessively hot
when
a f ver. " No. 5. It faint
when a man with
thin or
little
clothing perspires
at rest.
motion
all
is
is
extremely hot,
comes on, a
when a man
painful,
straitness is
in his shirt perspires exces-
and the knees
when
the strength
feel feeble, as if after
fails,
found in the temples, as
if
a disposition to a small cord
was
•
THE CONGO.
314
tight around the head, the voice impaired, the skin dry, and the From 70° to 78° head seems more than ordinarily large and light. Fahrenheit is cool, from IT to 92" temperate at 92" begins warm. The degree of the thermometer conveys this very inadequately."
arawn
;
"With such very clear definitions
it
will not be
diffi-
cult for the rustic reader to understand the quality of
the
The mean of
Congo.
heat of the
observations of temperature
clothes suitable for work, an as
much work on
the
Congo
only 90° Fahrenheit,
is
while the mean of the lowest
highest
the
is
Clad in
only 67°.
European could perform as he could in England,
The
provided a roof or awning was above his head.
heat of the sun on a clear day rises from 100° to 115°,
which
is
naturally dangerous
and exposes himself is
a person stands
if
On
to its influence.
the
it
be recuperated rapidly in a
Congo.
Hence
in all
it
But
excites violent perspiration,
consequent prostration and loss of energy to
march
not to be feared for immediate fatal results.
though not immediate,
still
my
little
new country
African records
observed that I have confined
my
marches
likely
like the
it
will be
to the early
morning; between 6 a.m. and 11 a.m.
For three months of the year and during the
and the heat breezes,
that
it
is
positively cold,
rest of the year there is so is
we
so
much
cloud,
tempered by the South Atlantic
seldom
suffer
from
its
intensity.
After a rainstorm which has cleared the atmosphere,
exposure to the direct force of the sun-heat would soon
prove the power of the equatorial sun.
The nights
are cool, sometimes even cold, and a blanket
short time,
felt to
is,
be indispensable for comfort.
after a
BANGEES OF EXPOSURE.
At
'
exposure
ibr
a double thickness
;
no
factories,' there is
the stations, missions,' or
necessity
315
the
to
umbrella affords ample covering, and there are few localities
where the shade of a
tree
is
not conveniently
near while superintending the out-door work.
Euro-
pean artisans would not be compelled
them-
on rare
selves excef)t
can be too great
occasions
;
to expose
but no precautions
The
they prevent sunstrokes.
if
car-
penter, boat-builder, blacksmith, engineer, stone-mason, bricklayer,
and
such craftsmen, would
all
under sheds, where there
l^e
European
absolute safety.
is
working
labourers or navvies are not and will not be needed. If
any
workman
skilled
labour as blasting,
may
enemy
protection against sible,
to the
its
movable sheds. European.
is
the safest, but
it
is
The
;
duty
The sun
is
raise a safe
is
always pos-
factory
clerk's
not infrequently dan-
gerous from other than climatic causes. sionary mIso ought to be safe
first
To
malign influences
though seldom practised
position
road-making, in such
ever be required, the
will be the coi;strnction of
the only real
for
The mis-
but before he arrives at
his destination lie has generally strained his strength
by insane pedestrian
exercise and exploration of the
depths of gi-assy tunnels,
Turkish bath bears no march,
too,
to
comparison.
he has several times
cold water, and has
which the heat of a
filled his
In one day's
stomach with
undergone numerous transitions
and variations of temperature, the mean of which may
amount
to 40° Fahrenheit.
Bruce's No.
1
definition of
warmth
describes the
^'j'^f^'^r
Part
II.
THE CONGO.
316 Climate—
When
Congo
climate.
tion
imperceptible.
is
up and down
hill,
all
the body
is
at rest the perspira
But violent
exercise, travelling
powerful exertions under the
direct action of the sun, soon force copious perspiration.
In
itself this
when hastening
incurred
and coolness
for relief
shade of a tree or a verandah less
The danger
might not be dangerous.
is
is
—the
sought, and the heed-
exposure to the cold winds chills the clothing and
the body suddenly, effectually closing the pores of the skin, to the utter
Immunity from
derangement of the system. these derangements can easily be ob-
tained by the resident of a station, mission, factory, plantation, or farm,
by remembering
to
keep the temIn hotter
perature of the body as equable as possible.
portions of the globe, such as at Para, under the South
American equator, where the variation
is
only 9° Fah-
renheit, the temperature renders tbe climate valuable
to invalids
and conducive to old age.
Observations of the Para temperature, by a Mr.
show during the months of June, July, and
Norris,
August, a mean temperature for June 80°, highest, 86°, lowest, 77°; July, mean, 80°, highest, 86°, lowest, 77°; for
August,
Edwards by heat
81°, highest,
says, " Moreover,
at night,
86,
lowest,
77°.
W. H.
we were never incommoded
and invariably
slept
under a blanket.
This equality of temperature renders the climate of
Para peculiarly favourable life is
as
high as in tbe
to health.
city of
New
The average of
York."
It is the inequality of the climate of the
must be guarded against.
Congo
that
If the resident pays less
TEMPEBA TURE. attention to malaria
more
317
and miasma, and devotes himself
to the study of preserving his system against the
pernicious influences of these excessive variations of
temperature, he need entertain but
A book might
Congo. one
Who
fact.
travels will
pedition
wonder now
the
the
He
marches
over thirty
is
plunges into the grassy ravines
temperature
hill slope,
at the fatal results of his ex-
of his day's
miles in length!
when
be written illustrative of this
that will visit the scene of Tuckey's
One
?
fear of the
little
and the
is
about
sun's heat
He breasts He strides
110^. 115o.
is
across the scorching plateaus into the depths of grassy
tunnels
;
he descends to another ravine, at the bottom
of which there
is
a rivulet of clear cold water which
With
indicates 69°.
his
stomach
he again cHmbs a steep slope a sun-heat approaching
600
near which there
hill
tree
where the temperature
feet higher,
its
an angle of 45°, under
to 115". to arrive at the
of a
himself under
at
of this cold water
full
72°.
is
a shady
Here he
The wind
grateful shelter.
chilled flannel against his
is
summit
heated body
rests
forces his
but having
;
rested he again starts on his dreadful journey, to expose
himself several times during the day to these incredible transitions.
Late at night, 9 p.m., he arrives, worn
out with the excessive strains to which his system has
been subjected, and implores shelter at a native village.
Out of our 250 people
w^e
know
performed the same extraordinary like
of
Tuckey and
all
his companions,
earthly penalties, and
it
is
several
who have
feats
but they,
;
have paid the sad
to
last
think that
ciimate-
TEE CONGO.
318
away
chmate— ihej bavG giveii Part
their lives
through avoidable
II.
causes.
On some men Congo
destined to perform great deeds in the
State, these chapters
on the climate will create
a desire to j^rotect themselves against the effects of inequalities,
these
or variations
of temperature
others, destined to be failures, either to return,
know
ignorantly against they
on
;
and
rail
not what, or to enrich
the already fertile soil of Congo-land with their bodies,
they will have no but not,
know not how and who have
of old,
it
is
no
There are men who can read,
effect.
to reflect,
who have
what
less true to-day, that those
have to say
to
" That exposed corner
and
like the colonel
are
chaffing
me!
is
wards, but
little
copious doses of I shall
fresh
have
the
make mad. from England,
not conducive to good health
This deliciously cool
;"
^\'acq
fatal!
" ?
who was
a
wanderer over many lands, replied, colonel
whom
he will reply, " Oh, nonsense, you
the doctor,
Yet both
said
some one again, most probably,
Doctor, what do you say
.
first
I said lately to a colonel fresh
And
As was
ears but hear not.
Fates destine for early death, they I shall
eyes but see
and doctor were,
traveller "
He
for a
is
himself,
a
only joking."
few days
after-
disposed to appreciate joking, despite
Hop
Bitters.
to say again, as I did
from England, "
My
friend,
to
that
an engineer little
black
saucer cap of the British mercantile service, though I
dare say very comfortable in a ship's engine room, but a poor protection against an African sun."
is
And
INATTENTION TO PRACTICAL ADVICE. some en^^ineer
will
319
as he did, " I don't think cumate-
answer
Part
I feel
so, sir.
used to
very comfortable.
I
have been always
But that engineer never returned
it."
to
Europe. I
am
sailor,
or Scotch engineer, "
My
me
Cease that tippling which I hear you are accus-
have to say again,
I shall
!
tomed
sure, to
some English
friend, be
warned by
Scotch whisky, or Old Tom, liowever bene-
to.
your native land against raw mist and icy
ficial
in
sleet,
do not agree with an African sun "
sailor
or Scotch engineer will reply, as before, " Oh,
I
;
take very
neither
little, sir,
the
sailor
Scotch
or
me no harm."
will do
it
and the
engineer returned
But to
gladden the eyes of the anxious mother at home. Doctors
who have
written books
of five and ten
pounds weight, containing a vast amount of learned matter about the will declare
that
I
me
bacillus
to be
and other matters,
malarice
an empiric
;
but
I will
guarantee
can cure any one of them from that fanatic
faith in the pro[)hylaxis
do not deny that there in the air,
my
belief
is
which they support.
is
AVhile I
a certain quantity of
that
it
was the
miasm
least of the evils
from which the members of our expedition suffered.
At Banana and Boma, tions, situate
in the midst of
marshy exhala-
almost at the water's edge, the Europeans
have enjoyed better health than our people at Tivi, on that singular rock platform 340 feet above the river.
At
Kinshassa, just ten feet above
health has been enjoyed
munity from sickness
high-water, better
— indeed, almost
— than
complete im-
at Le'opoldville, five miles
II.
THE CONGO.
320
chmnte— bclow, situate eisflity-three feet above the river. At Part II. ^ Equator Station, with a river only five feet below its .
.
foundations,
.
creeks
sable,
as ink surrounding
ground unctuous with black
the
it,
alluvium, Europeans
fat
enjoy better health than at Manyanga, 240 feet above
and 1100
river,
above the
feet
away from Manyanga, and the river,
1500
we have above the
feet
eight miles removed from
a station on the plain of Ngombi, sea,
where our people have enjoyed
Manyanga
health than at
better
Fourteen miles
sea.
Hill,
150 yards in
diameter, and ravines 200 feet deep are around all sides,
(six
degrees below the Equator) only
above the brackish water of
feet
proved
on
except at a narrow neck thirty yards across.
Banana Point five
it
to
much
be
its
creek,
is
healthier than Sierra Leone, over
eight degrees north, which has been called the " white
man's grave," despite the number of medical inspectors
who have employed
their best
judgment and experience
in endeavouring to modify the fatal
seem
to
surround the
studying the dia-
grams of the preceding chapter, that the ness
fearful sick-
which has frequently decimated the European
inhabitants has not been due so
the
to
that
But the residents
latter place.
may now know by
of that colony
influences
fact
that their
Lion Hill and
its
town
much is
to the malaria as
surrounded by the
hilly neighbours,
between the gaps
of which sweep the sea breezes, suddenly chilling the bodies of people
who
engendered within I
its
are enveloped
by the
close heat
bowl-like position.
have been so frequently rebuffed by the callous
in-
INDIFFERENCE TO
had hoped to save, that
difference of those I
in the preservation of Hfe has
and not
acnte,
may
well ask,
of a person
Why
become
so universal as it
why
who
321
LIFE.
my
briefer,
interest ciimate-
much
was formerly.
less
For
I
should I be anxious about the health utterly indifferent to
is
it
himself?
should I care whether people prefer to lounge in
draughty corners to cool their heated bodies, whether they
fire their
little
saucer-shaped caps, and invite the equatorial sun
to scorch their
man may if
brains with alcoholic liquors, or wear
heads?
In Congo-land, as elsewhere, a
own person
do as he pleases with his
and
;
he be disjjosed to blow his brains right out of his
head,
Heaven knows
him, that after
they love their
possibly
life
may
would be the wisest plan.
all it
such, how^ever, as
serve that
should be tempted to agree with
I
even better than
love their duty
life,
my
remarks
To
may
tend to pre-
performance of that duty, and
for the
stimulate an endeavour to
also tend to
discover other causes that are deleterious to health, to
be followed by the discovery of methods reforming
now pursued with
the medical treatment
such
poor
success.
Our
doctors would also do w^ell to study
the best foods required
A
by those who
fertile physiological
covery
field
lies in this direction.
live in the tropics,
for exploration
I
what are
and
dis-
would gladly essay
to
attempt something in this line were I not convinced that
a medico, blessed with
a
little
might write with greater authority. would wish
to impress a
Vol. II.— 21
common
sense,
Personally,
I
few things upon the mind
THE CONGO.
322 riimnte—
of the medical explorer, as tliey relate to those " other causes deleterious to health."
We know from
bitter experience that alcoholic liquor
taken in the daytime invite sunstroke and sun-fevers.
To avoid But tea
is
these
we have
rely
to
upon
an astringent, and unless
depressing; tendency.
stimulating,
is
Coffee,
it
creates a distrust of is
its bilious
believed to be
The
reverse.
skim on the cocoa again, apart from
coffee.
pure, has a
is
commonly
more frequently the
and
tea
oily
insipidity,
its
Milk as yet
properties.
not to be obtained, although perhaps, in the luture,
may be more
it
Soup presupposes some
plentiful.
animal meat from which
it
be concocted
could
;
and
ox-beef or mutton are precisely what the Congo cannot furnish awa}^ from the
Lower River, while
cannot be very satisfying, even Besides
this, their
compound
three or four times a day
extracted from goat-meat
broth.
a
if
varied with chicken
dietary education has predis-
posed the majority of temperate Europeans to something different, principally tea and
however, as I have
said, if
source of trouble.
Palm wine
The
taken inordinately, exercises a
former, is
also a
dangerous
upon the kidneys and stomach unless drunk
effect
when
perfectly fresh.
among our failings on the Congo is distaste we all of us soon entertain for
Not the decided potted
least
"American, Australian, and
beef and mutton and tive
coffee.
fish,
phrases bestowed
food preparers.
A native
New
the the
Zealand"
despite the loud exaggera-
upon these ^'oat,
delicacies
by the
however tough and rank
TINNED MEAT. its
meat may
sardines,
... swimming m be,
323
Ml
invariably preferred.
is
1
in its yellower unctuous matter, do not apjDetite,
may fruits,
—home-made
bread,
limited
is
rice,
is left
which the
in
a few vegetables,
and condensed milk.
What we need most on mild
provoke the
All that
but suggest biliousness.
be said to be perfectly safe
extreme
The potted
n sweet-oil, or the yellow salmon,
liquid,
which
briating as tea
is
and
the
Congo
is
some harmless,
agreeable and palatable, unine-
as inoffensive to
the stomach,
milk, which neither affects the nerves nor kidneys, is
and
a portable food easily assimilated by the digestive
Until some earnest physiological student can
organs. assist
our deficiencies, I propose the following simple
by those
rules to be observed
tion of their lives has 1.
some
to
whom
the preserva-
interest.
In the building of your house, mission, or factory,
observe it,
as
w^ell i<s position.
Never
in a gorge, valley, ravine, or
land that
may
currents.
A
surroundings.
build, if
you can avoid
any deep depression of
serve as a channel for collected wind
your
free diffusion of air is required in
The
nearest points to the sea, plains,
extended plateaus, as
far
removed
as possible from
any
dominating superior heights that would cause iiregular air-currents, are the safest localities.
The lower
story
should be clear of the ground, unless you have made the floor imporous by cement or asphalte. plain the floor of your living
In a grassy
room should be
twelve feet above tbe ground. 2.
Avoid unnecessary exposure
to the sun.
at least
oiimateI'^'ti'-
THE CONGO.
324 Climate Part II.
Gruard against
3.
and
ino;
fogs, dews,
tlie
and
even-
chills of
nio-ht.
Let your diet be as good as your circumstances
4.
will permit, but be prudent in
cheese,
your choice.
Butter,
and dishes swimming in oleaginous matter, are Roasted
unsuitable to the conditions of the climate.
ground-nuts are a mistake.
Always
reject the fat of
fats cause bile, rancidity,
meats on your
and nausea in the
All
plate.
tropics.
Never begin the day with an early meal of meats. Bread made
The
at the station is better
continental cafe or the au
with which to break your
At
than
lait, is
biscuits.
the wisest meal
fast.
11 A.M. cease work, and eat your wise dejeuner
lean of meats,
fish,
vegetables, dry bread, and
—
weak
black tea with condensed milk.
At
1.30 P.M. proceed to your work, and at 6.30 p.m.
take your prudent dinner
—boiled
mutton, vegetables, dry bread,
macaroni pudding,
weak
w^ith
jMadeira in water, or so
Amuse
yourself with
until 9 P.M.,
couch to
rise
rice, tapioca, sago,
claret, or
social
water.
conversation or reading
your dreamless
retire to
up next morning with brain toil,
and
two ounces of
much champagne and
when you may
muscle primed for 5.
fish, roast fowl, roast
and with a love
clear
and
for all the world.
Sleep on blankets, and cover up to the waist with
a blanket or woollens. G.
au
If marching, rise
lait,
and be ready
up
at 5 a.m., take
your cafe or
for the road at 5.30 a.m.
the
Halt at
11 A.M.. in mercy to yourself, your men, and your
ADVICE ABOUT DAILY animals,
and do no more
On
the day.
for
325
LIFE.
haltincr
put on your paletot or wrapper, to allow you to cool gradually.
If your
camp
is
on an exposed situation,
get under shelter as quickly as though
You may perform 4000 Observe
7.
the
miles per
strictest
were raining.
it
annum
at this rate.
temperance.
Drop
all
thought of tonics, according to the rules of " west coasters," " old traders,"
own
" African travellers," or your
self-deceiving fancies.
If
you are in absolute need
of a tonic apply to the doctor, or to the simple rule of
never during daylight taking more than one ounce of
any liquor or wine. Your best tonic would be two grains of quinia, as prepared by Burroughs and Welcome,* of
Snow
Hill Buildings, London. If thirsty at a station or
factory, prepare a glass of sherbet.
If marching, drop
a compressed tablet of aciduous powder, as prepared
by
these chemists, in your cup of water, or quench your thirst 8.
from your sweetened and weak tea
If
engaged
in
outdoor
work
in the bottle.
superintending
coloured labourers, never for an instant be in the sun
without a strong double umbrella
your piked
to
still.
a small tent, would be better
For head-dress you have a choice of cork helmet,
topee, or
of
staff, like
—a large one fastened
Congo
cap,t the latter of Avhich
is
the best
all.
*
These chemists have prepared drugs which I can conscientiously as adapted for tropical regions. They have prepared small doses in tablets of nearly every medicine that may be required, which may be taken without creating nausea, a valuable desideratum, as all will admit who have suffered from the foul nauseating smell of medicines as commonly prepared by druggists.
recommend
t
Observe cap in photograph of author.
*^!!"^^^V
THE CONGO.
326 Climate— Part
YOU Lave been
If diu'ing tlie marcli
9.
imprudent
so
II.
as to be without an
ample nmbrella, a
necessarily be dangerous
;
but
\N4etting
need not
becomes positively so
it
an accident at
if after excessive perspiration, rain, or
a river crossing, you remain any time quiescent with out changing your dress.
When
10.
on the march the lighter you are clad the
better, because at the halt
you
of your paletot
necessity
will be
Very
overcoat.
or
flannel will be quite sufficient for
the exercise you take.
reminded of the
your
dress,
light
owing
Light russet shoes for the
to
^qq\,
knickerbockers of light flannel, a loose light flannel
round
a roll of flannel
shirt,
tlie
waist,
and a Congo
cap for the head, will enable you to travel twelve miles per day without distress. 11.
At
the station, factory, or mission, your clothing
should also be light, though not in the undress uniform of the road, because you
take at any
moment causing
should be avoided 12. It is to
safe
hours
13.
Do
if
profuse perspiration, which
when circumstances do not compel 6
and 7
a.m.
your principal work
ture of your batli
bath
is
and is
5
and
6 p.m. are
indoors,
not bathe in cold water unless you are but
newly arrived from a temperate
bath be in
it.
be presumed that you will not forget your
Between
exercise.
know not what work you may
tlie
is
climate.
The tempera-
not safe below 85°.
morning, or before dinner.
Let your
The
tepid
the most suitable.
14. Fruit, if taken
morning
— before
the
at all,
cnfe
should be eaten in the
or
tJic
au
laii
— such
as
MEDICINE, ETC.
327
oranges, mangoes, ripe bananas, guavas, and papaws
only the juice of the pine-apple
Never
eat
any
Medicine.
you with
to
;
be recommended.
fruit in the tropics at dinner.
— Obtain
Messrs.
pared.
is
your medicine pure and well pre-
Bunoughs and Welcome
will equip
tropic medicines in chests or cases, with sup-
plies to last
you one month or ten years.
They have
sought the best medical advice, and really seem
dis-
posed to study the special needs of the East, West, Central,
Northern, or
soldier, trader,
Southern
and missionary.
1
African traveller,
have informed them
of the few diseases such as have fallen under
my
obser-
vation, and they have prepared such medicines as have
been tried during the
seventeen years of
last
my
African experiences.
The same prudence
that
sudden
against draughts,
and pulmonary diseases
required for protection
is
chills,
catarrhs, bronchitis,
in Euroj)e, should be exercised,
with the only difference that in the tropics the clothing necessary to effect due care should not be so heavy.
On
proceeding to tropical Africa, most inexperienced
people are victims to chaff from the
steamers that leave Europe.
and manner ask so many voke the
which
officers to
Such " guys
silly
" in
of the
costume
questions that they pro-
take advantage of their inexperience,
results in creating
fatal diseases, so that
coast, their
officers
morale
is
vague
fears of
unknown and
by the time they arrive on the frequently destroyed, and their
systems unnerved.
The
diseases
on the Congo are very simple, consisting
'^p'^.^'Jr
THE CONGO.
o28
Part
II.
The
and dysentery.
fevcrs
Climate— of
fevers
of three
are
_
common
kinds,
ague, remittent, and a pernicious bilious
fever.
The common ague English
cold.
is
less
be feared than an
to
have never known
I
from one
It lasts generally
to
it
to three days.
end
air
the remedies are so very simple that the initiated
the
warned
may
initiated
in
time by
them that there
is
The remittent
also
cei'tain
but
;
may
In nine cases out of
cure themselves in a short time. ten
may
This
from a small quantity of miasm in the
result
fatally.
ward
it
off completely,
symptoms which inform
a slight derangement. fever
is
simply an exaggeration of
ague, brought on according to the degree of exposure to the sun, perspiration,
and
chill.
This form
may
last several days.
The tent
pernicious bilious type
fever.
It
is
is
an aggravated remit-
more violent
in its
symptoms,
is
attended with serious complications, and consequently
more dangerous.
Its severity
depends upon the habits
of the patient, and the amount of exposure, excessive fatigue
and prostration incurred. This form may be
al-
together prevented by living wisely and well, by bearing in
mind and
Many gin,
implicitly following the above simple rules.
attempt self-cure by drinking brandy, whisky, or
and smoking tobacco
to excess.
But liquor and
tobacco are not prophylactics against any disease.
Some
brief extracts,
from Dr. Martin's book,
'
In-
fluences of Tropical Climates,' will corroborate all that I
have written here.
Dn. MARTIN'S OBSERVATIONS.
329
" Care in diet, clothing, and exercise are more essential for the climate-
I.
preservation of health than medical treatment." '2. " The real way to escape disease is by observing strict temperance,
and
moderate the heat by all possible means." "After heat has morbifically predisposed the body, the sudden influence of cold has the most baneful influence on the human frame." to
3.
4. " is to
The great
physiological rule for preserving health in hot climates
keep the body
cool.
Common
sense points out the propriety of
avoiding heating drinks." 5.
"The
fatigue of 6.
cold bath
death in the
is
collajise
which follows any great
body or mind."
" Licentious indulgence
is far
more dangerous and destructive than
in Euroi^e." 7.
"
A large
amount
of animal food, instead of giving strength, heats
the blood, renders the system feverish, and consequently weakens the
whole body." 8. " Bread is one of the best articles of diet. Eice, split vetches, are wholesome and nixtritious. Vegetables are essential to good health, such as carrots, turnips, onions, native greens, &c."
when sound and ripe, is beneficial instead of hurtful." The same amount of stimulant undiluted is much more injurious than when mixed with water." II. " With ordinary precaution and attention to the common laws of 9.
" Fruit,
10. "
hygiene, Europeans
One more
may
live as lung in the trojjics as elsewhere."
observation will
the European
may endure
However
suffice.
well
the climate by wise self-
government, years of constant high temperature assisted
by the monotony and poverty of the
cannot be
than enervating and depressing, although
otherwise life
diet,
may not
be endangered. The physical force, vigour,
or strength becomes debilitated
by the
heat, necessi-
tating after a few years recuperation in a temperate climate. trader,
To preserve
perfect
missionary, coffee
who hopes
health,
planter,
and
I
advise
the
agriculturist,
to maintain his full vigour after eighteen
months' residence, to seek three months' recreation in
Northern Europe
;
for the
same reason that a man de-
voted to absorbing business in a European city for
Part
II.
tm Climate—
THE CONGO.
eighteen months would do wisely to take a few months'
Beyond what has been
holiday.
told above, there
nothing in Congo-land to daunt a than in
less
the
West
My this
many
man
is
indeed, far
;
parts of India, South America, or
Indies.
object, as will
silly
of the
fear
observed, will
have been seen, climate.
is
to eradicate
The above
rules, if
of
prevent at least three-fourths
the
maladies that have punished our imprudent youths. Possibly the judicious will their
find
reward
in
following
guidance as nearly as possible, the injudicious
and unreflecting
The following
will also
have their reward.
tables contain portions of the valuable
meteorological observations of Dr. Danckelman relating
Congo region
to the climatology of the
Temperature observed at
:
Vivi.*
Fahrenheit.
Fahrenheit.
Maximum.
Minimum.
Variation.
October Noveiuber
90 yi 92 93 94 86 84 85 89 93 97
December
91
70 68 69 68 67 60 56 56 67 68 69 70
20 26 23 25 27 26 28 29 22 25 26 21
1882.
January February
.
March
.
April l\Iay
.
June
.
July
.
August
.
.
,
September .
Mean Mean Mean
highest lowest
.... ....
90-7 67-3
variation
25
Highest
temperature in) 1882, on 5th Nov. LS82 Lowest 2;h1i Jiily, 1882 llJth Julv, 1883 „ .
97
|
.
.
By
Dr. Dauckelman.
54 57
OBSERVATIONS OF TEMPERATURE.
1882.
Annual Vauiation of Barometer 6-5 May June July
.... .... ....
August
.
September October
.
.
in Millimetres.
331
THE CONGO.
332 Climate— rart
^^
nooii the direction of
wind currents are between
II.
west and north, as follows W. 32 per cent.
At
W.N.W. 11 per cent.
:
N.W.
N.N.AV.
N.
16 per cent.
12 per cent.
13 per cent.
3 p.M.:N.W. 6 per cent.
AV.N.W.
74 per
At
9 P.M.
and with stronger force 26 per cent.
also observed
force as to May,
make 1882
the
21 per cent.
how
14 per cent.
often the
wooden
:
W.S.W.
S.W.
S.S.W.
S.
10 per cent.
He
10 per cent.
cent.
w. 18 per cent.
wind blew
in such
structures of Vivi tremble.*
WIND OBSERVATIONS. From 10
Sept.
333
THE CONGO.
334
In March rainy days were separated by many Climate— February no rain fell. dry days, but in April the rains were nearly continuous. The greatest Part II. rainfall measured on one day 0-433 inch, on the night of the 17th December, 1882, and lasted 2 hours £0 minutes."
Danckelman
Dr. follows
has
tabulated
the
rainfalls
as
:
English Incbes.
......
January February
1-404:
5-616 9-009 1-989 0-000
March April
May June
0-039 0-000 0-000 0-507
July
August September October
11-232
November December
8 '853
Inches
While travelling and the
result
may
1880-1881.
2 '888
I
41-537
observed the rainfalls by time,
be seen in the following table
1
BAINFALL OBSERVATIONS: Eainfall 1880-1881.
Date.
335
336
RAINFALL OBSERVATIONS. Rainfall 1881-1882. Date.
337
THE CONGO.
338 Climate Part II.
Hours per
Character of Rain.
Mar. 12 20
24 26 27 28
Slight showery
Montli.
.
Violeut rainstorm
Showery 15-00
April 2 4 ,. 18
20 26 27
Violent rainstorm Slight shower Light rain Violent rain and storm .
.
.
2 30 1
80
2 8 7
4 25-00
May „ ,.
3 4 5
Light rain
Heavy
rain
Light rain
— NAVIGABLE STMETCHES OF THE BIVEB.
339
CHAPTER XXXYII. THE KERNEL OF THE ARGUMENT. Extent of the Congo Eiver— Navigable stretches
The mountain region Population
— Interior
—Elevations,
—The maritime region
vegetation,
and productions its extent and
basin of the Upiier Congo
:
—Tables of mileage of navigable waters — Area drained by the rivers — Tables of population altitudes— Navigability of the tributaries
of Upper Congo section— Oi^inions of Dr. Pogge and Lieut. Weissman, Tippu Tib, and Dr. Schweinfiirth The products of the land Vegetable and animal richness Minerals—Extent of the Webb-Lualaba section Navigability of the Webb-Lualaba -Characteristics of the Lualaba country Livingstone's descriptions The Tanganika territory— Ujiji markets Table of the actual knowledge of the Congo
—
—
—
—
— —
basin
its
:
area and population
— Possibilities of
value of African produce in Liverpool
Advantages of a railway -Efforts parison with other coiuitries
The Congo River measured
length,
is
as
irade
— Table of the
—Prospects
to civilise Equatorial
of factories
Africa— Com-
—Its future development and greatness. 3000 statute
over follows
From
:
the
miles
in The
ocean in a navigable lengtri of 110 miles, as far as the station
upward
of Vivi, thence
to
Tsangila,
lower series of the Livingstone Falls, 50 miles Tsangila to stretch
Manyanga we have
of 88
poldville
is
miles;
a tolerably navigable
between Manyanga and
the upper series of
along a length of 85 miles
;
the
from
;
Livingstone
Le'o-
Falls,
from Le'opoldville
Kernel
.of
Atlantic
up-
the
Argument.
The Kernel
waid
Argumeut.
1068 miles
we have
to Staiilev Falls
Nyangwe there is Nyangwe to Mweru Bangweolo
Bemba,
is
1
6
course of 385 miles
a the
miles long
1
in the Chibale' Hills, the
360 miles;
the
course
river
to its sources
Chambezi has a length of
total
full
thence
;
Lake Baugweolo,
;
and thence
;
from
;
extends 440
67 miles
is
220 miles
is
of this last series
fall
Lake Mweru
miles; the length of to lake
a navigable length of
from the lowest
;
to
or
CONGO.
TIJE
340
of
these
several
courses
being 3034 miles.
For convenience of description,
as well as in accord-
ance with the physical cliaracteristics of the Congo basin, I
am
compelled to divide the river's course into
five sections, thus
:
The Lower Congo from the
Leopoldville, which, includes tion of the
tlie
mountain region;
sea to
maritime and a por-
tlie
Upper Congo,
ex-
tending from the Livingstone Falls near Leopoldville to the Stanley Falls
Chambezi
section,
a
like
distance
the
Webb-Lualaba * region, the
and the basin of the Tanganika.
Congo
In the Lower for
;
of
section the river
110 miles.
is
navigable
by an estuary-
First
expansion 70 miles long, varying from two to
seven miles and a third in breadth, and then by a
deep channel in some places over 300 feet deep, and about L^OO yards wide. right
The present seaport
bank of Banana Creek,
What
be called a
miglit
of the Congo
is
at the
mouth of the
strictly
in
on the river.
maritime region
a very narrow belt
* So called by Dr. Livingstone Newstead Abbey, Nottingham.
is
lying between
honour of W. F. Webb, Esq., of
THE MOUNTAIN REGION the sea and the hilly region.
Boma
of
the
341
In the neighbourhood
The Kernel
mountainous region commences with
Argument
which are
numberless lines or groups of inferior
hills
yet attached to one another, and rise
gradually after
an
number of undulations
infinite
2300
feet
above the level of the
to
the
of
heiu'ht
sea.
In reality the breadth of the mountain region direct east
and
west
240 geographical miles
Congo
course of the
diagonally
is
;
through
trough running from north-east
fissure-like
west, into
is
but it,
the in
a
south-
to
which ships may penetrate a depth of 50
miles from above the estuary of the lower river, while
on the eastern
side there
is
a navigable diagonal course
of 174 miles leading into the plain-like lands of the
Upper Congo.
From is
2276
round
the height of feet
with
lyumbi
above the
sea,
a theodolite
ridge, for instance,
by sweeping the horizon
horizontally,
altitude of the boldest hills
which
the
which appeared
topmost in
view
throughout an area of 2000 square miles did not vary 50
feet
in height, although
number of by
hilltops
there
were a countless
and grey swells of upland
crevasses, gorges,
se[)arated
and long sinuous watercourses,
proving that the land we surveyed was a disintegrated plateau,
denuded in the course of ages of
by numberless tropic rain seasons. where the loamy
soil
was
still
On
bits of tropical forest
what
land might have been
hollows,, into
which some of the
loam
the larger levels
retained,
palms and the
its rich
groves of
were seen, indicating
soil
originally.
The
has been washed
THE CONGO.
342 iiiteiTupted
The Kernel 01" of the
Argument.
111 tuG dark
iu its
wavy
by
descGiit are easily traceable
lines, belts
and bars of
which
foliage,
appear more and more shadowy as they recede.
we
and look down
step near the vei-ge of one of these
into
the depths
of the
gorges,
If
we view
lengthy
a
sunken bed of evergreen vegetation so dense and dark that brief,
one wonders whether they are penetrable. almost every tabular
hill
of any dimension
with a palm-grove and
crested
In
clump
forest
;
is
the
smaller hills and slopes are mere wastes of sere grass
;
the hollows, ravines, gorges and valleys teem with a
marvellous wealth of vegetable
The productions of
life.
the mountain region which are
commerce are very
suitable for
The
simple.
levels in
the vicinity of the palm-groves and villages produce
the ground-nuts of commerce
;
from the crimson-yellow
nuts of the palms {Elais guineensis) palm-butter creeper
is
the
in
;
found
;
gorge-forests
is
extracted the
the
india-rubber
some orchilla-weed and gum-copal
are also present.
In the neighbourhood of the sea and the navigable part of the lower liver the country has been fairly well exploited.
There are certain well developed
lines
of native travel, such as the trade routes leading from
Stanley coast,
Pool
and
region indirect
is
to
to
Zombo,
Loango
;
to
San Salvador and the
but the larger part of the
but slightly influenced,
manner,
depots at the
by the
except in
establishment
Lower Congo and
of
a very
trading
the coast.
Tiie superficial area of the maritime
and mountain
TEACHABLE NATIVES. region of
343
Congo, which includes
that portion
The Kernel
of the basin extending between the sea and the lower
Argument,
tlie
all
end of Stanley Pool, measures 3M,000 square
The
from the
population,
of
effects
the
and internal wars, cannot be estimated
at
miles.
slave-trade
more than
— say, 300,000, governed
nine souls to the square mile
We
have proved them to be
tractable during six years of
most peaceful intercourse,
by
at least
300
chiefs.
during which we have experienced only two interrup-
The
tions with those immediately under our control.
happy condition of our native transport column
is
an
evidence that the natives of this region are teachable,
and amenable
to
latest reports of
improvement and
The
discipline.
1885 prove that about 1500 porters>
are employed monthly.
The next
section
basin of the
we have
to consider is
the interior
Upper Congo, beginning from the
longi-
tude of Le'opoldville at the lower end of Stanley Pool,
and ending
at the longitude of Stanley Falls.
At Stanley to be
1511
Falls
feet
we
find
In a curving course
above the ocean.*
miles from east to west, and from twenty-
of 1068
Equator
eight miles north of the
down
the altitude of the river
to
4°
degrees of
17'
south
of the
longitude, the
to
13'
N. and
Equator, across nine
slope of
been four inches to the mile.
T
the descent has
The concave of
this
almost perfect bow-like course of the Upper Congo distant
from the sources of the
into
from the south,
it *
913
is
tributaries, flowing
geographical
miles in
Later measurements do not vary 30 feet from the above.
THE CONGO.
344
The convex of the bow
The Kernel
a
Argument.
IVom the water-parting which supplies
line.
dii'ect
is
distant
tributaries
its
from the north 330 geographical miles in a direct line.
Of
the southern tributaries flowing into the great are
river the laigest
Kwa, Mohindu, Ikelemba,
the
Lulungu, and Lubiianzi.
By
ascending
Kwa we
the
a navigable
obtain
length of 2 SI miles to the upper extremity of Lake Le'opold
The
11.
Ngana branches
Mbibe' and
will
add a further course of 220 miles.
Two hundred and Lukanga
miles above the
fifty
discovered, which leads us into
is
Kwa
the
Lake Man-
tumba, whose populous shores must not be neglected
by the future trader
From Congo
the
Upper Congo.
in the
confluence
of
Lukanga with
the
Lake Mantumba
to the extremity of
is
the
seventy
miles.
Sixty miles above the fine river
Mohindu.
Lukanga we
We
only explored
eighty miles, but, considering native reports,
we may
arrive
its
estimate
it
at
the
for about
magnitude and the
its
navigability to be
about 650 miles.
About
thirty
Ikelemba, which
miles higher up I
the
Congo
is
the
estimate will furnish 125 miles of
river course accessible to trade.
It is
the commercial
reserve of the Bakuti tribe.
The next
river
we
arrive at
is
the Lulungu, which
will probably be found, with its tributaries,
Lulua and
Lubi, navigable for over 800 miles.
banks are
Its
TRIBUTARIES OF THE RIVER.
345
reported to be more populous than those of the Congo.
The Kernel
Bauranga and Bakuraira
Argument.
This river
is
exploited bj the
mostly.
The next
river
gable only for twenty-five interrupted by rapids slight,
they are
becomes
it
to
survey the naviga-
is
river
first
is
the
navigable for thirty miles.
Mikene-Alima, whicb we can ascend
tlie
for thirty miles.
navi-
impede the navigation.
northern tributaries, the
is
is
and, altlioiigh they are very
;
sufficient to
Lawson-Lufini, which
The next
when
miles,
Beginning at Stanley Pool bility of the
which
Lubiranzi,
the
is
Above
this
A
for perhaps fifty miles.
is
the Likuba, navigable
few miles higher up
tlie
mouth
of the river, variously called Isanga, or
Bunga,
which
is
probably the Likona of Ballay,
readied.
From
all
reports
may
ascended
be
for
Nearly opposite the mouth of the Lukanga
120 miles. is
river
this
is
the Balui River, a large water entering by a delta.
My by
his itinerary that
The next
me
to believe
will be navigable for
350 miles.
Miyongo, of Usindi, has
friend,
it
led
river as yet discovered above the Balui
the large river of Ubangi, and above this
is
is
the Ngala,
flowing from the east into the Congo, half-way between
Some
Upoto and Iboko.
me
fifty
miles of an ascent leads
we Numbers
to expect that, with its affluents,
gation for about 450 miles. are on
its
Above miles.
shall find navi-
of large towns
banks. the Ngala
So
far
native reports, I
is
from
the Itirabiri, explored for thirty its
should
magnitude, estimate that
and from the
we
shall find
THE CONGO.
346 the Kernel
navigable water of the aggregate length of 250 miles.
of the
Argument.
•11 immediate neighbour, probably .
,
.
Tlic NlvulvU,
its
may
be ascended for sixty miles, while the Biyerre has been
proved navigable for ninety-six miles, and the Chofu
known
to be impassable after
is
an ascent of twenty-five
miles.
Thus the navigation uninterruptedly leaving the river bay let of Leopoldville,
available, after
as follows:
is
—
English miles.
From
Kwa
Leopoldville to Stanley Falls direct
Eiver,
Kwango and Lake Leopold
Left
j
The Lukanga and Lake Mantvimba Mohindu Eiver
bank
\
Ikelemba
.
II.
.
.
1068
.
.
500
70 650 125
„
Lulungu aud
800 25
its tributaries
Lnbiranzi ^
Nseleh,
Wanipoko and Lagoons,
left
bank
.
.
.
30
'Lawson-Lufini River
Mikene-Alima Likuba
?!S! bank
\
30 50
„
Isanga-Bunga, or Likona River
120
Balui
350 350
Ubangi River, and its affluents Ngala and its affluents Itimbiri and its tributaries
450 250
Nkuku River
60
Biyerre
96
„
^Chofu
25
5249 miles.
Total
From and
the following table of the length of the rivers,
their principal
section
200
of the
tributaries,
Congo
bnsin,
which flow
may
into
this
be inferred what
additional mileage to navigation will be furnished to
commerce ledge.
after the
development of geographical know-
TABLES OF MILEAGE.
347
Eight Bank. Nume
of River.
All these river banks having the same population density as on the congo river representing for this part of the Congo Basin almost a half million square miles... Some not explored regions like Katanga showed, later on, indeed a lower density...
THE CONGO.
348 The Kernel
From
Argument. foFin
and the Lumani alone, which
the Lubilasli
the Liibiranzi, I have a strong conviction that 800
miles more of navigable water will be obtained, since
the
Arabs of Kiburuga informed me that they had
crossed
the waters. five miles
The
They knew only
above
its
confluence with the Congo.
by the various
of 5250 miles.
by passing one
in
section.
this
rapid,
The wealth of
increase to over 6000 miles. lies
It
is
during ten months of the year. either
line,
As we
we may
equatorial
bisected
equator, over which the rain-belt discharges
the equatorial
by steam
direct navigable access
This,
rivers
square statute miles,
1,090,000
is
which we have
Africa
of the rapids twenty-
superficial area drained
above mentioned into
and navigated many days on
several times,
it
its
by the showers
recede from
north or south, the dry
periods are of longer duration.
At
long dry season
from the middle of
May
lasts four montlis,
to the middle of
lasts six
weeks, from
At
end of February.
Congo
section
estimating the
may
Lat. 4° the
September; the shorter season the middle of January to S.
about three weeks longer
The population of
S.
this
Lat.
6^,
the dry season
the is
in the year.
enormous area of the Upper
be approximately ascertained by
number of inhabitants
at each district
according to our observations, on the right bank and
on the
left
of that great curve of the
Congo between
Stanley Pool and Stanley Falls, and of the Biyerre, the Mohindu, the entire area
by the
Kwa, and belts
tlie
Lukanga, dividing the
which were explored.
1)
1
.
TABLES OF POPULATION. Eight Bank.
349
Ascending tho Congo.
Tlie Keruel
of the
Name
Estimated
of District or Village.
Population.
Gordon Bennett to La wson Eiver to
Population.
13,000
Mikenef
Eiver
15,000
j
Mikene Eiver Lukolela to
to opposite^ .
.
Bungata
.
.
50,000 4,000 15.000 3,000 3,000 30,000 3,000 10,000 10,000 12,000 5,500 6,000 2,000 8,000 8,000
.
Ukiimira
Ubengo Usiinbi
,...*.
Iboko
•.
Lusengo Ubika Thence to Iringi
Umangi
.
......
Ukele
and Ngombe
.
Lukii
Ndobo Ibunda
10,000
j
Bukoko
TJpoto
Estimated
of District or Village.
207,500
\
Lawson Eiver
Thenoe
Name
.....
Bumba Lower Yambinga Upper „
.
Villages Old Yaluliraa.
Bungele Basaka
...
.
.
.
.
Basoko of Mokulu Upper and Lower Yom.
burri
....
Yangambi Yaruche Yaryembi
.
....
Wenya and Bakumu
Ascending the Congo.
Imeme
.... Marunja .... Mpakiwana
Mbama and Mikunga Kimjwko and neighbourhood
To Wampoko Eiver Wampoko E ver to Ms wata Mswata and neighbour-! .
i
hood
Kwamouth
Kwa
....
Eiver to Bolobo Bolobo to Lukolela Lukolela
•
\
]\Ipa
.^
.
.
.
.
Yakongo
.
.
.
Villages .
Bahamba Bandu \
Butuuu
I
Bahunga
.
.
.... .
.
j
.
.
.
.
.
.
Islands
.
.
".
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
Bungungu If^angi
I
.
Ikassa
Mbungu and
Ngombe Nkuku
.
Old Eubunga.
Yalulima Irubu
.
Usindi Irebu
.
.
j
8,000 5,000 3,000 2,000 2,000 11,000 3,000
313,800
Lema
.
.
"
Yarukombe Yakusu
Kimbangu
.
13,000 j
Intermediate Villages
Bunga Mutembo
.
.
Boruu
Kintamo Kinshassa
.
Ngingiri
207,500
Left Bank.
10,000 8,000 8,000 5,000 3,000 300 2,000 2,000 6,noo 15,000
......
Yaporo
.... .
Thence to Moliindu Eiver Uranga Bolombo
Ukanga Yakonde Yarukombe
Bukumbi
Wenya
.
.
.
.
.
.... .
212 ,000 2 ,000 500 500 ,000 ,000 ,000 ,000 ,000 ,000 ,500 ,000 ,000 ,000 ,000 ,000 ,000 ,000 ,000 ,000 ,000 ,000 .500 ,000
319,000
Argument.
350
This must be 3030
1 (statute) mile=1609,35 meter
:
DENSITY OF THE POPULATION. Lieutenant Weissman,
who
351
crossed the upper Lubilash,
The Kemei of the
write "
Argument.
:
The country is densely peopled, and some of the villages are miles in They arc clean, with commodious houses shaded by oil-palms
lengtii.
and bananas, and surrounded by carefully divided contrary to the usual African practice,
woman attends " From the
man
is
which, quite
fields, in
seen to
till
the
soil
whilst
household offices. Lubilash to the Lumani there stretches almost uninterruptedly a prairie region of great fertility, the future pasture-grounds of the world. The reddish loam overlying the granite bears luxuriant grass and clumps of trees, and only the banks are densely wooded. " The rains fall during eight months of the year, from September to The temperature varies from G3° Fah. April, but they are not excessive. to 81° Fah., but in the dry season it occasionally falls as low as to
45° Fahrenheit."
______________________________ Tippu Tib, the great Arab trader in interior, who has traversed the south-east portion of this section, * ______________________________ tlie
described to
me
personally his astouishnient at the den-
sity of the population.
He
told
me how
had passed
lie
through several towns which took a couple of hours to
and
prairie
camp
left in
traverse, of the beauty of savannah, park,
country he saw, and the
how
the site of the
morning might be seen from the evening camp
after a six hours'
march.
Fi-om the north-east of this
section
we have
the
testimony of Dr. Schweinfiirtli in the following words "
From
king,
tlie
Welle
to the residence
of the
Monbuttu
Munza, the way leads through a country of
marvellous beauty, an
almost unbroken line of the
primitively simple dwellings extending on either side of the caravan route.
He estimates the Nyam-Nyam country to be about ______________________________________ 5400 square miles in extent, populated by 2,000,000. _______________________________________ * This is debunking the false theory that these regions were emptied by the Swahili traders. If we look what a long time Tippu Tib needed to guideStanley to these regions (only accessible during six months per year), then we had to admit that the deported number of slaves was less great than pretended in some litterature.
TEE CONGO.
352
______________________ number ________
The Kernel of the
Argument.
wliicb
.,
3
per square mile
1
,
!
The Mobindu and of
wbicb we
Itimbiri rivers, a certain portion
explored,
Miyongo
confirm wbat
Usindi related respecting the Lulungu, further
we
of
eqiial to the extraordinary
would be
of
that the
viz.,
travelled from the immediate banks of the
great river the more numerous became the people.
The vegetable productions of and varied, but use will be
intercourse
until
made
this section are rich is
facilitated
little
This might be readily
of them.
surmised from the country's bisection by the equaline,
torial
the
months' rains
ten
and
the
humid
warmth which nourishes vegetation with extraordinary prolific
power.
The most remarkable among
the vegetable growths
are the palms, of which there are an
but the most useful to commerce guinemsis). well
scarcely,
kernel
is
Not a grove, nor an
in
;
some
places, such as the
between the Lower Lumani and Congo, there
are entire forests of
On
it.
vinifera usurps its place.
islands are
palm
its
can be found without this beautiful
and most useful palm district
the oil-palm {Efais
the west coast, while
valuable for oil-cake for cattle.
variety,
dark red palm-oil so
Its nut supplies the
known on
islaiid
is
immense
yields
The
wholly forests of annually
from
the Biyerre' the Raplda larger
number of
this palm.
500
to
As
the
its
oil-
1000 nuts, the
quantity that miglit he collected from this section
enormous, and would rail to
the coast.
well
is
lepay transportation by
VEGETABLE WEALTH.
353
The next most valuable product of the untouched floridiif
in this region,
from Euphorbia
may have
which
gum
is
article,
On
but that which exudes
an area of 3000 square
miles with SOOO square miles of river, I estimate that
pay
Argument.
the islands of the Congo,
in the aggregate cover
in one year to
of the Laudolphia
not so elastic in quality, although
uses.
its
The Kernel
There are three kinds
or india-rubber plant.
of plants producing this
it
the
is
yet
forest, as
banks of the main
tiie
enough rubber could be
for a
collected
Congo railway.
Other gums, such as Ihose of the Tracliylobum and
The
Guibourtia species, are useful for varnishes.
transparent white and red
known the
Wenya
I
in diameter of
known
pure white
other uses they
Vegetable
are too well
There are
Among
to ,the natives.
discovered large cakes over 18 inches
villages they contrive to its
copal
need remark.
for their value to
large deposits of these
gum
fossil
oils
know
gum
copal.
make
torches of
liglits,
the third
is
it,
fishing
but of
nothing.
are extracted from the Arachis hypogea^
or ground-nut, the oil-berry, castor
used for
At some
oil.
The
first
is
the second for cooking and gravies,
medicinal, as with us.
Vast extents of forest are veiled with the orchilla moss.
Between
strip of forest
Iboko and Langa-Langa
saw a
about 60 miles in length draped with
orchilla lying on the
village
I
contains
its
woods
like a
gieen
manufactured
rolls
veil.
of
Every redwood
powder, and few settlements between the equator and the
Kwa
could not furnish a few hundredweights at
Vol. 11.-23
THE CONGO.
354
^^Vtiir^^ Argument,
the
first
Every
order.
trading" canoe floating
among
^pp^j. Congo possesses
its
on the
wares a
saleable
certain store of this universally-demanded article.
The vegetation of
Upper Congo
the
able for the quantities of fibres
manufacture
paper,
of
it
coarse matting, and grass-cloths;
by the Papyrus antiquorum, Calamus
indicus,
produces for the
basket-work,
rope,
remark-
also
is
fine
and
these are furnished
aloes, Stipa tenaccissima,
Phoenix spinosa, Raphia vinifera, and
Adansonia. Just as Lake tity of
Mantumba
furnishes the largest quan-
redwood powder; Iboko palm-fibre matting;
Irebu, Calamus fibred sunshades nnd floor mats lima, double
famous for
bells
Ubangi, swords
;
tobacco
its
coils,
its fine
In this region, able
timber and
among
the
is
with which product they
conduct an extensive river trade.
remarkable for
Lukolela
so
;
Yalu-
;
its
Lukolela
is
also
wild coffee.
many minor
items avail-
which commercial intercourse would teach the
natives to employ profitably, are lope,
buffalo,
lion,
monkey, goat, ante-
and leopard skins
;
the
gorgeous
feathers of the tropic birds, hippopotamus teeth, bees-
wax, sativa,
myrrh,
frankincense,
and
lastly ivory,
which
the most valuable product.
It
to-day
may
there are about 200,000 elephants
is
which would
in
about 15,000 let
us say,
weight of ivory in his head,
lbs.
represent,
Europe, £5,000,000.
considered
be presumed that
herds in the Congo basin, each carrying,
on an average 50
Cannabis
tortoise-shell.
when
To some,
collected
perhaps,
and sold in this
would
IVORY, RUBBER,
AND PALM-OIL.
appear a large estimate, but
355
much more moderate day to me by a gentle-
it is
than a statement made the other
man, who solemnly declared he had met a herd of 300 elephants
least
his servant
had overflown
its
many
so
Mr. Ingham, a
to
missionary, lately shot twenty-five the
for
at another locality not far
As
the
tlie
tons upon tons
Congo basin
is
off,
ivory
and
shot twenty.
drawn
for
the last eiglity years it
may
be that
under-estimated the number of elephants the
;
a large area, and considering
from the eastern half of Africa,
in
river
tlje
engulf him and his confederate.
and obtained money
Major Yetch,
that
banks, and, like another angry Sca-
mander, threatened
elephants,
and that he and
in a small river,
had slaughtered
at
unexploited and
virgin
I
still
have
living
western half of the
continent.
In
my
in rank
opinion the ivory, however, stands but
among
the natural products of the basin.
total value of the ivory
this rep:ion
fifth
The
supposed to be in existence in
to-day would but represent 107,500 tons
of palm-oil, or 30,000 tons of india-rubber.
If every
warrior living on the immediate banks of the Congo
and
its
navigable affluents— which are of the aggregate
length of 10,800 miles, within easy reach of the trader
above Le'opoldville
pound
— were
in rubber each
to pick
about a third of a
day throughout the year, or
to
melt two-thirds of a pound weight of palm-oil, and
convey
it
to the trader for sale,
£5,000,000 worth of
vegetable produce could be obtained without exhaustion of the wild forest productions.
Or
if,
in the
same
The Kerne Argumeut.
THE CONGO.
356 The Kernel
pound of
msiDner, each native warrior picked half a
of the
Aigument.
gum-copal per day, or collected half a pound per day of orchilla-weed, or
made
grind out half a
his wife
pound of camwood or redwood powder, ample proof would be given that of the
any one
of
forests alone as articles
pioductions
the
of
commerce have a Although ivory
value greatly superior to
ivory.
such a precious
by no means inexhaustible,
and therefore most
article, it is
it
By
cannot be rated very high.
trifling labour of the able
is
the
bodied warriors living
on the edge of the bank of the navigable river more
gum,
of either palm-oil, rubber,
orchilla-weed, or cam-
wood, could be produced in one year than in the
At
Congo basin
is
all
the ivory
worth.
the same time, although limited,
is
it
a valuable
product, and as such will be an object to commerce. If 200 tusks arrived per
£260,000 per annum,
it
week
would
at Stanley Pool, or say still
require twenty-five
years to destroy the elephant in the Congo basin.
In minerals this section abundant.
is
famous
is
by no means
poor.
Iron
Yalulima, Iboko, Irebu, and Ubangi are
for their swordsmiths.
The Yakusu and Basoko
are pre-eminent for their spears.
the Association at Brussels
In the
museum
are spear-blades
long and four inches broad, which
I
collected
of
six feet
among
those tribes.
The copper mines near large
At
portion
Phillippeville supply a very
of Western
the market of
Africa with
Manyanga
of these change hands.
their ingots.
several hundredweights
The south-eastern
portion of
MINERALS, SUGAR, RICE, ETC. the section of the
•11* vans with their is
r
stores or
also abundant.
Arabs
Upper Congo
Kernel
of the
1
Plumbago
copper.
and some of
in the beds of streams,
bottles
cara- The
T^i
Argument.
Gold has been found by the roving
by me returning from glass
numerous
supplies
11 smelted
357
met
tliose
their slave raids possessed small
which contained the treasures of small
gold nuggets they had found.
Every native
village
on the Upper Congo has
Bananas and plaintains
sugar-cane plats and maize. naturally thrive marvellously.
In the
natives eat bread of millet flour
manioc, sweet and bitter kinds,
;
Kwa
bean, which prolific
is
Among brinjalls,
is
vegetables
are
little
main
river.
the black field
very like the grain of India
the
the staple
furiiisshes
in favour
and hardy, needing but
valley the
but the cassava or
farinaceous food of the people along the
The leguminous plant most
its
;
it is
most
cultivation.
'
yams, sweet potatoes,
cucumbers, melons, pumpkins, tomatoes, &c.
Lately the cabbage, the European potato and onion,
have been introduced, and thrive most promisingly at Leopoldville and Kinshassa.
On fast
the eastern edge of this section the Arabs are
introducing the large-grained upland rice with extra-
ordinary success.
At Wane Kirungu they harvested
in
1882, 30,000 bushels of rice, and about 500 bushels
While the Association has advanced from
of wheat.
the west with mangoes, papaws, limes, oranges, pineapples and guava, the Arabs
have made remarkable
progress from the east with the same
There
is
a countless
fruits.
number of valuable plants
use-
THE CONGO.
358 foi their
The Kernel ful of the
Argument,
oiis, •
and
like tlie " candle-berry " tree, &c.
1
•
•
foi medicinal uses, like the
purgans, the Strychnas, the also to
be
found the wild
Semicarhus anacardiuin,
or
/^
Cashew, the Jatrophe
Amomum, giijger,
and nutmeg, the
marking-ink plant
these have no value to commerce, and
belong to the botanist.
There are
&c.
but
;
more properly
Cotton, however,
discovered
is
wild and indigenous everywhere, especially on the sites of deserted settlements,
and may in the future be
considered something more than a curiosity in a broad
and spacious region
so well adapted for its growth.
The next region
to
be considered
the
is
Webb-
Lualaba section, which embraces the greater part of 54 square degrees, included between 28° N.
lat.
and
S. lat.
12° 30', and between E. long. 25° 20' and E. long 30°.
The
superficial
measurement of the area amounts
246,000 square statute miles.
The course of
river from the dehoucliure of the
Bangweolo down is
from S.W.
Within
this
to
to
the great
Chambezi into Lake
to the last Cataract of Stanley Falls
N.W.
a distance of 1260 Eni^lish miles.
section I include
— until
further light
is
thrown upon the subject— Lake Muta-Xzige', not the
Lake Albert discovered by
Sir Samuel Baker.
We
have
voluminous affluents flowing into the Webb-Lualaba, directly west of the
They
lake discovered
require drainage area, which,
Muta-Nzige',
we have not
if
by me
in
1876.
we exclude Lake
sufficient space to
supply such
large rivers as the Low-wa, the Ulindi, and Lira.
From
native accounts, which, though extremely unreliable, must, in the absence of definite infoimation, be accepted,
THE WEBB-LUALABA COUNTBY.
may
359
be estimated to cover an area of 5400
The Ken.ei
square miles. Lake Bangeolo, according to Livingstone's
Argument.
this lake
rough survey,
is
of the superficial extent
Lake Mweru, according
square miles.
of
10,200
to the
authority, covers an area of 2700 square miles.
Kassali and
chain of lakelets
its
same
Lake
cover altogrether an
area of 2200 square miles.
Beyond the Stanley
Webb-Lualaba
Falls the
is
navi-
gable to within six miles fiom Nyangwe, a length of
327 miles.
On
met
Le'o])old River,
is
the
thirty miles
of the
the next
;
first class,
is
which
is
we meet
400 yards south
we
at the
see the Lira
Low-wa
with a breadth
About ninety
clear
we come
to the
which has a known course of 250
thirty miles
which
is
of
miles further
stream.
A
little
Luama, a stream
miles.
Forty miles
the Luigi, of half that length, and
beyond the Luigi
the outlet of
is
the Luindi, or Lukuga,
Lake Tanganika.
Commencing again from the Baswa uppermost of the Stanley Falls left
we ascended
emptying into the Webb-Lualaba,
north of S. latitude 5°
is
ascended
River, an affluent
— which
river
300 yards wide, a deep and
further south
affluent
South of the Low-wa about
the Ulindi
mouth.
tlie first
formed a few miles up by the
few miles— a
1877 a
in
ascend,
which may be
the
junction of two streams. fifteen miles
we
the right as
bank we meet
is
cataract, the
series, the first
on the
the small Black River, and the
next from the bend, which I supposed was the Lumami, but which, the Arabs inform me, similar to the Kasuku,
emptying
is
the Lufii, a stream
at S. lat. 4^ into the
THE CONG 9.
360 The Kernel of the
The next ^reat
Webb-Lualaba. -
.
.
of the river
Argument, secti'on
is
the Lacustrine
The Webb-Lualaba of main
length
amount
river
Kamolondo. of
out
section,
and larger
5000 miles, may be
to
river flowinfi- into this
,
.
.
its
;
the
below
the
betw^een
Mweru
Kasongo
Falls
two naviincluded
first
between the Baswa Falls and Njangwe' second
whicli
tributaries,
div^ided into
gable sections of 550 miles each
aggregate
Falls,
and the
and the rapids
Lake.
This region, mainly along the river banks and in a vast part of
its interior,
has been subjected to the dete-
riorative influence of slave-raiding for the last
Whatever
years.
its
population
twenty
may have been
before
the desolating system of capturing communities of people
by the slaughter of the males, estimate
more than twenty
it
would not be
safe to
souls to the square mile,
by
which we have a population of nearly 0,000,000.
The
principal tribes in that region are the
Bakumu,
Balegga, Banyema, Bakonde', Bagenya, Barua, Bakuss,
Bamarungu, and Bahmda.
On
the lower navigable section of the
Webb-Lualaba
there are four trading communities of Arabs and their slaves established at Kasongo,
Wane
To
Kirundu.
Nyangwe, Yibondo, and
the commercial trader from the
west coast these communities are easily accessible, and
would be valuable over the region
;
auxiliaries to the extension of trade
inasmuch as they have hosts of
plined slaves, hundreds of
during the trading.
last
The
whom have
disci-
been educated
twenty years in the art and practice of tastes of these people
would be
supeiior,
A BAB TRADING COMMUNITIES. naturally, to that of the aborigines.
the cattle
assistance,
Lualaba;
also
the
Through
their The Kwnei
Usige, Ruanda, Urundi, and
ot"
might be brought,
Ujiji
361
in a
cattle
lew weeks' march, to the
of
Nyangwe,
wliich
have
increased at last accounts to respectable herds, prov-
ing that there
is
nothing
fatal
growth and
to their
successful propagation in the valley of the
The natural productions
of
Congo.
the land are similar to
those enumerated as belonging to the
Upper Congo
section.
The next
section
for consideration
that of the
is
Chambezi, having a superficial area of 46,000 square miles.
drained entirely by the Chambezi and
It is
tributaries,
its
which are the headquarters of the Congo.
It lies in a basin elevated
about 3800 feet above the
sea,
walled around by the Losanswe range of mountains
on the north, and
to the south
and east by the Lokinga
mountains, or jjlateau wall of Bisa, and the Chibale' range.
The
river
is
described
by Livingstone
to be
400
yards wide at the place of his crossing, with a clear current of two knots and a depth of three fathoms.
One
of
its
affluents,
the Lubansenzi,
is
described as
being 300 yards wide, and three fathoms deep.
Lokulu
A
is
described as being a
still
The
larger affluent.
few quotations from Livingstone's own words will
give a better idea of the country than can be gathered
any other manner.
in "
Immense swampy
"The
plains all around except at Kabende."
water in the country
is
exceedingly large; plains extending
Argument.
THE CONGO.
362 'ih
have 4 or 5
Kernel farther than the eye can reach
of the
feet of clear water,
and the
adjacent lands for 20 or 30 miles are level."
Argument. out.
We went through We were lost in
five
hours."
'*
"The country
is
necessity tortuous.
papyrus, stiff
rushes, arums,
tall
and grass
till
tired
grassy prairies from 3 to 4 feet in water for
so very flat that the rivers down here are of Fish and other food abundant, and the people civil
all
and reasonable." " One sees interminable grassy prairies with lines of trees occupying quarters of miles in breadth, and these give plain
is
flooded annually
From
the above
of the Chainbezi
but
;
its
way
to plain again.
The
vegetation consists of grasses."
will be perceived that the basin
it
country like
principally a level
is
prairie land sloping very gradually on all sides to the
Bangweolo Lake, and during the rainy season inundated in
its
lower depressions, especially in the vicinity
Midway
of the lake.
of
its
gradations of undulating
beautiful
rises
in
land,
on which browse the
as far as north-east,
tbe
course, however, the country
foot
cattle
of the
pasture
herds of the Babisa,
Mambwe
plateau, on
and the Chibale mountain chain
east,
the the
latter being 7,000 feet high.
The population of at
more than
iexi
this region
cannot he estimated
to the square mile,
which would give
460,000 souls to the territory.
The remaining described
is
the
section
of the
Tanganika
Congo
territory,
basin to
be
which covers
a superficial area of 03,000 square miles, of which the lake itself being 391 English miles in length, with
an
average breadth of twenty- four miles, absorbs 0400 square miles.
In some portions of this section the population dense
;
as for instance, in Usige, Urundi,
is
Uhha, Eastern
THE TANGANIKA TERRITORY.
363
some portions of Umyamwezi
Itawa, Ujiji, and
Kawendi, Marungu, Ufipa,
others, again, as in
By
thinly populated.
a moderate estimate,
it is
it
in
^'"^ Kernel
but
Argument,
;
would
be twenty-five to the square mile, making a population for the entire basin of 2,325,000.
The
surface of the lake
above the
feet
by mountains
On
sea.
is
the north-west
2500
rising
an altitude of 2750
at
feet higher,
west by heights ranging from
Along 1500
1500
the east the average height of
feet
above the lake
it
bounded
to
the south-
to
2000
feet.
table land
tlie
on the north
;
is
is
a broad,
is
funnel-shaped valley leading to the lofty uj^lands of
Ruanda.
On
one half of this territory cattle are bred in '
The Warundi, Wahha,
numerous herds.
Wanya-Ruanda,
a very superior race of people, could
not exist without their
yamwezi, who are while
life,
The Wajiji and Wan-
cattle.
them, also
allied to
they do not
sorghum,
cereals,
neglect
millet, maize.
affect
the
At
of Tanganika
About midway on
is
a
London
the east
is
a pastoral
production of
Ujiji,
Uzige, are trading communities of Arabs side
Wazige', and
;
Uvira, and
on the west
Missionary station.
a station of the African
International Association.
At
Ujiji
ends the oil-palm, the other productions
of the land being similar to the Upper Congo section.
On
the eastern portion of the basin cereals form the
staple
food of the inhabitants, while on
portion the principal cassava.
food
consists
its
western
of bananas
and
THE CONGO.
364 The Kernel
At
the iiiavkets of Ujiji
may
of the
Argument. \\]q
principal products for sale
beans, ground nuts,
millet,
fruit, palm-oil,
number of
be seen a
— ivory,
maize, sesame,
sugar-cane,
wild
cbilies,
bananas, plaintains, honey, goats, sheep,
cattle, fowls, fish,
tobacco, fish-nets, copper
iron wire, bark cloth,
bows and arrows,
wristlets,
hoes, spears,
slaves, &c.
U vira,
At
on the north-west
side,
are great smelting
At
works, and manufactures of iron wire and ware. south, the best tobacco
Usanzi, a
little
Ukawendi
the largest store of honey and
found
from Urungu
;
arrives
Mambwe
to
raised
is
wax
;
in
to be
is
the finest ivory
from Marungu the largest number of slaves
;
are brought
number of
;
Urundi and Uhha supply the largest
cattle
;
while Ujiji
goats
supplies
and
sheep.
The following the
state
basin
of
table will present in a
our
compact form
Congo
knowledge of the
actual
:
Area
in
Square
Sections.
miles.
Lower Congo
Upper
33,000
.
Cougo
Population per Square mile.
About 9
1,090,000
Length
Number of Population,
of Naviga-
Area of
Name
of Lake.
297,000
,^( I-eopold
II.
9.50
^^"\ Mautumba.
400 10,200 2,700
,
40 43,884,0005,250|
Baugweolo
Mweru Kiissula
246,000
Luiilaba
20
^^^^^ miles
tion.
4,920,0001,100
.
and
of l2,200 chain Lakelets ) .
Chambezi, with) Baiigweol'j
Tauganika
.
.
46,000
460,000
93,000
2,325,000
400j
Mutu Nzige
9,400 5,400
391
Kuta Kebir
444
'I'anganika.
I
l.oOS.OliO Average 34 51,880,000 7,251
The subjoined form
will illustrate
how
31,694
the
Congo
POLITICAL BOUNDARIES. basin
is
present
at
Conference
:
divided, according
365 to
the Berlin
The Kernel
Argument.
THE CONGO.
366 The Kernel
knowledge of the peoples cbiring
Argument,
intercourse with
them have but
my
six years
intensified
later
my
con-
victions.
clever practical people of Manchester ask me,
The "
And what
can the natives give us in excliange for
"
our cloth
?
I answer, that the trade of to
£32,000,000
last
West Africa amounted
year, out of
which there were
£17,000,000 exports, which sailing
probably about
away
ships and steamers were able to carry
from a
line of
have shown, after
after
due care
for
exactitude
some four hundred astronomical
patient exploration, personal
Europe
2900 miles long.
coast only
sea
to
I
obtained
observations,
investigation, bold essays
into as yet wild regions with our small steamers, as-
siduous questioning of native navigators, that there are
5250 statute miles of uninterrupted navigable water,
which may by overcoming a
trouble
little
rapid be increased to GOOO miles in the section of the
The flow
and
is is
Congo
at
one
Upper Congo
basin.
area through which these navigable channels
over 1,000,000 square miles superficial extent,
throughout a
the variety of
its
fertile
natural
region
unsurpassed
productions.
It
is
for
peopled
by about 43,000,000 of native Africans, whom, from our experience among 1,000,000 of them, lead us to believe will prove as amenable to reason and prudent
treatment as any natives
we have
we have
encountered.
ascertained that along 2030 miles
banks there dwell 806,300, we
may
As
of river
estimate then that
POSSIBILITIES OF TRADE.
367 The Kernel
4,483,000 souls inhabit the two banks of the navigable
mileage of 6000 miles, or 12,000 miles of river shore.
These 12,000 miles of Congo banks excel in quality sea
the
found
In
shore.
and
oil-palms
book,
this
rubber
I
speak of
having
the
dyeing
creepers,
powder of the red-wood and of the orchilla-weed, copal deposits, at
and
of
forests
every place I visited
trees
speak of eager native
I
;
gum-producing
ot
traders following us for miles for the smallest piece
of cloth.
mention
I
that
many
travelling
after
miles to obtain cloth for ivory and red-wood powder,
the despairing natives asked, "Well, what
do want
On
Tell us,
?
will get
it
you
it
for you."
venturing before that body of practical, sober,
men
intelligent
Chamber
of
incorporated
Commerce, "
singular question, in
and we
is
exchange
I
What can
our cloth
for
append the following
am
list
? "
Manchester
a
into
confronted with the the
give us
natives
For a
first
answer I
of produce from the Congo.
and steamers can be sent
If sailing ships
Upper Congo basin by the Manchester will obtain three times at least
the
to
people, they
more of West African
produce than they obtain from the whole of the West African
coast,
extending
from the Gambia
to
St.
Paul de Loanda, or £50,000,000 worth of produce. Since they cannot send either sailing or steam vessels,
they must build two sections of narrow-gauge
way
respectively
length,
fifty-two
connected
connected
railway
by
rail-
and ninety-five miles
steamboat
235 miles
navigation,
long,
and
or
in
a
they will
Argument,
THE CONGO.
368 The Kernel
obtain as mucli produce as sucli a railway can con-
Argument. xQry^
who who
from their trading agents on the Upper Congo, will collect
from over a million native Africans,
it
are waiting to be told
what
further
produce
is
needed beyond ivory, palm-oil, palm kernels, groundnuts,
gum-copal,
gum
tr;igacanth,
orchilla-weed,
myrrh,
camwood,
frankincense,
cola-nuts, skins,
furs,
hides, feathers, copper, india-rubber, fibre of grasses,
beeswax, bark-cloth, nutmeg, ginger, castor-oil nuts, &c.
&
Memorandum from Hutton
Co.,
The Temple, Dale
Street,
Liverpool, 12th March, 1885.
Value of African Produce Palm
(Congo)
oil
kernels „
„
Ground-nuts, shelled
....
in the shell
...
Copra
£ 28 12
s.
5
Ivory teeth
.....
Barwood
Camwood Ebony
„ „
12
„ „
to 2
per cwt.
3 10 £21 to 23
per ton.
£6 „ 14 10
large
1
10
1 12
„
Cotton
Bermiseed
Gum
„ „
per cwt. „ 5i per lb.
seed
„
1 per lb.
£45 to 60 £25 „ 45
Coffee, small berry
„
per ton.
14 10
Is. 4'i.
....
scrivelloes
d.
5
16
India rubber „
in Liverpool.
copal, red
Angola
....
„
white Loanda
„
Sierra
Leone
... ...
Guinea grains
per ton.
2
per 384
5
5 15 1
15
5s.
Ginger
to 2 10 1 16
Castor seed
9
5
„
Beeswax Orchilla weed, Angola
£1
per cwt. „ 6i per lb.
19
£1
Chillies
Croton
4 10
£5
to 6 10
17s. 6d.
„ 2 10
per cwt.
lbs.
AFRICAN PRODUCE IN LIVERPOOL. £.
s.
Kola nuts (fresh") Eattan canes Porcupine quills
10 80
Monkey
01
skins
...... .......
14
Calabar beans
Morse teeth
2
Adansonia, or Baobab bark or fibre Oil nuts (Candle-berry) 1 ^^ .
.
^
,
Nominal
11
7
369
THE CONGO.
370 The Kernel
yanga, and judging from what
is
being done on the
of the
Argument.
Lower Congo,
the following produce
Factories ^\htre Stationed.
was shipped
:-
ESTIMATE OF PROBABLE EXPORTS. the gross value of which
371
Of ivory
The Kernel
and rubber, £300,000 might easily be bought, because
Argument.
oil,
£1,050,000.
is
the great depot of trade would then be at the ter-
— Manyanga —and
minus
the service of the 800 carriers
now conveying goods between Vivi and
Stanley Pool
(235 miles), would be utilised in carrying produce
between the Pool and Manyanga, ninety-five miles.
The aggregate revenue of the up and down commerce,
from
State,
and
missions,
traffic
exclusive
of
passengers, would be about £120,000, for an outlay
of £230,000.
The
would be obtained
fuel
Ngoma
through which the line
forests,
would run.
Bundi, and
the
at
of i-ailway
would of course be a surface railway,
It
the extraordinary outlay being only for a few bridges.
Were
the railway to be direct from Vivi to Stanley
Pool, the distance being only 235 miles, the expense of
construction at
£4000 per mile would only amount
£940,000.
The gross revenue of £300,000 per
to
annum
such an outlay
for
such a railway
is
must contribute miles
through
exchange muskets,
it
to
would for
as
large
constructed a million its
support.
uninterrupted
of
surely
is
river
The
Once
!
square miles
trade
by 5200
navigation
flowing
chiefly consist of
heavy produce
in
bulky goods, cotton goods, beads,
gunpowder,
cutlery,
china,
and iron ware,
inasmuch as bullion, cheques, bank-notes are useless in the
As
Congo
basin.
a mere speculation there
whole wide world
offering:
so
is
nothing
in
remunerative an
the in-
372
THE CONGO.
.
The Kernel
vestmeiit of Capital as this
Argument,
of
kinds, ancl
all
and have proved impassable
;
aerial
human to
be failures
been
liave
carriers
the
;
yet,
arrives every article that a mortal
tested,
cataracts
navigation, unfortunately,
compete with the railway as
toll
Animals
small railway.
are
cannot
and until that time
man
needs must pay
of freight to this iron road.
To-day £52,000 are paid per
between Stanley Pool and the the
International
which
is
annum
coast,
Association,
for porterage
by native
and
three
traders,
Missions,
equal to 5^ per cent, on the £940,000 said to
be needed to construct the railway to the Pool.
But
let
the Yivi and Stanley Pool railroad be constructed, and it
would require an army of Grenadiers
traders from
moving on
in the commercial El
The
to secure the favourite places
Dorado of Africa.
Christianity, science,
waves beating on a rocky shore,
and
trade.
Like the
so Islamism has dashed
repeatedly from the north in
reach the line of the Equator.
made
prevent the
equatorial regions of Africa have for ages defied
Islamism,
itself
to
its
frantic effort to
Christianity has also
ineffectual attempts for the last three centuries
to obtain a footing in the
same region, but ignorance of
retirement.
Science has directed
the climate caused
its
strategic assaults
upon the closely-besieged
area,
has succeeded in retiring with brilhant results; success,
and its
however, has been only temporary, as Trade
which ou2:ht to have followed stood dazed with the difficulties
which the pioneers encountered.
Thus the equatorial region, which
offers
such large
AFBICA RECLAIMABLE. prospects to the enterprising, its
.
own
.
.
.
f.
juice of fatness.
stands railing
.
been
left to
.
Belgas were at this late
of the
its efforts.
It
by what process England, Gaui, and
redeemed from barbarism
hour there
heart of Africa with
still
its
and because
;
emerges iuto light the great
countless millions without the
slightest veneer of artificialism over man's natural state, it
thoughtlessly exclaims that the African savages are
irreclaimable.
Africa,
How
it
possible that these natives of
whose bonds have been
cessible area, could
that
is
we have any
fixed in such an inac-
have been otherwise
No
?
people
record of have ever risen out of the
Europe has
slough of barbarism without external help.
been compounded out of the
relics
of
many
nations
and
tribes— Celts, Huns, Goths, Vandals, Greeks, Romans, Franks, Saxons, Normans, Saracens, Turks,
who have
become involved with one another a thousand times in commotions and contentions during many centuriesi It is out of the
fragments of warring myriads that the
present polished nations of Europe have sprung.
Had
a few of those waves of races flowing and eddying over
Northern Africa succeeded in leaping the barrier of the Equator,
we should have found
the black aboriginal
races of Southern Africa very different from the savages
we meet But
to-day.
until the latter half of the nineteenth century
the 'world was ignorant of of Isangila, or
how
iha Kernel
Civilisation, so often baffled, Argument,
presents such an impenetrable front to feigns to forget
stew in
,
barbarism and savagery that
the
at
lias .,
373
slight
what
lay
was the
beyond the rapids obstacle
which lay
THE CONGO.
874 The Kernel
betwecii civilisatioii and
Argument,
the
-,-,.. dark
of the
which CR'aved the two
to
mankind
be developed that
excels
it
endowed
'
a
to
mankind.
which nature reserved
by the coming races
known
precious
of
variety
•
I
;
still
lies
rejoice to
not only high in value, but that
is
other
all
for
gift
an area of the earth
rejoice that so large
find
r
navigable channels by which access
other
a unit of that
it, I
k
how Nature had formed
and
could be gained to this her latest
As
r
.
virgin regions or Africa into
equal halves,
hundred
broad natural highway
lands for the gifts
number and
which
with
nature
it
rare
has
it.
Let us take North America for instance, and the portion of
ricliest
viz.,
it,
the Mississippi basin, to
compare with the Congo basin, previous to
ment by
that mixture of races called
When De
its
develop-
modern Americans.
Soto navigated the Father of waters, and the
Indians were undisputed masters of the ample riverbasin, the spirit of enterprise
would have found
in the
natural productions some furs and timber.
The Congo basin at the
is,
however, much more promising
same stage of undevelopment. The
banks of the Congo are
lignum
vitae,
filled
forests
on the
with precious redwood,
mahogany, and fragrant gum-trees.
may
At
be found inexhaustible quantities of
their
base
fossil
gum, with which the carriages and furnitures of
civilised
countries
are
myrrh and frankincense
varnished ;
;
their
their foliage
orchilla-weed, useful for dye.
is
boles
exude
draped with
The redwood when cut
down, chipped and rasped, produces a deep crimson
DEVELOPING THE COUNTBTS RESOURCES. powder,
colouring
valuable
a
givir)g*
the
;
375
creepers
The Kernel of the
which hang in festoons from
tree to tree are generally Argument,
those from which india-rubber
of which
is
worth
per
2^.
lb.)
;
is
produced (the best
the nuts of the
give forth a butter, a staple article of commerce
make
the fibres of others will
the best cordnge.
palm
oil ;
while
Among
the wild shrubs are frequently found the coffee-plant.
In
its
and swamp, luxuriate the
plains, jungle,
phants, whose teeth furnish ivory worth from
per
lb.
;
its
lion, leopard,
monkey,
goat, cattle, &c., far
more
^s. to II5.
waters teem with numberless herds of
popotamus, whose tusks are also valuable
value,
may it
rately-industrious
otter
;
;
ele-
In'p-
furs of the
hides of antelope, buffalo,
But what
also be obtained.
possesses over 40,000,000 of
is
of
mode-
and workable people, which the Red
And
Indians never were.
vantages and benefits
to
of Nature, they are not
if
we speak
of prospective ad-
be derived from this
much
inferior in
late gift
number
or
value to those of the well-developed Mississippi Yalley.
The copper of Lake Superior
is
rivalled
the Kwilu-Niadi Yalley, and of Bembe'. tobacco, maize, coffee,
sugar,
by that of
Rice, cotton,
and wheat, would thrive
equally well on the broad plains of the Congo. is
only
known
afler the least superficial
a limited line which I
is
not
have heard of gold and
upon what
I
am
do not personally
For climate, the Mississippi valley large portion of the
Congo basin
miles wide.
but this statement
requires further corroboration, and I to touch
examination of
much over 50 silver,
This
is
not disposed
knovv-.
superior, but a
at present inaccessible
.
THE CONGO.
r3T6
The Kernel to
the immigrant
is
Europeans may thrive and multiply.
Argument, wliicli
no portion of
is
not
blessed with a temperature under
fix
his
it
where the European trader may
residence
merce to his own
There
years,
for
with as
profit
and develop
com-
risk as is incurred
little
in India. It is specially
that I dilate
with a view to rouse the
upon the advantages possessed by the
.Congo basin, and not as a g;rant.
spirit of trade
field for
the pauper immi-
There are over 40,000,000 native paupers within
the area described,
who
are poor
and degraded already,
merely because they are encompassed round about by
and man, denying them con-
hostile forces of nature tact
and intercourse with the elements which might
have ameliorated the unhappiness of their condition.
European pauperism planted amongst them would soon degenerate to the low level of aboriginal degradation. It is the
the
means of
factor
who
cautious trader retreat
;
Ihe
who with one hand
advances, not without enterprising
mercantile
raw produce
receives the
from the native, in exchange for the finished pro-
loom
duct of the manufacturer's
— the
European mid-
dleman who has
his
home
in
Europe but has
iu Africa is the
man who
is
wanted.
his heart
These are they
.who can direct and teach the black pauper what to
gather of
the,
multitude of things around him and in
They
his neighbourhood.
are the missionaries of com-
merce, adapted for nowhere so well as for the basin,
where are
so
dant opportunities
many
all
idle hands,
Cong6
and such abun-
within a natural
'•
ring fence."
A GOSPEL OF ENTERPRISE. Those entirely weak-minded,
who
profess
scepticism,
irresolute,
and project
always as a shield to hide their general observation,
it
Of
to interest in Africa. civilised
is
my
not
own
377
and
senile people The Kerne
them
before
it
cowardice from
purpose to attempt
the 325,000,000 of people in
Europe there must be some surely
whom
to
the gospel of enterprise preached in this book through the
medium
of eight
languages will present a few
items of fact worthy of retention in the memorj', and capable of inspiring a certain amount of action.
encouraged
in
which
several ideas
during the nent,
this belief
last
I
I
am
by the rapid absorption of
have industriously promulgated
few years respecting the Dark Conti-
Pious missionaries have
set forth
devotedly to
instil into
the dull mindless tribes the sacred germs
of religion
;
but their material
that the progress they have to the courage
and
difficulties are so
great
made bears no proportion
zeal they
have exhibited.
I
now
turn to the worldly wise traders, for whose benefit and
convenience a railway must be constructed.
Argument.
TEE CONGO.
378
CHAPTER XXXVIII. THE BERLIN CONFERENCE. Strengthening
fabric
tlie
— Precedents — Treaties
-with
Treaty— United
validity— The Anglo- Portuguese
chiefs
States
:
their
action
Prince Bismarck's views— Position of Great Britain— German and
French interests
of commerce —Berlin Conference — List —Deliberations and decisions at the Conference
—Freedom
of Plenipotentiaries
Acquisitions of France and Portugal— Free Tradediction
The Berlin Conference.
^HE
buildino: ^ of the ConoTO o State
may
We
the construction of an edifice.
may
A
safe juris-
—The Royal Founder. ./
be likened to
of the expedition
be compared to the labourers clearing the ground,
levelling the
digging
site,
the
reducing the approaches into order,
trenches,
laying
finally building
up the walls
while
Stiauch
Colonel
the
foundations,
to the designed height,
and
Captain
Thys, of
Bureau of the Association, supplied us with mortar.
But the
and
The
stone-masons, must retire,
owner must apply
to
the
put on the roof, and place their places.
tools
edifice in such a condition if
exposed to the elements cannot stand. bricklayers,
When
and
the
and long
labourers,
and the
carpenters and slaters to tlie
doors and windows in
these have finished their parts,
the cabinet-makers and upholsterers must be called in
STRENGTHENING THE FABRIC.
379
The Expedition
to reiKler the bouse habitable.
of the
The Berlin Conference.
Upper Congo and the Bureau had now performed
Royal Founder of the State was com-
duties, but the
and continuity,
pelled, in order to insure its prosperity
work advanced,
as the
to apply to
vernments of Europe and America
and to
for security
make
the various Gofor
recognition,
and peaceful safeguard of
its frontiers,
tieaties
with France and Portugal, which
would delimit the boundaries, and arrange with
them
their
all of
for the preservation of neutrality.
The precedents of the English Puritans of the Mayflower
in
1G20, of the
Xew
Hampshire
colonists in
1639, of the East India Company, Sarawak, Liberia,
and Borneo favoured the right of individuals and its
establish states
upon the
to
found
cession of territory with
sovereignty to them by the independent sovereigns,
chiefs, rulers, or
assemblies,
owners or holders of
who were
it.
The Association were
in possession of treaties
with over 450 independent African
would be conceded by
all to
their
own
chiefs,
made
whose rights
have been indisputable,
by undisturbed occupation,
since they held their lands
by long ages of
the original
succession,
by
real divine right.
Of
free will, without coercion, but for substantial
considerations, reserving only a few easy conditions,
they hnd transferred their rights of sovereignty and of ownership to the Association. arrived
made into
when
a sufficient
The time had then
number of
to connect the several
these had been
miniature
one concrete whole, to present
soverei2:nties
itself before
the
THE CONGO.
380
The Berlin on erencp.
general recognitioii of
"^^^^^^ ^^^
^^^^ liold these in
name
tLe
right to govern,
its
of an independent state,
lawfully constituted according to the spirit and tenor of international law.
The Committee on Foreign Relations with
say
Report
their
States, in
forty-eighth Congress,
" It can scarcely be denied that the native chiefs
:
have the right
to
eminent English less
make
The
these treaties.
statements
exhaustive
no
to the
the United
of
jurist,
Sir
Travers
able
and
Twiss,
the
and of Professor Arntz, the
distinguished Belgian publicist, leave no doubt
upon the question of the
legal capacity of the African
International Association in view of the law of nations to accept
any powers belonging
to these native chiefs
and governments which they may choose
to delegate
or cede to them."
"The
practical
affirmative
answer,
indisputable, tribes cede
question for
to
which they give an
reasons which appear to be
Can independent
cliiefs
of savage
to private citizens (persons) the
whole or
is this,
'
part of their States, with the sovereign rights which pertain to them, conformably to the traditional customs
of the country "
?
'
"
The doctrine advanced
well sustained
by these
in this proposition,
and so
writers, accords with that held
by the Government of the United
States, that
occupants of a country, at the time of
its
the
discovery by
other and more powerful nations, have the right to
make
the treaties for
persons
when
its
disposal,
and that private
associated in such country for self-pro-
VALIDITY OF NATIVE TREATIES. tection, or self-government,
may
treat
381
with the inhabi-
The Berlin Conference.
tants for
any purpose that does not
violate
tlie
laws
of nations."
In consequence of negotiations entered into between the British and Portuguese Governments, beginning
November, 1882, and ending February treaty
was
finally concluded,
25,
1884, a
by which the whole of the
south-west African coast, between S, latitude 5°
and
S. latitude 5° 18',
Government the
was recognised by the British
as Portuguese territory.
Lower Congo, of
course,
This included
by which the
territory
of the Association became excluded from the sea. treaty
12',
The
was signed on the 26th of February, 1884, by
Earl Granville on the part of Great Britain, and by
Senhor Miguel Martins d'Antas, on behalf of
the
Government of Portugal. Earl Granville, however, declared, previous to the signature of the treaty, that the acceptance
Powers of the Anglo-Portuguese Treaty was able before
was reason refused,
it
by other indispcTis-
could come into operation, and that there
to believe that this acceptance
which would necessarily delay the
would be
ratification.
Hitherto this territory proposed to be given up to Portugal, so far as Great Britain was concerned, had
been regarded as neutral, and the cluded,
marked a
a long
series of
radical
British
treaty,
thus
change in British policy; ministers
confor
had, during over
half a century, peremptorily declined to recognise the
Portuguese claims. \
On
the publication of the Anglo-Portuguese Treaty,
THE CONGO.
382 The Berlin ^|jg Contereuce.
France and Germany, DOwers, especially Eui'opean x ^ i j '
7
i.
emphatically protested against of
all
it,
and
in
England men
shades of politics combined to denounce
it,
princi-
pally through a fear that the restrictions imposed
upon
trade in other colonies belonging to Portugal would be so severe as to render
Congo
commerce impossible
in the
region.
The most
the Anglo-Portuguese
signal protest to
Treaty was, however, from the United States of America.
One
of the faithful coadjutors of the Committee of the
H.
International Association, General
S.
Sanford, of
Florida, formerly United States Minister to Belgium, in the latter part of 1883, had,
and
his
intimate
by means of the press
acquaintance with the authorities,
succeeded in rousing a genuine pubhc interest in the
Congo
question.
forgotten that
it
The American people had evidently was through the philanthropy of
their
fellow citizens that the Free States of Liberia had been
founded
to the establishment of
tributed $2.558_,987 of their
which they had con-
money
to create
homes and
comforts for the 18,000
free Africans they
spatched to
This
settle there.
state,
regard with honest pride, had
which they might
now an
area of 14,300
square miles, and a revenue of $100,000.
seemingly forgotten also that
it
was
had de-
They had
to the munificence
of one of their fellow citizens, and that
it
was
to the
discovery and rescue of Dr. Livingstone by another of their fellow-citizens, that popular attention to Africa,
and that they had a half share
of the exploration of the
was drawn
in the
honour
Congo basin which had now
AMERICA AND THE ASSOCIATION.
383
culminated in attracting the attention of the world.
Wlien Greneral Sanford reminded these fact?,
and
lield
out to
countrymen of
his
them a prospect
building their once important trade in
was not
difficult
West
in re-
Africa,
it
then to induce Congress to examine the
question soberly, and after a patient investigation of
every
fixct
bearing upon
it,
the United States Senate, on
the 10th of April, 1884, passed a resolution authorising the President to recognise the International African
Association as a governing power on the
The recognition of the United unto its
new
Congo River. was the
birth
of the Association, seriously menaced as
life
existence
States
was by opposing this
Powers has
and secured
affirmed
Sovereign States.
This
and ambitions
interests
and the following of
example by the European
act,
its
place
among
the result of the well-
considered judgment of the American statesmen, was greatly criticised abroad, as
was the
participation of
the United States in the Berlin Conference, to which directly led up,
by the press of America.
It was an act well worthy of the Great Republic, not only as
it
taking the lead in publicly recognising and supporting the great
work of African
civilisation in historj^
and in promoting the extension of commerce, but of significant import, in view of its interest for the future weal of the
7,000,000
people of African
descent within
its
borders.
The
Chambers of Commerce, notably those of Manchester, Liverpool, and Glasgow, resolutelv British
opposed
the
treaty
concluded
with
Portuo-al,
but
The Berlin
38-i
The Berlin
THE CONOO.
•
withal the strenuous
commercial
circles
and
maintained
opposition in the
to
it
in
House of Commons, had
not the Roval Founder of the Association obtained the
German Chancellor and
assistance of the
of the French Government,
thing
done
it is
doubtful whether any-
England would
in
the sympathies
have succeeded in
averting the effectual seal being put upon enterprise in the
Congo basin by
this treaty.
Much more
liberal
terms would be needed to tempt commerce within
its
borders than any provisions that the treaty contained.
Some such arrangement
as that
made by the Congress
of Vienna in 1815, whereby liberty of navigation was
proclaimed to the great rivers of Europe, such as the
Rhine and the Danube, would be necessary
;
and now
that an Association had absorbed unto itself hundreds
of petty sovereignties along a large portion of
France had proceeded in the same manner other portions of the
it,
and
to absorb
Congo banks, while Portugal
pressed her claims to territories washed by the great
African river,
it
was absolutely and imperatively
cumbent on the Powers
to step
in-
forward and impose
such obligations on the riverain Powers as would not imperil or strangle the
Lower Congo.
the banks of the
On
the
7th
commerce already thriving on 1884, Prince Bismarck set
of June,
forth his objections to the Anglo-Portuguese Treaty to
Count Munster as follows
:
" I do not think the Treaty has any chance of being universally recognised, even with the modifications
which are therein proposed by Her
Majesty's Government.
"We
are not prepared to admit the previous rights of any of the
BRITISH EXPLORERS.
385
Powers who are interested in tlie Congo trade as a basis for the ncgotia- The Berlin Trade and commerce have hitherto been free to all alike, without Couferenre. restriction. We cannot take part in any scheme for handing over the administration, or even the direction of their arrangement, to Portuguese tions.
officials.
" In the interests of
German commerce,
therefore, I cannot consent that
which has hitherto been
a coast of such importance,
free land,
should be
subjected to the Portuguese colonial system."
Hitherto Britain had been the most enterprising nation in African fields of exploration and commerce.
In the annals of exploration of the Dark Continent, look in vain
among
other nationalities for a
He
as Livingstone's.
unites in himself all
name such
stands pre-eminent above the
we
all
best qualities of other
;
he ex-
plorers, the methodical perseverance of Barth, Moffat's
philo- Africanism, rier's
fondness
literal
Rohlf's
geographical
for
accuracy,
enterprising
Speke's
spirit,
minutiae. Burton's
charming
simplicity
seductive honhommie with the aborigines piece of
human
France Duveyrier Rohlf,
and
;
he
is
mosaic, a real glory to England.
English Burton,
to
Duvey-
the
;
Germany can show and
latter
to
Speke the
Bene
Germany can oppose Nachtigal
;
Caillie
and
;
and
a rare
But
Barth, and
first
can show
to
Cameron
to Baker,
Schwein-
though two greater opposites can scarcely be imagined and France can also boast of De Compeigne furth,
;
and De Brazza.
But
Britain, after producing Bruce,
Park, Clapperton, Denham, the Landers, excelled herself
even when she produced the strong and perse-
verant Scotchman, Livingstone.
In West African trade also Great Britain stood almost alone at one time. Vol. it.— 25
Macgregor Laird exploited
THE CONGO,
386 TheBeriiathe
Niger in 1841; her traders were busy on the
Gambia, on the Roquelle, on the Gold Coast,
Glasgow and Liverpool and
merchants were
Bristol
represented by a host of agents, wlio
themselves at various
along
points
had planted
2,900
miles
of
but of late years, through the ai3athy of English
Germany by her
merchants,
enterprise had also estab-
and great houses
lished herself at various places,
that of
like
Woerman's were looming upward, overtopping
number
individual English firms, which could
all
Lagos
Gaboon and Kabinda, and the
in the oil rivers, at
coast,
at
by dozens and
factories
their agents
by
scores.
their
Ham-
burg and Bremen were outri vailing Liverpool and
Thus Germany had
Glasgow.
solid
and substantial
reasons for watching and jealously guarding her mercantile interests
and France, aided by the energy and
Monsieur de Brazza, in
talents of
and contiguous establish
to
;
Gaboon
to the
herself,
beyond
beyond
colony, naturally wished dispute, in
by the devotion and
acquired
territories
the
intelligence
districts
of
her
agents.
The
talents
political
the
of
German
Chancellor,
Prince Bismarck, are not of the
ordinary standard.
Those who profess
beaten paths and
rules
prescribed
to follow the
of
diplomatic
principles of Machiavclli, sistent,
direct,
policy,
and
as to his
what
coherent
lose
lies
mere
confused
sincerity
which
obsolete
by the condictates
his
themselves in profound speculations
his drift
purpose
are
art,
is,
when
written
in plain literal characters
in
legible
letters
and
in^
PRINCE BISMARCK.
3»7
German savants had explored The Deriin Conference. German merchants territories unclaimed by any Power were honestly established at certain places on the West language.
telligible
;
African coast
out of the most intelligent and enter-
;
sons
prising of the
graphical
Germany twenty-four Geo-
of
had
Societies
been formed, and a dozen African
Colonial Associations, besides
being
constituted
in
Germany.
Already
Buchner,
Gussfeldt, Peschuel Loesche,
were
societies,
V^on
Bastian,
Mechow,
Pogge, Weissman, had been equipped by a German African
Society,
These
more.
facts
and magazines.
ment
;
all
and
was preparing
it
were published
to
their reviews
in
There was no secrecy in the move-
was honest and above-board, and
world was told of the modest
making
despatch
to
expand
Germany was
effort
colonial strength.
its
Like the great statesman he this strong throb of
the
all
is,
Prince Bismarck
modern German
his stethescope to listen to the
He
life.
applied
murmuring and
passion of his era, and having discovered
felt
latent
be bent his
it,
genius to create a sound S3'stem of colonial policy, not rashly, it
in
though
to those
might be supposed all
without to
be eccentric.
he undertakes, he
competent to give
it.
orbit of his genius
ihe,
This
seeks is
He
advice
his
is
zealous
from
eccentricity
those ;
it
is
unusual for statesmen to convene a number of experts to consider the best course to pursue.
Tlie
Woermans
and the Meyers of Hamburg and Bremen were sum-
moned
to
Yarsin to see the Prince.
Durino- the visit
they paid him, Prince Bismarck, through his receptive
TEE CONGO.
388 The Berlin Confoience.
gifts,
imbibed such a vast amount of ^
respecting the that
little
known
venture to say
I
territories of
fev7
knowledf^e
local
West
Africa,
Foreign Ministers ever
2)ossessed.
On September
13th
Prince
Bismarck writes
Baron de Courcel, French Ambassador " Like France, the
German Government
to
at Berlin
will ohserve a friendly attitude
towards the Belgian enterprises on the banks of the Congo, owing to the
by the two Governments to secure to their countrymen freedom of trade throughout the whole of the future Congo States, and in desire entertained
the districts which France holds on this river, and which she proposes to assimilate to the liberal
system which that State
is
expected to establish.
by German subjects, and will be guaranteed to them in the event of France being called upon to exercise the right of preference accorded by the King of the Belgians in the contingency of the acquisitions made by the Congo Company being These advantages
will continue to be enjoyed
alienated."
It should
be observed here that the International
Association, after the publication of the Anglo-Portu-
guese Treaty, and perceiving no other consequences of
was attached a
it,
The
escape the
had signed an agreement,
m.ap, with France, fifty-seven
or on April 23rd, the text of which "
way to
is
it
which
days
as follows
International Association of the Congo, in the
Stations and territories which
to
name
later,
:
of the Free
has established on the Congo and in the
valley of the Niadi-Kwilu, formally declares that
it
will not cede
them
any Power under reserve of the special Conventions which might be concluded between France and the Association with a view to settling the limits and conditions of their respective action. But the Association, to
wisliing to aff(«-d a
pledges
itself to
new
])roof of its friendly feeling
give her the right of preference,
if
towards France,
through any unforeseen
circumstances tho Association were one day led to realise (Signed)
its
possessions.
" Strauch."
Mons. Jules Ferry, President of the Council,
re-
France
to
plied
in
terms which
formally
pledged
respect the territories of the Association.
FRANCE AND GERMANY.
389
Prince Bismarck continues
Th.T Bi'iliii
Couferenco.
" The exchange of views -which I have had the honour of holding witli your Excellency proves that the two Governments are equally desirous of
applying to the navigation of the Congo and the Niger the principles adojited by the Congress of Vienna, with a view to assuring the freedom
and subsequently applied to same time the regular development Africa, it would be useful to arrive at an agreement to be observed with a view to new occupations on
of navigation of several international rivers,
the Danube. of
In order
European trade
in
as to the formalities
to secure at the
the coasts of Africa being regarded as effective.
I beg that your Excellency have the goodness to propose to the Government of the Republic that it should recognise the identity of our views on these points by means of an exchange of notes, and should invite the other Cabinets interested in African commerce to pronounce themselves in a Conference to be convoked to this intent upon the stipulations agreed upon between the two Powers. will
"Von
(Signed)
The French Ambsssador,
Baron
de
Bismarck."
Courcel,
in
replying to this communication, states that he has not failed to convey to his Government Prince Bis-
marck's note, which in substance was similar to the
views exchanged between them at Yarzin. the
French Republic
completely in accord with the
is
Imperial Government of ability of arriving at a
Also that
Germany about
the
desir-
mutual understanding respect-
ing the delimitation of territory over the West Coast of Africa, especially where
the
border on those of the French.
German
He
possessions
likewise acknow-
ledges that the friendly accord between the two Govern-
ments
is
connected with principles of
importance to trade in Africa, of are those which
highest
which the chief
must govern the freedom of trade
the basin of the Congo. that
the
He
in
also assents to the idea
whereas the African International Association,
which has established a number of
stations
on the
TEE CONGO.
390 The Berlin Conference.
Cougo, declares itself ready to admit that principle n i t-< over all the territory under its control, Francs should •
i
•
i
grant freedom of trade over or
may
hereafter
declares
own on
i
i
tliat
i
which she now owns,
the Congo, and that France
her willingness to
permit this freedom to
continue in the event of her reaping the benefit of the
arrangements
upon
touched
by the Prince, which
assures to France the right of preference in case of
by the Asso-
the alienation of the territories acquired ciation.
He
commerce
defines freedom of
access to all flags,
and the interdiction of
or diS'erential duties
ment of taxes
to
to
mean
all
monopoly
free
but not excluding the establish-
;
compensate for useful expenditure
incurred in the interests of commerce.
AVhile freely
extending these beneficial concessions to commercial enterprise
in
states that
France
Congo
the
is
the
With
Niger.
Baron
de
Courcel
not willing that Gaboon, Guinea,
or Senegal should share
and
basin,
them
;
other
but solely the
views
Congo
expressed
Prince Bismarck, the French Government
we
by
are told,
holds identical ideas, and Mons. Jules Ferry acquiesces witli the
Prince in sending an invitation to the other
Cabinets interested in African trade, for the purpose of
convening
a
Conference which
upon the respective
shall
pronounce
stipulations mutually agreed
upon
by France and Germany.
On
the 2nd of October Baron de Courcel
to a letter addressed to
—
him by Prince Bismarck
replies :
" My Prince, I have lost no time in informing my Government of the views expressed in the communication of your Serene Highness, dated
PLENIPOTENTIARIES AT BERLIN.
391
September 30th, respecting the meeting at Berlin of a Conference of the xhe
West inform you of
representatives of the different nations interested in the trade of Africa.
The Government
of the Eepublic instructs
me
to
acquiescence in your suggestions regarding the date of the opening of the Conference, and tlie procedure to be followed for the invitation. M. Jules Ferry thinks, like your most Serene Highness, that besides its
France and Germany, the Powers which ought first of all to take part in this Conference are Great Britain, the Netherlands, Spain, Portugal, Belgium, and the United States of North America. He also concurs in
your opinion, that in order to assure the general assent to the resolutions it would be advisable to invite later on all the great Powers and the Scandinavian States to associate themselves with the
of the Conference,
deliberations.
"Alphonse de Couucel."
(Signed)
Accordingly, invitations were issued to the under-
mentioned Grovernraents, and on the lath of November there were gathered at Berlin the following plenipotentiaries,
who were empowered
to take
part in the
Conferences. For the German Empire and the
Kingdom
of Prussia
.
Otho, Prince de Bismarck, President of the
Council of Ministers, and Chancellor of the
German Empire.
Paul, Count Hatzfeldt, ^linister of State
and Secretary
for
Foreign
Dr. Auguste Busch,
Affairs.
Under Secretary
of
State for Foreign Affairs.
For the Austrian Empire, Kingdom of Bohemia, and of Hungary For the Kingdom of Belgium
....
Herr Henri de Kusserow, Counsellor in the Department of Foreign Affairs. Emeric, Count Szechenyi de Sarvuri FelsoVidck, Ambassador Extraordinary and Plenipotentiary. Gabriel,
Envoy
Count von der Straten Ponthos, Extraordinary and Minister
PleniiDotentiary.
August, Baron Lambermont, Minister of State, Envoy Extraordinary and Minister Plenipotentiary.
For the Kingdom of Denmark
Emile de Vind, Envoy Extraordinary and
For the Kingdom
Don Francisco Merry y Colom, Count de Benomar, Envoy Extraordinary and
Minister Plenipotentiary. of Spain
.
Minister Plenipotentiary.
Berlin Conference.
THE CONGO.
392 The Berlin Conference.
For the Republic of the United States of North America
John A. Kasson, Esq., Envoy Extraordinary and Minister Plenipotentiary. Henry S.Sanford, Esq., formerly American
For the Republic of Franco
Alphonse Baron de Courcel, Ambassador Extraordinary and Plenipotentiary Sir Edward Baldwin Malet, Ambassador Extraordinary and Plenipotentiary.
.
Minister to Belgium.
For the United Kingdom of Great Britain and Ireland and the Empire of India. Edward, Count de Launay, Ambassador For the Kingdom of Italy Extraordinary and Plenipotentiary. For the Kingdom of the Phillippe Frederic, Jonkhecr Van der Iloeven, Envoy Extraordinary and Netherlands and the Duchy Minister Plenipotentiary. of Luxembourg. For the Kingdom of Portugal Senhur da Serra Gomes, Marquis de Penafiel, Envoy Extraordinary and Minister and the Algarves. .
.
.
.
.
.
.
Pleuii^otentiary.
Senhur Antoine Serpa de Pimentel, Councillor of State.
For the Empire of
all
the
Count Kapnist, Privy Counsellor, Envoy Extraordinary, and Minister Plenipotentiary to the King of the
Pierre,
Eussias
Netherlands.
For the Kingdom of Sweden
Gillis,
and Norway
Baron
Bildt, Lieut.-General,
Envoy
Extraordinary and Minister Plenipotentiary.
For the Empire of the Otto-
Mchemed
mans
High Ambassador Extraordinary
SaVd Pacha, Vizier and
Dignitary,
and Plenipotentiary.
In the suite and attached to these high and puissant functionaries were the various delegates
who were
either appointed
and experts
by their respective Govern-
ments or by the Plenipotentiaries themselves. With the German Representatives French Ambassador „ .
Herr Adolphe Woerman. Mons. Dubuisson. Mons. Engelhardt. Dr. Ballay.
British
Ambassador
Italian
Ambassador
Hon. Robert H. Meade. Henry Percy Anderson, Esq. Mr. Hemming. Mr. W. E. Crowe. Count Christoforo Negri. Senator Montegazza.
THE MAIN OBJECTS OF THE CONFERENCE. With
the Spanish Ambassador
.
Col. Cocllo
.
393
y Dusada, PrcRidcnt of The
Berlin Conference.
the Spanish African So;-iciy.
„
Dutch Ambassador
„
Portuguese
„
Belgian Ambassador
„
American Plenipotentairies
.
A. D. Bloeme, Esq., of Banana Point,
.
Kepresenta-
Capt. Carlos
fives
The
Congo Eiver. Senhur Luciano Cordeiro.
.
du Bocage.
Col. Strauch,
.
Mons. Emile Banning. The Author, as Technical Adviser.
secretaries of the Conference
of the French Embassy, Count
were Mons. Raindre,
Wm.
Bismarck, and
Yice-Consul Dr. Schmidt.
The
sittings
were held
in the
German
palace on Wilhelmstrasse, in the same
Chancellor's
room where
tlie
Berlin Congress sat in 1878.
When
the
members of the Conference had assembled,
the afternoon of the 15th of November, Prince Bismarck rose to formally open
it,
and
in his short address
he
declared that the Conference had met for the solution of three main objects, namely
The
1.
:
—
free navigation, with
freedom of trade, on
the River Congo. 2. 3.
The free navigation of the River Niger. The formalities to be observed for valid annexation
of territory in future on the African continent. Sir
Edward Malet
replied, that while
he echoed the
philanthropic sentiments of the Prince, and accepted the above three points for discussion, his
was
Government
willing to see the principles of Free Trade ap-
plied to the Niger, but stipulated that the surveillance
over the execution of those principles should not be conceded to any international body, as that was the
duty and privilege of Great
Britai)i,
being the chief
THE CONGO.
3U4 The Berlin Couference.
Hot
if
the
Power
proprietary
sole
on
the
Lower
Nio'er.
In order to make a consecutive narrative of the principal events connected with the sittings, I append
a brief diary of the
events 'whicli led to the
final
act.*
November
iOth.
— Portugal declares
its
acceptance of
the principle of freedom of commerce.
Count de Launay declared
his adhesion to the prin-
Free Trade and navigation.
ciples of
The American Minister makes a speech with the Invoked his
which the Conference has been
princij)les for ;
is
harmony
in
complimentary to the author, and informs that
colleagues
author has been
the
appointed
technical delegate for the United Slates.
A
Commission
be appointed to consider the
to
is
boundaries and the extent of the territories In Western
Africa in which Free Trade
The
is
to be established.
plenipotentiaries are entertained at dinner
Count Hatzfeldt, Secretary of Foreign
November
20th.
plenipotentiaries
of the
Congo
to speak, as
—A
by
Affairs.
Commission composed of the
and delegates considered the
definition
There was a curious reluctance
basin.
though there was some grand scheme of
State policy involved. stated that the
Finally Mons. Banning briefly
Congo basin
drained by the river.
signified the area of land
Colonel Strauch acquiesced in
Mons. Bannlng's remarks. of delegates was asked, * See
I
being next on the
and replied Appendix,
at
roll
length (see
DEFINITION OF THE CONGO BASIN. Appendix), arguing
380 miles wide
for
a
broad
commercial
it
Berlin Conference.
would be wise
to
is,
2° 30' S. Lat,
to
also suggested, quite unexpectedly to the
that
delta The
a free commercial basin, that
to
from the moutli of the Loge river
and
395
members,
extend the same liberty for
trade across Africa to within one degree from the sea-
N. Lat.
coast from
Zambezi. endorsed
5° to
and inclusive of the lower
Mr. Anderson, of the English Foreign
mv
outlet to the
Office,
remarks about the breadth of the commercial basin of the Congo.
de Bloeme, on the part of Holland, also
The Portuguese
ported the proposition.
free
Mons.
warmly
sup-
delegates pro-
posed to narrow the outlet solely to the river-mouth. Dr. Ballay argued that the outlet to the commercial basin should be restricted to the affluents flowing to
the Congo below Stanley Pool, which near the mouth
would be only twenty miles wide.
November the
24th.
definition
of
—The the
Commission
free
the commercial basin as
littoral
finally
accepts
or debouchure
of
proposed by Mr. Anderson,
M. de Bloeme and myself, and agreed that the same freedom far
as
of
the
commerce should be extended Indian
Ocean, with
now
rights of suzerainty
due reserve
east to
as
the
existing along the Oriental
coast.
Mons. de Bloeme delivered an interesting speech respecting the Dutch
commerce on the Congo, and
Herr Woerman gave evidence extent of the trade on the
West
as to the character
and
Coast.
This evening I dined w^ith Prince Bismarck.
I
am
THE CONGO.
396 The Berlin Conference.
glad to liavG Seen the grand man, but I rejoiced to discover that the
attained
is
due solely
to
grandeur
to
am
still
more
which he has
his honesty, resolution,
and
by any one grain
clear-eyed common-sense, unalloyed of cant or false sentiment.
November
30th.
at in favour of ,
defined I
— An unanimous decision was arrived
freedom of trade throughout the newly-
Congo basin
Appendix
(see
made a speech about the
enterprise in the
December
3rd.
Congo
— The
for the Declaration).
religious
and missionary
basin. special sub-committee continued
deliberations for the Actes de Navigation.
Its
The day
before Sir E. Malet, on the part of England, declared that " Great Britain engages herself to protect mer-
chants and foreigners of
all
nations engaging In com-
merce In those portions of the course of the Niger
which are or
will be
under
its
sovereignty or
protectorate equally as if they were
Its
own
Its
subjects,
provided always that these merchants conform to the reorulations
which are or
will be established in terms
of that which precedes."
Mr.
Wm.
H.
Tisdel, appointed
Government, has just
upon the advantages
December
13th.
by the United States
set out for the
to
American
Congo
to report
trade.
— The Grand Committee of the Con-
ference approved the
Congo and Niger Acts of Navi-
gation.
December
17th.
— On the 8th of November Germany
recognised the International Sir
Edward
Association,
and to-day
Malet, on behalf of Great Britain, followed
THE ACTES DE NAVIGATION
397
her example on conditions nearly similar to those ofjTh: Berii:; Conference. /-i n^^ i T Germany. The question or dehmitation of course is •
not touched
upon
•
/•
•
•
r>
some agreement has been
until
arrived at with France and Portugal.
December l8th.
—There
was a
plenipotentiaries to-day, at gation for both Niger and
December
19th.
full
meeting of the
which the Actes de Navi-
Congo were approved.
—Italy signed
the Convention with
Colonel Strauch to-day, recognising the International Association.
A
scheme was brought out
at the Conference for the
enforcement of temperance on the Congo by it
but
Italy,
was strenuously opposed by Germany and Holland.
Baron de Courcel produced a coimter-motion, which
more
likely to be accepted.
December 22nd.
—The
approved the " motion
December 23rd.
"
—The
Commission discussed
on liquor
Conference accepted the ap-
but added that measures taken to prevent
not be taken
as
a breach
principles already accepted
ment
until the 5th of
December
24th.
and
traffic.
proval of the Commission regarding the liquor
shall
is
;
after
abuse
of the Free Trade
which an adjourn-
January was agreed
—Austria
its
traffic,
to.
recognised the flag of the
International Association as that of a friendly State in
terms similar to those of Germany, with reserving clauses respecting Consular jurisdiction like those
England and
Italy.
The diplomatic agents of the Association are
work
of
in Paris about a treatv with France.
at
THE CONGO.
398
Januaiy
The Berlin Conference,
1885.
5th,
— The
Conference resumed
.
.
,
.
its .
labours to-day, and discussed the propositions relating
by
to the slave trade tendered
As
Mr. John A. Kasson.
and
Sir E. B. Malet
embody both
recast, these
proposals, arid will form a separate declaration.
January
— The
plenipotentiaries received at a
6th.-
Conference held this day the draft Declaration relating
when taking
to the formalities to be observed
new
of
territory on the coasts of Africa.
the
necessity
the
other
and
to
of
It enjoins
simultaneous notitication to
a
Powers
signatory
make
possession
possession
to
valid,
obligations of such annexing
obtain
all
recognition,
and recognises the
powers
to establish
and
Tnaintain a jurisdiction sufficient to ensure the observ-
ance of peace as well as respect for acquired rights,
and
as
the
may
case
be
for
which freedom of trade and of
the
conditions
transit shall
under
have been
guaranteed.
January
7th.
trade in the ference.
It
— The
Congo says
:
Declaration prohibiting slave
was adopted by the Con-
basin "
Each of the Powers exercising
sovereign rights or influence in the regions forming the conventionally established Congo basin declare that these regions shall not be used as markets or routes of transit for the trade in slaves,
Each of these Powers binds at its disposal to put
those engaged in
A
an end
no matter of what
itself to use all
to this trade,
and
race.
the means to punish
it."
large assemblage from the
Westphalia honoured
me
Rhine Province and
with a banquet to-day, and
LECTURES AND BANQUETS. listened to
my
remarks about the advantages offered .
to
commerce January
basm
in the
8tb.
31)9
—
^
I-
ot the
I lectured to a
r^
Uongo. remarkably enthusiastic
audience at Frankfort this evening, on Central Africa,
and the
benefits likely to accrue to Europe,
A
labours of the Conference, established
Geographical
from the
diploma from the oldest
Society
in
Germany, and
another from Prince Hohenlohe Langenburg. on behalf of the
German
Colonial
Association, were
bestowed
on me. January
9th.
—
I lectured at
Wiesbaden
to-day,
and
was honoured with a banquet.
The
plenipotentiaries discuss the Declaration respect-
ing formalities, and several days' delay are caused principally through Sir E. Malet not having received definite instructions
from the British Foreign
OflSce
upon the points mentioned. January 19th.
are
Bismarck entertained the
and delegates
plenipotentiaries his palace.
— Prince
An
at a
banquet given at
interesting feature at these banquets
the elaborate menus
in
fashion
illustrating
the
Congo" and African scenery,
January 28th.
— After
a long delay the third point,
which referred to the foundation required on taking possession of a portion
programme of
the
of the African coast, in the
West African Conference, was
dis-
posed of to-day,
January to be
31st.
—The
official
report on the regulations
observed in regard to future annexations was
approved at a plenary
sitting of the Conference.
The Berlin Conference.
TEE CONGO.
400 The Berlin Conference.
Februaiy
5tb.
— France
concluded a treaty with the
-li •• -r-»-i i-ii International Association to-day at Pans, by which the i
frontiers
between their respective
nised to be as follows
:
On
territories are recog-
the north the course of the
Chiloango river, thence from
source to near
its
Man-
yanga, thence the River Congo, upward through the centre of Stanley Pool, and along the far as
Upper Congo
and inclusive of the basin of the Likona.
that of a friendly State, and the is
to use its
good
amicable understanding
The
be regarded by France as
flag of the Association is to
Republic
as
Government of the
offices in
between
the effecting an
Portugal and
the
Association.
February
6th.
—Russia formally recognised the Asso-
ciation Internationale
Convention with
its
February 10th. to-day,
President.
— Sweden
recognised the Association
and signed a Convention with
Februaiy 13th. at a
du Congo to-day, and signed a
meeting of
— The
it.
Acte Generale was discussed Mr. Kasson, on
this day's Conference.
behalf of the United States, opposed the proposal to
give
it
the form of a Treaty.
February 14th. to deliberate
—The Commission
upon the neutrality question.
February 15th. been at tion,
last
sat this afternoon
—A
Delimitation
Convention has
signed between Portugal and the Associa-
by which the former obtains
bank of the Congo from the sea
Uango-Ango.
The
line
all
the south or left
as far as the rivulet at
between these
territories
runs
south through the mouth of this rivulet, to the latitude
DELIMITATION CONVENTION.
Kwa
of Nokki, thence east to the 1
f
r^
1
401
On
Kwango.
or
•
T-»
the nttoral north oi the Congo, Jrortuguese territory
Red
begins at the Httle stream near Cabo Lombo, or
Point, and thence extends along the sea-coast to Mas-
In depth this territory extends inland about
sabe'.
35 miles, forming an enclave into that ceded to the Association.
The International Association has obtained these late Conventions with France
Lombo, twenty-two miles
and Portugal a
Banana Point
of sea-coast extending from
Uango-Ango
Ango
it
On
the south, or
rivulet,
and
ends at Lake Bangweolo.
runs south from the mouth of the Uango-
rivulet
to the
latitude
along that parallel to the line ascends the
to the
Ntombo Mataka,
territory of tlie Association begins at
bank, the
Inland
Cabo
above Manyanga Station, with back country
inland, as far as the Chiloango River. left
to
strip
All of the north,
in length.
or right bank, as far as the Cataract of tliree miles
throuo-h
Kwa
Kwa
to S.
of Nokki, thence east
Kwango, thence
or
lat.
G°,
which
it
the
follows
Ascending the Lubilash,
River Lubilash.
it
runs south to the water-parting between the Zambezi
and the Congo, which
From
it
Lake Bangweolo.
the eastern side of the lake the line runs to Lake
Tanganika, and follows influent,
long.
follows to
and up along
30°,
as
far as
its
western shore to the Rusizi
its
course until
it
touches east
the water-parting between
Congo and Nile waters, whence
it
strikes
ihe
westward
to
East long. 17°, and thence along that meridian south-
ward
to the
Likona Basin.
Vol. it.— 26
The Berlin Conference.
THE CONGO,
402 The Berlin *
February 19 th.
—The Commission was
afternoon in deliberating
engaged
this
upon the French neutrahty
proposal.
February
— The
neutrality question has been
Baron Lambermont's report on the
adopted.
was
21st.
final
Acte
read.
February 23rd.
— Belgium
has formally recognised
^
the International Association, the Treaty being signed to-day.
Denmark
nition of the
new
has also declared by treaty it^ recogState of the Congo.
Busch, the acting President, communicated to
Dr.
the Conference the fact that nearly all
the
Powers
assembled had concluded Conventions for the recognition of the International
Association, and declared
not only his personal gratification at the news, but also
that
German Government
the
warmest sympathy with the magnanimous
King with
Le'opold II.,
cordial
assent,
of
efibrts
which had been so signally crowned
The assembled
success.
the
entertained
and on
delegates expressed their
their
part
recorded
the
in
protocol a similar testimony of their appreciation
the great
work of
the
King
of the
Belgians.
ot"
(See
Appendix.)
February 2Gth.
— The
final
Conference took place to-day.
plenary sitting of the Prince Bismarck occu-
pied the chair to formally close the meeting of representatives of the deliberate
The
Powers
whom
he had convoked to
upon the important questions now
final
Act, which
signed by the
is
settled.
engrossed on vellum, was
nineteen plenipotentiaries representing
CLOSE OF THE CONFEBENCE. fourteen rose
European
Powers.
Prince
403
Bismarck then
and introduced Colonel Strauch, the President of
the International Association, to the members, and an-
nounced that
lie,
on behalf of that Association in
its
recognised quality as the Congo State, had expressed
and signed
its
adhesion to the General Act of the West
African Conference.
After reviewing the labours of
that high diplomatic body, the Prince
concluded by
thanking the
name
plenipotentiaries
in
the
of the
Emperor.
Count de Launay, as doyen of the plenipotentiaries, returned the thanks of his illustrious associates, saying that
the
Conference was in a larce
success of the
measure due to the
My own
remarks upon the
must be brief
Chancellor.
laboin^s of the
Conference
Two European Powers emerge
the elaborate discussions period, principally
of
German
efforts of the
protracted
for
out of
such a long
through the adroitness and
skill
Baron de Courcel, and the concurrence of Prince
Bismarck, with enormously increased colonial possessions.
Prance
now
is
mistress of a
West African
terri-
tory, noble in its dimensions, equal to the best tropic
lands
for
resources,
its
vegetable productions, rich
most promising
for
its
future
in
mineral
commercial
importance.
In area
it
covers a superficies of 257,000 square
miles, equal to that of
France and England combined,
with access on the eastern side to 5200 miles of livernavigation
;
on the West
is
a coast-line nearly 800 miles
The Berlin
TEE CONGO.
404 The Beriia Conference
by the Atlantic ocean.
loDg, waslied ,
,
It contains within ,
,
.
,
its
borders eight spacious river basins, and throughout
all
its
.
.
.
.
,
broad surface of 90,000,000 square hectares,
not one utterly destitute of worth can be found.
Portugal issues out of the Conference with a coastline
English miles in length,
995
areas of
On
Great Britain. is
Belgium,
France, the
103 miles in length.
northward, mineral of
portion
regions in
its
were added
still
colonial
,8,300,000.
bank
boast of healthy
and rubber producing
fields
in
the north-eastern
and valuable If her
eastern borders.
river
its
agricultural
own
population
to the aboriginal population of this African
Portuguese
and
territory,
territory,
colonial
would
its
now
can
pastoral lands to the south, oil forests
Holland, and
Lower Congo, It
square
than the
extent, a territory larger
statute miles in
combined
351,500
be
and distributed over
sufficient
to
populations of
The
area, there
give 32| acres to each
and black
white
its
all
subject.
colours
Her home number now
area of her territories
Asia, and the oceans, measure
in
Africa,
741,343 square miles,
or 474,500,000 acres, sufficient to give each subject
57
acres.
Great Britain, on the other hand, with
all
her vast acreage of 5,05G millions of acres, can only give to each of her 249,000,000 of people the small portion of 20^ acres.
The
International Association surrendered
its
to 60,3 GO square miles of territory to France,
claims
and
to
Portugal 45,400 square miles, for which consideration
600 square miles of the north bank between Boma
ACQUISITIONS TO FRANCE AND PORTUGAL.
and the sea were conceded .
(,
nition
01
.
besides cordial recog- The
it, .
remaining
its
to
.
405
.
,
territorial
.
,
rights
Berlin Conference.
p
from two
powerful neighbours.
To
the world at large, the two powers above
men-
tioned have been also duly considerate, for the territories
surrendered to them by the Association have been
consecrated to free trade, which, along with those recognised as belonging to the Association and which were
pre-ordained for such uses, and those as yet unclaimed
by any Power, but leges,
still
reserved for the same privi-
form a domain equal
in extent, throughout
to 1,600,000 square miles
which most exceptional privileges
have been secured by the cordial unanimity
With due
commerce.
rights of Portugal
the
and European Powers
riveraine of the United States for
of
reserve for the sovereign
and Zanzibar,
this
Free Trade area
extends across Africa to within one degtee of the East Coast, thus enlarging the privileged commercial zone to 2,400,000 square miles.
Cynics
may declare, on
glancing over the large mile-
age proudly claimed to have been reserved for free
development and trade, that the advantages are only prospective
boundaries ments.
that
;
to
That
there are
no traders within
be benefited by these liberal is
true
enough
;
the
endow-
but the absorption of
Africa by European Powers was rapidly advancing,
and
considerins: that of the coasts there remained but
little
unoccupied,
it is
something surely to have rescued
such a large portion of Africa from possible commercial enterprise.
final
closure to
TEE CONGO.
406
Philanthropists argued very rationally in this wise:
The Berlin Conference.
" Africa
is
already popularly supposed to be the most
A
unhealthy continent in the world.
general dread of
climate prevails in the minds of men.
its
but lately explored in
few geographers
is
it
European Powers
are
its
interior,
and
It
to all except a
comparatively unknown.
customs and high
If
permitted to seize the coasts
round about the Continent, and levy the usual tial
has been
tariffs,
differen-
they will for ever prevent
commercial enterprise from essaying the exploitation of
any part of fertile
it.
If,
hov/ever,
and naturally productive
leges and absolute
these
territories larger privi-
immunity from oppression, a few
bold enterprising spirits inland,
we can guarantee
and their success
may
be tempted to venture
will induce others to follow,
until the continent is fairly
won from barbarism and
unproductiveness."
These philanthropic views have been
merchant adventurer
is
fenced
all
realised.
around with guaran-
tees against spoliation, oppression, vexation,
and is
The
his Consul, the representative of his
and worry,
Government,
charged with the jurisdiction over his person and
property.
At
the gateway to
the
realm
Commissioner, with
his
the
free
commercial
colleagues,
will
take position, and will remain there close at hand to protect his interests.
These
officials will constitute
a
Court of
Law
whom
can always appeal for redress and protection.
lie
called the International Commission, to
Only on the exportation of the produce he has
collected
can a moderate sum be charged, sufficient to remune-
SATISFACTORY DIPLOMACY. T
nil
cc
1 he liquor tramc
prohibited tection
To
all
Government
riveraine
the
rate
;
these
1
for
its
1
1
not be abused
the missionary
and
;
may
1
1
is
407 expenditure.
T
sJave-tradmg
;
The Berlin Conference.
•
is
entitled to special pro-
scientific expeditions to special privileges.
numerous privileges in behalf of commerce
and humanity, the European Powers, and the United States, as well as the International Association, other-
wise the Congo State, unanimously gave their approval,
and every
Power
political
left
the Conference with
unqualified satisfaction.
The author of to express his
this record likewise feels called
unbounded
satisfaction
with
all
upon
that has
been irrevocably fixed by the decrees of the assembled representatives of Europe.
He
expresses also his per-
sonal thanks to His Serene Highness Prince Bismarck,
and
German
to the
von Kusserow,
representatives. Dr.
remarkable patience they mani-
for the
fested during the protracted sitting, for the
most advanced ideas
which the to
least impatience
Baron de Courcel^
Busch and Herr
to
which gave time
mature and bear
fruit,
would have endangered
for the exquisite tact
he displayed
throughout his Presidency of the Commission, which
charmed all
all
who came
of the assembled
within his circle
;
to each
many All men
plenipotentiaries for their
kindnesses and their enlightened co-operation.
who
and
sympathise with good and noble works
— and this
has been one of unparalleled munificence and grandeur of ideas
—
will unite
King Leopold
IT.,
humanitarian and
with the author in hoping that
the Royal Founder of this unique political enterprise,
whose wisdom
TEE CONGO.
408 The Berlin Conference.
rightly guided
.,. sustained
it
it,
and whose moral courage bravely
.,
.
amid varying
......
a successful issue, will long live to behold State expand
and
,
,
vicissitudes to a
nappy and his
Free
flourish to be a fruitful blessing to
a region that was until lately as dark as sunless forest shades.
FINIS COROXAT OPUS.
its
own deep
APPENDIX. The Commercial Basin
of the Congo, as described by the
Author
before the berlin conference.
To
whether explored 7^^ Berlin very easy matter, since every schoolboy knows Conferenca. that a river basin geographically speaking includes all that territory drained by the river and its affluents, large and small. define the geographical basin of the Congo,
or unexplored, is a
—
—
The Congo, i:nlike many other large rivers, has no fluvial delta it issues into the Atlantic Ocean in one united stream between Shark's Point on the south and Banana Point on the north, with a breadth of seven miles and an unknown depth; soundings having been obtained over 1300 feet deep. The Niger has a fluvial delta extending over 180 miles of coast-line; the Nile and the ;
Mississippi have deltas extending over a considerable breadth of coast-line.
But when you ask me
as to
what
I should consider as
am bound
to answer you and its most important aftluents running into it from the north and south and from the north-east and northwest, east and west, south-east and south-west, constitute means by which trade ascending the river and its affluents can influence a much larger amount of territory than is comprised within the
the commercial basin of the Congo, I
that the
main
river
geographical basin.
For all practical purposes the geographical basin of the Congo might bo permitted to stand for the commercial basin of the Congo as well. When, however, we begin to consider the commercial outlets from this basin of the Congo, we must bear in mind that they extend, as a commercial delta to a commercial basin, from St. Paul de Loanda to the south of the mouth of the Congo, as far north and including the Ogowai Kiver. Whereas
APPENDIX.
410
littoral througli which the commercial The Berlin ^a^^ch of tlic Conference, bouches is already occupied, find that the hreadth of
we
delta
de-
what may
be considered as the free commercial delta of the commercial basin of the Congo extends along the coast-line from 1° 25' S. lat. to Bear 7° 50' S. lat., 385 geographical miles. For the following reason at Stanley Pool, 325 miles up the Congo from the sea, we encounter fleets of trading canoes which have descended the main :
up as the Equator from the affluents Mohindu or Black Eiver, and the Kwango or Kwa, who wait patiently months at a time for the caravans from Loango, the Kwilu, Landana, Kabinda, Zombo, Funta, Kinzao, Kinsembo, Ambrizette, and other places on the coast, which bring European goods from the coast to Stanley Pool to exchange for the produce of the Upper Congo, and after a time, notably ivory, rubber, and camwood powder having exchanged their goods, march back with such produce of the Upper Congo as will repay transport, to the European traders settled along the free coast-line of 385 geographical miles These various channels of trade, formed by uniust mentioned. instructed barbarism, may then well be compared to a commercial delta. To define the commercial basin of the Congo by boundaries is very simple after the above remarks, and I will describe them as folio \ys: Commencing from the Atlantic Ocean, I should follow the line of 1° 25' S. lat, east as far as 13° 13' Ion. east of Greenwich, and along that meridian north until the watershed of the Niger-Binue is reached, thence easterly along the watershed separating the waters flowing into the Congo from those flowing into the Shari, and continuing east along the water-parting between the waters of the Congo and those of the Nile, and southerly and easterly along the watershed between the waters flowing into the Tanganika and those flowing into the affluents of Lake Victoria, and still clinging to the watershed to the east of the Tanganika soiitherly until tlie water-parting between the waters flowing into the Zambesi and those flowing into the Congo thence along that Avatershed westerly until the head is reached river from as far
;
;
waters of the main tributary of the Kwango, or Kwa, is reached, whence the line shown runs along the left bank of the river
Kwango, or Kwa, Biver, and thence Atlantic Ocean.
to 7° 50' S. lat. alon<:^
By
;
thence straight to the Logo
the left bank of that river westerly to the
this delimitation
you will have comprised the its present commercial
geographical or commercial basin and delta.
Baron de Courcel asked Avhat might the value of the trade in
APPENDIX.
411
the Congo basin bo estimated at, to which Mr. Stanley replied The Berlin " The Lower Cony-o and the immediate free littoral make a shore- Conference, This mileage produces a line 388 English miles in length. :
present trade of £2,800,000 annually.
more ought
and, as
fertile,
The Upper Congo
is
much
has a river shore of 10,000 miles,
it
it
worth £70,000,000 manner, from the river
to produce, if equally developed, a trade
annually.
Gambia
Or, if
we reckon
it
in this
Loanda, along a coast-line of 2,900 miles in length, there are employed fortj^-five steamers and eighty sailing vessels every year. The Congo basin, with river banks over three times longer, ought to employ, if equally developed and equally exploited, three times that number, or say 135 steamers, and 240 to
sailing vessels."
The Hon. Mr. Kasson, Minister Mr. Stanley
if
for the
he would be good enough
United to
States,
asked
explain to their
Excellencies if a further extension of the free commercial territory to the eastwai'd would not be advantageous to commerce, to which Mr. Stanley rejdied I journeyed in the year, 1874, 1875, 187G, and 1877 across Africa from east to west— that is to say from Bagamoyo, opposite Zanzibar, to Lake Victoria. I circumnavi:
gated that lake, and thence proceeded west and discovered MutaNzige. Eetraciug my steps to Lake Victoria, I journeyed to Lake
Tanganika, which lake I also circumnavigated, and then proceeded to Nyangwe and down the Congo Kiver to the Atlantic This journey was made across 25° of longitude and up ll'' of latitude and I declare solemnly to you that, from a distance of ten miles from Bagamoyo, my starting-place on the east coast of Africa, until I sighted an English flag at the mastOcean.
and down
;
head of a merchant river-steamer on the Congo, along a journey of 7G00 miles, I never saw a flag, or an emblem, or symbol, flagstone, or
iron, to indicate
staff,
erection
come
across civilised, or semi-civilised,
of w^ood,
power
that I had
or authority; the
authority I encountered everywhere being the authority of independent native chiefs, exacting tribute on the eastern half, and opposing violence on the western half. At Ujiji and Nyangwe I
community of Arabs settled at each place. But they were isolated and cut off by want of connection from their parent state at Zanzibar, and all comers hither had been compelled to submit to pay tribute to the Wagogo, the Wahha, the Wavinza, and the Wakaranga, independent native tribes who demanded the tribute in recognition of their rights to the soil over which the caravans passed. Therefore, this being the case, I would propose
did meet a trading
APPENDIX.
412 The Berlin Conference,
that the free commercial territory across central Africa should be
Beginning at the Atlantic comprised within the following limits Ocean at S. latitude 1° 25', this line should run along that parallel :
east to longitude 13° 30' from the GreenAvich meridian, thence north along the meridian of 13^ 30' to N. latitude 5° thence along that parallel of latitude continuously east to within one geogra;
phical degree from the Indian Ocean.
should continue parallel with
the
distance of one geographical degree
From
east
down
this point the line
African coast
at
the
bank of the eastern line and
to the right
Zambesi, and the following rivers piercing this having their exit into the Indian Ocean: The Jub, the Tana,
Eovuma, and the up as five miles above the confluence of the Shire and the Zambesi should be declared free to navigation thence from that point on the right bank of the Zambesi, across that river and along the water passing between waters flowing to Lake Nyassa, and those flowing direct to other affluents of the Zambesi, northerly as far as the Congo and Zambesi
the Pangani, the
Zambesi — the
Wami,
the Eufiji, or Lufiji, the
latter as far
;
watershed
;
thence westerly along that waterslied until the head
waters of the
Kwango
or
Kwa
shall
have been reached, whence
the line shall follow the left bank of the principal tributary to S. latitude 7° 50', and from that point the line to extend westward of the Logo river, and following the left bank of that river westerly to the Atlantic Ocean. Within the above described limits, the Congo basin, in addition to the lacustrine basins of the Lakes Victoria, Albert, and Nyassa, and the river basins of the lower Jub, the Tana, the Pangani, the Wami, the Lufii, the Rufiji, and the Rovuma, are comprised and I respectfully submit that the more unrestricted this spacious commercial domain shall be the sooner it will be subjected to the influences of Christianity, civilisation, and commerce. It bears within itself nearly all the products required by the necessities of Europe, and all the elements that might be needed for its conversion from ;
being an unproductive waste to be a material and moral profit to humanity. Within its bosom it contains nearly 80,000 square miles of lake water, the second largest river and river-basin in the world, fertility that no equatorial or tropical regions elsewhere
can match, a population of
people,
great
I
should estimate at ninety millions
independent
native empires, kingdoms, and Uganda, Ruanda, Unyoro, and the pastoral plain the Masai Land gold and silver deposits, abundant
republics, like
country like
;
copper and iron mines, valuable forests producing priceless timber,
APPENDIX. inexhaustible quantities of rubber,
413
precious
gums and
spices, xhe Berlin
pepper and coffee, cattle in countless herds, and people who are Conference, amenable to the courtesies of life provided they are protected from the attacks of the lawless freebooter and the murderous wiles of the slave-traders. to
justify
me
These
facts, I respectfully
in suggesting that the
submit, are sufficient
more comprehensible yet
simple limits just described should form the boundaries of the free
commercial territory of Equatorial Africa, and that free, unrestricted means of access should be secured to it, both from the east as well as from the west. Baron do Courcel questioned Mr. Stanley as to the actual trade at present in the Upper Congo by which it might be known what existing inducements there were for the construction of a railway.
Mr. Stanley replied that at present on the Upper Congo, according goods and articles required by the French two English Mission Societies, the International Association, and native caravans would, if constrained to pay the railway the same prices as now paid for human transport, be sufficient to pay 5 per cent, on a capital of £860,000, which was ample to his calculations, the
settlements, the
for the construction of a light railway
from Vivi to Isangila, four
steamers at £10,000 each, between Isangila and Manyanga, and a
Manyanga and Leopoldwas necessary to construct a direct line to Leopoldville from Vivi, the cost would be £1,500,000, inclusive of all expenses, and a flotilla to ply between the sea and Vivi. railway section 95 miles long between ville.
Sir
If,
however,
it
Edward Malet asked Mr. Stanley
if,
in his opinion, the line
would be sufficient as a commercial outlet for the commerce of the Congo basin ? Mr. Stanley replied Certainly not. It might be a sufficient outlet for the main channel of the river and the lower portions of the affluents flowing into that channel, but it would not be a sufficient outlet for the upper portions of the southern affluents, inasmuch as those find an outlet by the caravan route, via Bihe to Bengiiella and Angola, and Cassange to Angola, and the northern portions of the north-western streams flowing info the Congo would naturally seek the caravan routes to the Gaboon, the Ogowai, and the of railway from Vivi to Stanley Pool
:
Kwilu-Niadi.
I therefore strictly adhere to
my
delimitation of
the commercial basin which I have already had the honour of describing to your Excellency.
His Excellency the Plenipotentiary for the Government of the Netherlands remarked that Mr. Cameron had written a book wherein it
was stated that canals might be constructed with advantage.
APPENDIX.
414
him
He
whether he wotild be obliged if Mr. Stanley woiild inform The Berlin Conference, j^^d seen any localities where canals might be advantageously conMr. Stanley replied that he knew only of one place, and Mantumba and Lake Leopold II., by
structed.
that was between Lake
which a canal might easily be constructed, of a length of 25 miles, to connect the two places along a depression which showed that at high A7ater it was possible the two lakes might even be
now
connected.
inquii-ed whether there were any tunnels to be made along the proposed railway between Vivi and Stanley Pool ? Mr. Stanley replied in the negative. After some remarks from Dr. Ballay depreciatory of the value
Baron de Courcel
Congo basin, and of the Ogowai river as a channel for transporting produce from the upper Congo to the Whereas Dr. Ballay ascended sea, Mr. Stanley replied as follows of the produce of the
:
the OgOAvai
river,
Alima river ties
Upper
to the
the watershed, and descended the Congo with a steamer and large quanti-
crossed
of goods, and wliereas M. de Brazza likewise ascended the
Ogowai
and descended the Alima
river
struck across to Stanley Pool,
occasion
must
river, it
is
and on a former evident that the
be considered as a stream belonging to the commercial delta of the commercial basin of the Congo. And whereas in 1881 I received from M. de Brazza a letter wherein he
Ogowai
river
also
recommended my sending by the Ogawai and officers incapacitated by sickness from further work, as from experience he jiidged tliat route to be shorter and superior to the route by the Congo to the sea, I am bound to take M. de Brazza's own written statements, and Messrs. de Brazza and Ballaj^'s successes by the Ogowai-Alima route and Ogowai-Stanley Pool route as indisputable proofs of the stated that he strongly
route
my
letters,
correctness of
Congo, Avith
commerce
my
its
to
assertions that if the commercial basin of the
various outlets to the sea, shall be declared free for
come and go untaxed, the
northern limit at
free littoral should
S. lat. 1° 25' to long. 13° 30' east
have
its
of Greenwich,
and thence north along that meridian to the water-parting between the waters flowing to the Niger-Binue and those flowing to the Congo, and that the southern limit of the littoral will be just if fixed at the mouth of tlie Loge river, thence east along that river easterly to the left bank of the Kwango or Kwa river at S.
lat.
V
50'.
APPENDIX.
PROTOCOL,
415
No.
9.
February
The of
sitting opened M. BUSCH.
at half-past
Three
o'clock,
23r(?,
1885.
under the Presidency The
Berlin Conference.
The Piesident, before proceeding to the order of the da}', communicated totlie High Assembly a letter which had been addressed to His Serene Highness Prince Bismarck by the President of the International Aesociatiou of the Congo, and
terms
which was
in these
:
" PiiiNCE.
—The
International
Association
concluded treaties in succession with
all
at the Berlin Conference (except one)
contain a provision recognising
The
State or Government.
its
of
Congo has
the
the Powers represented
which among their clauses
flag
as
negotiations in
that of a friendly
progress with
tlie
remaining Power will, there is every reason to hope, have an early and favourable termitiation. I bring this fact to the knowledge of your Serene Highness in accordance with the wishes of His Majesty the King of the Belgians in liis capacity as Founder of the Association.
"The meeting and the deliberations of the i;minent Assembly now in session at Berlin under your High Presidency have materially contributed to hasten this felicitous result. ference, to
which
hope, be disposed exclusive mission
The Con-
I beg to offer due homage, will, I venture to to is
Power -whose and commerce into an additional token of the results due to
consider the accession of a to introduce civilisation
the interior of Africa as its importai.t labours.
" I am, with the profoundest respect. " Your Seiene Highness's most
humble and
most obedient servant, " Strauch. " Berlin, 2drd February, 1885.
"
To His Serene Highness Prince Bismarck, " President of the Berlin Conference."
APPENDIX.
416 ^,
„
,•
The Berlin Conference.
this communication spoke as follows c ^• Gentlemen, I believe I am expressing the unanimous teeling of the Conference in welcoming as a happy event the communication which has been made to us and which informs us of the
M. BuscH having; ° read
:
—
"
•
•
^
almost unanimous rerognition of tlie International Association of the Congo. AVe all of us do justice to the elevated purpose of the work to which His Majesty the King of the Belgians has lent his us recognise the efforts and sacrifices by means of which he has guided it to the point it has reached to-day we are all desirous that the most complete success may crown an enter-
name
;
we
all of
;
which can support so usefully the objects the Conference has had in view." Baron de Courcel then spoke as follows "As representing a Power whose possessions border on those of the International Association of the Congo, I note with satisfaction prise
:
the step taken by that Association in informing us of its entrance In the name of my Government I beg to into international life. express the wish that the State of the Congo as
now
territorially
constituted within definite boundaries will soon provide regular
governmental organization for the vast domain whose prosperity has been entrusted to it. Its neighbours will be the first to i-ejoice at its progress, for they will be the first to profit by the development of its prosperity and by all those guarantees of order, safety, and good administration with which it has undertaken to
endow the interior of Africa. " The new State owes its birth
to the generous aspirations
and
enlightened initiative of a Prince respected throughout Europe.
from its cradle to the practice of every liberty. Assured of the unanimous goodwill of the Powers here represented, let us join in the hope that it will fulfil the destiny promised for it under the wise direction of its august founder, whose conIt h;is been devoted
trolling infiuence is the best assurance for its future."
Count Kapnist desired tions, in the
and
to join, in accordance
homage rendered by
fertile initiative of
His Majesty the King of the Belgians.
Edward Malet then spoke as follows The part taken by Her Majesty's Government
Sir
"
with his instruc-
his colleagues to the enlightened
:
in recognising
the flag of the Association as that of a friendly Government enables
me
to express the satisfaction
constitution of this
new
with which we view the
State due to the initiative of His Majesty
the King of the Belgians.
For many years the King,
for purely
philanthropic motives, has spared nothing, neither personal effort
APPENDIX. nor pecuniary
could contribute to the realisation of
sacrifice, that
The world
417 1885.
in j^jeneral regarded Ids efforts v;ith in-
^*^^- ^'^•
Here and there His Majesty received a little sympathy, but it was rather the sj'inpathy of condolence than that of encouragement. It was thought tliat the undertaking was beyond his stiength, that it was too great to succeed. It is now seen that the King was right, and that Ids idea was not Utopian. He has brought
Berlin-
his object. difference.
without difficulties, but these very have made the success more striking;. In acknowledo-ing the obstacles which His Majesty has had to contend with, we most cordially greet the new-born State, and give expression to it
to a successful ending, not
difficullies
our sincere dcbire that
it
may
flourish
and increase under his
protection.
"I may
also be permitted on this occasion to express our
acknowand to the Minister of Porl.ugal at Berlin for the friendly reception which they accorded to the suggestions we had die honour tu address to them on the subject of an arrangenient between Portugnl and the Association, and for the spirit of conciliation with which they have brought ledgments
to the
Government
of Portugal
those negotiations to a successful close."
The Marquis of Penafiel, Congo State, declared
the
as representing a his
participation
expressed by Baron Courcel in his address
tif
Power bordering on in
the sentiments
welcome
to the
new
State.
Count de Launay joined most cordially
in
what had been
said
the President, by Baron Courcel, and by Sir Edward Malet.
by
The
Powers here represented had already almost unanimously recognised new State which had just been founded under the august patronage of a sovereign \w\\o during eight years, with a constancj- rare and worth}' of great praise, had spared neither trouble nor personal sacrifice for the success of a noble and philanthropic enterprise. The whole world bore witness by its sympathy and encouragement to this work of civilisation and humanity, wliich was an honour to the nineteenth century, and of which mankind in general would the
for ever reap the benefit.
The Italian Ambassador also joined with pleasure in the sentiments expressed by the British Ambassador, with regard to the Portuguese Government and its Plenipotentiaries at the Conference.
Count SzficHfiNYi spoke to the same effect as his colleagues, in whose sentiments he shared in every respect. Count Benomar said that Spain was the possessor of teriitories
Vol. II.- 27
AFPENDIX.
418 1885.
in the nei^libourhood of those under the control of the Interna-
l-eb. 2i.
As representing a neighbouring fully supported all that Government, state, he, in the name of his work of humanity and the favour said in of President had the civilisation originated by His Majesty the King of the Belgians. M. de ViND was happy to join in the good wishes which had already been expressed for the happiness and prosperity of the new Congo state. The humanitarian and civilizing object of its founders was highly appreciated by the Danish Government. The Plenipotentiary of Sweden and Norway also joined in the good wishes at the birth of the new State, and in favour of its
Berlin.
^JQjjr^i
Association of the Congo.
development.
Mr. Sanford said that the Government of the United States of America had been the first to publicly acknowledge the great civilizing work of King Leopold II. by recognising the flag of the International Association of the
He was happy
Congo
as that of a friendly govern-
example had been followed only remained for him to express his hope that he would see the crowning of the work in the participation of the Association in the Acts of the Conment.
by the Powers
to find that this
of the Old World, and
it
ference.
Said Pasha regretted that he was not yet able to join in the sympathetic declarations of his colleagues.
had elapsed since
officially
Only a few days
this question of recognising the flag of the Inter-
national Association had arisen.
There had not been sufficient time on the subject, but while awaiting those instructions, he could say that personally he had nc for
him
to receive his instructions
objection to the coustitiition of the
new
State.
Count Van der Straten Ponthoz thanked the President for the terms in which he had spoken of His Majesty the King of the Belgians. The sentiments thus expressed would be gratefully received by the King and the Belgian nation and Count Van der Straten Ponthoz would convey those sentiments to them without He was also bound to tell the Members of the High delay. Assembly how deeply he was sensible of the sympathetic and unanimous approbation they had given to what had fallen from j\I. Busch. The praise bestowed on the initiative pursued by the King of the Belginns despite so many obstacles, was praise well merited. The Acts of the Conference gave practical expression to His Majesty's bold and generous ideas. The Government and the Belgian nation would adhere with gratitude to the work elaborated by the High Assembly, and thanks to which there was henceforth ;
APPENDIX.
419
new State ait" the same time as regulawere laid down in the general interest of mankind, Baron Lambkrmont spoke as follows
assured the existence of the tions
.
:
" If the President of the International Association of the Cono-o
had the honour to sit amongst you, it would fall to him to reply to the words we have heard to-day, and which are so appreciative of the King of the Belgians and of his work. In his absence, and although representing His Majesty under another title, my colleague and I thought we might be allowed to testify how fully we are sensible of the compliment you have paid to the Founder of the Association.
Count Van der Straten has expressed his sentiments, and in them I cordially join. We are well aware that we cannot go too far in expressing in advance our gratitude, for we do so in His Majesty's name, in recognition of thej support that his enterprise has received amongst you, and which support is not the least "
important guarantee of its success." The President announces that the letter of the President of the International Association of the Congo, and the various declarations it had given rise to would become the Protocol of the sitting. It considered convenient by many of the Plenipotentiaries that in order to complete Colonel Strauch's communication, copies of the is
by which the International Association had obtained the recognition of the several Governments should be bound different treaties
toorether
and annexed
to the Protocol.
DECLARATIONS EXCHANGED BETWEEN THE UNITED STATES OF Al\IERICA AND THE INTERNATIONAL ASSOCIATION OF THE CONGO.
The
International Association of the
Congo declares by these
presents, that in viitue of the treaties concluded with the legiti-
mate sovereigns,
in the basins of the
Congo and Niadi-Kwilu and
in the territories bordering on the Atlantic, there has been ceded
and
Free States, alread}' under the protection and surveillance of the said Association in the said basins and adjacent territories, and that the said Free States succeed to the full rights of
to it a territory for the use
profit of the
established, or in course of establishment,
this cession.
That the said International Association has adopted as its
flag as
i885. Feb. 23. Berlin.
APPENDIX,
420 1884. April 22.
^""'i"^'
well for itself as for the said Free States the flag of the International
African Association, that t'^e
is to say,
a blue flag with a golden star in
centre.
That the
and the said States have resolved
said Association
to
levy no customs dues on goods or products imported into their territories, or carried on the roads that have been constructed round the cataracts of the Congo this resolution has been taken so as to ;
encourage trade in making its way into Equatorial Africa. That they assure to strangers who settle in their territories the right to buy, sell, or lease the lands and buildings therein situated, to es^tablish houses of business, and to trade on the sole condition They undertake in addition never to accord of obeying the laws.
an advantage
to the citizens of
extending the same to
all
one nation without immediately
other nations, and to do
power
all in their
to stop the slave-trade.
In witness whereof, Henry effect
by the
S. Sanford,
said Association, acting for
duly authorised to that and in the name of the
it,
said estates has hereto affixed his signature
and his
seal the
22nd
of April, 1884, at the city of Washington,
(Signed)
H.
S.
Sanford. L.S.
Frederic T. Frelinghuysen, Secretary of State, duly authorized by the President of the United States of America, and
to that effect
in conformity with the advice
and consent given to that
effect
by
the Senate, acknowledges to have received from the Association of
the Congo the above declaration, and declares that in accordance
with the traditional policy of the United States, which enjoins their carefid attention to the commercial interests of American citizens, avoiding at the same time all interference in the controversies engaged in between other powers, or the conclusion of alliances with foreign nations, the Government of the United States declares its sympathy with and approbation of the humane and noble object of the International As-sociation of the Congo, acting in the interest
of the Free States established in that region, officers of
and commands
all
the United States, either on land or sea, to recognize the
flag of the International Association as that of a friendly
Govern-
ment.
In witness whereof, ho has hereunder affixed his signature and 22nd of AprU, 1884, in the city of Washington.
his seal this
(Signed)
Fred. T. Frelinghuysen. L.S.
APPENDIX.
421 1884.
Nov.
CONVENTION BETWEEN TH3 EMPIRE OF GERMANY AND THE INTERNATIONAL ASSOCIATION OF THE CONGO. Article
The
I.
Congo undertakes to levy goods imported director in transit in their
International Association of the
no duties on
articles or
possessions, present
and
Niadi-Kwilu, or in
its
future, in the basins of the
Congo and the
possessions situated on the coast of the
This freedom from duties shall especially extend commerce which are transported on the roads eslablished round the cataracts of the Congo.
Atlantic Ocean. to goods
and
articles of
Article
The
subjects of the
II.
German Empire
shall
have the right of
siding or settling in tbe territories of the Association.
They
re-
shall
be treated on the same footing as the subjects of the most favoured nation therein, including the inhabitants of the comitry, in all that concerns the protection of their persons or their goods, the free exercise of their religion, the claiming and defence of their rights,
in matters of the navigation as well as in those
of"
commerce and
industry.
Especially they shall have the right to
buy and
sell,
and
lease
lands and buildings situated on the territories of the Association, to
found houses of business, and to engage therein in commerce and
coasting trade under the
German
flag.
Article III.
The
Association undertakes never to accord the least advantage
to the subjects of another nation, unless such
ately extended to
German
advantage
is
immedi-
subjects.
Article IV. In case of the present or future cession of the territory of the Association or of a part of that territory, the obligations contracttd
by the Association towards the Empire
of
8.
Brussels.
Germany
shall be trans-
APPENDIX.
422 1884. ^•5^'- 8.
Bfuesels.
ferred to the acquirer.
These obligations and rights granted by Germany and to its Kubjects
the Association to the Empire of gj^^i}
remain in foroe after every cession to each new acquirer. Article V.
The Empire
—a
of
Germany
recognises the flag of the Association
blue flag with a goklen star in the centre
— as
that of a
friendly state.
Article VI.
The Empire
of
Germany
is
ready on
its
frontiers of the territory of the Association,
about to be founded, as indicated on the
part to recognise the
and of the new
map annexed
state
hereto.
Article VII.
This Convention shall be ratified, and the ratifications shall be exchanged with the least possible delay. This Convention shall come into force immediately after the exchange of the ratifications. Done at Brussels, the 8th of November, 1884. (Signed)
Count de Brandenbourg. Strauch.
DECLAEATIONS exchanged between the g0veen31est of her britannic majesty and the international association of the congo.
Declaration of the Association.
The International Association of the Congo, founded by His Majesty the King of the Belgians with the object of encouraging tlie civilization and commerce of Africa and also with humanitarian and philanthroi)ic intentions, declares by these presents as follows
:
That by treaties concluded with the legitimate sovereigns whose States are situated in tlie basins of the Congo and the Niadi-Kwilu, and in the territories bordering on the Atlantic, there has been ceded to it certain territories for the use and 1.
profit of
Free States established or to bo establised in the said
basins and adjacent territories.
APPENDIX, 2.
That in virtue of these
423
treaties, the Association is invested
with the administration of the interests of tiie said Free States. 3. That the Association has adopted as its flag and that of the Free States a blue flag with a golden star in the centre. 4. That witli the object of allowing commerce to make its way into Equatorial Africa, the Association and the said Free States have resolved to levy no duty on articles of commerce or merchandize imported direct into their territories, or introduced by the roads which have been constructed round the cataracts of the Congo. 5.
That the Association and the
foreigners settled in
said Free States guarantee to
their territories the free exercise
of their
religion, the rights of navigation, trade,
the right to buy,
sell,
and
lease land,
and industry, as vv^ell as buildings, mines and forests
on condition of obedience to the laws. 6.
their
Done
Thnt the Association and the said Free States shall do all in power to put an end to the slave trade and suppress slavery. at Berlin, the IGth of
December, 1884. (Signed) In
the
Straucii.
name of
the Asscciation.
Declaration of thk Government of Her Britannic Majestv.
The Government of Her Britannic Majesty declares that it sympathy and approbation to the humanitarian and l>hilanthropic objects of the Association and, by these presents, reaccords its
cognises the flag of the Association and the Free States under administration as the flag of a friendly Government.
(Signed) In
the
Edward
its
Mai.et.
name of Her Majesty
s
Government.
CONVENTION between the government of her BRITANNIC MAJESTY AND THE international ASSOCIATION OF THE CONGO. Seeing that the Government of Her Britannic Majesty has recogtlie Internafonal Association of the Congo and the Free States under its administration as the flag of a friendly
nised the flag of
Government
1884 •'^'*^"'
^'
^'^"^*^^^'
APPENDIX.
424 1884. Dec. 16. Berlin.
Being of opinion that j-iglits
it is
advisable to regulate and define the
of British subjects in the territories of the said Free States,
and to provide for such matters concerning the exercise of civil and criminal jurisdiction as shall be indicated hereunder until the Association shall have provided in a sufficient manner for the adiuinistration of justice with regard to foieigners, It has
been agreed
:
Article
I.
The International Association of the Congo undertakes to levyno duties of importation or transit on articles of commerce or m.erchandise imported by British sul)jects into the said territories, or into the territories which hereafter may be placed under its Government. This fj-eedom from duty shall extend to merchandise and articles of commerce which shall be transported by the roads and canals established or to be established round the cataracts of the Congo.
Article
II.
British subjects shall at all times have the right to reside and
which are or
under the government same protection as subjects or citizens of the most favoured nation in all matters which affect their persons and their goods, the free exercise of their religion, and the rights of navigation, commerce, and industry. Espesettle in the territories
of the Association.
They
shall be
shall enjoy the
cially tliey shall
have the right to buy, sell, lease, and let lands, and forests within the said territories to found houses of business, and to engage in commerce and coasting trade therein under the British flag;. buildings, mines,
;
Article
III.
The Association undertakes trifling, to
to accord no advantage, however the subjects of another nation, unless such advantage is
immediately extended to British subjects.
Article IV. Tier Majesty the Queen of Great Britiin and Ireland may nominate consuls or other consular agents in the ports or stations on the said territories, and the Association undertakes to protect
them
therein.
APPENDIX.
425
Article V.
1884. Dec. 16.
Every British consul or consular agent who shall have been duly authorised by the Government of Her Britannic Majesty, shall have power to establish a consular tribunal for the district assigned to him, and shall exercise sole and exclusive jurisdiction, civil as well as criminal, with regard to the persons and property of
Berlin,
British subject:^ within the said district, in accordance with the
British laws.
Article YI.
Nothing contained in the preceding
article shall
any
absolve
British subject from the obligation of observing the laws of the said Free States applicable to foreigners, but all infraction of those
laws on the part of a British subject shall be referred to the British consular tribunal.
Article
VI I.
If the inhabitants of the said territories
the Government
e»f
which are subject
to
the Association do any injury to the person or
property of a British subject, they shall be arrested and punished
by the
authorities of the Association conformably to the laws of
the said Free States.
Justice shall be administered equitably
and
impartially on both sides.
Article VIII.
A
British subject having grounds of complaint against an in-
liabitant of the said territories, subject to the
government of the and there detail
Association, shall apply to the British Consulate his grievance >.
The Consul plaint
is
shall
make an inquiry
to ascertain that the
well founded, and will do his utmost to arrange
it
comami-
In the same way, if any inhabitant of the same territories shall have cause of complaint against a British subject, the British counsel shall hear his complaint and do his utmost to arrange the If differences arise of such nature that the matter amicably. British Consul cannot arrange them amicably, he shall have recably.
course to the authorities of the Association to examine into the
matter and end
it
equitably.
APPENDIX.
426
Article IX.
1884. Dec. 16. Berlin.
I^
an inhabitant of the
said territories subject to the govern-
ment of the Association should
fail to
pay any debt contracted
with a British subject, the authorities of the Association shall do all in their power to bring him to justice and procure the recovery of the said debt and if a British subject should fail in the pay;
any debt contracted witli one of the inhabitants, the British authorities shall in the same way do their utmost to bring him to Ko British Consul justice and procure the recovery of the debt. and no authority of the Association shall be held responsible for a debt contracted by a British subject, nor by any inhabitant of the said territoiies who is subject to the government of the Asso-
ment
of
ciati
Article X. In case of the cession of an}' territory which
now
or in the future
be under the government of the Association, the obligations contracted by the Association in the present Convention shall apply shall
to the grantee.
The engagements and
rights accorded to British
subjects shall remain in force after every cession with regard to
new occupant of every part of tlie paid territorj'. This Convention shall be ratified, and the ratifications shall be exchanged with as little delay as possible. This Convention shall
every
come into force immediately after the exchange of the ratifications. Done at Berlin, the IGth of December, eighteen hundred and eighty-four.
(Signed)
Edward Malet. Straucu.
CONVENTION BETWEE.N THE NETHERLANDS AND THE INTERNATIONAL ASSOCIATION OF THE CONGO.
Article
The
I.
International Association of the
Congo undertakes
to levy
no duties of importation, or transit on mercliandise, or articles of commerce, imported by Dutch subjects within the present or future possessions of the Association.
The freedom from
duties shuU ex-
APPENDIX.
427
tend to merchandise and articles of commerce transported on the })e established round the cataracts
roads or canals which are or shall
1884. J^'"'
Brussels.
of the Congo.
Article
Dutch
subjects shall at all times have the right to reside or settle
in the teiritories
They
II.
which are or
shall be subject to the Association.
shall enjoy the protection accorded to subjects or citizens of
the most favoured nation in all matters concerning their peisons,
and the rights of commerce and industry they shall especially have the buy and sell, let and lease land, mines, forests, and build-
their property, the free exercise of their religion,
navigation, right to
;
ings in the said territories; to found therein houses of bunness,
and carry on commerce and coasting trade under the Dutch
flag.
Article III.
The Association undertakes fo the subjects ui
to grant
no advantage whatsoever
another nation, unless such advantages are im-
mediately extended to Dutch subjects.
Article IV.
His Majesty the King of the Netherlands has the right to nominate Consuls or Consular Agents in the ports or stations of the said territories,
and
the* Association
undertakes to protect them.
Article
V
Until the administration of justice shall have been organized in the Free States of the Congo, and until that organization shall have been notified by the Association, every Dutch Consul or Consular Agent, who has been duly authorized by the Government of
His Majesty the King of the Netherlands,
may
tribunal for the (xtent of the district assigned
establish a Consular to
him, and in that
case will exorcise sole and exclusive jurisdiction, civil as well as with regard to the persons and property of Dutch sub-
ciiniinal,
jects
within the ^aid
district,
conformably to the laws of the
Netherlands.
Article YI.
Nothing contained in the foregoing article shall absolve any Dutch subject from the obligation of observing the laws of the
APPENDIX.
428 188+. Dec. 2(. Brussels,
Free States applicable to foreigners, but all infractions thereof on q£ ^ Dutch subject sball be referred to a Dutch Consular
^}^Q pgj,|.
tribunal.
Article VII. If the inhabitants of the said countries,
who
are subjects of the
government of the As.-oeiation, do any injury to the person or property of a Dutch subject, they shall be arrested and punished by the authorities of the Association, conformably to the laws of the Justice shall be administered equitably and said Free States. imparti
illy
on both sides.
Article VIII.
A
Dutch subject having grounds
of complaint against
an
in-
habitant of the said territories subject to the government of the
Dutch Consul ite, and tbere detail his The Consul shall proceed to enquiie if the same be wellfounded, and do all in h's power to arrange the matter amicabl}-. In the same way, if any inhabitant of the said territories has any complaint concerning a Dutch subject, the Dutch Consul shall hear
Association shall apply to the grievance.
the complaint, and do his utmost to arrange the difficulty amicably. If differences arise of such a nature that the Consul cannot arrange
them amicably, he
shall then
the Association, for
them
to
have recourse to the authorities of examine into the matter and end it
equitably.
Article IX. If an inhabitant of the said territories subject to the government of the Association shall fail in the
payment of a debt contracted
with a Dutch subject, the authorities of the Association shall do all in their power to bring him to justice, and procure the recovery of the debt, and if a Dutch subject shall fail in the payment of a debt contracted with one of the inhabitants, the Dutch authorities shall
do
all
in their
power
to
bring him to justice, and procure the
recovery of the debt.
No Dutch Consul nor any authority
of the Association shall be
held responsible for the payment of a debt contracted by an inhabitant of any of the territories subject to the government of the Association or by
any Dutch
subject.
Article X.
In the event of the cession of the territory now under the government of the Association, or which shall be so at any future
429
APPENDIX.
any part of the said territory, all the ohligations conby the Assocliition in the present Convention shall be binding on the grantee. These arr-mgements and rights accorded to Dutch subjects shall remain in force after the cession with legard to any new occupant of no matter what part of the said
time, or of tracted
territory.
Article XI.
The power
Association and the Free States engage to do all in their to
put an end to the slave-trade and suppress slavery.
Article XII.
The Kingdom
of
tlie
Netherlands, according
its
sympathy
to the
humanitarian and civilising object of the Association, recognizes the flag of the Association and the Free States placed under its administration a blue flag with a golden star in the centre — as the flag of a friendly Government.
—
Article XIII.
This Convention bhall be ratified, and the ratifications shall be exchanged with as little delay as possible. It shall come into force immediately after the exchange of the ratifications. In witness whereof the respective Plenipotentiaries have signed it, and to it have affi.xed the seal of their coat of arms. Done at Brussels, the twenty-seventh day of the month of December, of the year one thousand eight hundred and eighty-four. (Signed)
L. Gericke.
Strauch.
CONVENTION BETWEEN THE GOVERNMENT OF THE FRENCH REPUBLIC AND THE INTERNATIONAL ASSOCIATION OF THE CONGO. Article
The
I.
International Association of the Congo declares that.it
extends to France the advantages States of America, to the Italy, to
it
has conceded to the United
Empire of Germany,
to England, to Austro-Hungary, to the Netherlands, and to Spain, in
1884 Dec. 27. Brussels.
APPENDIX.
430 1885. Paris^'
virtue of the Convention
it
has concluded with the several Powers 22nd of April, the 8th of November,
°^ *^® respective dates of the
the 16th, 19th, 24th, and 29th of December, 1884, and the 7th of January, 1885, and of which the texts are annexed to the present
Convention.
Article
II.
Association undertakes, in addition, to accord no advantages of any nature whatsoever to the subjects of another nation without
The
immediately extending those advantages to French
citizens.
Article III.
The Government
of the French Eepublic and the Association
adopt for the frontiers between their possessions The Eiver Chiloango from the ocean to its most northerly :
source
The
crest of the water-parting of the
as far as the meridian of
A
line to
Niadi-Kwilu and the Congo
Manyanga
be determined, and which, following as much as ground terminates between the
possible, a natural division of the
station of
Manyanga and the
cataract of
Ntombo Mataka
situated on the navigable portion of the river
in a point
;
The Congo to Stanley Pool The centre line of Stanley Pool The Congo to a point to be determined up
the stream of the
Eiver Licona-Kkiindja
A
line to
be determined from that point to the 17th degree of
longitude east from Greenwich, following as line of the water-parting of the
much
as possible the
basin of the Licona-Nkundja,
which forms part of the French possessions
The 17th degree
of lons-itude east from Greenwich.
Article IV.
A
Commission composed of representatives of the contracting
number on both sides, shall be entrusted with executing on the spot the laying out of the frontier conformably to the preceding stiiiulations. In case of dispute the matter shall parties, equal in
be referred to delegates nominated by the International Commission of the Congo.
APPENDIX.
431
Article V.
1884. Feb. 5.
tJnder the reservation of the arrangements about to take place between the International Association of the Congo and Portugal
Paris,
for the territories situated to the
south of the Chiloango, the Gois disposed to recognise the
vernment of the French Republic
neutrality of the possessions of the International Association within
the frontiers shown on the annexed map, subject to the discussion and regulation of the conditions of that neutrality in accord with the other Powers represented at the Berlin Conference.
Article VI.
The Government
of the French Republic recognises the flag of
the International Association of the
Congo
—a
blue flag with a
golden star in the centre— as the flag of a friendly Government.
In witness whereof the respective Plenipotentiaries have signed and to it affixed their seals. Done at Paris, the 5th of February, 1885.
the present Convention,
(Signed)
Jules Ferry.
(L.S.)
OoMTE Paul de Borchgrave d'Altena
(L.S.)
CONVENTION between PORTUGAL AND THE INTERNATIONAL ASSOCIATIOX OF THE CONGO.
Article
The
I.
International Association of the
extends to Portugal the advantages
it
Congo declares that
it
has conceded to the United
Empire of Germany, to England, to Italy, Austro-Hungary, to the Netherlands, to Spain, to France and to the United Kingdoms of Sweden and Norway, in virtue of the Conventions it has concluded with these several Powers of the respective dates of the 22nd of April, the 8th of November, the 16th, 19lh, 24th, and 2t)th of December, 1884, tJie 7th of January, the 5th and 10th of February, 1885, and of which the Association States of America, to the
to
un lertakes to remit authentic Most Faithful Majesty.
copies to the
Government of His
APPENDIX.
432
.Article IT.
1885, Feb, 14 Beiiiu.
The
International Association of the Congo undertakes in addino advantages of any kind whatsoever to the sub-
tion to accord jects
immediately extending thoee His Most Faithful Majesty
another nation wifhout
of
advantages
to the subjects of
Article III. International Association of the Congo and His Most FaithMajesty the King of Portugal and the Algarves adopt for frontiers between their possessions in Western Africa the follow-
The
ful
ing
:—
To Ihe north of the Eiver Congo (Zaire) the right bank of the mouth of the river which enters the Atlantic Ocean to the south of the Bay of Cabinda, close to Punta Vermelha, at Cabo-Lombo The parallel of this last point prolonged up to its intersection •with
the meridian of the junction of the Culacalla with the
LucuUa The meridian thus determined
to its meeting with the Eiver
Luculla;
The
course of the Luculla to
its
junction with the Chiloango
(Luango Luce)
The
course of the Congo (Zaire) from
its
mouth
to its junction
with the small river of Uango-Uango The meiidian which passes through the mouth of the small Eiver Uango-Uango between the Dutch factory and the Portuguese factory, so as to leave the latter in Portuguese territory up to the meeting of the meridian with the parallel of Nokk The parallel of Nokk to its intersection with the Eiver Kuango
(Cuango)
From
this point
southwards the course of the Kuango (Cuango).
Article IV.
A
Commission composed of representatives of the contracting number on both sides shall be intrusted wnth the execution on the spot of the laying out of the frontier conformably to ihe foregoing stipulations. In case of dispute the matter shall be referred to delegates nominated by the International Commisparties eqiial in
sion of the Congo.
APPENDIX.
433
Article V.
His Most Faithful Majesty is
tlie
King
1885. Feb. 14.
of Portugal and the Al«^aive8
disposed to recognise the neutrality of
tlie
possessions of the In-
ternational Association of the Congo, subject to the discussion
and
regulation of that neutrality in accord with the other puwers repre-
sented at the Berlin Conference.
Article VI.
His Most Faithful Majesty the
King of Portugal and the Algarves Congo
recognises the flng of the International Association of the
a blue flag with a goldon star in the centre -as the flag of a friendly
Government. Article VII.
The present Convention shall
and the
shall be ratified,
ratifications
be exchanged at Paris within three months, or sooner
if
possible.
In witness whereof the Plenipotentiaries of the two contracting and His Excellency the Baron de Courcel, Ambassador Extraoidinary and Plenipotentiary of France at Berlin, as representing the medial ing Power, have signed the present Convention, and
parties,
thereto affixed their seals.
Done
in triplicate at Berlin, the fourteenth
day of the month of
February, eighteen hundred and eighty-five.
Marquis de Penafiel.
(Signed)
Strauch. Alph de Courcel.
DECLAKATIONS EXCHANGED BETWEEN THE BELGIAN GOVERNMKNT AND THE INTEKNATIONAL ASSOCIATION OF THE CONGO.
The International Association
of the
Congo declares by these
presents that in virtue of treaties concluded with the legitimate
sovereigns in the basin of the
Congo and
its
tributaries, it has
been ceded the sovereignty of vast territories with the object of founding a free and independent Stite that Conventions define the ;
frontiers of the territories of the Association as regards those of
Vol. II.— 28
Berlin,
434 1885. Feb. 23,
APPENDIX.
France and Portugal, and tl'.at the frontiers of the Association are *i J snown on the annexed map. 1
Berlin.
That the
.
.
.
said Association has adopted as the flag of the State
administered by
it a blue flag with a star of gold in its centre. That the said Association has resolved to levy no customs duties on
merchandise or products imported into its territories or transported on the roads which have been constructed round the cataracts of the Congo to
make That
;
its it
this resolution has
way
been tsken so as to encourage trade
into Equatorial Africa.
who
assures to foreigners
settle in its territories the
and lease ground and buildings situated thereon, to establish houses of business, and trade under the sole condition It undertakes, in addition, to accord no of obeying the laws. advantage to the citizens of one nation without immediately extending it to the citizens of all other nations, and to do all in its power to put down the slave trade. In vritness whereof the President of the Association acting for it has hereunder affixed his signature and his seal. Berlin, the twenty-third day of the month of February, one thousand eight hundred and eighty-five. right to buy,
sell,
(Signed)
The Belgian Government takes note of the Inteinaticmal Association of the .
Strauch.
declaration of the
Congo, and by the-e presents
recognises the Association within the boundaries stated, and recognises its flag as that of a friendly State.
In witness whereof the undersigned, duly authorized, have affixed and seal. Berlin, the twenty-third day'' of the month of February, one
their signature
thousand eight hundred and eighty-five. Cte, Aug. van der Straten Baron Lambermont.
(Signed)
PROTOCOL,
Poxtiioz,
No. 10.
Sitting of the 2Gth of February, 1885.
Present
For Germany Prince Bismarck M. Buscn M. de Kusserow. For Austro-ITungary Count, Szk;ciii^:nyi. For Belgium Count Van der Straten Ponthoz; Baron Lamuku;
:
:
:
MONT,
;
APPENDIX. For Deiiiiiark M. de Vind. For Spain Count de Benomar. For the United iStates of America
435 1885.
:
^''^- '^^
:
PIenky
S.
:
Mr. John A. Kasson
;
Mr.
Sanford.
For France Baron de Courcel. For Great Britain Sir Edward Malet. For Italy Count de Launay. For the Netherlands The Johkheer van der Hoeven. For Porttigal Mavc^uis de Penafiel M. de Serpa Pi.mentel. ForEnssia: Count Kapnist. For Sweden and Norway General Baron Bildt. For Turkey Said Pasha. The sitting opened at half-past two o'clock, under the Presidency of His Serene Highness Prince Bismarck. The President expressed his regret at having been prevented by the state of his health and. the pressure of business from sharing in the whole of the labours of the High Assembly which he, however, had followed with much interest. His Serene Highness then delivered the following address " Gentlemen, Our Conference after long and laborious deliberations, has reached the end of its work, and I am glad to say that thanks to your efforts and to that spirit of conciliation which has presided over our proceedings, a complete accord has been cmne to on every point of the programme submitted to us. " The resolutions which vve ai'c about to sanction formall}' secure :
:
:
:
;
;
:
:
:
—
to the trade of all nations
Continent.
fi'ce
access to the interior of the African
The guarantees by which
the freedom of trade will be
assured in the Congo basin, and the whole of the arrangements
embodied in the rules
for the navigation of the
Congo and the
Niger, are of such a nature as to afford the commerce and industry
of
all
and
nations the most favourable conditions for their development
security.
" In another series of regulations you
have shown your solicitude moral and material welfare of the native po])ulati.)n, and may hope that those principles adopted in a spirit of wise
for the
we
moderation will bear
with the "
The
fruit,
and help to familiarise those i^opulations
benefits of civilisation.
particular conditions under
regions you have just opened
up
to
which are placed
tlie
vast
commercial enterprise have
seemed to require special guarantees for the preservation of peace and public order. In fact, the scourge of war would become particularly disastrous if the natives were led to take sides in the
•^'''^'°-
APPENDIX.
436 1885. Feb. 26, ^^ '"
disputes between
Powers.
tlie civilised
Justly apprehensive of the
(Jauggrg that snch an event might. have for the interests of com-
and civilisation, you have sought for the means of withdrawing a great part of the African Continent from the vicissitudes raerce
of general politics, in confining therein the rivalry of nations to peaceful emulation in trade and industry.
"In the same manner you have endeavoured to avoid all misunderstanding and dispute to which fresh annexations on the African The declaration of the formalities required coast might give rise. before such annexations can be conssidered eifective introduces a rule into public law, which in its turn will remove many a
new
cause of dissent and conflict from our international relations. " The spirit of mutual good understanding which has distin-
guished your deliberations has also presided over the negotiations that have been carried on outside the Conference, with a view to arrano-e the difficult question of delimitation between the parties exercising sovereign rights in the p(jsition are
Congo
basin,
and which by their work we are
destined to be the chief guardians of the
about to sanction. " I cannot touch on this subject without bearing testimony to the noble efforts of His Majesty the King of the Belgians, the founder of a work which all
now has gained
the Powers, and which as
it
grows
to the cause of humanity. " Gentlemen, I am requested
the recognition of almost
will render valuable service
by His Majesty the Emperor and
my
august Master, to convey to you his warmest thanks for each of you has taken in the felicitous accomplishment of part the King,
the
work of the Conference.
duty in gratefully acknowledging what the Conits members who undertook the hard work of the Commission, notably to the Baron de Courcel and to Baron I have also to thank the delegates for the valuable Lambermont. " I fulfil a final
ference owes to those of
assistance they
have rendered
us,
and I include in
of thanks the secretaries of the Conference,
this expression
who have
facilitated
our deliberations by the accuracy of their work. " Like the other labours of man, the work of this Conference may be improved upon and perfected, but it will, I hope, mark an
advance in the development of international relations, and foi'm a of union between the nations of the civilised world." Count de Launay then spoke as follows :— " Gentlemen, we are all of us very pleased to see His Serene
new bond
Highness Prince Bismarck once more amongst
us.
APPENDIX.
We
"
have the honour to thank him
437 for his speech,
which bore
the maik of such perfect courtesy, and for his flattering opinion of the efforts which have resulted in onr general agreement. "
As you have
just heard, he has been prevented,
much
against
his inclination, from presiding in person at all our s^ittings, but
mighty mind has hovered over this assembly.
his
obliged to delegate his functions,
If he has been he knew beforehand that he In fact, Count Hatzfeldt and
was putting them in good hands. Under Secretary of State, M. Busch, huve successively
carried out
and a spirit of conWe owe ciliation that we are all of ns pleased to acknowledge. them a debt of gratitude. Both of them have thoroughh' entered into the princij^les that have been brought before us with equal precision and elevation of view ever since the begirning of the their instructions
with an intelligence, a
tact,
Conference.
—
"Whatever may be reserved for our work in the future it remains subject to the vicissitudes of all things human we can at present at least bear witness that we have neglected nothing that
—
was
at all possible to
open up into the interior of the African
Continent a broad road for the moral and mateiial progress of its native races and for the development of the general welfare of
commerce and navigation.
"We
have,
simultaneously, served the cause of religion, of
peace, of humanity,
and enlarged the domain of public international
law. "
Such was the object we had in view.
attaining
it,
a large part of the merit
we have su-'ceeded in due to our illustrious
If is
Piesident, the promoter of the meeting of this Conference, the
author of the programme which formed the basis of our deliberations.
" I this
am
thus secure of the unanimous assent of the members of
High Assembly
in expressing to His Serene Highness Prince for his having,
whether
present or absent, given our labours their best direction. " As we are about to part, I think, gentlemen, that I
am your
Bismarck our
cordial
acknowledgment
faithful interpreter in offering the
homage of our
respectful grati-
have received from His Majesty the Emperor of Germany, King of Prussia, and also from his tude for the kindly welcome
vve
august family."
At Count de Launay's suggestion, the members of the High Assembly rise from their seats to mark their hearty assent to what
1885. •
Berlin.
APPENDIX.
438 has "been said
Italian representative
by the
with regard to His
Majesty the Emperor. Prince Bismarck thanks Count de Launay for his appreciative He expresses a wi&h that the Plenipotentiaries and himself will in the course of their political life have frequent
remarks.
opportunities of meeting in that unanimously friendly spirit which has distinguished the Berlin Conference. His Serene Highness bears witness to the satisfaction he has experienced at the excellent
'
which the Conference has given rise. president consults the high assembly as to whether it will be convenient before proceeding to the signature of the general The general act already adopted act to have the document read. relations to
The
in its entirety to the
by the Conference has been printed and distributed
Plenipotentiaries for their mature
consideration.
The
high assembly may perhaps under the circumstances think it well Should that be to omit the formality of the customary reading. the general feeling, it will be in accord with the opinion of the president.
Said Pasha considers the reading superfluous. The high assembly unaniuiously agrees to offered
the
suggestion
by Prince Bismarck.
The president formally announces that the high assembly having given the general act its definitive sanction, withuut wishing to hear it lead over for the last lime, it will perha^DS immediately pass to the signature of the documents. However, before inviting the Plenipotentiaries to proceed to Bismarck, in order to simplify the order of
this formality. Prince
communication wbich ought strictly to follow the signing of the treaty, and which is to this effect " Peferring to Article XXXVII. of the Act just accepted by you I have the honour to make a communication to you which has just reached me. This is the adoption by the International Association business, desires to bring before the Conference a
:
of the
Congo of the
resolutions of the Conference.
I will take
the liberty of reading tbis document, as well as a letter from Colonel Strauch, the President of the Association."
which are as follows 1. Act of Adhesion of the International Association of the Congo the General Act of the Berlin Conference, of date the 26th of
The President reads to
these documents,
:
February, 1885. "
The International Association
of the Congo, in virtue of Article
APPENDIX.
XXXVII.
439
of the General Act of the Berlin Conference declares
these presents that
it
by
adheres to the provisions of the said General
In witness whereof the President of the International AssociaCongo has signed the present declaration and thereto
tion of the
affixed his seal.
"
Done
at Berlin the twenty-sixth day of the
month
of February,
one thousand eight hundred and eighty-five. " Colonel Strauch."
(L. S.)
Letter from Colonel Strauch to his Serene Highness Prince
2.
Bismarck
:
" Prince,
King
the
— In virtue of the
powers given
to
me by His
Majesty
of the Belgians, acting as founder of the International
Association of the Ccngo, powers sent herewith, and in conformity
with Article XXXVII. of the General Act of the Berlin Conference, I have the honour to forward to the Governraent of the German Empire the Act by which the International Association of the Congo adheres to the said General Act. " I trust that your Serene Highness will in accordance with the stipulation which forms paragraph two of the same Article notify this adhesion to the States that have signed the General Act or
who will adhere to it. The International
Association of the Couq-o will reyard the
favourable consideration given to
its
request as another proof of
the friendliness of the Powers towards a origin,
its
conditions of existence, and
its
work destined by
its
object to aid in the
accomplishment of the generous ideas of the Conference. " I am, with profound respect, "
Your Serene Highness's most humble and most obedient servant. Colonel Strauch.
"
The President of the "Berlin,
3.
2Qtli
International Association of the Congo."
Fem-uary, 1885."
Powers conferred on Colonel Strauch.
" AVe, Leopold II.,
King of the Belgians, acting tlie Congo, give by
the International Association of full
^*'-
^^^^•^•
Act. "
i885. ^^^-
as
Founder of
these presents
powers to M. Strauch, President of that Association, to sign
the Act of accession to the general treaty adopted by the Berlin Conference.
"Leopold. " Brussels, 15th February, 1885."
(L. S.)
APPENDIX.
440 1885. Feb. 26. ,.
His Serene Highness Prince Bismarck then speaks as follows
^ ^ " Gentlemen,
J.
—
:
Assembly by the International acknowledging its adhesion to
I believe I express the feeling of the
in greeting with satisfaction the stej) taken
Association of the Congo, and in
our resolutions.
new Congo State is work we have in
Tlie
destined to be one of the
view, and I hope it will have a prosperous development, and that the noble aspirations of chief protectors of the
its illustrious
At the
may
founder
be
fulfilled."
President's invitation, the Pleuipotentaries then proceed
to the signature of the final Act.
The President announces that the sitting is at an end, and the High Assembly separates at half-past Four o'clock, (Signed) szech^nyi.
Van
der
Straten Ponthoz. Bn.
van der hoeven. Marquis de Penafiel. a. de Serpa Pimentel. f. p.
Augte.
Cte,
L ambermont.
Cte. P. Kapnist.
E. YiND.
GiLLIS BiLDT.
COMTE DE BeNOMAR. John A. Easson.
SaID.
Alph. de Courcel.
Busch.
Edward
V. Kusserow.
V. Bismarck.
B. Malet.
Launay. Certified as agreeing
with
original,
Raindre.
CoMTE W. Bismarck. Schmidt.
THE GENERAL ACT OF THE BERLIN CONFERENCE. In
the
Name
of
Ahniijliiij
God.
His Majesty the Emperor of Germanj', King of Prussia. His Majesty the Emperor of Austria, King of Bohemia, &c., and King Apostolic of Hunjiarj', His ]\Iajesty the King of the Belgians, His Majesty the King of Denmark, His Majesty the King of Spain, the President of the United States of America, the President of tlie Frencli Republic,
Her Majesty the Queen
of the United
Kingdom
APPENDIX.
441
of Great Britain and Ireland, Empress of India, His Majesty the
1885.
King of Italy, His Majesty the King of the Netherlands, Grand Duke of Luxemburg, His Majesty the King of Portugal and the
^
Algarves, &c., &c., Arc, His Mnjesty the Czar of
all
the linssias,
His INIajesty the King of Sweden and Norway, &o., &c., and His Majesty the Sultan of the Turks. Desirous of settling. in a spirit of mutual goodwill the most favourable conditions for the development of commerce and civilisation in certain districts in Africa, and ensuring to the natives the advantages of the free navigation of the two chief African desirous, moreover, rivers that flow into the Atlantic Ocean of preventing misunderstandings and disputes which may in the future arise as new territories are annexed on the African coast, and at the same time anxious to promote the moral and material welfare of the native races, have lesolved at the invita;
them by the Imperial Government of Germany, Government of the French Republic to meet pui'poses in a Conference at Berlin, and have nominated
tion addressed to
in accord with the for these
as Their Plenipotentiaries the following
:
His Majesty the Emperor of Germany, King of Prussia Lo Sieur Oriio, Pi ince Bismarck, His President of the Council Ministers of Prussia, Chancellor of the Empire; Paul, Count Hatzfelut, His Minister of State and Secretary
of
of
Department of Foreign Affairs Le Sieur Auguste Busch, His Privy Councillor of Legation, and Under-Secretary of Stite for the department of Foreign Affairs and Le Sieur Henri de Kusserow, His Privy Councillor of Legation of the Department of Foreign Affairs. His Majesty the Emperor of Austria, King of Bohemia, &c., and State for the
;
King Apostolic of Hungary Le Sieur Emeric, Count Szechenyi de Sarvari Felso-Yidek, Chamberlain and Privy Councillor, His Ambassador Extraordinary and Plenipotentiary to His Majesty the Emperor of Germany, King of Prussia. His Majesty the King of the Belgians Le Sieur Gabriel Auguste, Count Van der Straten Ponthoz, His Envoy Extraordinary and Minister Plenipotentiary to His Majestj' the Emperor of Germany, King of Prussia and ;
;
;
Le Sienr Auguste, Baron Lamhermont, Minister of Extraordinary and Minister Plenipotentiary.
State,
His Envoy
'
Berlin.
APPENDIX.
442 1885. Feb. 26. ^' "^"
His Majesty the King of Dexjiark Yjq Sieur Emil de Vind, Chamberlain, His Envoy Extraordinary and Minister Plenipotentiary to His Majesty the Emperor of ;
Germany, King of Prussia. His Majesty the King of Spain Don Francisco Merry y Colom, Count de Benomar. His Envoy Extraordinary and Minister Plenipotentiary to His JMajesty ;
Empevor of Germany, King of Prussia. The President of the United States of America Le Sieur John A. Kasson, Envoy Extraordinary and Minister ;
Plenipotentiary of the United States of North America, to His
Majesty the Emperor of Germany, King of Prussia Le Sieur Henry S. Sanford, Ex-Minister. The President of the French Eepublic
;
and
;
Le Sieur Alphonse, Baron de Courcel, Ambassador Extraordinary and Plenipotentiary of France, to His Majesty the Emperor of Germany, King of Prussia. Her Majesty the Queen of the United Kingdom of Great Britain AUD Ireland, Empress of India Sir
;
Edward Baldwin Malet, Her Ambassador Extraordinary and Plenipotentiary to His Majesty the Emperor of Germany, King of Prussia.
His Majesty the King of Italy; Le Sieur Edouard, Count de Launay, His Ambassador Extraordinary and Plenipotentiary to His Majesty the Emperor of
Germany, King
of Piussia.
His Majesty the King of the Netherlands, Grand Duke of Luxemburg, &c. Le Sieur Frederic Philippe, Jonkheer Van der Hoeven, His Envoy Extraordinary and Minister Plenipotentiary to His ;
Majesty the Emperor of Germany, King of Prussia. His Majesty the King of Portugal and the Algarves, &c. Le Sieur du Serra Gomes, Marquis de Penafiel, Peer of the Eealm, His Envoy Extraordinary and IMinister Plenipotentiary to His Majesty the Emperor of Germany, King of Prus>ia and Le Sieur Antoine de Serpa Pimentel, Councillor of State and Peer ;
;
of the Realm. His Majesty the Czar of all the Russias Le Sieur Pierre, Count Kapnis r, Pi ivy Councillor, His Envoy Extraordinary and Minister Plenipotentiaiy to His Majesty the ;
King
of the Netherlands.
His Majesty the King of Sweden and Norway, &c.
;
APPENDIX. Le Sieur
Gillis,
443
Baron Bildt, Lieutenaut General, His Envoy Ex-
traordinary and Minister Plenipotentiaiy to His Majesty the
Emperor of Germany, King His Majestv the Sultan of the Turks Mehemed Said, Pasha, Vizier and High Dignitary, His Ambassador Extraordinary and Plenipotentiary to His Majesty the Emperor of Germany, King of Prussia. Who, furnished with full powers, which have been found to be of Prussia. ;
good and proper form, have successively discussed and adopted. A declaration relative to the freedom of trade in the basin of the Congo, its mouths, and circumjacent districts, with certain
in
1.
arrangements connected therewith. 2. A declaration concerning the slave-trade, and the operations on land or sea, which supply the slaves for the trade. 3.
A
declaration relative to the neutrality of the territories com-
prised in the said basin of the Congo. 4.
An
act as to the navigation of the Congo,
which takes into
consideration the local circumst mces affecting the river
;
its afflu-
and the waters that are similar to them, the general principles set forth in Articles lOS to 116 of the final Act of the Congress of Vienna, and intended to regulate between the signatory powers to
ents,
that act, the free navigation of navigable watercourses that separate or traverse several States
;
principles that have once been generally
applied to the rivers of Europe and America, and notably to the Danube with the modifications foreseen by the Treaties of Paris of 1856, of Berlin of 1878, of 5.
Aw
act
f(jr
London of 1871 and 1883.
the navigation of the Niger, which also takes into
consideration the local circumstances affecting this river and its affluents,
on the same principles
set forth in Articles
108 to 116 of
the final Act of the Congress of Vienna. 6.
A
declaration introducing into international relations uniform
rules with regard to annexations
which may take place in the
future on the African continent
And having
decided that these various documents could be usecombined in a single deed, have collected them in a general act composed of the following ai tides. fully
CHAPTEE
I.
Declaration relative to the freedom of commeice in the basin of
the Congo,
its
mouths, and circumjacent
arrano-ements connected therewith.
districts,
with certain
^1885 Feb. 26. Berlin.
APPENDIX.
444
Article
The
1885. Feb. 26.
3erlin.
2.
I.
trade of all nations shall be entirely free
In
all
:
the territories constituting the basin of the Congo and
The
j^^ affluents.
basin
is
bounded by the
crests of the adjoining
basins, that is to say, the basins of the Kiari, of the
Ogowe, of the
by the line of the eastern lidge of the affluents of Lake Tanganyika towards the east by the crests of the basins of the Zambesi and the Loge towards the south. It consequently embraces all the teriitories drained by the Congo and its affluent-, comprising therein Lake Tanganyika and its eastern trilmtaries. Shari,
and
of
the Nile towards the north
;
2. In the maritime zone extending along the Atlantic Ocean from the parallel of 2° 30' s-outh latitude to the mouth of the Loge. The northern limit will follow the parallel of 2^ 30' from the coast until it reaches the geographical bisin of the Congo, avoiding
the basin of the Ogowe, to which the stipulations of the present
Act do not
appl}'.
The southern
limit will follow the course of the
Loge up
source of that river, and thence strike eastwards to
its
to the
junction
with the geographic il basin of the C aigo. 3. In the zone extending eastwards fr^m the basin of the Congo as limited above herein, to the Indian Ocean, from the fifth degree of north Latitude to the mouth of the Zambesi on the south from ;
Zambesi for five miles up stream to the junction with the Shire, and continue by the line of the ridge dividing the waters which flow towards lake Nyassa "from the tributary waters of the Zambesi, until it rejoins the line of the water-parting between the Zambesi and the Congo.
this point the line of demarcation will follow the
It
is
expressly understood that in extending to this eastern zone
the principle of commercial freedom, the Pov/ers lepresented at the
Conference bind only themselves, and that the principle will apply
some independent and sovereign it. The Powers agree to employ their good offices among the cslablished Governments on the African coast of tlie Indian Ocean, to obtain such consent and in any case to ensure the most favourable conditions to all nations. to territories actually belonging to
state only so far as that state consents to
Articlk All
flags,
II.
without distinction of nationality,
shall
have free
access to all the coast of the territories above enumeiated, to the
APPENDIX. rivers wliicli therein flow to the sea to all the waters of the
and
445 Congo
the lakes, to all the canals that in the
its affluents, includinjj;
may
be cut with the object of uniting the watercourses or in the whole extent of the teriitories described comprised the lakes They can undertake all kinds of transport, and in Article I.
future
engage in maritime and fluvial coas'ing, as well as river navigation, on the same footing as the natives.
Article III.
Goods from every source imported into these territories under any flag whatsoever, either by way of the sea, the rivers, or the land, shall pay no taxes except such as are an equitable compensation for the necessaiy expenses of the trade, and which can meet with equal support from the natives and from foreigners of every nationality.
All differential treatment
is
forbidden both with regard to ships
and goods. Article IV.
Goods imported
into these territories will remain free
of all
charges for entry and tiansit.
The powers reserve to themselves, imtil the end of a period of twenty years, the right of deciding if freedom of entry shall be maintained or not. Article V.
Every Power which exercises or in the
territories
will exercise sovereign rights
above-mentioned, cannot therein concede any
monopoly or privilege of any
sort in
commercial matters.
Foreigners shall therein indiscriminately enjoy the same treat-
ment and rights as the natives in the protection of their persons and goods, in the acquisition and transmission of their property, moveable and immovable, and in the exercise of their professions.
Article YI. Provisions Belative to the Protection of the Natives, to Missionaries
and
Travellers,
and
to
Bellgious Liberty.
All the Powers exercising sovereign rights, or having influence in the said territories, undertake to
watch over the preservation of
the native races, and the amelioration of the moral and material
1885.
APPENDIX.
446 1885. 26
t'eb.
Berlin
conditions of their existence, and to co-operate in the suppression of slavery, and above all of the slave trade
they will protect and
;
encourage, without distinction of nationality or creed,
all institu-
tions and enterprises, religious, scientific, or charitable, established
and organised for these objects or tending to educate the natives, and lead them to understand and appreciate the advantages of civilisation.
Christian missionaries, escorts
and
collections,
men
of science,
and their
explorers,
be equally the object of
to
sj^ecial
pro-
tection.
Liberty of conscience and religious
guaranteed
to
foreigners.
The
the natives
as
tolertition
well as to the
are
expressly
inhabitants and
and public exercise of every creed, the right and to organise missions belonging to be subject to no restriction or impediment what-
free
to erect religions buildings
every creed, shall soever.
Article VII. Postal Arrangements.
The Convention
of the Postal Union revised at Paris on the 1st
of June, 1878, shall apply to the said basin of tbe Congo.
The
PoAvers which there
exercise or will
exercise
rights of
sovereignty or protectorate, undertake, as soon as circumstances permit, to introduce the necessary measures to give etlect to the
above resolution. Article VIII. Hiijht of Surveillance conferred on the International Commission for the
Navigation of the Congo.
In all parts of the territory embraced in the present Declaration, where no Power shall exercise the rights of sovereignty or protectorate, the International Commission for the navigation of the Congo, constituted
in
accordance with Article XVII., shall bo
entrusted with the surveillance of the application of the principles declared and establisheil in this Declaration.
In
all cases of difficulties arising relative to
the ajiplication of
the j>rinciplcs cstablislicd by the present Declaration, the (Jovornnients interested shall agree to appeal to
International Commission, leaving to
which have given
it
tlie
good
ofllices
of the
the examination of the facte
rise to the difficulties.
APPENDIX.
CHAPTER
4A1
1885. Feb. 2d
II.
DECLARATION CONCERNING THE SLAVE TRADE.
Berlin.
Article IX.
In conformity with the principles of the right of nations as recognised by the signatory Powers, the slave trade being forbidden, and operations which on hind or sea snpply shives for the trade being equally held to be forbidden, the Powers which exercise or will exercise lights of sovereignty or influence in the territories
forming the basin of the Congo declare that these territories shall serve neither for tlie place of sale nor the way of trani-it for the traffic in slaves of
any race whatsoeA'er. Each of the Powers underit can to put an end to the trade
takes to employ every means that
and
to
punish those who engage in
it.
CHAPTER
III.
DECLAR.\TI0N RELATIVE TO THE NEUTRALITY OF THE TERRITORIES
COMPRISED IN THE SAID BASIN OF THE CONGO.
Article X.
In order to give a new guarantee of security for commerce and industry, and to encourage by the maintenance of peace the development of civilisation in the countries mentioned in Article I.
and placed under the system of free trade, the High Parties signathe present Act, and those who will accept the same, hereby
tory- to
undertake to respect the neutrality of the territories, or parts of the territories dependent on the said countries, comprising therein the territorial waters, for so long as the Powers which exercise, or will exercise, the rights of soveieignty or protectorate over the teriitories, avail
and
fiilfil
themselves of the right to proclaim them neutral
the duties that neutrality implies.
Article XI. In cases where a Power exercising rights of sovereignty or protectorate in the countries
mentioned in Article
I.
and
i)laced
under
the system of free trade shall be involved in war, the High Parties signatory to the present Act and those liereby engage to use their
good
who
offices so
v\ill
accept the same
that the teriitories be-
longing to that Power, and comprised within the said boundaries
where
free trade exists, shall,
by the mutual consent of that Power
•
APPENDIX.
448 1885.
and of the
otlier or others of
Feb. 2b. j^g^^^j.^l foj.
Berlin.
gg long as the
a non-belligerent state
;
the belligerent parties, be held to be
war
lasts,
and considered as belonging to
the belligerent parties will then abstain
from extending hostilities into such neutralised tenitories as well as from using them as a base for operations of war.
Article XII. In the event of a serious disagreement originating on the subject, or arising within the limits of the territories mentioned in I., and placed under the sj'stem of fi*eedom of trade, between Powers signatory to the present Act or Powers accepting the s^ame, these Powers undertake before appealing to arms to have recourse
Article
to the mediation of one or seveial of the friendly Powers.
Under
the said circumstances the said
Power reserve
to
them-
selves the option of proceeding to arbitration.
CHAPTER
IV.
ACT OF THE NAVIGATION OF THE CONGO.
Article XIII.
The navigation
of the Congo, without any exception of
branches or issues of the river, chant shipping of
all
is
to
remain entirely free
for
any mer-
nations in cargo or ballast, for the carriage of
goods or the carriage of passengers. It shall be in accordance with the provisions of tiie present Act of navigation or of the regulations established in execution of the said Act.
In the exercise of that navigation the subjects and flags of
all
nations shall under all circumstances be treated on a footing of tiie direct navigation from the open sea towards the interior ports of the Congo, and vice versa, as for grand and petty coasting and boat and river work all along the
absolute equality as well as regards
river.
Consequently, throughout the Congo's course and mouths, no
made between the subjects of the river-side and those not bordering on the river, and no exclusive privilege of navigatioTi shall be granted cither to societies or corpotadistinction shall be
States
tions or individuals.
These provisions are recognised by the signatory Powers as henceforth forming part of public international law.
APPENDIX.
449
Article XIV.
The navigation
Congo shall not be subjected to any which are not expressly stipulated for in the present Act. It shall not be burdened with any duties for harbourage, stoppages, depots, breaking bulk, or putting in through of the
restiaints or imposts
stress of weather.
Throughout the length of the Congo ships and merchandise passing along the stream shall be subject to no transit dues, no matter what may be their origin or destination.
There shall not be established any tolls, marine or river, based on the fact of navigation alone, nor shall any duty be imposed on the merchandise on board the vessels. Such ta,\es and duties only shall be levied as are of the character of lemuneration for services
rendered to the said tiavigation. 1.
Taxes of the pnrt
loi-
That
is to
say
:
the actual use of certain local establish-
ments, such as wharves, wai'ehouses, &c.
The
tariff of
such taxes to be calculated on the expenses
of construction and su})port of the said local establishments,
and in
its
application to be independent
and their cargo. Pilotage dues on sections of the
ol
the origin of the
vessels
2.
rivt-r,
or
where
it
appears
necessary to establish stations of certificated pilots.
The
of these dues to be fixed and propoitionate to
tariff
the services rendered. 3.
in respect of the technical and administrative expenses, imposed in the general interest of the navigation, and com-
Dues
prising lighthouse, beacon, and buoyage dues.
Dues of the
last description to
be based on the tonnage of
the ships according to the papers on board, and to be con-
formable to the regulations in force on the Lower Daijube.
The
tariffs of the taxes and dues mentioned in the three preceding paragraphs are not to admit of any differential treatment, and are to be officially published in each port. The Powers reserve to themselves the right at the end of five
by mutual agreement,
years,
tariffs in case thej'^
to inquire into the
Article
The
above-mentioned
require revision.
affluents of the
XV.
Congo shall under
all
circumstances be
subject to the same regulations as the river of which they are ihe tributaries.
YoL. II.— 29
i885. ^^^-
^t^-
^eili"-
APPENDIX.
•150
1885. Feb. 26. ^''^'°-
The |.j^g
t^ame regulations shall apply to the lakes and canals as to
rivers
and streams in the
territories defined in
Article
I.,
paragraphs 2 and 3. Nevertheless the powers of the International Commission of the Congo shall not extend over the said rivers, lakes, and canals, unless with the assent of the States under whose sovereignty they are placed.
It is also
understood that for the territories mentioned
in Article I, paragraph 3, the consent of the sovereign States on
whom
these territories are dependent remains reserved.
Article
The
XV J.
roads, railways, or lateral canals which shall be establishtd
supplementing the innavigability or imperwater-way in certain sections of the Congo, of its affluents and other watercourses held to be like unto them by Article XY., shall be considered in their capacity as means of communication as dependencies of the river, and shall be likewise for the special object of
fections of the
to the traffic of all nations.
open
And
on the river there shall be levied on these roads, railways, on the expenses of construction, and on the profits due to the administration, and maintenance,
and
as
canals, only tolls calculated
promoters.
In the assessment of these
tolls foreigners
and the inhabitantb
of the respective territories shall be treated on a footing of perfect equality.
Article XVII.
An
International Commission
is
instituted appointed to ensure
the execution of the provisions of the present Act of Navigation. The Powers signatory to this Act, as well as those who after-
wards accept
it,
shall at all times be represented
mission each by a delegate.
No
on the said Com-
delegate shall have more than one
vote even in the event of his representing several Governments.
This delegate shall be paid by his own Government direct. The salaries and allowances of the agents and servants of the International Commission shall be charged on the proceeds of the dues levied conformably to Article XIV., ])aragraphs 2 and
:!.
and allowances as well as the number, position, and Huties of the agents and servants shall appear in the account lendered each year to the Governments represented
The amounts
of the said salaries
on the International Commission.
APPENDIX.
451
Article XVIII.
The members
of the International Commus.si(m, as well as the
agents nominated by them,
ai'e
invested with the privilege of in-
The same guarantee and archives of the Cora-
vioUibility in the exercise of their functions. shall extend to the offices, premises,
mission.
Article XIX.
The
International Commission for the navigation of the
Congo Powers of the have nominated their delegates. Pend-
shall be constituted as sooti as five of the signatory
present General Act shall
ing the constitution of the Commission, the nomination of the delegates shall be notified to the Government of the German
Empire, by whom the necessary steps will be taken to manage the meeting of the Commission. The Commission will draw up without delay the arrangements for the naAHgation, river police, pilotage, and quarantine. These regulations as well as the tarifis instituted by the Commission, before being put in force, shall be submitted to the approbation of the Powers represented on the Commission.
Powers interested
shall declare their opinion therein
'J'he
with the
least possible delay.
Ofiences against these regulations shall be dealt wiih by the agents of the Inteinational Ctimmitision, wheie it exercises its authority direct, and in other places by the riverside Power. In case of abuse of power or injustice on the part of an agent or
servant of the International Commission, the individual consider-
ing himself injured on his person or his rights, shall apply to tlie Consular agent of his nation. He will enquire into his comjilaint, \^ prima facie
he finds
to the Commission.
by three or fewer of
reasonable, he shall be entitled to report
it
On its
it
Commission represented join with him in an enquiry
Ids initiative, the
members
shall
touching the conduct of its agent or servant. If the Consular agent considers the decision of the Commission as objectionable in law, he shall report to the Govei-nment,
who
shall refer to the
Powers represented on the Commission, and invite them
to agree
as to the instructions to be given to the Commission.
Article
The International Commission
XX. of the
Congo entrusted under
the terms of Article XVII., with ensuring the execution of the
i885. ^^^'-
''^^•
^'^''''"'
APPENDIX.
452 1885. Feb. 26.
Berlin.
present Act of Navigation shall
.-specially
devote
attention
its
to— r^-^^
indication of such works as are necessary for ensuring
-|^_
the navigability of the Congo, in accordance with the requirements of international trade.
where no Power exercises rights of sovereignty, the International Commission shall itself take the
On
sections of the river
measures necessary for ensuring the navigability of the stream. On sections of the river occupied by a sovereign Power, the International Commission shall arrange with the riversiile auhority.
The
2.
fixing of the tariff for pilotage
and of the general tarilf and third paragraphs
of navigation dues, provided for in the second
of Article
XIV.
mentioned in the first paragraph of Article XIV. shall be settled by the territorial authority within the limits piovided
The
tariffs
for in that Article.
The
collection of these dues shall be
under the care of the
inter-
national or territorial authority, on whose account they have been established.
The administration
3.
of the revenues accruing from the appli-
cation of the foregoing paragraph
The
4.
2.
surveillance of the quarantine establishment ins'ituted
in compliance with Article XXIV. 5. The nomination of agents for the general service of the navi-
own particular servants. The appointment of sub-inspectors shall belong to authority over sections occupied by a Power, and gation and its
the tenitorial to
tbe Inter-
national Commission over the other seciions of the river.
The
riverside
Power
the nomination of
and
this
Power
its
shall
Commission have appointed,
will notify to the International
sub-inspectors which
pay their
it
shall
salaries.
In the exercise of its duties as defined and limited above, the International Commission shall not be subject to the territorial authority.
Article XXI.
In the execution of its task, the International Comtnission shall have recourse in case of need to the vessels of war belonging to the signatory Powers of this Act, and to those which in the future it, if not in contravention of the instructions which have been given to the commanders of those vessels by their respective Governments.
shall accept
shall
APPENDIX.
Article
XXI
453
T.
The vessels of war of the Powers signatory to the present Act which enter the Congo are exempt from the payment of the navigation dues provided for in paragraph 3 of Article XIV. but they shall pay the contingent pilotage dues as well as the harbour ;
dues, unless their intervention has been
national Commission or
its
demanded by the Interagents under the terms of the precedino-
Article.
Article XXIII.
With
the object of meeting the technical and
expenses which
may have
it
to incur, the
XVIL, may
mission, instituted under Article
administrative
International in its
Com-
own name
issue
loans secured on the revenues assigned to the said Commission, The resolutions of tlie Commission regaiding the issue of a loan
must be carried by a majority of two-thirds of its votes. It is undei stood that the Governments represented on the Commission shall not, in any case, be considered as assuming any guarantee nor contracting any engagement or joint responsibility with regard to the said loans, unless special tieaties are concluded
amongst them
to that effect.
The proceeds
of the dues specified in the third paragraph of
Article XIV., shall be in the
place set aside for
first
tiie
payment of
and the amortisation of the said loans, in accordance with the agreements entered into with the lenders. interest
Article
At the mouths of the Congo
XXIV.
there shall be founded, either at the by the intervention of the
initiation of the riverside Powers, or
International Commission, a quarantine establishment, which shall exercise control over the V( ssels entering It shall be decided later
what conditions sanitary
and departing. on by the Powers, if any, and under
control shall be exercised over vessels
navigating the river.
Article
XXV.
The
provisions of the present Act of Navigation shall remain in force during times of war. Consequently, the navigation of all nations, neutral
and
belligerent, shall at all times be free for the
purposes of trade on the Congo,
its
branches,
its aflSuents,
and
its
1885. ^''^' ^^'
^^^^^°-
APPENDIX.
454 1885. ^^^''-^Berlin.
mouths, as well as on the territorial waters fronting the mouths of the river. rpj^^
likewise remain free, notwithstanding the state roads, its railways, its lakes, and its canals as men-
traffic shall
of war, on
its
XV. and XVI.
tioned in Articles
excepiion to this principle shall be in cases in connection with the transport of articles intended for a belligerent, and held in accordance with the law of nations to be contraband of wa-r.
The only
All the woiks and establishments instituted in execution of the present Act, particularly the offices of collection and their funds the same as the staif permanently attached to the service of such establishments, shall be treated as neutral,
and protected by
and
shall be respected
the belligerents.
CHAPTER
V.
THE ACT OF NAVIGATION OF IHE NIGER. Article
The navigation branches or issues,
chant vessels of
XXVI.
of the Niger, without is
and
all nations, in
or convej'ing passengers.
excepting any of the
shall continue completely free for mer-
cargo or ballast, conveying goods
It shall be
conducted in accordance with
the provisions of the present Act of Navigation, and with the
regulations established in execution of the same Act.
In the exercise of thit navigation, the subjects and flag of every all circumstances on a footing of
nation shall be treated under
perfect equality, as well as in the direct navigation from the open
sea to the interior ports of the Niger, and vice versa, as for grand
and petty-coasting, and in boat and riverwork throughout
its
course.
Consequently throughout the length and mouths of the Niger there shall be no distinction between the subjects of the riverside
and those of states not bordering on the river, and there no exclusive privilege of navigation to any society or corporation or any individual. These provisions are recognised by the signatory Powers as henceforth forming part of public international law. states
shall be conceded
Ariicle
The navigation
XXVII.
of the Niger shall not be subjected to any obstacle, nor duty based only on the fact of the navigation.
APPENDIX. It
shall
jiot
455
be subject to any duties for harbourage, stop-
1885.
pages, depots, breaking bulk, or putting into port through stress of
^^^-
weather.
Berlin.
Throughout the length
Niger vessels and goods passing tran-;it dues, whatso-
of the
along the stream shall not be subject to any ever may be their origin or destination.
There shall be established no sea nor river toll based on the sole any duty on the goods which happen to be on board the ships only such taxes and dues shall be levied as fact of navigation, nor ;
payment
are of the nature of a
The
navigation.
for services
rendered to the said
of these taxes or dues shall admit of no
tariffs
diflerential treatment.
•
Article
XXVIII.
The aflfiuents of the Niger shall in every respect be subject to the same regulations as the river of which they are the tributaries. Article
XXIX.
Eoads, railways, or lateral canals, which shall be established with the special object of supplementing the innavigability or other imperfections of the waterway, in certain sections of the course of the Niger,
its affluents, its
branches, and
its issues, shall
be considered in their capacity of means of communication as dependencies of the river, and shall be similarly open to the traflSc of all nations.
As on the
river there shall be levied on the roads, railways, and
canals, only such tolls as are calculated
struction, maintenance,
on the expenses of conand administration, and on the profits due
to the promoters.
In the assessment of these
tolls,
foreigners and the inhabitants
of the respective territories shall be treated on a footing of perfect equality.
Article
XXX.
Great Britain undertakes to apply the principles of freedom of navigation enunciated in Articles to so
and
much
issues, as are or shall
The
XXVI., XXVII., XXVIII., XXIX.,
of the waters of the Niger and
its affluents,
branches,
be under her sovereignty or protectorate.
regulations she will
draw up
for the safety
the navigation shall be designed to facilitate as the passage of merchant shipping.
and control of
much
as possible
-*'•
APPENDIX.
456 1885. Feb. 2G. Berlin.
It is understood that glials
nothing in the engagements thus accepted
be interpreted as hindering likely or to hinder Great Britain
from making any regulations whatever as to the navigation which not be contrary to the spirit of such engagements.
sliall
Great Biitain undei takes to protect foreign
trader.^ of
every
nation engaged in commerce in tbose parts of the course of the
Niger which are or ishall be under her sovereignty or protectorate, as if they were her own subjects, pi ovided that such traders conform to the regulations which are or shall be established in accoidance with the foregoing.
Article
XXXI.
France accepts under the same reservations and in identical terms the obligations set forth in the preceding Article, so iar as they apply to the waters of the Niger, its affluents, branches, and issues, which are or shall be under her sovereignty or protectorate.
Article
XXXII.
Each of the other signatory Powers similarly undertake that they will similarly act in such cases as they exercise or may hereany part of
after exercise rights of sovereignty or protectorate in
the Niger,
branches, or issues.
its affluents,
Article
The
XXXIII.
provisions of the present Act of Navigation shall remain in
force during times of war.
Consequently the navigation of
all
nations, neutral or belligerent, shall at all times be free for the
purposes of trade on the Niger,
and issues, as well as on the and issues of the river
The
traffic
state of V7ar,
Article
shall
on
its
its
branches and affluents,
territorial
likewise
its
mouths
waters fronting the mouths
remain free notwithstanding the and canals mentioned in
roads, its railways,
XXIX.
The only exception
to this principle shall be in cases in con-
nection with the transport of articles intended for a belligerent
and
held, in accordance
of war.
with the law of nations, to be contraband
APPENDIX.
CHAPTER
457
VI.
DECLARATION RELATIVE TO THE ESSENTIAL CONDITIONS FOR NEW ANNEXATIONS ON THE AFRICAN CONTINENT TO BE CONSIDERED EFFECTIVE.
XXXIV.
Article
The Power which in future takes possession of a territory on the coasts of the African continent situated outside its actual possession, or which, having none there, has first acquired them, and the Power whicli assumes a protectorate, shall accompany either act by a notification addressed to the other Powers signatory to the present Act, so as to enable them to protest against the same if there exist any grounds for their doing so.
Article
The Powers signatory
XXXV.
to the present
Act recognise the obliga-
tion to ensure in the territories occupied
by them on the coasts of the African continent, the existence of an adequate authority to enforce respect for acquired rights, and for freedom of trade and transit
wherever stipulated.
CHAPTER
VII.
GENERAL PROVISIONS. Article
The Powers signatory
XXXVI.
the present general Act reserve to themselves the right of eventually, by mutual agreement, introto
ducing therein modifications or improvements the utility of which has been shown by experience.
Article
XXXVII.
The Powers who may not have signed the present Act shall accept its provisions by a separate Act. The adhesion of each Power shall be notified in the usual diplomatic manner to the Government of the German Empire, and by it and adherent States. imply the full right of acceptance of
to those of all the signatory
The adhesion obligations,
shall
and admission
the present general Act.
all
the
to all the advantages stipulated for in
1885. ^^^-
^*^-
^*^^''"-
APPENDIX.
458
XXXVIII.
Article
general Act shall be aatified with as short a delayand in no case shall that delay exceed a year. come into force for each Power on the date of its ratifi-
The present
1885. Beb. 26.
as possible,
Berlin.
It i-hall
by that Power. Meanwhile the Powers signatory to the present Act bind themselves to adopt no measure that shall be contrary to the provisions cation
of the said Act.
shall send its ratification to the Government of the which nndeitakes to ratily the same to all the Empire, German signatory Powers of the present general Act. The ratifications of all the Powers shall remain deposited in the
Power
Eacli
Government of the German Empire. When
archives of the
all
the
have been produced, a deed of deposit shall be drawn up in a protocol which shall be signed by the Eepresentatives of all the Powers that have taken part in the Beilin Conferratifications shall
and of
ence,
a certified copy shall be sent to each of
it
all
those
Powers.
In consideration of which, the respective Plenipotentiaries have signed the present general Act and hereto affixed their seals. Done at Berlin, the twenty- sixth day of the month of February,
one thousand
eiglit
hundred and
eightv-five.
from Banana Point to Stanley Falls.
DISTANCE AND TIME-TABLE
tauce in Knglisb
UpM.
H.
From Banana
I'oint at the,
Boijia to
Mussuko
NokW
Mussuko
to
Nokki
Vivi
Vivi
to
.
l>
3 45!f
.
.
.
.
.
.
1
235
Mswata
94
9
.
Station
I
....
Kwamouth
2 30
Bolobo to Ungende Ciimp
.
.
1
.
Lukolcla Station Station
De-
serted Village
.
.
.
Ngomb(i Station
.
.
.
Equati;r Station
1
121 .
Onrriid forward
.
.
• •
..
"tto"
•
•
• • I
• •
or
208
Upoto Station .
.
.
••
.
"
|
••
Ci'mp Uiunda
15
10 10 45
243 45
Camp Gimp Camp Camp
1 1
10 10 10 10 10 10
I
I
•• !
•
.... .
.
^^
I
"
•
!
6 45
Camp
• •
122 I
Busaka Barun Basoko Ciimp
10
Usindi Irebu
10 10
!
Camp Camp Camp Camp Camp Camp
Yambiingu
5
(J
7
Bangala Station.Central Iboko
Old Yahilima
7
.
H. u.
243 45 10
.
.
lower Yambinga
10 10
to
Camp
Camp 30
8
.
Camp
''70
.
Camp Camp
Rubnnga, 10 10
Bolobo Station
quator Station to Uraiiga
>ew Kubunga
I
Camp Camp
Luknlela
V14
Sta-i
tion
"
.
Bolombo 94 10 10
to
I
]
Kimpoko
Camp Camp Mswata
15
'
110
to Leopoldville, over-t
land Leopoldville to
Brought forward
3 30
sea to Ponta da Lenha. Ponta da Lenha to boma
Lown.
Up.
Miles.
'
• •
8 10 6 25 3 50 8 10 8 15
14
5
<
17
8 8
I
'.^ '"^
I
• ]
"
I
••
" at
4 20 2 30
mouth ofCbofu
Stanley Falls Station '!otal
.
. .
142
7 15 10 10 10 10 CI 10 45 5 15
1413 486
264 15
INDEX. Abed bin
Afrikaansclie Handels-Verceniging,
Salem, slave trader, ii. 144 Aborigines, study of tlie, i. 313, 314 ideas of barter among, i. 463 Accident to Lieut. Braconnier, i. 316
Accidents few,
i.
226
Accusation, unjust, against tbe expedition at Mali ma, i. 299 Actes de Navigation, ii. 396, 307 Adage, error of an old, i. 198 Adamoli, Signor, i. 35
Adansonia,
i.
355
Aden, 51 Advice for the
;
ii.
354
i.
to health,
ii.
tropics,
ii.
323
;
inattention
320, 321
climate wrongly abused, i. 66 crossing, i. 59 climate of, ii. 281 Europeans in, ii. 238 past isolation of equatorial, ii. 372 reclaimable, ii. 373 stations on the east coast, i. 35, 36 abuse of, 252 ii. unjust
Africa,
;
;
;
;
African and European
life,
Association Ints-rnational, expedition of, i. 39
ii.
259
fiist
absurd grandeur of, i. 291, 305 climate, abuse of, ii. 284. 298 dialects not understood among the chiefs,
•
•
196 gardens, what 258
staff,
i.
may be grown
hill scenes, loneliness of,
i.
in,
ii.
95
ii. International Association, i. 38 its foundation, i. 33 life, delusions regarding, ii. 241, 242 life, conditions of enjoyment of, ii. 248;
363
;
;
250 produce ii. 368, 369
:
table of value in Liverpool,
society, the
German,
sunshine,
94,
i.
ii.
387
Trading Company oi"
:
see
Afrikaansche
acting in unison,
ii. 87 Afrikaansche Handels-Venootschap, 38, 51, 72, 450
;
401
;
ii.
9
Ambrizette River,
Ambush
29,
H
17 58 51, 56 ii.
Amelot, Mnns., ii. America, i. 28 Amomum, ii. 358 "Amour-propre^' on 276
the Congo,
ii.
240,
Anchorage at Banana Point, i. 64 Anglo- Portuguese treaty, ii. 381-384 Governor?-General of, i. Angola, i. 14 453 boundaries of, i. 455 Animal life, i. 176 Animals, domestic, i. 394 Anderson, Captain, i. 239, 258, 264, 268, his services, ii. 52, 264 284, 478, 481 256, 257 Mr. (English Foreign Office), ii. 395 Ankoli, a guide, i. 415, 421, 424, 425, 429. 433, 441 Antelope, i. 176, 509 skins, ii. 354 Anzichana, literally people of the interior, i. 3 ;
;
;
;
i.
i.
i.
at BoIoIjo,
;
95
Handels-Vereeuiging. Africans, incapable
;
270, 271 Alliances, difficulty of forming, i. 388 Aloes, ii. 354 Amazon Kiver, i. 86 comparison to the, L
Ambacca, i. 454. Ambussi capital of Congo-land, Ambeze, see Ambassi
238, 239
ii.
i. 29; conveyance and accommodation, i. 35; 38, 51", 72, 156 Agricultural prospects, i. 158, 391, 393, 412, 414 Ague, ii. 328 "A. L A." steam launch, i. 477, 484, 501 ii. 57, 59, 116 Ajakkas invade Congo, i. 11, 12 Albert Mount (Camemons), ii. 231 Albion, the ss., i. 28, 38, 39, 49, 57, 63, 61, 67, 79, 83, 88, 91, 103-105, 107, 108 Alfonso. King, i. 35 Alima Kiver, i. 233 Allard, Dr., i. 202, 228 his services, ii.
otters free
;
INDEX.
460
Aiizichi, liter.iUy " Inland," i. 3 camp uf slaves, ii. 145 character-
Arabs.
—
istics,
;
4U
i.
;
dhows, employment
of,
i.
incidents of slave-trading, ii. 169 cunning of, slave-traders, ii. 124, 133 ii. 154; on the Congo, ii. 139; overtaken, i'. 142 stations to be avoided, i. 40; trailing communities, ii. 360, 363
48
;
;
;
;
Arabs takeu down
river, ii. 168 Arachis hypogea, ii. 353 rivers, ii. 348 by naviArea drained by gable water, ii. 3G6 Ariel, H.M.S. i. 86 (note) Arniament of an expedition, i. 47 ;
Armed
Ngalyema,
followers of
365 Armlets,
i.
i.
362, 363,
428
Arntz, Professor, on treaties, ii. 380 "Artful dodgers," ii. 246, 247 Artliington mission, i. 496 Articles for barter and trade, i. 156, 157 included in the stores, i. 285 Aruwimi Kiver, ii. 115 Assistant chief, qualifications of an, i. 466 Assistants, disappointing, ii. 244-246; successful, ii 245 "Association International du Congo," its sovereignty ceded to objects, i. 51, 52 the, ii. 225 Austro-Hungarian committee, i. 36 Avarice of aborigines, i. 46 Axle tree, a rotten, i. 316 ;
Ba-bangi tribe, the, Babari tribe, i. 506
Babwende
i.
295
133, 134, 137
ii.
Bakanga
ii. 38 Samuel, ii. 358 Bakonde tribe, ii. 360 Bakongo, i. 137, 148, 220 ii. 209; traders, jealousy of, i. 309 ivory traders, i. 321 Baknos tribe, ii. 360 Bakumira, ii. 345 Bakumu tribe, ii. 360 Balegga tribe, ii. 360 Balluy, M., i. 231 ii. 185, 395 Balui, ii. 43 pirates, ii. 68, 69, 70 river, ii. 70, 345 Balunda tribe, ii. 360 Biinjarungu tribe, ii. 360 Bambarri', i. 43 Bamtumu or Wambundu, i. 323 Bamu Island, i. 389, H95, 396, 505 Banana, i. 75, 76, 79, 81, 83, 87, 92 ii. 310, 319, 320, 310
Baker,
ii.
228,
garden,
a,
i.
500
groves, i. 432, 518; ii. 99, 1.36, 193 Point, i. 29, 31,59, 62-64, 71, 91, 105, 108, 14y Bananas, ii. 24G, 357 Bantunu tribe, i. 406, 505 Bangala. tribe, ii. 21, 24, 25, 44, 56, 76, 79,
80-83, 85, 172 justice, ii. 176 ii. 340; lake, ii. 358, 359 also Lake Beraba. Bankruptcy of Congo merchants, i. 50 Bankwa of Kinshassa, i. 375 Banning, Mons., ii. 394 Banquet at Vivi, i. 153, 154 ;
Bangweolo,
see
:
•
Banunu tribe, i. 518 Banyema tribe, ii. 360 Banza, a village, i. 161 Chibweta, i. 165; Kimpuiizu, i. 162, 163; Kinle'le', i. 165; Kulu, i. 135, 161, 163, 165; ii. 215; Lungu, i. 161, 162, 165; Manteka, ii. 214, 299, 303; Mbuba, ii. 207; Mgangila, i. 165; Nkosi, ii. 215; Sombo, i. 161, 163; Uvana, i. It.l, 162, 165, 197, 198, 199; Vivi, i. 129, 133 Baobab.--, i. 355, 504 ii. 5 Baptist missionaries, i. 225 missions, i. 496; at San Salvador, i. 13; Missionary ;
;
;
Society, the,
13; school, native children at
i.
208
ii.
Barga,
ss.
Barrack
i.
;
ders,
77, 85, 109, 116;
i.
282, 468
i.
29,
67
B.irgaining in Cungo-land, i. 137 Barometer variations, ii. 331
30 Bacillus Malarix, ii. 319 " Bad spirits in the woods," i. 223, 224 Bagamoyo, i. 40, 45, 48 Bagt-nyu tribe, ii. 360 Baggage of Europeans, i. 285 Bahamba tribe, ii. 170 villages, ii. 113 Bahunga tribe, ii. 122, 151, 170; marauterritory,
Banana Creek,
tribt',
ISir
;
;
;
;
;
;
ami Congo
265 463 and trade, articles for African, i. 156, 157 Bartering, i. 374, 383, 384, 444, 500 ii. 15, 16, 83 Barth, Dr., the explorer, ii. 385
Barter
life
life, ii.
among aborigines,
i.
;
;
description of the Shari River,
Barua
tribe,
Barumba
ii.
tribe,
360 ii.
;
villages,
ii.
ii.
131
113
170
Basaka fishing hamlets, ii. 113 Basazza people, i. 429 Busoko or Busongo, ii. 115, 119; 356 Basokos, a fine people, Hasongo see Basoko.
ii.
spears,
ii.
123
:
Bastian, Dr., the German traveller, i. 13, 34; ii. 387 Basundi, i. 73 Baswa Falls, ii. 359; fishermen, ii. 134 Bateke, i. 73, 137, 148, 513; ii. 28; tribe, i. 295, 407 ivory traders, i. 294 sign of " not guiltv," i. 373 ivory trade of the, i. 384 Baths, advice about, ii. 326, 329 Batuki tribe, ii. 38, 43, 71 ;
;
;
Bavrnnga, ii. 345 Bayneston, i. 253; ii. 298; 255 Bays of Lake Leopold, i. 437
hill,
i.
254,
461
-INDEX. Bazombo
traders, jealousy of,
321 Beads as currency, traders,
i.
309
ivory
;
i.
ii.
101, 102 de, i. 35
ii.
296 242, 282, 294, 295
ii.
of
;
Mantu,
i.
burning of, ii. 56 in arms, second burning of, ii. 183 Bolombo, ii. 79
57, 58
ii.
Boma,
i. 30, 31, 74, 86-89, 91-93, 96, 102, 103, 105, 109, 113. 116, 132, 133, 143-145, ii. 287, 298, 310, 319, 156, 168, 171, 513 341 a zareeba, i. 46; its history, i. 96protectorate at, ii. 225; s-anatorium 101 at, ii. 228; hospital at, ii. 271 ;
;
354 Beeswax, Behaini, Martin de, tiie explorer, i. 1 Belgarde, the Abhe, i. 16 Belgian officers, i. 239; military officers, colony, Congo-land not a, i. 54 ii. 259 enterprise, ii. 388 Belgique, La, ss., i. 68, 83, 91, 103, 104, ii.
;
107, 121.
145, 149, 152, 196, 208,
144,
469 145 tne first to establish a national committee, i. 33; foimatioii ot its International Committee, i. 34, 35
Beliiiqus Creek,
Belgium,
i.
i.
26, 28
Bemba, Lake,
i.
;
River,
i.
;
Bombax, ii. 5, 30 Bondeh village, ii. 126 Bonny River, ii. 234 Borneo,
379
ii.
Bossi missionary station,
ii. 185 Boundaries of Congo Free State, of territories, ii. 400, 401
Braconnicr, Lieut.,
ii.
401
243, 253, 258, 273,
i.
276,279,286,316 Brandy, ii. 252, 254 Brass
collars,
297, 428
i.
rods as currency,
8
Benevolence, a valuable virtue,
Bengo
;
;
243, 357 Bed of tlie Coiiso, survey of the, i. 402 " Beef and beer," Burton's advice, ii. 294,
Beer, 512
;
;
Beamout, M. Bouthchier Beans,
i. 521 assembly of chiefs, i. 528 centre of ivory trade, ii. 2 frugal chiefs at, ii. 2; departure of a flotilla from, ii. 3;
ii.
166
454
Benguella, i. 456 Benin, Biglit of, ii. 231 river, ii. 234 Bentley, Mr., i. 250 Benzani Congo, a chief, i. 130, 161 Bere, another name for Welle River Beri Mount, ii. 211 Berlin Congo Conference, ii. 391-403 Beverage wanted, a, ii. 323 Biaugala, i. 518; ii. 57 Bin Kassim, Sultan, i. 43 Binnie, a Scotch engineer, ii. 165, 272, 427, ;
275, 276 Birds, i. 207, 417, 419, 436 ii. 6, 8 immense flocks of. ii. 17 feathers, ii. 354 Bisa plateau, ii. 361 Bismarck, Prince, ii. 384, 386, 387, 388, 389, 3'.»0, 393, 396, 399, 402, 403, 407 Biverre River, i. 70, 514 ii. 129, 130-132, 170, 349; identical with the Welle, ii. ;
;
;
;
130
524: 243
i. 294, 374, 384, 488, 22, 28, 44, 52, 62, 64, 84, 102,
ii.
Brazils,
shipment of slaves
Brazza,
Le Comte
to Ihe,
i.
Savorgiian de,
14 i.
292,
385 Bread, native, i. 431 Breadth of tiie Congo, i. 89 Bridge making, i. 226 Bridges, across the Bundi, i. 186; Bula River, i. 187 Luendu, i. 187 Lulu, i, 187; across the Nkusu, i. 154, 186; destroyed, i. 4-18; Loa, i. 201; Nkusu, 223 Lukuluzi River, i. 312 Inkissi, i. 316; Utuvu, i. 318 British Expedition of 1816 see Tuckey's 231-234;
ii.
—
;
;
;
;
:
Exiaedition. cruisers and the slave-trade,
].
451
273 Government, action of the, ii. 380 exploration, ii. 385 Bronchitis, li. 327 Brotherhood-blood see Blood-brotherliood. Broyon, Mons., i. 39, •lO Bruce, James, ii. 385 definitions of ht at, ii. 313 Brush circles, i. 356 Brussels, i. 25 meeting at the palace, 26 Conference, i. 33, 36 Buclmer, ii. 387 Buffalo, i. 395 river, i. 212 Soudi killed by a, i. 253; skins, ii. 354; and lion officers,
ii.
•
;
Bliick babies, our "fondness" for, " Blackman's ])ot," i. 101
Black's, Mr. Wm., novels, Black Point, ii. 22H
1.
299
i.
;
401
rivers, ii. 77, 359 Blandy, Mr., of Madeira, i. 153, 154 Blankets, ii. 324 Block house at Le'opoldville, i. 375, 376 Bloeme, Mr. de, i. 32, 73 ii. 395 Blood-brotiierhood, i. 30, 306, 385 ii. 23, ;
;
38, 48, 68, 79, 86, 89, 90, 104, 132, 171,
177 Blood-money, i. 525, 527 Bloodshed, reasons against, i. 523, 524 Boleko of Bangala, ii. 80, 82, 83 Bolobo, i. 102, 507, 515-519, 521; ii. 2, 4, 26, 50, 52, 288 serious disturbances at, ;
;
;
;
;
fright, ii. 51 Buffaloes, i. 176, 177, 509 ii. 8, 241 Buguku of Ubuma, i. 18; son of Gankabi, ;
i.
422
Buka
Island,
Buka'a,
i.
i.
110
315
Bula River, across the,
i.
i.
180,223, 224, 229; bridge 187
INDEX.
462
" Bula Matari " (Breaker of Rocks), i. 148, 109, 231, 382, 383 and Makoko, i. 328331 first use of the name, i. 237 recondealings with ciled to Ngalyeina, i. 313 ;
;
;
;
Ngalyema, bila,
27 28
;
;
357
i.
welcome from Go-
;
acts as peacemaker, ii. 26, Stanley, difference between, ii.
507
i.
;
and and Mata liwyki,
Bula-mbemba Bulangungu, BumVja,
ii.
Point,
ii. 89, G5, 81
i.
90
477
i.
;
;
i.
192
Bunga
Kiver, also Isanga.
camp,
;
ii.
;
227
i.
66; district,
ii.
170
:
fee
;
;
officers,
i.
11
Burns; Mr. Spencer, ii. 212, 225, 273, 274 Burnt Rocks or Montes Quemadros, i. 17 Burroughs and Welcome (London), ii. 325 Biuton^ Captain R. F., i. 102 ii. 385 Buruld River, another name for the Ikel;
,
a town, ii. 33 Burying a war, ii. 45 Busanga Island, ii. 153
;
;
527
monks
;
148 4
in Congo-land,
chronicle,
;
16
i.
Caravans at native markets, i. 282 between stations, i. 385 Caravanserai at Pallaballa, ii. 218 Cargoes of ocean steamers, i. 92 C.irter and Cadenhead, massacre of, i, 216 Cashew, the, ii. 358 Cassava, ii. 243, 357 bread, i. 374 plantations, i. 414; decomposing, ii. 81 Castle Hill at Vivi, i. 115, 117-120, 123127 ii. 257
357
Cadiz, i. 468 Cafe best for breakfast,
401
ii.
;
;
241; in the
i.
160 361
ii. ii.
i, 75, 76 of Blood-brotherhood,
ii.
24
:
see
also Blood-brotherhood.
Chambezi,
described by Livingidentical with the Congo, i. 8, 358 region, extent of, ii. 361 its character, ii. 362 Character of the natives, i. 29, 30 Cheese, ii. 324 Cliibale mountains, the, i 8 ii. 340, 361, stone,
ii.
362
ii,
340 ;
;
river, ;
;
362 ii.
321
Caillie Rene, ii. 385 Calamities at Le'opoldville,
516;
ii.
;
486, 487
5, 6,
92,
rumoured murder
;
of,
i.
14
Cambier, Lieutenant, i. 39 Cameron, ii. 3»5 Cameroons Mountains, ii. 231 Camoens' reference to the Zaire, i. 2, 103 Camp, native, i. 174 Camps, bush fences nround. i. 46 Camwood powder, i. 384 ii. 48, 356 " Candle-berry " tree, ii. 358 Cannibalism charged against the expedition, 1. 375 Cano(s price of a i. 43; wreck of a, ii. 49 ;
;
—
354
488 1, 9,
Chief, a jealous, i. 522, 533 a brutal, i. 218-220 a Herculean, ii. 85 of Stanley Falls Station, ii. 165 Chiefs. of Congo, i. 17; in an expedition, i. 48 on thu tast coast, tiie obstructive, i. 40,41,43; subsidised, i. 54; of Vivi, i. 129, 130. 142; of Nsanda, meeting of the, i. 164-170; jurisdicti.m of, i. 295; military strength of, i. 350; tn aties with, i. 473-477 power of native, i. 508, 509 of Bolobo, assembly of, i. 528; wealtii of native, ii. 2, 3; frugal, ii. 2 (native) farewell at Le'opoldville, ii. 191 forms of treaties with native, ii. 195-197, 20."), 206 (native) and districts, list of, ii. ;
i.
Calamus Indicm, Calavanga Islet, i. 115, 120, 126, 128 i.
Calcite, ii. 214 CJallewart, Mens.,
;
;
Cabo Lombo boundary,
i.
9
Ceremony
;
Cam, Diego,
i.
the,
Cemetery at LJaiana,
ii. 53 303, 304, 377, 378 i. 137, 148; ii. 1, 11, 13; ivory love of tribe, the, i. 295 sellers, i. 296
ii.
i.
Cattle,
By-yanzi,
Cabbage,
ii.
Capuchin E.\pedition,
Catfish,
Njali, the Chief, 290, 291, 292,
i.
27_
Captives taken by slavers,
expedition, i. 283 Catarrhs, ii. 327
Busch, Dr., ii. 402, 407 Bush Fences, around camps, i. 46 Butter, ii. 321 Butunu, ii. 19,21,23
grandeur,
;
Castor oil, ii. .353 Casualties during a year,
eraba, q.v.
Bwa-bwa
;
;
Bungata, ii. 32, 37 district, ii. 176 Bunsen, Dr. George Von, i. 34 Burial, custom, ii. 184 place of Tm-key's ,
;
;
;
;
101
Biindi, the, i. IGl. 179, 180 river, i. 172175, 192, 207, 213, 220, 221, 322. 403; bridge across the, i. 186 valley, i. 186 forest,
Canoes, dragging overland, i. 190 towing native, i. 416; speed attained by native, kept subm. r ed, ii. 85 at villages, ii. IH number of, ii. 109; war, ii. 114. 115; au enormous flotilla of, ii. 136, 137 standing on end, ii. 139, 141 Canoe-wrights of Wenya, ii. 160 Cao, Diego, the explorer, see Cam Caoutchouc plant, ii. 92, 97 Palmas, i. 78 S. Juan, C
;
;
;
;
;
198-204 214 i. 46 Chikwanga (Cassava-bread \ Chili pepper and tears, ii. 40 Chigoes,
i.
Chikombo,
ii.
10, 11
INDEX. Cliills,
dangers
of,
ii.
286, 287, 296, 297,
30y, 324, 327, 329
Chilungu, China, the
i.
475
374
;
256 Chronicle of the Capuchin expedition, Chroniclers, unreliability of the old, Chumbiri, i. 514, 515; ii. 5, 26 i.
i.
9
5
45 ii.
239 Clapperton, ii. 385 Clarence Cove, ii. 231 i.
487
Climate, abuse of the African, i. 66 ii. 284, 298 and conduct, ii. 220, 221 of Africa, ii. 280 of Upper Congo regions, ;
;
;
;
ii.
289
Clotli markets,
payments
ii.
in,
177 i. 193
station stores of,
284 Clothes in Africa, European old, 131 Clothing in the tropics, Coal-trade, the, i. 74
i.
65
;
ii.
i.
130,
326 i.
61. 62 ii. 322 as a beverage, ii. 322 375 shipped at Benguella, i. 456 Cognac, ii. 242, 308 dangers of the ]^)etit verre, i. 66 Cola nuts, i. 384 Cold and heat, influence of, ii. 293, 294 in ConiTO-land, ii. 314, 315 camp, i. 212 water, dangers of drinking, ii. 315, 317 winds, i. 264 ii. 298 on the river, ii. 172 Coldest spot ill the country, i. 210 " Colds," African, ii. 286 Collars of brass wire, i. 297 Coloured men and Europeans, relative numbers of, i. 285 Comber, Mr. T. J. (Baptist Missionary), i. 17, 445, 496 Comblaiiie rifles, i. 47 Comite of the Association, i. 29, 37, 38, 114, 150, 195, 225, 226,448 aims of the, i. 30, 31, 38; its resolutions and instructions. ii.
2ti
;
ii.
;
;
;
Commercial expeditions, character of, i. travellers, i. 210, 214 24, 25 Committees, national, i. 35, 36 Commonwealth of stations, i. 54 Commune, Mons del, ii. 225 Communities, ancient, i. 316 Communication between stations, i. 285 Compeigne, M. de, i. 231 ii. 385 Compensation for murder, i. 525, 527 Complaints from the stuff, i. 70, 71 Conditions of enjoyment of African life, ii. 248-250 Confederation at Leopoldville, i. 495 of natives, i. 53 ;
;
Conference at Berlin, ii. 391 Conf. rences, native fomlness for, i. 167 Congo and Central African Company, i.76, 92 Canon, ii. 210; atmosphere of the, i. 241 Free State, not a Belgian Colony, building the Free State, ii. 378 i. 54 Free State territory, ii. 365 Free State boundaries, ii. 401 Congo la Lemba, i. 179 ii. 217 hills, i. 162 Congo-land. erroneous names in, i. 3; beginning of the history of, i. 9 subdivided into dominions, i. 10; mission in, i. 11, 13, 16; Ihe slave-trade, i. 14; proper, extent and boundaries, i, 11 boundaries ;
;
;
;
the mouth of the Congo,
Cocoa as a beverage,
Coffee,
Internationale Associa259 tion du Congo, ii. 259 report to, i. 462 Commerce in the Congo basin, i. 30, 31 in ground nuts, ii. 215 free on the Congo, ii. 390, 393 i.
;
;
i.
Coa-
;
;
;
i.
Civilisation, absence of conveniences of,
Cliffy Point,
;
;
Chrit tuplierson, Albert, Danish sailor, i. 71, 107, 208, 224, 238, 239, 258, 264, 268, 275, 347, 414, 449 his services, ii. 255,
Chunyu,
26-28
meetings at Brussels, i. 26-28 i. 50 change of name, i. 51 indiscreet disclosures of the, i. 55, 56 d Etudes du Hant Congo, its formation,
i.
its objects,
ss. i. 455, 456, 460 Chinsalla, i. 139, 161; creek, i. 110; plateau, i. 127; village, i. 119, 123, 124 Chioiizo district, i. Ii5, 161, 163, 166; plateau, i. 120, 125, 126 Chofu River, ii. 153 Christianity, conversion of the Congo king to, i. 11 Christmas Day at Iboko, ii. 173; presents, i.
463
:
;
;
;
;
;
;
17; essentiality of fi-eemen for work in, i. 62 native customs not to be changed, i. 53, 54 business intercourse in, i. 53 subdivisions of power in, i. 17-19; the king of, breaks the allegiance to the Portuguese, i. 12; elders, i. 17; national flag of, i. 17; Totela, King of, i. 17 Congo liiver, i. 20, 77 altitude at Stanley beginning the ascent, i. Falls, ii. 343 79 barren of classic associations, i. 101 breadth of the, i. 89; force and soundings, i. Ill the Brussels proposals, i. 26, 27; Caraoens' reference to the, i. 103; commerce on the. i. 58; currents, i. 114, 115, 117, 249; chiefs, i. 17; proposal for negotiations witii chiefs, i. 52 Christian missions on the, i. 58 compared to other rivers, i. 401 course of the, li. 343, 344 described by a Capuchin father, i. 4 discovery of llie moutli, i. 1,9: districts ;iuil their native chiefs, lisi of, ii. 198-204; divisionsof the, ii. 340 exped'tion, i.24; i'acexploiation, how to utilise, i 24 of,
i.
;
;
;
;
;
;
;
;
;
;
;
;
;
;
INDEX.
464
Father IMeroUa's dei. 63, 64 scription of tlie. i. 4 the highway of the, historically witiiout fame, i. 102 1. 24 Islands, i. 110, 249, 515, 516; ii. 14. 30, 38, 65, 97 jottings for pilots ou the, i. 403-405 large steamers ou the, ii. 7-9 lengtti of its tributaries, length, ii. 339 Lopez's extraordinary descripii. 347 (Lower), detion of the Lower, i. 3
tories,
;
;
;
:
;
;
;
;
;
;
scription of,
i.
80
(Lower), extent
;
of, ii.
340 merchants, character of, i. 32 misthe mouth of Dionaries on the, i. 496 ;
;
;
navig^ition. i. 85, 61-63, 80, 81 no 86. 113, 114, 116; ii. 339, 340, 346 distinctive native name for the, i. 202 old names of the, i. 1, 2 Purchas's description of the, i. 4, 5 rise and fall, i. 87; ships f.)r the, ii. 367 soundings at Vivi, i. 128, 129 soundings or the river, steamers for the, ii. 367; tides on i. 402; the, i. 87 tributaries, ii. 344, 352: Tuckey's description of the, i. 5, 6; valley of the Lower, i. 62; villages, ii. 45; volume of the river, i. 86, 87, 402, 403 work on the, ii. 252 (Upper) ii, 132 formation of the first steamer on, i. 375 expedition, i. 394; expedition (1883), i. 501 trader.'?, ii. 21, 22, 23 extent of, ii. 340 basin, ii. 348 products of the region, ii. 352-3.38 the,
i.
:
;
Crocodiles, i. 209, 398, 436 ii. 2, 6, 8, 18 chased by, i. 245 their numbers, i. 262 ;
;
Isle of,
;
;
110
i.
Cross River (Calabar), ii. 232 Crudgiugton, Mr., i. 250
Cucumbers
see Vegetables. Cultivable soil, ii. 213 Currency, articles of native, 1. 193 brass rods as, i. 294, 374, 384, 488, 524; ii. :
;
22, 28, 44. 52, 62, 64, 84, 102, as,
101, 102;
ii.
Langa,
101
ii.
change
cowries as,
;
Currents of the Congo, 249
Customs
of, ii.
243 at
;
beads
Langa-
102
114, 115, 117,
i.
difficulty at Sierra
Leone,
i.
57
;
;
;
;
;
;
;
;
;
;
;
Congo
;
life v.
Barrack
life, ii.
265
basin, table of our actual knowledge political divisions of the, of the, ii. 364 development of the, ii. 374 ii. 365 ;
;
scenery, i. 92-94, 111, 112, 124126, 171-173, 175, 176, 179-184. 243247, 250, 255, 256, 258, 262, 264, 324, 325, 389-391, 3.6, 397, 399-401, 504, 505, 511-513, 515, 516; ii. 8, 9, 11, 17,
45,67,77, 79,91-93, 152 Congoese shi'ewdness in trade, i. 137 Conical huts, ii. 126, 127 Constantine, the Grand Duke. i. 35 Contracts, character of, i. 31, 32 Conveniences of civilisation absent,
ii.
b8. 71, 76, £0, 177,
Cordior, Capitaine, i. 475 Cost of the flotilla of the Expedition, i. 68 of negotiations at Ntamo, i. 310 Costume, natives in gorgeous, i. 364 Cotton, growtii of, ii. 358 Cottonwood, i. 430 Countries represented at Brussels in 1878, i. 26, 28 Country, a rich, ii. 97 Cowries, as currency, ii. 102 Creek Town Old Calabar), ii. 233 Crocodile Creek, i. 101 '
;
;
Date palms, ii. 5 Daumas, Beraud, & Co., Dead, saluting the, i. 75
i.
76
Dealing, prospective results of fair, i. 53 i. 15.', 210 Death, from sickness, ii. 290 native views causes of, ii. 306-309; during of, i. 392 occurring in the cold a year, i. 241
Deaiies, Mr.,
;
;
;
288 Deauville, i. 23 season,
i.
De
Barras, the explorer, i. 2 Decauville radwav, laving a, ii. 223 De Courcel, Baron, ii. *388, 389, 390, 407 chief of N.sanda, i. 116, 118, 133, 138, 1(J4. 166-168, 172, 180 Defence of river banks, a curious, ii. 135 Defensive measures at a station, i. 376 De Launav, Count, ii. 394, 403 Delbriik, Herr, i. 34
De'-de'-de',
239 Convention, delimitation, ii. 400 Con' eying stores, 155, 182, 210, 211, 214 Copper, ii. 356, 357, 375 Co()uilhat, Lieut., ii. 178. 264. 267, 289
Daily Telegraph and New York Herald Expedition, i. 8, 58 Daly, Judge, New York, i. 36 Dance, a fierce, i. 265, 266 an eccentric, i. 296 Danckelman, Dr., ii. 313 observations, ii. 310, 311, 330-334 Danube, comparison to t'.ie, ii. 9 Dapper, the Dutch Geographer, i. 12 "Dark Continent," the, i. 20, 22, 189 Dar Salaam port, i. 44
Delimitation Convention, ii. 400 Delusions as to African life, 241, 242
Denham,
ii. 385 Depopulation through slavery, i. 96, 97 Desolation, an eftect of war, i. 173 De Soto, the navigator, ii. 374 Destrain. Lieut., ii. 225, 277 Dews to be guarded against, ii. 324 Diamond Rock, i. 112, 113 Diary form of narrative, advantages of, i. 386 Diegos Bay, i. 63 Dieppe, i. 23 Dinner, a factory, i. 72, 73; a first, ii. 283 D'sappearaucc of two men, mysterious, i. 370 Disappointing assistants, ii. 244, 245
INDEX, Disasters at Kimpoko, innuth. ii. 55
ii.
5G
Kwa-
at
;
on Portuguese ships, laxity of, 458, 4G0 Discovery, a shocking!:, ii. 142 of Lake Leopold, i. 434, 435, 43G ; of tlie mouth of the Congo, i. 1 Discussion at the Berlin Conferenc?, ii. 394
T)i.-,cii)line i.
among Europeans, danger
Discussions i. 47
of,
D.stricis and their native chiefs, list of, ii. 198-204:
Distuibances M'ith natives, cause Divers (bird), i. 397, 43G; ii. G Division of Stanley Pool, ii. 2tj3 Diva village, ii. 98
of,
15G
i.
flies,
1.
Dr.iper Islands,
Draughts, cold, 28G, 29G, 327
419 i.
ii.
82. 84
305; dangers
of,
ii.
285,
;
;
;
concejition of comfort, G4 hoes. i. 201
i.
i.
7G;
fr.cto-
;
" Dutch House," the,
i. 72 i. 75, IG hospitality merchants, bankiuptcy of, i.
liouses,
;
structures, supeiiority Dutrieux, M., i. 42, 43
Duty,
strict
calls of,
i.
performance 22
Duveyrier, the explorer, D.\ sentery,
i.
i.
379 287, 403 370, 421, 422
;
;
El
Captain J. G., i. 470, 471, 47G; 225 Elobey Island (Corisco Bay), ii. 231 Embo-End>o, i. 41G Emigrant, questions bv an, ii. 312, 313 Ell Avant, ss.. i. 08-70; 88, 104, 133, 134, iott.
207
;
ii.
of,
of,
i.
i.
at.
i.
84
5()
83, 84
152;
the
385 307, 328 ii.
Parly writers on Congo-land, their ignolauce, i. 3
Vol. II.— 30
144, 145, 154, 190, 19G, 209, 211, 220, 22G, 227, 230, 4G9 ii. 12, 19, 29, 33-35, 57, 58, 60, 87, 105, IIG, 137. 142,233; in ru^t, i. 483; on Stanley Pool, i. 398, :
on the
rejiair,
Drees Frederic, ii. 27G Dr II. a life's, ii. 2GG Drink, ii. 282, 283, 291, 295, 322; in the tropics, i. G5-67 on tlie Lower ( ongo, i. 193,194; temptations to, i. 84 effects of, ii. 251, 252-254 Drowned, a native boy, i. 289 Drov\ning ca>es, i. 48G; ii. 55 Dings for the tropics, ii. 325, 327 Drunibird, the. i. 207 Drum signals, curious, ii. 158 Dual la, i. 273, 274, 27G, 30G, 307 ii. 39-42, 55. 04 Ducks, i. 417 Dudoma, i. 4G Duke Town (Old Cakb.ir). ii. 2."2 Dust film on L.ike Leopold, i. 434 Dutalis, Lieut., i. 41, 43-45 ri( s,
ii.
Eela, wife of Kibibi, i. Egrets, i. 417 KhtU Guineensis, i. 74 ii. 5, 342, 352 Elders of Congo, i. 17 Ele]diants, i. 170, 177, 395. 509 ii. 8, 241, 355, 356; sw'imming, i. 213
sqq.;
Doctors, insufficient Imowledge of climate, ii. 318, 319, 321 Dogs ii. 2 Dom Pedro, King of Congo, i. 17 Donkeys, Teneriffe, i. 225 Dover Cliffs, i. 324, 325, :i9G, 505 Down the stream, going, ii. 1G8
Dutch
East India Company, Edwin Arnold River,
ii.
Dishonesty of the natives, i. 304 Distance accomplished in a year, i. 241 between Vivi and Isan;>ila, i. 189; traversed 'o the Biyerrc, ii. 134
Dragon
465
i.
Kwa
Iviver,
410; under
i.
2G1, 501
Englaiul, i. 26, 28; and Portugal, treafv fur suppression of the slave-trade, i. 15; cause of withdrawal horn the Associai. 3G diffjculties which kei)t it aloof from the Association, i. 34 pedestiiau exercise in, i. 23 English factory at Boma. i. 92 Euje'li. son of "JSIgalyema, i. 30G, 382, 383;
tion,
;
;
ii. 191 Equatorial Africa, past isolation of, ii. 372 the heart of, i. 514 Equator, missioimries at the. i. 496 stati m,
;
;
38, 39, 76. 177, 180, 182, 267, 289, 320 comfort at, ii. 70, 71-73 Equipment of a station, ii. 243 ; of the Expedition, i, 29, 41, 42 ii.
names of Congo-land, i. 2, 3 Escapes from drowniii'j:, i. 487 K^pemnce, ss., i. G8. S3, li'4, 113, 114, 116,
Errors in
Ennihjptnx^ Ihe, i. 103, 151 Etiphurhia, i. 158 ii. 353 Euphrates, comparison to the. ;
i. 401 Europe, arrival in (1878), i. 20 European and African life, ii. 238, 239 European assistants, i. 144 Europeans and colouied men, relative numbers of, i. 285 Europeans, arrival of, at Le'onoldville, 1. 445; arrival of young, 282; finding deliLiht in African life, i 248; frigid towards natives,!. 248, 517; health of, 152; in Africa, ii. 238; inconvenience of having too many, i. 225, 226 indolence of, ii. 219, 224; at the tn.p;cs, i. 85; lesson to, from nature, li. 216; not to bn encouraged in discussion, i. 47; required in Congo-land, (lass of. i. 25 to be isolated, i. 47; why thev succumb, i. 224 Exorcise, best hours for. ii. 3:^6 Exhibition at LeopoKlville, i. 379, 381 Exp dition, African Associaiion's first, i. 3.) French, i. 159 instructions for an Eastern, i. 39 et seq. lost in the bush ;
;
;
;
;
INDEX.
466
number of its oITicprs, i. 67 i. 382 Daily Telegraph and New York Herald, i. 8; stores, ii. 76; strength of the, i. 378 t!tf charged as being mysterious, the present, i. 24 considering its i. 55 character, i. 24 its funds, i. 26, 27 its
nn,
;
,
;
;
;
;
;
the tirit meeting, i. 26. 27; origin, i. 21 the f^ecoud International, i. 44 to Kwihi;
;
Niadi, i. 470, 471, 474, 476 ii. 212 to the Congo, i. 1-7 to the Upper Congo, start of the, 1. 394 (1883) to the Upper Congo, its strength, i. 503; to the Upper ;
;
;
Congo, stores for the,
i.
501, 5ii2
Expeditions, equipment for, i. 41, 42 by Great E.xploration, a slow, i. 233 Britain, ii. 385; in Africa, ii. 373; of the Kwa Kiver, i. 409-416; on the Congo, class of men required for, i. 58 Exports of Boina, i. 98 txpusure fo heat or cold, ii. 315; to niglit to wet, ii, 285 air, ii. 283-285, 308 ;
;
Face-scarring an ornnment, ii. 100, 101 at B 'uny, ii. 231: Factories at B mri, i. 91 at Gaboon, ii. at Elobey Island, ii. 231 231; at Ivi.ssanga, i. 81, 82; at Mussuko, i. 112; at Port i da Lenlia, i. 82, 83; at Nokld, i. 113; barter at, i. 85; for the Upper Congo, ii. 36 J; na'ive trade at, i. 55 on the Congo, i. 63, 64 Factory, coloured help at a, i. 73 a dinner managers, i. 73 stores, at a, i. 72, 73 i. 74, 75; work at a, i. 74 Fair dealing with the natives, i. 170 Faithful officers, ii. 255-279 Famine, a sham, ii. 16, 129; at Bulombo, ;
;
;
;
;
;
ii.
79
6 Fares from Loan;la to Lisbon,!. 445 Fnrquliar Islands, i. 82 Fathomless Toint, i. 81 ii.
;
;
Imd,
i.'LSfj
customs, i. 385 rock, Fetishism, i. 305 ii. Ill Fever, i. 444, 445; at Manvanga, i.
2(10
;
;
i.
89.
90
;
i.
271,
272
:
;
;
;
Flamini, Francesco, meclianician, i. 68, 152, his services, ii. 238, 2 .9, 244, 284, 381 ;
259 Flaudni Island,
i.
253, 254
Flannels, wet, ii. 284, 2S5, 310 Flood, possible, nt lianana, i. 78 precautions against, i. 83 Flotilla of steamers, the expedition, i. 68; ;
68 ii. 324 Food, abundant, i. 257 consumption of, i. 221 for a voyage, ii. 76 for tlie tropics, the best, ii. 294; influence of, on work, i. 154: in the tropics, i. 65, 199, ii. 321, on the Congo, i. 103 322, 323, 324, 329 on the Upper Congo, ii. 10, 15: qnautity consumed daily, ii. 13; scant at IMfwa, i. 295 se;ireity of, i. 436, sqq. tcarcity at Leopoldviile, i. 480; supply stojjped, i. 302, 303; want of variety, i. 211 Foraging, free, i. 222 Forest, a dense, ii. 13; a submerged, i. 443; at Lukolel'. ii. 66, 67; cutting through the, i. 221; Lami L;inkori, i. 390; lo;-t in an vnioxplored. i. 177, 192; its cost,
i.
Fcig^ to be guarded against, ;
:
;
:
30, 91, 92, 93, 97. 98, 114, 215, 341, 353, 374; scenery, ii. 5; of the Lower Congo, i. 88, 89 seen from the coa&t, i. ii.
;
62
Fevers, ii. 283, 310, 322, 328
284,
283-288, 296, 301,
ii.
Figliting,
i. 112 Bolobo, effects of, 60 not to begun, i. 46; power of chiefs
— at
be ra.slily i. 350
Fortifying villages,!. 524 Fowls^ ii. 24< as food, ii. 10 France, i. 26-28; action of, ii. 381-390; n<x cement of the Assoc'ation with, ii. 388; territories of, ii. 4(10, 403, 404 Fiankiucense, ii. 354, 374 ;
354 Firttn, ii. 92 Fiddler's Elbow, Fibres,
;
;
;
Feathers of tropic birds, 11. 354 Fi-rnandez. Senor, i. 15 5 Fernando Po, ii. 231, 232 Ferry at Nselo, ii. 193; Ko-ido, ii. 214; on Lunibamba River, i. 28S on the Gordo;i Bennett, i. 290 traffic at Nsaugn, i. 479 Ferry, M., Jules, ii. 388 Feriying, dangi'rous, ii. J57 Kcrtflo
H
;
Fantail,
Fetisli,
i. 472, 473 Finery of chiefs, i. 202 Fines for bloodshed, i. 524 Fiote law, i. 220 M.S., i. 86 (note) Firejlij, Firt-.", annual, i. 316; destructive of vegetation, i. 94, 180, 197 Fi^ii, ii. 2, 243 presents of, ii. 160 smoke cared, ii. 159 Fish-eagles, i. 397, 436 ii. 6 Fishermen, i. 256; at Manyanga, i. 267; Baswa, ii. 154; Wtnya, ii. 154; Yakui, ii. 125; on Lake Leopold, i. 438, 439, 440; on the Lukanga, ii. 46; Wane' Rukura, ii. 154 Fisher tribes, 154-15.') Fishing hamle:s, h. 113; minnow, i. 262; "Weuya nets, natives makinu', ii. 159 metiiod of, ii. 157, 158 Flag, employment of the Association's, i. 495 import.iiiee of a recognised, i. 37, 38; national, of Congo, i. 17; of the Association, i. 3'!, ii. 42 the choice ot a, i. 35 Flamingoes, ii. 6
Fine, a heavy,
;
Franktown,
i. 476 Free coauuuice on the Congo,
ii,
390-993
INDEX. Freemen, ia Congo-land, essentiality
of,
52 Free State territory, ii. 3G5 Free State not a Belgian colony, i. 51 Free State bonndaries, ii. 401 Freucli. Catholic Mission at Boraa, 1. TOO 1.
;
—
;
Malameen's, i. 292 Missions in Congo-laud, i. IG tenitory, ii. 3G5 compel the -witlidrawal
expedition,!. 15i»;
flag-,
;
;
;
of the Portuguese, i. 14 traders, i. 02 treaty with Makoko, i. 2'J2 Freve, Sir Bartle, i. 36 Fruit eating, ii. 32G, :-^27. 329 Fruits, i, U)3, 148, 151, 152, 381, 393; ii. 71, 258, 357 Fuel, scarcity on the Kwa, i. 423, 428 Fumu Ntaba, Chief of Batekc, i. 507, 508, 509, 510 Furs, ii. 375 ;
Fyue, Loch, in SeoUand,
i.
;
Gin,
467 ii.
251, 252, 282, 307
rency, i. 193 Gin-drinking natives, Ginper, wild, ii. 358 Giraffe, ii. 241
Giral, a Frencli quartermaster, i. 408 Glasgow Cliamber of Commerce, ii. 383 Glave, Mr., ii. G6, 183, 288 Glover, Sir John, i. 57. 58
Goats, ii. 243 Goat-skins, ii. 354 Gobila, Paiia, Chief of JMswntu, i. 405, 408, 409, 414,507, 510, 511; ii. 14 Gold, ii. 357, 375 Goldsmith, Sir Frederick, ii. 187 Gong, the signal of the, i. 340 Goods for inland trade, superior quahtj' required, i. 311
"Good View
Station,"
i.
Gordon Bennett Kiver,
400
used as cur-
;
202
i.
403 ii. 53 Gordon, General,
505 i.,
290, 293,
3!)0,
;
Gaboon,
mis230; factories, ii. 231 231 Gad-flies, i. 214, 419 Gamaukouo, Chief of Malima, i. 295-300, 380 Gambielc, Chief of Kimpoko, i. 298, 50G ii. 5G Game, i. 205, 206, 213, 222 Gampa, a rival of Bwa-bwa Njali's, i. 308 Ganchu, i. 304, 306, 381, 406, 4o7, 490 ii. 191 Ganclm's Point, i. 408 Gandelav, a Banfunu chief, i. 405, 406, 407, 5i0 Ganges, comparison to the, i. 401 Gankabi, Qu* en of Musye', i. 415, 417, 418, 421, 422, 424-426, 433, 445; ii. 27 Gantienc, i. 507 Ganto village, i. 430 Gardening, season for, i. 381 Gardens, making, i. 379, 4(i9, 500 Gardens, ii. 245 at Equator, ii. 71 at Leopoldville, ii. 52 at Vivi, laying out, what may be grown iu Ceni. 147, 148 tral African, ii. 258 Garrison, imporiauce of a, i. 121 Garrisons of stations, i. 2S5 Gastric fever, i. 213 Gatula, a B.-lobo chief, i. 516, 517, 521, ii. 3 524, 525, 52G, 527 Geographical expeditions inadequate, i. 24 Geology, ii. 209-211, 214; at Lake Mantumbu, ii. 47-48 German Expedition, 1873-75, i. 418; exploration, ii. 386, 387 Germany, 1. 26; action of, ii. 381, 381; formation of a National Committee, i. 31 lectures in, ii. 399 Giagas. invasion see Ajakkas. Gibraltnr, i. 52, 58 Gillis, Mr. Albert (Duke Town), ii. 233 sions,
ii.
;
ii.
;
;
;
;
;
;
letter from,
i:)romised aid of,
Goree,
i.
ii.
ii.
226 (note)
225, 226
57
Government of
tiie
Free
State,
Giandy's, Lieut., E.spedition,
Grang, Lieut., ii. 269
i.
Granville, Earl,
Grass burning,
i.
406, 407
ii.
13
382, 478, 481, 488, 489
ii.
381
118, 180. 197 density of, i. Iti3 Ik ight of the, i. 197; tropical, ii. 301, 302; used as aiui.
;
bushments, i. 161 Grave, the first at Lc'opoldville, ii. 270 Gray, Mr., i. 73 Green snakes, i. 205 Giefuli;e, Mons., i. 43, 45, 49 "Grog," importance ot, i. 193; native fondness for, i. 149 Ground-hog, i. 205 Ground nuis, i. 156, 414 ii. 353 in commerce, ii. 215, 342 Groves or trees a sign of villages, i. 62, 315 Guava, ii. 246 Guiacum, ii. 30, 67 Guibourtia, ii. 353 Guides, i., 164, 171, 181, 182, 184, 410; ii. 3, 28, 69, 153 Guiltlessness, curious wav of showing, i. 373 Guinea-fowl, ii. 8 Gum-copal, ii. 342, 353, 355 trees, ii. 97, 98 ii. 374 Gums, i. 384 ii. 30 Gunbearers, i. 47, 48 Guiqiowder, trade in. i. 75 used iu rejoicing;, i. 373 (iurba Kiver, ii. 131 Guyot Abbe', a missionary, ii. 50, 268 drowned, ii. 55 ;
;
;
;
;
;
:
Habit and nature,
i.
109
Hair, fashion of wearing,
i.
429
INDEX.
468
Haniadi's slavery find cscnp?, i. 260 Haniisens, Capt., i. 382, 47<3, 477, 480, 518, 520; ii. H3(j, 188.191,225, 227, 264; his service.^, ii. 260, 261
Hulzf^ldt, Count, ii. 394 Hvilrobromic acid in ca^es of fever,
451 Narkaicai/. the, 85, 468 llarou. Lieuteu.ut, i. 243, 253, 258, 279, 284, 408, 488 Haite-betst, i. 205, 206 Hathoine, Captaiu, i. 49
Hypochondria,
Havliourat Loimda,
Hawks, Head.
i
i.
411>
prutCL'tion for the,
318, 325
ii.
Heathiiiartors at Vivi, i. 149, 151 Heiltii at Boloho, ii. 184, 185; at Eqviator Station, ii. 74; in the tropics, Dr. Martin's advice, ii. 329 Health-table of stations, ii. 306 Heat and cohl in Cont;o-hind,ii. 314, 315 influence f, ii. 293, 294 Heat, Br..ce"s definitions of, ii. 313; tro;
<
pical, ii. 282 Heliwa, a slave,
Heniv VH. Herd" tracks,
ii.
73
IJenss, Prince, i.
i.
34
177, 183, 201
Hiroii, tlie ss.. i. 474 Herzopr, Dr., i. 34
Henvel, Dr. Van den, ii. 53, 191 Hidrs, li. 375 Hiu'lihmd levels inhabited, ii. .303 " solemnHills seen from the coast, i. 62 looking," i. 95 Hindi Saywa, i. 48 Hippopotami, i. 395, 396, 398, 417, 424; ii. 2, 4, 6, 8, 241, 375; feeding ground, i. 90; sliooting, i. 106; teeth, ii. 354 Hiring men. i. 31 H .(lister, Mr., ii. 272 ;
Holidavs, i. 153, 15 i Holland, i. 26, 28 Holy Isle, a placo of sepulchre, Homesicluiess, i. 225
i.
Honucidal nfticer, a, ii. 55 Honey, ii. 364 Honour of work, ii. 278, 279 Hop JJitters, ii. 318 Hopkins, Caiitain, H.^l. Consul, Horses, the Isle
of,
i.
98
i.
37
Ho-pital at Hnina. ii. 271 Hospilalitv dangers of coast, ii. 282, 28.'] Ho..itiiges left at Ntamo, i. 3U9, 310 Hostile natives, i. 432, 442, 514 ii. 4, 11, ;
36, 78, 111, 113 Hostility, nia.sked,
.337
;
lima and Mfwa, i. 300 House, advice for building
native, at
i.
hisforv of, i. 518 519. 520,521; 522, 524, 525,527; ii.
ii.
Hou.ses at Vivi. in:i|iping s'trs means of defence for, i. 280
Hnard Point, i. 65, 77 Hudson Uiver, comparison
Ma-
;
Ibis,
6,
li.
Iboko,
to,
i.
8 24. 25, 43, 44, 69, 79, et seq.,
ii.
147
;
101
Hutchinson, ^Irs. Margaret, i. 9 Huts, conical, li. 126, 127; formation of native, ii. 103
173-
175, 178-180, 353, 354
swordsmiths, ii. danger at, ii. 87 356 Ibunda, ii. 103 Ichimpi district, i. 115, 121, 161, 163 Idleness of natives, i. 393 Idols, native, i. 199 Ifwe, Chief of Muleke, i. 429 Ignorance of African ciimate, ii. 281, 284 Iguana skin girdles, ii. Ill ;
Iguanas, Ikassa,
2 103, 170
ii.
ii.
Ikelemba River,
ii.
31, 32, 33, 34, 35, 36,
37 ii. 77, 78, 344 Ikenge, a chief, ii. 72 Ikeiigo, ii. 29, 30 ;
Ikingi, ii. 98 Ikiraism, ii. Ill
Ikoko,
ii.
47
lkid)i River, ii. 65 Ikulu village, ii. 12, 47 Iineine, ii. 96
Indn.s. foni])arison to
tlie,
Indu.
Inga,
i.
i.
i.
ICO. 227; peak, 173, 221 ii.
i.
ii.
6,
4t)l
315 cataract.?,
353,396; plateau,
i.
30-33, 38-42
Ingvn. Chief of ftlfwa, Inkissi, ii. 192 Falls
212, 213, 355 295, 307 211 river, i. 288,
ii. i.
ii.
;
316, 317. 403, 478; ii. 193 Inkissism, ii. Ill Instructions for eastern ixpcdilions, Instructions framed at Brussels,
28
;
142
173, 175, 176, 177, 179;
;
i.
;
Ingham, Mr. and Mrs.,
323 for,
;
1, 15, 26, 29, 57, 60, 61, 64, 65 Ibanza, ii. 105 a chief of Upoto, ii. 171 the dr. aded, ii. 62, 881 Ibari River, another name for the Kwa, i. 412 Ibingi, ii. 47
Inganda, a,
516
Ibaka. Chief of Bolobo,
i. i.
i.
272
241
;
12
llosjiitable mi.ssion of a station,
ii.
1.
Impali viJl ige, i. 428 Impango, at Gaboon, ii. 230 Impila, i. 292 Imports of Boma, i. 98 Indemnity I'or war, ii. 61 Indian corn, i. 381 India-rubber, ii. 355 plant, i. 192 342, 353, 367, 375 Indolence of ihe natives, i. 193
419
i.
273, 274 Hijphcene guineensis,
i.
i.
45 27,
INDEX. Intcmpcrnncc,
ii. 282, 283, 291, 305, 306, 307, 308, 311, 311). 322, 321)
African
Iiitfiiiatioiiul
A.><soniation,
Association,
Intoiiuitioiial
i.
objects, i. 40 its treaties, position, i. 3.1 ;
i.
ii.
259
its 37, 38 18 ; financial ;
"International Atsociation Africainc," its pnrpose, i. 50 International Association's work at Boraa, 1(11
i.
;
44 Intoxicant?, abuse
of,
ii.
251,
252, 253,
254 Irebu, ii. 21, 22, 23, 24. 25, 2G, 38, 42, 43, swordsniith.<, ii. 350 44, 45, 09, 3.")4 warriors, ii. 10 ;
Irinj^i,
ii. 98",
171
Iron, ii. 350; houses of native chiefs at C.ilabar, ii. 233; luannfaetuies of Yalulinia,
i.
Ill;
ktores,
U\ira, ii 304 Ironstone, ii. 07
at
;
i.
Lake
147; works of
M aitumba,
ii.
47, 48
Irrawaddy, comparison to the, Irnngu, ii. 127, 132 Isanga Kiver, ii. 315 Isangi town, ii. 10.)
i.
;
;
:
;
243, 2 14; clearing the camp, i founding a station at, i, 283 garrison at, i. 285; cataract, i. 181, 184; falls, i. 229 Islands of the Congo, i. 110, 249, 389, 515, 510; ii. 14, 30, 38, 05, 97, 153 Islands uninhabitable, i. S2 Isombo, ii. 125 Itaka, ii. 152 Itawa, Eastern, ii. 302 Itiniba village, i. 510
248
i. ;
;
Itimhiri River,
352 Itumba, Itumbi,
i. i.
518 40;
ii.
ii.
10.',
110, 112, 131, 345,
57, CO, 01
and Ngaiyema,
idenlity of, i. 304 Ituuzinia lapids. i. 25-, 257 luka of Lukolela, ii. 14, 48, 08, 177 Itsc
lunga,
lyumbi,
ii.
i.
383,384; tiading, suec* i. 305
ii.
11, 12;
323,333,390;
s.s
ii.
mountain, 192,341
321, 322.
i.
Jaggas, the, invasion see Ajakk-as. Janssen. Lieut., i. 283, 407, 4;H), 507 ii. 27, 50; drowned, ii. 55; his services, :
;
208
Jafroplie purgans, ii. 3.;S Jays, i. 207, 430 Jealousy of a chief, i. 522, 52.5
Jetta Waii, i. 45 Jeune A/ricaine, the launch, i. 08. 141, 190 Jiwe-la-Singa, i. 4.3, 40 Joao II.. King of Portugal, i. 1 Johnston, IMr. H. H., i.']02 Jolly Captain (ss. Kui^en.ho), ii. 233, 230 Journeys, time occupied in, i. 191 Jub River, i 58 Jung, letter to Mr. Albert, i. 29 Jungle, cutting through the, i. 221
Kabinda
;
;
in,
of Xgalyema through, lyenzi. ii. 209
401
Isangila, i. 155, 100, 105, 107, 171, 175, ii. 214, 215, 298, 181, 182, 184, 185, ISO 339, 309. 373, 3.':;2, 440, 471, 474, 470, 478, 489, 513;' chiefs, i. 184, 185; cuinp at, i. 239 connatives, i. 237 veying wagons ai.d stoies to, i. 240 stores at, i. 242 staff at, i. 242 sceneiy at,
trading
ii.
International cohesion, ii. 379 coinniissioii, ii. 4UG; Expedition, tlie secunJ, i.
401)
98
Ivory, ii. 304, 375; purchase of, i. 380; sold by AVatwa, ii. 48; trade, the eentie trade at Laiiga-I>anga, of tlie, ii. 2 ii. 102; trade, Congo, ii. 3.")4. ;-i.55, :i50 trade at Nganza, ii. 99 traders, IJaleke', i. 294; traders, character of. i. 387; traders, intrigues of. i. 319, 320, 321; trading chiefs^ wealth of. i. 310, 311 ;
;
;
;
i.
14, 31
cask- makers, i. 74 Kubindas, i. 14ii, 149, 153, 15S, 159 KaiK-a Sanda, i 103 Kaiohandi, i. 103 IvHllina, Lieut., i. 485, 492 Poiut, 395, 390, 487 Kalubu, i. 201 Kaluln Falls, lava at, ii 211 Kamolomh), a chief, i. 513 Kapita, a Vivi chief, i. 129 ;
Karema,
i. 42, 44; lake, slave-stealers, ii. 144
i.
i.
353,
37; chief of
Kasongo, ii. 300 falls, ii. 300 Kaston, Mr. John A., ii. 398, 400 Kawendi, ii. 303 Kcmeii Island. 418, 419 ;
Kerdvck and Khaltan,
i.
Pincoft', Messrs.,
i.
31
251
Khamis, Sergeant, i. 519, 523 Khonzo, i, 238 Ikulu Hill. i. 354 ;
;
Plain,
187 Kibonda, i. 260 Kiburuga, chief of s^ave-stealers, ii. 144 Kiki stieam, i. 322 Ki-Kongo. i. 142 Kilanga, i. 315 " ivilliiig tlie road," i. 314 Kilolo Point, i. 248. 249 Kimbangu, i. 393. 397, 405, 477; ii. 302 chiefs, i. 388 Kimbanza Is and, i. 200. 261, 263 Kimbenza village, ii. 207 Kimpahimpa, a chief, i. 323, 332, 490 Kiini>unzu, i. 172 Kinipe. a chief, i. 490 Kinipemba, ii. 207 i.
;
3,
INDEX.
470 Kimpoko,
Kwanza
397, 477, 488; ii. 51, 302; troubles at, ii. 504, 505, 50G
i.
station,
i.
i.
454
11, 12,
277; expedition -to river, the, i. 470, 471, 474, 476 ii. 212 Upper, i. i. 256, 257, 403; ii. 214, 225; 477
5G
i.
489;
ii.
;
;
Kiiidolo,
303, 397
i.
see Leopold. II. Kiukanza, ii. "215 Kiuduta, i. 289 mountains, 1. 390 Kingani Kiver, i. 4i), 58 Kingdom of the Congo," Tiqafetta's book,
King Leopokl
:
La BeJtjique, ss. see Belgique. Labour, advantage of human, ii. 93, 94 heroes of, ii. 240 Lacustrine Kamoloudo River, ii. 3(j0 Lady Alice Rapids, i. 318 Lagos, ii. 236 Laird Macgregor, ii. 385 Lake Bangweolo, ii. 358, 359 Lake Leopold It., i. 70, 481, 501 ii. 27, 48 circumnavigated, i. 443 description or, 444 di;iCovery of, i. 434, 4o5, i. 443, 436 tishurmeu, i. 438. 439, 440 Lakes,— IMantundja, ii. 27, 46, 47. 314, 354 Muta-Nzige, ii. 358; Tanganika, i. 7, 20, 35, 37, 40, 41, 43, 44, 46; ii. 359, 363 Lakes, native detinition of, ii. 27 Lama-Lankori, fonst ridge, i. 390; hill, i. 351 Lamborel, Captain, i. 43 :
;
;
'.'
9' i.
ii. i. 397 Kinkela Ndunga, a chief, i. 1C5 Kinkela-Nku, a chief, i. 105 Kinsemho .steamer, ii. 228 Kinsende', i. 318
Kingfishprs,
Kinshassa,
i.
405, 504
;
;
;
250, 375, S82, 393, 397, 477, ii. 51, 185, 289, 302, 305, 319,
;
Kint.hassa chiefs, i. 388 Kinswangu, a chief, i. 490 i. 318, 340, 352, 375, 377, 3S2, 391, 392, 393, 397, 479, 486, 495, 498 ii. 20, 2tJ, 28, 29, 302; cataiart, i. 352,
Kintamn.
:
389
;
;
;
357
;
chiefs,
number
the chief:^, i. 490 Kintari forest mount, Kinzila, ii. 193 Kinzorc, i. 315
of,
i.
3::0
i.
;
teething
Land
352
i.
145,
159,
19l^
209 Kirkhoven, Mens ii. 225 Kissanga, i. 81, 82, 85
1
231
;
station, i.
ii.
291
259, 2G0 von, li. 41)7
Kusserow, Herr Kutimipuku, i. 519 Kuvoko, i. 250 camp. i. 253 Kwa,ii.401; river, i. 409-416, 511 ii. 30, de>:cription of the river, i. 431, 50, 344 432,433; diticient colours of tlie river, i. 419 Kwamouth, ii. 185; .station, ii. 55, 50^ ;
;
;
Kwango 412
lliver,
i.
another
name
for
353
;
women
li.
ii.
399
La
;
Islam],
d. 22, 69, 100,
100 liangenburg. Prince Hohenlohe,
Kiynnzi beer, i. 4(lS Kizalu Hill, ii. 207 Kokoro, son of ftlata Bwyki, ii. 86, 173, 174 recognises his sun a thief, ii. 174 Kondo Ferry, ii. 214 Konko, an ivoiy trading chief, i. 370, 371 Kruboys, i. 31, 73 Krumaners, i. 31 Krupp gun, astoniihing the natives, ii. 63 Kubaba, i. 48 Kudu, i. 126, 206 Kulu, Banzi, i. 201 Kulu natives, i. 210 i.
Langa-Langa, of,
Kisungwa of Mklmbwete, i. 1G5 Kitabi, whites in distress at, i. 476 Kitalalo, 1. 4G Kites, i. 207 Kiubi, a chief of Zinga, i. 315
Kunzu
162; fertility of the.
i.
:
,
Kmia,
cultivated,
186; ii. 211; instructions regarding the purchase of, i. 27 higli rent for, i. J 38 Landana, ii. 229 Landers, ii. 385 Landolphia Florida, i. 192 ii. 5, 353 ;
Kion/o plateau, ii. 21G Kiikbright, Mr. John,
i.
River,
Kwilu-Niadi,
;
the
Kwa,
Plate, comparison to the, i. •lOl Latrobe, Mr., »>f Baltimore, i. 3G Lava at Kalulu Falls, ii. 211 Laws of the Bangola, ii. 179 Lawion-Lufini River, i. 509, 512, 513;
345 Lectures on Africa, 399 Leehumwa, i. 46
i.
25
in
:
Germanv,
Lehrman, Mens., i. 471 ii. 212, 277 Lema, i. 393, 397 cliiefs, 388 Leopard skins, ii. 354 Le'upold II., King of the Belgians,
ii.
ii.
;
i.
;
22, 28, 33, 38, 39, 43
;
ii.
i.
21,
237, 402, *07
Lc'opold II. Lake: see Lake Leopold hill, i. 354, 389, 391, 495, 496 ii. 189, 191 Leopold Kiver, ii. 359 Leopoldville. i. 149, 408, 442, 445. 469, 477. 488, 513; ii. 20, 38, 50, 51, 52, 53, 55, 56, .57, 73, 288, 289, 290, 298, 304, 305, 319. 339, 343, 357; founding of. i. 357. 370; erecting a block house at, i. 375, 376; built, i. 379; trading at, i. 380, 383, 384; naming the station, i. description of, i. 388, 38:> 386 the neighi ouring natives, i. 391; no food at, i. 478, 479, 480 neglecteil state of, i. 481, 482, 4b3; resignation of its chief, i. 490; difficulty with natives at, i. 491, ;
;
;
;
;
INDEX. 492, 493, 43 1 ; treaty with natives at, i. 495 the entrepot oi the Upper Congo, ;
498,500; markei, i. 500; liourishiiig, 186; a promising farewell at, ii. 189, 191 first grave at, li. 270 Lesseps, Count de, i. 35 Le Slanleij. stern-wljceler, ii. 225, 227 from (Jeneial Saiiford, i. 30; to Letters, Lieut Cambier from Stanley, i. 39 to Captain Popeliii, i. 45 to Col. Straueli, i. 52, 151-153. 189-194; to tiic Comitii, i. 283 to the President of tl.e Comite, ii. 224 Lettuces see Vegetables. i.
ii.
;
—
;
;
;
:
Levy
Hills, the. ii. 11 Liberia, ii, 379-382
Lokinga Mountains, ii. 361 Lokulu River, ii. 361
London correspondence,
i.
25
Missionary
;
Society, i, 40 Long " of cloth, a, i. 193 Long Reach, i. 240, 245, 247
"
Longevity, instances of, i. 310 Lopez, Cape, i. 73 Lopez, Duarto, the explorer, i. 1, extraordinary descrij^tiou by, i. 3 L'^sanswe Mountains, ii. 361 Lost in the forest, i. 177 Lounging, i. 22, 23
2, .18
;
Low-wa River, ii. 358, 359 Luahiba, i. 233 jiver, indentical with the Congo, i. 8 Lualla River, i. 403 Luama River, ii. 359 Luamba, a headman of IMauyanga, i. 268 Lunpula River, identical with the Congo, ;
Liberty, the use of, i. 22, 23 Licentiousness, ii. 253 Liebrechts, Lieut., ii. 184, 277 ii. 288, 289 Life, the [)roper use of, i. 84, 85 on the Congo, ii. 248 stupid iudilfcrence to, ;
;
;
ii.
471
321
i.
8.
Lightning stone, i. 90 Lifjnum vitx, ii. 374
Luazaza River, i. 182, 184 Luban.ba River, 288, 318, 403
liikona River: see Isunga. Likuba River, another name for Ikuba,
Luliansenzi River, ii. 361 Lubilash River, ii. 109 ii. 348. 351 Lubiranzi River, ii. 1(;9. 344, 315, 318 Lubunga, Chief of Upoto, ii. 171 Lucage' River see Kwilu. Luemba, Chief of Kinsembe', i. 318 Luemme' River, i. 488 Lueuda River, i. 180, 222, 226; bridge across the, i. 187 Lufu River, i. 105, 106, 115. 116, 120, 126, 135,115, 162, 166, 172,403; ii. 215, 359; valley, i. 186
ii.
185, 345 Liiubu Li Nzambi,
i. 00 Limes, ii. 246 Limit of navigation from the sea, i. 116 Lindi branch of Cliofu River, ii. 153 Lindner, Mr., i. 277, 278, 283, 286, 311, 447 Lingenji village, ii. 57, 59 Lingeuji, a boy trader, i. 137, 518, 520 Lingster Nsakala, the, i. 116, 123 " Lingster "traders, i. 387 Lion and buflalo tight, .i. 51 Lions, i. 509; ii. 241 Lion skins, ii. 354 " Liejuoriug-up," ii. 253 Lira River, ii. 358, 359 Little Rnpid Camp, i. 251 Liverpool, Chamber of Comnn rce, ii. 383; value of African products, ii. 368, 369 Live stock, i. 150 Liviui, i. 416
Livingstone, Dr., last journey, i. 7 search his opinion is found, i. 41 for, i. 13, 58 of the Congo, i. 101 liis l.ead-man iSiisi description of Charabezi, ii. (see Susi) 361, 362; w.>rks, ii. 11, 381, 385 Livingstone Cataracts, i. 160 Falls, i. 102 ;
;
;
;
;
;
ii.
339
Inland Congo Mission, i. 490 185, 214, 299 River, i. Loa 135, 161, 162, 209, 322, 403; bridge over tiie, i. 2l)l valley, i. 12o, 127, 172, 186, 196, 197 Loaiiga, Dr. Pescluiel-Locche's expedition
Livitiirstone
;
ii.
;
to,
i.
376
Lciango,
ii.
229
Log Towers,
i.
35o
;
ii.
225
;
:
Lufwenkeuya,
206
i.
Lugumiiila, Vizier of Ibaka, 2, 04 Luigi River, ii. 359
Luima
valley,
Luindi Riv(
i.
522, 527
;
ii.
214 359 403 ii. 217 ii.
r, ii.
Luizi River, i. Lukanga River,
Lukunga.
i.
;
ii.
200;
21, 27, 28, 45, 40, 299; valley, ii.
ii.
344 212,
213, 214
Lukcbu, branch of Chofn River, Lukolela,
ii.
ii.
153
13, 14. 15. 16, 21, 48, 49, 50,
05, 66, 07, 183, 288,
354
IMonsienr, suicide of, i. 489 Lukuga River see Luindi. Lukuluzi River, i. 312 Lulu River, i. 180, 222, 22.^, 127, 228, 322, 403; ii. 193; bridge across the, i. 187 Lulungu River, ii. 32, 37, 76, 77, 78, 314, Lnk.'sic,
:
351
Lumami, Chief of Wane' river,
ii.
Sironga,
ii.
157
;
169, 348, 359
Lunioiizo River, i. 403; ii. 214 Lusalla of iMkimbwete, i. 165, 199 Lusengo, ii. 173 Lute e. Chief of Banza Lungu, i. 218, 219, 220, 382
;
ii.
207, 208
INDEX.
472
Mantu beer, i. 512 Mantumba Lak.-, ii.
Luzalla Kindunga, a chief, i. Ifi5 Lynch law in Congo-land, ii. 194
;
Manvanga,
Mabengu mountain, ISlaboko village,
Mahruki, 306 Mitbula,
Miihwa
little,
ii. i.
391
i.
4G
178
i.
273, 274, 27G, 277
;
233
ii.
25, 2G;
ii.
Mwaka
of Mkimbwete, 30, G7, 374
ii.
i.
1G5
Mahoney," INIr. Frank, i. 159 Maize, ii. 357, 375 MaUald, an ivory factor, i. 295 a chief of Ntamo, i. 30G, 392. 490 ii. 191 Makanga. a ciuef of Zinga, i. 315 Mak-n-a Miinguba, i. 20G, 208, 209, 213215", 218,221 Makoko of Usansi, i. 18; Chief of Mbe' cedes teirit.iry to France, i. 292, 293, 298, 323, 332, 343, 507, 508, 326-331 ii. 192 Makoku's sword, i. 332 Makidvuru, a chief of Nganza, ii. 99 Makula, 1.112 IMaknta, i. 225 Makweta, .a chief, i. 165 Ma!afn, a fee for a judge, ii. 44; native name for palm wine, i. 295 Ma'aiiicen, a Sene-al sergeant, i. 251, 292, 293, 297, 299, 37.5, 408 304, 305, 317 IMalaria, ii. 287 Malc'le, a chief, i. 165 Malet, Sir Edward, ii. 393, 396, 298, 399 Malima. i. 295, 509; ii. 3, 302 Malingering, ii. 246, 247 i. 379 Mamballa, i. 82 3Iambwt' country, i. 8 ii. 364 plateau, ii. 362 jNIanagers of factories, i. 73 Manchester correspondence, i. 25 produce, Chamber of Commerce, ii. 383 i. 30 Manga, i. 518, 519, 520, 525 ii. 57, 58, 60,61 Maiigi, a chief of Itimbi, ii. 2 Mangoes at Gaboon, ii. 231 Congo, ii. 246 ;
;
;
;
;
;
;
;
;
;
Mnngombo,
chief of Irebu,
ii.
20, 21, 22, 23,
42-45 Mangrove, i. 77 24, 25, 26.
IManguru, of Bclobo, Maui villnge. ii. 207 Manioc, ii. 357
ii.
>
;
;
;
Marriage celebration at Kintamo, Marseilles, i. 21
i.
377
Martinson, Martin, Danish sailor, i. 71, 107, 208, 212 Ma-sikamba, i. 40-44, 46 Masikn of Masanda, i. 165 Massabe', i. 488 boundary, ii. 401 Massacre, threatened with, i. 304 a horrible sacrificial, ii. 180-182 Massala, the Lingster, i. 123, 132, 133, 135, 136, IGl, shooting of, i. 471, 472 Massari, Siguor, ii. 225 Massassa, i. 315 ]Mata Bwyki of Baugala, ii. 80-82, 84, 85, 87, 89, 173, 178 Ma-taddi Nzazzi, i. 90 Mataddi Point, i. 115 Matako (brass rods), ii. 22 Matanga, a chief, i. 165 IMatoma's village, i. 488 Mavangu, a chief, i. 165 jNIaweudje, ii. 138 Maxwell, Captain, i. 82, 86, 112 Mntiflm-er (tlie) in 1620, ii. 379 ;
;
Mballa, a i.
;
215
;
;
:
18;
Cliissanga, i. 474 ]Maidoads, weight of, i. 242, 346 Manswala, a chief, i. 490 ii. 191 ii.
;
]Mayomba see Myumba. :Mayumba Bav, i. 114, 115, 120
2
Manipandju of Loango,
Mauteka.
;
;
;
43r4.=)
ii.
market, incident at. i. 281 ei'ectiug tiie station at, i. 279 support of ihc t-taiiim, intended a.s a central
Mackenzie, Dr (Duke Town),
Mahogany,
267, 208, 269, 270, 271, 375, 377, 381, 422, 44.5, 476, 477, 478, 489, 513 ii 21 1, 287, 289, 292, 298, 301, 320, 339,370; contract with the chief, i. 278, 279; ;
41G
jMadiera. i. 400, 4G1 IVIati I l^land, i. 44 JIagwala, a chief of Irebu,
IM i^wiile,
512
;
;
410, 417
i.
viilaije,
70,
i.
village, 511,
27, 46, 47. 344, 354 191, 192, 212, 2i0, 266,
chief of
cliief,
i.
490
3Ibama Hill, i. 347 Mbangu, i. 518
Mbe
district,
Mbelo,
i.
315
i. ;
Mbembe-Kissa,
507, 509-513 ii. i.
210 248
;
ii.
192
INDEX. of Mata Bwyki, ii. 173 i. 421-42i; liver, L 410-411; 344 Mbika, River, 1. 287, 403 Mbimbi, ii. 193, 194, 207
Mbembe, son Mbil.e,
Mbomu
see
:
Missions in ii.
ii.
135
lusuries,
;
ii.
ttations,
;
ii.
363
i. i.
station,
ii.
40 401
;
ii.
;
78,
ii.
185
49, 50, 58, 60, 61, 65,
67-69, 80, 1S2, 345
Melons
see Fiuit.-
:
]\Iemorial stones of the Portuguese, i. 14 Jlen.ory, a good, i. 297 Men for the expedition, hiring, i. 31 ]Men-at-arms iit Vivi, i. 130 Men-of-war at Tonta da Lenlia, i. 85 Merchants on the Congo, their character, i. 32 Meri, another name for Welle River, MeroUa, Father, explor, r, i. 2 Ids description of the great river, i. 4, 18 Mctc, a cliiet; i. 105 Meteorological tables, ii. 330-338; obser:
vations, ii. 312 Mfini River, i. 410, 411, 419, 421, 422,424
251, 294, 295, 300, 478, 509
;
;
ii.
802
Mganuaism, Mfiaugila, plateau,
i.
ii.
ii.
;
chiefs,
i.
202
;
21(3
name for Welle River. 287, 304, 310, 311, 317, 319 Mickic, Mr., ii. 225 "Middl men " traders, i. 387 Mikeiie River, i. 519 ii. 65 Miani, another
Miasma,
ii.
;
Mikene'-Alima Rivt r, ii. 345 hiefs, i. 388 Mikunga, i. 393, 397 Mileage of jonrneys, i. 190, 191 Milk unobtiiinabie, ii. 322 read, i. 431 Millet, ii. 357 Minerals, ii. 356 IMinnow fishing, i. 262 Mirambo, a faithful rss, i. 184 Mirando, King of Urambo, i. 39, 40 ;
Bapti.-t,
225
518;
i.
i.
519
skins, ii. 354 islands, i. 82
Monkeys,
ii.
6,
8
IMouotony of scenery,
ii. 5 17 Moiltiero, Juachim. i. 102 Moore, Mr. A. H.. i. 145, 159, 196, 209 Morgan, U.S. Seuidor, i. 36 Morton & Co., Francis, London, i. 145 i.
i. 422 422 Mountain and maritime region, area of, ii. 343 IMountainous region of the Congo, ii. 341 Mountains, i. h90, 391 Mowa, i. 287, 315, 469 Mpa, ii. 98 Mpagassa, 209, 210 River, i. 164, 201 204
nets,
Mo.*quitocs,
;
ii.
i.
286, 287. 311, 312, 316,
i.
207, 210 i. 321, 322, 403; a
Mpangi,
Mpangu,
49G
:
;
breakdown
i.
Mpamba
Mission, a pretty, station, ii. 212, 213; children, ii. 213; at Banza Manteka, (French; ii. 214; at Pallaballa, ii. 217 at Landa'a, ii. 229 i.t Gaboon, ii. 231
233
524
i.
57; a chief,
ii.
480 ]\Tpama, an erroneous name,
;
ii-
515
Monkey
at,
;
Cretk Town (Calab.ir),
i.
fines for bloodshed,
Mongo,
445
;
:
villages,
Monanga, a chief of Z n<_'a, i. 315, 316 Monet, Mons., ii. 224, 277 Money carried by an expedition, i. 48
Mpalangii.
I
icpulsed l>y native.-, i. Roman Catholic, repulsed by the natives, i. 308, 445 at Le'opoldville, ;
Mompurengi
;
Missioniiries misrepresenting the traders,
100 251
:
Mpakambendi,
<
;
295
for the river, 7 Moffat, Dr., ii. 385 Mohindn River, ii. 32, 344 see Ikelembo. Mokulu Town, ii. 115-119, 124, 133 Mombas-a Creek, i. 58 Mompara, i. 40, 42
Mosquito
Ill
179, 201, 210
ii.
i.
IMontes Quemados,
27 i.
drink,
Moenzi Nzaddi, native name
Mediterranean, i. 28 Meeting at the Royal Talace, Brussels, i. 26
at
of Usindi,
Moderafon in food and Moeni Kheii, i. 42
licinc
i.
Mivongo
Calholic,
50
ii.
377
ii.
Missongo missionary 152
i.
i.
Roman
Mississippi, compiirison to, 374, 375
men, i. 199, 200 "Medicine lo make wealth grow," ii. 28 IMedicines for the tropics, ii. 325, 327
i.
185
ii.
Missionary Society, London,
247
Mfwa,
etiorts.
13, 16; 100; con-
11,
i.
Boma,
at
;
Missionary
enterpri.<e,
Mbutclii. i. 422 Jltats. tinned, ii. 322 Medical attendance,
ii.
Congo-land,
French Catholic,
lending, i. 496, 497; ii. 50 at Ltopoldville,
Boma.
Mbundi Afiuida rapids, i. 253 Blburra, native name for Congo,
Me
473
Njrulu, i.
i.
i.
3
175, 179, 181
103
ii.
208, 209, 211
Mpika, a chief of 44, 45; villii-e,
Irel)U. li.
ii.
25, 26, 42, 43,
207
Mpioga
River, ii. 211 Mpissa, ii. 171 IMpokwn, i. 46 Mpcjzo River, i. 403 M[)und)U market, n. 2 Mpumu Ntaba, i. 407, 408 Mputu Creek, i. 04 Mpwapwa, i. 49
;
of
Mbe,
i.
18
INDEX.
474
i. 165 Msampalii, i. 288 uarrows, i. 318 Msemie, the suiJe, ii., 14, 3'^ 4U, 44 Mswata, i. 31)8, 3UI), 405-409, 422, 43G, 445, 481, 507, SOJ ii. 2G, 5 J, 51, 55, 302 growth (if, i. 511 Mtfsa of Uj^anda, i. 291
Mpwele'le,
:
;
Mub.iiiQ;ii,
ii.
;
215
53, 54;
i.
workmen, i. 146, 149; stories of white man, i. 184; tracks, i. 192;
tlie
in-
193; fondness of gin, i. 202; friendliness, i. 254; hostility aroused at Malima and Mfwa, i. 300 /dishonesty, inebriety, i. 315 i. 304 idleness, i. 393 experience of huropean.s, i. 517 cliiefs, wealth of, li. 2, 3; definition of rivers and lakes, ii. 27 superstitions, ii. 28, 29 surprise at steamers, ii. 12, 16, 29, 105 minufacture of pottery, ii. 48; wars, ^ligllt pruvofiatiou of, ii. 62; visitors at dolence,
i.
;
;
;
Mubi, a chief of Ntamo,
i.
306, 490
;
ii.
191
Mud
customs not to be changed,
;
alive with crabs,
Muijubii, a chief,
i.
Mukana,
i.
villugc,
Miikouilokwa,
77
i.
513 432: Puiut,
254, 255
i.
46
i.
Mukoss liiver, i. 288, 289 Mukuku, cliief of Yambinga.
ii.
107-109
Miileke -listrict, i. 423, 429 Muller, Moils., i. 73
Muluangu,
ii.
214
ii. 207 Mundek', meaning a white, i. 132 Masuiia plains, i. 390 Mungala, i. 286 Mungawa, a chief, ii. 14, 48 Mungolo, i. 518 ii. 57, 59 Miuiroe, Mr. J. (Duke Town), ii. 233 Miinster, Count, ii. 384
Miilwassi Uiver,
;
;
Roderick,
i. 7 489 of two men at Bolobo, i. 516, 517, 523; compensation for, i. 525, 527 Musciivy ducks, ii. 13 Mushirniigos, i. 83 Musianga-iand, ii. 109 Mnssuko, i. 74, 96, 105, 108. 112, 113, 133, 141, 144, 145, 449; ii. 302 Musye, i. 415, 419-422 Munono, i. 431, 432, 444 Muta-Nzige Lalce, ii. 358 Mutembo,' ii. 91, 1>4, 96, 111 Mutumba village, i. 433 Muvanga, i. 163 Muzouzila, i. 162, 164, 166, 172, 186 MvuLi, a chief ot Zinga, i. 315, 316 INlvnzi streamlet, i 173 Mwana Mund. le, i. 380 Mwekwanga, a chief, i, 519, 520, 525 ]M-\vembe, ii. 214 Mwcru Lake, i. 8; ii. 340, 360 IMwitikirn, i. 46 Mvombi, chief of Bumba, ii. 104 Myrrli, ii. 354, 374 Mystification, cliarge on the expedition, i. 55 Myumba, ii. 229
iMiircliison, Sir
Murder, a rumour
of,
i,
;
Nachtigal, Dr., i. 34, 36 ii. 385 Nakussa, a hea
—
Le'opoldville, influence of, ii. 73; roads, 104; drum signals, ii. 158; chiefs and districts, list of, ii. 198-20 1; worker.-, i. 203; chiefs, tornis of treaties with, ii. ii.
195, 196, 197, 205, 206; enlistment for transport, ii. 225; chiefs at Calabar, iron houses of, ii. 233; villages, healthy sites of, ii. 302, 303 eagerness for trade, ii. 367 chiefs, treaties wiih, ii. 379, 380 chiefs, soothing, i. 490, 491 roads, i. 189; welcome, a happy, ii. 19; how to trade M'itli, i. 99, 100; surprise at pad work, i. 143, 144; liable to conceive suspicion, i. 169, 170 fair d> aling with the, i. 170; visiting Vivi, i. 189; loo rich to work, i. 193; European frigid towards, i. 248 doubtful at JNIanyanga, ;
;
;
;
;
i.
i.
dangers of rupture witu th
269 314; ;
Mfsva,
394;
refusing to attack us,
374
i.
hostile,
36, 78,
111,
;
i.
companionable, 432, 442, 514;
113;
•,
36.J
i.
i.
392,
11, feasibility of trade ii.
4,
463; friendly welcnue from, i. with, i. 495; ii. 48; at Le'opoldville, difficulty with, i. 491494 difficulties of quarrels with, i. 523, 524, 526 mercantile knowledge among, ii. 22, 23; war d:in''e of, ii. 35; praising their villnges, ii. 30 expressionless, ii. 68; timid, ii. 103, 127; skilful «oikruansliip of, ii. 123; iinf(prtuaate,ii. 140 thieving, ii. 84, 173, 174; at war, ii. 23 -25 Nature and Habit, i. 199 Kavltiation, Actes de, ii. 396, 397 Navigation of the Ccmtro, i. 85, 86, 113, 114, 116; ii. 339, 340, 346, 366; Lubilasli, ii. 169; Lumani, ii. 169 Nehuvila, chief of Kinshassa, i. 250, 298, 375 with,
i.
481;
treaties
;
;
:
;
Ndambi Mbongo,
i.
165,
175,
180,
231,
234 natives, i. 237 Ndinga, chief of Bolombo, ii. 84 Ndobo village, ii. 103 Ndu Kumbi, i. 430 Ndua, i. 429, 430 Ndunga, i. 265, 269; ii. 212; dancing,!. mountains, i. 261 rapids, i. 265, 266 262, 264 266 Negotiations at Ntamo, coast of, i. 310; ;
;
;
475
INDEX. with Ngalyema, difficult, i. 308. 309 at Usansi, i. 327-331 tedious with Afiicuut:, for peace at for peace, ii. 44, 15 i, 429
Nkongolo, station
;
Nlmkii
;
;
;
Eol(jbo,
Nepro
ii.
60, 61
River,
NeuipHiiiliu, a chief,
Nepiiko
forming
a,
i.
54
New
i.
165
New
ii.
York Herald and Daily Telegrapli
Expedition,
58
8,
i.
i'ork, brancli society at,
Nezan, a
chief,
i.
i.
36
liiver,
Ngalyema,
212
ii.
Cliief of
;
i.
;
;
ii.
i.
;
;
;
;
;
Niadi, meaning a river, i. 2 Niemai), Heri', i. 450 Niger, comparison to the, i. 401
Night
air,
Nile, the, ii. 8
exposure to, ii. 283-285, 308 comparison to the, i. 401 8
i.
;
Nilis, Lieutenant, i. 382, 409 Njali, meaning a river, i. 2 Nju<;u, uei)hew of Mata Bwyki,
Nkamampn, Nkenge 260 i.
the,
Nkenke
:
i.
river,
187
i, :
^ee
182,
183
;
Nutmeg, ii. 358 Nyadi, meaning a
river,
Nyam-Nyam country,
ii.
1.
ii.
173-
;
plain,
Lubamba i.
165
250
2
>yaugwe', i. S, 20, 40, 43, 216; ii. 340, Arabs, ii. 142 falls, ii. 360 359, 360 Nyassa Lake, i. 7 Nyongena Mountain, i. 179, 187. 223, 227, 229, 234 Nyungu, i. 40, 43 Nzabi, i. 287 Nzaddi, meaning a river, i. 2 ;
;
meaning a
Nzambi (God),
ii.
river, i. 2 44 rapids, ;
i.
ii.
255-257 207
Objects of the Berlin Conference, ii. 393 Ocean steamers, on the Con^o, i. 85, 86 Officer, a homicidal, ii. 55 of the expedition, Officers at Vivi, i. 159 noble, ii. 255-279 their number, i. 67 Ogowai River, i. 159, 231, 233, 234 ;
;
Nkingi, a chief,
i.
351
Nzari, meaning a river, i. 2 Nzungi, a village of carriers,
165 i.
Ntanio,i. 303, 307-311 Ntolulu, a chief, i. 165 Ntombi's dark ravine, i. 245 cove, Ntonibo-a-Langa, i. 200. 201 Lukuti grove, ii. 214 Lukuti, ii. 215, 299 IMtaka, i. 267, 269 Nu-ampozo River, i. 120, 128
Nzali, ;
175 a chief,
;
;
;
192 433 River, i. 444 ii. 344 Ngandu, a chief, i. 165, 171-173 Nganza, ii. 99 Ngete, i. 428 Ngingiri River, another name for Itimbiri. Ngoma, i. 288, 234-236, 238; ii. 192; mountain, i. 179, 181-183, 229, 230; rapids, i. 183 jwint, i. 187, 223, 229 village, ii. 207 Ngoma's village, i. 325, 832 Ngonibc', an erroneous name, i. 3 a Chief of Mganjiila, i. 165 ii. 17, 18, 21, 25, 49, 183, 207 Ngonibi, 194, 320 Ngoyo, i, 73, 261-263 Ngufu-Mpanda of Banza ?ombo, i. 129 ;
ii.
;
;
493
river,
;
Ntam\
250, 300. 3U3, 304-307, 308, 309, 318-320, 337, 344, 348-350, 377, 372, 381-383, 387, 392, 490, 492, 493. 508; ii. 52, 189-191 in arnjs, i. 332-336; and Eula Matari, his character, i. 3.")8 wily stratai. 357 gems of, i. 358, 359 a braggart, i. 360; threatening attitude of, i. 362, 369; peace with, i. 367, 373 Ngamberengi the chief, i. 323, 332, 348,
Ngfina,
;
;
165
Nfuuiti, the title of Congo chiefs, i. 17 Xguma, i. 505, 506 Ngako, i-hief of Kinianio, i 304, 306, 380, 381, 392, 490, 507; ii. 191
Ngnku
19, 21
346 Nkusu, the, 1. 153, 160 bridge over the, bridge at, ii. 223 ravine, i. 120, i. 186 122 ii. 301 valley, i. 148 Nkutii River, another name for the Kwn, i. 412 Noble officers, ii. 255-279 Nokki, i. 17, 96, 111, 113, 114, 162, 179; ii. 215, 401 Noaiaza c .ve, i. 115, 120, 121 Nomenclature, erroneous, in Congo-laud, i. 2,3 Nostalgia, i. 224 ii. 241 Nozo, chief at Paliaballa, ii. 217 Nsaka, a chief of Zinga, i. 315 Nsidcala, the lingster, i. 116, 133 Nsii.kala Mpwassa, a chief, i. 165 N?anibana Island, ii. 38 Nsamla, i. 116, 161, 163, 164, 179 payment markets, i. for right of way at, i. 170 175; chiefn, meeting of, i. 164-169; natives, i. 209, 210 N:?angu ferrv, i. 325, 478 mountains, i, 390 ii. 193 Nseke', meaning " inland," i. 3 Nseke'le'lo, i. 166, 172, 173, 222 NselehRiver, i.395, 403 Nselo ferry, ii. 193 Nsona Mamba ferry, i. 259 Ntaba of Malima, i. 299 ;
131 NfevaD^i, ii chief, i. 1G5 Neve, Mr. Paul, i. 226, 239, 283 Newi^papeis, the threat <;f writing to the, 1.71 Rivei',
113, 114 18,
;
131'
ii.
at,
ii.
;
state, ditticultv of
Ntkke
district,
Oil-berry,
ii.
353
;
palm,
ii.
367
INDEX.
476
ii. 277 copper mines, 1. 477 356 Piedmont, the Prince de, i. 35 Pigeon, wild, i. 207 Pigs, ii. 207
Pliillippeville,
Oil-river at Oil Cal;il)ar, ii. 232 01(1 Culitbar River, ii. 232 " Old Tom." ii. 319 Olivier;., Dr.,
450
i.
i. 434 Onion, ii. 357 Opposition from Ngalyema, 332-342 (Jran^:ro, the Priiico ot, i. 35 trees, ii. 246
Oae
P.ilm Point,
i.
ii. i»2,
of expeditions, eastern e.xpeditious, i. 45
33-44;
i.
ii. 237 Overlaid co ivevance of steamers, 227, 228; ii. 26 Oyster shell heaps, ii. 104 Ozi River, i. 58
:
64, 77 I'lutia atnitiotes, i. 411
name
i.
182,
i,
;
ii.
6
Plane-trees, ii. 30, 66 Plantains, li. 357 Plenipotentiaries at Berlin,
ii.
391, 392,
393
of the Conp:o,
1
Plumbaso, ii. 357 Plymouth, landed at, ii. 236 Pocock Francis, i. 313 ii. 249 ;
Padron Point,
i.
Basin,
63
P.dahalla INlountain, ii.
160
IMrate Creek,
Osteiid,
i.
ii.
Pillar Point, i. 12; river, i. 1 Pillars Po;tuguesc Stone, i. 1 their purpose, i. 10, 11 Pilot of Ba-iana, i. 63 I'ilots. jottings for Congo, i. 403, 404, 405 IMncolVs and Kerdyck, Messrs., i. 72 Pine Apples see Fruit. native, i. 198 Pioneers, foreign, i. 195 Piqaf. tta's " Kingdom of the Congo," i. 9 ;
Onjderope, i. 205 O^ear Pere, i. 45
Padiao, Rio de, former
;
;
07,342,353, 356, 367,
374 Orgiuisation oi'
Pike,
487, 4S:>, 51t)
Orbaii, Lieut.,
Orchilla weed,
;
ii.
i.
12), 162, 179, 205;
215, 217
Palavers,—at Vivi, i. 123, 129, 130, 132, 133-137; at Xtamo, i. 309; at Nsnida, 164-170; at Kinlaaio, i. 372; at i. Mswa'a, 1. -ido, 407; at Stanley Falls, ii. 161, 162 Palisades in leaf, i. 152 Palm butter, ii. 342 juice, ii. 192 oil shipments at Old oil, ii. 355 Calabar, ii. 232 wine, i. 165, ISO, 214, 307 ii. 322 Palraas Cape, i. 78 Palms, i. 513, 518; ii. 5, 92, 341, 352, 367 Palmyra Rea-h, i. 106, 112 Papaw tiees, ii. 246 Fapijrus, ii. 6 pautiquoriim, ii. 354 Paifoiny, Lieut., i. 478 ii. 26J Pari^, a meeting it:, i. 23, 24 Park, .Mungo, ii. 385 Parmeuter,"Mnjor, ii. 224, 271, 273
•
:
;
;
;
ParriKiuets, ii. 8 Parrots, i. 207, 419, 430 ii. 6. 8 Patifencc', the virtue of, i. 46, 49 Payment of native carriers, i. 346 Peace, celebration of, ii. 63, 64 negot'aat at Irebu, ii. 42, 45 tion.s ii. 26 ;
;
;
Bolobj, ii. 60, 61 Pelicans, i. 417 Fersonnd of a station, i. 37 Peschuel Loesche, Dr., i. 376, 447, 449; ii. 387 Pestdential vapour, ii. 300, 301 Pettit Hubert, i. 208 Philanthropic expeditions, character 24; views, ii. 406 Phtenix Spinosa, ii. 354
;
448,
ii.
210
Pogge, Dr., ii. 351, 387 Point Padron, i. 63 Ponta da Lenha, i. 74, 77, 82, 83, 85, 87, 88, 96, 104 Pope Innocent X., i. 16 Paul v., i. 4, 16 Popelin, Captain, i. 43, 44 of Zinga, i. 315 Population, ii. 343 of Bolobo, i. 518 of native villages, ii. ;
;
tables of, ii. 349, 3.50; of Upper Congo region, ii. 349-351; of WebbLualaba region, ii. 360; of Taiiginika territory, ii. 362; of Chambezi region, ii. 362 of the Congo basin, ii. 366, 367,
45;
;
375 Porterage of goods, price now paid for, ii. 372 Portuguese Pillars, i. 1, 14; their purpose, j.
10, 11
missionary
—
efforts,
i.
11,
13
Portuguese, expel the Jaggas, i. 12 cession of territory to the, i. 12; fort at Kabinda, i. 14; exercised no authority on the Congo bank, i. 14 expelleil from Kabinda, i. 14 the slave-trade under tlie, i. 14, 15 mission at San Salvador, traders, i. 92; at Yivi, i. 225; i. 16; steamers, discomforts of, i. 458, 4.j9, 460 territor.v, ii. 36g, 380, 401, 404; action of the government, ii. 380 Pocse, Count, ii. 277 Potatoes, ii. 357; sweet, ii. 213 Pottery, native manufacture of, ii. 48 Power of native chiefs, i. 17-19 i. 508, ;
;
;
;
;
509 of,
i.
Preparations for war, i. 333 Presents, i. 406 ii. 23, 90 expectancy of i. 164; description of, i. 170; to ;
;
INDEX. exchanging, i. 288, 307 331 a oue-sided balancesiieet for, i. 35^ President for the State, a, ii. 53 Prince's Island, i. 57, 110, 111, 457 Prison l.oirors at Loanda, i. 453 Prisoners, two of my men, i. 371 for theft, ii. 174, 178, 179 Produce, native, i. 193 of I'roducts, of mountain region, ii. 342 chiefs,
i.
185
;
;
clainiauts lor,
i,
;
:
tlie
Upper Congo regions,
352-358
ii.
of Africa, table of value in Liverpool,
ii.
368, 3G9 Progress, rate of, i. 215, 241, 209. 270 Proiectorate of districts, ii. 166 of Boma, ;
ii.
225
Provisions for an Expedition, 48, 49 Pumpkins, ii. 243 Punishment, a terrible, i. 97. 98 Puichas, tiie English compiler, i. 4 Piir.tiins and the Mayflower, ii. 379 Pythons, i. 204 i.
Quarrel with Ngalyema, i. 332-342 Quarrels with natives at Leopold ville, witii natives, difficulties of, i. i. 485 523, 524, 526 ;
Quatrolages, M. de, i. 36 Questions put at the Brussels meeting, 26 Qiiettah, ii. 236 Ouin'a as a Ionic, ii. 325 Quinine in cases of fever,
i.
Eeport to King Leopold, ii. 237 Eepulse at Malima, i. 299, 300 Efsignations, ii. 247 Kesolutions passed at Brussels, i. 27 Ee-trictions on trade, dangers of, i. 464 Eetiibution, thouglits on, ii. 143 Eevenue of proposed railway, ii. 371 Eiiine, comjiarison to, ii. 8 Eice, growth o ii. 35/ Eirhthofen Baron von, i. 34 E ties, class of ritles carried, i. 47 EiL;ht of w'ay, payment fur, i. 170 Eio de Congo, the name on old maps, i. 2 E:o Poderoso, an old name of the Congo, ',
i.
1
Eise and fall of the Congo, i. 87 Eiver bank defended by sliarp pios, ii. 135 Eiver courses, old, i, 175 Rivers (see also under special names), the Aruwiini, ii. 115; Balui, ii. 79, 345; Biyerre. i. 514; ii. 129-132,170, 349; Black Eiver, ii. 359; Bundi, i. 403; Bnnga, ii. 66 Chambczi, ii. .358 Chofu, ii. 153; Edwin Arnold, i. 403 Gordon Bennett, i. 403; ii. 53; Gurba, ii. 131 Ikelcmba, ii. 31, 32, 77, 78, 344; Ikuba, ii. 65; Inkissi, i. 403, 478; ii. 193; Isanga, ii. 345; Itimbiri, ii. 109, 110, 112, llil, 345, 352 Kwa. ii. 314 KwiluNiadi, i. 403; ii. 214, 225: Lacustrine Kan;olondo, ii. 360; Lawsori-Lutini, i. 509, 512; ii. 315; Leopold, ii. 359; Likuba, ii. 185, 345 Lhari, ii. 131 Lon, i. 4(13; Lokulu, Lira, ii. 358, 359 Low-wa, ii. 358, 359 Lualla, i. ii. 361 403 Luama, ii. 359 Lubamba, i. 403 ii. 225; Lnbansenzi, ii. 361; Lubilash, Lubiranzi, ii. 169, ii. 169, 348, :-51 344, 345, 348 Luimme, i. 488 Lufii, i. 403 ii. 21.5, 359; Luigiii. 359; lAiindi, Luizi,i. 403 ii. 359 ii. 217 Lukaiiga, ii. 21, 27, 28, 45, 46, 344; Lulu, i. 403 ii. 193; Lulungu, ii. 76-78, 344, 352; Lumami, ii. 169, 348, 359; Lunionzo, i, :03; ii. 214; Mbika, i. 403; Mbihe', Mfmi, ii. ii7; Mikene, i. 519; ii. 344; ii. 65; Mikene-Alin)a, ii. 345; Muhindu, Mpozo, i. 403 ii. 344 Jlpioga, ii. 211 Mpalanga, i. 4 03; Mulwassi, ii. 207; Nekke, ii. 131 Nepoko, ii. 131 Ngaku, Ngann, i. 444; ii. 344; Nl>uku, ii. 212 ii, 346; Kseleii, i. 395, 403; Ubangi, ii. 345 Ubika, ii. 171 Ulindi, ii. 358, a59 Wampoko, ii. 51 Welle', ii. 126, sqg. Welle-MakuM, ii. 110 Eoad, "kUling" the, i. 314 in danger through lain, ii. 210 ;
;
;
;
;
272-274
i.
477
;
;
Piailwav at Vivi, ii. 227 and Lsangila, proposed,
between Viva
;
186, 187 neci ssity for a, i. 463, 464 fur the Congo, ii. 367. 368 probable cost of construction, ii. 370, 371 probab;e trafSc on a, ii. 370. 371 proposal?, i. 25 Pain, eficctof heavy, i. 94 i.
;
;
;
;
:
Eainfall observations,
Kainstorms,
Eniny ii.
ii.
3C3-338
258
i.
health during,
;
Bank, qunrrels about, i 71, 72 Kansoni ofl'ered for release of a
thief,
ii.
174 i,
260
Eiiphia vinifera,
Eapids, Enka,
ii.
ii.
ii.
ii.
;
:
;
i.
215,
5, 30,
;
;
241, 269,
270,
;
;
i.
;
;
;
48
purchase of. i. 481 Ecasons auainst bloodshed, i. 523, 524 Eecuperation in a temperate climate necessary, ii. 329 Eed«ooil,
;
;
1.39
9,75
Eations, a day's,
;
;
;
352, 351129, 130
ii.
Eiipine, tracts of, Bate of progress,
480;
;
;
tl.e,
299
Eansoms,
;
;
;
210
ii.
seasons,
;
;
67, .374
powder, ii. 2, 353, 354, 356, 367 Eeg's & Co., i. 72, 78 Eemini;tou rifles, i. 47
;
Eoad-mnking.
i. 141, 1-12, 115, 154, 155, 181, 187, I'.iO, 191, 196-198, 201, 201235-237, 239, 279, 312, 325, 207, 224, 370, 463; ii. 223; negotiating for, i.
167-169
INDEX.
478 Eoafls, iniurcd hv rains, i. 480 104, 189; n.glected, ii. 221 Eobsou Islands, i. 82 Kock formations, i. 240, 247 Kocky Point, i. 115, 513-515 liohlf, the explorer, ii. 385
native,
;
transferred to St. Paul de 13; in ruins, i. 13; attempt to re-open mi.?sions, i. 13 Baptist Mission at, i. 13; mission at, i. 16; ii.
bishopric
i.
Loanda,
;
342 Sarawak,
Roman
125, 126, 171, 172, 173, 175, 176, 180, 181, 182, 183, 184, 243, 241, 246, 247, 250, 255, 256, 2.")8, 262, 264, 325, 390, 391, 396, 397, 399, 400, 5('4, 505, 511, 512. 513; ii. 4-9, 11, on the 17, 77, 79, 91, 92, 93, 152; Ikeleniba, ii. 34-36 Sceptical people, ii. 377 Sceptre of Ngalyema,
;
Ruanda
cattle, ii. 301 Rubber, India, i. 384 Rubunga, Chief of Nganza, ii. 99 Rudolf, the Archduke, i. 35 Rudoltttadt station, i. 474-476 river, i. 58 Rnfiiji, the, i. 44 Rug:)-Ru
School, native children of, ii. 208 Schnoor Ihe carpenter, ii. 191 Schweinfuith, Dr., ii. 130, 351, 385 Scientific mission of a station, i. 37 Scotch scenery, comparison to, i.
;
i.
81
Seaside resorts, i. 23 Stason ior gardening, i. 381 Sea near the land, appearance of the, 61 Secrecy, reasons Seltzer, ii. 282
251
477, 480, 481. 488, 489 Sacre
ii. ISO182 Sadika Banza, i. 164, 179, 205 Sadika Banzi, p;afeau, ii. 216 Safeni, i. 260 Sagfjitaire, the, a French frigate, i. 86, (note), 475 Sailing vessels ascending the Congo, i. 113 docuuK nt in St. Paul de Loanda, 14 the arcliivcs of, i. 12; desciiption of, i. 450-455 St. Thomas' Island, i. 57, 456 Salt extiactcd from grass, i. 424 Salutations on the march, ii. 192, 193 S;duting the dead, i. 75 Samuna. a cliief of Xsanda, i. 18, 164 Sanatorium at Boma, ii. 228 Le'opoldville, i. 391 on Leopold Hill, ii. 191 Sand flies, i. 214 Saml-pipeis, i. 436 Sanda Congo, i. 112 Sanfoni, Gineral, H. S., of Florida, i. 36 ii. 381, 382 San Januario, the Duke de, i. 35 San Salvador, capital of Congo, i. 11 destrnction of, i. 12; rebuilding of, i. 12;
400,
401
Scotchman Head,
;
i.
379
124, 179, 245, 324, 401,
154, 190, 196, 477, 478, 481, 501 ; ii. 57, 59, 116; at 0»tend, i. 244; under repair, wreck of the, ii. 170, 171 i. 261 Royal Geographical Society, i. 33
Sabuka,
ii.
Sardines, potted, ii. 322 Saulez, Capt. Sevmour, ii. 191. 272 Scenery oftheCo'ngo.i. 92,93, 94, 111,112,
Catholic Mission, ii 50 liome, missions from, i. 16 Eoth, Dr., i. 34 " Rotlischild," the, of Bolobo, ii. 3 Eowe. Sir Samuel, i. 57, 59 Royal, steam launcli, i. €8, 83, 104, IIG,
Sa'adala,
i.
;
;
for,
i.
56
i.
Semicarhus anacardium, ii. 358 Sette Camma, ii. 229 Settlement, an immense, ii. 81, 82 Shale, ii. 214 Shamba Gonera, i. 45, 48 Shari River, ii. 131 Shark's Point, i. 62, 63 Shaw, Mr. E. Massey, ii. 224, 271, 273 Sheds for workmen, a necessity, ii. 315 Sheep, ii. 243 Shipping at Banana Point, i. 64 Ships for the Congo, ii. 367 Shooting a hippopotamus, i. 106 Sick list, i. 216; of stations, ii. 306; men, ii. 248 shamming at A^ivi, ii. 222 causes ecnsidered, ii. Sickness, 1. 212 286, sqfj. prevention of, ii. 311 Siemens, Dr. W.. i. 34 Sierra Leone, i. 57, 59 ii. 236, 297, 320 Signals ot natives, ii. 158 Siluru.
;
;
;
;
;
I
;
I
'
;
j
1
Slave-trade,
i.
14, 15; suppression of the,
INDEX. 15; trade, the, i. 90.97, 152 atLoanda, 451 efi'c ct on population, ii. 343 Slave-traders on tlie Congo, i. 113: from the Suudan, ii. 122 news of, ii. 135 on terrible scenes, the Conixo, ii. 139, 140 ii. 140-150; tradi rs overtaken, ii. 142; raids of, ii. 144, 145 numbers in a gan^', ii. 145; jjl under taken by, ii. 147; captives of, ii. 148, 149; extent of country
suppressing the slavei. 54 i. 190; defensive measures at a, i. 370 m( asurcs for .«u])pi rling, i. 465 neglect by leaders, i. 469; destruction of two, ii. 50; a well-governed, ii. 72 founding, ii. 75 the last formed, ii. 160; a pretty, ii. 212, 213; (f^uii)ment ftir, ii. 243 in neglect and jirosperitv, ii. 245 success of Stanley Falls, ii. 275; unluallliy, ii. 287, 288, 290292, 299-301 sick list of, ii. 306 sites of, ii. 319, 320 influence of in
;
i.
trade, i. 37 establishing,
;
;
;
;
ravaged hy,
ii.
150, 151 Phi vers at work,
ii.
149
instigators of,
;
ii.
15
2
ii.
Snider
rifles,
i.
47
Soil, richness of the,
393
i.
Steam
communication, instructions regarding, i. 27 Stettmer.s trading, i. 91, 92; the harbingers of trade, i. 254 transported overland, i. 182, 227, 228, ii. 204; first on the Upper Congo, i. 375 on the Congo, tflfect of largo, ii. 7, 8, 9; surprise the natives, ii. 12, 16, 29, 105 for the Congo, ;
251
ii.
Souiio, rebellion in, i. 12 Soudanese slave-traders,
83 122 227
82.
:
ii.
;
ii.
;
;
;
;
;
;
Pooh
31, 86, 96, 159, 191, 216, 225, 234, 268, 270, 387, 388, 389, 445, 477, 478, 481, 488. 507, 514; ii. 2, 3, 5, 22, 49, 61, 214, 289, 302, 342, 343, 345 ; i.
distant view
description of, of, i. 290 Pool markets, i. 421 missionaries at, i. 490; division of, i. 203; monthly supply to, ii. 272 Starvation, approaching, i. 302 Stations, instructions r garding, i. 27 on Lake 'I'anganika, i. 35 on ihe east of Africa, i. 30 hosjiitable missions oJ^ i. 37 scientific missions of, i. 37 ;
;
;
;
Cove,
i.
379
Steel lighters, i. 68 Stephanieville, i. 470, 477 Sterile scenes, i. 204, 205
Haven, Stanley Kails, ii. 103 Stimulants, craving for, ii. 241 absence of, ii. 242 abuse of, ii. 251, 252, 253,
Still
;
;
254 Stink-wood, ii. 5 Stipa tenaccissima, ii. 354 Stocking Islantl, i. 82, 89 Stores, i. 153; conveyance of, i. 155, 182, 210, 211, 214; list of, i. 285; <.f the Kx( edition, i. 68 for the Upper Congo Expedition, list of, 501, 502; for an expedition, ii. 70 h ft at Stanley Falls, ii. 165 sent monthly to Stanley I'ool, ii. 272 Storms, 1. 201, 227, 337, 418, 437, 438 ii. 95, 90. 98, 137 Story of Ngalycma's life, i. 348, 349 Stoiy, a hypocritical, ii. 41 Strauch. Colon. 1, i. 28, 39, 42, 43, 46, 52, ii. 378, 394 5d, 189 Strength of the expedition, i. 378 Stri/chnas, ii. 358 Subsidies to chiefs, i. 54 Sugar, i. 414 ii. 357, 375 Suicide of 31. Luksic, 489 Suki, i. 315 Sun, avoiding exposure to the, ii. 323; observations of the. i. 205 ;
;
;
;
;
;
Sun-bird, ii. 6 Sun-fever, ii. 322 Sunday, a dny of rest, i. 230 Sundi, i. 176 Sungi) Maji of Bumba, ii. 107 Sunshine, Atiican, i. 94, 95 Sunstroke, ii. 322; precautious against,
315
;
;
367
'
Soudi (if Turn, i. 251, 252, 253 Soundings at Vivi, i. 128, 129; on the C.ugo, i. 402 Soups ii. 322 Sovereignty ceded to the Association, ii. 225 Snake skin girdles, ii. Ill ."-nakes, i. 204 Spaces, health of open, ii. 302 Sparhawk, Mr. Augustus, i. 145, 154, 159, 196 Spear-grass, i. 423 Speke, ii. 385 Spliynx Rock, ii. 211 Spitting-snakes, i. 204 Squabbles to be avoided, i. 46 Stables, i. 153 Staff, complaints from the, i. 70, 71 at Vivi, i. 159 re-organisation v.i Vivi, ii. 223 Stanley and Bula Matari, difference between, ii. 28 Stanley Falls, i. 70, 148 ii. 56, 75, 154character of trade 156, 340. 343, 358 at, ii. 160 palaver a!, ii. 101, 102 choosing a site. ii. 102 clearing the site, ii. 105: Falls Station, improvement at, ii. 275
390
;
;
"Sojering,"
i.
;
;
;
Snails,
;
;
121. 121
200
Smallpo.x,
;
ii.
Slaves sacrificed, 180-182 Slavery, at Boma, i. 90 an escape from, i.
commonwealth,
;
;
;
;
479
*'
Superstitions" of natives, 28,
2.1,
62
ii.
INDEX.
480 "Susceptibilities" on
tlie
Congo,
i.
72
;
ii.
240, 270 Susi, Livingstone's head man, i. 310, 318, 335, 345, 379 Suspicion a'lcl distrust among natives, dinger of, i. 109, 170 Suzeniintv of chiefs, i. 18 Swinburne, Mr. A. D i. 57, 58, 145, 150, l'.)G, 208, 213. 218, 219. 221, 239, 240, 496 ii. 289 his services, ii. 257, 558 Switzti-laud, a holiday in, i. 23 ,
;
;
Sword, Makoko's, i. 332 Swordtmiths, ii. 35G
Track.s, herd, i. 201 native, i. 192 Trale and barter, articles for African,
i.
157
1.56,
Trade, factory, i. 74, 75; at Vivl, i. 156; competition, i. 800 Congoese, shrewddemanded at Nganza, ness in, i. 137 ii. 99 the coming of the whites means, native eageri. 168; in gunpowder, i. 75 ness for, i. 384 ii. 367 of West Atrica, amornit of, ii. 3G6 probabilities of iticrcnscd, ii. 367; lousiiig llie spirit of, ii.376; routes, ii. 342 tiible of possible, ;
;
;
;
;
;
;
;
talk, i. 214; at new factories, ii. 310 witli natives, conduct of, i. 99, 100 visions of future, feasibility of, i. 463 ;
Tabnra, i. 40, 42 Tactics against Ngalyema,
i.
334
;
Tiimarinds, ii. 5 " Tandelny," ii. 89
Tanganika, Lake,
i. 7, 20, 35, 37, 40, 41, ii. 359. 363 43, 44. 46 territory, extent of, ii. 362 ;
•
•
danger of excessive, i. 464 Tea as a beverage, ii. 322 Teak, African, i. 192 ii. 30, 67 Temperance, ii. 325, 329 Temperature, ii. 282, 314, 316-318, 330, 331 Tendelay, i. 206 Teneriffe donkeys, i. 225 Tents, making new, i. 279 Territories of the Congo basin, ii. 365 Territory ceded to the Portuguese, i. 12 The au lait, ii. 324 Tariff's,
;
Thefts at goods,
ii.
Iboko, and
return
of stolen
180
Thermometer readings, Thieving natives,
ii.
84
i. ;
203. 213 at Iboko,
ii.
173,
174
Tliompson, Captain, i. 57, 105-107 Thys, Captain, ii. 378 Tides on tlie Congo, i. 87 Tiger skin, trick with a, ii. 107 Time bill, fiora the sea to Yivi, 1. 116; occupied in journeys, i. 191 Times, Tlie, i. 58 Tinned meats, i. 284; ii. 322 Tippling, ii. 319 Tippn Tib, an Arab trader, ii. 154, 351
Mr. W. H.. ii. .396 ii. 364, 375 Tomatoes, ii. 213 Tonics, ii. 325 Tools and stores carried by our exi^edition, i. 503 "Topeis," ii. 251, 252 Topography, i. 172, 173. 175.176, 179-184, 192, 258, 287. 290. 352-355. 395 397, Tis.lel,
Tobacci),
412, 413, 513, 514; ii. 4, 17. 18, 46, 47, 78. 341, sqq. of Vivl, i. 126, 136, 140 Torch, U.M.S.. i. 86 (note) Tortoise shell, ii. 354 T'ltela, king of Congo, i. 17 " Touri-t " engineers, i. 209 Trachrjlobum, ii. 353 ;
127 Traders, ivory, character of, i. 387 jealousy of, 309 misrepresented by missionarii s, i. 100 of tlie Upper Congo, on the Kwa, tlie champion, ii. 21-23 i.
,
;
;
;
i.
415
Trailing at Boleko, ii. 83; ville, i. 380. 383, 384 ii. 79 communities of Arabs, companies, i. 29 in ivory, i. 383,' 384
at Leopold-
eanoe.s,
Bcma,
stations at
i.
ii.
360, 363
91
steamers, i. 91, 92 Traditional origin of Byyanzi, ii. 1 Traffic at Nsanga Ferry, i. 479 Transport of steamers overland, ii. 264; enlistment of natives for, ii. 225 Travelling, dangers of, ii. 317; rate of, i. 215, 241, 269, 270 Treasury at Le'opoldville, low state of tlie, i.
483
Treaties
495
;
-with ii.
native chiefs, 380 ; forms
48. 379,
i.
473-477, ii. 195-
of,
197, 205, 206 Treaty with Vivi chiefs, i. 137, 138, 155, 156 Trees, ancient, i. 316 or groves a sign of vil]a'.jes, 1. 62 planting as a protection, ii. 311 Tributaries of the Congo, length of, ii. 344352; tlieir length, ii 347 Tribute, i. 49 Tropical heat, ii. 282 islands, character of, i. 457 scenes, ii. 91-93 Tropics, bodily changes in the. i. 65 the best food for, ii. 294 conditions of life in the, i. 85 drugs for the, ii. 325. 327 food in the, ii. 321-324, 329 he.ltii in the. Dr. Marlin's advice, ii. 329 mode ;
;
:
;
;
;
;
:
of
life
in the,
i.
65, 67; clothes for the,
326 Troup, air. Jolm Rose, i. 23 Trucks for machinery, Tsetse, i. 419 ii.
ii.
224, 272, 274
Trouville,
i.
198
INDEX. Tuckey's, Captain, account of tlie slave173 expedition of, i. 5, 6, trade, i. 14 its losses, i. 6, 7 ii. 317 102, 120, 121 its results, i. 7 ;
Usindi,
;
;
Uyanzi,
" Tuckey's furthest," i. 184 Tugurambusa Hills, ii. 151, 152
Two Palm
Point,
Typhoid
fever,
'J'yplops,
i.
i.
ii.
warriors,
Piiver,
Ufipa,
176 98
171
Kiver,
i.
ii.
Ukumiia Uledi,
i.
243, 246, 258, 357 Vegetation, effects of fire upon, Venetian beads, i. 30
318, 321
Ugangi, ii. 47 Ugogo, i. 45, 49 Uguhha, i. 43 Ugunda, i. 46 Uhha, ii. 362, 364 Ujiji, i. 40-42, 216; 364 Ukatakura, ii. 97 Ukawenda, ii. 364 TIkele,
cattle,
ii.
361; 363,
94
i.
Congo, ii. 11, 12, 15 waim invitation to, ii. 30; on the Ikelemba, ii. 36; on the Congo, ii. 45 deserted, ii. 138 devastated by Arabs, ii. 139-141, 148 in easily defended jDositions, ii. 172; healthy sites of native, ii. 302, 303 Ville cVAnvers steamer, ii. 225 " Vinda by the river," i. 112 Vinda-le-Nzaddi, i. 112 Visions of future track, i. 127 Vivi, i. 70, 113, 114-116, 127, 128, 144147,149,152,153,159-162,167, 181, 189, ;
ii.
225
;
!
171 district,
ii.
;
Versteeg, M., i. 35 Vetch, Major Francis, ii. 272, 273, 355 Veterans on the coast, i. 73 Viboiido, ii. 360 Victoria Nyanza, i. 20 Villages, native, i. 315; on the Upper
176
I
|
j
i
|
|
;
i
Ungende, ii. 11 Unhealthy stations, ii. 287, 288, 290, 291, 299-301 United States, co-operation of the, i. 36 380 action of the, ii. 381, 382 Unkuri, i. 432 Unyamwezi, i. 39, 40 ii. 363 Uuyauyembe', expedition to, i. 39, 40, 41, 46, 48 Upiti, a chief, ii. 58, 61 Upoto, ii. 22, 60 Hills, ii. 99, 103, 171 Upper Cojigo discovered by Stanley, i. 37; 356; communication with the sea, i. 463, 464 Urainbo, Mirando, King of, i. 39, 43 Uranga, ii. 76-78 etiusive welcome at, ii. 176 Urundi cattle, ii. 361, 3G2, 364 Urungu, ii. 364 Ururu, a chief, i. 518, 519 ii. 57 Usansi, i. 326-331 Mountain, i. 390 Usige, ii. 362; cattle, ii. 311 Usimbi District, ii. 176
!
197, 207, 208, 210-215, 220, 225, 234, 422, 513 ii. 56, 215, 218, 219, 289, 291, 298, ;
304; founding the 197; topography,
;
'
;
;
YoL. II.— 31
station,
i.
118-126,
136, 140; chiefs, i. 123, 129, 130, 142 aborigines, i. 130 ; extent of territory of, i. 135, 136 its recommendations, i. 136, 138; treniy with chiefs, i. 155, 156; trade, i. 156; staff at, i. 159; anel Isangila, proposed railway between, i. 186, 187; to Ndambi i.
126,
;
I
;
I
i
j
!
Ml)ongo, i. 192 Isangila to, i. 239 messengers sent to, i. 251; recruits at, i. 278 resignation of a chief, i. 376 no progress at, i. 447; eleparture fiom, i. 449 return to, i. 468 neglect of, i. 469, 470 quarrels at, i. 489 troubles ;
;
;
;
;
;
251
Ulindi River, ii. 358, 359 Ulungu Mountains, i. 175, 179, ISO, 205 Umaneh Town, ii. 124, 125 Fmangi, ii. 98, 171 Uraari, ii. 39, 42 a guide, ii. 44
ii.
factories,
;
363
ii.
Ufuvu
ii.
ii. ii.
new
Vangele, Lieut., ii. 38, 71, 177, 181, 264, 267, 289 Van Schuman Herr, i. 471 Vapour, pestilential, ii. 300, 301 Vegetables, i. 103, 148, 381, 393 ii. 71,
356
Ubika
421
299-301
i.
;
;
TTbengo, district
ii.
of probable trade at 370, 871
Van Bogaarte, Major, i. 239 Van de Velde, Lieut., 473-476 Van den Heuvel, Dr., ii. 53, 191
400 345 a popidous place, swordsmiths, ii. 21, 23, 354
13,
1,
ii.
Valley stations, unhealthy, Value of ivory, i. 380, 384
i. 51G 212
ii.
i.
;
380
ii.
Ubangi, Kiver,
511, 512, 513; markets,
;
ii.
205
Uango-Ango,
i.
Valcke', Lieut., i. 237-210, 283, 286, 311, 382, 449, 477, 480, 481, 488, 489, 509 ii. 51, 53, 223 his services, ii. 261-264
Tunduwa
Point, i. 114, 120 Turtle doves, i. 419 Twiss, Sir Travers, on treaties,
182
19, 21, 23, 49, .68, 69,
ii.
Uvana, Banza, i. 208 Uvira iron-works, ii. 3(54
;
;
481
;
;
;
;
;
52; more iri-egularities at. ii. 187, nothing accomplished, ii. 221, 224 shamming sick at, ii. 222 leorganisation of staff, ii. 223; removal of the station, ii. 223; progress cf the new station, ii. railway at, li. 227 227 situation of at,
j
|
ii.
;
;
;
;
INDEX.
482 old,
287; distunce from
ii.
tlie sea,
ii.
339
Viva
Hill,
13^. 141, 145, 146, 150, 161,
i.
162 Mavungii, i. 123, 129, 132, 138, 1)3, 163 EapiJs, i. 128 ii. 218 Nkii, a chief, i. 130 Volga, comparisou to, ii. Vombo, ii. 214 Vou Mechow, ii. 387 Voonda, i. 250 ii. 209, 214, 22.5 ;
;
AVebb-Liialaba Eiver, navigation of the, ii. 359 AVeissman, Lieut., ii. 351, 387 AVelcoiiie at Ikengo, ii. 30 AVcUe lliver, ii. 126, sq^. identical with the liiyerre', ii. 130 AVclle-Makua Eiver, ii. 110 AVellington,Duke of, on Indian life, ii. 295 Weuya fishermen, ii. 154 AVerre, another name tir AV^ellc' Eiver. AVest African Livingstone Search Expedition, i. 13 AVet clothes, danger of, ii. 326 exposure flannels, ii. 283, 285, 369 to, ii. 285 AVheat, ii. 375 ;
;
Wabaiigi,
ii.
43
;
Wabika tribe, ii. 172 Wabuina people, 419 Wadi Kehani, i. 238, 345, 379 i.
AVages, uative surpriso at,
49 AVaglails, i. 43G; Waffogo,
i.
143, 144
i.
ii.
G
Waliha
tribe, ii. 363 AVajiJi sailors, i. 43; tiibe,
363
ii.
Wanibuiidii, au inland people, 320, 323, 495
i.
;
305, 319,
ii.
;
Wangata, ii. 37, 38, 39, 42 AVangwaua, i. 45-48 ii.
4
AVauya-Kuauda
363 Wauyamwezi ptople, i. 46-48 ii. 363 prevenAVar, daily expected, i. 361-366 natives preparing for, tion of, i. 380 i. 524; ii. 113,114; objections to, i. 526, 527 native, ii. 23-25 at Irebu. ii. 42-45 burying a, ii. 45 with Eolobo, among 57-61 indemnity, ii. 61 ii. tribe,
ii.
;
;
;
;
;
;
;
;
;
effects natives, slight causes for, ii. 62 da^ice of natives, ii. 343 internecine, desolating efftct of, ii. 35 ;
on population,
;
;
i.
173
AA'ar-fetish, a curious,
i.
340
AVarlike threats of Ngalyema, i. 332-334 AVare, another name lor AVcllt' lUver, AV'aruudi tribe, ii. 363 AVatei course, searcli for a, i. 178 AV'ater-drinking. excessive, ii. 315-317 AVatson, Sir Ihomas, on tiee-planting, ii.
311
AVatumba
of IMusangaland, ii. 109 AVatwa, dwarfs, the, ii. 47 ivoiy sold by, ii. 48 AVax, ii. 364 Wazige tribe, ii. 363 AV'callh of ivory trading chiefs, i. 310-311 A\'eaver-bird,s, i. 436 AVebb-Lualaba region, extent of, ii. 340, 358 ;
ii.
254,
AVoerman, Herr, ii. 394 AVnman, a notable, 425, 426 AVomcn, nude, ii. 100 of Africa, the, i. 425 AVood I'oint, i. 83, 85
154
Kiisari,
AVanuuu,
172,
298
moderate use of, AVine, ii. 242 282, 295 AVing-clappers, i. 207 AVinton, Sir Francis de, ii. 227 AVitchcraft, punishment of, i. 380
AVami lliver, i. 44, 58 AVampoko Kivcr, ii. 51 AVane Kirundu, ii. 360 Mikimgu, ii. 156 Itukura lisberuien, ii. 157 Sirouga, ii. 157
AA'hip-snakes, i. 204 AVhirlpools, i. 106 AVhisky, ii. 251, 252, 319 " AVliite Man's Grave," ii. 320 AA'illing hands a necessity, ii. 240 AVind obL-ervations, ii. 310, 331-333 ii. AVinds, cold, i. 210, 211, 264
cutting, ii. 9 AVork, a year's, i. 240 neglected at Vivi, shirking, ii. 240, 242 on ii. 221, 222 the Congo, ii. 252 honour of, ii. 278, 279 hours for outdoor, ii. 314 AVorkers, unintelligent, ii. 249, 250 AVorking day, duration of our, i. 149 nuuibcrs force, weakness of, i. 191 ;
;
;
;
;
;
196 AVorkmanship, native, of our,
i.
ii.
123
agreement about native, i. 1G9 shelter for outdoor, ii. 315 AVreck of a canoe, ii. 49 AVy-yanzi people, i. 428, 443 ii. 14, 23, '60\ 60, 63, 64, 302 custom of succession,
AV'orkiiien,
;
;
;
i.
520
Yakkiis, the, invasion
Yakongo Yakui,
ii.
village,
ii.
:
see
Ajakkas.
103
125
Yakusa spe irs, ii. 356 Yalulima tiibe, ii. Ill, 354; swordsmiths, ii. 356
Yambi
vilhige,
ii.
Yambinga, town, Yambuii,
ii.
126 107-109
ii.
127
57-60 127 A'nmbnngu village, ii. 112 Yambuya village, ii. 129
Yambula, 518,525 A'ambuniba town,
;
ii.
ii.
483
inde:s:. Ynmbila, a guide,
Yamu-ningiii village, ii. 110 Yannu, i. 4H2 Yangambi, ii. 151 Yangassa, a chief of Nzabi, i. 310 Yaukau on Itimbiri, ii. 100 Yanzi, Chief of Wane Sirongn, ii. 157
Yaporo district, ii. 141 Yaruche, ii. 152 Yarukuinbe town, ii. 152 Yaryembi, ii. 152 Yavuuga, a desolated village,
ii. 82, 8G, 88, 97, 98, 100, 112, 110, 117, 140, 182
name of the Congo, 202 described by a Capiicliin father i. 4 Tuckey's description of the, i. 5, G Zanzibar, 28, 29, 35, 37, 39, 43-45, 47, 48 Ihe Sultan of, i. 49 tlie Prince of, i. 58 Zaire, the, Portuguese i.
2,
;
;
;
Zauzibaris, i. 49, 59, 07, 1-JO, 150, 203, 212, 216, 277, 278, 311, 445, 4G2 ii. 97 144 sent iiome, i. 449 Zareeba or boma, i. 46 Zari see Znire. Zebra, ii. 241 Zinga, i. 287, 313-31G Zingeli, i. 46 ;
141 Yellala, i. 102, 113, 160, 105, 179; falls, i. "202, 203; ii. 218 mountain, i. 205; ii. ii.
;
217 Yellow wood, ii. 30 Yomburri, a desolated lown, ii. 139, 141 Youno-blood, Mr., i. 04, 73 Youthful indulgence, ii. 282, 283
;
:
Zombo,
Zuuga
THE ENDo
ii.
312
chya-Idi,
i.
105
VALUABLE WORKS OF
EXPLORATION AND ADVENTURE. Stanley's Congo, and the Founding of its Free Stale.
A
Work and
By H. M. Stanley. Dedicated by King of tbe Belgians. Wltli over One Hundred fnll-page and smaller Illustrations, two large Maps, and several Story of
Exploration.
Special Permission to H. M. the
smaller oues.
2
vols., 8vo, Clotli.
{Just Ready.)
Stanley's Tlirongli the Dark Continent. Througli tbe Dark Continent or, Tbe Sources of tbe Nile, Around tbe Great Lakes of Equatorial Africa, and Down tbe Livingstone Eiver to tbe Atlantic Ocean. Witb 149 Illustrations and 10 Maps. By Henry ;
M. Stanley.
2 vols., 8vo, Clotb, $10 00; Sbeep, $12 00; Half Morocco,
|15 00.
Stanley's Coomassie
and Magdala.
Coomassic and Magdala: a Story of
Two
By Henry M. Stanley. Witb Maps and
Britisb
Campaigns
Illustrations.
in Africa.
8vo, Clotb, $3 50.
Livingstone's Last Jonrnals. The Last Journals of David Livingstone, in Central Africa, from 1865 to liis Deatb. Continued by a Narrative of bis Last Moments and SufferBy Horace ings, obtained from bis Faitbful Servants Cbuma and Susi. Waller, F.R.G.S., Rector of Twywell, Northampton. Witb Maps and Illustrations.
Cheap Popular Edition,
8vo, Cloth, $5 00; Sheep, $6 00.
8vo, Clotb, with
Map and
Illustrations,
.fi2
50.
Livingstone's Expedition to the Zambesi. Narrative of an Expedition to the Zambesi and
tbe Discovery of the Lakes Shirwa and Nyassa.
and Charles Livingstone.
With Map and
its
Tributaries
1858-1864.
Illustrations.
;
and of
By David 8vo, Clotb,
|5 00; Sbeep, $5 50.
Long's Central Africa. Central Africa Naked Truths
of Naked People. An Account of ExpeLake Victoria Nyanza and tbe Makraka Niam-Niam, West of the Bahr-El-Abiad (White Nile). By Col. C. Chaille Long, of the Egyptian Staff. Illustrated from Col. Long's own Sketches. With Map. :
ditious to tbe
8vo, Clotb,$2 50.
Valuable WorJcs of Exploration and Adventure.
2
Cameron's Across Africa. Africa. By VEiiXKY Lovett Cameron, C.B., D.C.L., Commander Royal Navy, Gold Medalist Eoyal Geographical Society, etc. With a Map and iinmerous Illustrations. 8vo, Cloth, $5 00.
Across
AshaiigO'Laiid.
Dii Chaillirs
A
Journey to Ashango-Land, and Farther Peuetration into Equatorial Africa. By Paul B. Du Chaillu. Illustrated. 8vo, Cloth, $5 00 Sheep, $5 50
Half
;
Schweinfiirtli's
Calf, $7 25.
Heart of Africa.^
of Africa; or, Three Years' Travels
The Heart
and Adventures
in
the
Unexplored Regions of the Centre of Africa. From 1868 to 1871. By Translated by Ellen E. Frewer. With Dr. Geoug Sciiweixfurth. an Introduction by WixwoOD Reade. Illustrated by about 130 Woodcuts from
Drawings made by the Author, and with Two Maps.
2
vols.,
8vo, Cloth, $8 00.
Speke's Africa. Journal of the Discovery of the Source of the Nile. By Joiix Haxxixg Speke, Captain H. M. ludiau Army, Fellow and Gold Medalist of the
Royal Geographical Society, Hon. Corresponding Member and Gold MedWith Maps aud Portraits alist of the French Geographical Society, etc.
and numerous
Illustrations, chiefly
8vo,Cloth,$4 03; Sheep, $4
from Drawings by Captain Graxt.
50.
Burton's Lake Regions of Central Africa. The Lake Regions of Central Africa. A Picture of Exploration. By Maps and Illustrations. 8vo, Cloth, Captain Richard F. Burton. $3 50.
Baker's Ismailia. Ismail'ia: a Narrative of the
pression of the Slave
By
Sir
-
Expedition to Central Africa for the Sup-
Trade, organized
Samuel White Baker, Pasha,
by Ismail, Khedive of Egypt. M.A., F.R.S., F.R.G.S., Major-
Geueral of the Ottoman Empire, late Governor-General of the Equatorial Nile Basin,
etc., etc.
Illustrations
With Maps,
Portraits,
by Zwecker and Durand.
and upwards of 50 full-page
8vo, Cloth, $5 00; Half Calf,
%1 25.
Lady
Blnnt's Bedouin Tribes of the Euphrates.
Bedouin Tribes of the Euphrates. By Lady Axxe Blunt. Edited, with a Preface and some Account of the Arabs and their Horses, by W. S. B. Map and Sketches by the Author. 8vo, Cloth, ^2 50.
Works of Exploration and Adventure.
Valnalile
3
Reade's Savage Africa. Savage Africa
being the Narrative of a Tour
:
in Equatorial, Sontli-wcst-
eru,and Nortli-westeru Africa; with Notes on the Habits of the Gorilhi; on the Existence of Unicorns and Tailed Men ou the Slave-Tradc on ;
;
the Origin, Character, and Capabilities of the Negro, and on the Future
Western
Civilization of
trations
and a Map.
By W. WiNWOOD Eeade.
Africa.
8vo, Cloth, |4 00
;
Sheep, $4 50
;
Half
Prime's Boat-Life iu Egypt and Nubia. Boat -Life in Egypt and Nubia. By William C. Prime. 12mo, Cloth, %2
Cnrtis's Nile
With
Illus-
Calf, $6 25.
Illustrated.
00.
Notes of a Howadji. By George William
Nile Notes of a Howadji.
Curtis.
12aio, Cloth,
$1 50.
A
Naturalist's
A
Wanderings
in the
Eastern Arcliipelngo. By Hexry O.
Narrative of Travel and Exploration from 1878 to 1883.
Forres, F.R.G.S.,
etc.
8vo, Cloth, $5 00.
Illustrated.
{Just FuhlhUed.)
Wallace's Malay Archipelago. The Malay Archipelago Paradise. •
Nature.
A
:
the
Land
of the Orang-Utau and the Bird of
Narrative of Travel, 1854-62.
By Alfred Russel Wallace.
New
Illustrations.
Edition.
Crown
With Studies of Man and With Maps and numerous
8vo, Cloth, $2 50.
Wallace's Island Life. Island Life;
or,
Climates.
The Phenomena of Insular Faunas and
Floras, Avith
Including an entire Revision of the Problem of Geological
their Causes.
By Alfred Russel Wallace.
Witli Illustrations and Mai)S.
8vo, Cloth, $4 00.
Wallace's Geographical Distribution of Animals. The Geographical Distribution of Animals. With a Study of the Relations of Living and Extinct Faunas, as elucidating the Past Changes of With Colored the Earth's Surface. By Alfred Russel Wallace. Maps and numerous Illustrations by Zwecker. 2 vols., 8vo, Cloth, $10 00.
Viimbcry's Centrtil Asia. being the Account of the Journey from Teheran across the Turkoman Desert, on the Eastern Shore of the Caspian, to Khiva, Bokhara, and Samarcand, performed in the year 1883. By Ar-
Travels iu Central Asia
:
MiNius Vambery, Member of the Hungarian Academy of Pesth, by he was sent on this Scientific Mission. With Maps and Woodcuts. Cloth, $4 50 Half Calf, $6 75. ;
whom 8vo,
Valuable Worls of Exploration and Adventure.
4
Thomson's Malacca, Indo-China, and China. The
Straits of Malacca, ludo-Cliiiin,
Adventures, and Ecsidence Abroad. Illustrations.
and China; or, Ten Years' Travels, By J. THOMSON. With over GO
8vo, Clot]),S4 00.
MacGahan's Campaigning on the
Oaiis.
By
Cainpaigning ou the Oxns and the Fall of Khiva.
With Map and
Illustrations.
8vo, Cloth,
J. A.
MacGahan.
50.
iif3
Biirnnby's Ride lo Khiva. A Kide to Khiva: Travels and Adventures in Central Asia. By Frkd BuRNABY (Captain Eoyal Horse Guards). With Maps and an Appendix, containing, among other Information, a Series of March-routes, compiled from a Russian Work. 12nio, Cloth, $2 00.
Armenia and Erzcroom.
Cni'zon's
Armenia: a Year at Erzeroom, and on tlie P' rentiers of Russia, Turkey, and Persia. By the Hon. Robert Curzon. Map and Illustrations. 12mo, Cloth, $1
Vincent's The Laud
25.
Land
of the
White Elephant.
White Elephant: Sights and Scenes in South-eastern Asia. A Personal Narrative of Travel and Adventure in Farther India, embracing the Countries of Burma, Siam, Cambodia, and Cochin-China of the
By Frank Yixcext,
(1H71-2).
Vincent's
Magnificently Illustrated with Maps,
Jr.
Plans, and numerous Woodcuts.
8vo, Cloth, Gilt Tops, $2 50.
Throngh and Throngh the Tropics.
Tlirongh and Through the Tropics Oceanica, Australasia, and India.
:
Thirty Thousand Miles of Travel in
By Feakk
r2mo, Cloth,
Yin'CEXT, Jr.
$1 50.
Thomson's Sonthern Palesline and Jernsalem. The Land and the Book Southern Palestine and Jerusalem. By William M. TiiOMSOXjD.D., Forty-five Years a Missionary in Syria and Pal:
estine.
140 Illustrations and Maps.
Square Bvo, Cloth, $6 00; Sheep,
|7 00; Half Morocco, §8 50; Full Morocco, Gilt Edges, $10 00.
Tliomson's Central Palestine and Pha'nicia. The Land and the Book Central Palestine and Phoenicia. :
M. Thomson, D.D. $6 00
;
Sheep, $7 00
130 Illustrations and ;
Half Morocco, $8 50
Maps. ;
By William
Square Bvo, Cloth,
Full Morocco, Gilt Edges,
$10 00.
Thomson's East of the Jordan. The Laud and the Book: East of the Jordan. sox, D.D.
Illustrations
and Maps.
Square 8vo.
By William M. TllOM{Xeurhj
Ilcaihj).
Valuable Works of Exploration and Adventure.
Prime's Tciit'Lifc in
llic
Holy Land.
By William
Tent-Life iu the Holy Laud.
5
C. Phi.mk.
Illustrated.
12mo,
Clotli,$2 00.
Pike's SnIj'Ti'opical Rambles. Sub-Tropical Rambles iu the Laud of tlie Apliauapteryx riences, Adventures,
By Nicholas
ritius.
Persoual Expeand Wanderings iu and about the Island of Mau-
Haudsoniely Illustrated.
Pike.
:
8vo, Cloth,.«;3 £0.
Van-Lennep's Bible Lands. Bible Lauds: their Modern Customs and Manners Illustrative of Script-
By
ure.
the Rev. Heniiy
Van-Lennep, D.D.
J.
wards of 350
Wood Eugravings and two
Cloth, $5 00
Sheep, $6 00
,•
;
Half
Illustrated
Colored Maps.
Avitli
up-
838 pp., 8vo,
Calf, $8 00.
Macgregor's Rob Roy on the Jordan. The Rob Roy on the Jordan, Canoe Cruise J.
Nile, Red Sea, and Gennesareth, etc. A and Egypt, and the Waters of Damascus. By With Maps and Illustrations. Crown 8vo, Cloth,
iu Palestine
Macgregor, M.A.
'
$2 50.
Bartlelt's
From Egypt
From Egypt Country.
to
Palestine.
to Palestine, through Sinai, the Wilderness,
and the South
Observations of a Journey made with Special Reference to the
By S. C. Baktlett, D.D., LL.D., President of Dartmoutli College, and lately Professor in the Chicago Theological SemHistory of the Israelites.
With
inary.
Ma^is and Illustrations.
Schliemann's
8vo, Cloth,
$i3
50.
Ilios.
The Results of Researches Troy and throughout the Troad iu the years 1871-'72-'73-'78-'79 including an Autobiography of the Author. By Dr. Henuy Sciiliemanx, F.S.A., F.R.I. British Architects; Author of "Troy and its Remains," "Myceuse," etc. With a Preface, Appendices, and Notes by Professors Rudolf Virchow, Max Miiller, A. H. Sayce, J. P. Mahaffy, H. Brugscli-Bey, P. Aschersou, M. A. Postolaccas, M. E. Buruouf, Mr. F. Calvert, and Mr. A. J. DuflQeld. With Maps, Plans, and about 1800 Ilios,
the City and Country of the Trojans.
and Discoveries on the
Site of ;
Illustrations.
Imperial 8vo, Cloth, $12 00; Half Morocco, §15
00.
Schliemann's Troja. Troja.
Results of the Latest Researches and Discoveries on the Site of
Homer's Troy, and iu the Heroic Tumuli and other Sites, made in the year 1882, and a Narrative of a Journey iu the Troad in 1881. By Dr. Henry Schliemanx, Author of " Ilios," etc. Preface by Professor A. H. Sayce.
With
1.50
Woodcuts and
4
Cloth, $7 50; Half Morocco, $10 00.
Maps and
Plans,
pp.
xl., 434.
8vo,
Valaahle Works of Exploration and Adventure.
6
Myers's Remains of Lost Empires. Remains of Lost Empires: Sketclics of the Ruins of P;ilmyra, Nineveli, Babylon, autl Persepolis, with some Notes ou India and the Cashmcrian Himalayas. By P. V. N. Myers, A.M. Illustrated, bvo, Cloth, .$3 CO.
Land of Moab
Tristram's
The Land of Moab Travels and Discoveries on the East Side of Ihe Dead Sea and the Jordan. By H. B. Tkistram, M.A., L.L.D., F.R.S., Honorary Canon of Durham. With a Chapter on the Persian Palace of MaWith Map and Illustrations. Crown shita, by James Fergusox, F.R.S. :
8vo, Cloth, $2 50.
Cesnola's Cyprns. Cyprns:
its
Ancient
By
General Louis
Sciences, Turin etc.
With
;
Palma
A
Tombs, and Temples.
Cities,
searches and Excavations during
Ten
di Cesnola,
Member
of the Royal
Hon. Member of the Royal Society of
Portrait,
Maps, and 400 Illustrations.
Tops and Uncut Edges,
.$7
50
;
Half
dition,
Academy
Litei'atnre,
of
London,
8vo, Clotli, Extra, Gilt
Calf, $10 GO.
Layard's Discoveries at Nineveh. Discoveries among the Ruins of Nineveh and Babylon Armenia, Kurdistan, and the Desert
Narrative of Re-
Years' Residence in that Island.
:
;
with Travels in
being the result of a Second Expe-
undertaken for the Trustees of the British Museum. By Austen With Maiis, Plans, and Illustration, fe'vo. Cloth,
Hexry Layard, M.P.
U
00.
Davis's Cartilage. Carthage and her Remains: being an Account of the Excavations and Researches ou the Site of the Phceuician Metropolis, in Africa and other Adjacent Places. Conducted under the Auspices of Her Majesty's Govern-
ment. By Dr. N. Davis, F.R.G.S. Profusely Illustrated with Maps, Wood8vo, Cloth,$4 00; Half Calf, $6 25. cuts, Chromo-Lithographs, etc., etc.
Tiiomson's Vova«c of The Voyage
tlic
'''Challcn«er.''
of the "Challenger.''
Tlie
Atlantic:
General Results of the Voyage during the Year of the Year 1876. trait of the
trations.
2
Author,
187.3
An Account and
tlie
of the
Early Part
By Sir C. Wyville Thomson, F.R.S. With a Pormany Colored Maps, Temperature Chart.s, and Illus-
vols., 8vo, Cloth,
$12 00.
Spry's Cruise of the ''Cliallenocr." The Cruise of Her Majesty's Ship "Challenger." Voyages over many By W. J. J. Spry, R.N. With Maps and Seas, Scenes in many Lands. Crown 8vo, Cloth, $2 00. Illustrations.
Valuable Works of Exploration and Adventure.
The Boy
By
Travellers.
Tlios.
W. Knox.
Six Parts.
Copiously Illustrated. 8vo, Cloth, $-3 00 each. Piirt I. Adventures of Two Youths iu a Jouruey to Japan and China. II. Adventures of Two Youths in a Journey to Siam and Java. Descriptions of Cochin-China, Cambodia, Sumatra, and the Mahvy Archipelago. Illustrated. 8vo, Cloth,.$3 50.
Part
With
Part
Two Youths
Adventures of
III.
in a
Journey
With Descriptious of Borneo, the Philippiuc
India.
Part IV.
Two
Adventures of
to
Islands,
Ceylon and and Burmali.
Youths
in a
Journey to Egypt and the
Two Youths
in a
Jouruey through Central
Holy Laud. Part V.
Adveutures of
Africa.
Part VI. America.
Adventures of {Ncarhj
Two
Youths
iu a
Journey througli South
lieadi/.)
Hunting Adventures on Land and Sea. By Thos. W. Knox. Two Parts. Copiously Illustrated. 8vo, Cloth, S2 50 each. The Young Nimrods in North America. I. Part II. The Young Nimrods Around the World. Part
Knox's Voyage of the "Vivian." The Voyage
of the
Adventures of llhistrated.
"Vivian"
Two Youths
to the North Pole
iu the
Opeu Polar
and Beyond.
Sea.
Being the
By Thomas W. Knox.
8vo, Cloth, $2 50.
Du
Chaillu's Land of the Midnight Sun. The Land of the Midnight Suu. Summer and Winter Journeys through Sweden, Norway, Lapland, and Northern Finland. By Paul B. Du Chaillu. With Map and 235 Illustrations. In Two Volumes. 8vo, Cloth, $7 50; Half Calf, $12 00.
Laniont's Seasons with the Sea-Horses. Seasons with the Sea-IIorses; Seas. Clotli,
By James Lamont,
or.
Sporting Adventures iu the Northern
F.G.S.
With Map aud
Illustrations.
8vo,
$3 00.
Tyson's Arctic Experiences. Arctic Experiences: containing Captain George E.Tyson's Wonderful Drift on the Ice-Floe, n History of the Polaris Expedition, the Cruise of tlie Tigress, and Eescue of the Polaris Survivors. To which is added a General Arctic Chronology. Edited by E. Vale. With Map and numer-
ous Illustrations.
8vo, Cloth, $4 00.
Valuable IVorliS of Exploration and Adventure.
8
Hayes's Land of Desolation. The Land
of Desolation
:
being a Personal Narrative of Observation and
By Isaac I. Hayes, M.D., Author With Illustrations. 12mo, Cloth, $1 75.
Adventure ia Greenland.
Open Polar
Sea," etc.
"The
of
Davis's Niiiirod of the Sea. Nimrod of the Sea or, the American Whaleman. By William M. Davis. With many Illustrations. 12ino, Cloth, $2 00. ;
Busli's Reindeer,
Dogs, and Snow-shoes.
Keiudeer, Dogs, 'o''> and Snow-shoes
made
ploratious
:
a Journal of Siberian Travel and Ex-
in the Years 186.V67.
By Riciiaud
Kusso-Americau Telegraph Expedition. $3
Illustrated.
J. Busii, late
of the
Cro\YU 8vo, Cloth,
00.
Bishop Haven's Mexico. Our Next-Door Neighbor. Recent Sketches of Mexico. By the Rev. Gilbert Haven, D.D., Bishop in the M. E. Church. With Maps and 8vo, Cloth, $3 50.
Illustrations.
Bishop's Old Mexico and her Lost Provinces.
A
Journey
in
Mexico, Southern California, and Arizona, by
Way
of Cuba.
By William Henry Bishop, Author of " Detmold," " The House of a Merchant Prince," etc. With numerous Illustrations, chiefly from Sketches by the Author. Sqiilicr's
00.
Nicaragua.
Nicaragua:
its
People, Scenery, Monuments, Resources, Condition, and
Proposed Canal. Squier.
12mo, Cloth, $2
With One Hundred Maps and
Illustrations.
By
E. G.
8vo, Cloth, $4 00.
Squier's Peru. Peru
:
Incidents of Travel and Exploration in the
Land
of
tlie
E. G. Squier, M.A., F.S.A., late U. S. Commissioner to Peru.
lucas.
By
Illustrated.
8vo, Cloth, $5 00.
Orton's Andes and the Amazon. The Andes aud the Amazon or. Across the Continent of South America. By James Orton, Ph.D., late Professor of Natural History in Vassar College, Poughkeepsie, N. Y. Corresponding Member of the Academy of Natural Sciences, Philadelphia, aud of the Lyceum of Natural History, N. Y. Third Edition, Revised and Enlarged, containing Notes of a Second Journey Across the Continent from Parii to Lima and Lake Titicaca. With two Maps and numerous Illustrations. Bvo, Cloth, $3 00. ;
;
Valuable Works of Exploration and Adventure.
Wliyiiipcr's
9
Alaska.
Travel and Adventure in the Territory of Alaska, formerly Eussiau America— now ceded to tlie United States and in various Other Parts
—
of the North Pacitic, trations.
Crown
By FREDEniCK Whymper.
With Map and
Illus-
8vo, Cloth, $2 50.
IngcrsoH's Knocking Round llic Rockies. Knocking Eound the Eockies. By Ernest Ingersoll.
8vo, Cloth, $2 00,
Burton's City of
tlie Saints. The City of the Saints; and Across the Eocky Mountains to California. By Captain Eiciiard F. Burton, Fellow and Gold Medalist of the Eoyal Geographical Societies of France and England; H. M. Consul in West Africa. Maps and numerous Illustrations. 8vo, Clotii, $3 50.
Nordlioff's California. California: a
Book
for Travellers
A New Edition. With Maps and Hayes's
New
New
and
By Charles Nordiioff.
Settlers.
8vo, Cloth, $2 00.
Illustrations.
Colorado,
Colorado and the Sante Fe Trail.
By
A. A.
Hayes,
Jr.
Illustrated.
Svo, Cloth, $2 50.
Short's
North x\mericans of Antiquity.
The North Americans of Antiquity. of Civilization Considered.
By John
Their Origin, Migrations, and Type T. Short.
Illustrated.
Bvo, Cloth,
$3 00.
Murphy's Sporting Adventures in the Far West. Sporting Adventures in the Far West.
12mo, Cloth, $1
By
J.
M. Murphy.
Illustrated.
50.
Gillmore's Prairie and Forest. Prairie
and Forest: a Description of the Game of North America, with
By Parker Gillmore.
Personal Adventures in their Pursuit. trated.
Illus-
12rao, Cloth, $1 50.
Hazard's Santo Domingo. Santo Domingo, Past and Present; with a Glance at Hayti. By Samuel Hazard, Maps and Illustrations. Crown 8vo, Cloth, $3 50. Griffis's
The Mikado's Empire.
History of Japan, from 660 B.C. to 1872 A.D., and Personal Experiences, Ohservations, and Studies in Japan, 1870-1874. New Edition, with a Supplementary Chapter on Japan in 1883. By William E. GiUFFis, A.M., late of the Imperial University of Tokio, Japan, Copiously Illustrated. Svo, Cloth, $4 00 Half Calf, $6 25.
The Mikado's Empire.
;
Valuahle Works of SJxploi'ation and Adventure.
10
ArnoUVs Through
Pcrsiii
by Caravan.
By Arthur Arnold.
Through Persia by Caravan.
12ino, Cloth, $1 75.
Darwin's Voyage of a Naturalist. Journal of Eesearches iuto the Natural Historj- and Geology of the Countries Visited
during the Voyage of H.M.S. "Beagle" Round the World,
Command of Captain Fitzro\', R.N. By Charles Darwin, M.A., F.R.S. New Edition. 2 vols., 12mo, Cloth, $2 00. under the
What What
Mr. Darwin Saw. Mr. Darwin
With
gle."
Saw
in his
Voyage round the World
8vo, Cloth,
Illustrations.
in the
Ship " Bea-
p 00.
Benjamin's Atlantic Islands. The Atlantic Islands Benjamin.
and Pleasure.
as Resorts for Health
By
S. G.
W.
8vo, Cloth, $3 00.
Illustrated.
Biart's Involuntary Voyage.
An
By LuciEN
Involuntary^ Voyage.
Biart.
Illustrated.
12mo, Cloth,
$1 25.
Adventures of a Young Naturalist. The Adventures of a Young Naturalist. By Lucien Biart. Adapted by Parker Gillmore. With 117 Illustrations.
Biart's
.
Edited and 12nio, Cloth,
$1 75.
Sniiles's
Round Rail
Round the World.
the World: including a Residence in Victoria, and a Journey by
acro.ss
North America. 12mo, Cloth, $1
lustrated.
By a Boy.
Edited by Samuel Smiles.
Symonds's Sketches and Studies
in
Sketches and Studies in Southern Europe.
MONDs.
In
Two
Volumes.
Reinhart.
8vo,
Southern Europe. By John Addington Sy-
Square 16mo, Cloth, $4
Lathrop's Spanish Vistas. Spanish Vistas. By George Parsons S.
00.
Latiirop. Illustrated by Charles
Ornamental Cover, Gilt Edges, $3
00.
Boughton's Sketching Rambles in Holland. Sketching Rambles in Holland. By George H. Boughton, Beautifully and Profusely Illustrated with W^ood-engravings from ings by the Author and
Il-
50.
Edwin
A. Abbey.
Proofs, Japanese Paper, without Letters.
With Two Pages
A.R.A.
Draw-
Artists' Full-page
xvi., 342.
Square, Bvo,
Illuminated Cloth, Uncut Edges, and Gilt Top, $5 00; BrownCloth, Uncut Edges and Gilt Top, $5 00; Full Gilt Edges, ^5 25.
Valuable Works of Exploration and Adventure.
The Howjuljl
Ciirtis's
The Howadjl
Syria.
in
By Geokge
in Syria.
11
AVilliaji
12mo, Cloth,
Curtis.
$1 50.
China and Japan.
Olipliaiil's
Narrative of the Earl of Elgin's Mission to China an(lJapan,iu the Years By Laukexce Oliphaxt, Private Secretary to Lord Elgin. 1857, '58, '59. 8vo, Cloth,
Illustrated.
"
Newman's "From Dan
p 50.
From Dan
lo
to Beersheba;" or.
Bcersheba."
The Laud
of rroinise as
it
now Appears.
Including a Description of the Boundaries, Topography, Agriculture, Antiquities, Cities, and Present Inhabitants of that Wonderful Land. Witii Illustrations of the Eeniaikable Accuracy of the Sacred Writers in their Allusions to their Native Country.
Maps
aild
Engravings.
By
the Eev.
J. P.
Newmax, D.D.
Pinio, Cloth, %l 75.
Philippine Islands. Twenty Years in the PliiUppines. By Paul de la
Gii'oniere's
and Extended by the Author expressly 12mo, Cloth,
Drake's
Ijl
Gi'ROXiIire.
for this Translation.
Kevised
Illustrated.
50.
New
England Coast.
Nooks ami Corners of the New England Coast. By Samuel Adams Drake. With numerous Illustrations. Square 8vo, Cloth, $3 50; Half Calf, $5 75.
Drake's Heart of ihe While Moniitains. By Samuel Adams Drake, Author Tlie Heart of the White Mountains. of " Nooks and Corners of the New England Coast." Illustrated by W. Hamilton Gibsox, Author
of " Pastoral Days."
4to,
Illuminated Cloth,
Tourist's Edition, $3 00.
Gilt Etlges, §7 50.
Dilkc's Greater Britain. Greater Britain
:
a Kecord of Travel in English-speaking Countries dur-
ing 1863 and 1867. trations.
By Charles Wextwoutii Dilke.
12mo, Cloth, $1
Maps and
Illus-
00.
Lady Belcher's Mnliny of the Bonnty. Some Account
of the Mutineers of the
Pitcairu and Norfolk Islands. Cl-oth,
,«il
50.
Bounty and
By Lady Belcher.
their Descendants in Illustrated.
12mo,
Valuable Works of Exploration and Adventure.
12
Waring's Tyrol, and the Skirt of the Alps. Tyrol, and the .Skirt of the Alps.
By GeokG2
E.
Waking,
Jr.
Illus-
8vo, Cloth, $3 00.
trated.
Dixon's Free Russia. Free Kussia. By W. IIkpwortii Dixox, Author of " Her With Two Illustrations. Crowu «vo, $i! OU. er," etc.
Prime's Round
By Edward D.
Crown
Illustratious.
Tow-
World.
liic
Arouud tho World.
Majesty's
With immeroua
G. Pkime, D.D.
8vo, Cloth, $3 00.
Hcpwortli's Starboard and Port. starboard and Port: tho "Xettic" Along Shore.
A
Cruise aloug the Coasts of Maine and Labrador.
By
WORTH.
West
Indies.
At Last: a Christmas
the
West
By Paul
of the Dwarfs.
12mo, Cloth, $1
Country. By Paul
Cliaillu's Gorilla
12mo, Cloth, $1
Cliaillu's
My
-with Life iu the Great Sahara, etc.
Wild
By Paul
B.
Du
and Sketches of the
Chaillu.
Illlustra-
Life.
Life under the Equator.
12mo, Cloth, §1
Du
Illustrated.
12uio, Cloth, $1 50.
Cliaillu's
Wild
B. Dl" Ciiaillc.
x^pingi Kini^doni.
Chase of the Ostrich, Hyena,
Du
Illustrated.
50.
My Apingi Kingdom: ted.
Ciiaillu.
B. Dl'
50.
stories of the Gorilhx Country.
Du
By Charles Kixgsley.
Indies,
Country of the Dwarfs.
Cliaillu's
The Country
Du
in
12mo, Cloth, $1 50.
Illustrated.
Du
Yacht
II. llicp-
12nio, Cloth, $1 75.
Illustrated.
Kingslcy's
Siiinnicrs
Geoiigi:
Cliaillu's
By Paul
B.
Du
Ciiaillu.
Illustrated.
50.
Lost
the Jun«Ie. By Paul B. Du Chaillu,
iu
Lost in the Jungle.
Illustrated.
12mo,
Cloth, $1 50.
Published by tS^ IIaepeu
&
HAEPER & BEOTHEPS, Kew
Tosk.
send any of the above icorhs h-j mail, postage prepaid, part of the United States or Canada, o.i receipt of the pric:.
Br.oTiiKKS
u'ill
to
any
Related Documents
Congo Foundings Stanley Part Ii
January 2021 14
Congo Foundings Stanley Part I
January 2021 13
Predictive Homoeopathy Part Ii
January 2021 1
Part Ii Paramore Drums
January 2021 1
The Belgian Congo
January 2021 0
Congo History
January 2021 2More Documents from "wsd627"
Congo Foundings Stanley Part Ii
January 2021 14
Congo Foundings Stanley Part I
January 2021 13
Congo 1960 Et Son Bilan
January 2021 3
Abb Recent Projects 2009.10 (e)
January 2021 0
